Está en la página 1de 1658

M) MOTOROLA

LINEAR AND INTERFACE


INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Index/Cross Reference

Amplifiers
and Comparators

Power Supply Circuits

Power/Motor
Control Circuits

Voltage References

Data Conversion

Interface Circuits

Communication Circuits

Consumer
Electronic Circuits
Automotive
Electronic Circuits

Other Linear Circuits

Surface Mount
Technology

Packaging Information
MCMXCVII

Quality and
Reliability Assurance

Applications Literature
9

What's Different

New Additions:
AM26LS30 MC 10324 MC34118*
CA3146 MC33033 MC34151
LF441C/442C MC33035 MC341 52/53
LM2935T MC33077 MC34163
MC1382 MC33120* MC34164
MC13B3 MC331 78/79 MC34166
MC1384 MC33272/74 MC44602
MC2830 MC3382/84 TCA0372
MC3335 MC34066 UAA2016
MC3361B MC34114* UC2844/2845
MC10322 MC34117* UC3844/3845

Deletions:
MC3480 TBA120C
MC6108 TCA4500A
MC13014P TCA55S0
MC13021 TCF7000
MC34061, A TDA1190P
MC34062 TDA1285A
MC35082/83 TDA3333

New Product Literature (Referenced):


AN 1 003 AN 1077
AN1004 AN1078
AN1006 AISI1081
AN 101 ANE424
AN1044 SG98Rev.4

*See Telecommunication Device Daia (DL136 Rev 2]


MOTOROLA
LINEAR AND INTERFACE
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

This publication presents technical information for the broad line of Linear and Interface Inte-
grated Circuit products. Complete device specifications are provided in the form of Data Sheets
which are categorized by product type into ten chapters for easy reference. Selector Guides by
product family are provided in the beginning of each Chapter to enable quick comparisons of
performance characteristics A Cross Reference chapter lists Motorola direct replacement and
functional equivalent partnumbers for other industry products.
A chapter provided to illustrate Package Outline and mounting hardware drawings, and
is

includes information on Surface Mount Devices (SMD}, and Industry Package Cross Reference
Guide.
Additionally, chapters are provided with information on Quality program concepts, high-
reliability processing, and abstracts of available Technical Literature.
The information in this book has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however,
no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies-
Motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein to
improve reliability, function or design. Motorola does not assume any liability arising out of the
application or use of any product or circuit described herein; neither does it convey any license
under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Motorola products are not authorized for use as
components in life support devices or systems intended for surgical implant into the body or
intended to support or sustain life. Buyer agrees to notify Motorola of any such intended end use
whereupon Motorola shall determine availability and suitability of its product or products for the
use intended. Motorola and @) are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Motorola, Inc. is an
Equal Employment Opportunity /Affirmative Action Employer.

Series G
Second Printing
MOTOROLA INC.. 1990
Previous Edition ^1988
Printed in U.S.A. "All Rights Reserved"
C-QUAM* Designer's, MDTL, MECL, MECL 10.000. MONOMAX, MOSAIC, MRTL,
MTTL, SENSEFET and Switchmode am trademarks of Motorola Inc.
.

Index/Cross Reference

In Brief . .

In the Cross Reference Section of this chapter, a

complete iriterchangeability list linking over 3000


devices is offered by most major Linear Integrated Cir-
cuits manufacturers to the nearest equivalent Motorola
device. The "Motorola Direct Replacement" column
lists devices with identical pin connections and package

and the same or belter electrical characteristics and


temperature range. The "Motorola Similar Replace-
ment" column provides a device which performs the
same lunclion but with possible differences in package
configurations, pin connections, temperature range or
electrical specifications
6

Alphanumeric Index
Device Device
Number Function Page Number Function Page
AM26LS30 Dual Differential/Quad Single-Ended Line 7-10 LM209 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-1
Driver
LM211 High-Performance Voltage Comparator 2-54
AM26LS31 Quad EIA-422 Line Driver with 7-21
LM217 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-21
Three-State Output
Regulator
AM26LS32 Quad EIA-422/3 Line Receiver with 7-24
LM217L 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-29
Three-State Output
Regulator
CA3054 Dual Differential Amplifier 9-9
LM223.A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage 3-37
CA3059 Zero Voltage Switch 4-9 Regulators
CA3079 Zero Voltage Switch 4-9 LM224 Quad Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-60
CA3146 1 -Differentially Connected and 3-lsolated 9-11 LM237 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage 3-43
Transistor Array Regulator
DAC-08 High-Speed 8-Bit Multiplying 6-5 LM239.A Quad, Single-Supply Comparators 2-66
D-to-A Converter
LM248 Quad MC1 741 Operational Amplifier 2-70
LF347 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifier 2-15
LM250 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-66
LF351 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifier 2-15 Regulator
LF353 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifiers 2-15 LM258 Dual, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LF355.B Monolithic JFET Operational Amplifiers 2-17 LM285 Micropower Voltage Reference Diode 5-4
LF356.B Monolithic JFET Operational Amplifiers 2-17 LM293,A Dual Comparators 2-82
LF357.B Monolithic JFET Operational Amplifiers 2-17 LM301A General-Purpose Adjustable Operational 2-45
LF411C Low Amplifier
Offset, Low Drift JFET Input 2-27
Operational Amplifier LM307 Internally Compensated Operational 2-87
LF412C Low Amplifier
Offset, Low Drift JFET Input 2-27
Operational Amplifier LM308.A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-49
LF441C Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-30 LM309 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-16
Amplifier
LM311 High-Performance Voltage Comparator 2-54
LF442C Dual, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-30
LM317 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-21
Amplifier
Regulator
LF444C Quad, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-30
LM317L 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-29
Amplifier
Regulator
LM11C.CL Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-38
LM317M 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-74
LM101A General-Purpose Adjustable Operational 2-45 Regulator
Amplifier
LM323,A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage 3-37
LM108.A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-49 Regulators
LM109 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-16 LM324.A Quad, Low-Power Operational Amplifiers 2-60
LM111 High-Performance Voltage Comparator 2-54 LM337 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage 3-43
LM117 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-21 Regulator
Regulator 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage 3-82
LM117L 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-29 Regulator
Regulator LM339.A Quad, Single-Supply Comparators 2-66
LM123.A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage 3-37 LM340.A 3-Terminal Positive Fixed Voltage 3-50
Regulators Regulators
LM124 Quad, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-60 LM348 QuadMC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-70
LM137 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage 3-43 LM350 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-66
Regulator Regulator
LM139.A Quad, Single-Supply Comparators 2-66 LM358 Dual, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LM140.A 3-Terminal Positive Fixed Voltage 3-50 LM385 Micropower Voltage Reference Diode 5-4
Regulators
LM393.A Dual Comparators 2-82
LM148 Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-70
LM833 Dual, Low-Noise, Audio Operational 2-91
LM150 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage 3-66 Amplifier
Regulator
LM2900 Quad, Single-Supply Operational Amplifier 2-1 98
LM158 Dual, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LM2901 Quad, Single-Supply Comparator 2-66
LM193.A Dual Comparators 2-82
LM2902 Quad, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-60
LM201A General-Purpose Adjustable Operational 2-45
LM2903 Dual Comparator 2-82
Amplifier
LM2904 Dual, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LM208.A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-49

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-2
5

ALPHANUMERIC INDEX - CONTINUED

Device Device
Number Function Page Number Function Page

Low Dropout Voltage Regulator 3-89 MC1514 Dual Differential Voltage Comparator 2-97
LM2931
LM2935T Low Dropout Dual Regulator 3-96 MC1508 8-Bit Multiplying Digital-to-Analog Converter 6-1

2-198 MC1536 High-Voltage Operational Amplifier 2-101


LM3900 Quad Single-Supply Operational Amplifier

MC8T26A Quad Three-State Bus Transceiver 7-27 MC1537 Dual Operational Amplifier 2-1 05

MC8T28 Noninverting Bus Transceiver 7-32 MC1539 High-Slew-Rate Operational Amplifier 2-1 09

7-37 MC1545 Wideband Amplifier 2-117


MC8T95 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter

MC8T96 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 7-37 MC1554G 1 -Watt Power Amplifier 2-1 23

7-37 MC1556 High-Performance Operational Amplifier 2-127


MC8T97 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter

7-37 MC1558 Dual Operational Amplifier 2-133


MC8T98 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter

MC1330AP Low-Level Video Detector 9-13 MC1558S High-Slew-Rate Dual Operational Amplifier 2-1 38
9-19 MC1568 Dual 15 Volt Regulator 3-109
MC1350 IF Amplifier

MC1357 IF Amplifier and Quadrature Detector 9-23 MC1590G Wideband Amplifier With AGC 2-1 50

9-29 MC1594L Four-Quadrant Multiplier 11-12


MC1373 TV Video Modulator Circuit

9-32 MC1595L Four-Quadrant Multiplier 11-26


MC1374 TV Modulator Circuit
RGB to PAL/NTSC 9-40 MC1596 Balanced Modulator/Demodulatot 8-13
MC1377 Color Television
Encoder MC1709AC General-Purpose Operational Amplifiers 2-158
MC1378 Complete Color TV Video Overlay 9-44 MC1723.C Adjustable Positive or Negative Voltage 3-115
Synchronizer Regulators

MC1382 Multisync Monitor TTL Interface 9-48 2-1 62


MC1733.C Differential Video Amplifiers
MC1383 Multimode Monitor Processor 9-53 MC1741.C General-Purpose Operational Amplifiers 2-1 70
MC1384 Multimode Monitor Processor 9-58 MC1741S.SC High-Slew-Rate Operational Amplifiers 2-175

MC1391P TV Horizontal Processor 9-63 MC1741 2-181


MC1747.C Dual Operational Amplifiers
MC1403.A Precision Low-Voltage References 5-8 2-1 85
MC1748.C General-Purpose Operational Amplifiers
MC1404.A Precision Low-Drift Voltage References 5-12 Programmable Operational Amplifiers 2-189
MC1776.C
MC1408 8-Bit Multiplying Digital-to-Analog Converter 6-15 Quad Open-Collector Bus 7-59
MC26S10 Transceiver

MC1411.B Peripheral Driver Array 7-41 8-23


MC2830 Voice Activated Switch
MC1412.B Peripheral Driver Array 7-41 FM Transmitter System 8-27
MC2831A Low-Power
MC1413.B Peripheral Driver Array 7-41 Low-Power FM Transmitter System 8-30
MC2833
MC1414 Dual Differential Voltage Comparator 2-97 Quad 2-1 98
MC3301 Operational Amplifier
MC1416.B Peripheral Driver Arrays 7-41 Quad, Single-Supply Comparator 2-66
MC3302
MC1436.C High-Voltage Operational Amplifiers 2-101 Quad 2-208
MC3303 Differential-Input Operational

2-105 Amplifier
MC1437 Dual Operational Amplifier
2-109 MC3325 Automotive Voltage Regulator 1 0-6
MC1439 High-Slew-Rate Operational Amplifier
2-117 MC3334 High Energy Ignition Circuit 10-10
MC1445 Wideband Amplifier

MC1454G 1-Watt Power Amplifier 2-123 MC3335 Low-Power Narrowband FM Receiver 8-36

11-5 MC3340P Electronic Attenuator 9-67


MC1455 Timing Circuit
2-127 MC3346 General-Purpose Transistor Array 9-70
MC1456.C High-Performance Operational Amplifiers
2-133 MC3356 Wideband FSK Receiver 8-40
MC1458.C Dual Operational Amplifiers
2-138 MC3357 Low-Power FM IF 8-46
MC1458S High-Slew-Rate Dual Operational Amplifier
3-99 MC3358 Dual, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-230
MC1466L Voltage and Current Regulator

MC1468 Dual 15 Volt Tracking Regulator 3-109 MC3359 Low-Power Narrowband FM IF 8-50

MC1472 Dual Peripheral Positive NAND Driver 7-45 MC3361B Low-Voltage Narrowband FM IF 8-56

MC1488 Quad MDTL Line Driver 7-48 MC3362 Low-Power Dual Conversion FM Receiver 8-58

MC1489.A Quad MDTL Line Receivers 7-54 MC3363 Low-Power Dual Conversion FM Receiver 8-65

MC3367 Low- Voltage Single Conversion 8-73


MC1490P Wideband Amplifier With AGC 2-144
FM Receiver
MC1494L Four-Quadrant Multiplier 11-12
MC3373 Remote Control Amplifier/Detector 9-73
MC1495L Four-Quadrant Multiplier 11-26
MC3397T Transient Suppressor 10-14
MC1496 Balanced Modulator/Demodulator 8-13
MC3399T Automotive High Side Driver Switch 10-18
MC1503 Precision Low- Voltage Reference 5-8
MC3401 Quad Operational Amplifier 2-1 98
MC1504 Precision Low-Drift Voltage Reference 5-12

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

1-3
P L

ALPHANUMERIC INDEX - CONTINUED

Device Device
Number Page Number Function Page
MC3403 Quad Differential-Input Operational 2-208 MC3558 Dual, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-230
Amplifier
MC4558,AC,C Dual High-Frequency Operational 2-241
MC3405 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual 2-214 Amplifiers
Voltage Comparator
MC4741.C Quad MC1 741 Operational Amplifiers 2-245
MC3417 Continuously- Variable-Slope Delta
MC6875.A M6800 2-Phase Clock Generator/Driver 7-1 50
Modulator/Demodulator
MC6880A Quad Three-State Bus Transceiver 7-27
MC3418 Continuously-Variable-Slope Delta
Modulator/Demodulator MC6885 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 7-37

MC341 9-1 Telephone Line-Feed Circuit


MC6886 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 7-37

MC3423 Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-121 MC6887 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 7-37

MC3425 Power Supply Supervisory/Over, Under- 3-127 MC6888 Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 7-37
voltage Protection Circuit MC6889 Noninverting Bus Transceiver 7-32
MC3430 High-Speed Quad Comparator 2-222 MC7800 Three-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulators 3-1 35
MC3431 High-Speed Quad Comparator Series
2-222
MC3432 High-Speed Quad Comparator 2-222 MC78L00.A Three-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulators 3-148
Series
MC3433 High-Speed Quad Comparator 2-222
MC78M00 Three-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulators 3-1 54
MC3437 Hex Unified Bus Receiver 7-62
Series
MC3440A Quad Interface Bus Transceiver 7-65
MC78T0O Three-Ampere Positive Voltage Regulators 3-1 62
MC3441A Quad Interface Bus Transceiver 7-65 Series
MC3446A Quad Interface Bus Transceiver 7-69 MC7900 Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage 3-171
MC3447 Series Regulators
Bidirectional Instrumentation Bus 7-72
Transceiver MC79L00.A Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage 3-1 80
MC3448A Quad Three-State Bus Transceiver Series Regulators
7-78
MC3450 Quad Line Receiver 7-83 MC79M00 Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage 3-185
Series Regulators
MC3452 Quad Line Receiver 7-83
MC10318P High-Speed 8-Bit D/A Converter 6-27
MC3453 Quad Line Driver 7-90
MC10319 High-Speed 8-Bit A/D Flash Converter 6-39
MC3456 Dual Timing Circuit 11-41
MC10320 Triple 4-Bit Color Palette Video DAC 9-77
MC3458 Dual, Low-Power Operational Amplifier 2-230
MC10320-1 Triple 4-Bit Color Palette Video DAC 9-77
MC3467 Triple Preamplifier 7-94
MC13001XP Monomax Black-and-White TV Subsystem 9-94
MC3469P Floppy Disk Write Controller 7-99
MC13002XP Monomax Black-and-White TV Subsystem 9-94
MC3470P.AP Floppy Disk Read Amplifier System 7-109
MC10321 High-Speed 7-Bit A/D Flash Converter 6-57
MC3471 Floppy Disk Write Controller/Head Driver 7-123
MC3476
MC 10322 8 Bit Video DAC with TTL Inputs 6-75
Programmable Operational Amplifier 2-236
MC3479
MC 10324 8 Bit Video DAC with ECL Inputs 6-76
Stepper Motor Driver 4-14
MC13010P TV Parallel Sound IF/AFT 9-1 03
MC3481 Quad, Single-Ended Line Driver 7-134
MC13020P C-QUAM AM 9 " 1 08
MC3484S2 Integrated Solenoid Driver 10-21 Stereo Decoder

MC3484S4 Integrated Solenoid Driver 10-21 MC13022 Advanced Medium Voltage AM Stereo 9-113
Decoder
MC3485 Quad, Single-Ended Line Driver 7-134
MC3486
MC 13023 AM Stereo Front End and Tuner Stablizer 9-117
Quad EIA-422/3 Line Receiver 7-139
MC13024 Low- Voltage Motorola C-QUAM 9 " 1 23
MC3487 Quad EIA-422 Line Driver With Three-State 7-142
Output AM Stereo Receiver

MC3488A Dual EIA-423/EIA-232D Driver 7-146


MC 13041 AM Receiver Subsystem 9-128

MC3503 Quad Differential-Input Operational 2-208


MC 13055 Wideband FSK Receiver 8-82
Amplifier MC13060 Mini-Watt Audio Output 9-1 34
MC3505 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual MC33030 DC Servo Motor Controller/Driver 4-22
Voltage Comparator
MC33033 DC Brushless Motor Controller 4-35
MC3517 Continuously-Variable-Slope Delta MC33034 DC Brushless Motor Controller 4-56
Modulator/Demodulator
MC33035 DC Brushless Motor Controller 4-76
MC3518 Continuously-Variable-Slope Delta
Modulator/Demodulator
MC33039 Closed-Loop Brushless Motor Adapter 4-98

MC3523 Overvoltage Sensing Circuit


MC33060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation 3-200
3-121
Control Circuit
MC3556 |
Dual Timing Circuit 11-41
'See Telecommunication Device Data (DL136)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-4
2
8

ALPHANUMERIC INDEX - CONTINUED

Device Device
Number Function Page Number Function Page

MC33063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuit 3-212 MC34013A Speech Network and Tone Dialer

MC33063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuit 3-218 MC34014 Telephone Speech Network with Dialer
Interface
MC33064 Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 3-227
MC34017 Telephone Tone Ringer
MC33065 High-Performance Dual Channel Current 3-232
Mode Controller MC34018 Voice Switched Speakerphone Circuit

High-Performance Resonant Mode 3-245 MC34050 Dual EIA-422/423 Transceiver 7-161


MC33066
Controller Dual EIA-422/423 Transceiver 7-161
MC34051
MC33071 High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation 3-1 88
MC34060
Operational Amplifier Control Circuit

MC33072 Dual, High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306 MC34060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation 3-200
Operational Amplifier Control Circuit

MC33074 Quad, High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306 MC34063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuit 3-21
Operational Amplifier
MC34063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuit 3-21
MC33077 Dual, Low-Noise Operational Amplifier 2-250
MC34064 Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 3-227
MC33078 Dual, Low-Noise Operational Amplifier 2-261
MC34065 High-Performance Dual Channel Current 3-232
MC33079 Quad, Low-Noise Operational Amplifier 2-261 Mode Controller

MC33120 Subscriber Loop Interface Circuit MC34066 High-Performance Resonant Mode 3-245
High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-253 Controller
MC33129
High-Speed Dual MOSFET Driver 3-266 MC34071 High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306
MC33151
Operational Amplifier
MC33152 High-Speed Dual MOSFET Driver 3-274
MC34072 Dual, High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306
MC33153 High-Speed Dual MOSFET Driver 3-274
Operational Amplifier
MC33160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and 3-279
MC34074 Quad, High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306
Supervisory Circuit
Operational Amplifier
MC33163 Power Switching Regulator 3-287
MC34080 2 " 322
3-297
High-Speed Decompensated (AyCL ^ 2)
MC33164 Undervoltage Sensing Circuit
JFET Input Operational Amplifier
MC33166 Power Switching Regulator 3-302
MC34081 High-Speed JFET Input Operational 2-322
MC33171 Low-Power, Single-Supply Operational 2-270 Amplifier
Amplifier
MC34082 Dual, High-Speed JFET Input Operational 2-322
MC33172 Low-Power, Single-Supply Operational 2-270 Amplifier
Amplifier
MC34083 Dual, High-Speed Decompensated 2-322
MC33174 Low-Power, Single-Supply Operational 2-270
(AyCL - 2) JFET ln P ut Operational
Amplifier Amplifier

MC33178 High-Output Current Low-Power 2-277


MC34084 Quad, High-Speed JFET Input Operational 2-322
Operational Amplifier Amplifier

MC33179 High-Output Current Low-Power 2-277 2-322


MC34085 Quad, High-Speed Decompensated
Operational Amplifier
(Avcl - 2) JFET ln P ut Operational
MC33181 Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333 Amplifier
Amplifier
MC34114 Telephone Speech Network with Dialer
MC33182 Dual, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333 Interface
Amplifier
MC34115 Continuously Variable Slope Delta
MC33184 Quad, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333 Modulator/Demodulator
Amplifier
MC34117 Telephone Tone Ringer
MC33272 High-Performance Operational Amplifier 2-287
MC34118 Voice Switched Speakerphone Circuit
MC33274 High-Performance Operational Amplifier 2-287
MC34119 Low-Power Audio Amplifier 9-1 38
MC33282 JFET Operational Amplifier 2-296
MC34129 High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-253
MC33284 JFET Operational Amplifier 2-296
MC34151 High-Speed Dual MOSFET Driver 3-266
MC34001 JFET-lnput Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC34152 High-Speed Dual MOSFET Driver 3-274
MC34002 JFET-lnput Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC34153 High-Speed Dual MOSFET Driver 3-274
MC34004 JFET-lnput Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC34160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and 3-279
MC34010 Electronic Telephone Circuit Supervisory Circuit

MC34011A Electronic Telehpone Circuit MC341 63 Power Switching Regulator 3-287

MC34012 Telephone Tone Ringer MC34164 Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 3-297


Series
*See Telecommunication Device Data (DL136)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-5
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX - CONTINUED

Device Device
Number Function Page Number Function Page
MC34166 Power Switching Regulator 3-302 NE592 Video Amplifier 2-342
MC34181 Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333 OP-27 Ultra-Low-Noise Precision, High-Speed 2-347
Amplifier Operational Amplifier
MC34182 Dual, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333 SAA1042.A Stepper Motor Driver 4-103
Amplifier
SE592 Video Amplifier 2-342
MC34184 Quad, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333
SG1525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-304
Amplifier
SG1526 Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-311
MC35001 JFET-lnput Operational Amplifier 2-299
SG1527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-304
MC35002 JFET-lnput Operational Amplifier 2-299
SG2525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-304
MC35004 JFET-lnput Operational Amplifier 2-299
SG2526 Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-311
MC35060 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation 3-188
Control Circuit SG2527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-304
MC35060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation 3-200 SG3525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-304
Control Circuit SG3526 Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-311
MC35063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuit 3-212 SG3527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuit 3-304
MC35063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuit 3-218 SN75172 Quad EIA-485 Line Driver with 7-186
MC35071 High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306 Three-State Output
Operational Amplifier SN75173 Quad EIA-485 Line Receiver with 7-188
MC35072 Dual, High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306 Three-State Output
Operational Amplifier SN75174 Quad EIA-485 Line Driver with Three-State 7-186
MC35074 Quad, High-Performance Single-Supply 2-306 Output
Operational Amplifier SN75175 Quad EIA-485 Line Receiver with 7-188
MC35080 High-Speed Decompensated 2-322 Three-State Output

(Avcl ^ 2) JFET Input Operational TCA0372 Dual Power Operational Amplifier 2-356
Amplifier
TCA5600 Universal Microprocessor Power Supply 3-318
MC35081 High-Speed JFET Input Operational 2-322 Controller
Amplifier TCF5600 Universal Microprocessor Power Supply 3-318
MC35084 Quad, High-Speed JFET Input Operational 2-322 Controller
Amplifier TCF6000 Peripheral Clamping Array 10-27

MC35085 Quad, High-Speed Decompensated TDA1085A Universal Motor Speed Controller 4-108
2-322
JFET TDA1085C Universal Motor Speed Controller 4-115
(Avcl ^ 2) Input Operational
Amplifier TDA1185A Triac Phase Angle Controller 4-125
MC35171 Low-Power, Single-Supply Operational 2-270 TDA1524A Stereo Tone Control System 9-161
Amplifier TDA3190P TV Sound System 9-166
MC35172 Dual, Low-Power, Single-Supply 2-270 TDA3301B TV Color Processor 9-169
Operational Amplifier
TDA3303 TV Color Processor 9-169
MC35174 Quad, Low-Power, Single-Supply 2-270 TDA3330 TV Color Processor 9-183
Operational Amplifier
TDA4601 Flyback Converter Regulator Control Circuit 3-330
MC35181 Low-Power JFET-lnput Operational 2-333 TL061 Low-Power JFET-lnput Operational 2-359
Amplifier
Amplifier
MC35182 Dual, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333 TL062 Dual, Low-Power JFET-lnput Operational 2-359
Amplifier
Amplifier
MC35184 Quad, Low-Power JFET Input Operational 2-333 TL064 Quad, Low-Power JFET-lnput Operational 2-359
Amplifier
Amplifier
MC44301 System 4 High-Performance Color TV IF 9-147 TL071 Low-Noise, JFET-lnput Operational 2-367
MC44602 Current Mode Controller 3-303 Amplifier

MC44802 PLL Tuning Circuit With 1 .3 GHz Prescaler 9-153 TL072 Dual, Low-Noise, JFET-lnput Operational 2-367
Amplifier
MC75107 Dual Line Receiver 7-168
TL074 Quad, Low-Noise, JFET-lnput Operational 2-367
MC75108 Dual Line Receiver 7-168 Amplifier
MC75S110 Dual Line Driver 7-173 TL081 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-374
MC75125 Seven-Channel Line Receiver 7-178 TL082 Dual, JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-374
MC75127 Seven-Channel Line Receiver 7-178 TL084 Quad, JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-374
MC75128 Eight-Channel Line Receiver 7-182 TL431.A Programmable Precision References 5-17
MC75129 Eight-Channel Line Receiver Series
7-182
MCC3334 High Energy Ignition Circuit 10-10 TL494 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation 3-336
Control Circuit
MCCF3334 High Energy Ignition Circuit 10-10
... .

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

1-6
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX - CONTINUED

Device Device
Number Function Page Number Function Page

TL594 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation 3-347 UC3845 High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377
Control Circuit 7-41
ULN2001A Peripheral Driver Array
TL780 Three-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulator 3-358 7-41
ULN2002A Peripheral Driver Array
UAA1016B Zero Voltage Controller 4-134 7-41
ULN2003A Peripheral Driver Array
UAA1041 Automotive Direction Indicator 10-31
ULN2004A Peripheral Driver Array 7-41

UAA2016 Zero Voltage Controller 4-140 7-193


ULN2068B Quad 1 .5 A Darlington Switch
UC2842A High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-363 7-197
ULN2074B Quad 1 .5 A Darlington Switch
UC2843A High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-363 7-201
ULN2801 Octal Peripheral Driver Array
UC2844 High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377 7-201
ULN2802 Octal Peripheral Driver Array
UC2845 High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377
ULN2803 Octal Peripheral Driver Array 7-201
UC3842A High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-363
ULN2804 Octal Peripheral Driver Array 7-201
UC3843A High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-363 Universal Switching Regulator Subsystem 3-390
HA78S40
UC3844 High-Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-7
Cross Reference NOTE: "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identicalto the "Part
All

Number" being searched for are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

55110DM MC75S110L 7-173 AD509J LM301AH 2-45


75107ADC MC75107L 7-168 AD509K LM301AH 2-45
75107APC MC75107P 7-168 AD509S LM101AH 2-45
75107BDC MC75107L 7-168 AD518J LM301AH 2-45
75107BPC MC75107P 7-168 AD518K LM301AH 2-45

75108ADC MC75108L 7-168 AD518S LM101AH 2-45


75108APC MC75108P 7-168 AD530 MC1595L 11-26
75108BDC MC75108L 7-168 AD531 MC1595L 11-26
75108BPC MC75108P 7-168 AD532L MC1595L 11-26
75110DC MC75S110L 7-173 AD580J MC1403U 5-8

75110PC MC75S110P 7-173 AD580K MC1403P1 5-8


75207DC MC75107L 7-168 AD580M MC1403AP1 5-8
75207PC MC75108P 7-168 AD580S MC1503U 5-8
75208DC MC75108L 7-168 AD580T MC1503AU 5-8
75208PC MC75108P 7-168 AD589J LM385Z-1.2 5-4

8216 MC8T26AL 7-27 AD589K LM385Z-1.2 5-4


8226 MC8T28L 7-32 AD589L LM385Z-1.2 5-4
961 4DC MC75S110L 7-173 AD589M LM385BZ-1.2 5-4
9614DM MC75S110L 7-173 AD741CJ MC1741CG 2-170
961 5DC MC75108L 7-168 AD741J MC1741G 2-170

9616CDC MC1488L 7-48 AD741K MC1741G 2-170


961 6DM MC1488L 7-48 AD741 MC1741G 2-170
9616EDC MC1488L 7-48 AD741S MC1741SG 2-175
961 7DC MC1489AL 7-54 ADDAC-08AD DAC-08AQ 6-5
9620DC MC75S110L 7-173 ADDAC-08CD DAC-08CQ 6-5

9620DM MC75S110L 7-173 ADDAC-08D DAC-08Q 6-5


9621 DC MC75108L 7-168 ADDAC-08ED DAC-08EQ 6-5
9627CDC MC1489AL 7-54 ADDAC-08HD DAC-08HQ 6-5
9627DM MC1489AL 7-54 AM101AD LM101AH 2-45
9636AT MC3488AP 7-146 AM101AF LM101AH 2-45

9637T MC3486P 7-139 AM101A LM101AH 2-45


9638T MC3487P 7-142 AM101D LM101AH 2-45
9640DC MC26S10L 7-59 AM101F LM101AH 2-45
9640NC MC3440AP 7-65 AM101 LM101AH 2-45
9640PC MC26S10P 7-59 AM107D MC1741G 2-170

9665DC MC1411L 7-41 AM107F MC1741G 2-170


9665PC MC1411P 7-41 AM107 LM111J 2-54
9666DC MC1412L 7-41 AM111D MC1741G 2-170
9666PC MC1412P 7-41 AM111H LM111H 2-54
9667DC MC1413L 7-41 AM201AD LM201AN 2-45

9667PC MC1413P 7-41 AM201AF LM201AH 2-45


9668DC MC1416L 7-41 AM201A LM201AH 2-45
9668PC MC1416P 7-41 AM201D LM201AN 2-45
AD1403AN MC1403AU 5-8 AM201F LM201AH 2-45
AD1408-7D MC1408L7 6-15 AM201 LM201AH 2-45

AD1508-8D MC1508L8 6-15 AM207D MC1741C 2-170


AD301AL LM301AH 2-45 AM207F MC1741C 2-170
AD505J MC1776CG 2-189 AM207 MC1741C 2-170
AD505K MC1776CG 2-189 AM211D MC1741C 2-170
AD506S I
MC1776G 2-189 AM211H LM211H 2-54
|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

1-8
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page
Part Number

CA082CS TL082CJG 2-374


AM26LS31CJ AM26LS31 PC 7-21
7-21 CA082E TL082CP 2-374
AM26LS31CN AM26LS31PC
7-21 CA082S TL082MJG 2-374
AM26LS31 DS AM26LS31DS
7-24 CA084AE TL084ACN 2-374
AM26LS32ACJ AM26LS32D
7-24 CA084E TL084CN 2-374
AM26LS32ACN AM26LS32APC

7-24 CA084S TL082MJ 2-374


AM26LS32P AM26LS32PC
7-139 CA101AT LM101AH 2-45
AM26LS33DC MC3486L
AM26LS33PC MC3486P 7-139 CA101T LM101AH 2-45

AM26S10DC MC26S10L 7-59 CA1 07T MC1741CG 2-170

2-45 CA108AS LM108AJ-8 2-49


AM301AD LM301AJ

2-45 CA108AT LM108AH 2-49


AM301A LM301AH
2-45 CA108S LM108J-8 2-49
AM301D LM301AJ
2-45 CA108T LM108H 2-49
AM301 LM301AH
2-54 CA1391E MC1391P 9-63
AM311D LM311J-8
2-54 CA139AG LM139AJ 2-66
AM311H LM311H

2-342 CA139G LM139J 2-66


AM592HC NE592K
2-342 CA1458S MC1458CP1 2-133
AM592HM SE592K
2-342 CA1458T MC1458G 2-133
AM592PC NE592N
AM723DC MC1723CL 3-109 CA1558S MC1558U 2-133
3-109 CA1558T MC1558G 2-133
AM723DM MC1723L

3-109 CA201AT LM201AH 2-45


AM723HC MC1723CG
AM723HM MC1723G 3-109 CA201T LM201AH 2-45

3-109 CA207T MC1741C 2-170


AM723PC MC1723CP
2-127 CA208AT LM208AH 2-49
AM725A31T MC1556G
CA208S LM208J-8 2-49
AM725HM MC1556G 2-127

2-162 CA208T LM208H 2-49


AM733DC MC1733CL
2-162 CA239AE LM239AN 2-66
AM733DM MC1733L
2-162 CA239AG LM239AJ 2-66
AM733HC MC1733CG
2-162 CA239E LM239N 2-66
AM733HM MC1733G
CA239G LM239J 2-66
AM741DC MC1741CU 2-170

2-170 CA3008A MC1709U 2-158


AM741 DM MC1741U
AM741 HC MC1741CG 2-170 CA3008 MC1709U 2-158

2-170 CA3010A MC1709G 2-158


AM741 HM MC1741G
2-181 CA3010 MC1709G 2-158
AM747DC MC1747CL
2-181 CA3011 MC1590G 2-150
AM747DM MC1747L

2-181 CA3012 MC1590G 2-150


AM747HC MC1747CG
2-181 CA3015A MC1709G 2-158
AM747HM MC1747G
CA3015 MC1709G 2-158
AM748DC MC1748CU 2-185
2-185 CA3016A MC1709U 2-158
AM748DM MC1748U
2-185 CA3016 MC1709U 2-158
AM748HC MC1748CG

2-185 CA301AT LM301AH 2-45


AM748HM MC1748G
3-253 CA3020A MC1454G 2-123
AN5150 MC34129P
9-94 CA3020 MC1554G 2-123
AN5151 MC13001P
TL081ACP 2-374 CA3021 MC1590G 2-150
CA081AE
CA3022 MC1590G 2-150
CA081AS TL081ACJG 2-374

2-374 CA3023 MC1590G 2-150


CA081CS TL081CJG
2-374 CA3026 CA3054 9-9
CA081 TL081CP
CA3029A MC1709P1 2-158
CA081S TL081 MJG 2-374
2-374 CA3029 MC1709P1 2-158
CA082AE TL082ACP
2-374 CA3030A MC1709P1 2-158
CA082AS TL082ACJG

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-9
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical
Number" being searched
to the "Part
for are not included in this Crass Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

CA3030 MC1709P1 2-158 CA6741 MC1776G 2-189


CA3031 MC1733 2-162 CA6741T MC1776G 2-189
CA3032 MC1733 2-162 CA723CE MC1723CP 3-109
CA3037A MC1709U 2-158 CA723CT MC1723CG 3-109
CA3037 MC1709U 2-158 CA723E MC1723L 3-109

CA3038A MC1709U 2-158 CA723T MC1723G 3-109


CA3038 MC1709U 2-158 CA741CS MC1741CP1 2-170
CA3044V1 MC13010P 9-103 CA741CT MC1741CG 2-170
CA3044 MC13010P 9-103 CA741 MC1741U 2-170
CA3045F MC3346P 9-70 CA741T MC1741G 2-170

CA3045 MC3346P 9-70 CA747CE MC1747CL 2-181


CA3046 MC3346P 9-70 CA747CF MC1747CL 2-181
CA3048 MC3301P 2-198 CA747CT MC1747CG 2-181
CA3052 MC3301P 2-198 CA747E MC1747L 2-181
CA3054 CA3054 9-9 CA747F MC1747L 2-181

CA3056A MC1741G 2-170 CA747T MC1747G 2-181


CA3056 MC1741CG 2-170 CA748CS MC1748CP1 2-185
CA3058 CA3059 4-9 CA748CT MC1748CG 2-185
CA3059 CA3059 4-9 CA748S MC1748U 2-185
CA3064 MC13010P 9-103 CA748T MC1748G 2-185

CA3076 MC1590G 2-150 CA7607E MC13010P 9-103


CA3078AS MC1776G 2-189 CA7611E MC13010P 9-103
CA3078AT MC1776G 2-189 CMP-01CJ MC1556G 2-127
CA3078S MC1776CG 2-189 CMP-01CP MC1556P 2-127
CA3078T7 MC1776CG 2-189 CS3471 MC3471P 7-123

CA3079 CA3079 4-9 D8216 MC8T26AL 7-27


CA3085AF MC1723L 3-109 D8226 MC8T28L 7-32
CA3085AS MC1723G 3-109 DAC-08CN DAC-08CP 6-5
CA3085A MC1723G 3-109 DAC-08EN DAC-08EP 6-5
CA3085 MC1723G 3-109 DAC-08HN DAC-08HP 6-5

CA3086F MC3346P 9-70 DAC0800LCJ DAC-08EQ 6-5


CA308AS LM308N 2-49 DAC0800LCN DAC-08EP 6-5
CA308AT LM308AH 2-49 DAC0800LD DAC-08Q 6-5
CA308S LM308H 2-49 DAC0801 LCJ DAC-08CQ 6-5
CA3091 MC1594L 11-12 DAC0801LCN DAC-08CP 6-5

CA3136A MC3346P 9-70 DAC0802LCJ DAC-08HQ 6-5


CA3139 MC13010P 9-103 DAC0802LCN DAC-08HP 6-5
CA3146D CA3146D 9-11 DAC0802LD DAC-08AQ 6-5
C A3 146 MC3346P 9-70 DAC0806LCJ MC1408L6 6-15
CA3201 TDA3301 9-169 DAC0806LCN MC1408P6 6-15

CA3210E MC13001P 9-94 DAC0807LCJ MC1408L7 6-15


CA3217E TDA3301 9-169 DAC0807LCN MC1408P7 6-15
CA3302E MC3302N 2-66 DAC0808LCJ MC1408L8 6-15
CA339AE LM339AN 2-66 DAC0808LCN MC1408P8 6-15
CA339AG LM339AJ 2-66 DAC0808LD MC1508L8 6-15

CA339E LM339N 2-66 DM7822J MC1489AL 7-54


CA339G LM339J 2-66 DM7837J MC3437L 7-62
CA3401E MC3401P 2-198 DM8822J MC1489AL 7-54
CA6078AS MC1776G 2-189 DM8822N MC1489AP 7-54
CA6078AT MC1776G 2-189 DM8837N MC3437P 7-62

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

1-10
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

DS1488J MC1488L 7-48 DS8839J MC8T28L 7-32

DS1488N MC1488P 7-48 DS8839N MC8T28P 7-32


7-54 DS8922A MC34051 7-161
DS1489AJ MC1489AL
DS1489AN MC1489AP 7-54 DS8923A MC34050 7-161

DS1489J MC1489L 7-54 ICB8741C MC1741CG 2-170

DS1489N MC1489P 7-54 ICH8500ATV MC1776CG 2-189

DS26LS31N AM26LS31 3-21 ICH8500TV MC1776CG 2-189

DS26LS32N AM26LS32P 3-24 ICL101ALNDP LM101AH 2-45

DS26S10CJ MC26S10L 7-59 ICL101ALNFB LM101AH 2-45

DS26S10CN MC26S10P 7-59 ICL101ALNTY LM101AH 2-45

DS3486J MC3486L 7-139 ICL301ALNPA LM301AH 2-45

DS3486N MC3486P 7-139 ICL301ALNTY LM301AH 2-45

DS3487J MC3487L 7-142 ICL741CLNPA MC1741CP1 2-170

DS3487N MC3487P 7-142 ICL741CLNTY MC1741CP1 2-170


ICL8001CTZ LM111J 2-54
DS3612H MC1472U 7-45

MC1472P1 7-45 ICL8001MTZ LM111J 2-54


DS3612N
DS3632H MC1472U 7-45 ICL8007CTA MC1709CG 2-158

DS3632J MC1472U 7-45 ICL8007MTA MC1709CG 2-158


7-45 ICL8008CPA LM301AN 2-45
DS3632N MC1472P1
DS3650J MC3450L 7-83 ICL8008CTY LM301AN 2-45

DS3650N MC3450P 7-83 ICL8013A MC1594L 11-12

2-222 ICL8013B MC1594L 11-12


DS3651J MC3430L
DS3651N MC3430P 2-222 ICL8013C MC1594L 11-12

DS3652J MC3452L 7-83 ICL8017CTW LM301AN 2-45

DS3652N MC3452P 7-83 ICL8017MTW LM301AN 2-45

DS3653J MC3432L 2-222 ICL8021C MC1776G 2-189

DS3653N MC3432P 2-222 ICL8021M MC1776G 2-189

DS3691 AM26LS30 7-10 ICL8022C MC1776G 2-189

DS55107W MC75107L 7-168 ICL8022M MC1776G 2-189

DS55110J MC75S110L 7-173 ICL8043CDE MC1776G 2-189

DS75107J MC75107L 7-168 ICL8043CPE MC1776G 2-189

DS75107N MC75107P 7-168 ICL8043MDE MC1776G 2-189


7-168 ICL8048CDE MC1776G 2-189
DS75108J MC75108L
DS75108N MC75108P 7-168 ICL8048CPE MC1776G 2-189

DS75110J MC75S110L 7-173 ICL8048DPE MC1776G 2-189

7-173 ICL8069CCZR LM385BZ-1 .2 5-4


DS75110N MC75S110P
7-168 ICL8069DCZR LM385BZ-1 .2 5-4
DS75207J MC75107L
DS75207N MC75107P 7-168 IP1525AJ SG 1526 AJ 3-311

IP1526J SG1526J 3-311


DS75208J MC75108L 7-168
MC75108P 7-168 IP1527AJ SG1527AJ 3-304
DS75208N

7-62 IP2525AJ SG2525AJ 3-304


DS7837J MC3437L
MC3437L 7-62 IP2526J SG2526J 3-304
DS7837W
MC8T28L 7-32 IP2527AJ SG2527AJ 3-304
DS8833J
MC8T28P 7-32 IP33063N MC33063P1 3-212
DS8833N
MC8T26AL 7-27 IP34060AN MC34060AP 3-188
DS8834J

IP34063N MC34063P1 3-212


DS8834N MC8T26AP 7-27
MC8T26AL 7-27 IP35060AN MC35060AL 3-188
DS8835J
MC8T26AP 7-27 IP35063J MC35063U 3-212
DS8835N
7-62 IP3525AJ SG3525AJ 3-304
DS8837J MC3437L
7-62 IP3525AN SG3525AN 3-304
DS8837N MC3437P

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-11
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical to the "Part
All

Number" being searched tor are not included in this Crass Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

IP3526J SG3526J 3-311 LH2101AF MC1537L 2-105


IP3526N SG3526N 3-311 LH2201AD MC1537L 2-105
IP3527AJ SG3527AJ 3-304 LH2201AF MC1537L 2-105
IP3527AN SG3527AN 3-304 LH2301AD MC1437L 2-105
IP494ACJ TL594IN 3-347 LH2301AF MC1437L 2-105

IP494ACN TL594CN 3-347 LH740ACH LF355H 2-17


IP494AJ TL594MJ 3-347 LM101AD LM101AH 2-45
ITT3064 MC13010P 9-103 LM101AF LM101AH 2-45
ITT3710 MC1391P 9-63 LM101AJ-14 LM101AJ 2-45
ITT652 MC1411P 7-41 LM101AJG LM101AJ 2-45

ITT654 MC1412P 7-41 LM101AJ LM101AJ 2-45


ITT656 MC1413P 7-41 LM101AL LM101AH 2-45
L144AP LM324N 2-60 LM101D LM101AJ 2-45
L201 MC1411P 7-41 LM101F LM101AH 2-45
L202 MC1412P 7-41 LM101J-14 LM101AJ 2-45

L203 MC1413P 7-41 LM107H MC1741 2-170


L583 MC3484S2 10-21 LM107L MC1741 2-170
LF351BH MC34001BG 2-299 LM108AH LM108AH 2-49
LF351BN MC34001BP 2-299 LM109LA LM109K 3-16
LF351H MC34001G 2-299 LM111HH LM111H 2-54

LF352D LF355J 2-17 LM111JG LM111J-8 2-54


LF353BH MC34002BG 2-299 LM112H MC1556U 2-127
LF353BN MC34002BP 2-299 LM118H MC1741SG 2-170
LF353H MC34002G 2-299 LM120H-12 MC7912CK 3-171
LF355JG LF355J 2-17 LM120H-15 MC7915CK 3-171

LF355L LF355H 2-17 LM120H-5.0 MC7905CK 3-171


LF355N LF355J 2-17 LM120K-12 MC7912CK 3-171
LF356BN LF356J 2-17 LM120K-15 MC7915CK 3-171
LF356JG LF356J 2-17 LM120K-5.0 MC7905CK 3-171
LF356L LF356H 2-17 LM122H MC1556G 2-127

LF356N LF356J 2-17 LM124AD LM124J 2-60


LF356P LF356J 2-17 LM124AJ LM124J 2-60
LF357BN LF357BJ 2-17 LM125H MC1568G 3-109
LF357JG LF357J 2-17 LM126H MC1568G 3-109
LF357L LF357H 2-17 LM128H MC1568G 3-109

LF357N LF357J 2-17 LM1408J6 MC1408L6 6-15


LF357P LF357J 2-17 LM1408J7 MC1408L7 6-15
LH0004CHH MC1536G 2-101 LM1408J8 MC1408L8 6-15
LH0004CH MC1436G 2-101 LM1408N6 MC1408P6 6-15
LH0004H MC1536G 2-101 LM1408N7 MC1408P7 6-15

LHOOOACD MC1776CG 2-189 LM1408N8 MC1408P 6-15


LH000ACF MC1776CG 2-189 LM1489AN MC1489AP 7-54
LHOOOACH MC1776CG 2-189 LM1489J MC1489L 7-54
LH000AD MC1776G 2-189 LM1489N MC1489P 7-54
LH000AF MC1776G 2-189 LM1496H MC1496G 8-13

LH000AH MC1776G 2-189 LM1496J MC1496L 8-13


LH042CH MC1776G 2-189 LM1496N MC1496P 8-13
LH101H MC1741G 2-170 LM149J MC4741L 2-245
LH201H MC1741G 2-170 LM158AH LM158H 2-76
LH2101AD MC1537L 2-105 LM158JG LM158J 2-76
|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-12
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

LM158L LM158H 2-76 LM240LAZ-24 MC78L24ACP 3-148

LM1596H MC1596G 8-13 LM240LAZ-5.0 MC78L05ACP 3-148

LM1596J MC1596L 8-13 LM240LAZ-6.0 MC78L05ACP 3-148

LM163J MC3450L 7-83 LM240LAZ-8.0 MC78L08ACP 3-148

LM171H MC1590G 2-150 LM243H MC1536G 2-101

MC13010P 9-103 LM249J MC4741L 2-245


LM1822
LM1849A MC3484S2 10-21 LM249N MC4741P 2-245

LM1889 MC1374P 9-32 LM258AH LM258H 2-76

MC3301P 2-198 LM258M LM258D 2-76


LM1900D
LM193JG LM193H 2-82 LM271H MC1590G 2-150

LM193H 2-82 LM2901M LM2901D 2-66


LM193U
MC13020P 9-108 LM2902M LM2902D 2-60
LM1981
LM201AJ 2-45 LM2903M LM2903D 2-82
LM201AJ-14
LM201AJ 2-45 LM2903P LM2903N 2-82
LM201AJG
LM201AN 2-45 LM2903 LM2903N 2-82
LM201AP

LM201AH 2-45 LM2904M LM2904D 2-76


LM201H
LM201J-14 LM201AJ 2-45 LM2905N MC1455P1 11-5

2-45 LM2931CM LM2931CD 3-89


LM201J LM201AJ
MC78L05ACG 3-148 LM2931D-5.0 LM2931 D-5.0 3-89
LM204LAH-5.0
LM204LAH-8.0 MC78L08ACG 3-148 LM293P LM293H 2-82

LM207H MC1741C 2-170 LM293U LM293H 2-82

LM208AJ-8 2-49 LM301AJG LM301AJ 2-45


LM208AJ
LM211JG LM211J-8 2-54 LM301AL LM301AH 2-45
2-54 LM301AM LM301AD 2-45
LM211M LM211D
LM212H MC1456U 2-127 LM301AP LM301AN 2-45

LM3026 CA3054 9-9


LM217H LM217H 3-21

LM217KC LM217K 3-21 LM3045 MC3446P 9-70

LM217H 3-21 LM3046N MC3346P 9-70


LM217KD
MC1741SG 2-170 LM3054 CA3054 9-9
LM218H
LM218J-8 MC1741SU 2-170 LM3064N MC13010P 9-103

LM220H-12 MC7912CK 3-171 LM307P LM307N 2-87

LM220H-15 MC7915CK 3-171 LM3089 MC3356P 8-40

LM220H-5.0 MC7905CK 3-171 LM308AH-1 LM308AH 2-49

LM220K-12 MC7912CK 3-171 LM308AH-2 LM308AH 2-49

MC7915CK 3-171 LM308M LM308D 2-49


LM220K-15

LM220K-5.0 MC7905CK 3-171 LM309KC LM309K 3-16

MC1556G 2-127 LM311D LM311D 2-54


LM222H
2-60 LM311J-8 LM311J-8 2-54
LM224AF LM224J
2-60 LM311JG LM311J-8 2-54
LM224AJ LM224J
2-60 LM311M LM311D 2-54
LM224M LM224N

LM311N-14 LM311J 2-54


LM225H MC1568G 3-109
MC1568G 3-109 LM311N LM311J 2-54
LM226H
LM228H MC1568G 3-109 LM311P LM311N 2-54

LM239M LM239D 2-66 LM312H MC1456G 2-127

LM239N LM239N 2-66 LM3146A MC3346P 9-70

LM240LAH-12 MC78L12ACG 3-148 LM3146 MC3346P 9-70


LM317KC LM317T 3-21
LM240LAH-15 MC78L15ACG 3-148
LM240LAZ-12 MC78L12ACP 3-148 LM317KD LM317T 3-21

LM240LAZ-15 MC78L15ACP 3-148 LM317MP LM317MT 3-74

LM240LAZ-18 MC78L18ACP 3-148 LM317P LM317T 3-21

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-13
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical to the "Part
Number" being searched for are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer fo
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

LM3189 MC3356P 8-40 LM340LAH-15 MC78L15ACG 3-148


LM318D MC1741SCU 2-175 LM340LAH-5.0 MC78L05ACG 3-148
LM318H MC1741SCG 2-175 LM340LAH-8.0 MC78L08ACG 3-148
LM318N MC1741SCP1 2-175 LM340LAZ-12 MC78L12ACP 3-148
LM320H-12 MC7912CK 3-171 LM340LAZ-15 MC78L15ACG 3-148

LM320H-15 MC7915CK 3-171 LM340LAZ-18 MC78L18ACP 3-148


LM320H-5.0 MC7905CK 3-171 LM340LAZ-24 MC78L24ACP 3-148
LM320K-12 MC7912CK 3-171 LM340LAZ-5.0 MC78L05ACP 3-148
LM320K-15 MC7915CK 3-171 LM340LAZ-6.0 MC78L05ACP 3-148
LM320K-5.0 MC7905CK 3-171 LM340LAZ-8.0 MC78L08ACP 3-148

LM320LZ-12 MC79L12ACP 3-180 LM341P-12 MC78M12CT 3-154


LM320LZ-15 MC79L15ACP 3-180 LM341P-15 MC78M15CT 3-154
LM320LZ-5.0 MC79L05ACP 3-180 LM341P-18 MC78M18CT 3-154
LM320MP-12 MC7912CT 3-171 LM341P-24 MC78M24CT 3-154
LM320MP-15 MC7915CT 3-171 LM341P-5.0 MC78M05CT 3-154

LM320MP-18 MC7918CT 3-171 LM341P-6.0 MC78M06CT 3-154


LM320MP-24 MC7924CT 3-171 LM341P-8.0 MC78M08CT 3-154
LM320MP-5.0 MC7905CT 3-171 LM342P-12 MC78M12CT 3-154
LM320MP-5.2 MC7905.2CT 3-171 LM342P-15 MC78M15CT 3-154
LM320MP-6.0 MC7906CT 3-171 LM342P-18 MC78M18CT 3-154

LM320MP-8.0 MC7908CT 3-171 LM342P-24 MC78M24CT 3-154


LM320T-12 MC7912CT 3-171 LM342P-5.0 MC78M05CT 3-154
LM320T-15 MC7915CT 3-171 LM342P-6.0 MC78M06CT 3-154
LM320T-5.0 MC7905CT 3-171 LM342P-8.0 MC78M08CT 3-154
LM320T-5.2 MC7905.2CT 3-171 LM343H MC1436G 2-101

LM322H MC1455G 11-5 LM345K MC7905CK 3-171


LM322N MC1455P1 11-5 LM349J MC4741CL 2-245
LM324AJ LM324J 2-60 LM349N MC4741CL 2-245
LM325AN MC1468L 3-109 LM358AH LM358H 2-76
LM325H MC1468G 3-109 LM358AN LM358N 2-76

LM325N MC1468L 3-109 LM358JG LM358J 2-76


LM326H MC1468G 3-109 LM363AJ MC3450L 7-83
LM326N MC1468L 3-109 LM363AN MC3450P 7-83
LM328AN MC1468L 3-109 LM363J MC3450L 7-83
LM328H MC1468G 3-109 LM363N MC3450P 7-83

LM328N MC1468L 3-109 LM371H MC1590G 2-150


LM3301N MC3301P 2-198 LM385M-1.2 LM385D-1.2 5-4
LM3302J MC3302L 2-66 LM385M-2.5 LM385D-2.5 5-4
LM3302N MC3302P 2-66 LM386N MC34119P 9-138
LM3302 MC3302P 2-66 LM3905N MC1455P1 11-5

LM337MP LM337MT 3-82 LM3905 MC1455P1 11-5


LM339P LM339N 2-66 LM393JG LM393N 2-82
LM3401N MC3401P 2-198 LM393M LM393D 2-82
LM340KC-12 LM340T-12 3-50 LM4250CH MC1776CG 2-189
LM340KC-15 LM340T-15 3-50 LM4250CN MC1776CP1 2-189

LM340KC-18 MC7818CK 3-135 LM4250H MC1776G 2-189


LM340KC-24 MC7824CK 3-135 LM55109J MC75S110L 7-173
LM340KC-6.0 MC7806CK 3-135 LM55110J MC75S110L 7-173
LM340KC-8.0 MC7808CK 3-135 LM555CH MC1455G 11-5
LM340LAH-12 MC78L12ACG 3-148 LM555CN MC1455P1 |
|
11-5

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

1-14
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar

Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page


Part

LM555H MC1455G 11-5 LM7812KC MC7812CK 3-135

LM556CD MC3456L 11-41 LM7815CK MC7815CK 3-135


LM556CJ MC3456L 11-41 MC7815CT 3-135
LM7815CT
LM556CN MC3456P 11-41 3-135
LM7815KC MC7815CK
LM556L MC3456L 11-41 3-135
LM7818KC MC7818CK

LM703LN MC1350P 9-19


LM7824KC MC7824CK 3-135
LM709AH MC 1709 AG 2-158
MC78L05ACG 3-148
LM78L05ACH
LM709AN-8 MC1709CP1 2-158
LM78L05ACZ MC78L05ACP 3-148
LM709CN MC1709CG 2-158
LM78L05CH MC78L05CG 3-148
LM709H MC1709G 2-158
LM78L05CZ MC78L05CP 3-148

LM723CD MC1723CJ 3-109


3-109 LM78L08ACH MC78L08ACG 3-148
LM723CH MC1723CG
MC1723CL 3-109 LM78L08ACZ MC78L08ACP 3-148
LM723CJ
LM723CN MC1723CP 3-109 LM78L08CH MC78L08CG 3-148

LM723H MC1723G 3-109 LM78L08CZ MC78L08CP 3-148

LM78L12ACH MC78L12ACG 3-148


LM723J MC1723L 3-109
LM733CD MC1733CL 2-162 3-148
LM78L12ACZ MC78L12ACP
LM733CH MC1733CG 2-162 3-148
LM78L12CH MC78L12CG
LM733CJ MC1733CL 2-162
LM78L12CZ MC78L12CP 3-148
LM733CN MC1733CP 2-162
LM78L15ACH MC78L15ACG 3-148

LM78L15ACZ MC78L15ACP 3-148


LM733H MC1733G 2-162
LM733J MC1733L 2-162
LM78L15CH MC78L15CG 3-148
LM741AH MC1741G 2-170
2-170 LM78L15CZ MC78L15CP 3-148
LM741CD LM1741CJ
2-170 LM78L18ACZ MC78L18ACP 3-148
LM741CJ-14 LM1741CJ
LM78L18CZ MC78L18CP 3-148

LM741EH MC1741CG 2-170 LM78L24ACZ MC78L24ACP 3-148

LM741EJ MC1741CU 2-170


LM741 EN MC1741CP1 2-170 LM78L24CZ MC78L24CP 3-148
LM747CD MC1747CL 2-181 MC78M05CT 3-154
LM78M05CP
LM748CH MC1748CG 2-185 MC78M12CT 3-154
LM78M12CP
LM78M15CP MC78M15CT 3-154
LM748CJ MC1748CU 2-185
LM7905CK MC7905CK 3-171
LM748CN MC1748CP1 2-185
LM748H MC1748G 2-185
LM7905CT MC7905CT 3-171
LM748J MC1748U 2-185
LM7912CK MC7912CK 3-171
LM75107AN MC75107P 7-168
LM7912CT MC7912CT 3-171

LM7915CK MC7915CK 3-171


LM75108AJ MC75108L 7-168
7-168 LM7915CT MC7915CT 3-171
LM751 08AN MC75108P
LM75110J MC75S110L 7-173
LM75110N MC75S110P 7-173 LM79L05ACZ MC79L05ACP 3-180

LM75207L MC75107L 7-168 LM79L12ACZ MC79L12ACP 3-180

LM79L15ACZ MC78L15ACP 3-180


LM75207N MC75107P 7-168
LM79M05CP MC79M05CT 3-185
LM75208J MC75108L 7-168 MC79M12CT 3-185
LM79M12CP
LM75208N MC75108P 7-168
LM7805CK MC7805CK 3-135
LM79M15CP MC79M15CT 3-185
LM7805CT MC7805CT 3-135
LM837N MC33079P 2-261

MB3759 TL494CN 3-336


LM7805KC MC7805CK 3-135
MC1458JB MC1458U 2-133
LM7806KC MC7806CK 3-135
MC1458L MC1458G 2-133
LM7808KC MC7808CK 3-135
3-135 MC1458P MC1458P1 2-133
LM7812CK MC7812CK
3-135 MC1489N3 MC1489PDS 7-54
LM7812CT MC7812CT |

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-15
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical to the "Part
All

Number" being searched for are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer to
theAlphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

MC1489N MC1489P 7-54 N8T95F MC8T95L 7-37


MC3440AP MC3440AP 7-65 N8T95N MC8T95P 7-37
MC3446J MC3446AP 7-69 N8T96B MC8T96P 7-37
MC3446N MC3446AP 7-69 N8T96F MC8T96L 7-37
MC3470N MC3470P 7-109 N8T96N MC8T96P 7-37

MC3485J MC3485L 7-134 N8T97B MC8T97P 7-37


MC3485N MC3485P 7-134 N8T97F MC8T97L 7-37
MC3486J MC3486L 7-139 N8T97N MC8T97P 7-37
MC3486N MC3486P 7-139 N8T98B MC8T98P 7-37
MC3487J MC3487L 7-142 N8T98F MC8T98L 7-37

MC3487N / MC3487P 7-142 N8T98N MC8T98P 7-37


MP5531CP MC1404U5 5-12 NE501A MC1733CL 2-162
MP5531DP MC1404U5 5-12 NE501K MC1733CG 2-162
MP5532CP MC1404U10 5-12 NE531G MC1439G 2-109
MP5532DP MC1404U10 5-12 NE531T MC1439G 2-109

N5556T MC1456G 2-127 NE531V MC1439P 2-109


N5556V MC1456P1 2-127 NE533G MC1776CG 2-189
N5558F MC1458U 2-133 NE533T MC1776CG 2-189
N5558T MC1458G 2-133 NE533V MC1776CG 2-189
N5558V NC1458P1 2-133 NE537G MC1456G 2-127

N5595A MC1495L 11-26 NE537T MC1456G 2-127


N5595F MC1495L 11-26 NE540L MC1554G 2-123
N5596A MC1496L 8-13 NE550A MC1723CP 3-115
N5596K MC1496G 8-13 NE550L MC1723CG 3-115
N5709A MC1709CP1 2-158 NE555JG MC1455U 11-5

N5709T MC1709CG 2-158 NE555L MC1455G 11-5


N5709V NC1709CP1 2-158 NE555T MC1455G 11-5
N5723A MC1723CP 3-115 NE5561FE MC34060L 3-188
N5723K MC1733CG 2-162 NE5561N MC34060P 3-188
N5723T MC1723CG 3-115 NE5561 MC3456L 11-41

N5741A MC1741CP1 2-170 OP-01C MC1536 2-101


N5741T MC1741CG 2-170 OP-01G MC1536 2-101
N5741V MC1741CP1 2-170 OP-01H MC1536 2-101
N5747A MC1747CL 2-181 OP-01J MC1536G 2-101
N5747F MC1747CL 2-181 OP-01L MC1536G 2-101

N5748A MC1747CG 2-181 OP-01P MC1436P1 2-101


N5748T MC1748CG 2-185 OP-08A MC1776 2-189
N8T15A MC1488L 7-48 OP-08B MC1776 2-189
N8T15F MC1488L 7-48 OP-08C MC1776 2-189
N8T16A MC1489L 7-54 OP-08E MC1776 2-189

N8T26AB MC8T26AP 7-27 OP-08 MC1776 2-189


N8T26AE MC8T26AL 7-27 OP-27BJ OP-27BZ 2-347
N8T26AJ MC8T26AL 7-27 OP-27CJ OP-27CZ 2-347
N8T26AN MC8T26AP 7-27 OP-27FJ OP-27FZ 2-347
N8T26B MC8T26AP 7-27 OP-27GJ OP-27GZ 2-347

N8T26J MC8T26AL 7-27 OP-27GZ OP-27GZ 2-347


N8T26N MC8T26AP 7-27 PWM125AK SG1525AJ 3-304
N8T28B MC8T28P 7-32 PWM125BK SG2525AJ 3-304
N8T37A MC3437P 7-62 PWM125CK SG3525AJ 3-304
N8T95B MC8T95P 7-37 RC1437DP MC1437P
|
2-105 I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-16
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Similar Direct Similar
Direct
Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page
Part Number

2-105 REF-01DZ MC1404U10 5-12


RC1437D MC1437L
2-133 REF-02CJ MC1404U5 5-12
RC1458DN MC1458P1
2-133 REF-02CP MC1404U5 5-12
RC1458T MC1458G
7-48 REF-02CZ MC1404U5 5-12
RC1488DC MC1488L
7-54 REF-02DJ MC1404U5 5-12
RC 1489 ADC MC1489AL

7-54 REF-02DP MC1404U5 5-12


RC1489DC MC1489L
2-127 REF-02DZ MC1404U5 5-12
RC1556T MC1456CG
2-133 RM1537D MC1537L 2-105
RC1558T MC1558G
2-66 RM4136D MC3503L 2-208
RC3302DB MC3302P
2-175 RM4136J MC3503L 2-208
RC4131DP MC1741SCP1

RM4194DC MC1568L 3-109


RC4131T MC1741SG 2-175
2-208 RM4195T MC1568G 3-109
RC4136DP MC3403P
2-208 RM4558D MC4558U 2-241
RC4136D MC3403L
2-208 RM4558JG MC4558U 2-241
RC4136J MC3403L
RM4558L MC4558G 2-241
RC4136N MC3403P 2-208

3-109 RM4558T MC4558G 2-241


RC4194DC MC1468L
RM702T MC1733 2-162
RC4195NB MC1468L 3-109
RM709T MC1709G 2-158
RC4195T MC1468G 3-109
2-241 RM723DC MC1723L 3-115
RC4558DN MC4558CP1
2-241 RM723D MC1723L 3-115
RC4558JG MC4558CU

2-241 RM723T MC1723G 3-115


RC4558L MC4558CG
2-241 RM733D MC1733L 2-162
RC4558P MC4558CP1
2-241 RM733T MC1733G 2-162
RC4558T MC4558CG
2-162 RM741DP MC1741P 2-170
RC702T MC1733C
2-158 RM741T MC1741G 2-170
RC709DN MC1709CP1

2-158 RM747D MC1747L 2-181


RC709T MC1709CG
3-115 RM747T MC1747G 2-181
RC723DB MC1723CP
3-115 RM748T MC1748G 2-185
RC723DC MC1723CL
3-115 RV3301DB MC3301P 2-198
RC723D MC1723CL
3-115 S5556T MC1556G 2-127
RC723T MC1723CG

2-162 S5558E MC1558U 2-133


RC733D MC1733CL
2-162 S5558T MC1558G 2-133
RC733T MC1733CG
2-170 S5596F MC1596L 8-13
RC741DN MC1741CP1
2-170 S5596K MC1596G 8-13
RC741T MC1741CG
2-181 S5709G MC1709U 2-158
RC747D MC1747CL

2-181 S5709T MC1709G 2-158


RC747T MC1747CG
2-185 S5723T MC1723G 3-115
RC748T MC1748CG
7-168 S5733K MC1733G 2-162
RC75107ADP MC75107P
7-168 S5741T MC1741G 2-170
RC75107AD MC75107L
7-168 SAA1027 SAA1042 4-103
RC75108ADP MC75108P

7-168 SA555N MC1455BP1 11-5


RC75108AD MC75108L
SE501K MC1733G 2-162
RC75109DP MC75S110P 7-173
7-173 SE531G MC1539G 2-109
RC75109D MC75S110L
7-173 SE531T MC1539G 2-109
RC75110DP MC75S110P
7-173 SE533G MC1556G 2-127
RC75110D MC75S110L

5-12 SE533T MC1556G 2-127


REF-01CJ MC1404U10
5-12 SE537G MC1556G 2-127
REF-01CP MC1404U10
5-12 SE537T MC1556G 2-127
REF-01CZ MC1404U10
REF-01DJ MC1404U10 5-12 SE550L MC1723G 3-115

5-12 SE5561FE MC35060L 3-188


REF-01DP MC1404U10

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-17
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical to the "Part
Number" being searched for are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

SE592A SE592L 2-342 SG1495D MC1495L 11-26


SE592K SE592G 2-342 SG1495N MC1495L 11-26
SG100T MC1723G 3-115 SG1496D MC1496L 8-13
SG101AD LM101AH 2-45 SG1496N MC1496L 8-13
SG101AT LM101AH 2-45 SG1496T MC1496G 8-13

SG101J LM101AH 2-45 SG1501AD MC1568L 3-109


SG101T LM101AH 2-45 SG1501AJ MC1568L 3-109
SG107J MC1741 2-170 SG1501AT MC1568G 3-109
SG107T MC1741 2-170 SG1501J MC1568L 3-109
SG108AJ LM108AJ 2-49 SG1501T MC1558G 2-133

SG108AT LM108AH 2-49 SG1502D MC1568L 3-109


SG108J LM108J 2-49 SG1502J MC1568L 3-109
SG108T LM108H 2-49 SG1502N MC1568L 3-109
SG109K LM109K 3-16 SG1503T MC1503U 5-8
SG109R LM109K 3-16 SG1503Y MC1503U 5-8

SG109T LM109H 3-16 SG1503 MC1503U 5-8


SG1118AJ LM108AJ 2-49 SG150K LM150K 3-66
SG1118AT LM108AH 2-49 SG1524J TL494MJ 3-336
SG1118J LM108J 2-49 SG1536T MC1536G 2-101
SG1118T LM108H 2-49 SG1556T MC1556G 2-127

SG111D LM111J 2-54 SG1558T MC1558G 2-133


SG111T LM111H 2-54 SG1568J MC1568L 3-109
SG117K LM117K 3-21 SG1568T MC1568G 3-109
SG117R LM117K 3-21 SG1595D MC1595L 11-26
SG117T LM117H 3-21 SG1596D MC1596L 8-13

SG118T MC1741SG 2-175 SG1596T MC1596G 8-13


SG1217T MC1741SG 2-175 SG1660D LM301AH 2-45
SG1217 MC1741G 2-170 SG1660J LM308J 2-49
SG123K LM123K 3-37 SG1660M LM308N 2-49
SG124J LM124J 2-60 SG1660T LM308H 2-49

SG1250T MC1776G 2-189 SG1760J LM308J 2-49


SG137K LM137K 3-43 SG1760M LM308N 2-49
SG137R LM137K 3-43 SG1760T LM308H 2-49
SG137T LM137H 3-43 SG200T MC1723G 3-115
SG1402N MC1594L 11-12 SG201AD LM201AH 2-45

SG1402T MC1594L 11-12 SG201AM LM201AN 2-45


SG140K-05 LM140K-5.0 3-50 SG201AN LM201AN 2-45
SG140K-08 LM140K-8.0 3-50 SG201AT LM201AH 2-45
SG140K-12 LM140K-12 3-50 SG201J LM201AH 2-45
SG140K-15 LM140K-15 3-50 SG201 M LM201AN 2-45

SG1436CT MC1436CG 2-101 SG201N LM201AN 2-45


SG1436M MC1436U 2-101 SG201T LM201AH 2-45
SG1436T MC1436G 2-101 SG207J MC1741C 2-170
SG1456CT MC1456CG 2-127 SG207M MC1741C 2-170
SG1456T MC1456G 2-127 SG207N MC1741C 2-170

SG1458M MC1458P1 2-133 SG207T MC1741C 2-170


SG1458T MC1458G 2-133 SG208AJ LM208AJ 2-49
SG1468J MC1468L 3-109 SG208AM LM208AJ-8 2-49
SG1468N MC1468L 3-109 SG208AT LM208AH 2-49
SG1468T MC1468G 3-109 SG208J LM208J 2-49

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-18
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar

Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

2-49 SG308AJ LM308AJ 2-49


SG208M LM208J-8
2-49 SG308AM LM308AN 2-49
SG208T LM208H
3-16 SG308AT LM308AH 2-49
SG209K LM209K
SG308J LM308J 2-49
SG209R LM209K 3-16
3-16 SG308M LM308N 2-49
SG209T LM209H

2-49 SG308T LM308H 2-49


SG2118AJ LM208AJ
2-49 SG309K LM309K 3-16
SG2118AM LM208AJ-8
SG2118AT LM208AH 2-49 SG309P LM309K 3-16
2-49 SG309R LM309K 3-16
SG2118J LM208J
2-49 SG309T LM309H 3-16
SG2118M LM208J-8

2-49 SG3118AJ LM308AJ 2-49


SG2118T LM208H
SG211D LM211J-8 2-54 SG3118AM LM308AN 2-49

SG211M LM211J-8 2-54 SG3118AT LM308AH 2-49

2-54 SG3118J LM308J 2-49


SG211T LM211H
3-21 SG3118M LM308N 2-49
SG217K LM217K

SG3118T LM308H 2-49


SG217R LM217K 3-21
3-21 SG311D LM311J 2-54
SG217T LM217H
SG311M LM311N 2-54
SG218J MC1741SL 2-175
SG311T LM311H 2-54
SG218M MC1741SL 2-175
SG317K LM317K 3-21
SG218T MC1741SG 2-175

3-37 SG317P LM317T 3-21


SG223K LM223K
SG224J LM224J 2-60 SG317R LM317T 3-21

2-60 SG317T LM317H 3-21


SG224N LM224N
SG2250T MC1776G 2-189 SG318J MC1741SCL 2-175

SG237K LM237K 3-43 SG318M MC1741CP1 2-170

SG237R LM237K 3-43 SG318T MC1741CG 2-170


3-43 SG324J LM324J 2-60
SG237T LM237H
MC1494L 11-12 SG324N LM324N 2-60
SG2402N
SG2402T MC1494L 11-12 SG3250T MC1776G 2-189

MC1468L 3-109 SG337K LM337K 3-43


SG2501AD

3-109 SG337P LM337T 3-43


SG2501AT MC1468G
3-109 SG337R LM337T 3-43
SG2501D MC1468L
3-109 SG337T LM337H 3-43
SG2501J MC1468L
SG3402N MC1494L 11-12
SG2501N MC1468L 3-109
3-109 SG3402T MC1494L 11-12
SG2501T MC1468G

SG340K-05 LM340K-5.0 3-50


SG2502J MC1468L 3-109
MC1468L 3-109 SG340K-08 LM340K-8.0 3-50
SG2502N
SG340K-12 LM340K-12 3-50
SG2503M MC1403AU 5-8
MC1403AU 5-8 SG340K-24 LM340K-24 3-50
SG2503T
SG2503Y TL494IJ 3-336 SG3423M MC3423P1 3-121

SG250K LM250K 3-66 SG3423Y MC3423U 3-121

MC1723CP 3-115 SG3501AD MC1468L 3-109


SG300N
MC1723CG 3-115 SG3501AJ MC1468L 3-109
SG300T
2-45 SG3501AN MC1468L 3-109
SG301AD LM301AH
SG301AM LM301AN 2-45 SG3501AT MC1468G 3-109

LM301AN 2-45 SG3501D MC1468L 3-109


SG301AN
2-45 SG3501J MC1468L 3-109
SG301AT LM301AH
LM307N 2-87 SG3501N MC1468L 3-109
SG307J
2-87 SG3501T MC1468G 3-109
SG307M LM307N
SG307N LM307N 2-87 SG3502D MC 14681- 3-109

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-19
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical to the "Part
Number" being searched for are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Indexon pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

SG3502G MC1468G 3-109 SG748CM MC1748CP1 2-185


SG3502J MC1468L 3-109 SG748CN MC1748CP1 2-185
SG3502N MC1468L 3-109 SG748CT MC1748CG 2-185
SG3503M MC1403U 5-8 SG748D MC1748G 2-185
SG3503T MC1403U 5-8 SG748T MC1748G 2-185

SG3503Y MC1403U 5-8 SG777CJ LM308AJ 2-49


SG3503 MC1403U 5-8 SG777CM LM308AH 2-49
SG350K LM350K 3-66 SG777CN LM308AN 2-49
SG3523Y MC3523U 3-121 SG777CT LM308AH 2-49
SG3524J TL494CJ 3-336 SG777J LM108AJ 2-49

SG4194CJ MC1468L 3-109 SG777T LM108AH 2-49


SG4194J MC1568L 3-109 SG7805ACK MC7805ACK 3-135
SG4250CM MC1776CP1 2-189 SG7805ACP MC7805ACT 3-135
SG4250CT MC1776CG 2-189 SG7805ACR MC7805ACT 3-135
SG4250T MC1776G 2-189 SG7805ACT MC7805ACT 3-135

SG4501D MC1468L 3-109 SG7805AK MC7805AK 3-135


SG4501J MC1468L 3-109 SG7805AR MC7805AK 3-135
SG4501N MC1468L 3-109 SG7805AT MC7805AK 3-135
SG4501T MC1468G 3-109 SG7805CK MC7805CK 3-135
SG501AJ MC1468G 3-109 SG7805CP MC7805CT 3-135

SG555CM MC1455P1 11-5 SG7805K MC7805K 3-135


SG555CT MC1455G 11-5 SG7805R MC7805K 3-135
SG556CJ MC3456L 11-41 SG7805T MC7805K 3-135
SG556CN MC3456P 11-41 SG7806ACP MC7806ACT 3-135
SG556J MC3456L 11-41 SG7806ACR MC7806ACT 3-135

SG723CD MC1723CL 3-115 SG7806ACT MC7806ACT 3-135


SG723CJ MC1723CL 3-115 SG7806CK MC7806CK 3-135
SG723CN MC1723CP 3-115 SG7806CP MC7806CT 3-135
SG723CT MC1723CG 3-115 SG7806CR MC7806CT 3-135
SG723D MC1723L 3-115 SG7806K MC7806K 3-135

SG723J MC1723L 3-115 SG7806R MC7806K 3-135


SG723T MC1723G 3-115 SG7806T MC7806K 3-135
SG733CD MC1733CL 2-162 SG7808ACP MC7808ACT 3-135
SG733CN MC1733CP 2-162 SG7808ACT MC78M08ACT 3-135
SG733CT MC1733CG 2-162 SG7808CK MC7808CK 3-135

SG733D MC1733L 2-162 SG7808CP MC7808CT 3-135


SG733N MC1733L 2-162 SG7808CR MC7808CT 3-135
SG733T MC1733G 2-162 SG7808CT MC78M18CG 3-154
SG741CM MC1741CP1 2-170 SG7808K MC7808K 3-135
SG741CT MC1741CG 2-170 SG7808R MC7808K 3-135

SG741SCM MC1741SCP1 2-175 SG7808T MC7808K 3-135


SG741SCT MC1741SCG 2-175 SG7812ACK MC7812ACK 3-135
SG741ST MC1741SG 2-175 SG7812ACP MC7812ACT 3-135
SG741T MC1741G 2-170 SG7812ACR MC7812ACT 3-135
SG747CJ MC1747CL 2-181 SG7812ACT MC7812ACT 3-135

SG747CN MC1747CP2 2-181 SG7812AK MC7812AK 3-135


SG747CT MC1747CG 2-181 SG7812AR MC7812AK 3-135
SG747J MC1747L 2-181 SG7812AT MC7812AK 3-135
SG747T MC1747G 2-181 SG7812CK MC7812CK 3-135
SG748CD I
MC1748CP1 2-185 SG7812CP MC7812CT 3-135
I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-20
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Similar Direct Similar
Direct
Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page
Part Number

SG7812CR MC7812CT 3-135 SG7905CT MC7905CT 3-171

SG7908CP MC7908CT 3-171


SG7812CT MC78M12CG 3-154
MC7812K 3-135 SG7908CR MC7908CT 3-171
SG7812K
SG7815ACK MC781 5ACK 3-135 SG7908CT MC7908CT 3-171

3-135 SG7912ACK MC7912ACK 3-171


SG7815ACP MC7815ACT

SG7912ACP MC7912ACT 3-171


SG7815ACR MC7815ACT 3-135
MC7815ACT 3-135 SG7912ACR MC7912ACT 3-171
SG7815ACT
MC7815AK 3-135 SG7912ACT MC7912ACT 3-171
SG7815AK
SG7912CK MC7912CK 3-171
SG7815AR MC7815AK 3-135
SG7912CP MC7912CT 3-171
SG7815AT MC7815AK 3-135

MC7815CK 3-135 SG7912CR MC7912CT 3-171


SG7815CK
SG7815CP MC7815CT 3-135 SG7912CT MC7912CT 3-171

SG7915ACK MC7915ACK 3-171


SG7815CR MC7815CT 3-135
SG7915ACP MC7915ACT 3-171
SG7815CT MC7815CT 3-135
MC7815K 3-135 SG7915ACR MC7915ACT 3-171
SG7815K

MC7815K 3-135 SG7915ACT MC7915ACT 3-171


SG7815R
3-135 SG7915CK MC7915CK 3-171
SG7815T MC7815K
3-135 SG7915CP MC7915CT 3-171
SG7818ACK MC7818ACK
MC7818ACT 3-135 SG7915CR MC7915CT 3-171
SG7818ACP
MC7818ACT 3-135 SG7915CT MC7915CT 3-171
SG7818ACR

SG7918CP MC7918CT 3-171


SG7818ACT MC7818ACT 3-135
3-135 SH323SKC LM323K 3-37
SG7818AK MC7818AK
SH8090FM MC1508L8 6-15
SG7818AR MC7818AK 3-135
3-135 SN52101AL LM101AH 2-45
SG7818AT MC7818AK
3-135 SN52104L LM101H 2-45
SG7818CK MC781 8CK

3-135 SN52107L MC1741 2-170


SG7818CP MC7818CT
3-135 SN52108AL LM108AH 2-49
SG7818CR MC7818CT
SN52108L LM108H 2-49
SG7818CT MC78M18CG 3-154
3-135 SN52109L LM109H 3-16
SG7818K MC7818K
SN75107AJ MC75107L 7-168
SG7818R MC7818K 3-135

3-135 SN75107AN MC75107P 7-168


SG7818T MC7818K
3-135 SN75107BJ MC75107L 7-168
SG7824ACP MC7824ACT
MC7824ACT 3-135 SN75107BN MC75107P 7-168
SG7824ACR
3-135 SN75108AJ MC75108L 7-168
SG7824ACT MC7824ACT
3-135 SN75108AN MC75108P 7-168
SG7824CK MC7824CK

3-135 SN75108BJ MC75108L 7-168


SG7824CP MC7824CT
3-135 SN75108BN MC75108P 7-168
SG7824CR MC7824CT
3-135 SN75110AJ MC75S110L 7-173
SG7824K MC7824K
3-135 SN75110AN MC75S110P 7-173
SG7824R MC7824K
SN75121J MC3481/5L 7-134
SG7824T MC7824K 3-135

3-171 SN75121N MC3481/5P 7-134


SG7905.2CP MC7905.2CT
SN75122J MC75125L 7-178
SG7905.2CR MC7905.2CT 3-171
3-171 SN75122N MC75125P 7-178
SG7905.2CT MC7905.2CT
3-171 SN75125J MC75125L 7-178
SG7905ACK MC7905ACK
3-171 SN75125N MC3481/5L 7-134
SG7905ACP MC7905ACT

SN75126J MC3481/5L 7-134


SG7905ACR MC7905ACT 3-171
SN75126N MC3481/5P 7-134
SG7905ACT MC7905ACT 3-171
SN75127J MC75127L 7-178
SG7905CK MC7905CK 3-171
3-171 SN75127N MC75127P 7-178
SG7905CP MC7905CT
SN75128J MC75128L 7-182
SG7905CR MC7905CT 3-171

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-21
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical a the "Part
Number" being searched for are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

SN75128N MC75128P 7-182 SSS201AL LM201AH 2-45


SN75129J MC75129L 7-182 SSS201AP LM201AN 2-45
SN75129N MC75129P 7-182 SSS207J MC1741C 2-170
SN75150J MC1488L 7-48 SSS207P MC1741C 2-170
SN75150N MC1488P 7-48 SSS301AJ LM301AH 2-45

SN75154J MC1489L 7-54 SSS301AL LM301AH 2-45


SN75154N MC1489P 7-54 SSS301AP LM301AN 2-45
SN75160J MC3447L 7-72 SSS741BJ MC1741G 2-170
SN75160N MC3447P/P3 7-72 SSS741CJ MC1741CG 2-170
SN75188J MC1488L 7-48 SSS741GJ MC1741SG 2-175

SN75188N3 MC1488PDS 7-48 SSS741GP MC1741SG 2-175


SN75188N MC1488P 7-48 SSS741J MC1741G 2-170
SN75189AJ4 MC1489ALDS 7-54 SSS747BP MC1747L 2-181
SN75189AJ MC1489AL 7-54 SSS747CK MC1747CG 2-181
SN75189AN MC1489AP 7-54 SSS747CM MC1747CF 2-181

SN75189J4 MC1489LDS 7-54 SSS747CP MC1747CL 2-181


SN75189J MC1489L 7-54 SSS747GK MC1 74 7G 2-181
SN75189N3 MC1489PDS 7-54 SSS747GP MC1747L 2-181
SN75189N MC1489P 7-54 SSS747P MC1747L 2-181
SN75207J MC75107L 7-168 TA7179P MC1468L 3-109

SN75207N MC75107P 7-168 TA7502P MC1709P1 2-158


SN75208J MC75108L 7-168 TA7504P MC1741CP1 2-170
SN75208N MC75108P 7-168 TA7506P LM301AN 2-45
SN75251N MC3471P 7-123 TA75071P MC34001 2-299
SN75466J MC1411L 7-41 TA75072P MC34002P 2-299

SN75466N MC1411P 7-41 TA75074F MC34004P 2-299


SN75467J MC1412L 7-41 TA75339F LM339D 2-66
SN75467N MC1412P 7-41 TA75339P LM339N 2-66
SN75468J MC1413L 7-41 TA75358CF LM358D 2-76
SN75468N MC1413P 7-41 TA75358CP LM358N 2-76

SN75475JG MC1472U 7-45 TA75393F LM393D 2-82


SN75475P MC1472P1 7-45 TA75393P LM393N 2-82
SN76514L MC1496G 8-13 TA75458F MC1458D 2-133
SN76514N MC1496P 8-13 TA75458P MC1458CP1 2-133
SN76564N MC13010P 9-103 TA75558P MC4558CP1 2-241

SN76565N MC13010P 9-103 TA7555F MC1455D 11-5


SN76591P MC1391P 9-63 TA7555P MC1455P1 11-5
SN76600P MC1350P 9-19 TA75902F LM324D 2-60
SN76665N MC13010P 9-103 TA76494P TL494IN 3-336
SSS101AJ LM101AH 2-45 TA78005AP MC7805CT 3-135

SSS101AL LM101AH 2-45 TA78006AP MC7806CT 3-135


SSS107J MC1741 2-170 TA78008AP MC7808CT 3-135
SSS107P MC1741 2-170 TA78012AP MC7812CT 3-135
SSS140BA-6Z MC1408L6 6-15 TA78015AP MC7815CT 3-135
SSS140BA-7Z MC1408L7 6-15 TA78018AP MC7818CT 3-135

SSS140BA-8Z MC1408L8 6-15 TA78024AP MC7824CT 3-135


SSS1458J MC1458G 2-133 TA78L005AP MC78L05ACP 3-148
SSS150BA-8Z MC1508L8 6-15 TA78L005P MC78L05CP 3-148
SSS1558J MC1558G 2-133 TA78L008AP MC78L08ACP 3-148
SSS201AJ | LM201AH 2-45 TA78L008P
| MC78L08CP 3-148

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-22
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

TA78L012AP MC78L12ACP 3-148 TL022ML LM158H 2-76

TA78L012P MC78L12CP 3-148 TL044CJ LM324N 2-60

MC78L15ACP 3-148 TL044MJ LM124J 2-60


TA78L015AP
TA78L015P MC78L15CP 3-148 TL061BCP MC33181P 2-333

TA78L018AP MC78L18ACP 3-148 TL062BCP MC33182P 2-333

TA78L018P MC78L18CP 3-148 TL064BCN MC33184N 2-333

TA78L024AP MC78L24ACP 3-148 TL072BCD MC33282D 2-296

TA78L024P MC78L24CP 3-148 TL072BCP MC33282P 2-296

TA78M05P MC78M05CT 3-154 TL082BCP MC33282P 2-296

TA78M08P MC78M08CT 3-154 TL084BCN MC33284P 2-296

TA78M12P MC78M12CT 3-154 TL497CJ MC34063U 3-212

TA78M18P MC78M18CT 3-154 TL497CN MC34063P1 3-212

TA78M20P MC78M20CT 3-154 TL497MJ MC35063U 3-212

MC78M24CT 3-154 TL7805ACKC MC7805ACT 3-135


TA78M24P
3-154 UC117K LM117K 3-21
TA78M06P MC78M06CT

3-171 UC137K LM137K 3-43


TA79005P MC7905CT
MC7906CT 3-171 UC150K LM150K 3-66
TA79006P
MC7908CT 3-171 UC1525AJ SG1525AJ 3-304
TA79008P
MC7912CT 3-171 UC1526J SG1526J 3-311
TA79012P
MC7915CT 3-171 UC1527AJ SG1527AJ 3-304
TA79015P

3-171 UC217K LM217K 3-21


TA79018P MC7918CT
UC237K LM237K 3-43
TA79024P MC7924CT 3-171
MC79L05CP 3-180 UC250K LM250K 3-66
TA79L005P
MC79L12P 3-180 UC2525AJ SG2525AJ 3-304
TA79L012P
MC79L15P 3-180 UC2526J SG2526J 3-311
TA79L015P

MC79L18P 3-180 UC2526N SG2526N 3-311


TA79L018P
MC79L24P 3-180 UC2527AJ SG2527AJ 3-304
TA79L024P
MC1391P 9-63 UC317K LM317K 3-21
TB920
MC13010P 9-103 UC317T LM317T 3-21
TBA1440
MC13010P 9-103 UC337K LM337K 3-43
TBA440

MC1391P 9-63 UC337T LM337T 3-43


TBA920S
3-319 UC350K LM350K 3-66
TCA5600 TCA5600
TCF6000 10-27 UC3525AJ SG3525AJ 3-304
TCF6000
MC1411P 7-41 UC3525AN SG3525AN 3-304
TD62001P/AP
7-41 UC3526J SG3526J 3-311
TD62002P/AP MC1412P

TD62003P/AP MC1413P 7-41 UC3526N SG3526N 3-311

MC1472P 7-45 UC3527AJ SG3527AJ 3-304


TD62477P
MC1374P 9-32 UC3527AN SG3527AN 3-304
TD62479P
TDA2540 MC13010P 9-103 UC494ACN TL594CN 3-347

TDA2544 MC13010P 9-103 UC494AJ TL594MJ 3-347

TDA3190P TDA3190P 9-166 UC494CN TL494CN 3-336

TDA3301B TDA3301B 9-169 UC494J TL494MJ 3-336


9-169 UDN5712M MC1472P1 7-45
TDA3303 TDA3303
MC13010P 9-103 ULN2001AN MC1411P 7-41
TDA4420
TDA5600 MC13010P 9-103 ULN2002AJ MC1412L 7-41

6-39 ULN2002AN MC1412P 7-41


TDC1048 MC10319
TL022CJG LM358J 2-76 ULN2003AJ4 MC1413LDS 7-41

LM358H 2-76 ULN2003AJ MC1413L 7-41


TL022CL
TL022CP LM358N 2-76 ULN2003AN3 MC1413PDS 7-41

TL022MJG LM158J 2-76 ULN2003AN MC1413P 7-41

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-23
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identicalto the "Part
Number" being searched for are not included in this Crass Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6-

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

ULN2004AJ4 MC1416LDS 7-41 MC1408L 6-15


|iA0802DC-3
ULN2004AJ MC1416L 7-41
|IA0802DM-1 MC1508L 6-15
ULN2004AN3 MC1416PDS 7-41
ULN2004AN MC1416P 7-41 HA0802PC-1 MC1408P 6-15
ULN2139D MC1439G 2-109 MC1408P 6-15
HA0802PC-2

ULN2139G MC1439G 2-109


UA0802PC-3 MC1408P 6-15
ULN2139H MC1439P2 2-109
ULN2139M MC1439P1 2-109 HA101AD LM101AJ 2-45
ULN2151D MC1741CG 2-170 HA101AF LM101AJ 2-45
ULN2151H MC1741CP1 2-170 LM101AH
HA101AH 2-45

ULN2151M MC1741CP1 2-170


ULN2156D |1A101D LM101AJ 2-45
MC1456G 2-127
ULN2156G MC1456G 2-127 JJ.A101F LM101AJ 2-45
ULN2156H MC1456G 2-127 LM101AH 2-45
HA101H
ULN2156M MC1456G 2-127
JUA107H MC1741 2-170

ULN2157K MC1456G 2-127


ULN2264A MC13010P 9-103 (IA108AD LM108AJ 2-49
ULN2741D MC1741CG 2-170 |XA108AF LM108AH 2-49
ULN2747A MC1747CL 2-181
HA108AH LM108AH 2-49
ULN8126A SG3526N 3-311
flA108D LM108J 2-49

ULN8126R SG3526J 3-311


ULQ8126A SG2526N 3-311 HA108H LM108H 2-49
ULQ8126R SG3526J 3-311 LM109K
(1A1 09KM 3-16
ULS2139D MC1539G 2-109
HA117KM LM117K 3-21
ULS2139G MC1539G 2-109
M-A1 391 PC MC1391P 9-63
ULS2139H MC1539L 2-109
ULS2139M MC1439P1 2-109 MC1458CG 2-133
(J.A1458CHC
ULS2151D MC1741G 2-170
|i,A1458CP MC1458CP1 2-133
ULS2151M MC1741CP1 2-170
ULS2156D MC1556G 2-127 HA1458CRC MC1458CU 2-133

^A1458CTC MC1458CP1 2-133


ULS2156G MC1556G 2-127
ULS2156H MC1556G 2-127
(J.A1458E MC1458G 2-133
ULS2156M MC1556G 2-127
ULS2157A HA1458HC MC1558G 2-133
MC1558U 2-133
ULS2157H MC1558U 2-133 HA1458P MC1458P1 2-133

(IA1458RC MC1458U 2-133


ULS2157K MC1558G 2-133
ULS8126R SG1526J 3-310
|AA1458TC MC1458P1 2-133
ULX8161M MC34060P 3-188
UPC1373 MC3373P 9-73 |J.A1558E MC1558G 2-133
UPD6950C MC10319 6-39 HA1558HM MC1558G 2-133

|iA201AD LM201AJ 2-45


UVC3101 MC10319 6-39
XR082CP TL082CP 2-374
XR082M TL082MJG 2-374 |IA201AF LM201AJ 2-45
XR084CN TL084CJ 2-374 HA201AH LM201AH 2-45
XR082CN TL082CJG 2-374 LM201AJ 2-45
(1A201D

XR084CP (JA201F LM201AJ 2-45


TL084CN 2-374
XR084M TL084MJ 2-374
XR3470A MC3470AP 7-109 J1A201 LM201AH 2-45

(IA0802DC-1 MC1408L 6-15


|M207H MC1741C 2-170
(XA0802DC-2 MC1408L 6-15 |LIA208AD LM208AJ 2-49

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

1-24
P

CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

LM208AH 2-49 TL494CN 3-336


|JA208AF |IA494PC
LM208AH 2-49 (J.A555HC MC1455G 11-5
HA208AH
LM208J 2-49 MC1455P1 11-5
)iA208D |!A555TC
LM208H 2-49 (J.A556DC MC3456L 11-41
|aA208H

(iA209KM LM209K 3-16 (XA556PC MC3456P 11-41

LM217K 3-21
(IA702DC MC1733C 2-162
UA217UV
MC1455U 11-5 U.A702DM MC1733 2-162
HA2240DC
MC1455P1 11-5 U.A702FM MC1733 2-162
|iA2240PC

LM301AJ 2-45 U.A702HC MC1733C 2-162


(iA301AD
LM301AH 2-45 H.A702HM MC1733 2-162
|IA301AH
LM301AN 2-45 U.A702MJ MC1733 2-162
JIA301AT
CA3054 9-9 10.A702ML MC1733 2-162
(1A3026HM

MC3346P 9-70 (J.A709AHM MC1709AG 2-158


HA3045
MC3346P 9-70 |1A709AMJG MC1709AU 2-158
|iA3046DC
|iA3054DC CA3054P 9-9 U.A709AML MC1709AG 2-158

|UA3064PC MC13010P 9-103 U.A709CJG MC1709CU 2-158

|iA307T LM307N 2-87 |W09CL MC1709CG 2-158

LM308AJ 2-49 MC1709CP1 2-158


HA308AD |J.A709CP

|^A308AH LM308AH 2-49 (IA709HC MC1709CG 2-158

LM308J 2-49 MC1709G 2-158


U.A308D (J.A709HM

(iA308H LM308H 2-49 UA709MJG MC1709U 2-158

LM309K 3-16 MC1709G 2-158


|iA309KM |1A709ML
LM311N 2-54 MC1709CP1 2-158
|XA311T UA709TC
LM317K 3-21 U.A715DC MC1741SCU 2-175
|IA317KC

LM317T 3-21 U.A715DM MC1741SU 2-175


HA317UC
MC3301P 2-198 )IA715HC MC1741SCG 2-175
HA3301P
U.A3302P MC3302P 2-66 HA715HM MC1741SG 2-175

MC3303P 2-208 (IA723CF MC1723CL 3-115


IJ.A3303P

MC3401 2-198 |W23CJ MC1723CL 3-115


|^A3401 P

|iA3403D MC3403L 2-208 (IA723CL MC1723CG 3-115

|iA3403P MC3403P 2-208 UA723CN MC1723CP 3-115

MC4741 CL 2-245 (J.A723DC MC1723CL 3-115


jiA4136DC

MC4741L 2-245 (IA723DM MC1723L 3-115


U.A4136DM
MC4741CP 2-245
J1A723F
MC1723L 3-115
U.A4136PC
(J.A431AWC TL431CP 5-17 (1A723HC MC1723CG 3-115

MC4558CG 2-241 |i.A723HM MC1723G 3-115


HA4558HC

MC4558G 2-241 MC1723L 3-115


UA4558HM (J.A723MJ

|1A4558TC MC4558CP1 2-241 (W23ML MC1723G 3-115

TL494CJ 3-336 (IA723PC MC1723CP 3-115


|!A494DC
TL494MJ 3-336 |iA725AHM LM108AH 2-49
|^A494DM

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

s 1-25
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical'to the "Part
Number" being searched for are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Indexon pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

|IA725EHC LM308AH 2-49


|iA747MJ MC1747L 2-181

|JA725HC LM308AH 2-49


|iA747ML MC1747G 2-181

HA725HM LM108AH 2-49


HA747PC MC1747CP2 2-181

(IA733CJ MC1733CL 2-162 MC1748G 2-185


HA748AHM

HA733CL MC1733CG 2-162 MC1748CU 2-185


HA748CJG
pA733CN MC1733CP 2-162 MC1748CG 2-185
HA748CL
)iA733DC MC1733CL 2-162
^1A748CP MC1748CP1 2-185
)iA733DM MC1733L 2-162 MC1748CG 2-185
HA748HC

|iA733FM MC1733F 2-162 |!A748HM MC1748G 2-185


(iA733HC MC1733CG 2-162
(IA748MJG MC1748U 2-185

HA733HM MC1733G 2-162 ^A748ML MC1748G 2-185


|IA733MJ MC1733L 2-162 MC1748CP1 2-185
HA748TC

JUA733ML MC1733G 2-162 MC1350P 9-19


HA757DC
HA734DC LM311J 2-54
(IA757DM MC1350P 9-19

|iA734DM LM311J 2-54 |iA772 MC1741S 2-175

HA734HC LM311H 2-54


(iA775DC LM339J 2-66

|1A734HM LM311H 2-54


|IA775DM LM339J 2-66

liA740HC LF355H 2-17


|M775PC LM339N 2-66

(IA741ADM MC1741L 2-170


fiA776DC MC1776CG 2-189

(IA741AHM MC1741G 2-170


fiA776DM MC1776G 2-189

|iA741CJG MC1741CU 2-170


|IA776HC MC1776CG 2-189

HA741CL MC1741CG 2-170


H-A776HM MC1776G 2-189

HA741CP MC1741CP1 2-170


|IA776TC MC1776CP1 2-189

HA741 EHC MC1741G 2-170


I0.A777CJG LM308AJ-8 2-49

|iA741 HM MC1741G 2-170


(IA777CJ LM308AJ-8 2-49

HA741MJG MC1741U 2-170


flA777CL LM308AH 2-49
(IA741ML MC1741G 2-170
HA777CN LM308AN 2-49

HA741RC MC1741CU 2-170


(IA777CP LM308AN 2-49

HA741RM MC1741U 2-170


|XA777DC LM308AJ-8 2-49

HA742DC CA3059 4-9


HA777HC LM308AH 2-49

|IA747ADM MC1747L 2-181


HA777MJG LM108AJ-8 2-49

HA747AHM MC1747G 2-181


HA777MJ LM108AJ-8 2-49

HA747CL MC1747CG 2-181


HA777ML LM108AH 2-49

|iA747CN MC1747CP2 2-181


)iA777TC LM308AN 2-49

HA747DC MC1747CL 2-181


HA7805CKC MC7805CT 3-135
U.A747DM MC1747L 2-181
)iA7805KC MC7805CK 3-135

[JA747EDC MC1747CL 2-181


HA7805KM MC7805K 3-135
|iA747EHC MC1747CG 2-181
HA7805UC MC7805CT 3-135
(IA747HC MC1747CG 2-181
|iA7805UV MC7805BT 3-135

HA747HM MC1747G 2-181


(1A7806CKC MC7808CT 3-135

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-26
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

MC7808CK 3-135 MC78L05CP 3-148


HA7806KC |aA78L05CLP
MC7806K 3-135 MC78L05CG 3-148
|1A7806KM |W8L05HC
MC7806CT 3-135 HA78L05WC MC78L05CP 3-148
)iA7806UC
MC7806BT 3-135 HA78L08ACJG MC78L08ACG 3-148
HA7806UV

MC7808CT 3-135 MC78L08ACP 3-148


(W808CKC HA78L08ACLP
MC7808K 3-135 (1A78L08AWC MC78L08ACP 3-148
|IA7808KC
MC7808K 3-135 HA78LQ8CJG
MC78L09CG 3-148
|iA7808KM
MC7808CT 3-135 MC78L08CP 3-148
(W808UC HA78L08CLP

MC7808BT 3-135 |IA78L12ACJG MC78L12ACG 3-148


|iA7808UV
MC7812CT 3-135 MC78L12ACP 3-148
HA7812CKC |IA78L12ACLP
MC7812CK 3-135 MC78L12ACG 3-148
JiA7812KC |IA78L12AHC
MC7812K 3-135 |iA78L12AWC MC78L12ACP 3-148
HA7812KM

MC7812CT 3-135 HA78L12CJG MC78L12CG 3-148


(1A7812UC
MC7812BT 3-135 MC78L12CP 3-148
HA7812UV HA78L12CLP
MC7815CT 3-135 MC78L12CG 3-148
|UA7815CKC J1A78L12HC
MC7815CK 3-135 HA78L12WC MC78L12CP 3-148
(1A7815KC

MC7815K 3-135 |0.A78L15ACJG


MC78L15ACG 3-148
(iA7815KM
MC7815CT 3-135 MC78L15ACP 3-148
|aA7815UC (IA78L15ACLP
MC7815BT 3-135 MC78L15ACG 3-148
HA7815UV HA78L15AHC
MC7818CT 3-135 (XA78L15AWC MC78L15ACP 3-148
HA7818CKC

MC7818CK 3-135 ^A78L15CJG MC78L15CG 3-148


|1A7818KC
MC7818K 3-135 MC78L15CP 3-148
HA7818KM (1A78L15CLP
MC7818CT 3-135 MC78L15CG 3-148
|IA7818UC ^A78L15HC
MC7818BT 3-135 HA78L15WC MC78L15CP 3-148
(JA7818UV

MC7824CT 3-135 HA78L18AWC MC78L18ACP 3-148


J1A7824CKC
MC7824CK 3-135 MC78L24ACG 3-148
HA7824KC |iA78L24AHC
MC7824K 3-135 MC78L24ACP 3-148
(IA7824KM |J.A78L24AWC
MC7824CT 3-135 (J.A78M05CKC MC78M05CT 3-154
J1A7824UC

MC7824BT 3-135 |IA78M05CKD MC78M05CT 3-154


HA7824UV
LM117K 3-21 |W8M05CLA MC78M05CG 3-154
|iA78GHM
LM117K 3-21 MC78M05CG 3-154
|W8GKC JJA78M05HC
LM117K 3-21 |JA78M05HM MC78M05CG 3-154
|IA78GKM

LM317T 3-21
HA78M05UC MC78M05CT 3-154
HA78GU1C
LM317T 3-21 |W8M06CKC MC78M06CT 3-154
JW8GUC
MC7805CK 3-135 |IA78M06CKD MC78M06CT 3-154
HA78H05KC
MC78L05ACG 3-148 |iA78M06UC MC78M06CT 3-154
|iA78L05ACJG

MC78L05ACP 3-148 MC78M08CT 3-154


HA78L05ACLP (iA78M08CKC
MC78L05ACG 3-148 |iA78M08CKD MC78M08CT 3-154
(IA78L05AHC
MC78L05ACP 3-148 (IA78M08CLA MC78M08CG 3-154
|iA78L05AWC
MC78L05CG 3-148 (1A78M08HC MC78M08CG 3-154
|J.A78LQ5CJG

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-27
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED NOTE: All "Motorola Direct Replacement" devices which have part numbers identical to the "Part
Number" being searched lor are not included in this Cross Reference table. Please refer to
the Alphanumeric Index on pages 1-1 to 1-6.

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

HA78M08HM MC78M08CG 3-154


(IA7915KC MC7915CK 3-171

(JA78M08UC MC78M08CT 3-154


|iA7915KM MC7915CK 3-171

HA78M12CKC MC78M12CT 3-154


|IA7915UC MC7915CT 3-171

HA78M12CKD MC78M12CT 3-154


(AA7918CKC MC7918CT 3-171

HA78M12CLA MC78M12CG 3-154


HA7918UC MC7918CT 3-171

HA78M12HC MC78M12CG 3-154


HA7924CKC MC7924CT 3-171

|UA78M12HM MC78M12CG 3-154


HA7924UC MC7924CT 3-171

JW8M12UC MC78M12CT 3-154


|LlA796DC MC1496L 8-13

(AA78M15CKC MC78M15CT 3-154 MC1596L 8-13


HA796DM
HA78M15CKD MC78M15CT 3-154
(iA796HC MC1496G 8-13

HA78M15CLA MC78M15CT 3-154


HA796HM MC1596G 8-13

IW8M15HC MC78M15CG 3-154


IJ.A798HC MC3458G 2-230

HA78M15HM MC78M15CG 3-154


HA798HM MC3558G 2-230
(iA78M15UC MC78M15CT 3-154
(XA798RC MC3458U 2-230
|aA78M18HC MC78M18CG 3-154
P-A798RM MC3558U 2-230

HA78M18HM MC78M18CG 3-154


HA798TC MC3458P1 2-230

|W8M18UG MC78M18CT 3-154


IJ.A799HC MC1741G 2-170
|iA78M20CKC MC78M20CT 3-154
HA799HM MC1741G 2-170

HA78M20CKD MC78M20CT 3-154


HA79L05AWC MC79L05ACP 3-180

HA78M20UG MC78M20CT 3-154


(UA79L05HC MC79L05CG 3-180

HA78M24CKC MC78M24CT 3-154 MC79L05CP 3-180


HA79L05WC
HA78M24CKD MC78M24CT 3-154
I0.A79L12AHC MC79L12ACG 3-180

HA78M24UC MC78M24CT 3-154


|IA79L12AWC MC79L12ACP 3-180

HA78MGT2C LM317T 3-21


H.A79L12HC MC79L12CG 3-180

fiA78MGU1C LM317T 3-21


(UA79L12WC MC79L12CP 3-180

IUA78MGUC LM317MT 3-74


HA79L15AHC MC79L15ACG 3-180

HA7905.2CKC MC7905.2CT 3-171


^lA79L15AWC MC79L15ACP 3-180

|UA7905CKC MC7905CT 3-171


HA79L15HC MC79L15CG 3-180

HA7905KC MC7905CK 3-171


|iA79L15WC MC79L15CP 3-180

HA7905KM MC7905CK 3-171


HA79M05AUC MC79M05CT 3-185

HA7905UC MC7905CT 3-171


HA79M05CKC MC79M05CT 3-185

HA7906CKC MC7906CT 3-171


|IA79M06AUC MC7906CT 3-171

|UA7906UC MC7906CT 3-171


|iA79M06CKC MC7906CT 3-171

HA7908CKC MC7908CT 3-171


HA79M06UC MC7906CT 3-171

HA7908KC MC7908CT 3-171


|XA79M08AUC MC7908CT 3-171

HA7912CKC MC7912CT 3-171


HA79M08CKC MC7908CT 3-171

HA7912KC MC7912CK 3-171


|IA79M08UC MC7908CT 3-171

HA7912KM MC7912CK 3-171


(IA79M12AUC MC79M12CT 3-185

HA7912UC MC7912CT 3-171


(UA79M12CKC MC79M12CT 3-185

HA7915CKC MC7915CT 3-171


HA79M18AUC MC7918CT 3-171
I
I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-28
CROSS REFERENCE - CONTINUED

Motorola Motorola Motorola Motorola


Direct Similar Direct Similar
Part Number Replacement Replacement Page Part Number Replacement Replacement Page

MC7918CT 3-171 (W9M24CKC MC7924CT 3-171


HA79M18UC
MC7924CT 3-171 |W9M24UC MC7924CT 3-171
HA79M24AUC

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


1-29
MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES
1-30
.

Amplifiers
and Comparators

Selector Guide
Operational Amplifiers 2-2
High Frequency Amplifiers 2-8

In Brief . .
Miscellaneous Amplifiers 2-9
Comparators 2-10
For over two decades, Motorola has continually
refined and updated integrated circuit technologies, 2-11
Alphanumeric Listing
analog circuit design techniques and processes in
response to the ever-expanding needs of the market
place. The enhanced performance of present day oper- Related Application Notes 2-14
ational amplifiers and comparators have come into
being through innovative application of these technol- Data Sheets 2-15
ogies, designs and processes. Some early designs,
though of inferior performance by today's standards,
are still available but are rapidly giving way to the new,
higher performance operational amplifier and compar-
ator circuits. Motorola has pioneered in JFET inputs,
low temperature coefficient input stages, Miller loop
compensation, all NPN output stages, dual-doublet fre-
quency compensation and analog "in-the-package"
trimming of resistors to produce superior high perfor-
mance operational amplifiers and comparators, oper-
ating in many cases from a single supply, with low input
offset, low noise, low power, high output swing, high
slew rate and high gain-bandwidth product at reason-
able cost to the customer.
Present day operational amplifiers and comparators
find application in all segments of society to include
motor controls, instrumentation, aerospace, automo-
tive, telecommunication, medical and consumer
products.
Amplifiers and
Comparators

Operational Amplifiers
Motorola offers a broad line of bipolar operational in a variety of temperature ranges and package styles.
amplifiers to meet a wide range of applications. From Most devices may be obtained in unencapsulated
low-cost industry-standard types to high precision cir- "chip" form as well. For price and delivery information
cuits, the span encompasses a large range of perfor- on chips, please contact your Motorola Sales Repre-
mance capabilities. These linear integrated circuits are sentative or Distributor.
available as single, dual, and quad monolithic devices

Single Operational Amplifiers


BW SR Supply
'IB V|0 TCviO '10 A vo |
(A v = 1) (A v = 1) Voltage
mV M.vrc nA V/mV MHz V//is V Package
Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Noncompensated
Commercial Temperature Range (0C to +70C)
LM301A 0.25 7.5 10 50 25 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 General Purpose H, N/626, J/693
LM308 7.0 7.5 15 1.0 25 1.0 0.3 3.0 18 Precision H, N/626
LM308A 7.0 0.5 5.0 1.0 80 1.0 0.3 3.0 18 Precision H, N/626
MC1439 1.0 7.5 15 100 15 2.0 4.2 6.0 18 High Slew Rate G/601, P1
MC1709C 1.5 7.5 15 500 15 1.0 0.3 3.0 18 General Purpose G/601, P1, U
MC1748C 0.5 6.0 15 200 20 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 General Purpose G/601, P1, U

Industrial Temperature Range ( - 25X to + 85C)


LM201A 0.075 2.0 10 10 50 1.0 0.5 3.0 22 General Purpose H, N/626, J/693
LM208 0.002 2.0 3.0 0.2 50 1.0 0.3 3.0 20 Precision H, N/626, J/632, J
LM208A 0.002 0.5 1.0 0.2 80 1.0 0.3 3.0 20 Precision H, N/626, J/632, J

Military Temperature Range (-55X to + 125C)


LM101A 0.075 2.0 10 10 50 1.0 0.5 3.0 22 General Purpose H, J/693
LM108 0.002 2.0 3.0 0.2 50 1.0 0.3 3.0 20 Precision H, J, J-8/693
LM108A 0.002 0.5 1.0 0.2 80 1.0 0.3 3.0 20 Precision H, J, J-8/693
MC1539 0.5 3.0 15 60 50 2.0 4.2 4.0 18 High Slew Rate G/601
MC1709 0.5 5.0 15 200 25 1.0 0.3 3.0 18 General Purpose G/601, U
MC1709A 0.6 3.0 5.0 100 25 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 High Performance G/601
MC1709
MC1748 0.5 5.0 15 200 50 1.0 0.5 3.0 22 General Purpose G/601, U

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-2

BW SR Supply
IB VlO TCviO iio AV ot (A v = 1) (A V = D Voltage
MA mV tiMTC nA V/mV MHz Vl/is V Package
Device Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Internally Compensated
Commercial Temperature Range (0C to + 70C)
LF351 200 pA 10 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input N/626
LF355 200 pA 10 5.0 50 pA 50 1.0 5.0 5.0 18 JFET Input H/601, J/693
LF355B 100 pA 5.0 5.0 20 pA 50 2.5 5.0 5.0 22 JFET Input H/601, J/693
LF356 200 pA 10 5.0 50 pA 50 2.0 15 5.0 18 JFET Input H/601, J/693
LF356B 100 pA 5.0 5.0 20 pA 50 5.0 12 5.0 22 JFET Input H/601, J/693
LF357 200 pA 10 5.0 50 pA 50 3.0 75 5.0 18 Wideband FET Input H/601, J/693
LF357B 100 pA 5.0 5.0 20 pA 50 20 50 5.0 22 JFET Input H/601, J/693
LF441C 100 pA 5.0 10 50 pA 25 2.0 6.0 5.0 18 Low Power JFET Input N/626
LM11C 100 pA 0.6 2.0 10 pA 250 1.0 0.3 3.0 20 Precision H, N/626, J/632,
J -8/693
LM11CL 200 pA 5.0 3.0 25 pA 50 1.0 0.3 3.0 20 Precision H, N/626, J/632,
J -8/693
LM307 0.25 7.5 10 50 25 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 General Purpose N/626
MC1436 0.04 10 12 10 70 1.0 2.0 15 34 High Voltage G/601, U
MC1456 0.03 10 12 10 70 1.0 2.5 3.0 18 High Performance G/601, PI, U
MC1733C 30 5.0 mA 80 90 4.0 8.0 Differential Wideband G/601, L, P/646
Video Amp
MC1741C 0.5 6.0 15 200 20 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 General Purpose G/601, PI, U
MC1741SC 0.5 6.0 15 200 20 1.0 10 3.0 18 High Slew Rate G/601, P1
MC1776C 0.003 6.0 15 3.0 100 1.0 0.2 1.2 18 /iPower, Programmable G/601, P1, U
MC3476 0.05 6.0 15 25 50 1.0 0.2 1.5 18 Low Cost G/601, P1, U
fiPower, Programmable
MC34001 200 pA 10 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input G/601, P/626, U
MC34001B 200 pA 5.0 10 100 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input G/601, P/626, U
MC34071 0.5 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, P/626, U
MC34071A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Single Supply P/626, U
MC34080 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 25 16 55 5.0 22 Decompensated P/626, U
MC34080A 200 pA 0.5 10 100 pA 50 16 55 5.0 22 MC34081 for A v s=2 P/626, U
MC34081 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 25 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input P/626, U
MC34081A 200 pA 0.5 10 100 pA 50 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input P/626, U
MC34181 0.1 nA 2.0 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626
OP-27F 0.055 0.06 0.3 50 1000 8.0 2.8 4.0 22 Low Noise, Precision P/626
OP-27G 0.08 0.1 0.4 75 700 8.0 2.8 4.0 22 Low Noise, Precision P/626
TL061AC 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET InDut P/626
TL061C 200 pA 15 10 200 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626
TL071AC 200 pA 6.0 10 50 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise, JFET Input P/626, JG
TL071C 200 pA 10 10 50 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise, JFET Input P/626, JG
TL081AC 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input P/626, JG
TL081C 400 pA 15 10 200 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input P/626, JG

Industrial Temperature Range (-25C to +85C)


OP-27F 0.055 0.06 0.3 50 1000 8.0 2.8 4.0 22 Low Noise, Precision Z
OP-27G 0.08 0.1 0.4 75 700 8.0 2.8 4.0 22 Low Noise, Precision Z

Automotive Temperature Range ( 40Cto + 85C


MC33071 0.5 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, P/626, U
MC33071A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Single Supply P/626, U
MC33171 0.1 4.5 10 20 50 1.8 2.1 + 3.0 + 44 Low Power, Single P/626
Supply
MC33181 0.1 nA 2.0 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626
TL061V 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-3
M

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS (continued)

BW SR Supply
'IB VlO TCviO '10 AV ol (A v = 1) (A v =1) Voltage
MA mV Atvrc nA V/mV MHz V/^s V Package
Device Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Internally Compensated
Military Temperature Range ( - 55C to + 125C)
MC1536 0.02 5.0 10 3.0 100 1.0 2.0 15 40 High Voltage G/601, U
MC1556 0.015 4.0 10 2.0 100 1.0 2.5 3.0 22 High Performance G/601, 693/U
MC1733 0.2 ~ 3.0 nA 90 90 4.0 8.0 Differential Wideband G/603, L
Video Amp
MC1741 0.5 5.0 15 200 50 1.0 0.5 3.0 22 General Purpose G/601, U
MC1741S 0.5 5.0 15 200 50 1.0 10 3.0 22 High Slew Rate G/601, U
MC1776 0.0075 5.0 15 3.0 200 1.0 0.2 1.2 18 jitPower,Programmable G/601, L
MC35001 100 pA 10 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 22 JFET Input G/601, U
MC35001B 100 pA 5.0 10 50 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 22 JFET Input G/601, U
MC35071 0.5 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, U
MC35071A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Single Supply U
MC35080 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 25 16 55 5.0 22 Decompensated U
MC35080A 200 pA 0.5 10 100 pA 50 16 55 5.0 22 MC35081 for A v s=2 U
MC35081 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 25 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input U
MC35081A 200 pA 0.5 10 100 pA 50 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input U
MC35171 0.1 4.5 10 20 50 1.8 2.1 + 3.0 + 44 Low Power, Single U
Supply
MC35181 0.1 nA 2.0 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input U
OP-27B 0.055 0.06 0.3 50 1000 8.0 2.8 4.0 22 Low Noise, Precision z
OP-27C 0.08 0.1 0.4 75 700 8.0 2.8 4.0 22 Low Noise, Precision z
TL061M 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input JG
TL081 200 pA 9.0 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input JG

Dual Operational Amplifiers


BW SR Supply
"IB VlO TCyiO '10 A V0 |
(A v = 1) (A v = 1) Voltage
MA mV /uV/C nA V/mV MHz V/ M s V Package
Device Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Noncompensated
Commercial Temperature Range (0C to + 70C)
MCI 437 500 3.0 18 Dual MC1709
Military Temperature Range |-55C to +125C)

|
MC1537 | 0.5 | 5T0" Dual MC1709
Internally Compensated
Commercial Temperature Range (0C to + 70C)
LF353 200 pA 10 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input N/626
LF442C 100 pA 5.0 10 50 pA 25 2.0 6.0 5.0 18 Low Power JFET Input N/626
LM358 0.25 6.0 7.0 50 25 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 Single Supply H, N/626, J/693
+ 3.0 + 36 (Low Power
Consumption)
LM833 1.0 5.0 2.0 200 31.6 15 7.0 2.5 18 Dual, Low Noise, Audio N/626
MCI 458 0.5 6.0 10 200 20 1.1 0.8 3.0 18 Dual MC1741 G/601, P1, U
MC1458C 0.7 10 10 300 20 1.1 0.8 3.0 18 Dual General Purpose G/601, P1
MC1458S 0.5 6.0 10 200 20 1.0 10 3.0 18 High Slew Rate G/601, P1, U
MC1747C 0.5 6.0 10 200 25 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 Dual MC1741 G/603, L, P2
MC3458 0.5 10 7.0 50 20 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 SplitSupplies G/601, PI, U
+ 3.0 + 36 Single Supply
(Low Crossover
Distortion)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-4
-

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS (continued)

BW SR Supply
"IB V|0 TC V IO l|0 Avol (Av = 1) (A v = 1| Voltage
MA mV mV/C nA V/mV MHz V//is V Package
Device Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Commercial Temperature Range (0C to + 70C) (continued)

MC4558AC 0.5 5.0 10 200 50 2.8 1.6 3.0 22 High Frequency P1


MC4558C 0.5 6.0 10 200 20 2.8 1.6 3.0 18 High Frequency G/601, P1, U
MC34002 100 pA 10 10 100pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input G/601, P/626, U
MC34002B 100 pA 5.0 10 70 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input G/601, P/626, U
MC34072 0.5 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, P/626, U
MC34072A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Single Supply P/626, U
MC34082 200 pA 3.0 10 100 pA 25 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input P/626, U
MC34082A 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 50 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input P/626, U
MC34083 200 pA 3.0 10 100 pA 25 16 55 5.0 22 Decompensated P/626, U
MC34083A 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 50 16 55 5.0 22 MC34082 for A v s2 P/626, U
MC34182 0.1 nA 3.0 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626
TL062AC 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626
TL062C 200 pA 15 10 200 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626
TL072AC 200 pA 6.0 10 50 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise, JFET Input P/626, JG/693
TL072C 200 pA 10 10 50 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise, JFET Input P/626, JG/693
TL082AC 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input P/626, JG/693
TL082C 400 pA 15 10 200 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input P/626, JG/693

Industrial Temperature Range ( - 25C to + 85C)


LM258 0.15 5.0 10 30 50 1.5 18 Split or Single H, N/626, J/693
3.0 36 Supply Op Amp
Automotive Temperature Range ( 40Cto +85C
LM2904 0.25 7.0 7.0 50 100 1.0 0.6 1.5 13 Split or Single H, N/626, J/693
typ 3.0 26 Supply Op Amp
MC3358 5.0 8.0 10 75 20 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 Split Supplies P 1/626
3.0 36 Single Supply
MC33072 0.50 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, P/626, U
MC33072A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Single Supply P/626, U
MC33077 1.0 1.0 2.0 180 150 37 11 2.5 18 Dual, Low Noise P/626
MC33078 750 nA 2.0 2.0 150 31.6 16 7.0 5.0 18 Low Noise N/626
MC33172 0.10 4.5 10 20 50 1.8 2.1 + 3.0 + 44 Low Power, Single P/626
Supply
MC33182 0.1 nA 3.0 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 ,
"2.% 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626
MC33282 100 pA 200/iV 5.0 50 pA 50 30 12 2.5 18 Low Input Offset JFET P/646
TL062V 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/626

Military Temperature Range (-55C to +125C)


LM158 0.15 5.0 10 30 50 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 Split Supplies H, J/693
+ 3.0 + 36 Single Supply
(Low Power
Consumption)
MC1558 0.5 5.0 10 200 50 1.1 0.8 3.0 22 Dual MC1741 G/601, U
MC1558S 0.5 5.0 10 200 50 1.0 10 3.0 22 High Slew Rate G/601, U
MC1747 0.5 5.0 10 200 50 1.0 0.5 3.0 22 Dual MC1741 G/601, L
MC3558 0.5 5.0 10 50 50 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 Split Supplies G/601, U
+ 3.0 + 36 Single Supply
MC4558 0.5 5.0 10 200 50 2.8 1.6 3.0 22 High Frequency G/601, U
MC35002 100 pA 10 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 22 JFET Input G/601, U
MC35002B 100 pA 5.0 10 50 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 22 JFET Input G/601, U
MC35072 0.5 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, U
MC35072A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Single Supply U
MC35082 200 pA 3.0 10 100 pA 25 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input u
MC35082A 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 50 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input u

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-5
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS (continued)

BW SR Supply
'IB V|0 TC V |0 ho A V ol (A v = 1) (A v = 1) Voltage
/"A mV (ivrc nA V/mV MHz V//*s V Package
Device Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Military Temperature Range (-55C to +125C)


MC35083 200 pA 3.0 10 100 pA 25 16 55 5.0 22 Decompensated U
MC35083A 200 pA 1.0 10 100 pA 50 16 55 5.0 22 MC35082 for A v s=2 U
MC35172 0.1 4.5 10 20 50 1.8 2.1 + 3.0 + 44 Low Power, Single U
Supply
MC35182 0.1nA 3.0 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input U
TL062M 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input JG
TL072M 200 pA 6.0 10 50 pA 35 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise JFET Input JG
TL082M 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input JG

Quad Operational Amplifiers


BW SR Supply
'IB VlO TC VIO '10 Avol (A v = 1) (A v =1) Voltage
MA mV nvrc nA V/mV MHz V//us V Package
Device Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Internally Compensated
Commercial Temperature Range (0C to + 70C)
LF347 200 pA 10 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input N/646
LF347B 200 pA 5.0 10 100 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input N/646
LF444C 100 pA 10 10 50 pA 25 2.0 6.0 5.0 18 Low Power JFET Input N/646
LM324 0.25 6.0 7.0 50 25 1.0 0.6 1.5 16 Low Power J/632, N/646
+ 3.0 + 32 Consumption
LM348 0.2 6.0 50 25 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 Quad MC1741 J/632, N/646
MC3401/ 0.3 1.0 5.0 0.6 1.5 18 Norton Input J/632, N/646
LM3900 + 3.0 + 36
MC3403 0.5 10 7.0 50 20 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 No Crossover L, P/646
+ 3.0 + 36 Distortion
MC4741C 0.5 6.0 15 200 20 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 Quad MC1741 L, P/646
MC34004 200 pA 10 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input L, P/646
MC34004B 200 pA 5.0 10 100 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input L, P/646
MC34074 0.5 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, L, P/646
MC34074A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Single Supply L, P/646
MC34084 200 pA 12 10 100 pA 25 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input P/646
MC34084A 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 50 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input P/646
MC34085 200 pA 12 10 100 pA 25 16 55 5.0 22 Decompensated P/646
MC34085A 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 50 16 55 5.0 22 MC34084 for A v s=2 P/646
MC34184 0.1 nA 10 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/646
TL064AC 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input N/646
TL064C 200 pA 15 10 200 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input N/646
TL074AC 200 pA 6.0 10 50 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise JFET Input J/632, N/646
TL074C 200 pA 10 10 50 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise JFET Input J/632, N/646
TL084AC 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input J/632, N/646
TL084C 400 pA 15 10 200 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input J/632, N/646

Industrial Temperature Range - 25C to + 85C)


(

LM224 0.15 5.0 7.0 30 50 1.0 0.6 1.5 16 Split or Single J/632, N/646
+ 3.0 + 32 Supply OP Amp
LM248 0.2 6.0 50 25 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 Quad MC1741 J/632, N/646

Automotive Temperature Range { 40C to + 85C


LM2902 0.5 10 50 1.0 0.6 1.5 13 Differential J/632, N/646
+ 3.0 + 26 Low Power

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-6
-

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS (continued)

BW SR Supply
IB V|0 TCviO '10 Av0 |
(A v = 1) (A v = 1) Voltage
MA mV juV/C nA V/mV MHz Vl/is V Package
Device Max Max Typ Max Min Typ Typ Min Max Description Suffix

Automotive Temperature Range ( 40C to +85C) (continued)


MC3301/ 0.3 1.0 4.0 0.6 2.0 15 Norton Input P/646
LM2900 + 4.0 + 28 N/646
MC3303 0.5 8.0 10 75 20 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 Differential P/646
+ 3.0 + 36 General Purpose
MC33074 0.5 4.5 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, L, P/646
Single Supply
MC33074A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Quad High Performance L,P/646
MC33079 750 nA 2.5 2.0 150 31.6 9.0 7.0 5.0 18 Quad Low Noise N/646
MC33174 0.1 4.5 10 20 50 1.8 2.1 + 3.0 + 44 Low Power, Single P/646
Supply
MC33184 0.1nA 10 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input P/646
MC33274 650 nA 1.0 0.56 25 nA 31.6 5.5 11.5 1.5 18 High Performance P/626
MC33284 100 pA 2.0 5.0 50 pA 50 30 12 2.5 18 Low Input Offset JFET P/646
TL064V 200 pA 9.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input N/646

Telecommunications Temperature Range (-40C to +85C)


MC 143403 1.0 nA 30 200 pA 45 dB 0.8 1.5 4.75 12.6 CMOS, Low Power, L, P/646
Drives Low-Impedance
Loads
MC 143404 1.0 nA 30 200 pA 60 dB 0.8 1.0 4.75 12.6 CMOS, Very Low Power L, P/646

Military Temperature Range (-55C to +125C)


LM124 0.15 5.0 7.0 30 50 1.0 0.6 1.5 16 Low Power J/632, N/646
+ 3.0 + 32 Consumption
LM148 0.1 5.0 25 50 1.0 0.5 3.0 18 Quad MC1741 J/632
MC3503 0.5 5.0 7.0 50 50 1.0 0.6 1.5 18 General Purpose L, P/646
+ 3.0 + 36 Low Power
MC4741 0.5 5.0 15 200 50 1.0 0.5 3.0 22 Quad MC1741 L
MC35004 100pA 10 10 100pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 22 JFET Input L
MC35004B 100 pA 5.0 10 50 pA 50 4.0 13 5.0 22 JFET Input L
MC35074 0.5 5.0 10 75 25 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 High Performance, L
Single Supply
MC35074A 500 nA 3.0 10 50 50 4.5 10 + 3.0 + 44 Quad High Performance L
MC35084 200 pA 12 10 100 pA 25 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input L
MC35084A 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 50 8.0 30 5.0 22 High Speed, JFET Input L
MC35085 200 pA 12 10 100 pA 25 16 55 5.0 22 Decompensated L
MC35085A 200 pA 6.0 10 100 pA 50 16 55 5.0 22 MC35084 for Av 2 L
MC35174 0.1 4.5 10 20 50 1.8 2.1 + 3.0 + 44 Low Power, Single L
Supply
MC35184 0.1 nA 10 10 0.05 25 4.0 10 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input L
TL064M 200 pA 9.0 10 100 pA 4.0 2.0 6.0 2.5 18 Low Power JFET Input J/632
TL074M 200 pA 9.0 10 50 pA 35 4.0 13 5.0 18 Low Noise JFET Input J/632
TL084M 200 pA 9.0 10 100 pA 25 4.0 13 5.0 18 JFET Input J/632

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-7
High Frequency Amplifiers
A variety of high frequency circuits with features ranging cations. For devices especially dedicated to consumer prod-
from low cost simplicity to multi-function versatility marks ucts, i.e., TV and entertainment radio, see the "Consumer
Motorola's line of integrated amplifiers. Devices described Electronics" section.
here are intended for industrial and communications appli-

AGC Amplifiers frequency applications such as video switching, FSK


MC1590G Family Wide-Band General Purpose circuits, multiplexers, etc. Gating circuit is useful for
AGC control.
Amplifiers
The MC1590G, MC1490, MC1350 family

are basic Non-AGC Amplifiers
building blocks AGC (Automatic Gain Controlled) RF/
Video Amplifiers. These parts are recommended for SE/NE592 Differential Two Stage Video
applications up through 70 MHz. The best high fre- Amplifier
quency performance may be obtained by using the A monolithic, two stage differential output, wideband
physically smaller SOIC version (shorter leads) video amplifier. It offers fixed gains of 1 00 and 400 with-
MC1350D. There are currently no other RF IC's like out external components and adjustable gains from 400
these, because other manufacturers have dropped their to with one external resistor. The input stage has been
copies. Applications include variable gain video and designed so that with the addition of a few external
instrumentation amplifiers, IF (Intermediate Frequency) reactive elements between the gain select terminals, the

amplifiers for radio and TV receivers, and transmitter circuit can function as a high pass, low pass, or band

power output control. Many uses will be found in med- pass filter. This feature makes the circuit ideal for use
ical instrumentation, remote monitoring, video/graph- as a video or pulse amplifier in communications, mag-
ics processing, and a variety of communications equip-
netic memories, display and video recorder systems.

ment. The family of parts using the same basic die MC1733/MC1733C
Video Amplifier
(identical circuit with slightly different test parameters) and output amplifier provides three
Differential input
is listed in the following table. fixed gain options with bandwidth to 120 MHz. External

MCI 545/1 445 Gated 2-Channel Input resistor permits any gain setting from 10 to 400 V/V.
Extremely fast rise time (2.5 ns typ) and propagation
and output amplifier with gated 2-
Differential input
delay time (3.6 ns typ) makes this unit particularly useful
channel input for a wide variety of switching purposes.
as pulse amplifier in tape, drum, or disc memory read
Typical 50 MHz bandwidth makes it suitable for high
applications.

High-Frequency Amplifier Specifications


Operating Av Bandwidth Vcc/Vee
Temperature Range dB @ MHz Vdc
-55 to +125C -40 to +85C 0 to + 70C (Typ) Min Max Package/Suffix
MC1590G 50 10 + 6.0 + 18 601
35 100
MC1350 50 45 + 6.0 + 18 626/P,
50 45 751/D
MC1490 50 10 + 6.0 + 18 626/P
35 100
MC1545 MCI 445 19 50 4.0 12 632/L
SE592 NE592 52 40 4.0 8.0 603/H, 632/F
40 90 646/N
MC1733 MC1733C 52 40 4.0 8.0 603/G, 632/L
40 90 646/P
20 120

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-8
Miscellaneous Amplifiers
devices range from low power CMOS programmable
Motorola provides several bipolar and CMOS special amplifiers and comparators to variable-gain bipolar
purpose amplifiers which fill specific needs. These power amplifiers.

CMOS Bipolar
MC14573: Quad Programmable Operational Amplifier MC3505/MC3405: Dual Operational Amplifier
MC 14574: Quad Programmable Comparator and Dual Comparator
MC14575: Dual Programmable Operational This device contains two Differential Input Opera-
Amplifier and Dual Programmable tional Amplifiers and two Comparators each set capable
Comparator of single supply operation. This operational amplifier-
These low power devices are designed for applica- comparator circuit will find its applications as a general
tions such as active voltage reference circuits,
filters, purpose product for automotive circuits and as an in-
function generators, oscillators, and limit set alarms. dustrial "building block."

V|0 'IO Aw0 |


Response Supply Voltage
mV nA V/mV MS Package
Device Max Max Max Min Typ Single Dual Suffix

Bipolar

MC3505 5.0 L/632


0.5 50 20 1.3 3.0 to 36 1.5 to 18
MC3405 10 L/632, P/646

CMOS
MC14573
MC14574 0.001 30 0.0001 1.0 10* 3.0 to 15 1.5 to 7.5 D/751B, P/648

MC14575
Propagation Delay
VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY (R L = 16 OHMS)
Gain Option #1 AV = 36 V7V
S
Power Amplifiers Variable Gain z
30
^
'
Gain Option #2 18 V7V
III
III

o in
MC1554G TA = -55 to + 125C, Case 603C Gain Option #3 10 V7V,
ffi
o |

MC1454G Ta = 0 to +70C, Case 603C < 15


y 1

nt
One-watt Power Amplifier for single or split supply > 1 J]
tTj
i
pO = 1.0WRU/IS
It RL = 16 OHMS [
operation. Typical voltage gain of 10, 18, or 33 V7V with > 5
V(:c = 16 tl
* 'I II ...
0.4% THD. 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 10 k
I

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-9
Comparators

'IB V|0 "10 '0 Response Supply Temperature


MA mV **A V/V mA Time Voltage Range Package
Device Max Max Max Typ Min V Description CO Suffix

Single
BIPOLAR
LM111 0.1 3.0 0.01 200 k 8.0 200 + 15, -15 With strobe, will operate -55 to +125 H, J-8
LM211 0.1 3.0 0.01 200 k 8.0 200 + 15, -15 from single supply -25 to +85 H, J-8
LM311 0.25 7.5 0.05 200 k 8.0 200 + 15, -15 to +70 H, N/626, J-i

CMOS
MC14578 1.0 pA 50 + 3.5 to +14 Requires only 10 /xA from - 30 to + 70 D/751B,
single-ended supply P/648

Dual
BIPOLAR
LM193 0.1 5.0 0.025 200 k 6.0 1300 1.5 to Designed for single or split -55 to +125 H
LM193A 0.1 2.0 0.025 200 k 6.0 1300 18 or supply operation, input -55 to +125 H
LM293 0.25 5.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 + 3.0 to +36 common mode includes -25 to +85 H
LM293A 0.25 2.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 ground (negative supply) -25 to +85 H
LM393 0.25 5.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 to +70 H, N/626
LM393A 0.25 2.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 to +70 H, N/626
LM2903 0.25 7.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1500 - 40 to + 85 N/626
MC3405 0.5 10 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 1.5 to This device contains two to +70 L/632, P/646
MC3505 0.5 5.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 7.5 or op amps and two -55 to +125 L/632
+ 3.0 to 15 comparators in a single
package
CMOS
MC14575 0.001 30 0.0001 20 k 3.0 1.5 to This device contains two - 40 to + 85 P/648
7.5 or op amps and two D/751B
+ 3.0 to 15 comparators in a single
package

Quad
BIPOLAR
LM139 0.1 5.0 0.025 200 k 6.0 1300 1.5 to Designed for single or split -55 to +125 J
LM139A 0.1 2.0 0.025 200 k 6.0 1300 18 or supply operation, input -55 to +125 J
LM239 0.25 5.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 + 3.0 to +36 common mode includes - 25 to + 85 J, N/646
LM239A 0.25 2.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 ground (negative supply) -25 to+85 J, N/646
LM339 0.25 5.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 to +70 J, N/646
LM339A 0.25 2.0 0.05 200 k 6.0 1300 to +70 J, N/646
LM2901 0.25 7.0 0.05 100 k 6.0 1300 - 40 to + 85 N/646
MC3302 0.5 20 0.5 30 k 6.0 1300 - 40 to + 85 P/646
MC3430 40 6.0 1.0 Typ 1.2 k 16 33 + 5.0, -5.0 High speed comparator/ to +70 L, P
MC3431 40 10 1 .0 Typ 1.2 k 16 33 + 5.0, -5.0 sense-amplifier to +70 L, P
MC3432 40 6.0 1.0 Typ 1.2 k 16 40 + 5.0, -5.0 to +70 L, P
MC3433 40 10 1 .0 Typ 1.2 k 16 40 + 5.0, -5.0 to +70 L, P
CMOS
MC14574 0.001 30 0.0001 20 k 3.0 1.5 to Externally programmable - 40 to + 85 P/648
7.5 or power dissipation with one D/751B
+ 3.0 to +15 or two resistors

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-10
AMPLIFIERS
Operational Amplifiers
Device Function Page
LF347 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifiers 2-15
LF351 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifiers 2-15
LF353 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifiers 2-15
LF355,B Monolithic JFET Operational Amplifiers 2-17
LF356,B Monolithic JFET Operation Amplifiers 2-17
LF357,B Monolithic JFET Operational Amplifiers 2-17
LF411C Low Offset, Low Drift JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-27
LF412C Low Offset, Low Drift JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-27
LF441C Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-30
LF442C Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-30
LF444C Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-30
LM11C,CL Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-38
LM101A General Purpose Adjustable Operational Amplifier 2-45
LM108,A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-49
LM124 Quad Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-60
LM148 Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-70
LM158 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LM201A General Purpose Adjustable Operational Amplifier 2-45
LM208,A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-49
LM224 Quad Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-60
LM248 Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-70
LM258 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LM301A General Purpose Adjustable Operational Amplifier 2-45
LM307 Internally Compensated Monolithic Operational Amplifier 2-87
LM308,A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-49
LM324,A Quad Low Power Operational Amplifiers 2-60
LM348 Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-70
LM358 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LM833 Dual, Low Noise, Audio Operational Amplifier 2-91
LM2900 Quad Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-198
LM2902 Quad Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-60
LM2904 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-76
LM3900 Quad Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-198
MC1436.C High Voltage Operational Amplifiers 2-101
MC1437 Dual Operational Amplifier 2-105
MC1439 High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier 2-109
MC1456,C High Performance Operational Amplifiers 2-127
MC1458,C Dual Operational Amplifiers 2-133
MC1458S High Slew Rate Dual Operational Amplifier 2-138
MC1490P Wideband Amplifier with AGC 2-144
MC1536 High Voltage Operational Amplifier 2-101
MC1537 Dual Operational Amplifier 2-105
MC1539 High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier 2-109
MC1556 High Performance Operational Amplifier 2-127
MC1558 Low Noise Dual Operational Amplifier 2-133
MC1558S High Slew Rate Dual Operational Amplifier 2-138
MC1709,A,C General Purpose Operational Amplifiers 2-158
MC1741,C General Purpose Operational Amplifiers 2-170
MC1741S,SC High Slew Rate Operational Amplifiers 2-175
MC1747,C Dual MC1741 Operational Amplifiers 2-181
MC1748,C General Purpose Operational Amplifiers 2-185
MC1776,C Programmable Operational Amplifiers 2-189
MC3301 Quad Operational Amplifier 2-198
MC3303 Quad Differential Input Operational Amplifier 2-208
MC3358 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-230
MC3401 Quad Operational Amplifier 2-198
MC3403 Quad Differential Input Operational Amplifier 2-208

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-11
AMPLIFIERS
Operational Amplifiers (con't)
Device Function Page
MC3458 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-230
MC3476 Programmable Operational Amplifier 2-236
MC3503 Quad Differential Input Operational Amplifier 2-208
MC3558 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-230
MC4558,AC,C Dual High Frequency Operational Amplifiers 2-241
MC4741,C Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifiers 2-245
MC33071 High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC33072 Dual High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC33074 Quad High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC33077 Dual Low Noise Operational Amplifier 2-250
MC33078 Low Noise Operational Amplifier 2-261
MC33079 Low Noise Operational Amplifier 2-261
MC33171 Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-270
MC33172 Dual Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-270
MC33174 Quad Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-270
MC33178 High Output Current, Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-277
MC33179 High Output Current, Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-277
MC33181 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC33182 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC33184 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC33272 High Performance Operational Amplifier 2-287
MC33274 High Performance Operational Amplifier 2-287
MC33282 JFET Operational Amplifier 2-296
MC33284 JFET Operational Amplifier 2-296
MC34001 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC34002 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC34004 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC34071 High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC34072 Dual High Performance, Single Supply Operatidnal Amplifier 2-306
MC34074 Quad High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC34080 High Speed Decompensated (A\/CL =* 2) JFET Input Operational
Amplifier 2-322
MC34081 High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC34082 Dual High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC34083 Dual High Speed Decompensated (AycL ^ 2) JFET Input
Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC34084 Quad High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC34085 Quad High Speed Decompensated (A\/CL ^ 2) JFET Input
Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC34181 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC34182 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC34184 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC35001 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC35002 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC35004 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-299
MC35071 High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC35072 Dual High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC35074 Quad High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-306
MC35080 High Speed Decompensated (A\/CL ^ 2) JFET Input Operational
Amplifier 2-322
MC35081 High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC35082 Dual High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC35083 Dual High Speed Decompensated (Avcl ^ 2) JFET Input
Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC35084 Quad High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC35085 Quad High Speed Decompensated (AvcL =* 2) JFET Input
Operational Amplifier 2-322
MC35171 Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-270
MC35172 Dual Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-270

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-12
AMPLIFIERS
High Frequency Amplifiers
Device Function Page
MC35174 Quad Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-270
MC35181 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC35182 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
MC35184 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-333
OP-27 Ultra Low Noise Precision, High Speed Operational Amplifier 2-347
TL061 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-359
TL062 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-359
TL064 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-359
TL071 Low Noise JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-367
TL072 Low Noise JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-367
TL074 Low Noise JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-367
TL081 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-374
TL082 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-374
TL084 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-374
MC1350 IF Amplifier See Chapter 9
MC1445 Wideband Amplifier 2-117
MC1490P Wideband Amplifier with AGC 2-144
MC1545 Wideband Amplifier 2-117
MC1590G Wideband Amplifier with AGC 2-150
MC1733,C Differential Video Amplifiers 2-162
NE592 Video Amplifier 2-342
SE592 Video Amplifier 2-342

Miscellaneous Amplifiers
Device Function Page
MC1454G 1-Watt Power Amplifier 2-123
MC1554G 1-Watt Power Amplifier 2-123
MC3405 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-214
MC3505 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-214
TCA0372 Dual Power Operational Amplifier 2-356

COMPARATORS
Device Function Page
LM111 High Performance Voltage Comparator 2-54
LM139.A Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-66
LM193,A Dual Comparators 2-82
LM211 High Performance Voltage Comparator 2-54
LM239,A Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-66
LM293,A Dual Comparators 2-82
LM311 High Performance Voltage Comparator 2-54
LM339,A Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-66
LM393.A Dual Comparators 2-82
LM2901 Quad Single Supply Comparator 2-66
LM2903 Dual Comparator 2-82
MC1414 Dual Differential Voltage Comparator 2-97
MC1514 Dual Differential Voltage Comparator 2-97
MC3302 Quad Single Supply Comparator 2-66
MC3405 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-214
MC3430 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-222
MC3431 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-222
MC3432 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-222
MC3433 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-222
MC3505 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-214

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-13
RELATED APPLICATION NOTES
Application Related
Note Title Device
AN926, AR115 Techniques for Improving the Settling of a DAC and Op. LF357, MC34084,
Amp. Combination MC34085, MC34087
AN273A Getting More Value Out of an Int. Op. Amp. Data Sheet MC1439, 1539
AN587, EB20 Analysis and Design of the Op. Amp. Current Source MC1741
EB57 An Economical FM Trans. Voice Proc. from a Single
Integrated Circuit MC3401

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-14
LF347
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LF351
TECHNICAL DATA LF353

FAMILY OF BIFET
JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
These low cost JFET input operational amplifiers combine two
state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic inte-
grated circuit. Each internally compensated operational amplifier
has well matched high voltage JFET input devices for low input N SUFFIX
offset voltage. The BIFET technology provides wide bandwidths PLASTIC PACKAGE
and fast slew rates with low input bias currents, input offset cur- CASE 626
rents, and supply currents. (LF351, LF353 0nly)
These devices are available in single, dual and quad operational
amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the industry standard
MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar devices. D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
(SO-8)
Input Offset Voltage of 5.0 mV Max (LF347B) (LF351, LF353 0nly)

Low Input Bias Current - 50 pA


Offset Null E
Invt Input E
Noninvt Input [7.
Low Input Noise Voltage - 16 nV/VRz
v E eE

Wide Gain Bandwidth - 4.0 MHz


@v C c
High Slew Rate - 13 V//iS Output B LF353
^linputsB (Top View)
Low Supply Current - 1.8 mA per Amplifier

High Input Impedance - 10 12 il


N SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
High Common-Mode and Supply Voltage Rejection CASE 646
Ratios - 100 dB (LF347 Only)

MAXIMUM RATINGS FT H] Out 4


Out 1
1

Rating Symbol Value Unit


"I
Supply Voltage vcc + 18 lnpu,s1 Inputs

-18
V rjjPV
VEE +

Differential Input Voltage V|D 30 V vC cE n] v EE

Input Voltage Range (Note 1) V IDR 15 V Inputs 2 \ >-i


ToJ
Inputs 3

Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) S Continuous D


Power Dissipation at Ta = + 25C PD 900 mW Out 2 [7 1
T\ Out 3

Derate above Ta = + 25C 1/flJA 10 mW/C


Operating Ambient Temperature Range ta to +70 C

Operating Junction Temperature Range Tj 115 C


ORDERING INFORMATION
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C Function Device Package

Single LF351D SO-8


NOTES:
Single LF351N Plastic DIP
1. Unless otherwise specified, the absolute maximum negative input voltage is
Dual LF353D SO-8
limited to the negative power supply.
Dual LF353N Plastic DIP
2. Any amplifier output can be shorted to ground indefinitely.However, if more
Quad LF347BN Plastic DIP
than one amplifier output is shorted simultaneously, maximum junction temperature
Quad LF347N Plastic DIP
ratings may be exceeded.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-15
LF347, LF351, LF353

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25C unless otherwise noted).

LF347B LF347, LF351, LF353


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rs =s 10 k, Vcm = 0) VlO mV
Ta = +25C - 1.0 5.0 - 5.0 10
0C TA = +70C 8.0 13
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset AV|0/AT 10 10 fA// C
Voltage
RS 10 k, 0C Ta +70C
Input Offset Current (Vcm = - Note 3) iio
T A = +25C - 25 100 - 25 100 PA
0C TA + 70C 4.0 4.0 nA
Input Bias Current (Vcm = 0, Note 3) l|B
TA = + 25C - 50 200 - 50 200 PA
0C =s T A *s + 70C 8.0 8.0 nA
Input Resistance
n
- 1012 1012 a
Common Mode Range
Input Voltage V|CR
11
+ 15
-12
- 11
+ 15
-12
- V

Large-Signal Voltage Gain (Vo =


10 V, R[_ = 2.0 k) AVOL V/mV
Ta = +25C 50 100 - 25 100 -
0Cs; Ta + 70C 25 15
Output Voltage Swing (R|_ = 10 k) v 12 14 12 14 V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs 10 k) CMRR 80 100 70 100 dB
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs 10 k) PSRR 80 100 70 100 dB
Supply Current ID mA
LF347 7.2 11 - 7.2 11
LF351 - 1.8 3.4
LF353 3.6 6.5
Slew Rate (Ay = +1) SR - 13 - 13 V//us

Gain-Bandwidth Product BWp - 4.0 - 4.0 MHz


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en 24 24 nV/VHz
(RS = 100 ft, f = 1000 Hz)
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1000 Hz) 'n
- 0.01 0.01 pA/VHz
Channel Separation (LF347, LF353) -120 -120 - dB
1.0 Hz f 20 kHz (Input Referred)

For Typical Characteristic Performance Curves, refer to MC34001/34002/34004 data sheet.

NOTES: (continued)
3. Input bias currents of JFET input op amps approximately double for every 10C rise in junct on temperature. To maintain junction temperatures as
close to ambient as is possible, pulse techniques are utilized during test.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-16
MOTOROLA LF355, LF356,
SEMICONDUCTOR LF357*, LF355B,
TECHNICAL DATA
LF356B, LF357B*

MONOLITHIC JFET
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
MONOLITHIC JFET INPUT INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
These internally compensated operational amplifiers incorporate
highly matched JFET devices on the same chip with standard
The JFET devices enhance the input charac- H SUFFIX
bipolar transistors.
METAL PACKAGE
teristics of these operational amplifiers by more than an order
CASE 601
of magnitude over conventional amplifiers.
This series of op amps combines the low current characteristics
typical of FET amplifiers with the low initial offset voltage and
offset voltage stability of bipolar amplifiers. Also, nulling the offset
voltage does not degrade the drift or common mode rejection.

Low Input Bias Current 30 pA


8 1

- (Top View)
Low Input Offset Current 3.0 pA
Low Input Offset Voltage - 1 .0 mV
Temperature Compensation of Input Offset Voltage
3.0 AtV/C

Low Input Noise Current - 0.01 pA/\/Hz


High Input Impedance 10^2^2

High Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 100 dB


High DC Voltage Gain - 106 dB
J SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693

SERIES FEATURES Offset Null


Invt Input
Noninvt Input
LF355/355B Low Power Supply Current
LF356/356B Wide Bandwidth (Top View)
LF357/357B Wider Bandwidth Decompensated (A\/ m n j
= 5)

LF355/355B LF356/356B LF357/357B


Fast Settling Time to 0.01% 4.0 fis 1.5 us 1.5 /ts APPLICATIONS
FastSlew Rate 5.0 V//us 12V//xs 50V//US
The LF series is suggested for all general
Wide Gain Bandwidth 2.5 MHz 5.0 MHz 20 MHz purpose FET input amplifier requirements
Low Input Noise Voltage 20 nV/VRz 12 nV/VRz 12 nV/VRz where precision and frequency response
flexibility are of prime importance.
Specific applications include:

Sample and Hold Circuits


ORDERING INFORMATION High Impedance Buffers
Fast D/A and A/D Converters
Device Temperature Range Package Precision High Speed Integrators
LF355BH.H Metal Can Wideband, Low Noise, Low Drift Amplifiers
LF355BJ,J Ceramic DIP
LF356H Metal Can
to + 70C
LF356BJJ Ceramic DIP NOTE: The LF357/357B are designed for wider
LF357BH.H Metal Can bandwidth applications. They are decompensated
LF357BJ,J Ceramic DIP (Avmin = 5).

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-17
LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

MAXIMUM RATINGS
LF355B/
Rating Symbol 356B/357B LF3S5/356/357 Unit
Supply Voltage vcc + 22 + 18 V
VEE -22 -18
Differential Input Voltage V|D 40 30 V
Input Voltage Range (Note 1) V IDR 20 16 V
Output Short-Circuit Duration TS Continuous
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA Oto +70 c
Operating Junction Temperature Tj 150 c
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 c

Note 1. Unless otherwise specified, the absolute maximum negative input voltage is equal to the negative power supply
voltage.

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

*C1 = 5.0 pF on LF357.


**C2 = 2.0 pF on LF357.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-18
LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = 15 to 20 V, V E g = - 15 to -20 V for LF355B/356B/357B; Vqc = 15 V, VEE


-15V for LF355/356/357; Ta = 0C to +70C unless otherwise noted)

LF355B/6B/7B LF355/6/7

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 50 n, Vcm = 0) V|0 mV


(Ta = 25C)
- 3.0 5.0 - 3.0 10
(Over Temperature) 6.5 13

Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset AV|Q/AT ~ 5.0 5.0 ^V/C


Voltage
(R S = 50 a
Change in Average TC with V|o Adjust ATC/AV|0 0.5 0.5 /*V/C

(RS = 50 fl) (Note 2) per mV


Input Offset Current (Vcm = > Note 3 > ho
(Tj = 25C)
<

- 3.0 20 - 3.0 50 PA
(Tj =s 70C) 1.0 2.0 nA
Input Bias Current (Vqm = > Note 3 'IB
(Tj = 25C)
( >

- 30 100 - 30 200 PA
(Tj =s 70C) 5.0 8.0 nA
Input Resistance (Tj = 25C) n
1012 1012 n
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL V/mV
(Vo = 10 V, R[_ = 2.0 k, Vqc = 15 V,
V EE = -15 V)
(Ta = 25C) 50 200 25 200
(0CTa +70C) 25 15

Output Voltage Swing vo V


(VQC = 15 V, Vee = -15 V, Rl = 10 kft) 12 13 - 12 13 -
(Vcc = 15 v, Vee = -15 v, R|_ = 2 kn> 10 12 10 12
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range V ICR 11 + 15.1 10 + 15.1 V
(V C c = 15 V, V EE = -15 V) -12.0 -12.0

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 85 100 80 100 - dB


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Note 4) PSRR 85 100 80 100 - dB
Supply Current (Ta = 25C, Vcc = 15 V, ID mA
v E e = -15 V)
LF355B/355 - 2.0 4.0 2.0 4.0
LF356B/357B 5.0 7.0 -
LF356/357 5.0 10

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = 15 V, V E e = -15V,TA == 25C

LF355B/355 LF356B/356 LF3S7B/357

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Slew Rate (Note 5) SR V//is

(A v = DLF355/356 - 5.0 - 7.5 12 - -


(A v = 5) LF357 30 50

Gain-Bandwidth Product GBW 2.5 5.0 20 - MHz


Settling Time to 0.01% (Note 6) ts
4.0 1.5 - - 1.5 - /xs

Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en nV/VHz


(R S = 100 0, f = 100 Hz) - 25 - - 15 - - 15 -
(RS = 100 ft, f = 1000 Hz) 20 12 12

Equivalent Input Noise Current in pA/VHz


(f = 100 Hz) - 0.01 - - 0.01 - - 0.01 -
(f = 1000 Hz) 0.01 0.01 0.01

Input Capacitance Ci
- 3.0 - - 3.0 - - 3.0 - PF

(1) Unless otherwise specified, the absolute maximum negative input tudes increasing or decreasing simultaneously, in accordance with
voltage is equal to the negative power supply. common practice.

(2) The temperature coefficient of the adjusted input offset voltage (5) The Min. slew rate limits apply for the LF356B and the LF357B, but
changes only a small amount (0.5 jtV/C typically) for each mV of do not apply for the LF356 or LF357.
adjustment from its original unadjusted value. Common-mode re- (6) Settling time is defined here, for a unity gain inverter connection
jection and open loop voltage gain are also unaffected by offset using 2.0 k resistors for the LF355/6. It is the time required for the
adjustment. error voltage (the voltage at the inverting input pin on the amplifier)
(3) The input bias currents approximately double for every 10C rise in to settle to within 0.01% of its final value from the time a 10 V step
junction temperature, Tj. Due to limited test time, the input bias input is applied to the inverter. For the LF357, Av = - 5.0, the feed-
currents are correlated to junction temperature. Use of a heat sink back resistor from output to input is 2.0 k and the output step is 10
is recommended if input bias current is to be kept to a minimum. V (see settling time test circuit).
(4) Supply voltage rejection ratio is measured for both supply magni-

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-19
LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

TYPICAL DC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS


(Curves are for LF355, LF356, and LF357 series unless otherwise specified)
INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus CASE TEMPERATURE
FIGURE 1 (LF355 SERIES) FIGURE 2 (LF356 AND LF357 SERIES)

V CC = 20V, VEE = -20 V


I k
< vCc 15V V EE = -15V \

2 V

- V CC = 5V,V EE = -5V

LF356/7
0.1 1

-55 -25 5.0 35 65 70 -55 -25 5.0 35 65 70


T c CASE
, TEMPERATURE (C) T c CASE
, TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 4


OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
versus INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE (LF355B/356B/357B)

= + 15 V
vcc
V EE = -15V
LF3E 6/7
TA =

'5
25C
Free Air
30
R L = 2k
RL k C3 = 25C
lA
5
LF356f7
< 20
With Heat Sink
lf; 55 >
Free Air

~ o
10

o
5 with

I Heat Sink

-5.0 5.0 10 5.0 10 15

V| C , COMMON-MODE INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) V CC V EE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V0LTS)


, ,

SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE


FIGURE 5 (LF355 SERIES) FIGURE 6 (LF356 AND LF357 SERIES)

4.0

1-

cc

3.0

> TC = 25C
a.
3
2.0 TC = 2 5C_

LF3 55 LF3. 6/7


i n
10 15 18 20
10 15

V CC V EE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
, , ( VOLTS) V cc V EE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V0LTS)
, ,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-20
LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

TYPICAL DC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 7 NEGATIVE CURRENT LIMIT FIGURE 8 POSITIVE CURRENT LIMIT


<z I I

> VC c = +15V vcc = + 15V


u V EE = -15 V Vee = -15 V
"
,5 TC = 25C Tc - 25C
1
""*fc
< -J
Ij
-10
"^
\
Q
> -5.0

< tzj
o
-5.0 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

Igink. OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mA) l


Sink , OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mA)

FIGURE 9
POSITIVE COMMON-MODE FIGURE 10
NEGATIVE COMMON-MODE
INPUT VOLTAGE LIMIT INPUT VOLTAGE LIMIT

0C'sT A < 70C

TC = 25C

15

10

10 15 20 -10 -15 -20

V CC POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


, V EE NEGATIVE SUPPLY
, VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 11 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 12 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus LOAD RESISTANCE
I I
r
= 15V
vcc
Rs = 50
T/\'2 5

" ?5C
TA =

12
&

1.0 10

V cc V EE SUPPLY
, , VOLTAGE (t VOLTS) RL . OUTPUT LOAD RESISTANCE (kO)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-21
_

LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

TYPICAL AC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT


FIGURE 13 (LF355 SERIES) FIGURE 14 (LF356/357 SERIES)
1

LF355

LF3 57 Curves Identical,


But Multiplied by 4.

v cc = 10 V, v EE = -
10 V

LF356 |

6.0
vcc = 15 V, V EE = 15V V CC =10V,V EE = 10V
^V CC =15V,V EE = 15V

-55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 125 -55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 !25
T A AMBIENT
, TEMPERATURE (C) TA ,
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

INVERTER SETTLING TIME


FIGURE 15 (LF355 SERIES) FIGURE 16 (LF356 AND LF357 SERIES)
1

- TA = 25C
LF355 > V CC = 15V
> 10

. TA
I

= 25C
I

H
10m J /
m 1
10 rr V //
1

V CC 15V
T
-
= 1 mV ii
Ve E--' 5.0
<
< ii i *
.
1 mV

> >
1 mV S in, V
s
mV "V,
g -5.0
V
On V
10 1

*\
0.5 1.0 2.0
o

0.5 1.0
^ 2.0

t
s ,
SETTLING TIME M s) ( t ,
SETTLING TIMERS)
s

FIGURE 17 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE FIGURE 18 OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE

15 V 1 "0
v EE = -15V - v t C= 15
S 90 E = -1E
LF356/7
<
^ .
70
o
>
LF355
S 50
o
5 30
o
o 10
<
_ -10 ]

-35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 10 100 1k 10 k 100 k 1M 10 M


T A AMBIENT
, TEMPERATURE (C) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-22

LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

TYPICAL AC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

BODE PLOT OUTPUT IMPEDANCE

FIGURE 19 (LF35S SERIES) FIGURE 22 (LF355 SERIES)


1000
1

i
T ^w

LF355
"y ^> -*JV*-.

P hase

J
vcr
vee
= 16
= -1 5V
V
o
100
%

Gain
_ -5
<
i

oa
|

2k
s ,0
f-10
< 3
u-15
2
K A v =1 iLF355-
i i

-20 V CC =15V .

in
-e: Vcc = -i5 v:
-25 - Av = 1
-
-T * = 2 5C
~x r
'

-30 1 III
" "
1 III ttl 1 1 1

-35 | | 1 1

10 k 100 k 1M
10 20

f, FREQUENCY (MHz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 20 (LF356 SERIES) FIGURE 23 (LF3S6 SERIES)


'-' = 25C
1
ta
F356
- Vcc = 15 V

125
v cc 15V S 10
10 phn = 100 _ = Av =100
5.0
V E[ = -15V
V
v
=10
Gain
J 50 g
^-5.0 25 o A..= 1
..
2k
j-10 o a
-15 -25
|
-20
20
j -50"
~T>-
4^
-25 -75 r +!!!
- + s^ -100 +
'
&>:::
-30
-35
1 "
-125
X...

-150 1 1 I I I I i IUIII 1. 1. 1 1

-40 | | 1 1

10 20 100 k

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 21 (LF357 SERIES) FIGURE 24 (LF357 SERIES)


.F35"
TA 25 C
V CC = 15 V
P tias = 1 100
V EE = -1 5V 10
75 :A =10 ):: A v =1 :

Ri in
60 S llllll
<= Mill
25 I

: 15 c
2 k
-25
| 10
5.0

-5.0 (~)
* I
-50
-75
-100
|
a

r
J
3> -/V^r-t

5
-10
-15
_L
Jf-
-125
-150
LF357
" II II
-20 I -175
1

1
1

1
1

1
I

III M I

I
I

I
Mil
I

llllll
I

II
I

II
I I

II
I

10 k 100 k

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-23
LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

TYPICAL AC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 25 COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO FIGURE 26 UNDISTORTED OUTPUT


VOLTAGE SWING
1
1

RL = 2k
1

"^ 25C
TA = 25C 74 -
v cc = 15V
V CC =15V - V EE = -15 V

V EE = -15 V RL = 2k
?n
A,= 1

LF355
J <r/ Dist.
IB -3t_ LF3 56

LF357 -i

LF355/6 ^V v lf: 57

n
10 100 1k 10 k 100 k 1M 10 M 100 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE REJECTION RATIO


FIGURE 27 (LF355 SERIES) FIGURE 28 (LF356 AND LF357 SERIES)
s I I

o J

V CC =15V <
V EE
Positive

80 <^ LF35B/7
< 60

Negative X
LF3
> 40 -

N
lf; 55
^\.

,
n I

10 100 1k 10 k 100 k 1M 10 M 100 1k 1M M


10 k 100 k 10 100 M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

EQUIVALENT NOISE VOLTAGE


FIGURE 29 (LF355/356/357 SERIES) FIGURE 30 (EXPANDED SCALE)

I l I

25C
= 15 V
-- V EE = -15 V

\^ LF355

"Ss
LF356/7 -

~7TT |

500 Ik 50 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-24

LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

TYPICAL CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS

FIGURE 31 DRIVING CAPACITIVE LOADS FIGURE 32 LARGE POWER BANDWIDTH AMPLIFIER

LF355/6 R = 5.0 k
LF357 R = 1.25 k

T | 0.01 MF
VEE

Due to a unique output stage design these amplifiers have the .ir.^v^
ability to drive large capacitive loads and still maintain stability.
C L (max) =0.01MF.
Overshoot < 20% For distortion < 1% and a 20 Vp-p VQ ut
Settling time (t s ) = 5.0 Ms swing, power bandwidth is: 500 kHz.

FIGURE 33 INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT FIGURE 34 SETTLING TIME TEST CIRCUIT

vCc
10 V j

1 2 k, 0.1/

V| adjusted with a 25 k potentiometer


is Settling time is tested with the LF355/6
The potentiometer wiper is connected to Vqq
connected as unity gain inverter and LF357
For potentiometers with temperature coefficient of 100
connected for Av = - 5
ppm/C or less the additional drift with adjust is ~ 0.5 mV/
C/mV of adjustment. FET used to isolate the probe capacitance
Typical overall drift: 5.0 fiV/C (0.5 MV/C/mV
of adjustment.) Output = 10 V step

*A = -5 for LF357

FIGURE 35 NONINVERTING UNITY GAIN FIGURE 36 INVERTING UNITY GAIN FOR LF357
OPERATION FOR LF357

(27r)(5 MHz)
B2 + Re

A V(DC) = 1

f-3dB 5MHz

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-25
f

LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
FIGURE 37 WIDE BW, LOW NOISE,
LOW DRIFT AMPLIFIER FIGURE 38 ISOLATING LARGE CAPACITIVE LOADS
R2 5. 1 k

RL i J_c L
1 k ? T~ 0.5 fiF
V I

Overshoot 6%
t
s =10us
When dr iving large C L the V out slew
, rate is determined by C L

Parasitic input capacitance {C1 *3pF


and LF357 plus any for LF355, LF356,
additional layout capacitance) interacts with feedback elements and creates
un-
desirable high frequency pole. To compensate add C2 such that: R2C2 a R1C1. ;
V/ms = 0.04 V/ms (with C L shown)

FIGURE 39
8-BIT D/A WITH OUTPUT CURRENT
FIGURE 40 PRECISION CURRENT MONITOR
TO VOLTAGE CONVERSION
vccf
13 O

A4(
MC1408L-8
A5 <

A6 <

A7 <

V = 5 R1/R2 (V/mA of l

3 s)

5 k R1, R2, R3: 0.1% Resistors


Use LF355 for
pF *V * Common-Mode Range to Supply Range
* Low B I

_ V ref _AJ_ ^2_ &3_ AA_ A5_ ^6_ A_7_ A8


|

v (n (
[
+ + + + + + * LowV|
R 14 I 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256
Adjust V ref R14 or R Q so that Vq with
,

* Low Supply Current


, all digital inputs at high
level is equal to 9.961 volts,
v - Y-,(5K
Vri- ul f
k)l
'
+ 1
+
'
+ 1
+ 1
+
1
+
1
+
1 1


,12
I

1k 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 J
FIGURE 42 HIGH IMPEDANCE, LOW DRIFT
., 255 l
= 10V = 9.961 V INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
(256j

FIGURE 41 LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER


+ 15 V
R1 V1 R3
VR O Wv-

O v ou
*v Clear

Polycarbonate or
Polystyrene Capacitor

Time (t) = R4CSn(V R /V R -V |


), R 3 = R4 R 5 = , 0.1 R6
If R1 = R2: t = 0.693 R4C

V ut = R3/R[2R2/R1 + 1]
Design Example: 1 00 Second Timer AV, Vg + 2 V s Vj n common-mode s Vqc
VR =10V C = 1 MP R3=R4=144M System V|o Adjusted via A2 V|o Adjust
Trim R3 to Boost up CMRR to 120 dB
R6 = 20 k R5=2k R1 = R2=1k

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-26

MOTOROLA LF411C
SEMICONDUCTOR LF412C
TECHNICAL DATA

SINGLE/DUAL JFET
OPERATIONAL
AMPLIFIER
LOW OFFSET, LOW
DRIFT JFET INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Through innovative design concepts and precision matching
this monolithic high speed JFET input operational amplifier family
offers very low input offset voltage as well as low temperature
coefficient of input offset voltage. The amplifier requires less than
3.4 mAper amplifier of supply current yet exhibits greater than
2.7 MHzof gain bandwidth product and more than 8.0 V//xs slew
rate. Through the use of JFET inputs the amplifier has very low
input bias currents and low input offset currents. The amplifier
utilizes industry standard pinouts which afford the user the oppor-
tunity to directly upgrade circuit performance without the need
for redesign.
The LF411C and LF412C are available in the industry standard
N SUFFIX
plastic 8-pin DIPand SO-8 surface mount packages, and specified
PLASTIC PACKAGE
over the commercial temperature range.
CASE 626
Low Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 mV Max (Single)
3.0 mV Max (Dual)
c
Low T.C. of Input Offset Voltage: 10 mV/ C
Low Input Offset Current: 20 pA
Low Input Bias Current: 60 pA
Low Input Noise Voltage: 18 nV/vfiz D SUFFIX
Low Input Noise Current: 0.01 pA/VHz PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.05%
(SO-8)
Low Supply Current: 2.5 mA
High Input Resistance: 10 12 U
Wide Gain Bandwidth: 8.0 MHz
High Slew Rate: 25 V//u.s (Typ) LF411C
Fast Settling Time: 1.6 /us (to within 0.01%)
Offset Null jT FJnc

[T 3 v cc
"
Invt Input

Noninvt Input (Tp-' T] Output

V E E[7 7] Offset Null

Single, Top View

LF412C
W v cc
Output 1 (T l]
ORDERING INFORMATION TJ Output 2
Test Temperature Inputs
Op Amp 1

Range Package (I
Function

Single
Device
LF411CD 0C to + 70C SO-8
Plastic DIP
v eeE kl 3 Inputs 2

LF411CN
Top View)
I

(Dual,
Dual LF412CD 0C to + 70C SO-8
LF412CN Plastic DIP
I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-27
O

LF411C,LF412C

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Supply Voltages v C c. + 18 Volts
!Vee'
Input Differential Voltage Range (Note V IDR -30
1) Volts
Input Voltage Range (Note 1) V|R + 15 Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Indefinite Seconds
Maximum Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA to 70 C
Thermal Resistance LF411CN 412CN R HJA 100 C Watt
(Junction to Ambient) LF41 1CD 412CD 180
Storage Temperature T stg 60 to - 1 50 C
Maximum Power Dissipation PD (Note 2) mW
NOTES:
1. Input voltages should not exceed Vfjc or
V^E
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not
exceeded.
3. Measured with Vqc and Vf simultaneously varied.

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(Each Amplifier)

Output

* I

Bias Circuitry
Common to All
Amplifiers

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-28
1

LF411C, LF412C

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vrr = + 15 V, Vff = - 15 V, T A = 0C to 70C unless otherwise noted)

Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit 1

input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 kit, VCm = V, Vq = V) IVioI


mV
LF411
- 0.5 2.0
1.0 3.0
LF412

Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV| AT mV/C


(R S = 10 kil. Vcm = V, V = V)
_ 10
Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) ho
LF41 T A = 25C
1
20 100 PA
T A = 0C to 70C 2.0 nA
LF412 T A = 25C
- 25 100 PA
T A = 0C to 70C
2.0 nA

Input Bias Current (V^M = V) 'IB

LF41 TA
1 = 25 C 0.6 200 PA
TA = 0C to 70C
4.0 nA
LF412 T A - 25C - 0.5 200 PA
TA = 0C to 70C 4.0 nA

Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = * 10 V, Rl = 2.0 k!l) A VOL VmV


5
LF411 T A = 25 C 25 80
T A = OX to 70 C 15
LF412 T A = 25C 25 150 -
TA - 0C to 70 C 15

-1.0 RL V
Output Voltage Swing (V| D = V, - 10 kit)

LF411 v - 12 13.9
-14.7 -12
LF412 V + 12 14
v - -14 -12
V
Common Mode Input Voltage Range (Vq - V; V|CR
-11 + 14 -11
LF411
- 14
+ 11 + 15 -11
LF412
-12

Common Mode - 10 Ml) CMR dB


Rejection (Vcm - V, Rs *=

LF411
1 1

70 90 -
LF412 70 100

Power Supply Rejection (Note 3) PSR dB


- 15 V - 15 V to +5.0 V -5.0 V)
(VccVee --'

-
LF411 70 86
LF412 70 100
.. -
|

Power Supply Current (Vq = V) ID


mA
|

|
LF41
- 2.5 3.4
2.8 6.8
LF412

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc -- + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25 C unless otherwise noted)

Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

10 V, Rl = 2.0 Ay = SR V,>s
Slew Rate - 10 V to - k<), + 1.0)

LF411
(V| N
8.0 25 -
LF412 8.0 13

Gain Bandwidth Product GBW MHz


LF411 2.7 8.0 -
2.7 4.0
LF412

Channel Separation (f = 1.0 Hz to 20 kHz, LF412) CS - -120 - dB

Differential Input Resistance (Vcm = v) R in - 1012 - kit

Equivalent Input Voltage Noise (Rs = 100 = 1.0 kHz) en nV\ Hz

LF411
!!, f
- 30 -
25
LF412
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) 'n
pA\ Hz
- 0.01
LF411
LF412
0.01 _

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-29
1 A

MOTOROLA LF441C
SEMICONDUCTOR LF442C
TECHNICAL DATA
LF444C

LOW POWER JFET INPUT


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER LOW POWER
JFET INPUT
These JFET input operational amplifiers are designed for low OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
power applications. They feature high input impedance, low input
bias current and low input offset current. Advanced design tech- SILICON MONOLITHIC
niques allow for higher slew rates, gain bandwidth products and INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
output swing. The LF441C device provides for the external null
adjustment of input offset voltage.
These devices are specified over the commercial temperature
range. All are available in plastic dual in-line and SOIC packages.
Low Supply Current 200 /xA/Amplifier
Low Input Bias Current 5.0 pA '^P
High Gain Bandwidth 2.0 MHz
High Slew Rate 6.0 V//iS
N SUFFIX D SUFFIX
High Input Impedance 10 12 fl PLASTIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
Large Output Voltage Swing 14 V CASE 626 CASE 751
(SO-8)
Output Short Circuit Protection

Inputs 2

(Dual, Top View)

Jflflt "^
N SUFFIX D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646 CASE 751
(SO-14)

Output 1 rr 3 Output 4
ORDERING INFORMATION
Op Amp
Function Device
Tested
Temperature Range Package
Inputs 1 I
3>^ Inputs 4

Veen j3V EE
LF441CD SO-8
Single
LF441CN 3

LF442CD
Plastic

SO-8
DIP Inputs 2
IE bj r< 3/ Inputs 3
!

Dual + 70C
LF442CN to
Plastic DIP
Output 2 E H Output 3
LF444CD SO-14 (G uad, Top Vie KV)
Quad
LF444CN Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-30
LF441C, LF442C, LF444C

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Supply Voltage (from Vex to Vee) vs + 36 V


Input Differential Voltage Range (Note 1) V IDR 30 V
Input Voltage Range (Notes 1 and 2) V|R 15 V
Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 3) ts Indefinite Seconds
Operating Junction Temperature (Note 3) Tj + 150 C

Storage Temperature Range T stg -60 to +150 C

NOTES:
1. Differential voltages are at the noninverting input terminal with respect to the inverting input terminal.
2. The magnitude of the input voltage must never exceed the magnitude of the supply or 15 volts, whichever is less.
3. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded. (See Figure 1.)

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER)


OVcc

Inputs

f Wv f'VVS/-O Output
D1

OVE E

Null adjustment pins for


LF441 only.

1.5 Ml
-W\ O v EE

LF441C input offset voltage


null adjust circuit

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-31
LF441C, LF442C, LF444C

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, TA = 0Cto + 70C, unless otherwise noted)


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 kn, Vo = V) VlO mV
Single
TA = +25C 3.0 5.0
Ta = 0C to + 70C 7.5
Dual
T A = + 25C - 3.0 5.0
Ta = 0C to +70C 7.5
Quad
TA = + 25C 3.0 10
Ta = 0C to + 70C 12
Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 kH, Vo = V) AV|o/AT 10 fiVrc
Input Offset Current(Vcm = V, Vq = V) lO
T A = +25C - 0.5 50 pA
Ta = 0C to + 70C 1.5 nA
Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) l|B
Ta = +25C - 3.0 100 PA
Ta = 0C to + 70C 3.0 nA
Common Mode Input Voltage Range (Ta = +25C) V|CR + 14.5 + 11 V
-11 -12
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = 10 V, Rl = 10 kil) AVOL V/mV
T A = +25C 25 60 -
Ta = 0C to + 70C 15
Output Voltage Swing (R[_ = 10 kCl) v + + 12 + 14 V
v - -14 -12
Common Mode Rejection (Rs s 10 kft,Vqm = V|CR, Vo = V) CMR 70 86 dB
Power Supply Rejection (Rs = 100 H, Vcm = V, Vo = V) PSR 70 84 dB
Power Supply Current (No Load, Vo = V) ID ^iA
Single 200 250
Dual - 400 500
Quad 800 1000

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, TA = + 25C, unless otherwise noted


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Slew Rate (Vj n = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 10 kn, C L = 10 pF, AV = +1.0) SR 0.6 6.0 V/,u.s

Settling Time To within 10 mV ts - 1.6 - ,US


(A v = -1.0, R L = 10 kH, V = OVto +10 V) To within 1.0 mV 2.2
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 200 kHz) GBW 0.6 2.0 MHz
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs = 100 n, f = 1.0 kHz) en 47 nV/VFiz
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz)
'n
0.01 pA/VHz
Input Resistance
Hi _ 1012 n
Channel Separation (f = 1.0 Hz to 20 kHz) CS - 120 - dB

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-32
LF441C, LF442C, LF444C

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION versus FIGURE 2 INPUT BIAS CURRENT


TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE VARIATIONS versus INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE
M
3
J 2000 Vcc = +15V
"
8 8tU PIN PLASTIC PKG 15

1600 TA = 25C

SO-14 PKG.
1200 10

--S D-i PK

5.0

n
-55-40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 16 -5.0 5.0

TA , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) Vicr, INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 4 SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1000

Vcc = +15V
100 -
V EE
VCM = ov
10

125C
?5C
i-o ' ^'

/
!
c
5 * -55"C
/

'
0.01

0.001
25 50 75 5.0 10 15 20

T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) vcc. Wee!, supply voltage (volts)

FIGURE 5 POSITIVE INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 NEGATIVE INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE
RANGE versus POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE RANGE versus NEGATIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE

-55C TA s 125C
y

5.0 10 15 -5.0 -10 -15


V E . NEGATIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
V C c. POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-33
LF441C, LF442C, LF444C

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT SOURCE FIGURE 8 OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT SINK
CURRENT CURRENT

VfX = + 15V
I I

= -15 VfT = +15V


VEE V
VEE = -15 V
15

125C
-55C
-55C 25C"\ 125C 5C\
10

5.0

\ \
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 2.0 4.0 8.0
6.0 10 12 14 16 18 20
Iq, OUTPUT SOURCE CURRENT fmA) -
, OUTPUT SINK CURRENT ImA)

FIGURE 9 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 10 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE versus LOAD RESISTANCE

Rl = 10 wi

-55C TA 125C
=?26
^>'"'
S 24

tD

o 18 VE : = -15
o T
**
16 I

4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 2.0K 3.0K 4.0K 6.0K


VCC IVee!. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) RL, LOAD RESISTANCE (n)

FIGURE 11 NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH FIGURE 12 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE
PRODUCT versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

-V(X = + 15V
CO
V EE = -15V
Rl = 10 kil z
= 00 pF
< Pha se
CL l0
s
2


o
- ... V CC = +15 V c ain

o
^V EE = -15
_ Rl = 10 wi
o
< -20 CL
Ta
=
=
100 pF
25C
I

-75 -50 -25 25 50 0. 1 1.0 10


TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, |C| f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-34
LF441C, LF442C, LF444C

FIGURE 14 TOTAL OUTPUT DISTORTION versus


FIGURE 13 SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY

2.5

vE e = -15 V
20
2 TA = 25C
7.0

,,
^'
s
z
o
S
t
1.5

CO
6.0



I
1.0
=3
vc C= +1 5V * o
5.0
= -i bV o Ay = 10b^y
vee
0.5
RL = 10 kf1
AV = +1. 1
Ay = 10^ ^
40
-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 100 1.0K

TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) f, FREQUENCY (Hzl

FIGURE 16 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


FIGURE 15 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY
IUU

-B.30 -o
*

^
<
\
o
1

to = -t 15V >
^EE 15V a- Vcc = +15 V
\ = 10 V EE = -15 V
Ay = + 1.0 z Rl = 10 kn
%T HL) TA = 25C

== 25 c
TA o
3-

10K 100K 100 1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 10M


1.0K
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 17 COMMON-MODE REJECTION FIGURE 18 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION


versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY

10K 1.0K 10K

f, FREQUENCY (Hz!
f, FREQUENCY (Hz]

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-35
LF441C, LF442C, LF444C

FIGURE 20 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


FIGURE 19 INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

^25C -^

|

1.0K 5.0 10 15 20
f, FREQUENCY (Hz|
VCC v EEl. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS]
l

FIGURE 21 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 22 INVERTER SETTLING TIME


1 II inn I 1 MM
vcc = + 15V 10
V CC + 1BV
300
bb
- Vee = -15 V
T = 25C r-T> -

S 250
l<

5(1
10 mV / .OmV

z
20
2
150
fcr

/
\ \Vi.OmV
AV == 100 AV = )/fi> J =
1 1
1

10 mV \
:x
10K 1 1.0 in
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) SETTLING TIME
t
s, (
M s)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-36
LF441C, LF442C, LF444C

SMALL SIGNAL RESPONSE

FIGURE 23 INVERTING FIGURE 24 NON-INVERTING


Vcc = +15V
V EE = -15 V
Rl = 10 kn
Cl = 10 pF
a V = -1.0
J TA = 25C

ol t3

t, TIME (0.5 ms/DIV) t, TIME (0.5 ms'DIV)

LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE

FIGURE 25 INVERTING FIGURE 26 NON-INVERTING

t, TIME (2.0 ms-'DIV) t, TIME (2.0 ms'DIV)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-37
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM11C
TECHNICAL DATA
LM11CL

PRECISION OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS PRECISION


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
The LM11C is a precision, low drift operational amplifier pro-
viding the best features of existing FET and Bipolar op amps. SILICON MONOLITHIC
Implementation of super gain transistors allows reduction of input INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
bias currents by an order of magnitude over earlier devices such
as the LM108A. Offset voltage and drift have also been reduced.
Although bandwidth and slew rate are not as great as FET devices,
input offset voltage, drift and bias current are inherently lower,
particularly over temperature. Power consumption is also much
lower, eliminating warm-up stabilization time in critical
applications.
fTON
Offset balancing provided, with the range determined by an
is

external low resistance potentiometer. Compensation is provided N SUFFIX J-8 SUFFIX


internally, but external compensation can be added for improved PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
stability when driving capacitive loads. CASE 626 CASE 693
The precision characteristics of the LM11C make this device
Bala
ideal for applications such as charge integrators, analog memo-
ries, electrometers, active filters, light meters and logarithmic
amplifiers.

Low Input Offset Voltage: 100 mV


Low Input Bias Current: 17 pA
Low Input Offset Current: 0.5 pA H SUFFIX
METAL CAN
Low Input Offset Voltage Drift: lo^v/x CASE 601
Long-Term Stability: 10 /nV/year Case Connected To Vg
High Common Mode Rejection: 130 dB
vcc

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Power Supply Voltage Vcc to Vee 40 Vdc
Differential Input Current (Note 1) "ID 10 mA
Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Indefinite
Power J SUFFIX
Dissipation (Note 3) PD 500 mW CERAMIC PACKAGE
Operating Junction Temperature Tj 85 C CASE 632
Storage Temperature Range Tstg C
Metal and Ceramic Packages -65 to +150 N.C. [T m] n.c.

Plastic Package -55 to +125 Balance \JT IT] N.C


Guard- [T_ ~nj Balance

V-
ORDERING INFORMATION lnpu,sJ!If>3
N
\\L-\y^ jo] ou.pu.
Operating Ambient Guard* [jF IT] Compens
Device Temperature Range Package
LM11CLN, CN
VE E
Ll jD nc
Plastic 8-Pin DIP

LM11CLJ-8, CJ-8 Ceramic 8-Pin DIP


to +70C 'Unused pin (no internal connection) to allow
LM11CLJ, CJ Ceramic 14-Pin DIP for input anti-leakage guard ring on printed
LM11CLH, CH circuit board layout.
Metal Can

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-38
LM11C, LM11CL

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Tj = 25C unless otherwise noted [Note 4])

LM11C LM11CL
Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage V|0 0.2 0.6 0.5 5.0 mV


T low t0 T hiqh 0.8 6.0

Input Offset Current ho


1.0 10 4.0 25 PA
t0 T hiqh 20 50
"How
Input Bias Current
17 100 17 200 PA
"How to T hiqh
'IB
150 300

Input Resistance n
- ion - - ion n
Input Offset Voltage Drift AV|Q/AT 2.0 5.0 3.0 mV/C

"How t0 T hiqh
Input Offset Current Drift AI| /AT 10 50 f/VC

T low t0 T hiqh
Input Bias Current Drift AI|B/AT 0.8 3.0 1.4 pA/C
T| w t0 T hiqh
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL V/mV
V S = 15V,V 0Ut = 12V, 100 300 25 300
l
out = 2.0 mA
50 15
"How to T high N te 5) -
V S = 15V,V ou t = 12V,
<

250 1200 - 50 800

'out
= 0 5 mA -

T low t0 T hiqh 100 30

Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR dB


Vs = 15 V, -13 VssVcm 514 v 110 130 - 96 110 -
V S = 15V, -^^VsVcM^tV,
100 90
T| 0W to Thiqh
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR dB
2.5 VVs=s20 V 100 118 - 84 100
96 80 I
T| 0W to Thiqh

Power Supply Current ID 0.3 0.8 0.3 0.8 mA


1.0 _ 1.0
T| w toT hiqh
Output Short-Circuit Current 'os
10 10 mA
Tj = 150C, Output Shorted to Ground

voltage is in
The inputs are shunted by back-to-back diodes for over-voltage protection. Excessive current will flow if the input differential
excess of 1.0 V if no limiting resistance is used. Additionally, a 2.0 kil resistance in each input is suggested to prevent possible
latch-up

initiated by supply reversals.


The output is current limited when shorted to ground or any voltages less than the
supplies. Continuous overloads will require package

dissipation to be considered and heatsinking should be provided when necessary.


Devices must be derated based on package thermal resistance (see package outline dimensions).
These specifications apply for V + 2.0 VsV !sV
EE
" 10V(V
CM + 2.5 VsV C sV CC - 10 V for T| ow to T high and 2.5VsV s s 20
CC EE M )
V
T| ow to T h jgh: 0CsTjs + 70CforLM11Cand LM11CL
V ou t = 1 1 .5 V, all other conditions unchanged.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-39
LM11C, LM11CL

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Compensation

-o v C c

3.0 pF =t Q17Jt R? 18

Inputs
Output

2r

o V EE

FIGURE 1 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 2 - INPUT OFFSET CURRENT


versus CASE TEMPERATURE versus CASE TEMPERATURE

40

< 30
Cur\ e1,Vcc Vff-hb20 V
I
20
Vcc% V /- 2,V CC /V EE = 2.5V
10
|
o
m
v
-10

\ =
cc/Vee 1 j

= -30 \
1 /
-40

" 50 "25 25 50 75 100 125 150 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
Tc, CASE TEMPERATURE (C) CASE TEMPERATURE
Tc, (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-40

LM11C, LM11CL

FIGURE 3 - TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF


INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE FIGURE 4 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY
24 200

VL VCC' V EE - 15 V
A = -25 to 125 C
./" = 10 Rs-100 kn
160

3.0
o< > 120

o
80
J
a.

40
16

24
-4.0 -2.0 2.0 40 1.0 k 10 k

V|0. INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE (mV) @ 25C FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - COMMON-MODE LIMITS FIGURE 6 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION AND


versus TEMPERATURE SLEW LIMIT versus FREQUENCY
I 14U
v :c-^ Positive
I

VCC^EE = 1

AV| = 00 nV
CMSL >

s ,
1
CMf fl \^
2.5 V5V S S 20 V
2
AV|0 = 10 ^v
E
o
2
1 10 Ne ative

VEE^
50 100 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M

T. TEMPERATURE (C) f. FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 7 - OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 8 - OUTPUT SATURATION


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE versus LOAD CURRENT

vcc-^
3.1 Hz
Vsa t = 1.5 V
i2Vs(k
r

2.5VsVss15 V -
: aV|0 = 10mV
AVin-20uV (125 -j\

vee-x
1 >
1.0 8.0 12 16 20 2.0 3.0

V) LOAD CURRENT (mA)


Vqc/Vee. SUPPLY VOLTAGE
l|_,
(

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-41
LM11C, LM11CL

FIGURE 9 - POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO FIGURE - SUPPLY CURRENT


10 versus
versus FREQUENCY
SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Case Temperature
"
1=25C
. 2 = 125C
3=-55C
1
^Jj
'2
40 " V CC ^ 3

20

-20
10 100 10 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 4.0 8.0 12 16
I, FREQUENCY (Hz)
VCC^EE. SUPPLY VOLTAGE V) (

FIGURE 11 - OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE FIGURE 12 - SLEW RATE versus
versus FREQUENCY EXTERNAL COMPENSATION CAPACITOR
-O-v
s ,\s
1
"w.
Curves Cc =0 ~
Vs
1

100 l, UC = 1UUU ph

N^ :;;
a
^X ~\
"S ^\ VCC^EE = 2o"k

^
I

S \ U
20 N
\N \
20 V
-o
k 1 =
sN
x.x
20
10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M
i i mini i i

100 1.0 k
f. FREQUENCY (Hz)
Cc, EXTERNAL COMPENSATION CAPACITOR (pF)

FIGURE 13 - CLOSED LOOP OUTPUT IMPEDANCE


versus FREQUENCY

vcc/vee = 15 V
s' / = 1000
'out
== 1.0 mA

/ AV = .0

10k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M


f. FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-42
LM11C, LM11CL

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Due to the extremely low input bias currents of this cations, a 14-pin dual in-linepackage is available with
device, it may be tempting to remove the bias current guard pins (internally unconnected) adjacent to the
compensation resistor normally associated with a sum- inputs for minimal package leakage effects.
ming amplifier configuration. Direct connection of the Electrostatic shielding is suggested in high-imped-
inputs to a low impedance source or ground should be ance circuits.
avoided when supply voltages greater than approxi- Error voltages in external circuitry can be generated
mately 3.0 volts are used. The potential problem by thermocouple effects. Dissimilar metals along with
involves reversal of one supply which can cause exces- temperature gradients can set up an error voltage rang-
sive current to flow in the second supply. Possible ing in the hundreds of microvolts. Some of the best
destruction of the IC could result if the second supply thermocouples are junctions of dissimilar metals made
is not current limited to approximately 100 mA or if up of IC package pins and printed circuit boards. Prob-
bypass capacitors greater than 1.0 /^F are used in the lems can be avoided by keeping low level circuitry away
supply bus. from heat generating elements.
Disconnecting one supply will generally cause rever- The LM11C is internally compensated, but external
sal due to loading of the other supply within the IC and compensation can be added to improve stability, par-
in external circuitry. Although the problem can usually ticularly when driving capacitive loads.
be avoided by placing clamp diodes across the power
supplies of each printed circuit board, a careful design
will include sufficient resistance in the input leads to

limit the current to 10 mA


if the input leads are pulled FIGURE 14 - SUGGESTED PRINTED
to either supply by internal currents. This precaution is CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT FOR INPUT GUARDING
not limited to only the LM11C. USING METAL PACKAGED DEVICE
The LM11C is capable of resolving picoampere level
Balance
signals. Leakage currents external to the IC can severely
impair the performance of the device. It is important vcc
that high quality insulating materials such as teflon be
employed. Proper cleaning to remove fluxes and other
Output
residues from printed circuit boards, sockets and the
device package are necessary to minimize surface
leakage. Compensation O 5
When operating in high humidity environments or
temperatures near 0C, a surface coating is suggested
to set up a moisture barrier.
Leakage effects on printed circuit boards can be
reduced by encircling the inputs (both sides of p.c.
board) with a conductive guard ring connected to a low (Bottom View)
impedance potential nearly the same as that of the The above guard required on both sides of the
ring,

inputs. board, connected to a low impedance point of the


is

The suggested printed circuit board layout for input same potential as the sensitive inputs to reduce surface

guarding is shown in Figure 14. Guard ring electrical leakage paths. Bulk leakage is reduced less, and

connections for common operational amplifier config- depends more on guard ring width.

urations are illustrated in Figure 15. For critical appli-

FIGURE 15 - GUARD RING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS


FOR COMMON AMPLIFIER CONFIGURATIONS

Summing Amp (Inverting) Non-Inverting Voltage Follower

R1
Input OVvV-

""<=

1
Output
Output Output

Input O Input o

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-43
LM11C, LM11CL

FIGURE 16 - INPUT PROTECTION FIGURE 17 - INPUT PROTECTION


FOR SUMMING (INVERTING) AMPLIFIER FOR A VOLTAGE FOLLOWER

Input O

Output

Output
Input

Current is limited by R1 in the event the input is


Input current is limited by R1 when the input exceeds
connected to a low impedance source outside the supply voltage, power supply is turned off, or output is
common-mode range of the device. Current is con- shorted.
trolled by R2 if one supply reverses. R1 and R2 do not
affect normal operation.

FIGURE 18- CABLE BOOT STRAPPING


AND INPUT SHIELDS

Input o
Output
Input O TJ
^ i
Output

An input shield boot strapped in a voltage follower


reduces input capacitance, leakage, and spurious volt-
ages from cable flexing. A small capacitor from the In a summing amplifier the input is at virtual ground.
input to ground will prevent any instability. Therefore the shield can be grounded. A small feedback
capacitor will insure stability.

FIGURE 19 - ADJUSTING INPUT OFFSET


VOLTAGE WITH BALANCE POTENTIOMETER

v Cc
Minimum
Adjustment Range R
(mV) a
0.4 1.0 k
+ 1.0 3.0 k
Inputs Output 2.0 10 k
5.0 100 k

Input offset voltage adjustment range


is a function of the Balance

Potentiometer Resistance as indicated by the table above. The


potentiometer is connected between the two "Balance", pins.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-44
MOTOROLA LM101A
SEMICONDUCTOR LM201A
TECHNICAL DATA
LM301A

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
A general
purpose operational amplifier that allows the user to
SILICON MONOLITHIC
choose the compensation capacitor best suited to his needs. With
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
proper compensation, summing amplifier slew rates to 10 VVs
can be obtained.
Low Input Offset Current 20 nA Maximum Over
Temperature Range
N SUFFIX J SUFFIX
External Frequency Compensation for Flexibility PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 626 CASE 693
Class AB Output Provides Excellent Linearity
(LM201Aand LM301A)
Output Short Circuit Protection
Guaranteed Drift Characteristics

iwFii
FIGURE1 - STANDARD COMPENSATION FIGURE 2 - DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT
AND OFFSET BALANCING CIRCUIT DETECTOR
D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
VUT -
(SO-8)

8] Compensation

Ivcc
~e\ Output

~s\ Balance

(Top View)

V, < V LT ot v, -.
V UT H SUFFIX
Pins Not Shown Are Not Connected METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601

FIGURE 3 - REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

Balance 9 <? Compensation


-o Vcc

Inputs

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
< < LM101AH
-55C to +125C
Metal Can
LM101AJ Ceramic DIP

LM201AD SO-8
LM201AH - 25C
Metal Can
to + 85C
LM201AN Plastic DIP

LM201AJ Ceramic DIP

LM301AD SO-8
* vE e LM301AH
0C to + 70C
Metal Can
250 Balance o LM301AN PlasticDIP
LM301AJ Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-45
LM101A, LM201A, LM301A

MAXIMUM RATINGS
VALUE
Rating Symbol LM101A LM201A LM301A Unit
Power Supply Voltage vcc- Vee 22 22 18 Vdc
Input Differential Voltage V|D * 30 - Volts
Input Common-Mode Range (Note 1 V|CR

Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration ^
S
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) PD
Metal Can * mW
Derate above T"a = +75C mW/C
Plastic Dual In-Line Package (LM201A/
-
625 625 mW
Derate above T/\ = + 25C 301A) 5.0 5.0 mW/C
Ceramic Package mW
Derate above 25C -* 6.6 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range ta -55 to +125 -25 to +85 to +70 C
Storage Temperature Range Tstg C
Note 1. For supply voltages less than 15 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Ta = + 25C unless otherwise noted.) Unless otherwise specified, these specifications apply
for supply voltages from 5.0 V to 20 V for the LM101A and LM201A, and from 5 V to
15 V for the LM301A.

LM101A
LM201A LM301A
Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (R$ =s 50 kn) V|0 0.7 2.0 2.0 7.5 mV
Input Offset Current
ho - 1.5 10 3.0 50 nA
Input Bias Current l|B
- 30 75 70 250 nA
Input Resistance
n 1.5 4.0 0.5 2.0 _ Megohms
Supply Current Ico'ee mA
VCC^EE = 20V - 1.8 3.0 -
VCC^EE = 15 V 1.8 30
L_
Large Signal Voltage Gain Ay 50 160 25 160 V/mV
<VCC/VEE = 15 V, V = 10 V,
R|. > 2.0 kn)

The following specifications apply over the operating temperature range.


Input Offset Voltage (Rs =s 50 kn) VlO 3.0 10 mV
Input Offset Current llO
- 20 70 nA
Average Temperature Coefficient of AV| /AT 3.0 15 6.0 30 u.V/C
Input Offset Voltage
TA(min) =s Ta T^fmax)
Average Temperature Coefficient of AI| /AT nA/C
Input Offset Current
+25C ss Ta *s TA(max) - 0.01 0.1 - 0.01 0.3
TA(min) * TA * 25C 0.02 0.2 0.02 0.6
Input Bias Current
'IB
- 100 300 nA
Large Signal Voltage Gain AV 25 15 V/mV
<VCCWEE = 15V, V = 10 V,
Rl > 2.0 kli)

Input Voltage Range V| V


Vcc/Vee =20V 15 - - - -
VCC^EE = 15V 12
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 80 96 70 90 - dB
RS 50 ktt
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR 80 96 70 96 - dB
RS * 50 kn
Output Voltage Swing vo V
Vcc/Vee = 15 V, Rl = 10 kn, 12 14 - 12 14 -
RL = 2.0 ktt 10 13 10 13
Supply Currents (Ta = TA(max), ice 'ee 1.2 2.5 - mA
Vcc/Vee = 20V)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-46
LM101A, LM201A, LM301A

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vqc = + 15 V, Vg = - 15 V, Ta = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 4 MINIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 5 MINIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING

I I I

Applicable to the Specified


icaple to the bpeciti
Operating Temperature y^Xv:^..
>*&*! Of erating Temperature

I
|| LM101A p0
Po sitive ana
M M
:
I**:; 5S: :

Minimum
M; LM101A S|
\ LM201A

y SS: Onlv :j:


\
-^
:%: and
LM201A
:&:
iiii

-
Negative
SSKSw:
^C Minimu m
Wi on| v
S-S

-R|. = 2

5.0 10 15 5.0 10 15

Vqc and (
- Vee), SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTS) VC C AND - V E E), SUPPLY VOLTAGES
(
IVOLTS)

FIGURE 6 MINIMUM VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 7 TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENTS

Applicable to the Specified .

Operating Temperature
. "-
LM101A ,.,,
:. ;' :
and jg;

:*:: an d -
.::
: '
8;S :

only Sjij

S:S on v

5.0 10 15 5.0 10 15

Vcc AND - Vee, SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) Vcc AND - V E e) SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
(

FIGURE 8 OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE FIGURE 9 LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE


1 1 1 1 III

Single-Pole Compensation s ngl j-Pole Compensa ion


+ 160
+
+ 140 315
5 15

+ 120 270

+ 100 s,0 225 K <


f
S 10
j +80 Phase 180 S <
^vj a C = 3.0 p
I

C
+60

+40

+20
J
V
Gain
fe;
y
\
\, 135^

90

45
8
<

3
1 5.0
o
=
C

-<
^s
^ o CI 30 pF

1.0 k 10 k 100 k
X ~'

100 k
fl

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-47
LM101A, LM201A, LM301A

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(V Cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.;

FIGURE 10 VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE FIGURE 11 OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE


I
-\ 1 1

I I I

Single-Pole Compensation
Feedforward Compensation
+ 8.0
+ 120
+ 6.0

+ 4.0 r + 100

+ 2.0 input
"
M
i

i
i Output

-2.0 y
o +40
-4.0
^"
+ 20

Gain X.

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M


t, TIME M f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 12 URGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE FIGURE 13 INVERTER PULSE RESPONSE


Feedforward Compensation
+ 10 i i

Feedforward Compensation
i r i

. +8.0
Output
+ 6.0
\
o +4.0 "17-1 c
input
+ 2.0 \
<
o +8.0
-2.0 1

-4.0
~S\s
-6.0
o
-8.0

n -10
1.0 M 3.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
t, TIME bis)

TYPICAL COMPENSATION CIRCUITS


FIGURE 14 SINGLE-POLE COMPENSATON FIGURE 15 FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION

R3
+ V| VW

R1 + R2
Cs = 30 pF

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-48
LM108, LM108A
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM208, LM208A
TECHNICAL DATA LM308. LM308A

PRECISION OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS


SUPER GAIN
The LM108/LM208/LM308 Series operational amplifiers provide OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
high input impedance, low input offsets and temperature drifts,
SILICON MONOLITHIC
and low noise. These characteristics are made possible by use of
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
a special Super Beta processing technology. This series of am-
plifiers is particularly useful for applications where high-accuracy
and low-drift performance are essential. In addition high-speed
performance may be improved by employing feed-forward com-
H SUFFIX
pensation techniques to maximize slew rate without compromis-
METAL PACKAGE
ing other performance criteria.
CASE 601
The LM108A/LM208A/LM308A Series offers extremely low input
offset voltage and drift specifications allowing usage in even the
most critical applications without external offset nulling.
Operation From a Wide Range of Power Supply Voltages
Low Input Bias and Offset Currents
Low Input Offset Voltage and Guaranteed Offset Voltage Drift
Performance
High Input Impedance J SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632
FREQUENCY COMPENSATION
Standard Compensation Modified Compensation

NC id 3 14 NC
COMPEN A 2C 3 13 NC
Inverting
Input
.^^ GUARD 3C D12 COMPEN B

5C J^>L 31 o OUTPUT
Non- INPUTS
Inverting
ln P ut
Compen GUARD 6C D9 NC
VgE 7C ]8 NC
(Top View)

Standard Feedforward Feedforward Compensations for N SUFFIX


Compensation Decoupling Load Capacitance
PLASTIC PACKAGE
r?S > 10 k CASE 626
(LM208, LM208A)
(LM308, LM308A Only)

> Output
J-8 SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
BOOpFYy
^10 pF CASE 693
fj\
Compen ^r

D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751 8
ORDERING INFORMATION 1
(SO-8)
Device Temperature Range Package
LM108AH, H Metal Can
-55 to +125C I <u 1_ COMPEN
LM108AJ, J, AJ-8, J-8 Ceramic DIP 1C 38 B
Metal Can 2C-f^\ 3 7 V CC
LM208AH, H L
LM208AJ, J, AJ-8, J-8 Ceramic DIP 3L-V^~ 36 OUTPUT
-25 to +85C VEE 4C 35 NC
LM208AN, N Plastic DIP

LM208AD, D SO-8 (Top View)

LM308H, H Metal Can


LM308AJ, J, AJ-8, J-8 Ceramic DIP Unused pin (no internal connection) to
to + 70C allow for input anti-leakage guard ring
LM308AN, N Plastic DIP

LM308AD, D SO-8 on printed circuit board layout.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-49

LM108, LM108A, LM208, LM208A, LM308, LM308A

MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.!

Value
Rating Symbol LM108. LM108A LM208, LM208A LM308, LM308A Unit
Power Supply Voltage Vcc Vee -20 20 18 Vdc
Input Voltage (See Note 1) V| -4 15 *- Volts
Input Differential Current (See Note 2) *n
l|D ^ mA
Output Short-Circuit Duration ts -* Indefinite

Operating Ambient Temperature Range ta -55 to +125 -25 to +85 Oto +70 c
Storage Temperature Range T stg -* 65 to +150 C
Junction Temperature Tj C
Metal, Ceramic Package
Plastic Package
Note 1. For supply voltages less than 15 V, the maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage.
Note 2. The inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes for over-voltage protection. Therefore, excessive current will flow if a differential input voltage
in excess of 1.0 V is applied between the inputs unless some limiting resistance is used.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise noted these specifications apply for supply voltages of +5.0 V Vcc *
+ 20 V and -5.0 V * V EE s= -20 V, TA = +25C.)
LM108A LM108
LM208A LM208
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage V|0 0.3 0.5 0.7 2.0 mV
Input Offset Current he-
0.05 0.2 0.005 0.2 nA
Input Bias Current lm 0.8 2.0 0.8 2.0 nA
Input Resistance n 30 70 30 70 Megohms
Power Supply Currents 'co'ee
0.3 0.6 0.3 0.6 mA
Vcc = +20V, V EE = -20 V
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL 80 300 50 300 V/mV
V CC = NeeI = +15 V, Vo = 10 V,
R[_ 5* 10 kn

The following specifications apply over the operating temperature range.

Input Offset Voltage V| 1.0 3.0 mV


Input Offset Current
ho - 0.4 0.4 nA
Average Temperature Coefficient of AV| /AT 1.0 5.0 3.0 15 u.V/C
Input Offset Voltage
TA(min)ssTA=sTA(max)
Average Temperature Coefficient of AI|o/AT 0.5 2.5 0.5 2.5 pA/C
Input Offset Current

Input Bias Current 'IB


3.0 j 3.0 nA
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL 40 25 V/mV
V CC = IVeeI = +15V, V = 10V,
R|_ = 10 kn

Input Voltage Range V|R 13.5 13.5 V


VCC = IVEEI = +15V
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 96 110 85 100 dB
Power Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR 96 100 80 96 dB
Output Voltage Range V R 13 14 13 14 V
Vcc = IVeeI = + 15 V, Rl = 10 kn
Supply Current (Ta = TAlmax]) 'cc-'ee
- 0.15 0.4 0.15 0.4 mA

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-50
LM108, LM108A, LM208, LM208A, LM308, LM308A

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise noted these specifications apply for supply voltages of +5.0 V Vcc *
+ 15 V and -5.0V sV
EE s= -15 V, Ta = +25C.)
LM308A LM308
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage V|0 - 0.3 0.5 - 2.0 7.5 mV


Input Offset Current ho
0.2 1.0 0.2 1.0 nA

Input Bias Current <IB


1.5 7.0 - 1.5 7.0 nA

Input Resistance n 10 40 - 10 40 Megohms


Power Supply Currents 'cc'ee
0.3 0.8 0.3 0.8 mA
Vcc = +15 V, Vee = -15 V
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL 80 300 25 300 V/mV
Vcc = + 15 v, Vee = - 15 v, vo = 10 v,
RL 3= 10 kfi

The following specifications apply over the operating temperature range.

Input Offset Voltage V|0 - 0.73 - - 10 mV


Input Offset Current iio
- 1.5 - - 1.5 nA

Average Temperature Coefficient of AV| /AT " 1.0 5.0 6.0 30 M,V/C

Input Offset Voltage


TA<min) =s T/\ =s T^lmax)
Average Temperature Coefficient of AI|o/AT - 2.0 10 2.0 10 pA/C
Input Offset Current

Input Bias Current 'IB


10 10 nA
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL 60 15 " V/mV
Vcc+i5V, Vee = -15 V, vo = iov,
R|_ 3= 10 kft

Input Voltage Range V|R 14 14 V


Vcc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 96 110 80 100 dB
RS 50 kn
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR 96 110 80 96 dB
RS 50 kn
Output Voltage Range V R 13 14 13 14 V
Vcc = + 15 v, Vee = - 15 v, r l = 10 kn

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


COMPENSATION A O O COMPENSATION B
-ov Cc

-ov EE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-51
LM108, LM108A, LM208, LM208A, LM308, LM308A

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS

FIGURE 2 - MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT INPUT OFFSET


FIGURE 1 - INPUT BIAS AND INPUT OFFSET CURRENTS VOLTAGE ERROR versus INPUT RESISTANCE
f=1
j
I I

- -1
LM308A 1 M3na -.. ,

'10

LM308

LM108, LM208
LM30 8A, LM308
IB !
1

LM308A
I"-
r -

o
=
0.10
LM108A, LM108 LM108A, LM208A

LM208A, LM208

"-^J llR

LM108A,LM108^-

l|0

-20 +20 +40 +60 + 100 +120 +140 1.0 M 10 M


T, TEMPERATURE (C) q, INPUT RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 4 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENTS versus POWER


FIGURE 3 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGES SUPPLY VOLTAGE

-^ 400

T/\ = 0C Ta = -55C
+ 25C 300 ax
>-
-55C
+ 70C CL. + 25C
o 100 S 200
+ 125C + 70C

= + 125C
CF
= ^100
f 100 Hz

5.0 10 15 20 5.0 10 15
V(X = IVeEi. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) V(X = IVeeI, SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

FIGURE 5 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE FIGURE 6 - LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE


+ 140

+ 120
--- V CC - +15V. ...
+ 100 = -15 V
m - VEE
TA f2 5C
2+80 [l
z \C = 3.0 pF
F
2+60
8.0
g+40
> VC F = 3.0 pF

gl + 20
^C F
= 30 pF

CF = 30 pF^
CF = 100 pF^
-20
1.0 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 100 M 10 k 100 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-52
LM108, LM108A, LM208, LM208A, LM308, LM308A
SUGGESTED DESIGN APPLICATIONS
FIGURE 7 FAST (1) SUMMING AMPLIFIER WITH LOW
INPUT CURRENT FIGURE 8 SAMPLE AND HOLD
VCC
T 1M
put 1
l
|
HVWi

"
pi
;r t. pie -
Output

+^s^ Output
1.0(xF(1) 7k 9 ^ 30 pF
or equiv

(1) Teflon, Polyethylene or Polycarbonate


Dielectric Capacitor

(1) Power Bandwidth: (3) In addition to increasing speed,


250 kHz the LM101A raises high and
Small Signal low frequency gain, increases FIGURE 9 SUGGESTED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
Bandwidth: output drive capability and LAYOUT for INPUT GUARDING USING METAL
3.5 MHz eliminates thermal feedback. PACKAGED DEVICE
Slew Rate: 10 V/jas
Compensation B
6X 10 8
(2) C5 = Compensation A
R1

INPUT GUARDING
Special caremust be taken in the assembly of printed
circuitboards to take full advantage of the low input
currents of the LM108,A amplifier series. Boards must
be thoroughly cleaned with alcohol and blown dry with
compressed air. After cleaning, the boards should be
coated with epoxy or silicone rubber to prevent Guard
(Bottom View)
contamination.
Even with properly cleaned and coated boards, leak-
age currents may cause trouble at + 125C, particularly guard, which is a conductive ring surrounding the in-

since the input pins are adjacent to pins that are at puts, connected to a low-impedance point that is at
is

supply potentials. This leakage can be significantly re- approximately the same voltage as the inputs. Leakage
duced by using guarding to lower the voltage difference currents from high-voltage pins are then absorbed by
between the inputs and adjacent metal runs. Input the guard.
guarding of the 8-lead TO-99 type package is accom- The pin configuration of the dual in-line package is

plished by using a 10-lead pin circle, with the leads of designed to guarding, since the pins adjacent
facilitate
the device formed so that the holes adjacent to the in- to the inputs are not used (this is different from the
puts are empty when it is inserted in the boards. The standard MC1741 and LM101A pin configuration).

FIGURE 10 CONNECTION OF INPUT GUARDS


Inverting Amplifier Non-Inverting Amplifier

R1 R2 R2
Input -VW-a wv wv
R3(1)

i
4 ^>-o-i-9 Output

Frtr Input

must be an impedance.
(1) Used to compensate for large source resistances. R1 + R 2

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-53
MOTOROLA LM111
SEMICONDUCTOR LM211
TECHNICAL DATA
LM311

HIGHLY FLEXIBLE VOLTAGE COMPARATORS


HIGH PERFORMANCE
The operate from a single power supply of 5.0 to 30 volts
ability to VOLTAGE COMPARATORS
or 1 5 volt split supplies, as commonly used with operational ampli-
fiers, makes the LM1 1 1 /LM21 1/LM31 1 a truly versatile compara- SILICON MONOLITHIC
tor. Moreover, the inputs of the device can be isolated from system INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
ground while the output can drive loads referenced either to ground,
the Vcc or the Vee supply. This flexibility makes it possible to drive
DTL, RTL, TTL, or MOS logic. The output can also switch voltages to
50 volts at currents to 50 mA. Thus the LM1 1 1 /LM21 1 /LM31 1 can H SUFFIX
be used to drive relays, lamps or solenoids. METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601

TYPICAL COMPARATOR DESIGN CONFIGURATIONS


Split Power-Supply with Single Supply
Offset Balance Balance/Strobe
Inputs
3.0 k ^_o^y Balance
VCC VEE
(Top Viewl

N SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626
(LM311 Only)

J-8 SUFFIX
Ground- Referred Load

>v C c
Load Referred to
Negative Supply
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693 fWN
68 D SUFFIX
Inputs
^X^ 7 PLASTIC PACKAGE
3^Pj'' CASE 751
Output ^19
(S0-8)
L Oui
4 |Rl (LM211/LM311 Only)

vE e Gnd 1 d >D8 V CC
Input polarity Is reversed when reversed when 2C-Kj-D7 Output
Gnd pin is used as an output
Input polarity
Gnd pin is
is

used as an output.
inputs
3c ^y -,
6 Balance/Strobe
Vee 4C^ p5 Balance
Load Referred to Strobe Capability (Top View)
Positive Supply
vcci

vC c Output ORDERING INFORMATION


Device Temperature Range Package
LM111H Metal Can
-55Cto +125C
LM111J-8 Ceramic DIP
Output
LM211D SO-8
TTL LM211H -25C to +85C Metal Can
10k Strobe LM211J-8 Ceramic DIP
LM311D SO-8
LM311J-8 0C to +70X Ceramic DIP
LM311N Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-54
. 1

LM111, LM211, LM311

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)


Value

LM111
Rating Symbol LM311 Unit
LM211
Total Supply Voltage vCc + Iv eI
E 36 36 Vdc

Output to Negative Supply Voltage vo-Vee 50 40 Vdc

Ground to Negative Supply Voltage Vee 30 30 Vdc

Input Differential Voltage V|D 30 30 Vdc

Input Voltage (Note 2) Vin 15 15 Vdc

Voltage at Strobe Pin - Vcc t0 V CC~ 5 Vcc * V CC- 5 Vdc

Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics


Metal Package PD 680 mW
Derate above Ta = +25C 1//0JA 5.5 mW/C
Plastic and Ceramic Dual In-Line Packages Pd 625 mW
Derate above Ta = +25C 1/0JA 5.0 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA C
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70

Operating Junction Temperature T J(max) +150 +150 C

Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 1 5 V, VE e = -15V.T A = +25C unless otherwise noted [Note 1 ].)

S
LM111
LM211 LM311
s
Characteristic Symbol Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
Input Offset Voltage (Note 3) V|0 mV
Rs=S50kn, Ta=+25C - 0.7 3.0 - 2.0 7.5
*
RS s 50 kl, T| 0W ^ TA ^ T h ig h 4.0 10
Input Offset Current (Note 3) Ta = +25C '10 1.7 10 1.7 50 nA
T low^ T A< Thigh* _ 20 70
Input Bias Current, Ta = +25C l|B
45 100 45 250 nA
T low^ TA^ T high* 150 300
Voltage Gain AV 40 200 - 40 200 - V/mV
Response Time (Note 4) - 200 - - 200 - ns

Saturation Voltage vol V


V )D =C -5.0 mV, l = 50 mA i
0.75 1.5
V| D < -10 mV, lo = 50 mA A 0.75 1.5
/

V CC ^ 4.5 V, V EE = 0, T, ow < T A < T h g h* i

V|d ^ -6.0 mV, l


s n k s; 8.0 mA
j
0.23 0.4
V| D ^-10 mV, l
s ink^ 8.0 mA 0.23 0.4

Strobe "On" Current (Note 5) is


- 3.0 - - 3.0 - mA
Output Leakage Current
V| D 3= 5.0 mV, Vq = 35 V ) Ta = +25C 0.2 10 nA
V| D ^10mV,V O = 35V |l strobe = 3.0mA - - 0.2 50 nA
V| D 3* 5.0 mV. V = 35 V. T, ow =S TA * T h igh* 0.1 0.5 /"A

Input Voltage Range (T| ow ^ Ta < Thigh*) V|R -14.5 -14.7 to 13.0 -14.5 -14.7 to 13.0 V
13.8 13.8

Positive Supply Current 'cc


- +2.4 +6.0 - +2.4 +7.5 mA
Negative Supply Current *EE
- -1.3 -5.0 - -1.3 -5.0 mA

NOTES:
* T|
ow =-55CforLlv1111 T high = +125C for LM1 11 3. The offset voltages and offset currents given are the maximum
= -25C for LM2 1 1 = +85C for LM2 1 values required to drive the output within a volt of either supply with
= 0C for LM31 1 = +70C for LM31 a 1 .0 mA load. Thus, these parameters define an error band and take

1 Offset voltage, offset current and bias current specifications apply for into account the "worst case" effects of voltage gain and input
a supply voltage range from a single 5.0 volt supply up to 1 5 volt supplies. impedance,

2. This rating applies for 1 5 volt supplies. The positive input voltage 4. The response time specified is for a 100mV input step with 5.0 mV
limit is 30 volts above the negative supply. The negative input volt- overdrive.
age equal to the negative supply voltage or 30 volts below the
limit is
5. Do not short the strobe pin to ground; it should be current driven at
positive supply, whichever is less. 3.0 to 5.0 mA.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-55
LM111, LM211, LM311

FIGURE 1 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

200 "-O Output

o V EE

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS


FIGURE 2 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 3 - INPUT OFFSET CURRENT versus
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
HO b.U
vcc = + 15 V
vcc = +15V
V EE = -15V V EE = -15V
< 120 4.0

Pins 5 & 6 Tied,


z ^ to "CC
Pins 5 i l 6 Tied
to \'cc

<
80 2.0
Q- NorrnaU
V
* 40 1.0
Normal

+25 +50 +75 +100 +125 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
TA , TEMPERATURE (C) TA , TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 4 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 5 COMMON MODE LIMITS versus
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE
140

vcc
120 v l c - +15 V-
Helerrei to Supply Voltages
V Et i j

^T 100 o
Z
*\
i 80
J-1.5
m 60
a
a J
r n
V
I 40 X ? +0 4
m ^
20
VEE I

-16 -12 -8.0 -4.0 4.0 8.0 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V) TA , TEMPERATURE (C|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-56
LM111,LM211,LM311

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

FIGURE 6 - RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS FIGURE 7 RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS
INPUT OVERDRIVES INPUT OVERDRIVES
...
i r >

+5.0 V
I

5.0 mV N Vj P . > son n .

t: 5.0
o
* 4.0
/5.0mV \-i-OV "

3.0
20 mV-
.. 5UUU 20 mV A I -c
O
o

2.0

10
2.0 mV ~> 1
fr ( 2.0
V mV
V'
_
|
|
\
V C C = +15 V
g 100
Vge = -15 V V CC = +15V
50 "T A = +25C 1 V EE = -15V
t T A = +25C
1 1

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.3 0.4

tjLH. RESPONSE TIME M s) (


tjHL. RESPONSE TIME (jus)

FIGURE 8 - RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS FIGURE 9 - RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS
INPUT OVERDRIVES INPUT OVERDRIVES
> 1 1 1
vnr
S 15 15
<
b /
1

> Vin
O- it~] -
o
10
20 mV N
7 )VCC
10

^^
=*

2.
5.0

o //
5.0 mV^
O
5.0 '

v\ \ H +J -V-ov
>
o -5.0 Y
v
2.0 mV
-5.0 x
*\ sN ,,5.0 mV 2.0 k

V </
\
,_d 20 mV 2.0 mV

-10 > - -10 - v EE(

5
2.0 k

_ -15 -15
E EC 1

"Vcc- + is v-
1

I V CC = +15V .TA = +25C


o -50
V E e = -15 V
50 .

^ -100
TA = f 25 C
| J

1.0 1.0

tr LH . RESPONSE TIME M s) ( tjHL. RESPONSE TIME M s) (

FIGURE 10 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT FIGURE 11 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE


CHARACTERISTICS AND POWER DISSIPATION versus OUTPUT CURRENT
150
1 1

< T A = +25C
125
r\
|ioo f\
? JJ*2 P& T A = -55C

1 75 I
0.45 11 0.45

/
S || 0.30 ^
50

/
/
/
Sh irt Hir 0.30 ot
^ *A ^ T
y <? K*
' A = +25C
i 25 // 7^
/ A
/**
T A = +125C

r I I I

5.0 10 16 24 32 40 48
Vq, OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) Ig. OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-57

LM111,LM211, LM311

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Continued)

FIGURE 12 -OUTPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT FIGURE 13 POWER SUPPLY CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
3.6
I I

Tft = +25C

Positive Supply Output Low

1.8

Positive and Negative Y ower supply uutput nigrr


1,2

65 85
n J 5.0 10 15 20 25
TA , TEMPERATURE (C) V CC- V EE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 1 4 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus


TEMPERATURE
3.U

vcc = +15V
2.6
p ostive Sup ply Ou put Low VEE = -15 V

Positive and Nega ive Supply Outpu t High


1.4

i n
+25 +50 +75 +100 +125
TA TEMPERATURE |C)
,

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 15 IMPROVED METHOD OF ADDING


HYSTERESIS WITHOUT APPLYING POSITIVE FIGURE 16 CONVENTIONALTECHNIQUE FOR
FEEDBACK TO THE INPUTS ADDING HYSTERESIS
+ 15 V

7 OUtpUt Output
y

_- n vw
/vv ik
-" '

OM
1

A-15V iO.1
v T 510k
_L mF
"i

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-58
LM111, LM211, LM311

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Techniques for Avoiding Oscillations in Comparator Applications

When comparator such as the LM1 11 is used


a high-speed Since feedback to almost any pin of a comparator can result in
with high-speed input signals and low source impedances, the oscillation, the printed-circuit layout should be engineered
output response will normally be fast and stable, providing the thoughtfully. Preferably there should be a groundplane under the
power supplies have been bypassed (with 0.1 ^F disc capacitors), LM111 circuitry (e.g., one side of a double layer printed circuit
and that the output signal is routed well away from the inputs board). Ground, positive supply or negative supply foil should
(Pins 2 and 3) and also away from Pins 5 and 6. extend between the output and the inputs, to act as a guard. The
However, when the input signal is a voltage ramp or a slow foil connections for the inputs should be as small and compact as

sine wave, or if the signal source impedance is high (1 .0 kfl to possible, and should be essentially surrounded by ground foil on
100 kfi), the comparator may burst into oscillation near the all sides, to guard against capacitive coupling from any fast high-

crossing-point. This is due to the high gain and wide bandwidth level signals(such as the output). If Pins 5 and 6 are not used, they
of comparators like the LM111 series. To avoid oscillation or should be shorted together. If they are connected to a trim-pot,
instability in such a usage, several precautions are recom- the trim-pot should be located no more than a few inches away
mended, as shown in Figure 15. from the LM111, and a 0.01 nF capacitor should be installed
The trim pins(Pins 5 and 6) act as unwanted auxiliary inputs. If across Pins 5 and 6. If this capacitor cannot be used, a shielding
these pins are not connected to a trim-pot, they should be shorted printed-circuit foil may be advisable between Pins 6 and 7. The
together. If they are connected to a trim-pot, a 0.01 ^F capacitor power supply bypass capacitors should be located within a
(C1 between Pins 5 and 6 will minimize the susceptibility to ac
) couple inches of the LM1 1 1.
coupling. A smaller capacitor is used if Pin 5 is used for positive A standard procedure is to add hysteresis to a comparator to
feedback as in Figure 15. prevent oscillation, and to avoid excessive noise on the output.
Certain sources will produce a cleaner comparator output In the circuit of Figure 16, the feedback resistor of 510 kfl from
waveform if a 100 pF to 1000 pF capacitor (C2) is connected the output to the positive input will cause about 3.0 mV of
directly across the input pins. When the signal source is applied hysteresis. However, if R2 is larger than 100fl, such as 50 kfl, it
through a resistive network, R1, it is usually advantageous to would not be practical to simply increase the value of the positive
choose R2 of the same value, both for dc and for dynamic (ac) feedback resistor proportionally above 510 kfl to maintain the
considerations. Carbon, tin-oxide, and metal-film resistors have same amount of hysteresis.
all been used with good results in comparator input circuitry, but When both inputs of the LM1 1 1 are connected to active signals,
inductive wirewound resistors should be avoided. or if high-impedance signal is driving the positive input of the
a
When comparator circuits use input resistors (e.g., summing LM 1 1 1 so that positive feedback would be disruptive, the circuit
resistors), their value and placement are particularly important. of Figure 1 5 is ideal. The positive feedback is applied to Pin 5 (one
In all cases the body of the resistor should be close to the device of the offset adjustment pins). This will be sufficient to cause 1 .0
or socket. In other words, there should be a very short lead length to 2.0 mV hysteresis and sharp transitions with input triangle
or printed-circuit foil run between comparator and resistor to waves from a few Hz to hundreds of kHz. The positive-feedback
radiate or pick up signals. The same applies to capacitors, pots, signal across the 82 fl resistor swings 240 mV below the positive
etc. For example, if R1 = 10 kfl, as little as 5 inches of lead between supply. This signal is centered around the nominal voltage at Pin
the resistors and the input pins can result in oscillations that are 5, so this feedback does not add to the offset voltage of the com-
very hard to dampen. Twisting these input leads tightly is the parator. As much as 8.0 mV of offset voltage can be trimmed out,
best alternative to placing resistors close to the comparator. using the 5.0 kfl pot and 3.0 kfi resistor as shown.

FIGURE 17 - ZERO-CROSSING DETECTOR DRIVING FIGURE 18 - RELAY DRIVER WITH STROBE CAPABILITY
CMOS LOGIC

V cc = +15 V

Inputs

Output
to CMOS Logic

*Zener Diode D1
protects the comparator
VE e = -15 V from inductive kickback
-^.. and voltage transients
on tne V CC2 supply line.
Strobe

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-59
MOTOROLA LM124, LM224,
SEMICONDUCTOR LM324, LM324A
TECHNICAL DATA
LM2902

QUAD DIFFERENTIAL
INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
QUAD LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
The LM124 Series are low-cost, quad operational amplifiers INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
with true differential inputs. These have several distinct advan-
tages over standard operational amplifier types in single supply
applications. The quad amplifier can operate at supply voltages
as low as 3.0 Volts or as high as 32 Volts with quiescent currents
about one fifth MC1741 (on a per
of those associated with the
amplifier basis). The common mode input range includes the neg-
ative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for external biasing
components in many applications. The output voltage range also J SUFFIX N SUFFIX
includes the negative power supply voltage. CERAMIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
Short Circuited Protected Outputs CASE 632 CASE 646
(LM224, LM324,
True Differential Input Stage
LM2902 Only)
Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 32 Volts
D SUFFIX
Low Input Bias Currents: 100 nA Max (LM324A) PLASTIC PACKAGE
Four Amplifiers Per Package CASE 751A
Internally Compensated (SO-14)

Common Mode Range Extends to Negative Supply


Industry Standard Pinouts Pir iicoNiy IECTIOAIS

Out ,_ -. Out
MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted) 1 LL 3 4

Rating Symbol
LM124
LM224
LM324.A LM2902 Unit
Inputs j
1
E
IE
vcc E
> -< $\
mf
Inputs
4

Power Supply Voltages Vdc


^ Gnd
Single Supply vcc 32 26 Inputs i\L ioli Inputs
Split Supplies VCC. V EE 16 13 3
El
Input Differential Voltage Range (1) V|DR 32 26 Vdc Out r-

Input Common Mode Voltage Range V ICR -0.3 to 32 -0.3 to 26 Vdc 2 E -1

Input Forward Current (2) if 50 mA (Top View)


(V| < -0.3 V)

Output Short Circuit Duration ts Continuous ORDERING INFORMATION


Junction Temperature Tj C Device Temperature Range Package
Ceramic Package 175
LM124J -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP
Plastic Packages 150
LM2902D SO-14
Storage Temperature Range T stg C -40 to +105
Ceramic Package -65 to +150 LM2902N Plastic DIP

Plastic Packages -55 to +125 LM2902J - 40 to + 85C Ceramic DIP

Operating Ambient Temperature TA C LM224D SO-14


Range LM224J -25 +85C Ceramic DIP
LM124 -55 to +125 to

LM224 -25 to +85 LM224N Plastic DIP

LM324 to +70 LM324AD SO-14


LM324A Oto +70 LM324AN Plastic DIP
LM2902 -40 to +105
LM324D to +70C SO-14
NOTES.
LM324J Ceramic DIP
(1) Split Power Supplies.
(2) This input current will only exist when the voltage is negative at any of the input leads. LM324N Plastic DIP
Normal output states will reestablishwhen the input voltage returns to a voltage greater
than -0.3 V.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-60
1

LM124, LM224, LM324A LM2902

> O > > < <


> <c <c > > E ca ca CO
> > <
3 E
a. Q. >
T3 o a E E 1 1 E E

X o o o o
in o CJ o
CO
s cn in 3s o CO
o o q cn
s 1 1

1 1
> 1 1 1 1 1
CO 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 to
CM
o a O o o o
91
> O o o o o o o O o
S s
1
CM
E K
1 i
7 i 1 1 1
1 P-* 1 1
in *t CN CN 00 1 1 1

c o o o o oq
2 1 1 1 i i 1 i i
o o 1 1 1 1 in o as 1
i

1 1 1

X o q o o
in o o
IB

s r^ oS 1
gs 1
CO
co cm (J
> 1 1 1 1 i
CO
CO 1 1
o 1 1 1 1 1
o
CO
q cm

1 1

CM o o o
n q o o o o o oo o
s S I p^ S i 1 1 1
1 1
o 1 1 8 lh ^ o
CM cm in
oo i i

c m OO o q
i i i i i 1 i i
o o 1
in
1 (D
in o co r^
CM <N 1 -
cm
in - i i i

X o o
o o
o U
CO q q o o in
o 2 CJ CO o o q cm
CM ^
co
s r-*
> i i 1 i i
CO 1 1 CM 1 1 i i i CO CO r-^

a o o
CM
> q o CM o o o O O o o o o
CO
s 5 l
S i

T ' 1 1 1
1 i r-. 1 1 S in Tf CN CN 00 ^
_l

o c m OO o q
c S I l i i i 1 1 1
o o 1
in in
1 CO CO o CO p-
i
cm
1 i i

o o o o
o
1 a s in
s
CJ
CJ
CO o o O CM
CM s i 1

> i i 1 i 1
CO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CO CO ^
o s o o O o
a.
> o s o s q * o
o CN oq m
o o
CM
H i
S 1
7 I 1 1 1
1 i 1 1 cn oo 1 1

c
I e o o o o o q
-1
S i i I 1 1 1 i I
o o 1 m in
cm 1 to o to (--
l
cn
1 1 1

O H r-
o < cc cc cc X
E O o
Q
m Q d cc
5
cc
cc
o o d +
O _o
CJ

i en
> > <1
> > 1

u
en
a. > > > p
"O
c
O
LU CD o
>
LU a)
3 z o
G o 3 o z > ^- K
> o > u K
o
1o i 1"
q II
c o 1

CO 1! i 1- Scr
CN O]
II
cc O O - o o CJ CJ 5>
CJ 2

*~ O JZ. - CJ
> Oo
CN -*
o a 3 o
Z > T3
o
o><m
G "
>
_c
Q. II
o j ii ii

> o
ll

< c - O
(0
5
OJ
1 ? en
ecer
1
q o .p>
o II "o O
f
""-
.-
1
ii

_,5 z CD . 8
1-
t/>
a
O > co
c P
CO
p CD
a>
coo u
_
cc o ^' < ac K?3 "

c o 5 ^ 0>
cc a >> 1
a) en en
o> CM CN 3
C7)

1 G
' 3
UJ
t-
Is
O 2
o| %
z oz
o
z
S 5
-
5
-
cc
lil Q.
c
cc
c cc ill i ^ 5
O
O o 1
o 1 1
eg '3
CJ
>^ o > ai o c o ""
ii
s tit
< I 0) 3 3 co 3 3 o S ii 5 I o 5 o ii
o
c "-
cc o o
?>> * >
> > O CO o CJ K II

> ^ U
3 - o CO A\ II ,-,
< K S^ o c '6T CO

ir
*- > S >
'5
X o'o ~ TO
t o
>g CO <D .9 S cc '5T
to
cc cc
1 CO CO 1
u o >' is>
o i: <- .c <5 s s 1 2 cc
&>" % -p>~
o
_l S > cy
^o>
-
c
E
^c "
f
- j=
a
>>
Poo
a.
c 1
a*~
V/
>-
Is 2oi>o >o O "u c
c3 -
"~
P
m -p^
S'o
c ao
< in ,-c E 3 | nn Sol5 to a. TO
|nh 9
?o
-

u a> f a; v/ a. -g co co
o" e a co in
*H - >-H >s
N > l
E 2>CM N 3
K II '
ai
TO
*""
O II II
c w < s5
||

CO > II II II
to ii
II II
.. CO CO II II

O) O 55 uo I W O
a O
ll II O) II ii


II
3 " U 3 3 3 " 3
3 U O S, _|i- a o ej O a
H< H<
fc c q <5
_i a.
UJ
_l a> > = l<
al- a> >
CO

.c
*" i
o 3 = 3>> 3 > s-
3 5^ > 3
111 < _p < _p c b CJ CJ a. O o o o o O a.

NOTES:
(1) T| 0W = -55Cfor LM124 T high = +125Cfor LM124
= -40Cfor LM2902 = +85Cfor LM224
= - 25C for LM224 = +70Cfor LM324,A
= 0C for LM324.A = + 105C for LM2902
(21 The input common-mode voltage or either input signal voltage
should not be allowed to go negative by more than 0.3 V. The
upper end of the common-mode voltage range is Vqq - 1.7 V.
(31 Short circuits from the output to Vcc c a n cause excessive heating
and eventual destruction. Destructive dissipation can result from
simultaneous shorts on all amplifiers.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-61
)

LM124, LM224, LM324A LM2902

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC Bias Circuitry

(One-Fourth of Circuit Shown) Common to Four


Outpu
Amplifiers

LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE


FOLLOWER RESPONSE of each consists of differential input devices Q20 and
Q18 with input buffer transistors Q21 and Q17 and
the differential Q3 and Q4.
to single ended converter
The first performs not only the first stage gain
stage
function but also performs the level shifting and trans-
conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans-
conductance a smaller compensation capacitor (only 5 pF
can be employed, thus saving chip area. The transcon
ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col-
lectors of Q20 andQ18. Another feature of this input
stage is that the inputcommon-mode range can include
the negative supply or ground, in single supply operation,
without saturating either the input devices or the dif
ferential to single-ended converter. The second stage con
sists of a standard current source load amplifier stage.

Each amplifier is biased from an internal-voltage regu


CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
lator which has a low temperature coefficient thus giving
The LM124 Series is made using four internally com- each amplifier good temperature characteristics as well as
pensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first stage excellent power supply rejection.

SINGLE SUPPLY SPLIT SUPPLIES


3.0 V to V cc(Max , _
( _
V CC v ccx
6
"T^ I'
O-H
3

HI ji
~1
rw
H -o
~

v E e1
* V EE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-62
LM124, LM224, LM324A LM2902

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 - INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY


20 120
III
vcc = 5V
18
=
- 100 -Vee 3nd
- 16 ta = 25 C

S 14 i 1 80
>
12
a S < 60
< Neg tive IE H-
ti 10 < ->
_l o
o Ji> 40
2 8.0

<s
To sitive z 20

2.0

1.0 100 1.0 k 10 k


2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16
VCC/VEE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 4- SMALL-SIGNAL VOLTAGE FOLLOWER


PULSE RESPONSE
FIGURE 3 - LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE (Non-Inverting)

14 550

R kS2 .

= 15V
vcc
= Gnd
VEE

R| = 1 k2

RF = 100 kH .

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0

f, FREQUENCY (kHz) t, TIME (/is)

FIGURE 5 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1

Tfl = 25C
R =
< 90

3
<

5 0.6 m
o
S 0.3

2.0 4.0 6.0 8 10 12 14 16 18


5.0 10 15 20 25

VcC, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) VCC. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-63
)

LM124, LM224, LM324,A, LM2902

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 7 - VOLTAGE REFERENCE - WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR


FIGURE 8

Vref

2 TT RC
For f
Q = 1 kHz
Vo = 2.5V(1 + R = 16 kfl
C = 0.01 MF

FIGURE 9 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER FIGURE 10 - COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

V inL !
V inH
Vref

(VOL- v ref> + V ref

IVQH-Vrefl* V ref
e = C (1 + a + b) (e2 - el

OH - v OL>

FIGURE 11 - Bl QUAD FILTER

V ref = r V CC

Notch Output R=i60kn


C = 0.001 MF
R1 - 1.6 Mft
Vref
Where Tgp Center Frequency Gain R 2 =16 MSI
TN = Paisband Notch Gain R3 _ , g Mfi

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-64
LM124, LM224, LM324,A, LM2902

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION (continued)

FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR FIGURE 13 -MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER

(-v c

Given f = Center Frequency


A(f )
= Gain at Center Frequency

Choose Value !, C

R1
2 A(f Q )

R1 B3
4Q^ R1 - R3

For less than 10% error from operational amplifier

Qo'c
<0.1 Where f Q and BW are expressed in Hz
BW
If source impedance varies, filter may be preceded with voltage

follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-65
MOTOROLA LM139, A
SEMICONDUCTOR LM239, A LM2901
TECHNICAL DATA
LM339, A MC3302
QUAD SINGLE SUPPLY COMPARATORS
These comparators are designed for use in level detection, low-
level sensing and memory applications in Consumer Automotive
and Industrial electronic applications.
QUAD COMPARATORS
Single or Split Supply Operation
SILICON MONOLITHIC
Low 25 nA(Typ)
Input Bias Current INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Low Input Offset Current 5.0 nA (Typ)
Low Input Offset Voltage 1 .0 mV (Typ LM1 39A Series)
InputCommon-Mode Voltage Range to Gnd
Low Output Saturation Voltage 30 mV (Typ)1 @ 4.0 mA
TTL and CMOS Compatible mflfifr N, P SUFFIX

WrrU\rv\\\l PLASTIC PACKAGE


MAXIMUM RATINGS II

CASE 646
- JfPi u
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Power Supply Voltage LM139, A/LM239, A/ vcc + 36 or 18 Vdc
LM339A/LM2901 J. L SUFFIX
iS^ tU
Input Differential Voltage Range
MC3302
V|DR
+ 30 or 15
Vdc
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632
WWmi
J^IJltL
LM139, A/LM239, A/LM339, A/LM2901 36
MC3302 30
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V|CR -0.3 to Vcc Vdc
14
^^
^<F-'
D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
Output Short-Circuit to Gnd (Note 1) Continuous
'sc
(SO-14)
Input Current (Vj n < -0.3 Vdc) (Note 2) in 50 mA
Power Dissipation (a TA = 25C PD
Ceramic Package 1.0 Watts
Derate above 25C 8.0 mW/C PIN CONNECTIONS
Plastic Package 1.0 Watts
Derate above 25C 8.0 mW/C
Junction Temperature Tj C
Ceramic & Metal Package 175
Plastic Package 150
Operating Ambient Temperature Range ta C
LM139, A -55 to +125
LM239, A -25 to +85
MC3302 -40 to +85
LM2901 -40 to +105
LM339, A Oto +70
Storage Temperature Range T stg - 65 to + 1 50 C
|

(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
LM139J, AJ -55Cto +125C Ceramic DIP
LM239D, AD SO-14
LM239J, AJ -25Cto + 85C Ceramic DIP
LM239N, AN Plastic DIP

LM339D, AD SO-14
LM339J, AJ 0Cto +70C Ceramic DIP
LM339N, AN Plastic DIP

LM2901D SO-14
-40C to +105C
LM2901N Plastic DIP

MC3302L Ceramic DIP


-40Cto +85C
MC3302P Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-66
LM139A LM239A LM339A LM2901, MC3302

o < > < > > <


<c > < E < > <c > <c
3 > c E C a. E E 3 E
c E a. I
E >

o 8 P 8 p O
8 8 8 o
S > i
1
1 1 1 ' 1

i 1 > i r- >
CN CN
O a p O
<<> p o " o CO
>
(>> 8 o 8 CO
p 1 I 1 1 1

u 1-
1 1
1 '

w
Z S
c o c
o o
S 1 l l 1 1 l 1
cb 1 1
i 1 1 I 1 I 1

o p o q 8 CJO p o
a in
8 8 8
S > i
1 l ' 1 1

I +1 +i > i >
o a p o
p 00o " o o.
0>
CM > 8 1
6 ~ 8 8 s d 1 i I 1 1 1 1

S S
c
c o P
s i 1 i I 1 1 1

2 1 I 1 o 1 1 l 1 to 1 1

p o o o o oo 8
ce p |
8 8 <->c\i
p >"
S > i
i l 1 1 1

0) s > 1

CO
o CO
CO a p p CO
8 " o a
>
>
1- 8 1
p
|

'
8 to
d
0) 1 I 1 1 1 1 1

0) +1 +1
CO
CN S c
2 c
o o o
1 l 1 1 1 i l 1 1 1
S 1 I 1 1 1 1

p 8 8
uin p 1
o
8 8 oo
Ofsj 8 p o
u
2 +1 > 7 i I 1 1

1 1

I > 1 >
0)
a p " o CO a
co
> p 8 d 8 8 to
CO
d > 1 I I 1 1 1 1

i +l
1
'

i T +
r a= .|
c o c
o I
o 1 o
i 1 i 1 i 1 1
1 I i 1 i 1
CO 1 1

U
o o o o p oo 8 o
< p 1

< p o
01 1 > V i I 1 1

1 1
en s +i ><->CN I >
CO
to
CO CO
a
i
Srt> >l
"Co
4 > p 8
a p 00 1

8 8 CO o <
3 1

0)
1
6 ' 2 d en I-
1 I
I 1 1 1 1
| a o, A 6 II
ii
J.2 ^
pi
C] ,,-Fi!
CN
2 c o p S c t fell I
81
o o o|l
1 1 l 1 1 1 I 1 1 1
i 1 I I 1 1 1

O E e S SC3H-
p 8 8 p o
8 8 oo o
o p o
o =? O.SS8
o.- S S ~
i

C S > 1 i 1 1
1 1

I >0(N > sSs


.

<
i

<
1

Ssl
9)
a p p " CO o a a !!li
| 8 1
6 '
8 8 d 1 I i 1 1 1 1
"O
i
c o
i iiJl Pi
o o o t
I l 1 1 1 I 1
CO 1 1

1 I
i 1 1 1

o *'o|j
C II!
" a
u g o > 8 &)
yi
"5 o
o m o m g o a 8 I "5 + ?
> g o _o ? c
> o > > _p >
I 1

1 > COS
-c
< O * "* >5?
2, = <? 3 <* * ^. tt CO
'* 3 *r 3- lc
a E
ii
p 0.2
> o -o

u 3 1 =E
o a.E " -o " "
>
< <
3 = E S c 5 J !il
to
o > E
1
E 3
O
O g BOhh 111
o o I E
P p o 5 1 S
(O
V/ c Ml i 5 c "P o x en 2
JI 3 a
i O e
o oc c
o 525 2 ECS!
1- > > > m rr

O . $ 5" 5" the

< * 1 E p o" o" p" o" d destru


basej
compa

> The This

to LM139 LM239
ill
z Io ?
is TES:
OC c -p c z > c T
< a z > co > z O- -* in <o

X u z (c M
> u > 1> CN CO

c 1 o 1 *> 1 =
c >
HH
o c ">
O)

c 2 > .
2 5
15 V P >5 4
3
< > o c
I? u
s > o |I

o
a 3
c
5
I
|
H>
" 8
Sit; H O
s - F Z s8"
<3
55 A
c + ^
1 A
i
E 1?
i A\
2 A\

o m- o u c " o s o E>
u 3
3
3 a _j j & A\
_| & S _i a a! a
CD
~ a -% 3
it
3 O aT
3
-s.
111
a. as a or a: > > s> O5 > COi> o5 > a a I? 3 >
Ui c c w > oc
fe
CO o 5

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-67
LM139A LM239A LM339A LM2901, MC3302

FIGURE 2 INVERTING COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS FIGURE 3 - NON-INVERTING COMPARATOR WITH


HYSTERESIS

Rref
Vref
+ v cc

<i ov

V CC R1
Vref + R1
Rref

Vref *
R r6 f R2 * R1//R ref

R3= Rl // R re f//R2 Amount of Hysteresis V^j


R1// Rref
-v R2
R2 (Vomax Om,n) V 0min
R3 '"Omax
R1|//R ref + - )

R2 +

R2R re f//R1
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc = + 15 Vdc, T/\ = +25C (each comparator) unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 4 NORMALIZED INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE FIGURE 5 INPUT BIAS CURRENT

48

42

SJ 120 f 36 Ta = -55C
"""^ +25C
> 30
|
1 i-oo
I 24 -T A = +

CO
t- 18
< Cu
1 S
o
z
0.80
-* X m . 12

6.0

nun -

-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 4.0 8.0 12 16 20 24 28 32

T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)


,
VCC (Vdc)

FIGURE 6 OUTPUT SINK CURRENT versus


OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE

TA = + 25C
T A = -5 5C /

TA = H25C
//
/
//

100 200 300 400

Vsat OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE (mV)


.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-68
LM139A LM239A LM339A LM2901, MC3302

FIGURE 7 - DRIVING LOGIC FIGURE 8 - SQUAREWAVE OSCILLATOR


V CC >4 V

VREF

VccO
Rs -
Source Resistance
R1 =* R S

VCC L
LOGIC DEVICE Volts kI2

CMOS 1/4MC14001 + 15 100


R3 = R4
TTL 1/4MC7400 +5 10
= R2//R3//R4

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

These quad comparators feature high gain, wide also recommended.


bandwidth characteristics. This gives the device oscil- It isgood design practice to ground all unused input
lation tendencies if the outputs are capacitively coupled pins.
to the inputs via stray capacitance. This oscillation man- Differential input voltages may be larger than supply
during output transistions (Vol to V 0H>- To
ifests itself voltages without damaging the comparator's inputs.
alleviate this situation input resistors < 10 kft should Voltages more negative than -300 mV should not be
be used. The addition of positive feedback (<10 mV) is used.

FIGURE 9 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR FIGURE 10 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR


(Single Supply) (Split Supplies)

0.4 V peak for 1% phase distortion (AW)

V IN
V|N
R4 > R5 .

?1 220 k S 220 k ;

ov k.
p
/

vo
v cc~ 1

v o- 1

1 -A0
D1 prevents input from going negative by more than 0.6 V.
1

R1 + R2- R3

R3 * 5 fof smalt error in zero crossing

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-69
MOTOROLA LM148
SEMICONDUCTOR LM248
TECHNICAL DATA
LM348

(QUAD MC1741)
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT
(QUAD MC1 741) OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS SILICON MONOLITHIC
The LM148 series is a true quad MC1741. Integrated on a single INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
monolithic chip are four independent, low power operational
amplifiers which have been designed to provide operating
charac-
teristics identical to those of the industry
standard MCI 741, and
can be applied with no change in circuit performance. In addition,
the total supply current for all four amplifiers is comparable
the supply current of a single
offset currents and input
theMC1741 industry standard.
The LM148 can be used in applications where
or high packing density is
MC1741. Other
bias currents
to
features include input
which are much less

amplifier matching
important. Other applications include high
than
0m J SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632

impedance buffer amplifiers and active filter amplifiers. N SUFFIX


PLASTIC PACKAGE
Each Amplifier is Functionally Equivalent to the MC1 741 CASE 646 Ifllffll
Low Input Offset and Input Bias Currents

Class AB Output Stage Eliminates Crossover Distortion


D SUFFIX
Pin Compatible with MC3503 and LM1 24 PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
True Differential Inputs
1 (SO-14)
Internally Frequency Compensated
Short Circut Protection
Low Power Supply
PIN CONNECTIONS
Current (0.6 mA/Amplifier)

Out VJ
1
1 14

pk
2 13
'

Inputs
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 1 |

3 12
(1/4 of Circuit Shown)

V CC 4 11

10
Inputs I

Inputs
NON INVERTING '
'

INPUT
ri*] 9
3

Out
2
7
'
f, 8

(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
LM148J -55 to +125X Ceramic DIP
LM248J Ceramic DIP
-25 to +85C
LM248N Plastic DIP

LM348D SO-14
LM348J to + 70C Ceramic DIP
LM348N Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-70
LM148, LM248, LM348

MAXIMUM RATINGS (TA = + 25C unless otherwise noted)


Rating Symbol LM148 LM248/LM348 Unit

Power Supply Voltage vcc + 22 + 18 Vdc


vee -22 -18 Vdc

Input Differential Voltage V|D 44 36 Volts

Input Common Mode Voltage V|CM 22 18 Volts

Output Short Circuit Duration S Continuous

Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -55 to +125 |


-25 to +85 |
Oto+70 C

Storage Temperature Range T stg C


Ceramic Package -65 to +150
Plastic Package -55 to +125
Junction Temperature Tj C
Ceramic Package 175
Plastic Package 150

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, V EE = "15 V,T A = 25 C unless otherwise noted)


LM148 LM248/348
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage VlO - 1.0 5.0 1.0 6.0 mV


(R S < 10 k)
- 4.0 25 - 4.0 50 nA
Input Offset Current ho
Input Bias Current l|B
- 30 100 - 30 200 nA
Input Resistance rj 0.8 2.5 - 0.8 2.5 - Ma
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR 12 - - 12 - - V
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av 50 160 25 160 " V/mV
(R L >2.0k,V = 10V)
Channel Separation - - -120 -120 ~~ dB
(f = 1.0 Hz to 20 kHz)
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 90 - 70 90 ~ dB
(R S < 10 k)

Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR 77 96 77 96 ~~ dB


(R S < 10 k)

Output Voltage Swing v V


(R L > 10 k) 12 13 - 12 13 -
(R L > 2 k) 10 12 10 12
Output Short -Circuit Current - 25 - - 25 - mA
'os

Supply Current (All Amplifiers) - 2.4 3.6 - 2.4 4.5 mA


'D
Small Signal Bandwidth (A v = 1) BW - 1.0 - - 1.0 - MHz
Phase Margin (A v =1) 0m - 60 - - 60 - degrees

Slew Rate (A v = 1) SR - 0.5 - - 0.5 - V/ms

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15V, V EE =-15V,T A = <


Thigh to T|ow ur, e ss
l otherwise noted)

Input Offset Voltage VlO - - 6.0 - - 7.5 mV


(RS< 10 kn)
Input Offset Current ho nA
LM148 - - 75 - - -
LM248 - - - - - 125
LM348 - - - - - 100
Input Bias Current 'IB
nA
LM148 - - 325 - - -
LM248 - - - - - 500
LM348 - - - - - 400
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR 12 - - 12 - - V
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av 25 - - 15 - - V/mV
(R L > 2 k, Vo = 10V)
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 90 - 70 90 - dB
(R s < 10 k)

Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR 77 96 - 77 96 - dB


(R S < 10 k)
Output Voltage Swing v V
(R L > 10k) 12 13 - 12 13 -
(R L > 2 k) 10 12 - + 10 12 -
*
T high = 125C for LM148, 85C for LM248, and 70C for LM348. T !ow = -55C LM148, -25C for LM248, and 'C for LM348.
for
C

NOTE: Any of the amplifier outputs can be shorted to ground indefinitely; however, more than one should not be sin lultaneously shorted
or the maximum junction temperature will be exceeded.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-71
LM148, LM248, LM348

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
^15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc. T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted).

FIGURE 1 - POWER BANDWIDTH


(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE

Nil III
*

K
t
\ 3
t
\\ 3
3
+40

( /OLTA GEF( LL0\ HER) |

T HD< 5% \
1 +20
\ t

\
s"

-?n
1.0 k
1.0 k 10 k 100 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 3 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 4 - NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus LOAD RESISTANCE

I
!
I I
I I II
15 V SUPPLIES

15 V SUPPLIES

12 V

-9.0 + 1? V

9V
-7

-6.0 9V
-5.0
6 V

3.0
6V

1 I

500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 7.0 k 10 k 500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 7.0 k 10 k
R|_, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) RL, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 5 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus


LOAD RESISTANCE (Single Supply Operation)

+27 V

+24 V

+21 V

+ 18 V

+ 15 V

+ 12 V

+9.0

+6.0
+5.0
V

V
V 1

3.0 4.1 I 6.0 6.0 7.0

RL, LOAD RESISTANCE (kf2)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-72
LM148, LM248, LM348

FIGURE 7 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


FIGURE 6 NONINVERTING PULSE RESPONSE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
105

100

-
S 96

/ w OUTPUT
if qn
J,
<
ti 85
J
J o
>
ii\ PUT i w

10ms/DIV 70
2 4 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20
VCC IVEEI. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 8 VOLTAGE REFERENCE FIGURE 9 WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR

Vref

V ref = V CC For = 1 kHz


i f

R = 16 kft
Vn 2.5 V(1 +
C= 0.01 MF
1

FIGURE 10 HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER FIGURE 11 COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

H /sterea

OH
I

vo

'OL V ir L V nH
J

Vref

""- (Vql - v ref> + v ref


R1 + R2
R1
V inH= V OH - Vref) + v ref
<
R1 + R2
en = C (1 + a + b) (e2 -e1)
H -=T^J< V OH-V L>

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-73
LM148, LM248, LM348

FIGURE 12 - HIGH IMPEDANCE INSTRUMENTATION BUFFER/FILTER

FIGURE 13 - FUNCTION GENERATOR

v ref " ~ V CC

4CR f R1

FIGURE 14 - BI-QUAD FILTER

R = 160kn
c = o.ooi mf Notch Output
R1 = 1.6 Mfi
R2 = 1.6 Mfl
Vref Tgp = Center Frequency Gain
R3 = 1.6 MH =
Tfvj Passband Notch Gain

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-74
LM148, LM248, LM348

FIGURE 15 - ABSOLUTE VALUE DVM FRONT END


0.5 MF

MSD6150
500
ws>
k
*

0.5 MF 2
ii^
1 M Common
Mode
ir
-
Adjust
-

LM 148> Polarity
v Cc

J D>
LM148 Quad Op-Amp

Bridge Null Adjust

VEE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-75
)

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM158, LM258,
TECHNICAL DATA LM358, LM2904

DUAL DIFFERENTIAL
DUAL LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS INPUT
Utilizing the circuit designs perfected for recently introduced
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
Quad Operational Amplifiers, these dual operational amplifiers
SILICON MONOLITHIC
feature low power drain, 2) a common mode input voltage range
1)
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
extending to ground/VEE, 3) Single Supply or Split Supply operation
and 4) pin outs compatible with the popular MC1558 dual operational
amplifier. The LM158 Series is equivalent to one-half of an LM124.
These amplifiers have several distinct advantages over standard
operational amplifier types in single supply applications. They can
operate supply voltages as low as 3.0 Volts or as high as 32 Volts
at
with quiescent currents about one-fifth of those associated with the
MC1741 (on a per amplifier basis). The common mode input range 8" "\
includes the negative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for
external biasing components in many applications. The output voltage
H SUFFIX
range also includes the negative power supply voltage. METAL PACKAGE
Short Circuit Protected Outputs CASE 601
True Differential Input Stage
Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 32 Volts
Low Input Bias Currents
J SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
Internally Compensated CASE 693
Common Mode Range Extends to Negative Supply
Single and Split Supply Operation
N SUFFIX
Similar Performance to the Popular MC1558 PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626
D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
MAXIMUM RATINGS CASE 751
(T A = +25C unless otherwise noted
(SO-8)
LM158
LM258 Output a (T l] Vcc
Rating Symbol LM358 LM2904 Unit
Power Supply Voltages
Vdc iti-K. I 3 Output b
Single Supply v cc 32 26
Split Supplies + 16 puts B
vcc.Vee 13 V EE /Gnd[4
Input Differential Voltage Range V IDR
^"j[)
(1 32 26 Vdc (Top Vii
Input Common Mode Voltage Range (2) V ICR -0.3 to 32 -0.3 to 26 Vdc
Input Forward Current (3) -
if 50 mA ORDERING INFORMATION
(V, < -0.3 V)

Output Short Circuit Duration Temperature


ts Conti nuous Device Range Package
Junction Temperature Tj C LM158H Metal Can
Ceramic and Metal Packages 175 -55 to + 125C
Plastic Package LM158J Ceramic DIP
150
Storage Temperature Range T stg LM2904D SO-8
C -40 to + 105T
Ceramic and Metal Packages -65 LM2904N
tc + 150 Plastic DIP
Plastic Package
-55 to + 125 LM2904J Ceramic DIP
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 to + 85T
C LM2904H
LM158 Metal Can
-55 to +125
LM258 -25 to +85 LM258D SO-8
LM358 to +70 LM258H Metal Can
LM2904 -25 to +85X
-40to+105| LM258J Ceramic DIP
NOTES: LM258N Plastic DIP
(1) Split Power Supplies.
For Supply Voltages LM358D SO-8
(2) than 32 V for the LM 1 58/258/358 and 26 V for the LM2904,
less
the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the LM358H
supply voltage. Metal Can
(3) This input current will only exist when the voltage is negative to + 70C
at any of the input leads
Normal output states will reestablish when the input voltage returns to a voltage LM358J Ceramic DIP
greater
LM358N Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-76
LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (v cc = 5.0 v, V EE = Gnd,T A = 25 C unless othe wise noted)

LM158/LM258 LM358 LM2904


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage V|0 mV


Vcc = 5.0 V to 30 V (26 V for LM2904),
V|C = V to Vcc - .7 V, Vq ^
1 1 -4 V, Rs = o n
- 2.0 5.0 - 2.0 7.0 " 2.0 7.0
TA = 25C
= 7.0 9.0 10
TA T high toT| ow (Note 1)
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV| /AT - 7.0 ~ ~ 7.0 7.0 MV/C
TA = Thigh to T| ow (Note 1)

Input Offset Current iio


~ 3.0 30 5.0 50 5.0 50 nA
= Thigh toT| ow (Note 1) 100 - 150 - 45 200
Ta
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current AI|q/AT 10 10 10 pA/C
Ta = Thigh tT| om (Note 1)
Input Bias Current -45 -150 -45 -250 -45 -250 nA
I
IB
No te D - -50 -300 - -50 -500 - -50 -500
TA = T hi gh to T| 0W (

Input Common-Mode Voltage Range (Note 2) V ICR V


= 30 V (26 V for LM2904)
- 28.3 " 28.3 " 24.3
Vcc
V C C = 30 V (26 V for LM2904), T A = T h to T| ow 28 28 24
j
gh
Range V IDR - - vcc - - vCc - - vcc V
Differential Input Voltage

Large Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain AvOL V/mV


v O Swing, 100 25 100 - 100 "
R = 2.0 kn, Vcc = I 5 v For l- ar 9 e
L -
50
T A = T h igh to T, ow (Note 1) 25 - 15 -

Channel Separation _ ~ -120 -120 -120 dB


1 .0 kHz < f < 20 kHz, Input Referenced

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 85 ~ 65 70 " 50 70 dB


R s < 10 kn
PSRR 65 100 - 65 100 - 50 100 " dB
Power Supply Rejection Ratio
Output Voltage Range VOR _ 3.3 3.3 3.3 V
RL = 2 kn (R L > 10 k for LM2904)
Output Voltage-High Limit (T A = Thigh t0 T| OW )(Note 1 V H V
" 26 - 22
V C C = 30 V (26 V for LM2904), R L = 2 kil 26
28 27 28 23 24 _
V C C = 30 V (26 V for LM2904), R L = 10 kft 27

Output Voltage Low Limit V L


" 5.0 20 5.0 20 5.0 20 mV
Vcc = 5-0 V, R L = 10 kn, T A = Th i
gh
to T| ow (Note 1

Output Source Current io+ 20 40 20 40 20 40 mA


V|D = +1-0 V, V CC = 15 V
Output Sink Current 'O-
V| D = -1.0 V, V C c = 15 V 10 20 " 10 20 " 10 20 mA
: /"A
V| D = -1-0 V, V = 200mV 12 50 12 50

Output Short Circuit to Ground (Note 31 os


- 40 60 - 40 60 - 40 60 mA
Power Supply Current (T A = Thigh t0 T| ow )(Note 1 'cc
mA
V CC = 30 V (26 V for LM2904), V = V, R L = - 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 - 1.5 3.0

Vcc = 5 V, Vq = V, R|_ = 0.7 1.2 _ 0.7 1.2 0.7 1.2

NOTES:
(1) T|ow = -55Cfor LM158 T h igh = + 125C for LM158
= -40C for LM2904 = + 105C for LM2904
= - 25C for LM258 = +85C for LM258
= 0C for LM358 = +70C for LM358

(2) The input common-mode voltage or either input signal voltage


should not be allowed to go negative by more than 0.3 V. The
upper end of the common-mode voltage range is Vcc
_ 1.7 V.

(3) Short circuits from the output to Vcc can cause excessive heating
and eventual destruction. Destructive dissipation can result from
simultaneous shorts on all amplifiers.

SINGLE SUPPL Y SPLIT SUPPLIES

3.0 V to V cc (Max)
^
'|l v Cc v cc_4

l 1.5 V to v cc (Max)
n o
[
a
B t o
- 1.5 V to V EE (Max)
r
vEe
I v EE /Gnd
\r

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-77
1

LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC Bias Circuitry


(One-Half of Circuit Shown) Common to Both

V EE /Gnd

LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION


FOLLOWER RESPONSE
The LM158 is made using two internally com-
Series
1
pensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first stage
v cc = 15 Vdc
= 2 k n - of each consists of differential input devices Q20 and
= 25 D c Q18 with input buffer transistors Q21 and Q17 and
the differential to single ended converter
Q3 and Q4.
The first performs not only the first stage gain
stage
1 1 1 till I i | | 1

function but also performs the level shifting and trans-


conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans-
\ 7 conductance a smaller compensation capacitor (only 5 pF)
can be employed, thus saving chip area. The transcon-
\
\ /
/
' ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col-
lectors of Q20 andQ18. Another feature of this input
stage is common-mode range can include
that the input
the negative supply or ground, in single supply operation,
without saturating either the input devices or the dif-
ferential to single-ended converter. The second stage con-
sists of a standard current source load amplifier stage.
Each amplifier is biased from an internal voltage regu-
latorwhich has a low temperature coefficient thus giving
each amplifier good temperature characteristics as well as
excellent power supply rejection.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-78
LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

- INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY


FIGURE 1

20

1I8

a*'

uj 12
S Negi tive
5 10
o
* 8.0

| 6.0
\o sitive

> 4.0

2.0

100 1.0 k 10 k
2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Vcc/VEE, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

FIGURE 4 - SMALL-SIGNAL VOLTAGE FOLLOWER


PULSE RESPONSE
(Non-Inverting)
FIGURE 3- LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE
550
VCC = 30V
VEE = Gnd
500 Ta = 25C
Cl - 50 pF
% 450

< 400
^Output
>
t-

|
o

350

300

250
s
200

a
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
10 100

f, FREQUENCY (kHz)
t.TIMEM

FIGURE 5 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

2.4
| |

TA - 25C
2.1
Rl
WO
1.8

1.5

1.2

0.9
IbO

0.6

0.3

un
2.0 4.0 6.0 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
5.0 10 15 20 25 30
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) VCC. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
VCC.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-79
LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 7 - VOLTAGE REFERENCE FIGURE 8 - WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR

50 k

""X\4 i c>

5.0 k I
! I

Vref

2n RC
Vref = ~ V cc
For f
Q = 1 kHz
V = 2.5 V(1 +^) R = 16 kil
C = 0.01 mF

FIGURE 9 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER


FIGURE 10 - COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

H ysteres is

OH

OL V in L I
V nH
Vref

(V <-- v r.f>*V r . f
HWR2
VinH =
WTVRl (v H-v ref ).v ref
e = C (1 + a + b) (e2 - e1)
R1
H =
Rl + R2 OH - Vni
(VnH OL )

FIGURE 11 - Bl QUAD FILTER

Vref = = V CC

R1 = 1.6 Mil
Where T BP = Center Frequency Gain
Vref R2-1.6M
TN = Passband Notch Gain R3 - 1 6 Mil

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-80
LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION (continued)

FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR

4 CRf R1 R2 + R1

FIGURE 13 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER

>v ref v ref = - v cc

f
Q
= Center Frequency
Gain at Center Frequency

Choose Value f . C
Then

2 A(f )

R1 R3
4Q 2 R1 - R3

For less than 10% error from operational

Qn<r,
?<0.1 Where f n and BW are expressed in Hz

If source impedance varies, filter may be preceded with voltage


follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-81
LM193 LM193A
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM293 LM293A
TECHNICAL DATA LM393 LM393A
LM2903

SINGLE SUPPLY, LOW POWER, LOW OFFSET VOLTAGE DUAL COMPARATORS


DUAL COMPARATORS
The LM193 series are dual independent precision voltage SILICON MONOLITHIC
comparators capable
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
of s ingle -or split -supply operation. These
devices are designed to permit a common mode range-to-ground
level with single-supply operation. Input offset-voltage
specifications as low as 2.0 mV make this device an excellent
selection for many applications in consumer automotive, and
industrial electronics. H SUFFIX
Wide Single-Supply Range 2.0 Vdc to 36 Vdc METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601
Split-Supply Range 1 .0 Vdc to 1 8 Vdc
0.4 mA
Very Low Current Drain Independent of Supply Voltage
Low 25 nA
Input Bias Current

Low Input Offset Current 5.0 nA


Low Input Offset Voltage 2.0 mV (max) LM1 93A/293A/393A
5.0 mV (max) LM1 93/293/393
Input Common Mode Range to Ground Level
Differential Input Voltage Range Equal to Power Supply Voltage
Output Voltage Compatible with DTL, ECL, TTL, MOS and CMOS
Logic Levels

N SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
FIGURE 1 -CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CASE 626
(Diagram shown is for 1 comparator)

D SUFFIX
Vcc +lnput -Input Output PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751 s^P>
(SO-8)

^ R4 y>*

Q3pWV-r
i
rE
ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
LM193AH.H -55 to +125C Metal Can
8~L
LM293AH.H Metal Can
-25 to +85C
LM293D SO-8
LM393AH,H Metal Can

LM393D Oto +70C SO-8


LM393AN,N Plastic DIP
LM2903D SO-8
-40 to +105C
LM2903N Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-82
LM193A LM293A LM393A LM2903

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Power Supply Voltage vcc +36 or 18 Vdc


Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR 36 Vdc
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V|CR -0.3 to +36 Vdc

Input Current (2) "in


50 mA
(V in < -0.3 Vdc)

Output Short Circuit-to-Ground isc Continuous mA


Output Sink Current (1) 'sink 20
Power Dissipation @ TA = 25C
mW
PlasticDIP pd 570
Derate above 25C 1/R0JA 5.7 mW/C
Metal Can pd 830 mW
Derate above 25C 1/R e jA 6.64 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA C
- 55 to + 1 25
LM193. 193A
- 25 to + 85
LM293, 293A
LM393, 393A Oto +70
LM2903 -40 to +105
Maximum Operating Junction Temperature Tj(max) C
LM393, 393A, 2903 125
LM193, 193A, 293, 293A 150
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = 5 Vdc; *T| 0W ^ TA < Tpjgh unless otherwise stated.)


LM193A LM293A. LM393A
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage (3) VlO mV


Ta = 25C - 1.0 2.0 - 1.0 2.0
""low * Ta * T n ig n 4.0 4.0

Input Offset Current ho nA


T A =25C - 3.0 25 - 5.0 50
T low^ T A^ T high 100 150
Input Bias Current (4) 'IB
nA
T A = 25C - 25 100 - 25 250
T low< T A^ T high 300 400
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V ICR Volts
TA = 25C
(5)
- Vcc-1 5 - Vcc-1 5
T low^ T A< T hiqh V C C -2-0 V CC -2.0
Voltage Gain AVOL 50 200 50 200 V/mV
R L 3= 1 5 k(l, Vcc = 1 5 Vdc, T A = 25 c

Large Signal Response Time 300 300 ns


Vj n = TTL Logic Swing, V re f = 1 .4 Vdc
V RL =5.0 Vdc, Ri_ = 5.1 kH, T A = 25C
Response Time (5) tTLH 1.3 1.3 us
V RL = 5.0 Vdc, Rl = 5.1 Ml, T A = 25C
Input Differential Voltage (7) V|D vcc vcc V
All V in S? Gnd or V- Supply (if used)
Output Sink Current 'sink 6.0 16 6.0 16 mA
Vj n _ S? 1 .0 Vdc, V ln+ = Vdc, V <l.5 Vdc
T =A 25C
Output Saturation Voltage Vol mV
V in _ 3* 1 .0 Vdc, V ln+ = 0, s nk l
j
^ 4.0 mA, T A = 25C - 150 400 - 150 400
T low^ T A^ T hiqh 700 700
Output Leakage Current ol ^A
V in = V, V in+ > 1 .0 Vdc, V = 5.0 Vdc, T A = 25C 0.1 0.1
V in _ = V, V m+ > 1 .0 Vdc, V = 30 Vdc, - 1.0 - 1.0
T low< T A< T high
Supply Current 'cc mA
R|_ = Both Comparators, T A = 25C
- 0.4 1.0 - 0.4 1.0
R L = oc Both Comparators, Vcc = 30 V 1.0 2.5 1.0 2.5

*LM193/193A 0W =
T| -55C, T high = +125C
LM293/293A T| ow = -25C, T h g h i
= +85C
LM393/393A 0W =T| 0C, Thigh = +70C
LM2903 T|ow = -40C, T h g h i
= +105X

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-83

LM193A LM293A LM393A LM2903

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = 5.0 Vdc *T| 0W sCT A sST hi


|
.
gh unless otherwise stated.)
LM193 LM293. LM393 LM2903
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ
I Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (3)
VlO mV
TA = 25C - 1.0 5.0 - 1.0 5.0 - 2.0 7.0
"How 5? T A^T n gn j 9.0 9.0 9.0 15
Input Offset Current
ho nA
TA = 25C ~ 3.0 25 - 5.0 +50 - 5.0 50
""Iow^Ta 5 ? T njqn 100 150 50 200
Input Bias Current (4)
'IB
- nA
T A =25C 25 100 - 25 250 - 25 250
T low < TA ^ T hiqh 300 400 200 500
Input Common Mode Voltage V ICR
Volts
Range (4)
TA = 25C - V C c -15 - VC C -1.5 - Vcc -1.5
"How 5?
TA^Thigh VC C "2.0 VCC -2.0 V C C -20
Voltage Gain A VOL 50 200 50 200 " 25 200 V/mV
R|_^ 15 kfl, V CC = 15 Vdc,
T A =25C
Large Signal Response Time 300 300 300 ns
V| n = TTL Logic Swing,
V ref = 1 .4 Vdc
V RL = 5.0 Vdc, R L = 5.1 kO,
TA =25C
Response Time (6) 'TLH 13 1.3 - 1.5 MS
V RL = 5.0Vdc, R L =5.1 kfl,
T A = 25C
Input Differential Voltage (7) V|D vC c vC c vC c V
All V jn ^ Gnd or V- Supply
(if used)
Output Sink Current
'sink 6.0 16 6.0 16 " 6.0 16 mA
V in _$ t.O Vdc, V in+ = 0Vdc,
V s: .5 Vdc T A = 25C
1

Output Saturation Voltage vol


- - mV
V in _^1.0Vdc.V jn+ = 0, 150 400 150 400 - 400
l
sink s: 4.0 mA, T A =25C
Tlow^TA^Thiqh 700 700 200 700
Output Leakage Current
>OL nA
V in _ = 0V, V in+ ^ 1.0 Vdc, 0.1 0.1 0.1
V o = 5.0 Vdc, T A = 25C
V in _ = 0V, V in+ > 1.0 Vdc, - 1000 1000 - 1000
V = 30 Vdc,
""low 5? TA^Thiqh

Supply Current
R|_ = Both Comparators,
'CC mA
0.4 1.0 0.4 1.0 0.4 1.0
T A =25C
R|_ = = Both Comparators, " 25 - 25 : 2.5
V CC = 30 V

*LM193/193A-T| 0W =-55C, T niqh = +125C


LM293/293A - T, ow = -25C, T hi q n = +85C
LM393/393A - T, ow = 0C, T hign = +70C

NOTES:
(1) The max. output current may be as high as 20 mA, independent of
(4) Dueto the PNP transistor inputs, bias current will flow out of the
the magnitude of V
cc output short circuits to Vcc can ca "se ex-
,
inputs, this current is essentially constant independent of the output
cessive heating and eventual destruction.
no loading changes will exist on the input lines.
state, therefore,
(2) This magnitude of input current will only
occur if the input leads are (5) Input common mode of either input should not be permitted
driven more negative than ground or the negative supply voltage. to go
more than 0.3 V negative of ground or minus supply. The upper limit
This is due to the input PNP collector base junction becoming for-
of common mode range is Vcc ~ 1.5 V.
ward biased, acting as an input clamp diode. There is also a lateral
PNP parasitic transistor action on the IC chip. This phenomena can Response time is specified with a 100
cause the output voltage of the comparators to go to the
(6) mV
step and 5.0 of ov- mV
Vcc voltage erdrive. With larger magnitudes of overdrive faster response times
level (or ground if overdrive is large) during the time the
input is are obtainable.
driven negative. This will not destroy the device and normal output
(7) The comparator will exhibit proper output state if one of the inputs
states will recoverwhen the inputs become > -0.3 V of ground or become greater than Vcc. th e other input must remain within the
negative supply.
common mode range. The low input state must not be less than
(3) At output switch point, Vrj = 1.4 Vdc, R = fi with V C c from 5.0 -0.3 volts of ground of minus supply.
s
Vdc to 30 Vdc, and over the full input common-mode range (0 volts
to Vcc = -1.5 volts)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-84
LM193A LM293A LM393,A, LM2903

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS


LM1 93. A/293. A/393.

FIGURE 2 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 5 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1

- 40C

ta = -55C
50 Ta = o c ,

1 1
= oc
TA
T A = +25C
'

1
-i
T/V = +25 : '
'

30 J_A_ |

z Ta^85 C
- 20
T/>
= +125 c

10

35 40 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
10 15 20 25 30

V CC SUPPLY VOLTAGE
. (Vdc)
Vcc- SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)

FIGURE 3 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE


versus OUTPUT SINK CURRENT versus OUTPUT SINK CURRENT
10 I

Saturati
I

Out of /
"\ _
Out a f
Saturatio n
^^"\
/
5 1.0

T A = + 125C

TA = h85C
1 I ^
0.1

CD TA = +25C .
T A = +25C
< >

\ < 0.01
<^ P^ A = 0C
T A = -55C
^\

1.01 0.1 10 10
^
01
^/ta
01
= -40C

10 10

l
s i nk . OUTPUT SINK CURRENT |mA)
l
sink , OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mA)

FIGURE 4 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus FIGURE 7 POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

1.0
F I

T A = -55C -*0'
A =

-T A = C _ -T A = 0C
_ 0.8

- U.b
^ 25C_
_T A = +25C

cc - TA = +70C_
o
I

-T A = + 12b"b
-T A = -.
85C~
0.4
fc

o
- 0.2 \~- DC RL = -

5 10 15 20 25 30
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
5.0
V cc SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)
,

Vcc. SUPPLY VOLTAGE


(Vdc|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-85
LM193A LM293,A, LM393,A, LM2903

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
These dual comparators feature high gain, wide bandwidth
It is good design practice to ground all unused pins.
characteristics. This gives the device oscillation
tendencies if
the outputs are capacitively coupled to the inputs
Differential input voltages may be larger than supply voltage
via stray without damaging the comparator's inputs. Voltages more
capacitance. This oscillation manifests itself during
output negative than -0.3 V should not be used.
transitions (Vol to Voh)- To alleviate this situation input re-
sistors < 10 kO should be used. The addition of positive feed-
back (< 10 mV) is also recommended.

FIGURE 8 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR FIGURE 9 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR


(Single Supply)
(Split Supplies)

v INmin "0.4 V peak for 1% phase distortion (.10).

i ov
v in

y
p /
'

O
v cc-
i
r
M
D1 prevents input from going negative by more than V
0.6 V. ~l i

*- a<9
R1 + R2 - R3
Vee
"3<5| for small error ,n zero crossing

FIGURE 10 - FREE-RUNNING SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR


FIGURE 11 - TIME DELAY GENERATOR

IVCC

vcc
vo

vcc

vo "ON" for t a to + At
where: . .. ,

= RC Vref
At in I
)

VCC

FIGURE 12 COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS


VCC

RS = R1 II
R2
(VCC - Vref) R1
Vth1 = Vref +
R1 + R2 + Rl
(Vref - VQ Low) R1
Vth2 = Vref -
R1 + R2 + Rl

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-86
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM307
TECHNICAL DATA

INTERNALLY COMPENSATED
MONOLITHIC OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER

A general purpose operational amplifier series well suited for


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
applications requiring lower input currents than are available with SILICON MONOLITHIC
the popular MC1 741. These improved input characteristics permit INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
greater accuracy in sample and hold circuits and long interval
integrators.

Internally Compensated
Low Offset Voltage: 7.5 mV max
Low Input Offset Current: 50 nA max
Low Input Bias Current: 250 nA max
N SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626

TYPICAL APPLICATION
HIGH IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AMPLIFIER PIN CONNECTIONS

(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
LM307N 0C to + 70C Plastic DIP

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

Inputs g

Pins 1, 5, and 8
5.0 k 520 k;:

no connection.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-87
.

LM307

MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)


Rating Symbol LM307 Unit
Power Supply Voltages + 18
vcc Vdc
vee -18
Differential Input Signal Voltage V|D 30 Volts
Common-Mode Input Swing (Note 1) V ICR 15 Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration Indefinite
ts
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) (Note 2) PD 500 mW
Operating Temperature Range Oto +70
ta C
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 X
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = +25C unless otherwise noted, see Note 3.)

LM307
Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage
RS 50 kn, Ta = + 25C
VlO mV
7.5
R S^ 50 kfl, TA = T| 0W to T high
10
Input Offset Current
TA = +25C
'10 nA
50
TA = T low t0 T high
70
Input Bias Current
TA = +25C
250
TA = T low to Thigh
300
Input Resistance
2.0 Mn
Supply Current
VS = 15 V, TA = + 25C
1.8 mA
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
V S = 15 V, Vo = 10 V, R L V/mV
> 2.0 kfl, TA = +25C
VS = 15 V, Vp = 10V, R L ^2.0 kil. TA = T| ow
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage
TCVio 6.0 30
T low sTA s Thigh u.V/C

Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current


TClio
+ 25C=sTA ^ Thigh
0.01 0.3
T lowTA + 25C
0.02 0.6
Output Voltage Swing <TA = T| ow to T hjqh )
VO
V S = 15V, R L = 10 kn
+ 14
RL = 2.0 kn
13
Input Voltage Range (TA Tlow to Thigh)
V|CR
_Vs = 15V
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (Ta T low to Thigh) CMRR
50 kn
dB
RS =s

Supply-Voltage Rejection Ratio (Ta Tlow to Thigh) PSRR


RS 50 kn
Symbols conform to JEDEC Engineering Bulletin No. 1 when applicable.

NOTES:
1 For supply voltages less than 1 5 V, the absolute maximum input The H package is derated based on a thermal resistance of + 150C/
voltage is equal to the supply voltage.
W, junction to ambient, or +45C/W, junction to case.
2. For operating at elevated temperatures, the device must be derated
3. Unless otherwise noted, these specifications apply for:
based on a maximum junction temperature of 100C for the LM307.
5.0VsV CC/V EE s 15V,T| 0W = 0C,T nigh = +70C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-88
LM307

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
< V CC = +15V, VgE = -15 V, Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 1 MINIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 2 MINIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
20 20
Applies over specified
Applies over specified I |

Range Range
6
^
o
16
'

o
I 12
1 ^
2 <
8.0 5 8.0

Pos tive y' \ = 10 kil

Rl. = 2.0 Ml
= 4.0 o 4.0

y/\b jative
d

5.0 10 15
5.0 10 15

Vcc AND - Vee), SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


I
Vcc AND - V EE). SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)
I

RGURE 3 MINIMUM VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 4 TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENTS


00
Applies over specified
2.b

Range
2.0
94

1.0
82

0.5
76

n
70
5.0 10 15
5.0 10 15
Vcc AND - Vee). SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)
(

Vcc * ND - V EE). SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTSI


I

FIGURE 5 OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE FIGURE 6 LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE


+ 180
I

o
\
o
\
o
< \
1 +60 o
>
? +40

+ 20 o

-20
100 k
1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 100 M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-89
\

LM307

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 7 VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE


10

+ 8.0

+6.0

+4.0 r- '

~J

/
Input
: +2.0

1
/Output

-2.0

-4.0
/
-6.0
4
-8.0

-iJ- I

30 40 50 80 90
t, TIME M

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-90
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM833
TECHNICAL DATA

DUAL OPERATIONAL
AMPLIFIER
DUAL, LOW NOISE, AUDIO
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The LM833 is a standard low-cost monolithic dual general-
purpose operational amplifier employing Bipolar technology with
innovative high-performance concepts for audio systems appli-
cations. With high frequency PNP transistors, the LM833 offers
low voltage noise (4.5 nV/VHz), 15 MHz gain bandwidth product,
7.0 V/jus slew rate, 0.3 mV
input offset voltage with 2.0 ^.V/C
temperature coefficient of input offset voltage. The LM833 output
stage exhibits no deadband crossover distortion, large output
voltage swing, excellent phase and gain margins, low open-loop
high frequency output impedance and symmetrical source/sink
ac frequency response. N SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
The LM833 is specified over the vehicular temperature range
CASE 626
and is available in the plastic DIP and SO-8 packages (P and D
suffixes). For an improved performance dual/quad version, see
the MC33079 family.

Low Voltage Noise: 4.5 nV/VHi


High Gain Bandwidth Product: 15 MHz 1

High Slew Rate: 7.0 V/^s


D SUFFIX
Low Input Offset Voltage: 0.3 mV PLASTIC PACKAGE
Low T.C. of Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 /xV/C CASE 751
(SO-8)
Low Distortion: 0.002%
Excellent Frequency Stability
Dual Supply Operation PIN ASSIGNMENTS

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Supply Voltage (Vcc to Vge) vs + 36 Volts Dual, Top View

Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR 30(D Volts

Input Voltage Range V|R 15(1) Volts

Output Short-Circuit Duration* 2 '


ts Indefinite Seconds

Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 to +85 C ORDERING INFORMATION


Operating Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C Device Temperature Range Package

Storage Temperature T stg -60 to +150 c LM833N Plastic DIP


-40 to + 85C
Maximum Power Dissipation* 2 )
PD 500< 3 > mW LM833D SO-8

NOTES:
1. must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or V EE
Either or both input voltages
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not

exceeded (See power dissipation performance characteristic).


3. Maximum value at Ta * 85C.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-91
LM833

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = + 15 V, VEE = -15V,TA 25C unless otherwise noted).


Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max
Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 n, Vq = V) VlO 0.3
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV| /AT fivrc
R S = 10 O. Vq = V, Ta = T,
ow to T hign
Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vq = V)
lO
Input Bias Current (Vqm = V, Vq = V) l|B
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR + 14
-14
Large Signal Voltage Gain (R|_ = 2.0 kn, Vq = 10 V) AVOL 110 dB
Output Voltage Swing: R = 2.0 kn, V|p = V
L 1.0 V + 13.7
R|_ = 2.0 kn, V|
D = 1.0 V V - -14.1 -10
RL = 10 kfi, V| D = 1.0 V V + 13.9
Rl = 10 kn, V|p = 1.0 V VO- -14.7 -12
Common Mode Rejection (V|n = 12 V) CMR 100
Power Supply Rejection (Vs = 15 to 5.0 V, - 15 to -5.0 V) PSR dB
Power Supply Current (Vq = V, Both Amplifiers)

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, TA =- 25C unless otherwise noted).


Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Slew Rate (V| N = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 2.0 kn, Av = +1.0) SR 5.0 7.0 V/^s
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) GBW 10 15 MHz
Unity Gain Frequency (Open Loop)
fu 9.0 MHz
Unity Gain Phase Margin (Open Loop)
8 m _ 60 Deg
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs = 100 n, f = 1.0 kHz) en 4.5 nV/v'Hz
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz)
'n
0.5 pA/\/Hz
Power Bandwidth (Vq = 27 V . R L = 2.0 kn, THD 1.0%)
p D ,
BWP 120 kHz
Distortion (R L = 2.0 kn, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, V = 3.0 V rms A V = +1.0) , THD _ 0.002 %
Channel Separation (f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz) - - -120 dB

FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 2 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE
versus TEMPERATURE

1000

p 600
-VC C= +1 V
v E E= -15 V

vc M - OV

KA tr
3
o
600

\
i 200
VA
a.
400 ^
-=^200
\
V
50 100
-25 25 50 75
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C>
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-92
LM833

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 4 SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
800 10
1
v cc

RL =
8.0 -
(k = 25C
~ 600
>A

CC
O
<g 400
CO
-^ 5V

^
4.0
v E

m200
2.0
/
/
(1

10 15 20 5.0 10 15

V CC ,
|V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) V C c, IVeeI- SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 5 DC VOLTAGE GAIN versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 6 DC VOLTAGE GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
110

RL = 2.0 kfl
Vcc = +15V
= -15 "T A = 25C "

Vee V
Kl - Z.U KS

10 15
-55 -25 25 50 75 100 125

TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(CI VCC. v EeI- SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I

FIGURE 7 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE FIGURE 8 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT
versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE

20

5
o
ZD
15
Q
o "^. '-^^
10

o
<
m Vcc = +15 V
V EE = -15 V
1 5.0
= 100 kHz
f

I
n
100 1.0K 10K -25 25 50 75

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)


,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-93
LM833

FIGURE 9 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT versus


SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE
30

f = 100 kHz
TA = 25C

?fl

10

5 1 ) 5 20
1
-25 26 50 75 100
VCO |V
EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

FIGURE 11 SLEW RATE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY
10
35
Rl = 2.0 kn
AV = + 1.0
30
TA =
FALLING
J- 25
3. ~
RISING ID
m 6.0
20
2 o
s
3 40 I 15

n HcS> ^>Vo
vi
i 10

2.0 b
I

1 1

10 15 1.0K 10K 1.0M


v CO IVeeI- SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 13 MAXIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 14 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE
20
1

_Rl =
I

10 kn Vq+
IS
Ta = 25C
10

"~-

^^7
?0
5 1 ) 1 20 25 50 75
v CO SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
IVeeI. TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, |C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-94
1 1 1 1 I " T

LM833

FIGURE 15 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION FIGURE 16 COMMON MODE REJECTION


versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY

140
vcc == +15V oAVcc
I I I I

vcc = + 15V av cm r
:
^\
100
V EE =
Ia = 25C
-15V - %
140

120
v CM = ov
~i_|+ X AV

6AV EE TA = 25C :MR = 20Log(^xA DM


)
80 I I

-PSR + 'SR
II 80
60

+ F SR = 2 OLog
i'av Q/A m\
40 V " V CU /"I
1 II II 1 1 1 II

20
-F SR = 2 OLog
{<WE E /
i 1 i ?n
1.0K 10K 100K 10K 100K
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 17 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION FIGURE 18 INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE versus
versus FREQUENCY FREQUENCY

1.0 1 1 III
llll

Vcc = + 15V
I II
I

I I
T
T
V EE = -15 V f
j = T
vo RL 2. OlcJ 1

Ay^~ TA = 2 C tn t
*L T
0.1 I it
T JTJ
T
--

J
lllll

V EE = -15 V
1
0.01
I rs = 100 n
v = 1 0V r nsL 1 TA "=
L
1

II 1 1 1 ] J

v Vrms
(XII 1
7 )'l
100 1.0K 10K 100 1.0K

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 19 INPUT REFERRED NOISE CURRENT FIGURE 20 INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE
versus FREQUENCY versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

f Illlllll

Vcc = + 1 5\
II mttH MHH ftj

<"

V n (total) = (i
n R s )2 + e n2 + V4KTRS
Vff- = +1 5V ]

1.0 T \ = 25
rr V EE = -1 V
<J
> T
C/3
0.7
o
*
Q 05 "ffflt"

04 li

QC
1
0.3
r
Z
-F 0? I III

100 1.0K 10 100 1.0K 10K 1.0M


f, FREQUENCY (Hz) RS , SOURCE RESISTANCE (O)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-95
LM833

FIGURE 21 INVERTING AMPLIFIER FIGURE 22 NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER SLEW RATE


v Cc = +15V
9
1 ^EE ~ 15 v 1_ JIDQO^ "
H Rl =
J

2.0 kn
H Cl = o pf _!
_L_ i.

Ay = +1.0 1 / i !

1 TA = 25C
i \
L i
./.
:

V 1

P
/' J

- i

;.J .
i t.i __l
t, TIME (2.0 ms/DIV TIME
t, (2.0 Ms DIVj

FIGURE 23 NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER OVERSHOOT


= +15V
|vee = -15 V
= 2.0 kn
m ,
t AMI
20.0""
1 = OpF

|Ta = 25C
!

I
i
-
t T \

,,..,

iPt~
;"
-|
1

,i -...J
1" t

t"""
1~
i

I.J QV ZOftru J !

t, TIME (200 ns DIV)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-96
LM2900, LM3900 For Specifications, See MC3301 Data.

LIVI2901 For Specifications, See LM139 Data.


MC1414
LM29U2 For Specifications, See LM124 Data.
MC1514
LM2903 For Specifications, See LM193

LIVI2904 For Specifications, See LM158

DUAL DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE COMPARATOR DUAL


DIFFERENTIAL
. . . designed for use in level detection, low-level sensing, and COMPARATOR
memory applications.
Two Separate Outputs
(DUAL MC1710)
Strobe Capability
SILICON MONOLITHIC
High Output Sink Current INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
2.8 mA Minimum (Each Comparator) for MC1514
1.6 mA Minimum (Each Comparator) for MC1414
Differential Input Characteristics
Input Offset Voltage = 1.0 mV for MC1514
= 1.5 mVfor MC1414
Offset Voltage Drift = 3.0 /j,V/C for MC1514
= 5.0 /nV/C for MC1414
Short Propagation Delay Time 40 ns Typical
Output Compatible with All Saturating Logic Forms
Vq = +3.2 V to -0.5 V Typical L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632
MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = 25C unless otherwise noted.)
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Power Supply Voltages vcc + 14 Vdc


vee -7.0

Differential Mode Input Voltage Range V|DR 5.0 Vdc

Common Mode Input Voltage Range VlCR 7.0 Vdc

Peak Load Current "L


10 mA
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) PD P SUFFIX
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package 1000 mW PLASTIC PACKAGE
Derate above Ta = 25C 6.0 mW/C CASE 646
Plastic Dual In-Line Package 625 mW (MC1414 0nly)
Derate above Ta = 25C 5.0 mW/C
Operating Temperature MC1514 ta -55 to +125 C
MC1414 to +75
-65 +150 D SUFFIX
Storage Temperature Range T stg to C
PLASTIC PACKAGE ^0%
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
CASE 751A
(SO-14)
14 S?^"
^
Vqc Strobe Strobe (MC1414 0nly)

PIN CONNECTIONS

Outputs

Rx = Low Resistance Value, usually < 100 to, not specified.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-97
MC1414, MC1514

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = +12 Vdc, V EE = -6.0 Vdc, T A = 25C unless otherwise noted.) (Each Comparator)

MC1514 MC1414
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage
VlO mVdc
(V = 1.4 Vdc, TA = 25C) - 1.0 2.0 1.5 5.0
<V = 1.8 Vdc, T A = T|ow*) 3.0 - 6.5
(V = 1.0Vdc.TA = T hiah ) 3.0 6.5
Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV|o/AT 3.0 _ 5.0 /xV/C
Input Offset Current
ho /xAdc
(Vo = 1 .4 Vdc, TA = 25C) 1.0 3.0 - 1.0 5.0
(V = 1.8Vdc,T A = T, ow )
- 7.0 7.5
(V = 1.0Vdc,TA = T hiah ) 3.0 7.5
Input Bias Current
IB /uAdc
(V = 1.4 Vdc, TA = 25C) - 12 20 - 15 25
(V = 1.8 Vdc, T A = T| 0W ) 45 18 40
(V = 1.0Vdc,T A = T hiah ) 20 40
Open Loop Voltage Gain Avol V/V
(TA = 25C) 1250 1700 - 1000 1500 -
< TA = T low t0 T hiqh< 1000 800
Output Resistance Ro 200 200 Ohms
Differential Voltage Range V IDR 5.0 5.0 Vdc
High Level Output Voltage VOH 2.5 3.2 4.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 Vdc
(V| D s 5.0 mV, lo 5.0 mA)
Low Level Output Voltage vol Vdc
(V|D * -5.0 mV, Iqs = 2.8 mA) -1.0 -0.5
(V|D 3= -5.0 mV, Iqs = 1.6 mA) -1.0 -0.5
Output Sink Current
!OS 2.8 3.4 1.6 2.5 mAdc
(V|D * -5.0 mV, Vol =5 - 4 v,
T A = T low t T hiqh>
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V ICR 5.0 5.0 - - Vdc
(V EE = -7.0 Vdc)
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 80 100 70 100 - dB
(V EE = -7.0 Vdc, Rs 200 fl)

Strobe Low Level Current IlL


2.5 2.5 mA
(V| L = 0)

Strobe High Level Current l|H


1.0 - 1.0 /xA
(V| H = 5.0 Vdc)

Strobe Disable Voltage VlL 0.4 - - 0.4 Vdc


(Vql * 0.4 Vdc)
Strobe Enable Voltage V|H 3.5 6.0 3.5 6.0 Vdc
(Vqh s= 2.4 Vdc)
Propagation Delay Time (Figure 1) tPLH 20 20 - ns
tPHL 40 I I 40
Strobe Response Time (Figure 2) tso
15 15 - ns
*sr 6.0 6.0

Total Power Supply Current, Both Comparators !CC 12.8 18 12.8 18 mAdc
(V 0) lEE 11 14 11 14
Total Power Consumption, Both Comparators PD - 230 300 - 230 300 mW
*T| w - -55C for MC1514, 0C for MC1414
Thigh + 125Cfor MC1514, +75C for MC1414

FIGURE 1 PROPAGATION DELAY TIME FIGURE 2 STROBE RESPONSE TIME


Strobe

V b = 95 mV - V|

Output

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-98
1

MC1414, MC1514

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Each Comparator)

FIGURE 3 - VOLTAGE TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS FIGURE 4 - INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE
3.0
I

r --55C
J.Ui
AV
V
-+ 25(

+ 125
.,
^
2.0 \Y
\\ ^MC1414
\
\
V
.

+ 125C- MC1514

^ _CH-'
^-
+ 25C-
\

-10 -55C- r1 -25 25 50 75 100 125


-8.0 -6.0 -4.0 -2.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0

V: n , INPUT VOLTAGE |mV) T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE


, CO

FIGURE 5 INPUT OFFSET CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 6 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE

1" 1 20

z Z
5= 3.0
=3
u O
DO

o 2.0
i
Z3 z
Z * 10

-1.0

5.0

-55 -25 25 50 75 125 -55 -25 25 50 75 100 125

T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
("CI T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, TO

FIGURE 7 GAIN VARIATION WITH POWER SUPPLY


VOLTAGE FIGURE 8 VOLTAGE GAIN versus TEMPERATURE
3000 I'M!

V EE = - 7.0 Vdc

-6.0 Vdc

- 2000 2000
-5 OVdc

MC15 14

g 1000 1500

V1C1414

1000
11 12 13 -55 -25 25 50 75 100 125
Vco POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc) TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-99
MC1414, MC1514

FIGURE 9 RESPONSE TIME FIGURE 10 POWER DISSIPATION versus TEMPERATURE

o 2.0
3:
E
20 mV 0\ erdrive z
I
\\V~ 5.0 mV Overdrive - o
250

10mVO verdrive
1\\\ I

5
20mV( verdrive
T\\\r 9
5
en

200
Q

150
20 40 60 80 100 120 -55 -25 25 50 75 100 125
t, TIME (ns)
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 11 RECOMMENDED SERIES RESISTANCE versus


MRTL LOADS FIGURE 12 SINK CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE
-M-M 1 1
1 I I I
I -

^>-p^^<>|MRTl)o:i

3.0

10 2.0

--^rmWMRT L

1.0
Med Power >

- IV

1.0
0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 -50-25 25 50 75 100 125

RS, SERIES RESISTANCE (kn) TA TEMPERATURE


, (CI

FIGURE 13 CROSSTALKt

3.0
/

Z 20 1
ein = 50 mV PT-TU
o
" 1.0 1
/
I

-1.0
T j
^

^ 2.0

* 1.0 Induced output signal in


amplifier #2 due to output

TIME, 50 ns/div
signal at amplifier #1.

tWorst case condition shown no load.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-100
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1436
TECHNICAL DATA
MC1436C
HIGH VOLTAGE. INTERNALLY COMPENSATED MC1536
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
. designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier
. .

with operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback


components.
Maximum Supply Voltage - 40 Vdc (MC1536) OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
Output Voltage Swing -
30 Vp k(m in) (V C C = +36 V, V E E = "36 V) (MC1536)
22 Vp M min) WCC = +28 V Vee = ~ 28 V) SILICON MOIMOLITHIQ
'

Input Bias Current - 20 nA max (MC1536) INTEGRATED CIRCUIT


Input Offset Current - 3.0 nA max (MC1536)
Fast Slew Rate - 2.0 V//JS typ
Internally Compensated
Offset Voltage Null Capability G SUFFIX
Input Over-Voltage Protection METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601
AvOL - 500,000 typ
Characteristics Independent of Power Supply Voltages -
(5.0 Vdc to 36 Vdc)

FIGURE 1 DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER WITH 20 V


COMMON MODE INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE

-o * o

U SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693

r
D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
FIGURE 2 TYPICAL NONINVERTING XI CASE 751
VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER (SO-8)

Offset Null \T_


|~2~
Inv. Input
Non-lnv. I

2
Input '

vee L

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
MC1436CD.D SO-8
MC1436P1.CP1 Plastic DIP
MC1436CG.G
0Cto +70X Metal Can
MC1436CU.U Ceramic DIP

MC1536G Metal Can


-55Cto +125C
MC1536U Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-101
MC1436, MC1436C, MC1536

MAXIMUM RATINGS <T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)

Rating Symbol MCI 536 MC1436 MC1436C Unit


Power Supply Voltage
Vcc +40 +34 +30 Vdc
VEE -40 -34 -30
Input Differential Voltage Range
VlDR Note 3 Volts
Input Common-Mode Voltage Ranqe V ICR Note 3 Volts
Output Short Circuit Duration (V cc = V EE = 28 Vdc, V = 0)
'S 5.0 s
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation)
PD 680 mW
Derate above T A = +25C
4.6 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range ta -55 to +125 1 0to+70 C
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 c
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +28 Vdc. V EE = 28 Vdc. T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)

MC1436C
Characteristic Symbol
Input Bias Current
TA = +25C
TA " T|ow to T m9n (See Note 1)

Input Offset Cur


TA = +25C

T A =+25CtoT mgh
T A = T| ow to +25C
Input Offset Voltage

TA = +25C
TA T low IO T high

Differential Input Impedance (Open-Loop, f <5.0 Hz


Parallel Input Resistance
Meg ohms
Parallel Input Capacitance

Common-Mode Input Impedance if <5.0 Hz


Input Common Mode Voltage Range

Equivalent Input Noise Voltage

(A v -= 100, Rs ' 10 k ohms, f = 1.0 kHz, BW ' 1.0 Hz)

Con l-Mode Re ) (dc)


110 90
Large Signal dc Open Loop Voltage Gain
<T A =+25C 100.000 70.000 500,000
' + 10 V, R L --
100kohmsl 500,000
\
TA - T low < Thigh 50.000 50.000
= + 10V,R L = 10kohms. T A =
-25CI
200.000 200,000
Power Bandwidth (Voltage Follower)
BWp
(Ay " 1, R|_ " 5.0 k ohms. THDS 5%, v = 40 Vp-p)
23 23
Unity Gam Crossover Frequency (open-loop)

Phase Margin (open-loop, unity gain)

Gain Margin

Slew Rate (Unity Gain)

Output Impedance (f<50 Hz)

t Output Curi

Output Voltage Range (R L = 5.0 k ohms) V R


V CC +28 Vdc, V EE = -28 Vdc
<=

V CC = +36 Vdc, V EE = -36 Vdc

Power Supply Sensitivity (dc)

V EE = constant, R s S 10 k ohms PSS +


V CC ^ constant, Rs <, 10 k ohms PSS-
Power Supply Curi (See Note 2)

DC Quiescent Power Consumptu

(V - O)

Tlow 0C for MC1436.C V CC VE E 5 Vdc to 36 Vdc for MC 1 536


-55C for MCI 536 V CC V EE Vdc
"" = 5.0 to 30 Vdc for MC1436
Thigh +70Cfor MC1436.C V CC V EE 5.0 Vdc to 28 Vdc for MC1436C
+ 125C for MCI 536

Note 3: Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or V EE + 3 " volts.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-102
MC1436, MC1436C, MC1536

FIGURE 3 LOW-DRIFT SAMPLE AND HOLD FIGURE 4 POWER BANDWIDTH


+28 V
70
I
i inn i

_ bU
f+28V
> 76
2JV
o

O 40
* o
> c- sn- ?4 ;10k
tr
i .... .
-
o
>
Drift flue to bias current

is typically 8 mV s

4.0 6.0 8.0 10 20 40 60 80 100 200 400

f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIGURE 5 PEAK OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus FIGURE 6 OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Jb
<
Q. 1

30 T

o
> 25
CD

I 20 .
= 5kf

5
1 '

.0
+-


3
5.0

O
6
10 20 30 40

VCC'VEE- POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc) 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 100 M

f. FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT FIGURE 8 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE
versus TEMPERATURE

32 3.Z
I o
J 28 a 2.8

t
QC
2.4

SOUR :e
O
20 - 2.0
t-
z
S
oc
1.6

SINK <J
g
"
eo

5 0.8
a,

g 4.0 * 0.4

-75 -50 -25 +25 +50 +75 +75 +100 +125

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-103
MC1436, MC1436C, MC1536

FIGURE 9 INVERTING FEEDBACK MODEL FIGURE 10 NON-INVERTING FEEDBACK MODEL


vw 1

Z2

Z1 (-1
-i. 2

fT^ t-.
ex ;
.
2|
t z 0\ V '0

r3 :
M
,V 2 3
11
^ i
IF A u)-~ '"
Ao
1+Z
M Z]
i
VERY HIGH
2/Z,
V Z2
A U "v7
"
Z|

A U -
V
^=l + Z 2/ Z
,
When
A <)
z -0
A (ut

FIGURE 11 AUDIO AMPLIFIER VOLTAGE CONTROLLED CURRENT


FIGURE 12
SOURCE OR TRANSCONDUCTANCE AMPLIFIER
100 k
WITH TO 40 V COMPLIANCE

CURRENT DRAIN.
ID * 100 mAdc @
R1 = 51 n
Di,D2, D3= 1N4001
COMMON
HEAT SINK

V = 48 Vp.p
P = 72W (rrm) {5) RL = 4 S2
P = 36 W (rms @
,
RL = 8 !2

0.1 F

RKRTC + R3) -R2R4

FIGURE 13 REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC FIGURE 14 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT


7oVcC

INVERTING

2 O

l
VW
[
OFFSET
1 ADJUST

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-104
MOTOROLA MC1437
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC1537

MATCHED DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS


DUAL MC1709
. . . designed for use as summing amplifiers, integrators, or amplifiers
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
with operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback
components. Ideal for chopper stabilized applications where ex-
SILICON MONOLITHIC
tremely high gain is required with excellent stability.
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Typical Amplifier Features:
High-Performance Open Loop Gain Characteristics
AvOL = 45,000 typical
Low Temperature - 3 fiV/C
Drift

m
Large Output Voltage Swing -
14 V typical @15 V Supply

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C)

Rating Symbol Value Unit

Power Supply Voltage vC c + 18 Vdc


VEE -18 Vdc
P SUFFIX
Differential Input Voltage Range V IDR 5.0 Volts PLASTIC PACKAGE
Common-Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR V CC Volts CASE 646
(MC1437POnly)
Output Short Circuit Duration S 5.0 s

Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) PD


Ceramic Package 750 mW
Derate above T A = +25C 6.0 mW/C
Plastic Package MC1437P 625 mW PIN CONNECTIONS
Derate above TA = +25C 5.0 mW/C
Output Lag A [^ 14] VCC
Operating Ambient Temperature Range ta C
MC1537 -55 to +125 Output A [2 131
utput
+70 22J Lag B
MC1437 to

-65 to +150
Input Lag A [3 Tj] Output B
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Input Lag A |_4^
111 Input Lag B

- CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC A 10| Input Lag B


FIGURE Input [_5~
1 Inv.

Non Inv.rT" T-
hV
V CC 9 14 ?11 Input Lag 1
InputLL, l^r 9 Non Input Inv.

v E e[ ^r- _U Input
-TTl Inv.

Input Lag O- 1

Non-Inverting o_^
Input
Inverting Input o-
-|

J^ L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632
Inverting Input o
Non- Inverting 2
Input 2 <

Input Lego
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
MC1437L Ceramic DIP
0Cto + 70C
3 Input Lag 2 MC1437P Plastic DIP

MC1537L -55Cto +125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-105
)

MC1437, MC1537
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS - Each Amplifier (V
cc = +15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc. TA = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC1537 MCI 437


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Open Loop Voltage Gain A VOL "
<R|_ = 5.0 kit. V = 10 V, 25,000 45,000 70,000 15,000 45,000 -
TA = T|
ovv toT high )
Output Impedance Zo 3a - - 30 - il
(f = 20 Hz)

Input Impedance
*i 150 400 - 50 150 - kS2
(f = 20 Hz)
Output Voltage Range V R v peak
(R|_ = 10 kS2) + 12 + 14 - 12 14 -
(R[_ = 2.0 kil) + 10 + 13

Input Common-Mode Voltage Range V ICR + 8.0 10 - 8.0 10 - v peak


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 100 - 65 100 - dB
Input Bias Current
IB MA
/ l 1+ l
2\ <T A = +25C) 0.2 0.5 - 0.4 1.5
B ;
\'
"
2 ) <T A ^T low ) 0.5 1.5 2.0

Input Offset Current ho ma


(l, =l,-l 2 )
- 005 0.2 - 0.05 0.5
(l| =l, -l 2 T A ,
= T low ) 0.5 0.75
(l, =I 1
-I 2 .T A = T high ) 0.2 0.75
Input Offset Voltage VlO mV
(T A - +25C) - 10 5.0 - 1.0 7.5
( TA = T,
0W to T hi g h ) 6.0 10
Step Response
/Gain = 100, 5% overshoot, )
TLH 0.8 0.8 MS
Rl = 1 ksi. R2 = 100ki2, ' tPLH-tPHL 0.38 038 MS
(R3 SR -
= 1 .5 kl2, C-! = 100pF,C 2 -3.0pF) 12 12 V/ M s

(
Gain = 10, 10% overshoot, ) TLH 0.6 06 MS
! R 1 - 1 kS2, R2 = 10 kU, 'PLH-tPHL 0.34 - 0.34 MS
J
(R3= kU.C! =500pF,C 2 20pF SR - -
1.5 = J 17 1.7 V/ M s

1 Gain = 1, 5% overshoot, ) l
TLH 2.2 2 2 MS
Rl = 10k<>. R 2 = 10ks>, tPLH-tPHL 13 13 MS
J

(R3= 5ki2, =5000pF, C 2 = 200pF)


SR 0.25
1 C-| 0.25 V/jS

Average Temperature Coefficient of A V|o/"T


M v/c
Input Offset Voltage
<R S - 50
^10kS2,T A
il. TA - T, ow to T high
toT h ,gh I
- 1.5 - - 15 -
(R S T| ow 3.0 30
Average Temperature Coefficient of A|| /AT nA/C
Input Offset Voltage
<T A = T| ow to+25C) - 07 - - 0.7 -
<T A = +25C to T hi g h 0.7 07
DC Power Consumption (Total) pC - 160 225 - 160 225 mW
(Power Supply = 15 V, V = 0)

Positive Supply Sensitivity PSS+ - 10 150 - 10 200 (iV/V


(V E constant)
Negative Supply Sensitivity PSS- - 10 150 - 10 200 MV/V
'^CC constant)
T| ow = 0C for MC1437 T hi gh = +70C for MC1437
= -55C for MC1537 = +125C for MC1537
MATCHING CHARACTERISTICS
Open Loop Voltage Gain A VOL1 A VOL2 - 1.0 - - 1.0 - dB
Input Bias Current 'IBV'IB?
- 0.15 - - 0.15 - iA

Input Offset Current - 0.02 - - 0.02 - MA


,
I01 I
I02
A| A| - -
Average Temperature Coefficient IQ1 ,
I02, 0.2 - 0.2 - nA/C

Input Offset Voltage V|01-V|02 - 0.2 - - 0.2 - mV


AV101 A V|02,
Average Temperature Coefficient , , - 0.5 - - 0.5 - mV/C

Channel Separation e o1
(f = 10 kHz) - 90 - - 90 - dB
eo2

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-106
MC1437, MC1537

TYPICAL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS

FIGURE 3 - TEST CIRCUIT


V cc = +15 Vdc. V EE = 15 Vdc, T A = 25C

OUTPUT
TEST CONDITIONS
FIGURE CURVE VOLTAGE NOISE
NO. NO. GAIN Rl() R 2 (!l) R 3 (S2) C,(pF) C 2 (pF) (mV&mat

4 1 1 10k 10 k 1.5 k 5.0 k 200 0.10


2 10 10k 100 k 1.5k 500 20 0.14
3 100 10 k 1.0 M 1.5 k 100 3.0 0.7

4 1000 1.0 k 1.0 M 10 3.0 5.2

5 1 1 10 k 10 k 1.5 k 5.0 k 200 0.10


2 10 10 k 100 k 1.5k 500 20 0.14

3 100 10k 1.0 M 1.5k 100 3.0 0.7

4 1000 1.0 k 1.0 M 10 3.0 5.2

6 1 A VOL 1.5k 5.0 k 200 5.5

2 A V0L 1.5 k 500 20 10.5

3 A V0L Z 1.5 k 100 3.0 21.0


4 A V0L 10 3.0 39.0
5 A VOL 3.0

FIGURE 4 - LARGE SIGNAL SWING


versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 5 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY
+ 14
+ 12 I mi
^
.-
I

+60 1 mi MM rt
L
cu RV E4 II
+10 nil |

CURVE 1
V 2 3&4
_ + 50
CO

z+40 I!
< 3
u
+30
f ,<
<
i-

/ +20
/
f <
2

+10

/ II
1
j

I -5.0 1 III I || 1 ||

100 1.0 k 10 k 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M

f, FREQUENCY'(Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 6 - OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 7 - TOTAL POWER CONSUMPTION


versus FREQUENCY versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

( RL = -)

300

c UF VE1 2 3 4 5 p = 0VO

100

50

30 f c AUTI0N: ADDITIONAL POWER


1SSIPATI0N RESULTING FROM
n RIVING LOW IMPEDANCE LOADS
20
V USTBE AODEO TO THE ABOVE
C URVE
m
1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 10 k 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) VCC and VEE. POWER SUPPLY (Vdc)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-107
1 J

MC1437, MC1537

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE8 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FIGURE 9 - COMMON INPUT SWING


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

? 16
TA = 25C
S 14
3
,2
S VlCR-/"
<
^
o 10
>
o l

^v|CR +
2 B
o

_..
>
n n

VCC and Vee, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) Vcc and Vee, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 10 - INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE FIGURE 11 - OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE


versus TEMPERATURE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE
M-+f
Cl 10 p F C7 = 3.0 pF =
***""'

Slope can be Bither p alarity


OPEN L00P- =tltt

Av
It
1000 C]
S\^^>

= 10 pF
^J=

C2
+1
-v f\
3.0 pF
;


= =


-j- hr [j
ij_,

1
I

Ay =100 Ci = 100 pF C? = 3.0 pF R-, = 1.5 k


i^**

~~~ -
Av = 10 Ci = 510 pF C 2 = 20 pF Ri= 1.5
c r nnn en

-20 +20
1
n
Psr"
I \j
+40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 1.0k 10k
TA , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C> ^S, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 12 - INDUCED OUTPUT SIGNAL


(CHANNEL SEPARATION) versus FREQUENCY

e
0l
= 1.0 Vrms

'out2

VQ(dc) = V

Induced output signal (/jV of induced output signal in


1.0k 10k amplifier 02 per volt of output signal at amplifier #1 ).
(. FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-108
MOTOROLA MC1439
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC1539

UNCOMPENSATED OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER


SILICON MONOLITHIC
. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or am-
plifier with operating characteristics as a function of the external
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
feedback components.
Low 3.0 mV max
Input Offset Voltage
Low 60 nA max
Input Offset Current
Large Power-Bandwidth 20 Vp-p Output Swing at 20 kHz min
Output Short-Circuit Protection
Input Over-Voltage Protection
Class AB Output for Excellent Linearity
G SUFFIX
High Slew Rate 34 V//xs ty METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601

FIGURE 1 - HIGH SLEW-RATE INVERTER

100 k
Compensation

SR 2: 35/Vijs

(Top View)

FIGURE 2 - OUTPUT NULLING CIRCUIT


PI SUFFIX
w. PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626
(MC1439 Only)

10 k <Rc <100(Rt) (V rc )

FIGURE 3 - OUTPUT LIMITING CIRCUIT


(Top View)

"LP

rT i

-5lV z
i
10k
Ww ci

Device
ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature Range Package
MC1439G Metal Can
0C to + 70C
MC1439P1 Plastic DIP
MC1539G -55Cto + 125C Metal Can

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-109
MCI 439, MC1539
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc, T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC1539 MCI 439


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Bias Current hB MA
<T A = +25C) - 0.20 0.50 - 0.20 1.0

' TA = T| 0W ) 0.23 0.70 0.23 1.5

Input Offset Current hoi nA


< TA = T| ow >
- 75 - 150
(T A = +25C) 20 60 20 100
( TA = T high) 75 150

Input Offset Voltage |V| I mV


(T A = +25C) - 1.0 3.0 - 2.0 7.5

< TA = T low Thigh' 4.0

Average Temperature Coefficient of nput mV/c


I

I
TCVio |

Offset Voltage (T A = T| ow to Thigh)

(R S = 50 a) - 3.0 - - 3.0 -

(R s <10ka) 5.0 5.0

Input Impedance z in 150 300 - 100 300 ka


(f = 20 Hz)
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range V ICR 11 + 12 11 12 - Vpk
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en 30 30 nV/(Hz)V4
(RS= 10 k. Noise Bandwidth = 1.0 Hz,
f = 1.0 kHz)

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 80 110 - 80 110 dB


(f = 1.0 kHz)

Open-Loop Voltage Gain (Vq= +10 V, R L = AV0L


10 ka. R = ) <T A = + 25C to T hlgh 50,000 120,000 15,000 100,000 - -
5 )

< TA = T low> 25,000 100,000 : 15,000 100,000


Power Bandwidth (A v = 1 , THD < 5%, PBW kHz
Vq = 20 Vp-p)
(R L = 2.0 ka) 10 50
(Rl = 1.0 ka, R 5 = 10 k) 20 50

Step Response
I Gain = 1000, no overshoot, i
THL 130 130 ns

1 Rl = 1.0 kU, R2= 1 OMa, R3= 1.0 ka A *pd 190 190 ns

( R4 = 30ka,R5= 10ka,C1 = lOOOpF ) SR 6.0 6.0 V/>js

I Gain = 1000, 15% overshoot, \ 'THL 80 80 ns

} R1 =1.0kS2, R2 = 1.0MU,R3=1.0kS2A 'pd 100 100 ns

( R4 = 0,R5 = 10ka,C1 = 10pF j SR 14 " 14 V/ms

( Gain = 100, no overshoot, \ l


THL 60 60 ns

< R1 = 1.0kS2,R2 = 100kI2, R3 = 1.0kS2,> pd - 100 100 ns

( R4 = 10k52,R5 = 10ka,C1 =2200pF / SR 34 34 V/jjs

i Gain = 10, 15% overshoot, \ 'THL 120 120 ns

< R1 = 1.0kS2, R2= 10kS2, R3 = 1.0kS2, \ pd 80 - 80 ns

( R4=1.0kS2, R5= 10ka,C1 = 2200pFj SR 6.25 6.25 V/ms


/ Gain = 1,15% overshoot, \ tTHL 160 160 ns

< R1 =10kS2,R2=10ki2,R3 = 5.0kS2, > tpd 80 80 ns

( R4 = 390a, R5= 10ka,C1 =2200pF ) SR 4.2 4.2 V/ms


Output Impedance zo - 4.0 - 4.0 ka
(f = 20 Hz)

Output Voltage Swing v Vpk


(R L = 2 Oka, f = 1.0kHz) - + 10 13 -
(R L = 1.0ka,f = 1.0kHz) + 10 + 13

Positive Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR + - 50 150 50 200 mV/V


(Vgrf constant, R5 = )

Negative Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR- - 50 150 - 50 200 mV/V


(Vcc constant, R5 = 00)

Power Supply Current


(Vq = 0) " 3.0 5.0 - 3.0 6.7 mAdc
'cc
'EE 3.0 5.0 3.0 6.7

- 0C for MC1439 Thigh = +70C for MC1439


-55C for MC1539 + 125C for MC1539
MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES
2-110
o

MC1439, MC1539

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

Rating Symbol Value Unit

Power Supply Voltage vCc +18 Vdc


VEE + 18

Differential Input Voltage Range V IDR <v Cc + |VeeI> Vdc


Common-Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR +Vc&-|V EE |
Vdc
Load Current 'L 15 mA
Output Short-Circuit Duration *S Continuous

Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) PD


Metal Package 680 mW
Derate above T A = +25C 4.6 mW/C
Plastic Dual In-Line Packages MC 1439 625 mW
Derate above T A = +25C 5.0 mW/C
Operating Temperature Range MC1539 ta -55 to +125 C
MC1439 to +70

Storage Temperature Range T stg C


Metal Packages -65 to +150
Plastic Packages -55 to +125

FIGURE 4 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC FIGURE 5 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT

^) 4 O OUTPUT

NON INVERTING INPUT

FIGURE 6-TEST CIRCUIT

TYPICAL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS


IV CC . 15Vdc, V EE - -15 Vdc, T A - 25C

FIGURE CURVE VOLTAGE TEST CONDITIONS (FIGURE 61

NO. NO. GAIN Ri in) R2 (n) R3 m> R4 in) R 5 lnl C, IpFI

7,10,12
3
10k
10k
5
10k
1.0 k
k 2200
2200
2200
t^vw-i
1.0 M !t>k 1000
6 1000
e
2200
,Tk

13
t

ALL 1
J]10k
'

10k
'

5.0k
I
390 10k 2200
,4 ALL 10 1.0k 10k 1 Ok 1 Ok 10k 2200
IS ALL 100 1.0 k 100 k 10k 10k 10 k 2200
16 ALL 1000 1.0k 1 OM 10k 30 k 10k 2200

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-111
1

MC1439, MC1539

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

(Vcc " +15 Vdc, VgE = -15 Vdc, T"a = +25C, unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 7 - LARGE-SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 8 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY
24 110
22 TTTT
s 10
II
_ 20
Z 90 mil
S
S 18 R|_ = 2.0kOHMS Ml
> S
S
5 '6
i
v f
5
!
s -ARROWS INDICATE JJi \ 6

i 12 !s\ UNCOMPENSATED P
S

1"
6
!AN
2
N
3 > 4
IN
"

= 8.0 -H 40 III III


o z
6 S 30 s\
> 6.0 = 1.0 k OFm o I

4.0 I I I

| 20
TrU
S5%1 HD it 1

2.0

II
10 k 100 k
J 10

0L lllllll llll

10 k
llll

100 k
II
2
I
1

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 9 -OUTPUT VOLTAGE


SWING versus LOAD RESISTANCE FIGURE 10 - OPEN-LOOP PHASE-SHIFT versus FREQUENCY

30
I' I I III ^ 1

18 VOLT SUPPLIES
inn
_ 25 III III 6 ^ \1
R|_ = 2.0k OHMS
15 VOLT SUPPLIES
>
12
Mill
VOLT SUPPLIES
4
!

<
!
5
V
15
t-
a-
S 10
o
O I j
> fin = 1.0 k Hz
-
5.0

100 200 300 500 700 1.0k 2.0 k 3.0 k 5.0 k7.0 k 10 k 1.0k 10k 100 k 1.0 M
R|_, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) f. FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 11 -OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


(to clipping) versus SUPPLY FIGURE 12 - CLOSED-LOOP GAIN versus FREQUENCY

I
I iim^ I
R 4 = 0,
4
Ci = 10 pF
C1 = 1000 pF
fin = 10 kHz 50
I

RL=10kOHM Mini
K4 = 10kOHM , Ci = 2200 3h
5
? 40 i

y\ vcc'oo.k
<
CD

30
"V
_S
y^ VEE 4
If"vJ

^
i

10 k
T K4 = 1.0 k OHM Ci =2200p F
^v a
/ -^+Vn f ' -1
,.
20 !
!

"v
rA

-A-V- -f-Vo
9
'^ "W 1.0 k
r~
10

R4 = 390 OHMS, Ci = 2200 pF "itv


l -X
3

13 14 15
1

16
1

17
1

1.0 k
I
i 1 lllllll 1 1
"
1^ M
2

10 k 100 k 1.0 10 M
VCC^EE' POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
*Aq|_ = Closed-Loop Gain

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-112
1

MCI 439, MC1539

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

= -15 Vdc, T A = +25C, unless otherwise noted.)


(Vcc = +15 Vdc, Vee

, FIGURE 14 - Acl = 10 RESPONSE versusTEMPERATURE


FIGURE 13-AC l = 1 RESPONSE versusTEMPERATURE
+40

I
+15

+10

+5.0
i
10 k f
"
fv.

^T2200p
V 10 k

eo
F
AW
A->* riii
Ml
.
+25C

-55C
z
to
a. I
Hi

d . "\
_L 390

I
o

1 o

o
+20

in* vw-A-o >^


.. 100 k
Tfci
-55kj

Mill
1

\\
'

S -5-0 J \1 _L 10 k +25C
o
- 10
Pea lint can beeli min at dby \ "
^ *^ inn
y^ ^2200
Ji u sing heavier compensation
\

u
<
-15
a t the expense of slight band-
rid th educ tion.
H 125 C
-
x
i 1.0 k
pF 125C

-20 I III III


-5.0 Hi
100 k 100 k

f, FREQUENCY (kHz) f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIGURE 15 -A CL = 100 RESPONSE versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 16 - ACL = 1000 RESPONSE versusTEMPERATURE

65 . , , i
'__''' '" 85 I 1 1 1 1 II Ml 1 Mil
I

60
e n #-^/w-e-6 -^sl (10
-^
fi?*
^S.6 ^>-o*#e
'o
5 50
^08
< <
" 45 1.0 \J\ !200 pF t .1. i okp'^^PiooopfJ
o i ( i) 10 k -55C o 30 k
S 40 3 60 ,

Q
| 35 c +25 C
o
6 t

". 30
u Jf
\
f\
I I

i? ^c
1 ^ + ' 5C [

< 25
rT t
20
+125C
15 ll III 35 J LL...1.
10 100 1.0 M 10 100 1.0 M 101

f, FREQUENCY (kHz) f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIGURE 17 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY FIGURE 18 - OUTPUT NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE
i

Nil'!. 100 1 11

L
RS=10k
r~ >
llll 1

1.0 k 10 k 1.0 10

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) RS. SOURCE RESISTANCE (k OHMS)


'
Aql = Closed-Loop Gain

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-113
-

MC1439, MC1539

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(Vcc= +15 Vdc, Vee = -15Vdc,T A = +25C, unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 20 - POWER DISSIPATION versus


FIGURE 19 -POWER DISSIPATION versus TEMPERATURE POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
130 1

v =
120

110

100

90
^^""V.

+25 +50 +75 12 14 16


Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
VCC IVEEl. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 21 - POWER BANDWIDTH FIGURE 22 - COMMON-MODE INPUT VOLTAGE


(LARGE-SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

I I
i

|
+25C |

DSITIVE INPUT LIMIT

1.0 k 10 k 13 14 15 16

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) VCC. IVEEL SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 23 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO FIGURE 24 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO


versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE

I VITY G MN C0MPEI\ St ,T ION

1.0 k 10 k -55 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Ta. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE lC)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-114
MC1439, MC1539

FIGURE 25 - VOLTAGE-FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE

5.0 10 15 20

TIME ((is)

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 26 -VOLTAGE FOLLOWER FIGURE 27 - DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER FIGURE 28 -SUMMING AMPLIFIER

'out - ein Vjo

2| n >40MOHMS

RF RF , "F RB = Parallel Combination of Ri, R2, R3, RF-


= Z e1 + e2 + + S" e3
Z
OCL OOL S"
Ri
7T
R2
1
R3
Aol Rf Rf Rf

.

eo = " 61
+ e2 + e3
ST ri;
R1.R2 Rl Ft2
ForR3 :

R1 + R2 Properly Compensated
'Properly Compensated

FIGURE 29 - +15 VOLT REGULATOR

Return #- - Vq Return

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-115
MC1439, MC1539

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued)

FIGURE 30 - LOAD REGULATION FOR FIGURE 31 - REGULATOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE


CIRCUIT OF FIGURE 29 (under pulsed load condition)

50 100 150 200 250 300


LOAD CURRENT (MILLIAMPERES)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-116
MOTOROLA MC1445
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1545
TECHNICAL DATA

GATE CONTROLLED TWO CHANNEL INPUT GATE CONTROLLED


WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER TWO CHANNEL INPUT
WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER
. .designed for use as a general purpose gated wideband ampli-
.

fier, video switch, sense amplifier, multiplexer, modulator, FSK


SILICON MONOLITHIC
circuit, limiter, AGC circuit, or pulse amplifier.
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Large Bandwidth; 50 MHz Typical

Channel-Select Time of 20 ns Typical


Differential Inputs and Differential Output

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632

AMPLITUDE MODULATOR PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR

V C C9 ? V EE
PIN CONNECTIONS
RF.-|e
Input
Output \_\_

Gate [V
Noninv. Input B |
3 -

Inv. Input B [4 -
-rIf Audio Input Noninv. Input A 5 -
Modulation Adjust '-Vi
5.0 k Open Inv. Input A |
6 -

Output [~7

BALANCED MODULATOR (Top View)

?V EE

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
5.0 k
MC1445L 0Cto + 75C Ceramic DIP
Bias Adjust

MC1545L -55Cto +125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-117
MC1445, MC1545

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherw ise noted.)

Rating Symbol Value Unit


Power Supply Voltage vC c + 12 Vdc
-12 Vdc
Input Differential Voltage Range V IDR 5.0 Volts
Load Current 25 mA
'L
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation)
PD
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package 625 mW
Derate above T A = +25C 5.0 mW/C
Metal Can
680 mW
Derate above T A = +25C 4.6 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range MC1445 TA +75
to C
MC 1 545 -55 to +125
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = +5.0 Vdc, V EE = -5.0 Vdc, at TA = +25C, specifications apply to both input channels
unless otherwise noted.)

MC1545 MCI 445


Characteristic Fig. No. Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Single-Ended Voltage Gain 1,12 16 19
^vs 21 16 19.5 23 dB
Bandwidth 1,12 BW 40 50 - - _
50 MHz
Input Impedance 5,14 4.0 - -
Z\ 10 3.0 10 k ohms
(f =50 kHz)

Output Impedance 6,15 zo - 25 - - -


25 Ohms
(f = 50 kHz)

Output Differential Voltage Range 4,13 v ODR 1.5 2.5 - -


1.5 2.5 Vp-p
(R|_ = 1.0 kohm, f = 50 kHz)

Input Bias Current 16 'IB


- 15 25 - 15 30 juAdc
Input Offset Current 16 ho - 2.0 - - 2.0 - MAdc
Input Offset Voltage 17 V|0 - 1.0 5.0 - - 7.5 mVdc
Quiescent Output dc Level 17 vo - 0.1 - - 0.1 _ Vdc
Output dc Level Change
1

AV
1

- - -
17 15 15 mV
(Gate Input Voltage Change: +5.0 V to V)
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 9,18 CMRR - 85 - - 85 - dB
(f = 50 kHz)
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 18 VlCR - 2.5 - _ 2.5 _ Vp
Gate Characteristics 8 0.40 0.70
V|L(G) 0.2 0.4 Vdc
Gate Input Voltage - Low Logic State (Note 1

Gate Input Voltage - High Logic State (Note 2) V IH(G) 1.5 2.2 1.3 3.0
Gate Input Current Low Logic State 18 - - - -
'lL(G) 2.5 4.0 mA
(V, UG , =0V)
Gate Input Current - High Logic State 18 'lH(G)
- - 2.0 - - 4.0 MA
< V IH(G) =+5.0V)
Step Response 19 tPLH 6.5 10 6.5 ns
(e in = 20 mV) tPHL - 6.3 10 6.3 -
*TLH 6.5 15 - 6.5
l THL 7.0 15 7.0
Wideband Input Noise 10,20 en - 25 - - 25 - /uV(rms)
(5.0 Hz - 10 MHz, R s = 50 ohms)

DC Power Consumption 11,20 PC - 70 110 - 70 150 mW


Note 1. V||_(G) is the gate voltage which results in channel A gain of unity or less and channel B gain of 16 dB or greater.
Note 2. V| H (G) is the gate voltage which results in channel B gain of unity or less and channel A gain of 16 dB or greater.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-118
MCI 445, MCI 545

FIGURE 1 -SINGLE-ENDED FIGURE 2 - SINGLE-ENDED


VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY VOLTAGE GAIN versus TEMPERATURE
2b

20

15

I
10

5.0

n
-25 *-25 +50 +75

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) Ta, TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE - VOLTAGE GAIN


3 FIGURE 4 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES versus LOAD RESISTANCE

25

15

f
" 50 kHz

10 III

VCC VEE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc) RL. LOAD RESISTANCE (k OHMS)
FIGURE 5 - INPUT Cp AND Rp versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY
(BOTH CHANNELS)

7.0 200
1

cP j-, 180 III II

6.0^ V0(rnis) = 20m V 1


> 160
I
5.0 ~ 140
RP
'Z.
< 120 l
4.0 ? a
c
i ioo l
3.0 %
> | 80 /

2.0 > o 60

m /

- V|| rm s) 1.0
'
40
J
|

5.0 10 1.0

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) f. FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-119
MC1445, MC1545

FIGURE 7 - CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE - GATE CHARACTERISTICS


8
140

80 -

10 4 105 10 6

fin, INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz) Vg, GATE VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


FIGURE 9 - COMMON MODE FIGURE 10 - INPUT WIDEBAND NOISE
REJECTION RATIO versus FREQUENCY versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

1 00

90
\ s
B ant width = 5.0H z t o 10ft(IHz
an

70

R0

50

40

in

n
0.01 0.1 1.0 10 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)


FIGURE 12 - SINGLE-ENDED VOLTAGE GAIN AND
FIGURE 11 -CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC BANDWIDTH TEST CIRCUIT

Q -5.0 V

CS < <

:15k 59.0k 9.0k ?5.0 k |5.0 k

V, = 20 mV(rms) Cl = 15 pF and includes jig


and voltmeter capacitance.
Boonton RF Voltmeter
or Equivalent

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-120
MC1445, MC1545

FIGURE 13 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING TEST CIRCUIT FIGURE 14 - INPUT IMPEDANCE TEST CIRCUIT

5.0 V O O -5.0 V
f = 50 kHz
V| = 50mV(rms>

f = 50 kHz
Vi = 200 mV(rms)

FIGURE 15 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE TEST CIRCUIT FIGURE 16 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT AND INPUT
OFFSET CURRENT TEST CIRCUIT

5.0 V ft O -5.0 V
V5.0 V Q O "5.0 V

l|0 is the difference


f = 50 kHz in current reading

V: = 50 mV(rms) when either S1 or S2


is switched.

FIGURE18 - GATE CURRENT (HIGH AND LOW),


FIGURE 17 - INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE AND QUIESCENT COMMON-MODE REJECTION AND
OUTPUT LEVEL TEST CIRCUIT COMMON MODE INPUT RANGE TEST CIRCUIT

Adjust R1 until V1 5.0 V O O -5.0 V


reads Volts then
read B^ c .

AV Q = Change in V2 Reading
Switch S and readjust R for V., = +5.0 V
1 1

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-121
MC1445, MC1545

FIGURE 19 - PROPAGATION DELAY AND RISE AND FIGURE 20 - POWER DISSIPATION AND WIDEBAND
FALL TIMES TEST CIRCUIT INPUT NOISE TEST CIRCUIT

To "A" Channel +5.0 V


of Scope
True rms Voltmeter
with Bandwidth of
Scope 5.0 Hz to 10 MHz
Tektronix 567
or equiv

V.
mV
>X %
^^ ^ To
L
"B" Channel
V, = 20 7
" of Scope
tTLH = tTHL < 50 n L
1
C[_ = 15 pF including probe and
P D = 5 ('CC +
jig capacitance 'EE>

FIGURE 21 - LIMITING CHARACTERISTIC

V j. SINGLE ENDED INPUT VOLTAGE (mVp-pJ

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-122
MOTOROLA MC1454G
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1554G
TECHNICAL DATA

1-WATT
1-WATT POWER AMPLIFIERS POWER AMPLIFIER
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
SILICON MONOLITHIC
EPITAXIAL PASSIVATED
. designed to amplify signals to 300-kHz with
. .

1-Watt delivered to a direct coupled or capac-


itively coupled load. vC c

External
Compensation
Low Total Harmonic Distortion - 0.4% (Typ) @ 1 Watt
VEE
Low Output Impedance - 0.2 Ohm
External
Excellent Gain Temperature Stability
Compensation
Gain
Options (top view)

G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 603C

VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY (R|. - 16 OHMS)

1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 10k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MAXIMUM AVAILABLE OUTPUT POWER


CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (SINE WAVE)
II 1/

0.5 A PEA (CU \R N --

1 ow

( 75 H.

& 10
i<n

0. :5Vi

0.1 w
I

10

R(.. LOAO RESISTANCE (OHMS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-123
MC1454G, MC1554G

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T C = +25C unless otherwise noted)


Frequency compensation shown in Figures 6 and 7.

MCI 554 MC1454


Rl Gain (-55to+125C) (0 to +70C)
Characteristic Figure (Ohms) Option* Symbol Min Typ Max Min Max Unit
Output Power (fore out <5.0% THD) - _
1 16 pout 1.0 1.1 _ 1.0 Watt
Power Dissipation > P out = 1 .0 W) - -
1 16 PD 0.9 1.2 - 0.9 _ Watt
Voltage Gain 1 16 10 Av 8.0 10 12 ~ 10 V/V
16 18 18 18 -
16 36 36 36
Input Impedance 1 - 10 z in 7.0 10 - _
3.0 10 kn
Output Impedance - -
1 10 z 0.2 _ _ 0.4 _ n
Power Bandwidth 2 16 10 BW 270 270 - kHz
(fore out <5.0%THD) -
16 18 250 " - 250
16 36 210 210
Total Harmonic Distortion 2 THD %
(for e m <0.05% THD, f = 20 Hz
to 20 kHz)
Pout "10 Watt (sinewave) 16 10 - 0.4 - - _
0.4
p out = - 1 Watt (sinewave) 16 10 0.5 0.5
Zero Signal Current Drain 3 oo -
'D 11 15 _ 11 20 mAdc
Output Noise Voltage 3 - _
16 10 Vn 0.3 __
0.3
Output Quiescent Voltage 4 - V "
16 (dc) 10 30 ~ 10 mVdc
(Split Supply Operation)

Positive Supply Sensitivity - + " -


5 oo S -40 - -40 " mV/V
(VgE constant)

Negative Supply Sensitivity - -


5 OO S~ -40 - - -40 " mV/V
(Vcc constant)

age Gain Pi n Connection


10 Pins 2 and 4 open. Pin 5 to ac ground
18 Pins 2 and 5 open. Pin 4 to ac ground
36 Pin 2 connected to Pin 5, Pin 4 to ac ground

Characteristic Definitions
(Linear Operation)

FIGURE 1 FIGURE 3

FIGURE 2
FIGURE 5
"v-iio y Vol*). ^

ftr*E 12

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-124
MC1454G, MC1554G

MAXIMUM RATINGS (Tq = +25C unless otherwise noted)

Rating Symbol Value Unit

Total Power Supply Voltage IV CC |


+ IV EE I 18 Vdc

Peak Load Current out 0.5 Ampere

Audio Output Power p out 1.8 Watts

Power Dissipation (package limitation)


T A = +25C PD 600 mW
Derate above 25C i/eJ A 4.8 mW/C
TC = +25C PD 1.8 Watts
Derate above 25C 1/0 j c 14.4 mW/C
Operating Temperature Range MC1454 ta to +70 C
MC1554 -55 to +125

Storage Temperature Range T stg -55 to +150 C

TYPICAL CONNECTIONS
FIGURE 6 - SPLIT SUPPLY OPERATION VOLTAGE FIGURE 7 - SINGLE SUPPLY OPERATION VOLTAGE
GAIN (Av) = lO.fLow^ 251^ GAIN A V> = 10 ^LOW* 100 Hz
< >

o.i ju.f : l/'F-p-

6 100 /(F
g


-+rt^
C2
01,tF
J-
T ^ I-
"IT
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
In order to avoid local VHF Instability, the following set of rules must be 3, Lead lengths from the external components to pins 7, 9, and 10 of the
adhered to: package should be as short as possible to insure good VHF grounding
for these points.
1. An RC 10 ohms) should be
stabilizing network (0.1 / ( F in series with
placed directly from pin 9 to ground, as shown in Figures 6 and 7, using
short leads, to eliminate local VHF instability caused by lead inductance Due to the large bandwidth of the amplifier, coupling must be avoided be-
to the load. tween the output and input leads. This can be assured by either (a) use of
2. Excessive lead inductance from the Vcc supply to pin 10 can cause high short leads which are well isolated, (b) narrow-banding the overall amplifier
frequency instability. To prevent this, the Vcc by-pass capacitor should by placing a capacitor from pin 1 to ground to form a low-pass filter in com-
be connected with short leads from the VcCP m to ground. If this capaci- bination with the source impedance, or (c) use of a shielded input cable. In
tor is remotely located a series R-C network (0.1 /iFand lOohms) should applications which require upper band-edge control the input low-pass filter
be used directly from pin 10 to ground as shown in Figures 6 and 7. is recommended.

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
FIGURE 8 - TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION FIGURE 9 - TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION
versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus FREQUENCY
1

f = 1 kH i llllllll
Av = 36 V/ V 1

Av = 36, R L = 10n
1{

91
AXP0VI/ERO UTP UT
%M *XP0Vl/ER C UTP UT
"I

~Ti
|
|||
I

36, 16 n
18 VA iiiiii

^
| l
i

18, ion
llllllll |

I6n
jQ s
18,

in IN
*^S
^ v^
^s.
^.
1 1 MINI
io,

10, 16
ion

n
1

^- p out = w (rms)

20 30 50 70 100 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 10k


5.0 7.0 10

RL , LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-125
MC1454G, MC1554G

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 10 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus TEMPERATURE - OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHANGE


FIGURE 11

SO
5+4.0
E 1

j
RL = 16 0HMS
a
z V C C-8Vdc
<
S +2.0

o
30 <
25
o
>
20 18V/V =>
t-
IS |
O
10V/V
S-20
o
s
n
a
-i-4.0
s 25 53 7 ) 100 125
1 -
55 25 25 50 75 100 125
Ta .AMBIEN r TEMPER *TURE<( )
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, <C)

FIGURE 12 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY (R L -oo)

A V = 36V/V

V = 12 Vp-p
V CC = 16V
(See Figure 7)

1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 13 - MAXIMUM DEVICE DISSIPATION


(SINE WAVE)

ABSI )LU E MAXIMUM DEVH E DISSIPATION

-40 o
-60 r
-76 uj

-90
0.7 u <
r-25 -
-40 | f 1 10
*
0.5
-60
18V *~
-80 z -125
BV Z
14V -100 ^

SUPPLY VO LTAC E. |V
CC + |V E 1=1 v
m
l
"
sl 1

1 1 1 II
2.0 5.0 10 20 50

R L LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)


,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-126
MOTOROLA MC1456
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1456C
TECHNICAL DATA
MC1556

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, HIGH PERFORMANCE SILICON MONOLITHIC
OPERATONAL AMPLIFIER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or am-


with operating characteristics as a function of the external
plifier
feedback components. G SUFFIX
(Top View)
METAL PACKAGE
Low 15 nA max
Input Bias Current
CASE 601
Nc
.

Low Input Offset Current 2.0 nA max


Low Input Offset Voltage 4.0 mV max
Fast Slew Rate 2.5 V//is typ
Large Power Bandwidth 40 kHz typ
Low Power Consumption 45 mW max
Offset Voltage Null Capability
Output Short-Circuit Protection
Input Over-Voltage Protection

P1 SUFFIX U SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
TYPICAL INPUT BIAS CURRENT AND INPUT CASE 626 CASE 693
OFFSET CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE for MCI 556
Offset Null (T T] N.C.

_< MC1456 Inv. Input fT fV. JJ V CC


<S ,

H CH56C

INPUT BIASCU 1RENT ^n 3 Nr


(Top View)
10
jjj|

r

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
26
INPUT FFSETC JRRENT MC1456G.CG Metal Can
L 0C to +70C
MC1456CP1.P1 Plastic DIP
5 -25 +25 +50 +76 +100 +12 5
MC1556G Metal Can
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) -55Cto +125C
,
MC1556U Ceramic DIP

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


VOLTAGE-FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE
lk

340

2 fts/DIVISION

7.7 k :M f
1 k 5 39k h k i 7.7 k 39 k i^O Vcc

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-127
MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)


MCI 456
Rating Symbol MCI 556 MC1456C Unit
Power Supply Voltage vcc +22 + 18 Vdc
VEE -22 -18
Differential Input Voltage Range V IDR J-VfJC Volts
Common-Mode Voltage Range V ICR tv cc Volts
Load Current
'L 20 mA
Output Short Circuit Duration
'S Continuous
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation)
PD 680 mW
Derate above T A = +25C 4.6 mW/C
Operating Temperature Range ta -55 to +125 to +70 C
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <Vcc =" + '5 Vdc .vee = - 1 5 Vdc T A = +25C unless othervtfise noted).

MCI 556 MCI 456 MC1456C


Characteristic Fig. Symbol Min Typ Max Min TVP Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Bias Current
'IB nAdc
TA = +25C - 8.0 15 " "
15 30 15 90
TA = T low to T high (See Note 11 30 40
Input Offset Current
'10 nAdc
TA = +25C - 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 5.0 30
TA = +25C to T high 3.0 " -
14
Ta - T| 0W to +25C 5.0 14
Input Offset Voltage V|0 mVdc
TA = +25C " 2.0 4.0 " -
5.0 10 5.0 12
TA = T low t T high 6.0 14
Differential Input Impedance (Open-Loop, f = 20 Hz)
Parallel Input Resistance r - 5.0 " " 30 - -
P 3.0 " Megohms
Parallel Input Capacitance C
P 6.0 6.0 6.0 pF
Common-Mode Input Impedance (f = 20 Hz) - 250 - - -
*i 250 250 _ Megohms
Common-Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR 12 13 - + 11 -
1
12 10.5 12 _ v pk
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 2 <>n
- - nV/(Hz)%
(A V - 100, R s - 10 k ohms, f = kHz. BW = Hz) 45 45 - -
1 .0 1 .0 45

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 100 Hz) 3 CMRR 80 110 - - -


70 110 110 _ dB
Open-Loop Voltage Gain, (V = 10 V, RL = 2.0 k ohms) 4,5,6 A VOL V/V
TA = +25C 100,000 200,000 -
70,000 100,000 25,000 IO0.OOC -
TA = T|
0VV to T high 40,000 40,000
Power Bandwidth 9 BWp ~ 40 - - -
40 40 - kHz
(A v - 1. Ri. - 2.0 k ohms, THDS5%, V = 20 Vp-p)

Unity Gain Crossover Frequency (open-loop) - - -


5 BW 1.0 1.0 - _ 1.0 MHz
Phase Margin (open-loop, unity gain)
5,7 - 70 - - 70 - _ _
70 degrees
Gain Margin 5,7 - 18 - - 18 - _ 18 dB
Slew Rate (Unity Gain) SR - - - -
2.5 2.5 _ 2.5 _ V/us
Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz) " -
z 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.5 - 1.0 _ kohms
Short-Circuit Output Current 8 'OS - -17.+9.C - - -17, +9.0 - - _
-17, +9.0 mAdc
Output Voltage Swing R L = 2.0 k ohms)(
10 V R 12 13 - -
+11 12 10 12 _ v pk
Power Supply Rejection Ratio
jiV/V
V(X = constant, Rg <10 k ohms PSRR + 50 100 - 75 200 - -
75
Vee = constant, Rs < 1 k ohms PSRR-
50 100 75 200 75
Power Supply Current 1.0 1.5 - -
cc 1.3 3.0 1.3 4.0 mAdc
'EE - 1.0 1.5 1.3 3.0 1.3 4.0
DC Quiescent Power Dissipation 11 30 - ~
pd 45 40 90 40 120 mW
(V = 0)

Notel: T| ow : 0 for MC 1456 and MC1456C


-55C for MCI 556
T high : +70C for MC1456 and MC1456C
+ 125C for MC1556

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-128
MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc = +15 Vdc, Vee = -15 Vdc, Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted).

FIGURE 1 - INPUT COMMON-MODE SWING varus FIGURE 2 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
300
24

21

l|
18
^x- :

12 1 M

,+15 V

:i0k$ M -V
/C
V
8W=10Hi
= ,
15V . ."Ml
i_i ,

n |

1.0 k
3.0 6.0 9.0 12 15 18 21

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
VCC. VEE.

FIGURE 3 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION FIGURE 4 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


RATIO versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE
120
1

MC1456
100 M ;1456C

80
_ < 300 k

40 _j 100 k

?n
.26 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 +150 +175
1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 100 M
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C>
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE FIGURE 6 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGES

5.0 10 15 20
1.0 k 10 k 100 k

VCC. VEE. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (Vdc)


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-129
MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 7 - OPEN-LOOP PHASE SHIFT FIGURE 8 - OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE
3 50

I 45
t-
CO AC 1456
B -45 5
QC
40 * 1 AC1456 c
-*
QC
35
3
5
o
30
| -in
25
|
20 SINK
|
-135 15
"
'

10 SOURCE

1b.O
-180
o
~~

10 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 100 M -75 -50 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 +150 +175
f. FREQUENCY (Hz) T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO
,

FIGURE 9 - POWER BANDWIDTH FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus


LOAD RESISTANCE
28 '

*N,

24 V

\
> 20 \
a v
f Ifi
\
>
)-
3 12 I
V
\

o
6
8.0 E L
+ ^s^
__X v
1 ^ 1

1
1
Vullll
1 1 1 llllll
1
10 100 1.0k
500 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 10 k
f, FRE 1UE NCY (kh z)
RL. LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 11 - POWER DISSIPATION versus


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

V =

S 5.0

4.0
d
a.
3.0

2.0

2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20 22


VCC. VEE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-130
MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Where values are not given for external components they must be selected by the
designer to fit the requirements of the system.

FIGURE 12 INVERTING FEEDBACK MODEL FIGURE 13 NONINVERTING FEEDBACK MODEL

IFA( u,)-*, IF R3Zi


vo Z2
a =zi
Vi Z1
'o =Zo

FIGURE 14 LOW-DRIFT SAMPLE AND HOLD


M15V

O v

*Drilt due to bias current

is typically 8 mV/s

FIGURE 15 HIGH IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AMPLIFIER

VQ = -10V|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-131
MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued)

FIGURE 16- LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER FIGURE 17 - VOLTAGE OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT

100 k
Vj >0 vw

Vq = Kiln (K2Vi)

OFFSET
ADJUST

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-132
.

MOTOROLA
MC1458
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1458C
TECHNICAL DATA MC1558

(DUALMC1741)
DUAL
(DUALMC1741) OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, SILICON MONOLITHIC
HIGH PERFORMANCE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or ampli-
fier with operating characteristics as a function of the external G SUFFIX
feedback components. METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601
No Frequency Compensation Required
Short Circuit Protection
Wide Common Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges

Low Power Consumption


No Latch Up

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted)

Rating Symbol MC1458 MC1558 Unit


P1 SUFFIX
+22 Vdc
Power Supply Voltage vC c + 18
PLASTIC PACKAGE
VEE -18 -22 Vdc CASE 626
20 Volts (MC1458, MC1458C)
Input Differential Voltage V|D
15 Volts
Input Common Mode Voltage' 1 ) V|CM
Continuous
S
Output Short Circuit Duration^) UC
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA to +70| -55to + 125 U SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
Storage Temperature Range
Metal and Ceramic Packages
T stg
-65 to +150
C
^S*A CASE 693
-55 to +125
Plastic Package
Junction Temperature Tj C
175
Metal and Ceramic Packages
Plastic Package
150 D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
NOTES: , .
, ,.
the
CASE 751
5 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to
1 For supply voltages less than 1
(SO-8)
supply voltage.
2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 15 V
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package

MC1458CD.D SO-8
MC1458CG,G Metal Can
0to +70C
MC1458CP1,P1 Plastic DIP

MC1458CUU Ceramic DIP

MC1558G Metal Can


-55Cto +125C
MC1558U Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-133
MC1458, MC1458C, MC1558

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Note 1. (V C c = +15V, V EE = - 15 V, TA = 25Cu nless otherwise noted).


MC1558 MC1458 MC1458C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage - -
VlO 1.0 5.0 2.0 6.0 - 2.0 10 mV
(Rs< 10 k)

Input Offset Current - -


iio 20 200 20 200 _ 20 300 nA
Input Bias Current - -
IB 80 500 80 500 _ 80 700 nA
Input Resistance -
rj 0.3 2.0 0.3 2.0 - _ 2.0 _ Ma
Input Capacitance - -
C, 1.4 - 1.4 - _ 1.4 _ PF
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range - - -
v IOR 15 15 _ _ + 15 mV
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR 12 13 - _
12 13 + 11 + 13 V
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Av V/mV
(V = 10 V, R L =2.0k) - -
50 200 20 200 -
(V o = 10 V, R L = 10 k)
20 200
Output Resistance - 75 - - _ _ _
r
o 75 75 n
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 90 - 70 90 - -
60 90 dB
(Rs < 10 k)

Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR - - -


30 150 30 150 30 - MV/V
(RS < 10 k)
Output Voltage Swing v V
(R|_ > 10k) " -
12 14 12 14 11 + 14 -
(R|_ > 2k) 10 13 10 13 9.0 13
Output Short-Circuit Current - - - _ _ _
'of 20 20 20 mA
Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers) - - _
ID 2.3 5.0 2.3 5.6 2.3 8.0 mA.
Power Consumption - _ _
PC 70 150 70 170 70 240 mW
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
(V| = 20mV, R L > 2kH, C L < 100 pF) Rise Time tTLH 0.3 0.3 0.3 MS
(V| = 20mV, R L > 2kH, C L < 100 pF) Overshoot OS 15 " 15 - - -
15 %
(V| = 10 V, R L > 2 kn. C L < 100 pF) Slew Rate SR " 0.5 " 0.5 0.5 V/ms
L *-

tLfcC 1 HICAL CHARACTERISTICS Note (VC c = + 15V, V EE = -15 V TA = *T


high to T
1
ow unless otherwise noted).

MC1558 MC14S8 MC1458C


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Unit
Input Offset Voltage V(0 - -
1.0 6.0 7.5 - 12 mV
(Rs < 10 ka)
Input Offset Current
<IO nA
<T A = 125C) - 7.0 200
(T A = -55C) - -
85 500 - -
(T A = 0C to +70C)
300 400
Input Bias Current
'IB nA
(T A = 125C) - - -
30 500 -
<T A = -55C)
300 1500 -
(T A = 0C to +70C)
800 1000
Common Mode Input Voltage Ranqe
V|CR + 12 + 13 _ _ _ _ V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 90 - - - - - - " dB
(Rs < 10 k)

Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR - - -


30 150 - - - - MV/V
(Rs < 10 k)
Output Voltage Swing v
(R L > 10k)
V
12 + 14 - 12 14 - -
(R L 2 k) + 10 + 13 10 13 9.0 + 13
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av
(V = 10 V, R L = 2 k)
V/mV
25 " " 15 - - - "
(V = 10V,R L = 10k)
15
Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers)
(T A = 125C)
id mA
- " 4.5 " - - - -
(T A = -55C)
6.0
Power Consumption (T A = 125C) - " - -
PC 135 " mW
(T A = -55C) _ _ 180 -
L

Tlow = -55Cfor MC1558and0CforMC1458, MC1458C

Note 1. Input pins of an unused amplifier must be grounded for split supply operation or biased at least 3.0 V above V EE for single supply operation.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-134
:

MC1458, MC1458C, MC1558

FIGURE 1 - BURST NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 2 - RMS NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

ou
FFH-

DH Z
N= 1
,,
* 1
' DkH z rr' til T"
N= 1.0 Hz to 1.0 kHz
10
z U|~-
i _,_

I 1.0 =: = 2S3=:

3 =1 '-+t

itt
- I

01 _ I 111 II
i mil i 11
100 1.0 10 k 100 k 1.0 M
,0 100 1.0 k 10k 100k 1.0 M
RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)
RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)

- OUTPUT NOISE SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 4 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY


FIGURE 3 versus

Av = 10. Rs = 100 kfi

10 k 100 k 1.0 k 10 k
1.0 k

SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)


RS,

FIGURE 5 - BURST NOISE TEST CIRCUIT

100 k

To Pass/Fail
Indicator

The time employed is 10 seconds and the 20 mV peak


Unlike conventional peak reading or RMS meters, this system was
test
limit refers to the operational amplifier input thus eliminating
especially designed to provide the quick response time essential to
errors in the closed-loop gain factor of the operational amplifier
burst (popcorn) noise testing.
under test.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-135
MCI 458, MC1458C, MC1558

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V CC = +15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc, T - + 25C unless
A otherwise noted).

FIGURE 6 -POWER BANDWIDTH


(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) FIGURE 7- OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
III! I II!

-J
| ^^
L

\
\
( /OLTA GE FC LLO WER) \
i HD-r 5% |

II \\
"^
L

|
1.0 k
100 1.0k 10k 100k 1.0
\
M 10 M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 8 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


FIGURE 9 - NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
versus LOAD RESISTANCE
versus LOAD RESISTANCE

-; j.-( i i. -

_
14

13
/
r 15 VSUPPLIES

{2 12 .15 VSUPPLIES
? 11
/
12 V >

< -9
^/ 12 V
,t
9 V
i- 7
> -7 /
6.0

50
-6
/ 9 V

{'
4.0 6 V
> s /
3.0

2.0 ^i^ -3.0


^" 6 V

1.C
-1.0
'00 200 500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 100 200 500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 7.0 k 10 k
R|_, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)
RL,

FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus


LOAD RESISTANCE (Single Supply Operation) FIGURE 11 - SINGLE SUPPLY INVERTING AMPLIFIER
28
+30 V Supply
26

+27 V
22

20
I
100 MP
If-
1 k

vCc
10 k

1R +21 V
k ->"i
i

16
+ 18 V
14

V 200 k>
+ 15V < '7
10 50 k 2
an 100 mF
+ 12 V
~[ 50 k
60
+9.0 V 200 kS -Lm
40 3
70

! 1
+6.0
+5.0
V
V
2. 3. D 4. 3 5. ) 6. 7 8 9
1

1 ]
T4

r
Rl LOAD RESIST ANCE
,
km

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-136
MC1458, MC1458C, MC1558

FIGURE 12 NONINVERTING PULSE RESPONSE

/ .OUTPUT
./
/
t

INPUT

FIGURE 13 TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT

To Scope |

|
(Output)

/p c u

$ X

FIGURE 14 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
lUb

tuu

\ 90

j 8b

70
20 40 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20
VCC IVEEl. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-137
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1458S
TECHNICAL DATA
MC1558S

DUAL HIGH SLEW RATE, INTERNALLY


COMPENSATED OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS DUAL
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
The MC1558S is functionally equivalent, pin compatible, and
SILICON MONOLITHIC
possesses the same ease of use as the popular MC1558 circuit, yet
offers 20 times higher slew rate and power bandwidth. This
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
device is
ideally suited for D/A converters due to its fast settling time and
high slew rate.

High Slew Rate - 10 V//us Guaranteed Minimum (for inverting


unity gain only) G SUFFIX
No Frequency Compensation Required METAL PACKAGE
Short-Circuit Protection CASE 601
Offset Voltage Null Capability
Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges
Vcc
Low Power Consumption
No Latch-Up

TYPICAL APPLICATION OUTPUT CURRENT TO


VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER
V cc = 5.0 V (Top View)

PI SUFFIX
MSB A1 5< * V ref PLASTIC PACKAGE
A2 6 <
CASE 626
A3 7 (
(MC1458S Only)
A4 8 c
MC1508L-8 V cc = 15 V
MC1408L
A5 9 <
Series
A6 10C
A7 11 c s r^ U SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
LSB A8 12 C
CASE 693

15pF # V EE = -15 V D SUFFIX


V EE = -15 V PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
(SO-8)
(MC1458S Only)
Settling time to within 1/2LSB (19.5 mV) is approxi-
mately 4.0 Ms from the time that all bits are switched.
The value of C may be selected to minimize overshoot
and ringing (C 68 pF).

Moninverting r
3
Theoretical Vg Input A I

v ref [A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 HNoninverting


IB
(Ro)
.

'--rT [T 16 32 64 128 2~56


Input

Adjust V ref Rl
, or R so that V with all digital inputs at high level
(Top View)
is equal to 9.961 volts.

V ref = 2.0 Vdc ORDERING INFORMATION


R1 = R2 s 1.0 kO Device Temperature Range Package
Ro = 5.0 k ft
MC1458SD SO-8

V = V
2
<5k)
8 16 32 64 128 256
[2551 9961 V
MC1458SG
MC1458SP1
0"Cto +70C
Metal Can
Plastic DIP
2^6-f MC1458SU Ceramic DIP
MC1558SG Metal Can
MC1558SU -55Cto +125X
Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-138
MC1458S, MC1558S

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C un ess otherwise noted.)

Rating Symbol MC1S58S MC1458S Unit

Power Supply Voltage vcc +22 + 18 Vdc


vee -22 -18
30 Volts
Input Differential Voltage Range (T) V|DR
Common-Mode Voltage Range (2) 15 Volts
Input V|CR
Output Short Circuit Duration S
Continuous

Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -55 to +125 to +70 C


Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 -65 to +150 C
Junction Temperature Ceramic and Metal Package Tj 175 175 C
Plastic Package 150 150 C

Note 1 . For supply voltages less than 15 Vdc, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage.
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 15 Vdc.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-139
MC1458S, MC1558S
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +1 5 Vdc. V EE = -1 5 Vdc. TA - + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC1558S MC1458S
Characteristic Symbol Typ Typ
Power Bandwidth (See Figure 31 BW D
A- = 1,RL = 2.0kn, THD = 5%, V = 20 V(p=-p)
Large-Signal Transient Response
Slew Rate (Figures 10 and 1 1

V(-l to V(+)
20 20
V(+l to V(-)
12 12
Settling Time (Figures 10 and 1 11
'setlg 3.0 3.0
(to within 0.1%)
Small Signal Transient Response
(Gain = 1, E ln = 20 mV, see Figures 7 and
8)
Rise Time
l
TLH 0.25 0.25
Fall Time
THL 0.25 0.25
Propagation Delay Time
tPLH.'PHL 0.25 0.25
Overshoot OS 20 20
Short-Circuit Output Currents
'OS
Open-Loop Voltage Gain (R L - 2 kn) (See Figure 4) AVOL
V +10 V --

200.000 20,000
Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz)
Input Impedance (f = 20 Hz)
Output Voltage Swing V V pk
R|_ 10 kn
14
Rl :
2 kn
13

Input Common-Mode Voltage Swing


V ICR
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 20 Hz)
Input Bias Current (See Figure 2)

Input Offset Current


I'lOl

Input Offset Voltage (Rs = < 10 knl |V|Ol

DC Power Consumption (See Figure 9)


(Power Supply = 15 V, Vq = 0)
Positive Voltage Supply Sensitivity
(V EE constant)
mV/v
Negative Voltage Supply Sensitivity PSS-
mV/v
(Vcc constant) 150 10 150
"Plastic package offered in limited temperature range device only.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = + 15Vdc,V EE = -15Vdc,TA = -55 to +125X for MC1558S and TA = to 70C
for MC1458S, unless otherwise noted.)
MC1558S MC1458S
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Open Loop Voltage Gain A VOL ~ -
25,000 15,000 " V/V
V = 10 V
Output Voltage Swing
R L = 10 kH
RL = 2 kn
v
12 - " 12 - -
V
10 10
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range V ICR 12 - - _ _ v ok
Commo.i-Mode Rejection Ratio = 20 Hz) CMRR - - -
(f
70 _ _ dB
Input Bias Current
'IB nA
TA = 125C 200 500 " "
TA = -55C " 500 1500
TA = to 70C
800
Input Offset Current
'(0 nA
TA = 125C 30 200 "
TA = -55C - "
500
TA = to 70C
300
ViO - " "
Rs < 10 kn
6.0 7.5 mV
DC Power Consumption PC - - - -
200 - mW
V = V
PositivePower Supply Sensitivity ~ - "
PSS+ 150 " - jiV/V
V EE = -15 V
Negative Power Supply Sensitivity ~
p ss- 150 - - - MV/V
V cc = 15 V

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-140
MC1458S, MC1558S

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vqc = +15 Vdc, Vee = -15 Vdc, T^ = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 1 - OFFSET ADJUST CIRCUIT FIGURE 2 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE

V CC
350

300

250
'A MC1558S
Inputs or
200
14 MC1458S ^_,
c
^r^ s\
* Not available with G and 100
PI Suffix Packages.
] lOkli

Offset Null ]

+25 +50 +75 +100 +125

4 T, TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 3 - POWER BANDWIDTH - NONDISTORTED


OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 4 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
+ 12U

+ 100

+80
v <
<r +5.0 to +60
o
<
S <Z
+40
i o
>
o S+20
> -5.0

K -10

-20
1.0 k 10 k 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - OUTPUT NOISE versus


SOURCE RESISTANCE
3.5
1

f 3.0

>

20
o
>
'-5
o ^
z
t- 1.0

o 0.5 " A v =10


|

Av = 1
j

-
1.0 k 10k

RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-141
MC1458S, MC1558S

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
|V CC = +15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc, TA = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 6- SMALL-SIGNAL TRANSIENT


RESPONSE DEFINITIONS FIGURE 7 - SMALL-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE

V
'cc '
0.1 mF

>

Outp
MCISSSS^X,
Input 1^014585^^

"="
2k: >L = r 100

Output 50%
I f
0.1 /iF pF

t
TLH Overshoot V os
Rise Time
FIGURE 9 - LARGE-SIGNAL TRANSIENT WAVEFORMS

+ io v
FIGURE 8 - POWER CONSUMPTION versus POWER
SUPPLY VOLTAGES
50% l

100

70

S
I
50
4 -^ v = o

9 30

I 20

6.0 10 14 18
Vcc and VE, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V0 LTS)

FIGURE 10 - SLEW RATE AND SETTLING TIME TEST CIRCUIT*


10 k*

1 k |o.oi[
+ 1% j
/IF-T- =p*2.2 JiF

Match to within 0.01%.

Fal ~T ..
L>
I 1N916 Inputs of Amplifier Not Under
Summing (*)
'
*^_ TorEquivale Test Should Be Grounded.
Node T y*^:iN9i6

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-142
MC1458S, MC1558S

SETTLING TIME The solution to these problems is the creation of a


In order to properly utilize the high slew rate and fast second or "false" summing node. The addition of two
settlingtime of an operational amplifier, a number of diodes at this node clamps the error voltage to limit the
system considerations must be observed. Capacitance at voltage excursion to the oscilloscope. Because of the
the summing node and at the amplifier output must be voltage divider effect, only one-half of the actual error
minimal and circuit board layout should be consistent appears at this node. For extremely critical measure-
with common high-frequency considerations. Both power ments, the capacitance of the diodes and the oscilloscope,
supply connections should be adequately bypassed as and the settling time of the oscilloscope must be con-
close as possible to the device pins. In bypassing, both sidered. The expression
low and high-frequency components should be con-
tsetlg vx 2 + y2 + z2
sidered to avoid the possibility of excessive ringing. In
order to achieve optimum damping, the selection of a can be used to determine the actual amplifier settling
capacitor in parallel with the feedback resistor may be time, where
necessary. A value too small could result in excessive t se tlg
= observed settling time

ringing while a value too large will degrade slew rate and x = amplifier settling time (to be determined)
settling time.
y = false summing junction settling time
SETTLING TIME MEASUREMENT z = oscilloscope settling time

In order to accurately measure the settling time of an It should be remembered that to settle within 0.1%
operational amplifier, it is suggested that the "false" requires 7RC time constants.
summing junction approach be taken as shown in
The 0.1% factor was chosen for the MC1558S
Figure 11. This is necessary since it is difficult to de- settling time as it is compatible with the 1/2 LSB
termine when the waveform at the output of the op- accuracy of the MC1508L 8 digital-to-analog converter.
erational amplifier settles to within 0.1% of it's final This D-to-A converter features 0.19% maximum error.
value. Because the output and input voltages are ef-
fectively subtracted from each other at the amplifier
inverting input, this seems like an ideal node for the
measurement. However, the probe capacitance at this
TYPICAL APPLICATION
critical node can greatly affect the accuracy of the FIGURE 13 - 12.5 WATT WIDEBAND POWER AMPLIFIER
actual measurement.
+ 15 V

MCL1304
FIGURE 11 - WAVEFORM AT
FALSE SUMMING NODE
( I nverting Mode)
or Equivalent
(Current
Limiting
5
Diode)

MJE1100
or Equivalent

1.0ns/DIV

FIGURE 12- EXPANDED WAVEFORM AT


FALSE SUMMING NODE
(Inverting Mode)

10k

Delivers 12.5 watt into 4.0 ohms with less than 1" , THD to 100 kHz.
Pins not shown are not connected.

'Bias current adjustment to eliminate Crossover Distortion.


"Epoxy to power transistor heat sink or case for maximum Thern si Feedback.
r

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-143
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1490P
TECHNICAL DATA

RF/IF/AUDIO AMPLIFIER WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER


WITH AGC
... an integrated circuit featuring wide-range AGC for use in RF/
IF and audio amplifiers over the temperature range,
amplifiers SILICON MONOLITHIC
-40 to +85C. See Motorola Application Note AN513 for design INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
details.

High Power Gain 50 dB Typ at 10 MHz


45 dB Typ at 60 MHz
35 dB Typ at 100 MHz
Wide-Range AGC 60 dB Min, dc to 60 MHz
6.0 to 15 V Operation, Single-Polarity Power Supply

P SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626
MAXIMUM RATINGS (T/v = +25C unless otherwise noted)
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Power Supply Voltage vcc + 18 Vdc
Output Supply vo + 18 Vdc PIN CONNECTIONS
AGC Supply V2(AGC) vCc Vdc
Differential Input Voltage V| 5.0 Vdc
yi Output
Operating Temperature Range TA -40 to +85 C ( + )

Storage Temperature Range Tstg -65 to +150 C


Substrate
Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C 3 Ground

BNon-lnv.
Input

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


lnv
Input
-
m
L_
i_m
I Input
AGC

2<?Vcc (Top View)

SCATTERING PARAMETERS (Vcc = +12 Vdc,


Ta = +25C, Z = 50 O)
f = MHz
Typ
Parameter Symbol 30 60 Unit

Input
Reflection ISnl 0.95 0.93
Coefficient #11 -7.3 -16 C

Output
Reflection IS22I 0.99 0.98
Coefficient 822 -3.0 -5.5 C

Forward
Transmission IS21I 16.8 14.7
Coefficient 21 128 64.3 C
Substrate A 7
Reverse
Pins 3 and 7 should both be connected to circuit ground.
Transmission Sl2 0.00048 0.00092
Coefficient 12 84.9 79.2 c

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-144
MC1490P

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = 12 Vdc, f = 60 MHz, BW = 1.0 MHz, TA = 25C)

Characteristic Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

Power Supply Current Drain !CC


- 17 mA
AGC Range (AGO 5.0 V Min to 7.0 V Max 19 MAGC -60 dB

Output Stage Current (Sum of Pins 1 and 8)


o 4.0 7.5 mA
Single Ended Power Gain Rs = R|_ = 50 Ohms 19 GP 40 - - dB

Noise Figure Rg = 50 Ohms 19 NF - 6.0 dB

Power Dissipation - PD 168 204 mW

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
' v 2 (AGC) = > V CC = 12 V^c.Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted)

FIGURE1 UNNEUTRALIZED POWER GAIN versus FIGURE 2


VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY
FREQUENCY (Tuned Amplifier, See Figure 19) (Video Amplifier, See Figure 21)

Hi 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 III
RL i.o kn VCC 12 Vdc
VC l/dt

60
4
s
50
<
40 *Z 30
o n
> F L 10C
o
30 a 1

2U
z
<"_ 10 |

111
L = 10 n
<
n :

I ll |

f. FREQUENCY (MHz)
f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 3
DYNAMIC RANGE: OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 4
VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY
INPUT VOLTAGE (Video Amplifier, See Figure 21) (Video Amplifier, See Figure 21)

v cc = 12 Vdc
'cc 6.3 Vdc
V2(AGO
RL = 1 k 2

o 1.0
a 0.7
5 30
m 0.5

0011
100 n
; 0.07
'
0.05
+ 10 n

x |

50 100 300
0.3 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 10 30

.INPUT VOLTAGE (mVRMS) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-145
MC1490P

FIGURE 5
VOLTAGE GAIN AND SUPPLY CURRENT versus FIGURE 6 TYPICAL GAIN REDUCTION
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Video Amplifier, See Figure 21) versus AGC VOLTAGE
45 24

=
V
f MHz
21 10
HL - 1.0 Ul
VfKAGC) 5
S*v _ 20 "yl ovw-o- MC1490P ^>.
18
| R AGC
E 3
15 30
I |
12 = 40 1
R AGC * ""> kH
a i

x 'cc
9.0 i * 50
<
6.0 "\
<=
60 I
R AGC = "
III
RAGC = 5.6kn

4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12


70

80 r
1

6.0 9.0
1 1

12 15
1

18 21

V CC SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) VR(AGC). AGC VOLTAGE (Vdc)


,

FIGURE 7 TYPICAL GAIN REDUCTION FIGURE 8 FIXED TUNED POWER GAIN REDUCTION versus
versus AGC CURRENT TEMPERATURE (See Test Circuit, Figure 19)

00 <R / -55C
^0C
3 .in ( 1

x
o +75C^ L/ +25C
40 ! ,
a +125C^'
a
50
EC

<
a 60
vrC - Vdc
f =60 MHz
70
ag C =5.6 kn
I I

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2 6.4
(
AGC AGC CURRENT ( M A) VR(AGC) AGC VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
.

FIGURE 9 POWER GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE


(See Test Circuit, Figure 19) FIGURE 10 NOISE FIGURE versus FREQUENCY
70

f = 6 MHz
60

/
J!> Op
RS imi ed
far mu TlN F

10

n
J
4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12
25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
VCC. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)
f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-146
MC1490P

RGURE 11 NOISE FIGURE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 12 NOISE FIGURE versus AGC GAIN REDUCTION
40 I

f = 30 MHz

'cc
= 1 2 V dc

f
= 105 MHz

= '0
i
^
1 -o

= iO YIHz TestC rcuit Has Tuned Input


uS 6.0
f

ng a Source Resistance
Optim zed for Best Noise Figure.

-30 -40 -50 -60


200 400 600 1.0 k 2.0 k

RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (Ohms) GAIN REDUCTION (dB)

FIGURE 13 HARMONIC DISTORTION versus AGC GAIN


REDUCTION FOR AM CARRIER (For Test Circuit, See Figure 14)

40
I

f = 10.7 MHz
Modulation: 90% AM, m f 1.0 kHz
Load at Pin 5 = 2.0 ki! 76C mVpp

Q Z E = Peak to-Peak Envelope of


a: 25
z
o a? C rrier at Pi nS

| 20
>- 1- Eo = 2 400 mVp J / /240 mVpp
- "i 1C

Ha
zo

30 40 50
GAIN REDUCTION (dB)

FIGURE 14 10.7 MHz AMPLIFIER


Gain - 55 dB. BW = 100 kHz

VR(AGC)

LI = 24 Turns, No. 22 AWG Wire


on a T12-44 Micro Metal
Toroid Core (-124 pF)
L2 = 20 Turns, No. 22 AWG Wire
on a T12-44 Micro Metal
Toroid Core (-100 pF|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-147
MC1490P

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 15 Sn AND S22. INPUT AND OUTPUT FIGURE 16 S11 AND S 2


2- INPUT AND OUTPUT
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT REFLECTION COEFFICIENT
MHz y 100 Mm
20 -30

FIGURE 17 S2 1. FORWARD TRANSMISSION FIGURE 18


S 12 REVERSE TRANSMISSION
,

COEFFICIENT (GAIN) COEFFICIENT (FEEDBACK)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-148
m
MC1490P

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 19 60 MHz POWER GAIN TEST CIRCUIT FIGURE 20 PROCEDURE FOR SETUP
USING FIGURE 19

Test e in V 2(AGC) RAGc(kn)


MAGC 2.23mV(-40dBm) 5-7 V
\tr . Output Gp 1.0 mV(-47dBm) *s5.0V 5.6
x\ " (50 n)
NF 1.0 mV(-47dBm) 5.0V 5.6

input u,
(50 n> " -*r i
"
VIDEO AMPLIFIER


FIGURE 21

* 0.001 j*F
i
0.001

VR(AGC) 1.0 mF ^k T^uF
LI = 7 Turns, #20 AWG Wire, 5/16" Dia., C1,C2,C3 = (1-30] pF
5/8" Long C4 = (1-10) pF
L2 = 6 Turns, #14 AWG Wire, 9/16" Dia.,
3/4" Long

0.001 rf

im 0.001 n?

FIGURE 22 30 MHz AMPLIFIER


(Power Gain = 50 dB, BW = 1.0 MHz) FIGURE 23 100 MHz MIXER
VAGC - 6.0 V
Input from
Local Oscillator
ji (1-10) pF

(70 MHz) (1-30) pF


10 Q
Jtff* IF Output
-
(1-30) pF j
'

(30 MHz)
Rl = 50 n
Input ,/
(50 Jl) lv

+ 12 Vdc
0.002 ^F ^ 10 mH

L1 12 Turns #22 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core,


L1 = 5 Turns, #16 AWG Wire, 1/4" ID,
(T37-6 Micro Metal or Equiv)
5/8" Long
T1 Primary = 17 Turns #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core,
L2 = 16 Turns, #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid
:

(T44-6)
Core, (T44-6)
Secondary = 2 Turns #20 AWG Wire

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-149
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1590G
TECHNICAL DATA

RF/IF/AUDIO AMPLIFIER WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER


WITH AGC
... an integrated circuit featuring wide-range AGC for use in RF/
IF amplifiers and audio amplifiers over the temperature range, SILICON MONOLITHIC
-55 to +125C.
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
High Power Gain 50 dB Typ at 10 MHz
45 dB Typ at 60 MHz
35 dB Typ at 100 MHz PIN CONNECTIONS
Wide-Range AGC 60 dB min, dc to 60 MHz
Low Reverse Transfer Admittance <10 jumhos Typ at
60 MHz
6.0 to 15-Volt Operation, Single-Polarity Power Supply

8 1

G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601
MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)

Rating Symbol* Value Unit


ADMITTANCE PARAMETERS
Power Supply Voltage V CC +18 Vdc
(VcC=+12 Vdc, Ta = + 25C)
Output Supply v + 18 Vdc f = MHz
Typ
AGC Supply V 2(AGC) V CC Vdc
Parameter Symbol 30 60 Unit
Differential Input Voltage v 5.0 Vdc
l
Single-Ended 911 0.4 0.6 mmhos
Operating Temperature Range TA -55 to +125 C Input Admittance bn 1.2 -3.0

Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C Single-Ended 922 0.05 0.1 mmhos
Output Admittance b2 2 0.5 1.0
Junction Temperature TJ + 175 C
Forward Transfer Y21 175 150 mmhos
Admittance 921 -30 -105 "C
(Pin 1 to Pin 5) (Polar)

Reverse Transfer 912 -0 -0 jumhos


Admittance* b-|2 -5.0 -10
REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
*The value of Reverse Transfer Admittance includes
7 ?VrjC the feedback admittance of the test circuit used in
the measurement. The total feedback capacitance
(including test circuit) is 0.025 pF and is a more
practical value for design calculations than the in-
ternal feedback of the device alone. (See Figure 10.)

SCATTERING PARAMETERS (Vcc = +12 Vdc,


T A = +25C, Z = 50 ft)
f = MHz
Typ
Parameter Symbol 30 60 Unit

Input
' '
3
Inputs
^ ^ Reflection S11 0.95 0.93
Coefficient 11 -7.3 -16 C

Output
Reflection S 22 0.99 0.98
Coefficient 922 -3.0 -5.5 C

1.1k $1.1 k |8.4k Forward


Transmission S21 16.8 14.7
Coefficient 921 128 64.3 C
Substrate 44 Reverse
Transmission S12 0.00048 0.00092
Pins 4 and 8 should both be connected to circuit ground.
Coefficient 12 84.9 79.2 "C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-150
MC1590G

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = + 12 Vdc, f = 60 MHz, BW = 1.0 MHz, TA = -55C to + 125C unless
otherwise noted)

Characteristic Rfl. Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

AGC Range 24 Magc dB


<V2(AGC) = 50 V t0 70 V) 58 -
(V 2 (AGC) = 50 v t0 70 v TA ='
25C) 60 68

Single-Ended Power Gain 24 Gp 37 dB


(T A = 25C) 40 45
Noise Figure 24 NF 6.0 7.0 dB
(R s optimized for best NF) (TA = 25C)

Output Stage Current 32 0 mA


(Sum of Pins 5 and 6) 3.5 8.0
(T A = 25C) 4.0 5.6 7.5

Output Current Matching 32 Al " 0.7 mA


(Magnitude of Difference of Output Currents)
d5 - >6> TA = 25X)
Power Supply Current 32 cc mA
(V = V) - 20
(V = V, TA = 25C) 14 17

Power Consumption (12 x \qq)


" PC mW
(V| = V) - 240
(V| = V, TA = 25C) 168 204

FIGURE 1 - UNNEUTRALIZED POWER GAIN versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 2 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY
(Tuned Amplifier, See Figure 24) (Video Amplifier, See Figure 26)

70 1 1 1 mi ITTH"
v c c- c RL = 1 Okn vet 12V dc

S 6" "^
III N,
>
< 50
\
CD a. '

s = I

IS 40
p L 10 on
si 1

nJ| 30 I
| V
t; i 20 A
|
V
F L = 1( n >
i
1 I \ \
(.FREQUENCY (MHz)
f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-151
1

MC1590G

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
< v 2 (AGO = 0, V cc = 12 Vdc, TA = +25C unless otherwise noted)

FIGURE 3 - DYNAMIC RANGE: OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 4 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY
INPUT VOLTAGE (Video Amplifier, See Figure 261 (Video Amplifier, See Figure 26)

_
7.0
5.0
10
- mw^ = vcc
|

= 6.3 Vdc
2(AGC)
f
=
2.0
40
RL = 1.0kn
o 1.0 !'
0.7
0.5 - R|_ = 1.0 kn- 5 30

0.2
i
ioo n
o.i
it on
;

: 0.07
j
0.05

'
0.02

0-1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20 50 10 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 10 30 50 100
ej, INPUT VOLTAGE (mVRMS)
f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 5 - VOLTAGE GAIN AND SUPPLY CURRENT versus FIGURE 6 - TYPICAL GAIN REDUCTION
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Video Amplifier, See Figure 26) versus AGC VOLTAGE

V
'R(AGC I 2
MC1590GJ>.
R AGC
,_ z 30
t-

17 a 411 - A

bO
1
9.U z
<
E.O 60
R AGC = n flAGC = 5.6kn

3.0

n
70

80 Mill
3.0 6.0 9.0 12 15 18 21 24 27
V CC SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) VR(AGC), AGC VOLTAGE (Vdc)
,

FIGURE 8 - FIXED TUNED POWER GAIN REDUCTION


FIGURE 7 - TYPICAL GAIN REDUCTION versus AGC CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE (See Test Circuit, Figure 24)

+50
f

10
+40

20
/ -55C
^0C
m r
- 30
i

z +7SC-^ \s +25C
o |+20
CD
40
OC
1 .

a +125C^
S+IO
50
z
2 60
v r c =12 Vdc
f =60 MHz
70
"AG C =5.6 kn
1

120 140 160 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0
l
AGC AGC CURRENT (mA)
VR(AGC) AGC VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-152
MC1590G

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 9 - POWER GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 - REVERSE TRANSFER ADMITTANCE versus
(See Test Circuit, Figure 24) FREQUENCY (See Parameter Table, Page 1)

80

70
f = 6 MHz
_ 60

5 50
<

s
o
; 30 /
JH
CD

20
f >12
^
y
10

912 0 _

30 40 50
Vcc. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 11 - NOISE FIGURE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 12 - NOISE FIGURE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

20

9.0 18
'cc
= 12 Vdc
8.0 16

I 7.0 3 14
f
= 105 MHz
1 6.0 E 12
CD

50 1 10
MH z^
-H f = 60
o 4.0
to
R< Op
min
imi ed
mum Nf |
M
f " 10 MHz
Sfe 3.0 Z~ 6.0
z
2.0 4.0

1.0 2.0

25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 400 600 1.0 k 2.0 k

f. FREQUENCY (MHz) R$, SOURCE RESISTANCE (Ohms)

FIGURE 13 - NOISE FIGURE versus AGC GAIN REDUCTION


1

f = 30MHz

3 25
cc

3 20

TestC rcuit Has Tuned ln| ut


ng a Sour
Optim zed for B >st Noise Figure.

-20 -30 -40 -50 -60


GAIN REDUCTION (dB)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-153
MC1590G

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 14 - SINGLE-ENDED OUTPUT ADMITTANCE FIGURE 15 - SINGLE-ENDED INPUT ADMITTANCE


2.6
^-
f 2.0 y 1
E
E
9.0

80

z 70

< 6.0
?!

o
* 4.0

^^ 922

1
I
-
3.0

2.0

1.0
^ 1

60 80 100
f, FREQUENCY (MHz) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 16 - HARMONIC DISTORTION versus AGC GAIN


REDUCTION FOR AM CARRIER (For Test Circuit. See Figure 17)
FIGURE 17 10.7 MHz AMPLIFIER
Gain = 55 dB, BW = 100 kHz

I
1

f = 10.7 MHz
Modulation: 90%AM,f m = 1.0 kHz
Load at Pin 5 = 2.0 Ml 760mVpp

E = Peak to Peak Envelope of


5.6 k
Modulated 10 7 MHz VR(AGC)0 vw
C irrier at P n5
1
10.7 MHz
(50 (I Source)
E = 2 400 mVp D /
/240 mVpp

_ o
zo
os 10

L1 = 24 Turns, No. 22 AWG Wire


on a T12-44 Micro Metal
Toroid Core (-124 pF)
30 40 50 L2 = 20 Turns, No. 22 AWG Wire
GAIN REDUCTION (dB) on a T12-44 Micro Metal
Toroid Core ( - 100 pF)

FIGURE 18- Y 2 1. FORWARD TRANSFER ADMITTANCE FIGURE 19 Y2 i, FORWARD TRANSFER ADMITTANCE


RECTANGULAR FORM POLAR FORM
I 1
1 1 II 1
921 INPUT -P n1 21
OU rPUT - Pi nb 1

5 160 ^>
1*21
E "s
- 140 s = |
u_ Z
< 120
s O 90
a S.
<
135 <r .
-^
2
/I 1 5 'no 180= z
i J z < n -225
|
1 gPl T Pin
60
C UIPU r- Pin
-270 3
z
315^
'-160
360'
J-200
1 | 405

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-154
MC1590G

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 20 - Sn AND S22 INPUT AND OUTPUT


. FIGURE 21 - Sf| AND S 2 2. INPUT AND OUTPUT
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT REFLECTION COEFFICIENT
MHz ,,100 MHz
20 -30

FIGURE 22 - S21. FORWARD TRANSMISSION FIGURE 23 - S 12 REVERSE TRANSMISSION


,

COEFFICIENT (GAIN) COEFFICIENT (FEEDBACK)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-155
MC1590G

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 24 60 MHz POWER GAIN TEST CIRCUIT FIGURE 25 PROCEDURE FOR SETUP
USING FIGURE 24

Test ein V2(AGC) RAGC(kn)


MAGC 2.23 mV (-40dBm) 5-7 V

\cr Output Gp 1.0mV(-47dBm) 5.0V 5.6


A\ (50 nl
NF 1.0mV(-47dBm) 5.0V 5.6

FIGURE 26 - VIDEO AMPLIFIER

,c J- -L 0.001 J.
0.001 U F
VR(AGC)
VR(AGC)
10ik
-wv

h!>
J
s

AWG
LI 7 Turns,#20 Wire, 5/16" Oia., C1.C2.C3 = (1 30) pF
VW
^> MC1590G
5/8" Long
12 6 Turns, #14
3/4" Long
AWG Wire, 9/16" Oia.,
C4 = (M0)pF VR(AGC)

e;
1.0

1(
mF


2
^
J-0 sS^\t_

L_|^J 1
^> ,.0,F
0.001 cF

F
FIGURE 27
30 MHz AMPLIFIER
0.001

(Power Gain = 50 dB, BW = 1.0 MHz) FIGURE 28 - 100 MHz MIXER

VAGC"6-0V
Input from
Local Oscillator Jj'd-IOIpF
(70 MHz) , 00 (1-30) pF
-" j ^* * IF Output
f
(1-10) pF
RL = 50 S2
Signal Input }( c

5.6 k

0.002 AiFt

l v R(AGC) = +12Vdc
LI = 12 Turns #22 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core,
(T37-6 Micro Metal or Equiv) LI = 5 Turns, #16 AWG Wire, 1/4" 10,
5/8" Long
T1 :
Primary - 1 7 Turns #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core,
(T44-6 Micro Metal or Equiv) L2 = 16 Turns, #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid
Secondary = 2 Turns #20 AWG Wire Core, (T44-6 Micro Metal or Equiv)

FIGURE 29 - TWO-STAGE 60 MHz IF AMPLIFIER (Power Gain * 80 dB. BW = 1.5 MHz)


V R(AGC)
-

24 pF
Input
(50 il) 2H(-
-I ic
1^ <>
"=r
0u tput
(50
(5 Si)

(1-10 pF)

(1-10) pF -M
- 0.002 uF^/
y ooolAlF
^
T1: Primary Winding = 15 Turns, #22 AWG Wire, 1/4" ID Air Core T2: Primary Winding = 10 Turns, #22 AWG Wire, 1/4" ID Air Core
Secondary Winding = 4 Turns, #22 AWG Wire, Secondary Winding = 2 Turns. #22 AWG Wire,
Coefficient of Coupling a 1.0 Coefficient of Coupling * 1.0

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-156
)

MC1590G

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued)

FIGURE 30 - SPEECH COMPRESSOR


DESCRIPTION OF SPEECH COMPRESSOR
+ 12 Vo
The amplifier drives the base of a PNP MPS6517 op-
erating common-emitter with a voltage gain of approx-
imately 20. The control R1 varies the quiescent Q point
of this transistor so that varying amounts of signal ex-
ceed the level V r Diode D1 rectifies the positive peaks
.

Output of Q1's output only when these peaks are greater than

15 iif
V r = 7.0 Volts. The resulting output is filtered by C x ,
Input
Rx -

R x controls the charging time constant or attack time.


C x is involved in both charge and discharge. R2 (the
150 kfl and input resistance of the emitter-follower Q2)
controls the decay time. Making the decay long and
attack short is accomplished by making R x small and
R2 large. (A Darlington emitter-follower may be needed
if extremely slow decay times are required.)

The emitter-follower Q2 drives the AGC Pin 2 of the


MC1590G and reduces the gain. R3 controls the slope
of signal compression. The following graph (Figure 31
details performance with R3 set to 15 kfl.

FIGURE 31 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus INPUT VOLTAGE TABLE 1 DISTORTION versus FREQUENCY
SEE FIGURE 30 R1 = 100kfi---
0.7 DISTORTION DISTORTION
FREQUENCY
_ 0.5 10 mV e. 100 mV e; 10 mV e; 100 mV ej
R1 = 15kfi- -"
100 Hz 3.5% 12% 15% 27%
o
> 300 Hz 2% 10% 6% 20%
uj 0.2
CD R1=0 1.0kHz 1.5% 8% 3% 9%
1- 10 kHz 1.5% 8% 1% 3%
100 kHz 1.5% 8% 1% 3%
1- 0.07
Notes 1 and 2 Notes 3 and 4
f: 0.05
o Decay = 300 ms
Attack = 20 ms
Meas jred from 100 H to 10 kHz C x = 7.5nF
0.02 forV alues ot A ta ckt mm
R x =0 (Short)
3.0 to 4.0ms
II
(3) Decay = 20 ms
I II
Attack = 3 ms
I

.0 3.0 5.0 10
INPUT VOLTAGE (mV)
C x =0.68mF
jj,
R x = 1.5 kn

FIGURE 32 - OUTPUT CURRENT,


CURRENT MATCH AND CC FIXTURE I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-157
MOTOROLA MC1709
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1709A
TECHNICAL DATA
MC1709C

MONOLITHIC OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER


. designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier
. .

with operating characteristics as a function of the external feed- SILICON MONOLITHIC


back components. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

High-Performance Open Loop Gain Characteristics


A vo = 45,000 typical
| PIN CONNECTIONS
Low Temperature - 3.0/uV/C typical (MC1709)
Drift Input Freq. Comp.
Input Freq.
Large Output Voltage Swing- 14 V typical @ 15 V Supply
Low Output Impedance - z = 150 ohms typical

(Top View)
MAXIMUM RATINGS 0a = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

Rating Symbol Value Unit


Power Supply Voltage vCc + 18 Vdc
VEE -18
G SUFFIX
Input Differential Voltage Range 5.0
V|DR Volts METAL PACKAGE
Input Common-Mode Range V|CR 10 Volts CASE 601

Output Load Current 10 mA


"L

Output Short-Circuit Duration 5.0 s


*S
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) PD
Metal Can 680 mW
Derate above T^ = +25C 4.6 mW/C P1 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
Plastic Dual In-Line
Packages (MC1709C only) 625 mW CASE 626
Derate above T^ = + 25C 5.0 mW/C
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package (MC1709C Only)
750 mW/C
Derate above TA = +25C 6.0 mW/C
Operating Ambient MC1709A, MC1709 ta -55 to +125 C
Temperature Range MC1709C to +70
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Metal and Ceramic Packages -65 to +150 U SUFFIX
Plastic Packages -55 to +125 Sffi
r CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693
FIGURE 1 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

VCCP 9 INPUT COMPENSATION


Input Freq.
JL) Comp.
T\ v cc
IF] Output
"5! Output Freq.
'
Comp.
(Top View)

COMPENSATION
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
MC1709CG Metal Can
MC1709CU 0C to + 70C Ceramic DIP
MC1709CP1 Plastic DIP

MC1709G.AG Metal Can


-55C to +125C
MC1709AU Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-158
MCI 709, MC1709A, MC1709C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted, +9.0 V =s V Cc 15 V, -9.0 V? V EE >- 15V,TA = 25C)

MC1709A MC1709
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage V|0 - 0.6 2.0 1.0 5.0 mV


(R s < 10 kn)
Input Offset Current - 10 50 - 50 200 nA
ho
Input Bias Current MB - 100 200 - 200 500 nA
Input Resistance 350 700 - 150 400 - kn
n
Output Resistance r
- 150 - - 150 - n
o
Power Supply Currents 'CC-'EE 2.5 3.6 mA
(V C C= 15 V, V EE = -15 V)
Power Consumption PC " 75 108 " 80 165 mW
(V C c = 15 V, V EE = -15 V)
Transient Response
(V CC = 15 V, V EE = -15 V) See Figure 8
Risetime tTLH - " 1.5 - 0.3 1.0 MS
Overshoot OS 30 10 30 %

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted, +9.0 V V Cc * 15 V, -9.0 V ^ V EE s* -15 V, TA = -55C to + 125C)

MC1709A MC1709
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage VlO - _ 3.0 _ ~ 6.0 mV


(R S =S 10 kn)
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage aV| /aT MV/C
(R S = 50 n, Ta = 25C to 125C) 1.8 10
(RS = 50 n, Ta = -55C to 25C> " 1.8 10 -
(R S = 50 n,T A = -55C to 125C) - 3.0
(R S = 10 kn, T A = 25C to 125C) 2.0 15
(R S = 10 kn, TA = -55C to 25C) 4.8 25
(RS = 10kI2, TA = -55C to 125C) 6.0

Input Offset Current ho nA


(T A = -55C) - 40 250 - 100 500
(T A = 125C) 3.5 50 20 200
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current A|| MT nA/C
(T A = -55C to 25C) " 0.45 2.8 " - -
(T A = 25C to 125C) 0.08 0.5

Input Bias Current IB


- 300 600 - 500 1500 nA
(T A = -55C)

Input Resistance rj 85 170 ~ 40 100 kn


(T A = -55C)

Common-Mode Voltage Range


Input V ICR 8.0 + 10 _ 8.0 10 ~ V
15V, V EE = -15 V)
(V cc =
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 80 110 - 70 90 - dB
(R s <10 kn)
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR - 40 100 - 25 150 MV/V
(Vcc = 15 V, V EE = -15 V, R s <10kn)
Large Signal Voltage Gain AV 25 45 70 25 45 70 V/mV
(V CC = 15 V, V EE = -15 V, R L >2.0 kn,
V = 15V)
Output Voltage Range V R V
(V C c = 15 V- V EE = -15 V)
(R L >10kn) + 12 + 14 " + 12 14 "
(R L >2.0kn) + 10 + 13 10 13
Power Supply Currents 'cc'Iee mA
(V C c = 15 V, V EE = -15 V)
(T A = -55C) " 2.7 4.5 - - -
(T A = 125C) 2.1 3.0

Power Consumption PC mW
(V C c = 15, V EE =-15 V)
(T A = -55C) - 81 135 - -
(T A = 125C) 63 90 1

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-159
MC1709, MC1709A, MC1709C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted, VCc == +15V, Vee = -15 V, TA = 25C)
MC1709C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage V|0 - 2.0 7.5 mV
(R s < 10 kn, 9.0 V < 15 V.-9.0 V >V EE >-15V)
Input Offset Current
ho - 100 500 nA
Input Bias Current
'IB
- 300 1500 nA
Input Resistance r\ 50 250 - kn
Output Resistance r
o
- 150 - n
Power Consumption PC - 80 200 mW
Large Signal Voltage Gain AV 15 45 - V/mV
(R L > 2.0 kn, Vq = 10 V)

Output Voltage Range V R V


(R L >10 kn) 12 14 -
(R L >2.0 kH) 10 + 13
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range V ICR 8.0 10 - V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 65 90 - dB
(Rs<10kn)
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR - 25 200 MV/V
(R s <10 kn)
Transient Response
See Figure 8
Rise Time Tlh - 0.3 - MS
Overshoot OS 10 %

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise specified, Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, TA = 0C to 70C)

MC1709C
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage V| - - 10 mV
(R S < 10 kn,9.0 V < V cc < 15 V.-9.0 V > V EE > 15 V)
Input Offset Current
ho - - 750 nA
Input Bias Current
<ib
- - 2.0 MA
Large Signal Voltage Gain AV 12 - ~ V/mV
(R(_ > 2.0 kn, V = 10 V)
Input Resistance ri 35 - ~ kn

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
FIGURE 2 - TEST CIRCUIT
(V C C = +15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc, T A = +25C)
Fig. Test Conditions
Curve No.
No. R,(a) R 2 (a) R 3 (n) C,(pF) C,(pR
3 l 10 k 10 k 1. 5 k 5.0 k 200
2 10 k 100 k 1. 5 k 500 20
3 10 k 1.0 M 1. 5 k 100 3.0
4 1.0 k 1.0 M 10 3.0
4 1 1.0 k 1.0 M 10 3.0
2 10 k 1.0 M 1.5 k 100 3.0
3 10 k 100 k 1. 5 k 500 20
4 10 k 10 k 1.5 k 5. k 200
5 1 CO 1.5 k 5. k 200
2 1.5 k 500 20
3 1. 5 k 100 3.0
4 10 3.0

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-160
MC1709, MC1709A, MC1709C

FIGURE 4 - CLOSED LOOP VOLTAGE


FIGURE 3 LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY GAIN versus FREQUENCY
">

\^ 121)

R
_

\ \
g. 20

> 3
\
T i

1C
\ \
\ 60
!
4

<
\ j

3
>
R| = t lkn 20
2

4.0
CD 1
>
-?n
1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus


GAIN versus FREQUENCY POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Rl
90

4" 80

5 40

1 2
3^

fill

100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0M 10M 5.0 10 15

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) Vcc and Vee, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 7 - SLEW RATE versus CLOSED LOOP GAIN


USING RECOMMENDED COMPENSATION NETWORKS FIGURE 8 - TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT
1UU
::: = V CC/V EE = 15Vj 10 k
50 -Wv-

?n

m
r

-OVq
2.0

1.0 CL100pF
0.5

0.2

10 100

CLOSED LOOP GAIN (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-161
A

MOTOROLA MC1733
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC1733C

DIFFERENTIAL VIDEO
DIFFERENTIAL VIDEO AMPLIFIER WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER

SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
... a wideband amplifier with differential input and differential out-
put. Gain is fixed at 10, 100, or 400 without external components
or, with the addition of oneexternal resistor, gain becomes
adjustable
from 10 to 400.

Bandwidth - 120 MHz typical @ A vc j


= 10
Rise Time -2.5 ns typical @A vc j
= 10
Propagation Delay Time - 3.6 ns typical @ Avd = 10

G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
FIGURE 1 -BASIC CIRCUIT FIGURE 2 - VOLTAGE GAIN CASE 603
ADJUST CIRCUIT
GAIN SELECT

VCC GiaGh

D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
0.2 F
CASE 751
((
f
OUTPUT
(SO- 14)

-| ( t OUTPUT
L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632

FIGURE 3 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


VCCO P SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646
:2.4k >2.4k

< PIN CONNECTIONS

L<=r>] INPUT
NC
2
1

2
14

13

G2B GAIN SELECT 3 12 G2A GAIN SELECT


Gib GAIN SELECT 4 \ " G1A GAIN SELECT
VEE V f
10

NC 6 9

OUTPUT 2
7 8

7k (Top View)
GAIN J"" $590
SELECT J Gib
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
MC1733G Metal Can
-55Cto +125C
1.4 k 1 300 1 400 ?400 MC1733L Ceramic DIP
MC1733CD SO-14
MC1733CG Metal Can
0Cto +70"C
MC1733CL Ceramic DIP
MC1733CP Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-162
MCI 733, MC1733C

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)

Rating Symbol Value Unit

Power Supply Voltage vcc +8.0 Volts


VEE -8.0

Differential Input Voltage V in 5.0 Volts

V ICM 6.0 Volts


Common-Mode Input Voltage

Output Current '0 10 mA


InternalPower Dissipation (Note 1) PD
Metal Can Package 500 mW
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package 500

Operating Temperature Range MC1733C ta to +70 C


MC1733 -55 to +125

Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +6.0 Vdc, VEe = -6.0 Vdc, at Ta " +25C unless otherwi se noted.)

MC1733 MC1733C
Characteristic | Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Units
V/V
Differential Voltage Gain
300 400 500 250 400 600
Gain 1 (Note 2) A vd
90 100 110 80 100 120
Gain 2 (Note 3)
9.0 10 11 8.0 10 12
Gain 3 (Note 4)

Bandwidth (R s = 50) BW MHz


40 - 40 -
Gain 1
- 90 - 90
Gain 2
Gain 3 120 120
ns
Rise Time (R s =50fi, V = 1 Vp-p) tTLH
- 10.5 - 10.5
Gain 1 tTHL
4.5 10 4.5 12
Gain 2
2.5 2.5
Gain 3
ns
Propagation Delay ( R s = 50 fi V , = 1 Vp-p) l
PLH
- 7.5 - 7.5
Gain 1 tPHL
6.0 10 6.0 10
Gain 2
Gain 3 3.6 3.6

Input Resistance R,n kn


4.0 - 4.0 -
Gain 1

Gain 2 20 30 10 30
Gain 3 250 250
- 2.0 - - 2.0 - pF
Input Capacitance (Gain 2) Cjn
- 0.4 3.0 - 0.4 5.0 MA
Input Offset Current (Gain 3) I'lOl
- 9.0 20 - 9.0 30 ma
Input Bias Current (Gain 3) <IB

(R s = 50f2, Vn - 12 ~ ~ 12 jiV(rms)
Input Noise Voltage
BW= 1 kHz to 10 MHz
1.0 - - 1.0 - - V
Input Voltage Range (Gain 2) Vin

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR dB


(V CM = 1 V, f 100 kHz) 60 86 - 60 86
Gain 2
60 60 _
Gain 2 (V CM = 1 V, f = 5 MHz)
PSRR dB
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
50 70 - 50 70 -
Gain 2 (AV S = 0.5V)
Output Offset Voltage voo V
- 0.6 1.5 - 0.6 1.5
Gain 1
0.35 1.0 0.35 1.5
Gain 2 and Gain 3
Output Common-Mode Voltage (Gain 3) VCMO 2.4 2.9 3.4 2.4 2.9 3.4 V
- 3.0 4.0 - Vp-p
Output Voltage Swing (Gain 2) vo 3.0 4.0

2.5 3.6 - 2.5 3.6 - mA


Output Sink Current (Gain 2) 'O
R out - 20 - - 20 - n
Output Resistance
Power Supply Current (Gain 2) Id - 18 24 - 18 24 |
mA
|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-163
MC1733, MC1733C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <V CC = +6.0 Vdc. V EE = -6.0 Vdc, at T A = T n ah t0 T low unless otherwise noted.)*

MC1733 MC1733C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Units
Differential Voltage Gain
Avd V/V
Gain 1 (Note 2) 200 - 600 250 600
Gain 2 (Note 3) 80 120 80 120
Gain 3 (Note 4) 8.0 12 8.0 12
Input Resistance R in 8.0 - - 8.0 - - kn
Gain 2
Input Offset Current (Gain 3)
Hiol - _ 5.0 _ _ 6.0 ma
Input Bias Current (Gain 3)
'IB
- - 40 _ _ 40 >xA
Input Voltage Range (Gain 2) V in 1.0 - - 1.0 _ _ V
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 50 - - 50 - - dB
Gain 2 ( VC m
= 1 V, f < 100 kHz)
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR 50 - - 50 - - dB
Gain 2 <AV S = 0.5V)
Output Offset Voltage v o V
Gain 1 - - 1.5 - - 1.5
Gain 2 and Gain 3 1.2 1.5
Output Voltage Swing (Gain 2) Vo 2.5 _ _ 2.5 _ Vp-p
Output Sink Current (Gain 2) <o 2.2 - _ 2.5 _ _ mA
Power Supply Current (Gain 2) ID I - ,
- 27 - - 27 mA
*
T low = C for MC1733C, -55C for MC1733
T high = +70C for MC1 733C, +1 25C for MC1 733

FIGURE 4 - MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE POWER DISSIPATION

Derate metal package at 6.5 mW/C for operation at


ambient temperatures above 75C and dual in-line pack- AL
age at 9mW/C for operation at ambient temperatures
above 100C (see Figure 4). If operation at high am-
\ \
\
IN-LINE PACWVGE

bient temperatures is required (MC1733) a heatsink


v
may be necessary to limit maximum junction tempera-
ture to 150C. Thermal resistance, junction-to-case, 6.5 mW/C
^
for the metal package is 69.4C per Watt.
>
Note Gain Select pins G-|a and Gib connected together.
Note Gain Select pins G2A and G2B connected together.
Note All Gain Select pins open.

Ta, ambient TEMPERATURE CO


TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Vcc = +6.0 Vdc, Vee = -60
( Vdc, TA = +25C unless otherwise noted.)
FIGURE 5 - SUPPLY CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 6 - SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

-20 +20 +60 +100 +140 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0

Ta. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO VCC. IVEEl, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-164
* ^

MCI 733, MC1733C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

(Vcc = +6-0 Vdc, Vee = -6-0 Vdc, Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 7 - GAIN varus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 8 - GAIN versus FREQUENCY


1.1b 60
1 I 1!'
R L = 1.6 kn
rt\"
X
i
50 VIN

<
105
GAIN 2

I.U t 30
o
>
LU 20

"""
a GAIN 3 ,-'
0.90 ^ 10 "O^
0.85
z
"i
<
"
V\
onn
+20 +60 10 100

T, TEMPERATURE (C) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 9 - GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE F G LIRE 10 -GA IN versus RaDJUST


1000


CD

CD
<
GAI
>
< 100
GAIN I ~ZZ".'.'.
UJ

GAIN 1^ it
o
<

10

4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0

VOLTAGE (VOLTS) Radj. ()


VCC. IVEEI. SUPPLY

FIGURE 11 - GAIN versus FREQUENCY and FIGURE 12 - GAIN versus FREQUENCY


SUPPLY VOLTAGE and TEMPERATURE
+60 60
GAIN 2
R
|

= 1.0kn
1
50
<
- 8. )V CD
vcc/vee
\
< 40

+30
\
)i\
-J

>
Q
30

20

6.0 V
CD
I I I 10
I I L
3.0 V
<

-1(1
-10
10 100

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-165
MC1733, MC1733C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(Vqc = +6.0 Vdc, Vee = -60 Vdc, T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 13 - PULSE RESPONSE versus GAIN FIGURE - PULSE RESPONSE


14 versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
+1.6
I I

+1.2 L = l.0kn R L = 1.0kn

o GAIN 3
r^ ^
S+0.8
GAIN
N >
2 /
P"

> ^nr//
7 // 5+0.4
3.0 V
^GAI M

Vk
1
t-

o
o

-0.4
_. -0.4
-15 -10 -5.0 +5.0 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 -15 -10 -5.0 +5.0 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35

t, TIME (nil
t.TIME(ns)

FIGURE 16 - DIFFERENTIAL OVERDRIVE


FIGURE 15 - PULSE RESPONSE versus TEMPERATURE RECOVERY TIME
T

GAIN 2

Rl = 1.0 k a
> GA N2
+1.2 E
T \ - -55C
o CD
i <
*m
r
1

< g 120

> . i
z
5 +0.4 o
a.
(-
o
ir
if 40

B
-0.4
-15 -10 -5.0 +5.0 +10 +15 +20 +25 +30 +35 10 20 30 40 60 60 70

t.TIME(ns)
OVERDRIVE RECOVERY TIME (ns)

FIGURE 17 - PHASE SHIFT versus FREQUENCY FIGURE - PHASE SHIFT


18 versus FREQUENCY

T
GA N2
X N, t
V
\| t

,\ V GAII 13
J

^ T
\S
[

\GAIN 1 1 1

2 4 6 8 10 100

f. FREQUENCY (MHz) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-166
MC1733, MC1733C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Continued)


(V cc = +6.0 Vdc, V E g = -6.0 Vdc, Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 19 - INPUT RESISTANCE versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 20 - INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE

70 G AIN2
70 ||
GA BW HO MHz
60 _ 60 II

I
S 50 > 50
u
z
*o < 40
I
o
Jf 30 2 30
=3

i
2"
S*
^s o
z 20

10
S 7* z
10
II

11

+60 10 100 1.0 k


-60 -20 +20

TEMPERATURE (C) SOURCE RESISTANCE (fi)


Ta. AMBIENT

FIGURE 21 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING and FIGURE 22 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus

SINK CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOAD RESISTANCE


8.0 7.0

B.U
Q. <

g b.U

s 1
*4.0
-J z
o 35
^ ^ ""f^
3.U

II 2.U

6S
>
n
6.0 100 1.0 k
5.0

Vcc. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) RL, LOAD RESISTANCE (S2)

FIGURE 23 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 24 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO

1 III
_ 100 II
RL = 1.0 kn G ain;

_ 90
<
o 80

B 70

o 60

2.0 s 50
E
o

1 30
10 100 1.0 M 10 M

f, FREQUENCY (MHz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-167
MC1733, MC1733C

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 26 - OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY FOR


FIGURE 25 - VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
VARIOUS CAPACITOR VALUES

vcc

By changing the voltage V the gain will


c
vary over a range of 10 to 400. This will 10 k 100 k
give a frequency variation about the value
FREQUENCY (Hi)
set by the capacitor and shown in Figure 26.

TAPE,DRUM OR DISC MEMORY READ AMPLIFIERS sign. For purposes of comparison, the MLM301 has
than a 40 dB open-loop gain at 100 kHz; the
slightly less
The first of several methods to be discussed is shown in MC1 741 a compensated op-amp, has approximately 20 dB
,

Figure 27. This block diagram describes a simple Read open loop gain at 100 kHz; the MC1733 has approximately
cir-
cuit with no threshold circuitry. Each block represents 33 dB of gain out to 100 MHz
a (depending on gain option
basic function that must be performed by the Read circuit. and loading).
The block, referred to as "amplfiication", increases
first
There are a number of ways to implement the peak
the level of the signal available from the Read head
to a detector function. However, the simplest and most widely
leveladequate to drive the peak detector. Obviously, these used method is a passive differentiator that generates "zero-
signal levels will vary depending on factors
such as tape crossings" for each of the data peaks in the Read signal.
speed, whether the system used is disc or tape, and the
The actual circuitry used to differentiate the Read sig-
type of head and the circuitry used. For a representative
nal varies from LC type in disc systems to a
a differential
mV for the signal from the
tape system, levels of 7 to 25
simple RC type and cassette systems. Either type,
in reel
Read head and 2 V for the signal to the peak detector are of course, attenuates the signal by an amount depending
typical. These signal levels are "peak-to-peak" unless on the circuit used and system specifications. A good
otherwise specified. On the basis of the signal levels men-
approximation of attenuation using the RC type is 20 dB.
tioned above, the overall amplification required is 38 to
Thus, the 2 V signal going into the differentiator is reduced
49 dB. to 200 mV.
How the overall gain requirement implemented will
is The next block Figure 27 to be discussed is the
in
depend somewhat on the system used. For instance, a
zero-crossing detector. In
most cases detection of the zero-
tape cassette system with variable tape speed may utilize
crossings combined with the limiter. These functions
is
a first stage for gain and a second stage primarily for
gain serve to generate a TTL compatible pulse waveform
with
control. Thus, a typical circuit would utilize 35 dB in the "edges" corresponding to zero-crossings. For low transfer
first stage and
10 to 15 dB in the second stage. rates, the circuit often used consists of an
operational
Devices suitable for use as amplifiers fall into one of amplifier with series or shunt limiting. For higher transfer
two categories, operational amplifiers or
wideband video rates (greater than 100K B/S) comparators are used.
amplifiers. Lower speed equipment with low transfer rates The method described above is often modified to in-
commonly uses low cost operational amplifiers. Examples clude threshold sensing. In Figure 28, the function called
of these are the MC1 741 MC1 458, MC1 709, and MLM301
,
"double-ended, limit-detector" enables the output NAND
Equipment requiring higher transfer rates, such as disc gate when either the negative or positive data peaks of the
systems normally use wideband amplifiers such as the Read signal exceed a predetermined threshold. This func-
MC1733. The actual cross-over point where wideband tion can be implemented in either of two ways. One
amplifiers are used exclusively varies with equipment de-
method first rectifies the signal before it is applied to a
FIGURE 27 - TYPICAL READ CIRCUIT (METHOD comparator with aset threshold. The other method utilizes
1)
two comparators, one comparator for positive-going peaks
and the other for negative-going peaks. These comparator
outputs are then combined in the output logic gates.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-168
MC1733, MC1733C

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION (continued)

FIGURE 28 - READ CIRCUIT (METHOD 2) may be implemented with two comparators and two
passive differentiators.
Each of the methods shown offer certain intrinsic ad-
vantages or disadvantages. The overall decision as to which
method to use however often involves other important
considerations. These could include cost and system re-
quirements or circuitry other than simply the Read cir-
Another common technique is shown in Figure 29. cuitry. For instance, if cost is the predominate overall
factor, then approach one may be the only feasible
The branch labeled rectifiers, peak detector, etc., provides
alternative.
a clock transition of the D flip-flop that corresponds to
the peak of both the positive and negative-going data Method four was included as a design example because

peaks. This branch may include threshold circuitry prior to


it illustrates unique advantages.
several First, it uses
threshold sensing to reduce noise peak errors. Second, it
the peak detector. The detector in the lower path detects
whether the signal peaks are positive or negative and feeds may be implemented using only integrated circuits. Third,
it offers separate, direct threshold sensing for both pos-
this data to the flip-flop. This detector can be implemented
itive and negative peaks.
using a comparator with pre-set threshold.

FIGURE 29 - READ CIRCUIT (METHOD 3) FIGURE 30 - READ CIRCUIT (Method 4)

Positive
Crossing c
Detector

Q
Threshold D
Detector

Peak C
The technique shown in Figure 30 uses separate cir- Q
cuits with threshold provisions for both negative and Threshold D
positive peaks. The peak detectors and threshold detectors

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-169
E

MOTOROLA MC1741
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC1741C

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, HIGH PERFORMANCE
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
.
designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier with
. .

operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback


components.
NC
No Frequency Compensation Required Offset Null
Short-Circuit Protection
Offset Voltage Null Capability
InvtlnputQY I
>(p Output
Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges Noninvt Input g) Offset Null
(J)

Low-Power Consumption ^VEE


(Top View)
No Latch Up

G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
MAXIMUM RATINGS (TA = +25C unless otherwise noted) CASE 601
Rating Symbol MCI 741 C MC1741 Unit
Power Supply Voltage + 18
vcc + 22 Vdc
VEE -18 -22 Vdc
P1 SUFFIX
Input Differential Voltage
V|D 30 Volts PLASTIC PACKAGE
Input Common Mode Voltage (Note 1) V ICM 15 Volts
CASE 626
Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Continuous
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA Oto +70 | -55 to +125 C
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Metal and Ceramic Packages -65 to +150 U SUFFIX
Plastic Packages

NOTES:
-55 to +125
$TO CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693
1. For supply voltages less than +15 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the
supply voltage.
2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 15 V.

D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (SO-8)

PIN CONNECTIONS
Offset Null E 3nc
Invt Input
3vcc
Noninvt lnput[T
3 Output
v E eE 3 Offset Null
(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Alternate Range Package
MC1741CD SO-8
MC1741CG LM741CH, Metal Can
M741HC
MC1741CP1 0Cto +70C
LM741CN, Plastic DIP
^A741TC
MC1741CU Ceramic DIP
MC1741G - 55C to Metal Can
MC1741U + 125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-170
MCI 741, MC1741C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = + 1 & v V EE = -15V,TA == 25C unless otherwise noted).


MC1741 MC1741C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

VlO - 1.0 5.0 - 2.0 6.0 mV


Input Offset Voltage
(R s <10kl
- 20 200 - 20 200 nA
Input Offset Current ho
- 80 500 - 80 500 nA
Input Bias Current >IB
0.3 2.0 - 0.3 2.0 - Mfi
Input Resistance rj

- 1.4 - - 1.4 - pF
Input Capacitance Ci
- + 15 - - + 15 - mV
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range V|OR
+ 12 + 13 - 12 13 - V
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V|CR
Av 50 200 - 20 200 ~ V/mV
Large Signal Voltage Gain
(V = +10 V, R L >2.0k)
Output Resistance fo
- 75 - - 75 - n
CMRR 70 90 _ 70 90 dB
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
(R s <10k)
PSRR - 30 150 30 150 /W/V
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
(R s <10k)
v V
Output Voltage Swing
+ 12 + 14 - 12 14
(R L 2M0k)
+ 10 + 13 10 13 _
(R L >2k>
- 20 - - 20 - mA
Output Short-Circuit Current 'os

Supply Current b - 1.7 2.8 " 1.7 2.8 mA


Power Consumption PC - 50 85 - 50 85 mW
Transient Response (Unity Gain - Non-Inverting)
Time - 0.3 - 0.3
(V| = 20mV, Rl > 2 k, C|_ < 100 pF) Rise tTLH
C L < 100 pF) Overshoot os 15 - 15 %
(V| = 20 mV,R|_ > 2 k,
SR 0.5 0.5 _ V//JS
(V| = 10V, Rl > 2 k, C L < 100 pF) Slew Rate

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, TA = T| ow to Thigh unless otherwise noted)

MC1741 MC1741C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

VlO - 1.0 6.0 7.5 mV


Input Offset Voltage
(R s <10k2)
nA
Input Offset Current lO
7.0 200 - "
(T A = 125C)
= -55C)
" 85 500
(T A
300
(T A = 0C to +70C)
nA
Input Bias Current 'IB
" 30 500 "
(T A = 125C)
300 1500 "
(T A = -55C)
800
(T A = 0C to +70C)
12 13 - - - - V
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V|CR
CMRR 70 90 dB
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
(R s <10k)
PSRR - 30 150 MV/V
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
|R s <10k)
vo V
Output Voltage Swing -
12 14 -
(R L 5M0k)
+ 10 13 + 10 13
(R L >2kl
Av 25 15 V/mV
Large Signal Voltage Gain
(R >2k, V = 10V)
L OU ,

id
mA
Supply Currents -
- 1.5 2.5 " -
(T A = 125C)
2.0 3.3
(T A = -55C)
Power Consumption (T A = +125C) PC 45 75 mW
- 60 100 - - -
(T A = -55C)

'high
= 125C for MC1741 and 70C for MC1741C
= -55C for MC1741 and 0C for MC1741C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-171
MC1741, MC1741C
FIGURE 1 - BURST NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 2- RMS NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

R OkH
10

1.0

100
m IttL 1 1 nun III' llll
1-0k 10 k 100 M 100
k 1.0 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M
RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS) RS. SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 3 - OUTPUT NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY
4
IU

100

10

01 '0.

.o:

0.01 llll
1 IIIII
100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 1.0 k 10 k 100 k
RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS) FREQUENCY
f, (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - BURST NOISE TEST CIRCUIT

To Pass/Fail
Indicator

Unlike conventional peak reading or RMS meters, this system was


The test time employed is 10 seconds and the 20 mV peak
especially designed to provide the quick response time essential to
limit refers to the operational amplifier input thus eliminating
burst (popcorn) noise testing.
errors in the closed-loop gain factor of the operational
amplifier
under test.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-172
MC1741, MC1741C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
< V CC = +15 Vdc V EE -
x - 15 Vdc T A '
- + 25C unless otherwise noted)

FIGURE 6 -POWER BANDWIDTH


(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) FIGURE 7 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
28
Nil III

\
> ,
uj 20
<

> \
\\
o <\ OLTA GEFC LLO erk
6 8.0 1 HD< 5%
>
\
4.0 III
V

100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k


1.0 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 8 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 9 -NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus LOAD RESISTANCE

-15
. l-Ul-1-4-4-
"15 -14
VSUP PLIE.
-13
15 V SUPPLIES

> -"
12 V |

rzr < -9.0


, 12 V

9V
i

o -8-0

>-7.0
9V
-6.0
I

- -b.O
6V |

> 6V
-3.0

-2.0

5.0 k 7.0 k 10 k 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 7.0 k


500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k

LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) Rl. LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)


RL,

FIGURE10 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus


FIGURE 11 - SINGLE SUPPLY INVERTING AMPLIFIER
LOAD RESISTANCE (Single Supply Operation)
m
26
24 +27 V 100 mF Ik
22
+24 V
20
18 +21 V
16
+18 V
14
1?
+15 V 100 uF
10

8.0 +12 V
6.0 200 k^
+9.0 V
4.0

2.0 +6.0 V
+5.0 V
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10

RL, LOAD RESISTANCE (M2

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-173
MC1741, MCI 741

FIGURE 12 NONINVERT1NG PULSE RESPONSE

/ ^OUTPUT
/
/
INPUT

FIGURE 13 TRANSIENT REPONSE TEST CIRCUIT

To Scope
pe

n
I

(Inpu

To Scope
(Output)

FIGURE 14 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

100

z
5 90

<
5 85
o
> 80

75

70
2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16
VCC. IVEEI. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-174
MOTOROLA MC1741S
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1741SC
TECHNICAL DATA

HIGH SLEW RATE, INTERNALLY COMPENSATED OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
SILICON MONOLITHIC
The MC1741S/MC1741SC is functionally equivalent, pin com- INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
patible, and possesses the same ease of use as the popular MC1741
circuit, yet offers 20 times higher slew rate and power bandwidth.
This device is ideally suited for D-to-A converters due to its fast

settling time and high slew rate.

High Slew Rate - 10 V/jus Guaranteed Minimum (for unity gain only)

No Frequency Compensation Required


Short-Circuit Protection (Top View)
Offset Voltage Null Capability
G SUFFIX
Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges METAL PACKAGE
Low Power Consumption CASE 601

No Latch-Up
(Top View)

TYPICAL APPLICATION OF OUTPUT CURRENT TO


VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER 8 4!^
1

V ref - 2 Vdc
R1 fl2 =1 D SUFFIX
Rn - 5.0 k!! P1 SUFFIX PLASTIC PACKAGE
PLASTIC PACKAGE CASE 751
CASE 626 (SO-8)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package

MC1741SG -55Cto +125X Metal Can

MC1741SCD SO-8
MC1741SCG 0Cto +70C Metal Can
MC1741SCP1 Plastic DIP

Theoretical Vn
OF lv EE >-15V
A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 + A7 A8
+ + + + + +
.Vref ,A1
Vrj (R n )
1
"
R1 ' '
2 4 64 128 256
8 16 32

Pins not shown are not connected.


Adjust V re f, R1 or Rrj so that Vrj with all digital inputs at high level
is equal to 9.961 volts.
Settling time to within 1/2 LSB (19.5 mV) is approxi-

mately 4.0 ms from the time that

The value of C may


all bits are switched.

be selected to minimize overshoot


Vn =
2V
(5k)
[1111111
-+-+- + + + +
1

and ringing (C ~ 150 pF). 1k U 4 8 16 32 64 28


12 256

MC1741S LARGE-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE STANDARD MC1741 versus MC1741S RESPONSE COMPARISON

l-Opi/DIV 10(is/DIV

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-175
MC1741S, MC1741SC

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

<

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

Value
Rating Symbol MC1741SC MC1741S Unit
Power Supply Voltage
vcc +18 +22 Vdc
-18 -22
Differential Input Signal Voltage
V|D 30 Volts
Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing (See Note 1) V ICR 15 Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration (See Note 2) s Continuous
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) PD
Metal Package
680 mW
Derate above TA = +25C 4.6 mW/C
Plastic Dual In-Line Package 625 mW
Derate above TA = +25C 5.0 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA Oto +75 | -55 to +125 C
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Metal Package
-65 to +150
Plastic Package -55 to +125

Note 1 For supply voltages less than 1 5 Vdc, the absolute maximum
. input voltage is equal to the supply voltage
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 1 5 Vdc.

FIGURE 1 - OFFSET ADJUST CIRCUIT


<
VCC f |T 350
z
k 300
=>
o
_,^aL OUTPUT 250
MC1741S\ sn
"
INPUTS
MC1741SC^-
m CQ
t; 200

z
150

no kn
uj
"^
100
>
OFFSET NULL t- ,
<
TERMINALS 50

V EE
5 -50 -25 +25 +50 +7 5 +1C +12
T,TEMPERATURE(C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-176
)

MC1741S, MC1741SC

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 Vd c, Vee = " 15 Vdc, TA = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC1741S MC1741SC I

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit


I

BWp kHz
Power Bandwidth (See Figure 3)
150 200 - 150 200 -
A v = 1,R L = 2.0kn,THD = 5%, V = 20 V(p-p)
Large-Signal Transient Response
Slew Rate (Figures 10 and 11) SR
10 20 - 10 20 - V/ M s
V(-) to V(+)
10 12 10 12
V(+)to V(-l
3.0 3.0 MS
Settling Time (Figures 10 and 1 1 'setlg

(to within 0.1%)


Small-Signal Transient Response
(Gain = 1, Ej n = 20 mV, see Figures 7 and 8)
0.25 - 0.25 MS
Rise Time l
TLH
0.25 - 0.25 MS
Fall Time *THL -
0.25 0.25 MS
Propagation Delay Time 'PLH.tPHL
; 20 20 %
Overshoot OS
10 - 35 10 - 35 mA
Short-Circuit Output Currents os
Open-Loop Voltage Gain (Rl = 2.0 kfi) (See Figure 4) Avol
50,000 200,000 20,000 100,000
V = 10 V, T A = +25C _ -
* 25,000 15,000
V = 10 V, T A = T| ow * to T hj g h
- 75 - - 75 _
Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz) Zo
= 20 Hz) 0.3 1.0 - 0.3 1.0 - Mn
Input Impedance (f z'i

vo Vpk
Output Voltage Swing
12 14 - 12 14
RL = 10kn,T A = T| ovv toT h igh (MC1741Sonly) -
10 13 10 13
RL = 2.0 kn, f A = +25C
10 10
RL = 2.0 kn, T A = T| 0W to T hiqh
12 13 12 13 Vpk
InputCommon-Mode Voltage Range V|CR
TA = T| ow toThi ah (MC1741S)
CMRR 70 90 70 90 dB
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 20 Hz)

T A = T| ow to Thigh (MC1741S)
Input Bias Current (See Figure 2) hB -
- 200 500 200 500
TA = +25C and T n gh
j

500 1500 800


nA
Input Offset Current I'lOl
-
- 30 200 30 200
T = +25C and T high
A 300
500

Input Offset Voltage (R$ = <10kfi) |V| I

- 1.0 5.0 2.0 6.0


TA = +25C -
6.0 7.5
TA = T| ow to T^gh
DC Power Consumption (See Figure 9) PC
- 50 85 - 50 85
(Power Supply = 15 V, Vq = 0)

T A = T low t0 T high
PSS+ MV/V
Positive Voltage Supply Sensitivity
- 2.0 100 - 2.0 150
(Vee constant)
TA = T|
ow toT h g hOnMC1741S
i

PSS-
mV/v
Negative Voltage Supply Sensitivity
- 10 150 - 10 150
(Vcc constant)

forMC1741SC Thigh = +70C for MC1 741 SC


*"I"low =
= -55CforMC1741S = +125CforMC1741S

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-177
MCI 741 S, MC1741SC

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc = +15 Vdc, VgE = -15 Vdc, TA = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 3 - POWER BANDWIDTH - NONDISTORTED


OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 4 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE

+15
a
X
>- +10
S +80
z
o
V
te +5.0 \ <
a +60
V. o
I- b +40
o
o /' >
> -5.0 "5+20
t- r <
a.
5 -10 /
< -15 -20
1.0 k 10 k
100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - NOISE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT NOISE versus


SOURCE RESISTANCE
140
1 Ml

% 120
3.0
>
uj 100
>
CD
E 2.5
< II

80
RS = 10 k
<
> 2.0
o
>
o 60 1.5
z
o
z

z 40 1.0

1 /Hltt a.
(-
" A =100
20 o
R = 100 0.5
J

0,
nun CL- m%$-
10 00
1( 1 0k 10C k 1 00 1.0 k 10 k 100
f FRE QUEN CY(Hz
R S, SOURCE 1ES STAN CE(OHMS)

FIGURE 7 - SMALL-SIGNAL TRANSIENT FIGURE 8 - SMALL-SIGNAL TRANSIENT


RESPONSE DEFINITIONS RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-178
MC1741S, MC1741SC

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V cc = +15 Vdc, Vee = -15 Vdc, T^ = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 9 - POWER CONSUMPTION versus POWER


SUPPLY VOLTAGES
SETTLING TIME
8U In order to properly utilize the high slew rate and fast
settlingtime of an operational amplifier, a number of
70
system considerations must be observed. Capacitance at
the summing node and at the amplifier output must be
3
60
minimal and circuit board layout should be consistent
50
with common high-frequency considerations. Both power
40
supply connections should be adequately bypassed as
O close as possible to the device pins. In bypassing, both
30 low and high-frequency components should be con-
S sidered to avoid the possibility of excessive ringing. In
20
-. order to achieve optimum damping, the selection of a
10 capacitor in parallel with the feedback resistor may be
necessary. A value too small could result in excessive

5.0 10 15 20 ringing while a value too large will degrade slew rate and
settling time.
Vccand IVeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

SETTLING TIME MEASUREMENT


In order to accurately measure the settling time of an
FIGURE 10 - LARGE-SIGNAL TRANSIENT WAVEFORMS operational amplifier, it is suggested that the "false"
summing junction approach be taken as shown in

Figure 11. This is necessary since it is difficult to de-

INPUT termine when the waveform at the output of the op-


HV ' \ erational amplifier settles to within 0.1% of it's final
SLEW
-10 V /
RATE value. Because the output and input voltages are ef-
V(+) to V
S LE W fectively subtracted from each other at the amplifier
(MEASURE NT RAt E
PERIOD '
V(-)toV(+l --
inverting input, this seems like an ideal node for the
_
H
90%\
(MEASUREMENT
PERIOD)
measurement. However, the probe capacitance at this
critical node can greatly affect the accuracy of the

ALLOWABLE actual measurement.


ERROR
OUTPUT BAND The solution to these problems is the creation of a
~ *
second or "false" summing node. The addition of two
10V v i
diodes at this node damps the error voltage to limit the

SETT LING
~T voltage excursion to the oscilloscope. Because of the
""
TlHE
voltage divider effect, only one-half of the actual error
appears at this node. For extremely critical measure-
ments, the capacitance of the diodes and the oscilloscope,
and the settling time of the oscilloscope must be con-
FIGURE 11 -SETTLING TIME AND SLEW RATE TEST CIRCUIT
sidered. The expression

tsetlg = n/x 2 + v 2 + z2

can be used to determine the actual amplifier settling


time, where
= observed settling time
tsetlg
x = amplifier settling time (to be determined)
y = false summing junction settling time
z = oscilloscope settling time

It should be remembered that to settle within 0.1%


requires 7RC time constants.
The 0.1% factor was chosen for the MC1741S
settling time as it is compatible with the 1/2 LSB
X. -- IN9IE U IN9IS
accuracy of the MC1508L8 digital-to-analog converter.
(*) "OBEQUIV OREQUI
This D-to-A converter features 0.19% maximum error.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-179
MC1741S, MC1741SC

FIGURE 12 - WAVEFORM AT FALSE SUMMING NODE TYPICAL APPLICATION


FIGURE 14- 12.5-WATT WIDEBAND POWER AMPLIFIER

1.0ms/DIV
FIGURE 13 -EXPANDED WAVEFORM AT
FALSE SUMMING NODE

LO^s/DIV

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-180
A

MOTOROLA MC1747
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1747C
TECHNICAL DATA

(DUALMC1741)
(DUAL MC1 741)
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, DUAL
HIGH PERFORMANCE OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
. designed for use as summing amplifiers, integrators, or am-
. .
SILICON MONOLITHIC
plifiers with operating characteristics as a function of the external INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
feedback components. The MC1747L and MC1747CL are func-
tionally and electrically equivalent to the /iA747 and /uA747C
respectively.
G SUFFIX
No Frequency Compensation Required METAL PACKAGE
Short-Circuit Protection CASE 603
Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges N.C.

Low-Power Consumption
No Latch Up
Offset Voltage Null Capability Inv Inpu

Non-tnv Input (4 (OlMon-lrw Input

VEE
FIGURE 1 - HIGH-IMPEDANCE, HIGH-GAIN
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
(SO-14)

P2 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646
14 |" II
fl
1

3j^ ^ SUFFIX
mm{{ L
L
CERAM^FJOCAOE

Terminals not shown e not connected.


14
J I "

PIN CONNECTIONS
(Offset
Inv Input [T -*\ A !*l Adj A

FIGURE 2 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


Nonlnvrj
Input LI
y^ 13]vcc A

Offset nr 12]output A
Adj A Li
veeH Ti]n.c.

Offset rr B
to] Output
Adj. B \Z.

Non

Inv Input
Input
inv rr
IL

[T
K
l>~^
TjVcc

Tl f,set
JLI Adi B
B

-m*-
VccA and V CCB are not connect 3d internally.

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package

MC1747G Metal Can


-55Cto +125C
MC1747L Ceramic DIP

MC1747CD SO-14
MC1747CG Metal Can
0Cto +70C
MC1747CL Ceramic DIP
MC1747CP2 Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-181
MC1747, MC1747C
MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

Rating Symbol MC1747 MC1747C Unit


Power Supply Voltages
v Cc +22 + 18 Vdc
vee -22 -18
Differential Input Signal Voltage
CD VlD 30 Volts
Common-Mode Input Swing Voltage @ V ICR 15 Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration
'OS Continuous
Voltage (Measurement between Offset Null and Vpp) + 0.5 Volts
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
ta -55 to +125 to + 70 C
Storage Temperature Range
T stg -65 to +150 -65 to +150 C
Junction Temperature
Tj
Ceramic and Metal Package C
175
Plastic Package
150
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (v cc = +i 5 y d c, y EE - -15 Vdc. T A . +25C unless otherwise noted!
MC1747 MC1747C
Characteristics Symbol Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Bias Current
TA = +25C
'IB nAdc
- 80 500 80 500
TA = T hjgn @ 30 500 - 30 800
TA = T|
ovv 300 1500 30 800
'10
TA = +25C nAdc
20 200 - 20 200
TA = Thigh - 7.0 200 7.0 300
TA = T low
85 500 7.0 300
Input Offset Voltage (R
s < 10kS2) V|
T A = +25C mVdc
1.0 5.0 1.0 6.0
TA = T|
ow to T nign - 1.0 6.0 - 1.0 7.5
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range

Differential Input Impedance (Open-loop, =


f 20 Hz)
Parallel Input Resistance
0.3 2.0 " 0.3 2.0 -
Parallel Input Capacitance Mfi
Cj 1.4 1.4 PF
Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing V ICR
T|ow<TA <T h 9n
,
12 '3 _
Volts
12 + 13
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (R s = 10 kf2) CMRR
T low< T A < T high dB
70 90 _ 70 90
A vo
TA = +25C )
|
Volts
,V O-10V.R L = 2.0knl 50,000 200,000 " 25,000 200,000 "
TA -T IOw T hi9h 25,000
J 15,000

(V in = 20 mV, R L = 2.0 kii, CL < 100 pF)


Rise Time - ~
<PLH 0.3 - 0.3 -
Overshoot Percentage
5.0
Slew Rate (Unity Gain)
5.0 %
SR - 0.5 - - 0.5 _ V/yuS
Output Impedance -
zo 75 - - 75 _ ohms
Short-Circuit Output Current ~
'OS 25 - " 25 " mAdc
Channel Separation
dB
Output Voltage Swing (T, ovv < TA < T high ) V R
Rt_=10kS2 v pk
12 14 " 12 14 -
R|_ = 2.0k
10 13 + 10 + 13
Power Supply Sensitivity (T, T nigh
ow to )

uV/V
V EE = Constant, Rg < 10 kn -
PSS+ 30 150 " 30 150
Vcc = Constant, Rs < 10 k2 PSS- 30 150 30 150
Power Supply Current (each amplifier)
'cc'ee mAdc
TA = +25C
1.7 2.8 - 1.7 2.8
TA " T| ow
- 2.0 3.3 2.0 3.3
T A = T hjgh
1.5 2.5 2.0 3.3
DC Power Consumption (each amplifier)
PC mW
TA = +25C
50 85 - 50 85
TA = T low - 60 100 60 100
TA = Thigh
45 75 60 100
CD For supply voltages of less than 15 V, the maximum differential input voltage equal to (V cc + |v E d)
is
For supply voltages of less than 15 V, the maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage (+V
CC . -|V EE |).
-55C for MC1747L
Thigh: +70Cfor MC1747CL
+ 125Cfor MC1747L

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-182
MC1747, MC1747C

FIGURE 3 - TYPICAL FREQUENCY-SHIFT KEYER TONE


GENERATOR TEST CIRCUIT
Vccl5V Vcc'6V

FREQUENCY
IV-e-^VW-f-o- + SHIFT
ii 01 *iF OUTPUT

^ '
piH 0.001 mf4s j-)|-|

" -15 V
" +16V "
15 V

FIGURE 4 - TYPICAL FREQUENCY-SHIFT KEYER TONE GENERATOR

V / \~" A
-

:-
Terminals not shown are not connected.

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
VgE (V CC = +15 Vdc, = -15 Vdc, T/v = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 5 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


POWER-SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
versus
+ 120
120

+ 100
S 115

1 110

* o

g 100 <
o O
95 >

90 <
1
J 85

-20
,0 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M
6.0 9.0 12 15 18 21 24
3.0
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Vccand Vee. POWER-SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 8 - POWER CONSUMPTION


FIGURE 7 - POWER BANDWIDTH
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
100
28
tun
T
70 ^ ^
24 S"
| 50
-
Vfj =
Hi z
o
,_
40

30
C3
<
|j
o
16 11
> o
=j 12 HI 1 1
1

II
(Ea h ampl fier)

(VOLTAGE F0LL OWE R) S '0

-
o
8.0 b V
o
> 1 HD<5% o 7-0
-

4.0
11 1
' a -
1 5.0
I'

I
11 3.0

1.0 k 10 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) VCC and VE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-183
MCI 747, MC1747C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(V cc = +15 Vdc, VgE = -15 Vdc, T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus LOAD RESISTANCE FIGURE - OUTPUT NOISE
10 versus SOURCE RESISTANCE
'

II A=1000 |i ii

c
1 1
1
|

15 VOLT SUPPLIES Rl R 2
''' ''1
1

1.2 n> J
1l + R 2
/
*"
1 <-'
'
A
1

=
" |

12 VOLT SUPPLIES
E T "
Mill
/
\
1
A v =100

/
1 III
100 k
1 i<' ;
\1
12
10k r~ H,
5 *
-/^ vN

8.0 R3
-L l.
4.0
f= r- */^
-^ Rl
1
>
vo
1 1 1

THO<5.0'
1 1 ~r-r 1 1
-1 ZJ 1
"1 ']
.1 1
0.1
2 0 500 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k
10k 10k
L. LOAD RESISTANCE [OHMS)
HS. SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-184
MOTOROLA MC1748
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1748C
TECHNICAL DATA

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER

HIGH PERFORMANCE SILICON MONOLITHIC


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

The MC1748 is designed for use as a summing amplifier, inte-


grator, or amplifier with operating characteristics as a function of
the external feedback components.

Noncompensated MC1741
Single 30 pF Capacitor Compensation Required For Unity Gain
P1 SUFFIX U SUFFIX
Short-Circuit Protection PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
Offset Voltage Null Capability CASE 626 CASE 693
(MC1748COnly)j-
Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges
Balance |j_
8 I
Compensation
Low-Power Consumption ]]vcc
No Latch Up ^ Output
E-lt
6[ Balance
E
Compensation

FIGURE 1 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


8 O COMPENSATION

NON-INVERTING J
INPUT

G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE v EE
CASE 601
-w-w-
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package

MC1748G Metal Can


-55Cto + 125C Ceramic DIP
MC1748U
MC1748CG Metal Can
MC1748CP1 0Cto +70C PlasticDIP
MC1748CU Ceramic DIP

TYPICAL COMPENSATION CIRCUITS

FIGURE 2 - OFFSET ADJUST AND FIGURE 3 - SINGLE-POLE COMPENSATION FIGURE 4 - FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION
FREQUENCY COMPENSATION

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-185
MC1748, MC1748C

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)

Rating Symbol MCI 748 MC1748C Unit


Power Supply Voltage
vcc +22 + 18 Vdc
VEE -22 -18
Differential Input Signal
Vin 30 Volts
Common- Mode Input Swing (T) V|CR 15 Volts
Output Short Circuit Duration ts Continuous
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation)
Pd 680 mW
Derate above T A = +25C
4.6 mW/C
Operating Temperature Range ta -55 to +125 to +70 C
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 -65 to +150 C

- -15 Vdc.T A = +25 C unless c therwise noted.)

MCI 748 MC1748C


Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Bias Current
'IB ^Adc
TA = +25C " -
0.08 0.5 0.08 0.5
TA = T|
ow to T njgn 0.3 1.5 0.8
Input Offset Current
I'lOl
MAdc
TA = +25C " "
0.02 0.2 0.02 0.2
TA = T|
0W to T njgn 0.08 0.5 0.3
Input Offset Voltage (R
s < 10 k il) IV| I

mVdc
TA = +25C " -
1.0 5.0 1.0 6.0
TA = T low to T high
6.0 7.5
Differential Input Impedance (Open-Loop, f = 20 Hz)
Parallel Input Resistance "
Rp 0.3 2.0 0.3 2.0 - Megohm
Parallel Input Capacitance cp 1.4 1.4 pF
Common-Mode Input Impedance (f 20 Hz) Z;
n - 200 - - 200 Megohms
Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing
VlCR 12 - -
13 12 13 v pk
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 100 Hz) CMRR -
70 90 70 90 _ dB
Open-Loop Voltage Gain, (V = 10 V, R L = 2.0 k ohms)
"vol V/V
TA = +25C 50,000 200.00C 20,000 200,000 -
TA = T|
0W to T nign 25,000 15,000
Step Response (V in = 20 mV, C = 30 pF, R = 2 kil, C = 100 pF)
c L L
Rise Time
r 0.3 0.3 *is
Overshoot Percentage " - ~
5.0 5.0 - %
Slew Rate dV out /dt 0.8 0.8 V/ M s
Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz) - - -
*o 75 75 _ ohms
Short-Circuit Output Current - - -
'sc 25 25 _ mAdc
Output Voltage Swing (R L = 10 k ohms) v 12 14 12 14 " Vpk
RL = 2 k ohms (T A = T| ow to t nign ) 10 13 - i 10 13
Power Supply Sensitivity
nV/V
Ve = constant, R s < 10 k ohms S+ " 30 150 - 30 150
= constant,
Vcc Rs < 10 k ohms S- 30 150 30 150
Power Supply Current + -
'0 1.67 2.83 1.67 2.83 mAdc
id" _ 1.67 2.83 1.67 2.83
DC Quiescent Power Dissipation
Pd mW
<V o = 0l " "50 -
85 50 85
CD For supply voltages less than +15 V, the Ma urn Input Voltage is equal to the Supply Voltage.

T| OW : 0C for MC1748C
-55C for MCI 748
T high +70 for MCI 748C
+ 125C for MC1748

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-186
MCI 748, MC1748C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V cc = +15 V, Vee " -15 V, Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 5 - MINIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 6 - MINIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
20

i-

> 16
'
APPLICABLb IU IMt SKtwritu
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
CD
RANGES
Z
2 12

< MINIMUM
t-
o
>
8.0 MCI 748 m
'.'

i
\.
\
4.U
Ei
MINIMUM
o
1
mm WmM
6 20
5 .0

Vcc and (-Vee), SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) VCC AND (-VEE). SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

FIGURE 7 - MINIMUM VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 8 - TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENTS

III 2.5

1 2.0
OPERATING TEMPERATURE

=
''"
->::
1 MC1748 ;||
^l ii
:

W- MC 748 i
i||:
iv m.
Hf
i$

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:v:y:j: >: ; :-: : :-: : : : :v: : : : 1

5.0 10 15
5.0 10 15

- VEE>' SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) VCC AND - V EE>- SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Vcc AND ( I

FIGURE 10 - LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE


FIGURE 9 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
1 Mill 1 III

SI JG .E POLE CO MP ENS AT ON
III

1
i

OpF
V C = 3

\
CI = 30p ks

1.0 k 10 k 100 k 10 k
i 100 k
--. it
1.0 M
_L ill

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-187
MC1748, MC1748C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

(V CC = +15 V, V EE = -15 V. T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 11 - VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE


FIGURE 12 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
+10
SINGLE POLE COMPENSATION
+8.0

+6.0

+4.0

+2.0
>A
1 /\ JTPUT
\/

__ _

-, 1

30
10 k 100 k 1.0 M
t, TIME (ys)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 13 - LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE FIGURE - INVERTER PULSE RESPONSE


14

FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION + IU
I
FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION

*16 OUTPUT
+6.0
, \
+4.0 X /
INPUT
+2.0
/

An
-2.0 /'

X ^N--
1

40

N
-6.0
*.,
-8.0
,
...
-in
10 Dk
1.0 M 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
t, TIME (jul

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-188
MOTOROLA MC1776
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1776C
TECHNICAL DATA

MICROPOWER PROGRAMMABLE PROGRAMMABLE


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER

This extremely versatile operational amplifier features low power SILICON MONOLITHIC
consumption and high input impedance. In addition, the quiescent INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
currents within the device may be programmed by the choice of

an external resistor value or current source applied to the l


set input.

This allows the amplifier's characteristics to be optimized for input


current and power consumption despite wide variations in operating
power supply voltages. G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
1 .2 V to 1 8 V Operation CASE 601
Wide Programming Range
Offset Null Capability
No Frequency Compensation Required
Offset Null(T
Low Input Bias Currents
Short-Circuit Protection Inverting Input (2

Non-Inverting InputQ

RESISTIVE PROGRAMMING (See Figure 1.)

R set to GROUND R set to NEGATIVE SUPPLY


(Recommended for supplv voltage
less than 6.0 V) P1 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626
(MC1776C Only)

U SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693

Typical R se t Values
D SUFFIX
Vf PLASTIC PACKAGE
V C C. V EE = 1.5 juA 'set
'set
160kS2
CASE 751
360 kl! + 1.5V 1.6 Mil
+6.0V 3.6 M!! (SO-8)
620 kJ2 +3.0V 3 6 Mil 360 kil
+iov 6.2 Mil
750 k!l 16.0 V 7.5MSI 750 kJ2
112V 7.5 MS2
20 Mil 2.0 Mil Offset Null [T 3D 'let
10 Mil 1.0 MS2 + 15 V
15V
Inverting Input [jF H vCc
ACTIVE PROGRAMMING Noninverting Input [T + ~E] Output
V EE [
ID Off set Null
FET CURRENT SOURCE BIPOLAR CURRENT SOURCE

(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package

MC1776G Metal Can


-55 to +125C
MC1776U Ceramic DIP

MC1776CD SO-8

MC1776CG Metal Can


Oto +70C
MC1776CP1 Plastic DIP

MC1776CU Ceramic DIP

Pins not shown are not connected.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-189
MC1776, MC1776C

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

Rating Symbol Value Unit


Power Supply Voltages
vcc.Vee 18 Vdc
V|D 30 Vdc
Common-Mode Input Voltage V ICM
V cc and |V EE < 15 V
vcc-Vee
|

Vdc
Vcc a nd IVeeI > 15 V 15
Offset Null to V Voltage
E VoffVEE 0.5 Vdc
Programming Current
'set 500 MA
Programming Voltage
Vset (V CC -2.0V) Vdc
(Voltage from set terminal to ground)
l

to

vcc
Output Short -Circuit Duration*
*s Indefinite s
Operating Temperature Range
TA C
MCI 776 -55 to +125
MC1776C to +70
Storage Temperature Range
T stg C
Metal and Ceramic Packages
-65 to +150
Plastic Package
-55 to +125
Junction Temperature
Tj C
Metal and Ceramic Packages
175
Plastic Package
150 I

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

OVcc

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-190
MC1776, MC1776C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (v cc = +3.0 V V EE = -3.0 V , l


set
= 1.5MA, TA = +25C u nless otherwise noted.)

MC1776 MC1776C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage (Bs < 10 kn) V|0 mV


= +25C - 2.0 5.0 - 2.0 6.0
Ta
6.0 7.5
T|ow* < T A^ Thigh*
v IOR - 9.0 - - 9.0 _ mV
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range
nA
Input Offset Current llO
TA = +25C - 0.7 3.0 0.7 6.0
= Thigh 5.0 - 6.0
Ta
= 10 10
Ta T low
nA
Input Bias Current MB
= +25C 2.0 7.5 - 2.0 10
TA
= Thigh - 7.5 10
Ta
= T|ow 20 20
Ta
- 50 - - 50 - Mn
Input Resistance r
i

- 2.0 - - 2.0 - pF
Input Capacitance c.

Input Voltage Range V| D V


1.0 - - 1.0 - -
T low < T A < Thigh
V/V
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL
50 k 200 k - 25 k 200 k -
R L > 75 kn, V = 1.0 V, TA +25C
=
R L >75kn.V = 10 V,T| ow <T A < Thigh 25 k 25 k

Output Voltage Swing v V


2.0 2.4 - 2.0 + 2.4 -
R L > 75 kn, T| 0W < Ta < Thigh
- 5.0 - - 5.0 - kn
Output Resistance r
o
- 3.0 - - 3.0 - mA
Output Short-Circuit Current 'os

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR dB


86 - 70 86 -
R S < 10 kn, T low < T A < T h ig h 70

Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR mV/V


_ 25 150 - 25 200
R S < 10 kn, T| 0W < T A < Thigh
Supply Current ice. 'EE
ma
- 13 20 - 13 20
T A = +25C
25 25
Tlow < T A < Thigh
Power Dissipation Pd MW
- 78 120 - 78 120
TA +25C
=
150 150
Tlow < T A < Thigh
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
Vj n = 20 mV, R|_ > 5.0 kn, C[_ = 100 pF
- 3.0 - - 3.0 - MS
Rise Time tTLH
Overshoot OS %
- 0.03 - - 0.03 - V/ms
Slew Rate (R L > 5.0 kn) Sr
*T| w = -55C for MC1776 Thigh = +125Cfor MC1776
0Cfor MC1776C +70Cfor MC1776C

VOLTAGE OFFSET TRANSIENT RESPONSE


NULL CIRCUIT TEST CIRCUIT

Pins not shown are not connected.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-191
MCI 776, MC1776C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS - continued (VCC = +3.0 V, V EE = -3.0 V, l


se , = 15 M, TA + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC1776 MC1776C
Characteristic Symbol Typ Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (R 10 kn)
s <.
V|0
T A = +25C mV
5.0 6.0
T low* < T A < T high *
6.0 7.5
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range v IOR 18
Input Offset Current
ho nA
TA = +25C
2.0 15 25
TA = Thigh 15 25
TA =
T|ow 40 40
Input Bias Current
TA = +25C
50 50
TA = Thigh
50 50
TA = T| ow
120 100
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
5.0 Mn
2.0
PF
Input Voltage Range
V(D
T|ow< T A < T high
Large Signal Voltage Gain
A VOL V/V
R|_ > 5.0kn, V = 1 .0 V, TA = +25C 50 k 200 k 25 k 200 k
R L > 5.0 k, Vq - 1 1 .0 V, T| ow < T A < Thigh 25 k 25k
"
Output Voltage Swing V
R L >5.Qkn,T| 0w <T A < Thigh 2.1 2.0
Output Resistance
1.0
Output Short-Circuit Current
5.0 mA
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR
R S <1Qkn,T| 0w < T A < Thigh
86 70
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR MV/V
R S < 1Qkn,T| 0w <T A < Thigh 25 200
Supply Current
'CC- 'EE
T A - +25C
130 160 170
T low< T A < Thigh
180 180
Power Dissipation
T A - +25C MW
780 960 1020
T low < T A < Thigh
1080 1080
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
V in - 20 mV, R L > 5.0 kn, C L - 100 pF
Rise Time
'TLH 0.6 0.6
Overshoot OS 5.0 5.0
Slew Rate (R L > 5.0 kn)
SR 0.35
V/ms
*
T low " -55C for MC1776 T high +125Cfor MC1776
0C for MC1 776C +70Cfor MC1776C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-192
MC1776, MC1776C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS continued (Vcc = + 15 v V EE = -15 -


V, l
S et = 1-5 mA, TA = +25C unless otherwise noted.

MC1776 MC1776C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage (Rg < 10 kn) VlO


mV
TA +25C
=
- 2.0 5.0 2.0 6.0
6.0 _ 7.5
T|ow* < T A < Thigh*
v IOR - 9.0 - - 9.0 mV
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range
nA
Input Offset Current ho
TA = +25C
- 0.7 3.0 0.7 6.0
5.0 - 6.0
Ta = Thigh
= 10 10
Ta T|ow
nA
Input Bias Current 1
1 B
TA = +25C
- 2.0 7.5 2.0 10
= 7.5 - 10
Ta Thigh
= 20 20
Ta T|ow
r
- 50 - - 50 Mn
Input Resistance i

- 2.0 - - 2.0 - pF
Input Capacitance <M

V|D V
Input Voltage Range
10 - - 10 - -
Tlow * T A < Thigh
V/V
Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL -
T A = +25C 200 k 400 k - 50 k 400 k
R L > 75 kn, V = 10 V,
T| 0W < T A < T h igh 100 k 50 k
R L > 75 kn, V = 10 V,
v V
Output Voltage Swing
12 14 12 14
R L > 75 kn,TA = + 25C +

10 _ 10 -
R L > 75 kn, T| 0W < T A < T h i
gh
- 5.0 - - 5.0 kn
Output Resistance r
o
- 3.0 - - 3.0 - mA
Output Short-Circuit Current 'os
CMRR dB
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio
70 90 - 70 90 -
R S < 10 kn, T| OW < T A < Thigh
PSRR MV/V
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
- 25 150 - 25 200
R S < 10 kn, T| ow : T A < Thigh
Supply Current
ma
'CC- 'EE
T A = +25C
" 20 25 20 30
30 : 35
T low < T A *= Thigh
Power Dissipation Pd mW
- 0.75 - - .0.9
TA +25C
=
: 0.9 1.05
Tlow < T A < Thigh
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
V in = 20 mV, R L > 5.0 kn, CL = 100 pF
- 1.6 - 1.6 - MS
Rise Time l TLH
OS ; %
Overshoot
SR - 0.1 - _ 0.1 V/ms
Slew Rate (R L > 5.0 kn) I

*T| ow = -55CforMC1776 Thigh = +125C for MC1776


0Cfor MC1776C + 70Cfor MC1776C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-193
MC1776, MC1776C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS continued (V Cc = +15V,V EE = -15V, l


set = 5 ixk, T A = +25C jnless otherwise noted.)

MC1776 MC1776C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rg < 10 kn)
TA
VlO mV
+25C
= - 2.0 5.0 " 2.0 6.0
T low* * T A * T high*
6.0 7.5
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range v IOR - - -
18 18 - mV
Input Offset Current
ho nA
TA = +25C - 2.0 15 2.0 25
TA = T high
15 - 25
TA = T low
40 40
Input Bias Current
'IB nA
TA = +25C 15 -
50 15 50
TA = T high - 50 50
TA = T|ow 120 100
Input Resistance - - -
rj 5.0 5.0 _ Mn
Input Capacitance - - -
Cj 2.0 2.0 _ pF
Input Voltage Range
V|D V
T low < T A < Thigh 10 _ _ 10
Large Signal Voltage Gain
AvOL V/V
R L ;5.0kn, V 10 V, T A = +25C 100 k 400 - -
k 50 k 400 k
R L > 75 kn. V = 1 10 V. T, 0VU < T A < Th jg h 75 k 50 k
v V
R L >5.0kn. T A = +25C 10 13 - 10 "
13
R L ^ 75 kn.T, ovv <;T A < Thigh 10 10
- - - -
r
o 1.0 1.0 kn
Output Short-Circuit Current - - -
'os 12 12 _ mA
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR dB
R S < 10 kn. T, ow <: T A < Thigh 70 90 _ 70 90
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR MV/V
R S < 10 kn.T low ^T A < Thigh _ 25 150 25 200
Supply Current
TA
!CC- 'EE ma
= +25C - 160 180 - 160 190
Tlow < T A <; Thigh 200 200
Power Dissipation
Pd mW
T A = +25C " " 5.4 " - 5.7
T low < T A < Thigh 6.0 6.0
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
V in = 20 mV, R L > 5.0 kn. C L = 100 pF
Rise Time - - " -
l
TLH 0.35 0.35 MS
Overshoot OS 10 10 %
Slew Rate (R L > 5.0 kn) - - "
|
SR
J
0.8 0.8 - V/ms

0Cfor MC1776C + 70C for MC1776C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-194

MC1776, MC1776C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 2 - POSITIVE STANDBY SUPPLY


FIGURE 1 - SET CURRENT versus SET RESISTOR CURRENT versus SET CURRENT

1000

vcc = +15V
VEE = -1!> v

^ "set 10 vee
^
- Vcc
?L
= +3 V :

' '>
1.1 .

"R setl oVe E

-vc C = +3V s 5T
Mf E = -3V
_"se ttoGNC T

1.0 10 0.1 1.0 10

Iset, SET CURRENT (jiA) Isel, SET CURRENT IjiW

FIGURE 3 - OPEN LOOP GAIN versus SET CURRENT FIGURE 4 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SET CURRENT
10?
= :::
--
4m^-VCC = +15
inn

Rj. = 7 >k
'V E E = -15 V ^ ""==!
,

10 +3V<Vcc <; + 18V


-" 1
= -===;
-M-tttt
;c = +3
V E = -3\ /

10 5
-- I- i n

'

0.1
10* 1

1.0 10

Iset, SET CURRENT wiA) Iset, SET CURRENT (nA)

FIGURE 5 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 6 - GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT (GBW)


versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE versus SET CURRENT
30 10M
I I

JV< VcC< + 18V


VJ>Vee>-1 8V

;
i I.0M

Vcc = + i

5 vee = -3V
^ 100 k
s^ "set = 1-5 mA K
l 12
&
S 10k
6.0 Iset
<

1.0k _ ...
-60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 1.0 10

T, TEMPERATURE CO l
set , SET CURRENT (jiA)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-195
MC1776, MC1776C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(T^ = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 7 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 8 - SUPPLY CURRENT


versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
vcc = +15 V
iJJ|||
= 15jj.A
'set
CC = +15V i?n
V EE=-15V
set =1.5 cA
9(1 15 uA.
t Vcc = +15V
Vcc - +3 V
V EE =
T V EE = -3 V
Vcc = +3V T" set
= 1.5 iA _
_.V EE = -3V 1
^CC = + 15V Vcc = +3 V
*"
1.5^iA < !( < 15 /uA |
Vfcfc - -3 V
5 6.0 in \
II \ -4-
10k
E100k -60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140
Rl, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) T, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT SWING FIGURE 10 -SLEW RATE


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
versus SET CURRENT
40

36 1
1 1

1.5 jjA* U BI % 15 uA
32
RL = 75k
28

24

20
\\ V
*V, i
set
= 15*jA

vcc = +15 V
v^ J
:VEE = -15 V
I


'set = 15 /uA
RL = 5k
12
vcc
8.0 = VEE = -3 V = :

4.0

n
2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16
1.0
V CC. IVEEI. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (V)
set. SET CURRENT M A) (

FIGURE 11 - INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 - OPTIMUM SOURCE RESISTANCE


versus SET CURRENT FOR MINIMUM NOISE versus SET CURRENT
10-13

^

< 10

cc
UJ
cc

,0
s

o
0.1
0.1 1.0 0. )1 1 1 1 J 100
set. SET CURRENT (^A) SET CURRENT (jiA)
set.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-196
MC1776, MC1776C

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 15 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER


FIGURE 13 - WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR (1.0 kHz)

INPUT VW )( iO-

for a 1.0 kHz filter Ri = 160k


with Q= 10 R2 = 820
andA(f )-1 R5 = 300k
C = 0.01 mF

FIGURE 16 - GATED AMPLIFIER

2ir RC

(for f = 1.0 kHz)

R = 16 k2

C = 0.01 m?

FIGURE 14 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER VCC


WV > 15 v

10 k
GATE* VW

Vin VW '^H

FIGURE 17 - HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE AMPLIFIER

for a given:

l = canter frequency

A (f )
~ Gain at center frequency

Q = quality factor

Choose a value for C, then

R5 = -fV-

R1 =
2A (f l

02 = ftLM
4Q2R1-R5
To obtain lets than 10% error from the operational amplifier:

l!o_ <0 .,
GBW
where f and GBW are expressed in Hz. GBW is available from
Figure 6 as a function of Set Current, l
n t.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-197
A

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC3301 LM2900
TECHNICAL DATA MC3401 LM3900

QUAD
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
SILICON MONOLITHIC
QUAD SINGLE SUPPLY OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

These internally compensated Norton operational amplifiers


are designed specifically for single positive power supply appli-
cations found in industrial control systems and automotive elec-
tronics.Each device contains four independent amplifiers mak-
ing it ideal for applications
such as active filters, multi-channel
amplifiers, tachometers, oscillators and other similar usages.

Single-Supply Operation N, P SUFFIX


PLASTIC PACKAGE
Internally Compensated
CASE 646
Wide Unity Gain Bandwidth: 4.0 MHz Typical
Low Input Bias Current: 50 nA Typical
High Open-Loop Gain: 1000 V7V Minimum
Large Output Voltage Swing: (Vrjc - DV . D SUFFIX
p p PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751 4^
(SO-14)

PIN CONNECTIONS

MAXIMUM RATINGS .
^\ NONINV

LM2900/ ^H NONINV
Rating Symbol LM3900 MC3301 MC3401 Unit
Supply Voltage vcc +32 + 28 + 18 V
Input Currents (lj
n + or lj
n
~)
in 5.0 5.0 5.0 mA
Output Current >0 50 50 50 mA
Power Dissipation (Ta = + 25C) PD 625 625 625 mW
Derate above T/^ = + 25C VRflJA 5.0 5.0 5.0 mWVC
Operating Ambient ta -40 to Oto +70 C
Temperature Range + 85 Input 3
LM2900 -40 to
+ 85 (Top Vie
LM3900 Oto +70
Storage Temperature Range Tstg -65 to -65 to -65 to C
ORDERING INFORMATION
+ 150 + 150 + 150
Temperature
Device Range Package
LM3900D
SO-14
MC3401D
0Cto +70C
LM3900N
MC3401P Plastic

LM2900N DIP
-40Cto + 85C
MC3301P

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-198
MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = +15 V, TA = + 25C unless otherwise noted)


LM2900 LM3900 MC3301 MC3401
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Open-Loop Voltage Gain AVOL V/mV


f = 100 Hz, Rl = 5.0 k 1.2 2.0 - 1.2 2.0 - 1.2 2.0 - 1.2 2.0 -
TA = T low to Thigh (Notes 1, 2) 0.8

Input Resistance (Inverting Input) n


1.0 1.0 1.0 0.1 1.0 MO
Output Resistance rO 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 ka
Input Bias Current (Inverting Input) IB
50 200 50 200 50 300 50 300 nA
TA = T| wtoT nifl h(Note1) 500

Slew Rate (Cl = 100 pF, Rl = 2.0 k) SR V/ms


Positive Output Swing
- 0.5 - - 0.5 - - 0.5 - - 0.5 -
Negative Output Swing 20 20 20 20

Unity Gain Bandwidth BW 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 MHz


Output Voltage Swing (Note 7) V
Vcc = +15V, Rl = 2.0 k
V ut High in - = 0, in + =0)
(l l VOH 13.5 14.2 13.5 14.2 13.5 14.2 13.5 14.2
Vout Lowdi n - = 10/iA, in + =0) | vol 0.03 0.2 0.03 0.2 0.03 0.2 0.03 0.2

Vcc = Maximum Rating, Rl =


V ut High din" =0,l + =0) in VOH 29.5 29.5 25.5 15.5

Output Current mA
Source 'source 6.0 10 6.0 10 5.0 10 5.0 10
Sink (Note 3) 'sink 0.5 0.87 0.5 0.87 0.5 0.87 0.5 0.87 -
Low Level Output Current 'OL 5.0 5.0 - 5.0 - 5.0

l
in
- = 5.0 /xA, V L = 10 V
Supply Current (All Four Amplifiers) mA
Noninverting Inputs Open 'DO
- 6.9 10 - 6.9 10 - 6.9 10 - 6.9 10
Noninverting Inputs Grounded 7.8 14 7.8 14 7.8 14 7.8 14
<DG
Power Supply Rejection (f = 100 Hz) PSRR 55 55 55 55 dB

Mirror Gain (Ta = T| ow to Thigh! Notes 1, 4) Aj MA


l
in
+ = 20 ^A 0.90 1.0 1.1 0.90 1.0 1.1 0.90 1.0 1.1 0.90 1.0 1.1

l
in
+ =200/*A 0.90 1.0 1.1 0.90 1.0 1.1 0.90 1.0 1.1 0.90 1.0 1.0

A Mirror Gain (Ta = T| ow to Thigh; Notes 1, 4) AAj 2.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 %
20MA*ljn + 200mA
Mirror Current (Ta = T| ow to Thigh; Notes 1, 5) 10 -
500 10
500 10
500 10 500 ma
Negative Input Current (Note 6)
- 1.0 - - 1.0 - - 1.0 - 1.0 mA
NOTES:
1- T|ow = - *0C for LM2900, MC3301 Thigh = +85C for LM2900, MC3301
= 0C for LM3900, MC3401 + 70C ffor LM3900, MC3401
2. Open-loop voltage gain defined as voltage gain from the inverting input to the output.
is

3. Sink current is specified for linear operation. When the device is used as a comparator (non-linear operation) where the inverting input is overdriven,

the sink current (low level output current) capability is typically 5.0 mA.
4. This specification indicates the current gain of the current mirror which is used as the noninverting input.
5. Input Vbe match between the noninverting and inverting inputs occurs for a mirror current (noninverting input current) of approximately 10 jiA.
6. Clamp transistors are included to prevent the input voltages from swinging below ground more than approximately -0.3 volts. The negative input
currents thatmay result from large signal overdrive with capacitive input coupling must be limited externally to values of approximately 1.0 mA.
Negative input currents in excess of 4.0 mA will cause the output to drop to a low voltage. These values apply for any one of the input terminals.
If more than one of the input terminals are simultaneously driven negative, maximum
currents are reduced. Common-mode biasing can be used
to prevent negative input voltages.
7. When used as a noninverting amplifier, the minimum output voltage is the Vbe f tne inverting input transistor.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-199

MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc = +15 Vdc, R|_ = 5.0 kn, Ta = +25C
[each amplifier] unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 1 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 2 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

isnn

>inn

n
10 k 100 k 3.0 6.0 12
9.0 15 18 21 24 27 30

FREQUENCY (Hz)
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)

FIGURE 3 OUTPUT RESISTANCE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 4 SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
|

IDG ^*~
< (NONINVERTING INPUTS GROUNDED)^-?"
8.0

** 'DO
c 60
""^INONINVERTING INPUTS OPEN)
1.0 k :

100 ..
0.5 k 1.0 k 5.0 k 10 k 50k100k 500 k 1.0 M 5.0 M 3.0 6.0 9.0 12 15 18 21 24 27 30

FREQUENCY SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)

FIGURE 5 LINEAR SOURCE CURRENT versus FIGURE 6 LINEAR SINK CURRENT versus
SUPPLY VOLTAGE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
20

16

1
1?
600
vo = 0.4\/dc
-
VQH = 0.4V dc

w 400
I

40

3.0 6.0 9.0 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 30 6.0 9.0 12 15 18 21 24 27 30

SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)


SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-200
,

MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

OPERATION AND APPLICATIONS

BASIC AMPLIFIER pled linear operation at the output. The sink current of
The basic amplifier is the common emitter stage the device can be forced to exceed the specified level
shown in Figures 7 and 8. The active load is buffered l-| by keeping the output dc voltage above = 1.0 volt re-
from the input transistor by a PNP transistor, Q4, and sulting in an increase in the distortion appearing at the
from the output by an NPN transistor, Q2. Q2 is biased output. Closed-loop stability is maintained by an on-the-
Class A by the current source I2. The magnitude of I2 chip 3-pF capacitor shown in Figure 10 on the following
(specified s n k>
l
j
is a limiting factor in capacitively cou- page. No external compensation is required.

FIGURE 7 BLOCK DIAGRAM

. . Operational Operational Operational Qprat$0**aJ


Basing Circuitry
Amplifier #1 4 6
Amplifier #2 By8
Amplifier #3 9 , m Ampliflor #4

7 c.
Q n(
j ^ Multiple emitter (8) transistor one emitter connected to each input.

A noninverting input is obtained by adding a current approximately equal to n + also. In operation this cur-
lj

mirror as shown in Figure 9. Essentially all current which rent flows through an external feedback resistor which
enters the noninverting input, lj n + flows through the , generates the output voltage signal. For inverting ap-
diode CR1. The voltage drop across CR1 corresponds plications, the noninverting input is often used to set
to this input current magnitude and this same voltage the dc quiescent level at the output. Techniques for
is applied to a matched device, Q3. Thus Q3 is biased doing this are discussed in the "Normal Design Pro-
to conduct an emitter current equal to lj n + Since the - cedure" section.
alpha current gain of Q3 1, its collector current is

FIGURE 8 A BASIC GAIN STAGE FIGURE 9 OBTAINING A NONINVERTING INPUT


>VCC

Output

Input ^ Output
Inputs JH >- iJ I

( + )0 f g3*| in + J_
:LCR1

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-201
MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

OPERATION AND APPLICATIONS (continued)

BIASING CIRCUITRY
The circuitry common to all four amplifiers is shown Q7 reduces base current loading. The voltage across
in Figure 11. The purpose of this circuitry is to provide resistor R2 is the sum of the voltage drops across CR2,
biasing voltage for the PNP and NPN current sources CR3 and CR4, minus the Vbe drops of transistor Q9 and
used the amplifiers.
in diode CR5 thus the current set is established by CR5 in
The voltage drops across diodes CR2, CR3 and CR4 all the NPN current sources (Q10,
etc.). This technique
are used as references. The voltage across resistor R1 results in current source magnitudes which are rela-
is the sum of the drops across CR4 and CR3 minus the
tively independent of the supply voltage. Q11 (Figure
Vbe of Q8. The PNP current sources (Q5, etc.) are set 7) provides circuit protection from signals that are neg-
to the magnitude Vbe/R1 by transistor Q6. Transistor ative with respect to ground.

FIGURE 10 A BASIC OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER FIGURE 11 BIASING CIRCUITRY

O Output

Inputs

NORMAL DESIGN PROCEDURE


1. Output Q-Point Biasing
A. A number of techniques may be devised to bias Choosing the feedback resistor, Rf, to be equal to
the quiescent output voltage to an acceptable Vi R r will now bias the amplifier output dc level
level. However,
in terms of loop gain considera-
tions to approximately ycc This allows the maximum
usually desirable to use the noninvert-
it is

ing input to effect the biasing; as shown in Fig- dynamic range of the output voltage.
ures 12 and 13 (see the first page of this
specification). The high impedance of the collec- Reference Voltage other than Vcc see Figure 14)
<
tor of the noninverting "current mirror" transistor
The biasing resistor Rr may be returned to a volt-
helps to achieve the maximum loop gain for any
age (V r other than Vcc- B y setting Rf = R r (still
)
particular configuration. It is desirable that the
,

keeping jn + between 10 fxA and 200 /A) the


l

noninverting input current be in the 10 /xA to 200


output dc level will be equal to V r The expression
.
fiA range.
for determining VqcJc is:

B. Vcc Reference Voltage (see Figures 12 and 13)


The noninverting input normally returned to
is
V ode .U (,-**,),
the Vcc voltage (which should be well filtered) where <f> is the Vbe drop of the input transistors

through a resistor, R r allowing the input current,


, (approximately 0.6 Vdc @
+25C and assumed
l;
n +, to be within the range of 10 nA to 200 /tA. equal). Aj is the current mirror gain.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-202
O

MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

FIGURE 12 INVERTING AMPLIFIER FIGURE 13 NONINVERDNG AMPLIFIER

(Rf)(Aj)

*1.0 M --

+ 15 V AV = 10BW = 150 kHz


+ 15V

Gain Determination
A. Inverting Amplifier The lower corner frequency is determined by the

The amplifier is normally used in the inverting coupling capacitors to the input and load resis-
tors. The upper corner frequency will usually be
mode. The input may be capacitively coupled to
avoid upsetting the dc bias and the output is nor- determined by the amplifier internal compensa-
mally capacitively coupled to eliminate the dc tion. The amplifier unity gain bandwidth is typi-

voltage across the load. Note that when the out- cally 4.0 MHz and with the gain roll-off at 20 dB

put is capacitively coupled to the load, the value per decade, bandwidth will typically be 400 kHz
of s n k becomes a limitation with respect to the
l
with 20 dB of closed-loop gain or 40 kHz with 40
j

load driving capabilities of the device. The limi- dB of closed-loop gain. The exception to this oc-
tation is less severe if the device is direct coupled. curs at low gains where the input resistor selected
is large. The pole formed by the amplifier input
In this configuration, the ac gain is determined
by the ratio of Rf to Rj, in the same manner as for capacitance, stray capacitance and the input re-

a conventional operational amplifier: sistor may occur before the closed-loop gain in-
tercepts the open-loop response curve. The in-
verting input capacity is typically 3.0 pF.
A = -*
5!
Ri

FIGURE 14
INVERTING AMPLIFIER WITH FIGURE 15 INVERTING AMPLIFIER WITH
ARBITRARY REFERENCE Av = 100 AND Vr = Vcc

510 k
AW
0.1 mF
Vin )| VVV
5.1 k
4
V

1.0 M

f|_ = 300 Hz, fH = 50 kHz


Select for low
frequency response. Av = 100

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-203
; "
'

MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

B. Noninverting Amplifier (RfXAj)


A =
These devices may be used in the noninverting 26
mode (see Figure 13). The amplifier gain in this Ft; +
lin
+ (mA)
configuration is subject to the current mirror gain.
In addition,
The bandwidth of the noninverting configuration
the resistance of the input diode must
for a given Rf value is essentially independent of
be included in the value of the input resistor. This
26
the gain chosen. For Rf = 510 kfl the bandwidth
resistance is approximately -
+
in
ohms, where will be excess of 200 kHz for noninverting gains
in

+, of 1, 10, or 100. This is a result of the loop gain


lj
n is input current in milliamperes. The non-
remaining constant for these gains since the input
inverting ac gain expression is given by:
resistor is effectively isolated from the feedback
loop.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 16 TACHOMETER CIRCUIT

Vcc = +12 V

Magnetic Pickup
Hysterisis Amplifier Pulse Averaging
C1
0.1 /iF

Magnetic
Pickup
Output
pT^RI (nonregulated) ~\>
MSD6100^
MQiifiinn
1.0 M 0.'
or enuiv
equiv '
wv i

10 k

Hysterisis Voltage for Switching Timing Interval: t = 0.7 R1 C1


(VQ - A;
__ 0.6) t
., AjR2,
AjR2 Vn-n -
~
V H =-t-(Vcc- 1-8) "P-P R Y C1
R1

FIGURE 17 VOLTAGE REGULATOR FIGURE 18 LOGIC "OR" GATE

21 + VCC
R2
150 k
+ Vqc = +15Vdc vw-
75 k

) 75 k

r wv
Q1
B
Wv
75 k
C f = A + B + C

V
V = VZ1 + 0.6 (1 + - V BEqi *
Jf)
NOTE:
For positive Tc zeners R2 and R1 can be
selected to give Tc output.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-204

MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued)

FIGURE 19 LOGIC "NAND" GATE (Large Fan-In) FIGURE 20 LOGIC "NOR" GATE
i+Vcc = +15Vdc
N-
J75k
B- a <

c
\4 | 1 W o-

D. |+
EH+ + Vcc = +15Vdc

f = A'B'C'D-E f=A+B+C+D

FIGURE 21 R-S FLIP-FLOP FIGURE 22 ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR

Vcc v cc Vcc = +15V


-\{* 100 k
100 k 100 k
-j\ VW

FIGURE 23 POSITIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIATOR FIGURE 24 NEGATIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIATOR


Output Rise Time = 0.22 ms
Input Change Time Constant = 1.0 ms 0.001 fiF

0.001 fif )l

1\-
100 k
-JVW
AVi,

-L^j-0.002^F 51k

T
Vcc = +15Vdc
VO(dc) - 7.0 Vdc
Output Rise Time = 0.22 ms
Input Change Time Constant 1.0 ms

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-205
-

MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

FIGURE 25 AMPLIFIER AND DRIVER FOR A 50-OHM LINE

v.
v in M
j| vw 51 k

0.1 mF

1.2 M

Ay = 10
V = 6.0 V(p.
p)

+ 15V

FIGURE 26 BASIC BANDPASS AND NOTCH FILTER

390 k

Tgp = Center Frequency Gain


Tn = Passband Notch Gain
"A =
RC
R1 = QR
R2 =
TBP R2
-WV
R3 = Tn R2

FIGURE 27 BANDPASS AND NOTCH FILTER


62 k
-W/Vr-

1(
0.005 ixF

300 k
^h
0.005 mF
100 k
-V\Ar-

300 k:

V(X Vcc <Pin 14) = + 12 Volts


Ground - Pin 7
Center Frequency 500 Hz
Q = 5
0.1 nF Bandpass Gain = 1
- Notch
Bandpass Output ->Pin 4
Notch Output > Pin 10

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-206
MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued)

FIGURE 28 VOLTAGE REGULATOR


1N3824
v
or equiv
4.3 V^i
vrj = Vz + 0.6 Vdc
NOTE 1:R is used to bias the zener.
NOTE 2: Ifthe Zener TC is positive, and equal in
magnitude to the negative TC of the input
to the operational amplifier (=2.0 mvVC),
the output is zero-TC. A 7.0 Volt Zener
will give approximately zero-TC.

V
MJE800 5.0 V at 4.0 A
or equiv

FIGURE 29 ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR


Vcc = +15V

Input

Output

Output LRTLL

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-207
A

MC3302 For Specifications, See LM139 Data.

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC3403
TECHNICAL DATA MC3503
MC3303
QUAD LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
The MC3503 quad operational amplifier with true
is a low-cost,
The device has electrical characteristics similar
differential inputs. QUAD DIFFERENTIAL
to the popular MC1741. However, the MC3503 has several
distinct INPUT
advantages over standard operational amplifier types in single OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
supply applications. The quad amplifier can operate at supply
voltages as low as 3.0 Volts or as high as 36 Volts with quiescent
currents about one third of those associated with the MC1741 (on SILICON MONOLITHIC
a per amplifier basis). The common mode input range includes INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
the negative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for external
biasing components in many applications. The output voltage
range also includes the negative power supply voltage.

Short Circuit Protected Outputs


L SUFFIX
Class AB Output Stage for Minimal Crossover Distortion CERAMIC PACKAGE
True Differential Input Stage CASE 632
Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 36 Volts
Split Supply Operation: 1.5 to 18 Volts
Low Input Bias Currents: 500 nA Max D SUFFIX
Four Amplifiers Per Package PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
Internally Compensated (SO-14)
Similar Performance to Popular MC1741
Industry Standard Pinouts
P SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646
SINCiLE SUPPLY (MC3403 and MC3303 Only)
3.0 V to 36 V iL
*r I s
v cc

Lv .=-1.5 V to 18 V
SJ> PIN CONNECTIONS
o- h~>
1.5 V to 18 V
W 14

MAXIMUM RATINGS
__
Power Supply Voltages
*

Rating
v EE , Gnd

Symbol Value Unit


Vdc
Inputs
1
2

3 ^^ 13

12

Single Supply
vCc 36
Split Supplies v Cc + 18
vEe -18 10
Input Differential Voltage Range (1) Inputs 1

V IDR 36 Vdc
Input Common Mode Voltage Range (1) (2) V ICR 18 Vdc
rt>| |-K
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Ceramic Package -65 to +1 50 8
Plastic Package
-55 to +125
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA 6C
MC3503 -55 +125
to OF tDERIIMG INFORMATION
MC3403 to +70
MC3303 Type Temperature Range Package
-40 to +85
Junction Temperature
MC3303D SO-14
Tj C MC3303L -40C to +85C Ceramic DIP
Ceramic Package 175 MC3303P Plastic DIP
Plastic Package 150
MC3403D SO-14
(1) Split Power Supplies. MC3403L 0C to + 70C Ceramic DIP
(2) For Supply Voltages less than 18 V, the absolute maximum MC3403P
input voltage is equal to the Plastic DIP
supply voltage.
MC3503L -55Cto +125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-208
MC3403, MC3503, MC3303

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC - +15 V, V EE - -15 V for MC3503, MC3403; V CC " +14 v V EE " Gnd
-
for MCC3303.
Ta " 25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC3E03 MC3403 MC3303


Characteristic Symbol Min TVP Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

V|0 " 2.0 5.0 - 2.0 10 2.0 8.0 mV


Input Offset Voltage
6.0 12 - 10

" 30 50 30 50 30 75
Input Offset Current >IO
200 _ 200 - 250

Large Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain A V OL


50 200 " 20 200 " 20 200
Vo" 10 V. R L = 2.0 kn. _
26 15 15

-200 -500 - -200 -500 -200 -500


Input Bias Current 'IB
: -300 -1500 -800 - -1000
- 75 - - 75 ~ " 75 n
Output Impedance Z

f = 20 Hz

0.3 1.0 " 0.3 1.0 ~ 0.3 1.0 Mn


Input Impedance z i

f 20 Hz

V R V
Output Voltage Range "
12 13.5 12 13.5 +12 +12.5
R L - 10 kn '-

R kn 10 13 1 10 13 + 10 +12
L - 2.0
10 10 +10
R kn, T A - T high to T| ow
L = 2.0
- + 13V-V EE + 13.5V-V EE - +12V-V EE +12.5V-V EE " V
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range VlCR +13 V -V EE + 13.5V-V EE
CMRR 70 90 ~ 70 90 70 90
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio
R S < 10 kn
- 0) - 2.8 4 - 2.8 7.0 2.8 7.0 mA
Power Supply Current IV 'CC.'EE

10 30 45 10 20 45 10 30 45
Individual Output Short-Circuit Current (21 'OS*
- 150 - 30 150 - 30 150 mv/v
Positive Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR+ 30
- 30 150 - 30 150 - - - MV/V
Negative Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR-
_ 50 50 50 pA/C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input a|
|0 /^T
Offset Current

*V| /^T 10 10 10 MV/C


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input
Offset Voltage

BWp 9.0 9.0 9.0


Power Bandwidth
V= 1,R|_ = 2.0kn, V o =20 Vlp-p),
THD = 5%
BW " 1.0 - ~ 1.0 1.0 MHz
Small-Signal Bandwidth
Av = 1. Rt=10kn, V o = 50mV
SR " 0.6 ~ ~ 06 0.6
Slew Rate
Av = 1,Vj-10V to+10V
- 0.35 ~ - 0.35 0.35 MS
Rise Time tTLH
Av=1.RL =10kn v o = '
50 mV
Time ~ 0.35 ~ - 0.35 0.35 MS
Fall 'THL
A V" 1.RL = l0kn V o =50mV
'

OS ~ 20 ~ - 20 " 20 %
Overshoot
Av = L R L" 10 kSi '
V o = 50mV
" - - 60 " 60 Degrees
Phase Margin ,m 60
AV " 1 R L - .
20 kU C L " 200pF
'

1.0 10 10
Crossover Distortion
(
in
- 30 mVp-p, V out = 2.0 Vp-p.
f = 10 kHz)

ID Thigh " '25C for MC3503, 70C for MC3403. 85C for MC3303
= - 55 c ,or MC3503. 0C for MC3403, -40C for MC3303
Tlow

MC3503 MC3403 MC3303


Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic
V|0 - 2.0 5.0 - 20 10 - - 10 mV
Input Offset Voltage
- 30 50 - 30 50 - - 75
Input Offset Current ho
- -200 -500 - -200 -500 - - -500
Input Bias Current 'IB
A V 0L 10 200 ~ 10 200 10 200
Large-Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain
R L = 2.0kn
- - 150 - - 150 - _
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR
Vp-p
Output Voltage Range 13) V R
3.5 - 3.3 3.5 - 3.3 3.5 "
R L - 10 kn, V CC -5.0V
Vcc-2.0 Vcc-1-7 Vcc-2.0 Vcc-1-7
R L - 10 kn, 5.0 V< V C c<30 V Vcc-2.0 Vcc-1.7
- 2.5 4.0 - 2.5 7.0 - 2.5 7.0 mA
Power Supply Current 'CC
~ _ -120 -120 -120
Channel Separation
f - 1 .0 kHz to 20 kHz (Input Referenced)

(2) Not to exceed maximum package power dissipation.

(3) Output will swing to ground

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-209
MC3403, MC3503, MC3303

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

(1/4 Shown

INVERTER PULSE RESPONSE

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The MC3503/3403/3303 is made using four internally the negative supply or ground, in single supply
operation,
compensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first without saturating either the input devices or the dif-
stage of each consists of differential input devices
Q24 and ferential to single-ended converter.The second stage con-
Q22 with input buffer transistors Q25 and Q21 and sists of a standard current source load amplifier
stage.
the differential to single ended converter Q3 and Q4. The output stage is unique because it allows the output
The first stage performs not only the
first stage gain to swing to ground in single supply operation and
function but also performs the level shifting and trans- yet does
not exhibit any crossover distortion in split supply
conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans- oper-
ation. This is possible because class AB operation
conductance a smaller compensation capacitor (only 5 pF) is utilized.
Each amplifier is biased from an internal-voltage regu-
can be employed, thus saving chip area. The transcon-
lator which has a low temperature coefficient thus giving
ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col- each amplifier good temperature characteristics
as well as
lectors of Q24 and Q22. Another feature of this input excellent power supply rejection.
stage is that the input common-mode range can include

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-210

MC3403, MC3503, MC3303

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 - SINE WAVE RESPONSE FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE

Ml I

vcc* 5V
-VE = -15V.--
ta = 25C

10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

50Ais/div.

FIGURE 3 - POWER BANDWIDTH FIGURE 4 -OUTPUT SWING versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE


ao 1 1

i linn i i 1 III -s. Ta = 25 C

U <-oV
o
>
CD
'^4 -15 V 10k
ia

<
t-
o
|

t >
__.
TA = 25' C -|j
{ o
o
5.0
>
10 k 100 k 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) V C C AND V E E, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

FIGURE 5 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 6- INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1 1

V C C=15V
VE = -15V
1/0

iin
-75 -55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 125 2.0 4.0 6.0 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

T, TEMPERATURE (C) VCC AND IVEEl, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-211
MC3403, MC3503, MC3303

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 7 - VOLTAGE REFERENCE


FIGURE 8 WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR

'ref = = V CC
For f
Q = 1 kHz
R = 16 kft
C = 0.01 mF

FIGURE 9 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL


AMPLIFIER FIGURE 10 - COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

H ysteres is
OH
1

V<D

OL v in L V nH
J

Vref

'in L = R1
+R2
(V OL~ V re f) + V ref
R1
lnH= R1 (V H ~ Vref) + V f
e = C (1 + a + b) (e2 -el) + R2
h
-STTr2 <v oh-v ol >

FIGURE 11 - BI-QUAD FILTER


-WW-

R2 = - v ref = - v cc

MC34o|>-C~. 1( # Notch Qutput R _ ieo ^


C= 0.001 fiF
Rl - 1.6 Mfi
Vref Where T BP = Center Frequency Gain
R2 = 1.6 MSI
T|\g = Passband Notch Gain
R3= i.6 un

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-212
MC3403, MC3503, MC3303

FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR

R1 + RC R2 R1
4 CRf R1 B2 + R1

FIGURE 13 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER

Given f = Center Frequency


A(f ) = Gain at Center Frequency

Choose Value f , C
Then:

R3
R1
2 A(f )

R1 R5
R2
4Q2R1-R5

For less than 10% error from operational amplifier


BW
< 1 Where f D and BW are expressed in Hz.

If source impedance varies, filter may be preceded with


voltage follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-213
MOTOROLA MC3405
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC3505

DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER DUAL


AND DUAL COMPARATOR OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
The MC3405/3505 contains two differential-input operational
AND
amplifiers and two comparators, each set capable of single supply
DUAL VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
operation. This operational amplifier-comparator circuit
fulfills its
applications as a general purpose product for automotive
SILICON MONOLITHIC
and INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
consumer circuits as well as an industrial building block.
The MC3405 is specified over the commercial operating tem-
perature range of to +70C, while the MC3505 is specified over
the military operating range of -55 to +125C.

Operational Amplifiers Equivalent in


Performance to MC3403/3503
Comparators Similar in Performance to LM339/139
Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 36 Volts
Split Supply Operation: 1.5 to 18 Volts
Low Supply Current Drain
Operational Amplifiers Are Internally Frequency Compensated
Comparators TTL and CMOS Compatible

L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632

PIN CONNECTIONS

v_>
Out 1 i

Comp Op
1 Amp
2 13
1
r P SUFFIX
Inputs 1 V>-l PLASTIC PACKAGE
/ Inputs 4
<
~J
3 12 CASE 646

V CC 4 11 V EE /Gnd
Comp Op
2 Amp 2
10
Inputs 2 < Inputs 3
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
MC3405L Oto +70C Ceramic DIP
MC3405P Oto +70C Plastic DIP

MC3505L -55 to +125T Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-214
)

MC3405, MC3505

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER SECTION


MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Power Supply Voltage-Single Supply Vqc 36 Vdc


Split Supplies Vcc-Vee 18

Input Differential Voltage Range V IDR 36 Vdc


Input Common Mode Voltage Range V|CR 18 Vdc

Operating Ambient Temperature Range MC3505 TA -55 to + 125 C


MC3405 to +70
Storage Temperature Range Ceramic Package T stg -65 to +150 C
Plastic Package -55 to +125

Operating Junction Temperature Range Ceramic Package Tj 175 C


Plastic Package 150

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = 5.0 v, v EE = Gnd, TA = 25C unless otherwise noted)

MC3505 MC3405
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage V|0 - 2.0 5.0 - 2.0 10 mV


- 30 50 - 30 50 nA
Input Offset Current ho
Input Bias Current
- -200 -500 - -200 -500 nA
>IB
Large-Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain A VOL 20 200 20 200 V/mV
<R L = 2.0 kn)
PSRR - - 150 - - 150 MV/V
Power Supply Rejection Ratio
V R Vp-p
Output Voltage Range (Note 1
(R L = 10 kn, Vcc = 50 v) 3.3 3.5 - 3.3 3.5

VCC -2.0 V CC -1-7 V C C -2-0 V CC -1-7 :


(R L = 10kn,5.0 V< V C C< 30 V)
Power Supply Current (Notes 2 and 3) !CC
- 2.5 4.0 - 2.5 7.0 mA
-120 -120 dB
Channel Separation
f = 1 .0 kHz to 20 kHz
(Input Referenced)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, VEe = " 1 5 V, TA = 25C unless otherwise noted)

Input Offset Voltage VlO 2.0 5.0 2.0 10 mV


_ 6.0 - 12
<TA = T| ow t Thigh) (Note 4)
Average Temperature Coefficient of AV|o/AT 15 15 MV/C
Input Offset Voltage
- 50 50 nA
Input Offset Current ho -
200 - 200
(TA =T low to Thigh) (Note 4)
Input Bias Current -200 -500 -200 -500 nA
'IB
- - -800
(Ta =t Iow Thigh (Note 4) -300 -1500
+13-V EE - - +13-V EE - Vdc
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V|CR
Large Signal Open Loop Voltage Gain A VOL V/mV
50 200 - 20 200 -
<V = 10 V,R L = 2.0 kn)
25 100 15 100
<TA = T|owt Thigh) (Note 4)

CMRR 70 90 - 70 90 dB
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
PSRR - 30 150 - 30 150 MV/V
Power Supply Rejection Ratio
Vdc
Output Voltage vo -
(R L = 10kn) 12 13.5 12 13.5
(R L = 2.0 kn) 10 13 - 10 13
<R L = 2.0 kn, TA = T| 0W to Thigh) 10 10
(Note 4)
Output Short-Circuit Current 10 30 45 10 20 45 mA
'OS
Power Supply Current (Notes 2 and 3)
- 2.8 4.0 - 2.8 7.0 mA
"cc-'ee
0m - 60 - - 60 - Degrees
Phase Margin
Small-Signal Bandwidth BW 1.0 " 1.0 MHz
(A V = 1 , Rl = 10 kn, Vo = 50 mV)
BWp 9.0 9.0 kHz
Power Bandwidth
(A V = 1 , Rl = 2.0 kn, V = 20 V (p-p),
THD = 5%)
- 0.35 - - 0.35 - PS
Rise Time/Fall Time tTLH.tTHL
Overshoot (Av = 1 , Rj_ = 10 kn, OS 20 20 %
Vq = 50 mV)
SR - 0.6 - - 0.6 V//iS
Slew Rate
4. T| om = -55C for MC3505 Th = + 1 25C for MC3505
1 . Output will swing to ground i
gh
2. Not o exceed maximum package power dissipation.
1 0C for MC3405 = +70C for MC3405
3. For Operational Amplifier and Comparator.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-215
))) )

MC3405, MC3505

COMPARATOR SECTION
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Power Supply Voltage-Single Supply
V CC 36 Vdc
Split Supplies
vcc-Vee 18
Input Differential Voltage Range
VlDR 36 Vdc
Input Common Mode Voltage Range
V|CR -0.3 to +36 Vdc
'sink 20 mA
Operating Ambient Temperature Range-MC3505 TA -55 to +125 "C
MC3405 to +70
Storage Temperature Range-Ceramic Package
T stg -65 to +150 C
Plastic Package -55 to +125
Operating Junction Temperature Range-Ceramic Package
Tj 175 C
Plastic Package 150

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (v cc - 5.0 v, v EE =Gnd . T/\ - 25C unless otherwise noted)


"
MC350S MC3405
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage V| 2.0 5.0 2.0 10 mV
*T
= T to T
A low high> (Notes 1 and 2) - 9.0 : 12
Average Temperature Coefficient of AV| /AT " -
15 - 15 - mv/ u c
Input Offset Voltage
Input Offset Current
'to 50 75 50 100 nA
<T A = T| ow to T h gn ) (Note 1 - _
j
150 200
'IB -125 -500 -125 -500 nA
< T A = "How to T h gh (Note
) 1 -
j
-1500 -800
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V ICR V CC -1.5 Vcc-1.7 V CC -1.5 Vcc-1.7 Vp-P
< T A " T|ow to Thigh) (Note 1 V CC -17 V C C -20 V CC -1-7 V CC "2.0
Input Differential Voltage
V| D 36 - - 36 V
(All V in >0 Vdc)
Large-Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain A VOL 200 - - 200 -
(R L = 15 kn)
V/mV

'sink 6.0 16 6.0 16 " mA


(V in (-)S>1.0Vdc, V in + )=0.
(

V < 1 .5 V)

vol mV
(V in ( + )=0V,V in (-) = 1.0V,
'sink = 4.0 mA) - 350 500 - 350 500
< TA = T| ow to Thigh) (Note 1
700 700
'OL MA
(V in + )>1.0Vdc,
( V in (-)=0,
Vq = 5.0 Vdc)
0.1 1.0 - 0.1 1.0
(T A = T| 0W to Thigh) (Note 1) _ 0.1 1.0 0.1 1.0
Large-Signal Response
300
Response Time (Note 3) - - 1.3 - -
1.3 MS
(V RL = 5.0 Vdc, R L = 5.1 kn)

2. V = 1 .4 V. RS - a with V CC from 5.0 Vdc to 30 Vdc, and over the input common mode range to V cc - 1 .7 V.
3. The response time specified is for a 100 mV input step with 5.0 mV overdrive. For larger signals 300 ns is typical.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-216
MC3405, MC3505

1
St
O 3
CO o
H SE
5 o
O u.
tr o

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-217
MC3405, MC3505

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER SECTION


TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 - SINE WAVE RESPONSE FIGURE 2- OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE


1

W = 100 mi
1

/
i
i

Vcc= +15V
fVEE = -15 V
< z TA = 25C

aS
lil CD

< -"
-1 O

I n I m i il

z 20

-20 J 1

Note Class AB o utput stage 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M


produces distort ionles s sinewave. f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

50/is/div.

FIGURE 3 - POWER BANDWIDTH FIGURE 4- OUTPUT SWING versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE


i l

Ta = 25C

?n

in

10 k 100 k
A \
1 1
1 |

2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
V CC AND |V EE | POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

FIGURE 5- INPUT BIAS CURRENT verws TEMPERATURE FIGURE 6 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1 1

Vcc
- +15V
VEE = -15V
1/\ = 25 c
-

100

...
150
-75 -55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 125
-
10 12 14 16 18 20
T, TEMPERATURE (C)
VCC AND. IVEEl, POWER SUPPLY VO LTAGES (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-218
MC3405, MC3505

COMPARATOR SECTION
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES
- NORMALIZED INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE FIGURE 8 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT
FIGURE 7
200

V CC -+15V _
V EE = Gnd
T A = -55C
< S, Z
o e 1.00 cc

120
w TA = +25C
<
S < 0.80 h-
TA = +125C
- 80
V = 3nd
:E
Slope Can Be Either Polarity.

40
6 .0 4 18 22 26 30
2 n 1 1

V C c. POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
<C)

FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT SINK CURRENT


OUTPUT VOLTAGE
FIGURE 9 - NORMALIZED INPUT OFFSET CURRENT
versus
7.0

*" '
140 ZUU 400 600 800 1000
-60 ;
-4U _2 a o
u 20
'" 40 60 80 100 120
V 0L OUTPUT VOLTAGE (mV)
T A AMBIENT
,
TEMPERATURE (C)

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
FIGURE 1 1 - PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR SCHEMATIC AND WAVEFORMS
(a) Oscillator Square Wave Output
v sw

Vcc-

->v Q ut V EE
V CC
1

(b) Triangle Wave and Control Voltage

Vcc-l

V TH =lv s (1 + R2/R1) + V EE VS = V CC -V EE
TL< V C < VTH

V TL = lv s (1 - R2/R1) + V EE
ity Cycle in %
Oscillator Frequency
R1 V TH - V TL/
f- \
4R f CR2

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-219
)

MC3405, MC3505

FIGURE 12 - WINDOW COMPARATOR

vc Adjust
Op Amp 2 v in

FIGURE 13 - SQUELCH CIRCUIT FOR AM OR FM

'CC
in> K- .2.7 k

i= -r Op Amp 1

High Pass Filter


High Pass Filter
Given: A , Q, u> = 27rf
Q
- Squelch
Choose: C = C1 = C2, A Convenient Value Thr eshold Adj
R3C4 > 5 T in
Calculate: R2 = -- (2 A + 1
Where: T in is the period of v in
Switched Audio Stage
C3=^ Q = Quality Factor

A = High Frequency Gain Gain of Audio Stage


R1
Qw C(2A + 1) tJ Q = Break Frequency Rf
A cl = - 5T
FIGURE 14 - HIGH/LOW LIMIT ALARM

IL Vcc R1 + R2 + R3

IH " CC R1 + r2 + R3
Oscillator

If R4 = R5 = R6
f = 0.72/R f C

As Shown, f = 2.2 kHz


Comp 2 Hi/Low
Limit Detecto v Q Will Oscillate If V, H < v;, or V| L > i

v Q Will Be Low If V| L < v, < Vm


FIGURE 15 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR WITH TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Zero Crossing Detector cc
12 ,.? t MV BE of Q1) (5Jg
-O- 4^L H
13 _ > u o
R1 and R2 control the switching voltage
i 10k? v EE of the zero crossing detector

"&&
X < V CC U "
- " Time
T A ^-r
T Set -
VEE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-220
MC3405, MC3505

- LSTTL to CMOS INTERFACE WITH HYSTERESIS FIGURE 17 - "NOR" GATE


FIGURE 16

A N-
bH-
c N I

10kl |i

LSTTL |
~ Level Shift ' CMOS
|
V| L = 1.17 V I
G= A+B+C+D
V m= 1.80 V

Amp The same configuration may be used with an Op Amp


The same configuration may be used with an Op
removed. if the 3 k resistor is removed.
if the 3 k resistor is

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-221
MOTOROLA MC3430
SEMICONDUCTOR thru
TECHNICAL DATA
MC3433

QUAD HIGH SPEED


QUAD DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE VOLTAGE COMPARATORS
COMPARATOR/SENSE AMPLIFIERS SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
The MC3430 thru MC3433 high-speed comparators are ideal for
application as sense amplifiers in MOS memory systems. They are
specified in a unique way which combines the effects of input offset
voltage, input offset current, voltage gain, temperature variations
and input common-mode range into a single functional parameter.

ffp
This parameter, called Input Sensitivity, specif ies a minimum differ-
ential input voltage which will guarantee a given logic
state. Four
variations are offered in the comparator series. 16 I | I I "

The MC3430 and MC3431 versions feature a three-state strobe


L SUFFIX P SUFFIX
input common to
four channels which can be used to place the
all
CERAMIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
four outputs high-impedance state. These two devices use
in a
CASE 620 CASE 648
active-pull-up MTTL compatible outputs. The MC3432 and MC3433
are open-collector types which permit the implied AND connection.
The MC3430 and MC3432 versionsare specified for a 7.0 mV input
:ONNECTION DIAGRAM
sensitivity over the to 70C temperature range, while the MC3431
and MC3433 are specified for _12 mV. <J
ici] v cc
INPUTS '

Propagation Delay Time - 40 ns A


+E INPUTS
Outputs Specified for a Fanout of 10 (MC7400 type loads)
'

Specified for
OUTPUT A F 3+ '
all 5% Power Supply Variations,
conditions of
~t>7l HZ)" ^OUTPUT 6
Operating Temperature Range, Input Common-Mode Voltage STROBE [7

Swing from -3.0 V to 3.0 V, and F?s < 200 ohms. OUTPUT C nr T5]v EE

INPUTS
c
+ [I

-E ^ TTJOUTPUT D

3-
INPUTS
D

FIGURE 1 - A TYPICAL MOS MEMORY SENSING APPLICATION FOR A


4-K WORD BY 4-BIT MEMORY ARRANGEMENT EMPLOYING
1103 TYPE MEMORY DEVICES

Input Strobe Output Device


WORD WORD WORD
MOS MEMORY MOS MEMORY MOS MEMORY MOS VtEMORY L H
V, D >7.0 mV H z
MC3430
WORD WORD WORD L Off
MOS MOS TA - to 70C MC3432
MOS MEMORY MOS MEMORY H Off
L i

WORD WORO -7.0mV<V| D MC3430


K WORO H z
MOS WlEMORV MOS MEMORY MOS HMEMORY MOS MEMORY DATA
r,
< 7.0 mV L 1

TA MC3432
WORD OUTPU - to 70C H Off
WORD WORD WORD
MOS^.MEMORY MOS MEMORY L L
MOS \ EMORY MOs". V| D <-7.0mV MC3430
H Z
TA O
L On
- to 70C MC3432
H Off

r-Wv~*
Input Strobe Output Device

V| >l2mv L H
D H
MC3431
Z
VW -
L Off
TA - to 70C MC3433
H Off
L
Wv -12mV<V, 1

MC3431
[ H z
<*12mV L 1

TA - to 70C H
MC3433
Off
L L
V, D <-12mV H MC3431
Z
L On
TA = to 70C MC3433
H Oft
Only four devices are required for a
4-k word by 16-bit memory systen L - Low Logic State Z - Third (High Impedance)
H - High Logic State I - Indeterminate State
ns < 2oo n

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-222
MC3430 thru MC3433

Symbol Value Unit


Rating
v C c. v E e 7.0 Vdc
Power Supply Voltage
V IDR +6.0 Vdc
Differential Mode Input Signal Voltage Range
V ICR 5.0 Vdc
Common-Mode Input Voltage Range
V MS) 5.5 Vdc
Strobe Input Voltage
v +7.0 Vdc
Output Voltage (MC3432 - 33 versions)
Tj
Junction Temperature
175 C
Ceramic Package
150
Plastic Package
TA to +70 C
Operating Temperature Range
T stg -65 to +150 C
Storage Temperature Range

unless otherwise noted.)


RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS (T A = to +70C
Unit
Characteristic
v Cc +4.75 +5.0 +5.25 Vdc
Power Supply Voltages -5.25
-4.75 -5.0
VEE
- - 16 mA
Output Load Current 'OL
V|DR -5.0 - +5.0
Differential-Mode Input Voltage Range
-3.0 - +3.0 Vdc
Common-Mode Input Voltage Range V|CR
V|R -5.0 - +3.0 Vdc
Input Voltage Range (any input to Ground)

= -5.0 Vdc, Ta = 0C to +70C unless otherwise noted.)


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS VCC = +5.0Vdc,VMeasure
EE <

d at Typical Values are Ta = 25C


MC3430. MC3431 | MC3432, MC3433
Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic
V|S
mV
Input Sensitivity (See Discussion on Page 3)

(R s < 200 Ohms)


(Common Mode Voltage Range = -3.0 V <V in <3.0 V)
6.0 - 6.0
4.75<V CC < 5.25 V o r C MC3430. MC3432
- - 10 - 10
-4.75>V EE >-5.25V A ' MC3431, MC3433
(Common Mode Voltage Range = -3.0 V <V in <3.0 V)
7.0 7.0
4.75 <V CC < 5.25 V (MC3430.MC3432
A 12 12
-4 75>V EE >-5.25V <MC3431. MC3433
- 2.0 2.0 mV
Input Offset Voltage vio
(R s <200Ohms)
MA
Input Bias Current 'IB
- 20 40 20 40
(V ' 5.25 V, V EE = -5 25 V) MC3430. MC3432
CC 20 40 _ 20 40
MC3431.MC3433
- 1.0 - - 1.0 mA
Input Offset Current 1(0
- 1200 - - 1200 V/V
A vol
V IL(S) - - 0.8 - - 0.8 V
V|H(S) - - 2.0 - - V
2.0
Strobe Input Voltage (High State)
- _ -1.6 -1.6 mA
Strobe Current (Low State) !|L(S)

(V CC= 525 V, V EE = -5.25 V, V in = 0.4 V)

Strobe Current (High State) 'IH(S)


- - 40 40 JiA
(V CC = 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 V, V in = 2.4 V)
1.0 _ _ 1.0 mA
(V CC = 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 V, V in = 5.25 V)

Output Voltage (High Slate) V H 2.4

(l = _400 fiA. V CC = 4.75 V, V EE = -4.75 V)


v " 0.4 0.4 V
Output Voltage (Low State) l
(l
= 16 mA, V
CC = 4.75 V, V EE = 4.75 V)
" 250 *iA
Output Leakage Current 'CEX
(V CC = 4 75 v V EE = 4 75 v
- -
" -
.
vO = 5 -25 V)
los -18 " -70 mA
Output Current Short Circuit

(VCC = 5-25 V, V EE = -5.25 V)


40 MA
Output Disable Leakage Current off

(V CC = 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 V)
45 60 45 60 mA
High Logic Level Supply Currents l
CC - -30 mA
- -17 -30 -17
(V CC = 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 V) 'EE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-223
*

MC3430 thru MC3433

A UNIQUE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETER FOR COMPARATORS


A
unique approach is used in specifying the
MC3430-33quad 0.4 V). If 2.0 mV are required at the input terminals to induce
comparators. Previously, comparators have
been specified as linear this change in logic state, the voltage gain would be 1000 V/V.
devices with common operational amplifier
type parameters such Gain however is not the only factor affecting the logic tran-
as voltage gain (A
vo) ), input offset voltage |V, ), input offset sition. Normally input offset voltages, that
are not externally
current (l| ) and common-mode rejection
ratio (CMRR) This is nulled, can add an appreciable error that drastically
true despite the fact that most comparators
overshadows
are seldom operated in the comparator gain. Therefore, the 2.0 mV for
their hnear region because it is difficult
example, required
to hold a high gain com- to cause the logic transition is often masked. An
parator in this narrow region. Comparators input offset
"detect" when an unknown voltage level
are normally used to voltage of up to 7.5 mV
might be required to reach the linear
exceeds a given reference region. A further consideration
the input offset current of up to
is
voltage.
10 MA flowing through the matched 200-Ohm source resistors at
The most
desirable comparator parameter is what minimum the input terminals which can create an additional
dif- error of 2.0
ferential input voltage
is required at the
comparator's input ter- mV. In order to determine a worst case input sensitivity, it must
minals to guarantee a given output logic be assumed that minimum specified, gain and
state. This new and im-
portant parameter has been called input maximum specified
offset voltage and current conditions exist.
(s ) and is
sensitivity (V Also it must
analagous to the input threshold voltage be as-
specification on a core sumed that these three factors are cumulative, requiring a worst
memory sense amplifier. The input sensitivity specification case input of:
in-
cludes the effects of voltage gain, input
offset voltage and input
offset current and eliminates the
need for specifying these three
Logic Transition = 2.0 mV
parameters.
V| = 7.5 mV
In order to make 10 f 10 mA thru 200-Ohm resistor = 2.0
1
mV
this parameter as inclusive as possible on the
MC3430-33 Therefore, 2 + 7.5 + 2 = 11.5 mV.
series quad comparators, the input sensitivity is speci-
fied within the following conditions: The effects of power supply voltage variations, temperature
Commercial Temperature Range - to 70C changes and common-mode input voltage conditions have not
Power Supply Variations - +5% (all conditions) been considered, as they are not present in the gain
and offset
Input Source Resistance - <200 Ohms specifications on most comparators.
Common-ModeVoltage Range - -3.0 V to +3.0 V Thus, the input sensitivity specification greatly reduces
the
effort required in determining the worst case
Note: Typical values have been included on differential voltage
the omitted parameters required by a given comparator type.
for applications where the offset
voltages are externally nulled. Table
Voltage gain is defined as the ratio of the compares the worst case input sensitivity of three
I

resulting AV to a popular comparator types at both room temperature


change the V| DR using conditions at which
in and over the
the V| and t0 l
specified commercial temperature range (0 to
are nulled. Thus, for worst case MTTL 70C). This sensi-
logic levels, the required tivity was computed from the specified
voltage gain, offset voltage
output voltage change is 2.0 V (V min - = - 0H VoL^ax 24 V and offset current limits.

TABLE - WORST CASE COMPARISONS


I

T A = 25C 1
TA = to 70C
Differential Input lO Error Voltage
VlO Avol* Differential Input '10 Error Voltage
Voltage Required RS= 200 Generated Into
Type
12 Total VlO A vo |* Voltage Required Rs = 200
mV V/V for 3.0 V Output MA 200 n Source Sensitivity mV V/V
SJ Generated Into Total
Number for 3.0 V Output vA 200 n Source
Max Typ Change Sensitivity
Resistors mV Max Typ Change Max Resistors mV
MC3432 60
7.0
MC3431,
MC3433 10
12
MC1711C 5.0 1500 2.0 mV 15 3.0 mV 10 5.0 1000 mV
LM311
3.0 25 mV
5.0 13
7.5 200 k 0.01 5 mV 6.0- 0.0012 mV 7.516 10 100 0.030 mV 70"
k
0.014 mV 10^04
Typical values given. ss minimum gain no always specif ed '

**l|0 measured in nA

FIGURE 2 - GUARANTEED OUTPUT STATE versus FIGURE 3 - GUARANTEED OUTPUT STATE versus
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE
INPUT VOLTAGE
'
..
Unce rtaint V r
He gion
,
Guaranteed -
3430 V0H
toe 3432 All device
I I types ~!
75 taint
Re gion

?n
MC
MC
431
433
V
VOH
1 s Guaranteed MC343I

_ VOL MC343

1 n
Only - \ 4.75 V<Vcc< 5.25 V
RS < 200 n
V
05 -L-L
^ -4.75 V;Vee> -5.25 V
-3.0 V<V|CR< 3.0
< Ta >s 70C
0C < Ta < 70C ~H
0C
_ Guaranteed |f3| 4.75 V<Vcc< 5.25 V"
VQl All devic s typ s
Y
_i 1 1 1
~1 -4.75 V >VE> -5.25 V
-35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 -2.0 -1.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE ImV)
Vin(A), INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-224
MC3430 thru MC3433

SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +5.0 Vdc, V EE =-5.0 Vdc, T A = +25C un less otherwise noted.)
MC3430, MC3431 MC3432, MC3433

Characteristic Symbol Fig. Min Typ Max Min I


Typ Max Unit

6,8-11 _ 20 45 27 50 ns
High to Low Logic Level Propagation Delay tPHL(D)
Time (Differential Inputs) 5.0 mV + V|g
6,8-11 _ 33 55 40 65 ns
Low to High Logic Level Propagation Delay tPLH(D)
Time (Differential Inputs) 5.0 mV + V|s

Open State to High Logic Level Propagation tPZH(S) 4 _ 35 ns

Delay Time (Strobe)


4 ^ - 35 " ~ ns
High Logic Level to Open State Propagation tPHZ(S)
Delay Time (Strobe)
- - 40 - ~ ns
Open State to Low Logic Level Propagation tpZL(S) 4
Delay Time (Strobe)
- - 35 ~ " ns
Low Logic Level to Open State Propagation tPLZ(S) 4
Delay Time (Strobe)
High Logic to Low Logic Level Propagation 5 40 ns
*PHL(S)
Delay Time (Strobe)
5 " - - - 35 ns
Low Logic to High Logic Level Propagation l
PLH(S)
Delay Time (Strobe)

TEST CIRCUITS
and tPZHIS)
FIGURE 4 - STROBE PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES tp LZ ( S ). tpZL(S). tpHZ(S).

V1 V2 S1 S2 cL
100 mV GND Closed Closed 15 pF
'PLZIS)
100 mV GND Closed Open 50 pF
'PZL(S)
GND 100 mV Closed Closed 15 pF
PHZ<S)
'PZH(S) GND 100 mV Open Closed 50 pF

C L includes jig and probe capacitance.


E; n waveform characteristics:

TLH
t and t TH L < 10 ns measured 10% to 90%.
PBR = 1.0 MHz
Duty Cycle = 50%

tPLZ(S)
v h-
Eo

3 0V ;

V-
tpZL(S) tPZH(S) <
VoH _.
I5.0V-VD-I

o \15V ~p:
vol -*

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-225

MC3430 thru MC3433

FIGURE 5 - STROBE PROPAGATION DELAY tp LH(s) AND tpnus,

1+3.0
+5.0 V

E in

V
V

'PLHISl-

MC3432
v OH -

MC3433

I'
E} n waveform characteristics:
*TLH and tTHL < 10 ns measured 10% to 90%.
PRR= 1.0 MHz
Duty Cycle- 50%
Output of Channel B shown under test, other channe

FIGURE 6 - DIFFERENTIAL INPUT PROPAGATION DELAY tp LH(D) AND tp HL (D)

5.0 V

^
f
o J 390 < 390 .
VREF + v is
MC3430 + 5.0 mV-
thru E V REF>
--5.0 '

in
MC3433
V-
-(n) 'PLHID)-
v OH "

Vol-

Ej n waveform characteristics:
Output of Channel B shown under test, other channels are *TLH and *THL * 1 n measured 10% to 90%.
PRR = 1.0 MHz
S1 at "A" for MC3430, MC3431 Device Vref mV Duty Cycle" 50%
SI at "B" for MC3432, MC3433 MC3430 11
C L = 50 pF total for MC3430, MC3431 MC3431
C L = 15 pF total for MC3432, MC3433 MC3432
MC3433

FIGURE 7 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(1/4 Circuit Shown)

i.6k 120:-

-OOUTPUT

v eE o-

Dashed components apply to the MC3430 and MC3431 circuits only.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-226
/

MC3430 thru MC3433

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

RESPONSE TIME versus OVERDRIVE - MC3430, MC3431


FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT HIGH TO LOW
FIGURE 8 - OUTPUT LOW TO HIGH
1 1 I I

I I

VCC=+5.0V. Vcc =4-5.0V-


VE = -5.0V VE = -5.0V
- Ta = 25C
" '
Ta = 25C

X Vqh
' mV
3
!

^UV/
1

VOH
\# // V/
! 1

|
A
y
k/
/' //
"V s
mV- ^ NY v,^
\s
,
DmV

w 7 AX /
1(l

35 \\ V
W^
l\
w
1

b>">

vol
Vl. 7i v
> 'j
5.0mV- -100 mV-

1 VOL
100 mV 200 mV I I

tTLH n'
100 mV I I

1 1

-10 10 20 30 40 50
20 30 40 50 -20
.20 -10 10
TIME(ns)
TIME(ns)

RESPONSE TIME versus OVERDRIVE - MC3432, MC3433


FIGURE 11 - OUTPUT HIGH TO LOW
FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT LOW TO HIGH

/O
I I I

I I I I

Vcc=+50V Y l\ s
VEE -5.0V = ^ *
/ VEE
Ta
=
=
-5.0V
25C
\ \\ I

V L_
I

Ta = 25C
N /j i
Ak , 10 mV-
\\ A \J
50 m\
*s /
/A u \\ \^
\
' OmV
"
/A A
k
J
,
^>
\ \\
X
IJ^SW \\
>
// / / 0m\
/ 't / ...
\ L

vol ^Z / V J /
y
A- V-
vol
100 mV 200 mV
.6 ns
I
100 mV I I

.20 -10 10 20 30 40
10 20 30 40 50 60
TIME(ns)
TIME(ns)

FIGURE 13- RESPONSE TIME versus TEMPERATURE


FIGURE 12 - AVERAGE INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE
versus TEMPERATURE
3b

30
_ <PLH _ tPLH
MC3432-33 MC3430-31

20

/ '

/
IU /
VE = -5.0 V tPHL tPH L
MC3430-31 MC343 233
V re f = 100 mV
b.U Overdrive = 100 mV
I I

25 50 75
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE <C)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-227
MC3430 thru MC3433

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 14 - 4-BIT PARALLEL A/D CONVERTER

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-228
MC3430 thru MC3433

FIGURE 16 - TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS AND


FIGURE 15 - LEVEL DETECTOR WITH HYSTERESIS EQUATIONS FOR FIGURE 15
V r Bf
I

Vlow
(O
2
-OV out v h igh
> VH
1
>

-^
V in (VOLTS)

w R2 tVQImax) - VREF'
Vhigh" v ref +
R1 + R2
Vref
R2 [V 0(min) - V REF ]

V 'ow= v r.f* pTT^


Hysteresis Loop (Vf,)

Vh = V high - V, ow = - IVo(max) " Vo(min)'


R1 + R

- DOUBLE ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE TRANSFER FUNCTION


FIGURE 17

X"
5.0
'ref (high) O VvV-
- 4.0 V

- 3.0 V
1/4MC3432
MC3433
v out - 2.0 V

- 1.0 V
0.0 V
v ref (low) O VW- v ref v ref
(low) (high)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-229
MOTOROLA MC3458
SEMICONDUCTOR MC3558
TECHNICAL DATA
MC3358

DUAL DIFFERENTIAL
INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
DUAL LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
Utilizing the circuit designs perfected for recently
introduced INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Quad Operational Amplifiers, these dual operational amplifiers
feature 1) low power drain, 2) a common
mode input voltage range
extending to ground/V
EE 3) Single Supply or Split Supply operation
,

and 4) pin outs compatible with the popular MC1558


dual operational
amplifier. The MC3558 Series is equivalent to one-half of a MC3503.
These amplifiers have several distinct advantages
over standard
operational amplifier types in single supply
applications. They can
operate at supply voltages as low as 3.0 Volts
or as high as 36 Volts
with quiescent currents about one-fifth of
those associated with the
MC1741 (on a per amplifier basis). The common mode
input range
includes the negative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for
v EE /cnd (Top View)
external biasing components in many applications.
The output voltage
range also includes the negative power supply voltage.
Short Circuit Protected Outputs G SUFFIX
True Differential Input Stage
"
METAL PACKAGE
8
r
Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 36 Volts < CASE 601
Low Input Bias Currents
Internally Compensated
P1 SUFFIX
Common Mode Range Extends to Negative Supply PLASTIC PACKAGE
Class AB Output Stage for Minimum Crossover CASE 626
Distortion
Single and Supply Operations Available
Split (MC3458, MC3358 Only)
Similar Performance to the Popular MCI 558

MAXIMUM RATINGS U SUFFIX


CERAMIC PACKAGE
Rating Symbol CASE 693
Power Supply Voltages
Single Supply
V CC 36 D SUFFIX
Split Supplies
VCC + 18 PLASTIC PACKAGE
VEE -18 CASE 751
Input Differential Voltage
V IDR (SO-8)
Range (1)

Input Common Mode Voltage


PIN CONNECTIONS
V ICR
Range (2)

Input Forward Current


'IF
<V| < -0.3 V)
Junction Temperature Tj C
Ceramic and Metal Packages
175 V EE /Gnd [7
Plastic Package
150
Storage Temperature Range (Top View)
Ceramic and Metal Packages -65 to +150
Plastic Package -55 to +125
Operating Ambient Temper TA ORDERING INFORMATION
ature Range Device Temperature Range Package
MC3558 -55 +125
to
MC3458 MC3358P1 -40Cto +85C Plastic DIP
Oto +70
MC3358 -40 to +85 MC3458D SO-8
MC3458G Metal Can
NOTES: MC3458P1 0Cto + 70C
Plastic DIP
(1) Split Power Supplies. MC3458U Ceramic DIP
(2) For Supply Voltages less than 18 V, the absolute
maximum input voltage is equal to the MC3558G
supply voltage. Metal Can
MC3558U -55Cto +125X
Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-230
MC3458, MC3558, MC3358

noted.) (For MC3358. V CC - +14 V. V EE = Gnd.


(For MC3558. MC3458, V cc - +15 V. V EE - -15 V. T A - 25C unle otherwise

MC3SS8 MC34S8 MC3358


Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic Symbol Mm Typ Max Min
" 20 5 20 10
Input Offset Voltage VlO - 10
6.0 - 12
Ta * T hj9 to T| ow) 111
" 30 50 nA
Input Offset Current ho 30 50
- 200 - 250
200

Large Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain AvOL " 20 200 "


50 200 " 20 200
Vo= HOV,R|_- 2.0k!!, 15
25 300 15
" -200 -500 " -200 -500
Input Bias Current l|B
- -1000
-300 -1500 -800

- - - 75 "
Output Impedance o 75

- 03 10 " 0.3 10
Input Impedance ' 0.3 1

f = 20 Hz
Output Voltage Range VOR " 12.5 -
12 13 5 12 13 5 12
R L = 10 kn

13 - 10 ;13 10 12
R L = 2.0 kn 10

10 10 10
R L 2.0 kn, T A = T high toT| ow ;

13V-V EE 5V-V EE - + 12 V-V EE V


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range V ICR + 13 V -V EE + 13 5V-V EE - + + 13

CMRR 70 90 - 70 90
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio

2.2 6 3.7 1 6
Power Supply Current (V = 0) 'cc'ee ' 1 6 1

RL = -
30 45 10 20 = 45
Individual Output Short-Circuit Current 121 'OS: slO
150 30 150 30 150 mV/V
PSRR + 30
PSRR- 30 150 30 150
Negative Power Supply Rejection Ratio
- - 50 - pA/C
- 50 50
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input -'io/ T
Offset Current
TA = Thigh toT| ow
10 10
Average Temperature Coefficient ot Input V, / T
Offset Voltage

BWp 9.0 9.0


Power Bandwidth
A V = 1,R L = 2 0kn,V o = 20Vlp-p],
THD - 5%
Small-Signal Bandwidth BW 1
1

Av 1. RL 10 kn, V = 50 mV
Slew Rate SR " 06 06
Av - 1, V, = -10V to+1QV
- 36 US
Rise Time 'TLH 35
A V 1.Rl = 10kII. V = 50mV
~ 35 ,.
Fall Time 'THL 35
Av = 1,R
L = 10 kn, V o >50mV
- 20 ~ ~ 20 20
Overshoot OS
A V" 1."L = 'Okn, V o = 50mV
0m 60 60
Phase Margin
Av = 1,R L = 20kn,C L = 200pF
1 "
1
Crossover Distortion
IV in 30mVp-p, V out - 2.0Vp-p.
f 10 kHz)

I ' I Thigh " 1 25C for MC3558. 70C for MC3458, 85C for MC3358
Tlow = "55C for MC3558. 0C for MC3458, -40C for MC3358
25C un ess other ivise noted
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (v cc - 5 V V EE = Gnd, T A - I

MC3B58 MC3458
Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Symbol Min
" 2 50 - 20 10 ~ 20 10 mV
Input Offset Voltage vio
30 50 75 nA
- -500 - -200 -500 - - -500 nA
-200
Input Bias Current 'IB
200 20 200 20
Large-Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain A V OL 20
RL = 2.0 k
150 150 ItMN
Vp-P
Output Voltage Range (3) VOR " 3.5 '
3.5 3.3 3.5 3.3
R L 10 kn, V CC - 5.0 V 3.3
V CC -1.7V
V VCC"' V VcC-1-7 v
R L ' 10 kn, 5.0 V < V CC < 30 7
- 2.5 4.0 - 2.5 7.0 " 2.5 mA
Power Supply Current ice
~ _ -120 -120
Channel Separation
f - 1.0 kHz to 20 kHz Input Referenced)
I

(2) Not to exceed maximum package power distipatic

(3) Output will swing to ground

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-231
MC3458, MC3558, MC3358

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC Bias Circuitry


(Vi of Circuit Shown) Common to Both

^-OV EE (Gnd)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
NVERTER PULSE RESPONSE
The MC3558 Series is made using two internally
compensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first
stage of each consists of differential input
devices Q24and
Q22 with input bufferQ25 and Q21 and
transistors
the differential ended converter Q3 and Q4.
to single
The first performs not only the first stage gain
stage
function but also performs the level shifting
and trans-
conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans-
conductance a smaller compensation capacitor (only 5 pF
can be employed, thus saving chip area.
The transcon
ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col-
lectors of Q24 and Q22. Another feature
of this input
stage is that the input common-mode range can include
the negative supply or ground, in single supply operation,
without saturating either the input devices or the dif
ferential to single-ended converter. The second
stage con-
sists of a standard current source
load amplifier stage.
The output stage is unique because it allows the output
to swing to ground in single supply operation and yet does
not exhibit any crossover distortion in split supply oper-
ation. This is possible because class AB operation is utilized.
Each amplifier is biased from an internal-voltage regu-
lator which has a low temperature coefficient
thus giving
each amplifier good temperature characteristics as well
as
excellent power supply rejection.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-232
MC3458, MC3558, MC3358

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE


FIGURE 1 -
- SINE WAVE RESPONSE
120 1 III 1 1
! 1

A v- 1 DO VCC= +15V
Vcr - 1R V 4--

A TA == 25 C

'\ LARGESIGN

i/OLTAGEGA

)
/

<3
z 20
I

-20 i
I

100 10 k 10k 100 k 1.0 M


Note Class A B output stage FREQUENCY (Hz)
f,
produces distortionless sinewave.

50/is/div.

- POWER BANDWIDTH FIGURE 4- OUTPUT SWING versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE


FIGURE 3
i i

-5. Ta = 25C

30

>
CD

< 20

<
o
>
IU
s
=3
o
o
> 1

10k 100k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Vcc AND VE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

FIGURE 6 - .NPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE


FIGURE 5 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE
1 1

= + 15V_
3UU = -15V
VEE
'/k a 1/0

2UU

IbO

10U

4.0 6.0 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
125 2.0
-75 -55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 106
Vcc AND IVEEI, POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)
T, TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-233
MC3458, MC3558, MC3358

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE 7 - VOLTAGE REFERENCE


FIGURE 8 - WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR

V ref =
^ V CC

FIGURE 9 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER


FIGURE 10 - COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

Hyst ere is

OH
v

OL V ir V nH
L
V re f

= <V L- V ref>
VinL V ref
WTTW2 +

e = C (1 + a + b)
VinH=
RTT^ (v OH-v ref)tVref
(e2 - e1)
R1
H =
R2 Vnu
OH
( Vr>i
OL I
R1 +

FIGURE 11 - BI-QUAD FILTER

v ref = x V CC

R1 - 1.6 Mil
Vref Wnere T BP " Center Frequency Gain R2=1.6Mft
Thj = Pastband Notch Gain ., _ . - ,.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-234
MC3458, MC3558, MC3358

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION (continued)

FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR

Triangle Wave
Output a

R1 + Re B2 R1
f
= if R3 =
4 CRf R1 R2 + R1

FIGURE 13- MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER

V ln Wv ii
1^
f^c

Given f = Center Frequency


A(f D ) = Gain at Center Frequency

Choose Value f Q C ,

Then:

2 A(f Q >
R1 R3
R2=
4Q2R1 _ R3

For less than 10% error from operational amplifier

Q < 1 Where f and BW are expressed in Hz.


BW

If source impedance varies, filter may be preceded with


voltage follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-235
v

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC3476
TECHNICAL DATA

LOW COST PROGRAMMABLE LOW COST


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER PROGRAMMABLE
The MC3476 is a low cost selection of the popular, industry- OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
standard MC1776 programmable operational amplifier. This
extremely versatile
SILICON MONOLITHIC
operational amplifier features low power
consumption and high input impedance. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
In addition, the quiescent
currents within the device may
be programmed by the choice of
an external resistor value or current
source applied to the
set input. l

This allows the amplifier's


characteristics to be optimized for input
current and power consumption
despite wide variations in operating G SUFFIX
power supply voltages. METAL PACKAGE
6.0 V to 18 CASE 601
V Operation
Wide Programming Range
Offset Null Capability

No Frequency Compensation Required


Low Input Bias Currents Offset NuiirT) (t) Vcc
Short-Circuit Protection
Inverting Input @J ^ ^> Output
RESISTIVE PROGRAMMING (See Figure 1.) Non-Inverting lnput(}^() offset Null

V EE
R set to NEGATIVE SUPPLY
(Top View)

7 9 vcc
P1 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626

Typical R set Values


U SUFFIX
v cc.
6.0 V
EE 'set =

560 kn
10jUA l
set = 15

360 kn
MA CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693
^TO
f
+ 9.0 V 820 kn 560 kn
+ 12 V 1.0 Mn 750 kn
15 V 1.5 Mn i.o Mn

Offset Null |T
Inverting Input \2_

Non-Inverting Input [~3~

V EE [4

(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package
MC3476G to + 70C Metal Can
MC3476P1 to + 70C Plastic DIP

MC3476U to + 70C Ceramic DIP


Pins not shown are not connected

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-236
MC3476

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted

Symbol Value Unit


Rating
18 Vdc
Power Supply Voltages vcc-Vee
V IDR + 30 Vdc
Input Differential Voltage Range
V ICR VcC' V EE Vdc
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range
Voff-VEE 0.5 Vdc
Offset Null to Vee Voltage
200 jiA
Programming Current 'set
(V CC -0.6V) Vdc
Programming Voltage Vset
to
(Voltage from 1^ terminal to ground)
v Cc
Indefinite s
Output Short-Circuit Duration* ts
TA to 70 C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range ,

QC
Storage Temperature Range T stg
Metal and Ceramic Packages
-65 to +150
Plastic Package -55 to +125
Tj c
Junction Temperature
175
Metal and Ceramic Packages
Package 150
Plastic

Short -Circuit to ground with Iset <S 15 mA. Rating applies up to ambient temperature of +70C.

EQUIVALENT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

-OVcc

2 ^

INPUTS
^h
30

100 OUTPUT
\S
> N 30 pF

>^<
OFFSET NULL

50
kl

c i-^1
vee
-o*

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-237
MC3476
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (v IJ,
rr = + 15 V V 5 v
P p = -i'a .-i* t a -+o~
lv ll '
, EE .
I
'set uA T
1 MA, - + 25 U C .
unless otherwise noted.)
I

Characteristic
Symbol Min Typ Unit
Input Offset Voltage (R < 10 kn)
s vio
T A = +25C
0C< T A < 70C 6.0
7.5
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range
v IOR mV
Input Offset Current
T A = +25C ho nA
T A = 70C 25
T A = QC 25
40
Input Bias Current
T A = +25C <IB nA
T A = 70C 50
T A =0C 50
100
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
Mfi

InputCommon-Mode Voltage Range PF


V ICR 10
0C < T A < 70C
Large Signal Voltage Gain
A VOL V/V
R|_> 10kn,V o = 10V, T A = +25C 50 k
R L> 10 W2, V = 10 V, 0C < T A ^ 70C 25 k
Output Voltage Range
V R
R|_> 10kn,T A =+25C
RL> 10kn,0C<T A < 70C
Output Resistance
Output Short-Circuit Current kn
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio
CMRR dB
RS< 10kn,0C<T A < 70C
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
PSRR MV/V
RS< 10kn,QC < T A < 70C
Supply Current
TA = 'CC-'EE ma
+25C
0C< T A < 70C 200
225
Power Dissipation
Pd
T A = +25C
0C < T A <; 70C 6.0
6.75
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
V in = 20 mV, R L > 10 kn, C = 100 pF
L
Rise Time
Overshoot
*TLH 0.35
OS 10
Slew Rate (R > 10 kn)
L SR V/ms

TR ANSI ENT-R ESPONSE


VOLTAGE OFFSET TEST CIRCUIT
NULL CIRCUIT

J L Pins not shown are not connected.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-238
MC3476

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T"a = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 2 - POSITIVE STANDBY SUPPLY


FIGURE 1 - SET CURRENT versus SET RESISTOR CURRENT versus SET CURRENT
100 M

vcc = +15 V-
000

M
-W
V> VE-15 V
< 100
-6

=v C c = +i5v;

1.0 Ml
^ g: /- 10

sf
"r

n i
I

10 k
im .1 .0 100
1.0 10

!,, SET CURRENT!^) lset, SET CURRENT (/iA)

FIGURE 3 - OPEN-LOOP GAIN versus SET CURRENT FIGURE 4 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SET CURRENT
uu
10?
::: -V = +15 V
CC

RL =1 k

tb
10
10 6

1.0
10 5

10 4 n
'0.0' 0.1 1.0 10 100
1.0

l
set ,
SET CURRENT (mA) l
set , SET CURRENT U<A>

FIGURE 5 -SLEW RATE FIGURE 6 - GAIN-BANDWIDTH PRODUCT (GBW)


versus SET CURRENT versus SET CURRENT

1U in m

1.0 1.0M = E

Vcc = +i
'

/EE--15V
b
0.1 == ::I 100 k

-444

0.01 10k

0.001 1 0k
1.0 1.0 10

lset. SET CURRENT ( M A) l


set , SET CURRENT (mA)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-239
MC3476

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 7 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 8 - OUTPUT SWING


versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

= +15 40
vcc V
"T
= 24 set = '6mA .^'"_
V
?R

3 SIB ?4
- 5mA
set
?n "
R L = 10 k
5 <'2 ifi
S a
1?

5 6.0
t
> I
so
it

_ l. n
10k 100k
J

2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 1 ) 1 1 1 1 1 i 20


RL. LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)
vcc. IVEEI, SUPPLY VOLTAGES (V)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-240
MOTOROLA MC4558,
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC4558AC, MC4558C

DUAL WIDEBAND OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER DUAL WIDE BANDWIDTH


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
The MC4558, MC4558AC, and MC4558C combine all the out-
standing features of the MC1458 and, in addition, possess three SILICON MONOLITHIC
times the unity gain bandwidth of the industry standard. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
2.5 MHz Unity Gain Bandwidth Guaranteed on MC4558 and
MC4558AC
2 MHz Unity Gain Bandwidth Guaranteed on MC4558C
Internally Compensated G SUFFIX
Short-Circuit Protection
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 601
Gain and Phase Match between Amplifiers
Low Power Consumption

MAXIMUM RATINGS (t. i-25C unless otherwise noted)

MC4558
Rating Symbol MC4558AC MC4558C Unit

Power Supply Voltage v Cc +22 + 18 Vdc


VEE -22 -18 Vdc
Input Differential Voltage V|D 30 Volts

Input Common Mode Voltage (Note 1 V ICM 15 Volts

Output Short -Circuit Duration (Note 2) S Continuous

Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA See Ordering P1 SUFFIX


Information Below PLASTIC PACKAGE
Storage Temperature Range T stg C CASE 626
Metal and Ceramic Packages -65 to +150
Plastic Package -55 to +125
Junction Temperature Tj C U SUFFIX
Metal and Ceramic Packages 175 CERAMIC PACKAGE hSTTOi
r
8
Plastic Package 150 CASE 693
NOTES: D SUFFIX
1. For supply voltages less than 15 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal 1

PLASTIC PACKAGE

2.
supply voltage.
Short circuit may be to ground or either supply.
B^P CASE 751
(SO-8)

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(1/2 of Circuit Shown)

InvertinB^r
(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package

MC4558G Metal Can


-55 to +125C
MC4558U Ceramic DIP

MC4558CD SO-8

MC4558CG Metal Can

MC4558ACP1, Oto +70C Plastic DIP


CP1

MC4558CU Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-241
MC4558, MC4558AC, MC4558C
FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc - +15V,VEE = - 15 V, TA = 25C)
MC4558, MC4558AC MC4558C
Characteristic
Symbol Typ Max Typ
BW 2.0

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 15 V. V EE = -15 V,T A = 25C unless otherwise noted.)


Input Offset Voltage
VlO mV
Rs < 10 kn)
Input Offset Current
'10
Input BiasCur re n tt
'IB
Input Resistance
Input Capacitance
Mn
pF
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR 12
Large Signal Voltage Gain
(V = 10 V, R L = 2.0kn) 20 V/mV
Output Resistance
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
(Rs < 10 kn)
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
(Rs < 10 kn) MV/V
Output Voltage Swing vo
(R|_ > 10 kn)
12 + 14
(R|_>2 kn) 10 13
Output Short-Circuit Current
Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers)
Power Consumption (Both Amplifiers)
Transient Response (Unity Gain)
mW
<V| =20mV, R L >2kn, C L < 100 pF) Rise Time *TLH 0.3 0.3
= 20mV, R
(V, L > 2 kn, C L <100 pF) Overshoot OS 15 15
(V| = 10 V, R > 2 kn, C < 100 Slew Rate SR
%
L L P F) 1.6 1.6 V/ms
CLCUimUAHJHAKACTERISTICS (V CC = +15V, V EE = -15 V, TA == * T unless otherwise noted).
high tc> T|
ow
Input Offset Voltage -
VlO 1.0 6.0 - - 7.5 mV
(Rs < 10 kn)
Input Offset Current
ho
<TA = T high> -
= 7.0 200 - nA
<TA T low>
85 500 -
(T A = 0C to +70C)
300
Input Bias Current
<IB
< T A = T high)
30 500 - nA
< T A = T low> - 300 1500 -
(T A = 0C to +70C)
800
Common Mode Input Voltage Ranqe V ICR 12 - _
13 V
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Av
(V o = 10V, R = 2 kn) L - -
25 15 - - V/mV
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
CMRR -
70 90 - - - dB
(Rs < 10 kn)
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio -
PSRR 30 150 - - -
(Rs< 10 kn) MV/V
Output Voltage Swing
vo
<Rl_ > 10 kn)
12 14 - 12 14 -
(Rl>2 kn) V
10 13 10 13
Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers)
= 'D
< TA Thigh) - - 4.5 - - 5.0 mA
< TA = Tlow*
6.0 6.7
Power Consumption (Both Amplifiers)
PC 135 mW
< TA " T high> - - 150
180 - 200
< TA = T low)

T low = -55C for MC4558 and 0C for MC4558C and MC4558AC.


tl| B is out of the amplifier due to PIMP input transistors.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-242
MC4558, MC4558AC, MC4558C

FIGURE 1 - BURST NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 2 - RMS NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

100 -H-HH
IUUU

- 1.0 Hz to 1,0 kHz 1

> 0kHz
w = 1.0 Hz o 1

? 100 | 10 JL
-+-
OJ

-_. 10
1 1.0 =F

-4
1

t 0.1 I
ml 1 Hill 1 il il
n II
10 k 100 k
1.0 k 10 k 100 k

RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMSI


RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 3 - OUTPUT NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 4 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY

1U
140

120

1
AV = 10. Rs = 100 kS2

111

i n
> i
1

Z 8a
"jt IL^.- i I

o i
1

T ^ 60
10
0.1
40
1.0-
~H
1
20

|
llll |

001 j 1 1 II

100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 k 10 k

RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS) I, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - BURST NOISE TEST CIRCUIT

100 k

To Pass/Fail
Indicator

Unlike conventional peak reading or RMS meters, this system was The test time employed is 10 seconds and the 20 mV peak
especially designed to provide the quick response time essential to limit refers to the operational amplifier input thus eliminating
burst (popcorn) noise testing. errors in the closed-loop gain factor of the operational amplifier
under test.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-243
MC4558, MC4558AC, MC4558C

FIGURE 6- OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE FIGURE 7- PHASE MARGIN versus FREQUENCY

180
+ 140
160
1 +120

< + 100
120
o +80

o +60
> 80
+40 k UNITY GAIN
< 60
+20

20
-20
'0 '0 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 10 10 100 1.0k 10 k 100k 1.0M 10 M
I. FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

! 8 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING - NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


I 9
versus LOAD RESISTANCE
versus LOAD RESISTANCE
15
15 V SUP PL ES -J
-
15

_ 13

12 V
12 V
<

>
9V qo
o -- 9V
= 7.0
.

5 --
o 6 V
> 6
3.0
>
~~
1.0 I
I
I
1.0
500 1.0 k 2.0 k 10 k 20 k 50 k 100 k
'UU 500 1.0 k 2.0 k 10 k 20 k 50 k 100 k
RL .
LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)
RL , LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 10 - POWER BANDWIDTH


(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) FIGURE 1 1 - TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT

To Scope
(Input)

O i> ^ Too ocope


' Scope

W
T (Output)

100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M


f FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-244
MOTOROLA MC4741
SEMICONDUCTOR MC4741C
TECHNICAL DATA

(QUAD MC1741)
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
(QUADMC1741) SILICON MONOLITHIC
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

The MC4741 series is a true quad MC1741. Integrated on a single


monolithic chip are four independent, low-power operational
amplifiers which have been designed to provide operating char-
acteristics identical to those of the industry standard MC1741, and
L SUFFIX
can be applied with no change in circuit performance.
CERAMIC PACKAGE
The MC4741 can be used in applications where amplifier matching CASE 632
or high packing density is important. Other applications include
high impedance buffer amplifiers and active filter amplifiers.

P SUFFIX
Each Amplifier is Functionally Equivalent to the MC1741 PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646
Class AB Output Stage Eliminates Crossover Distortion

True Differential Inputs D SUFFIX


PLASTIC PACKAGE
Internally Frequency Compensated CASE 751A
(SO-14)
Short Circuit Protection

Low Power Supply Current (0.6 m A/Amplifier)


PIN CONNECTIONS

Out VJ 14
Out
1 '
^

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(1/4 of Circuit Shown)
Inputs

VCC
'

4
^^ 13

12

11
'
Inputs

V EE

10
Inputs I '
Inputs

>\
1

Out _
l<* ,
a
8
Out
2 ' 3

-*-
(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Temperature Range Package

MC4741L -55Cto +125C Ceramic DIP

MC4741CD SO-14
MC4741CL 0Cto +70C Ceramic DIP
MC4741CP Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-245
MC4741, MC4741C

MAXIMUM RATINGS(T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)


Rating Symbol MC4741
1
MC4741C Unit
Power Supply Voltage
vC c +22 + 18 Vdc
VEE -22 -18 Vdc
Input Differential Voltage
VlD 44 36 Volts
Input Common Mode Voltage V ICM 22 18 Volts
Output Short Circuit Duration
ts Continuous
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
TA -55to+125| Oto+70 c
Storage Temperature Range
T stg C
Ceramic Package
-65 to +150
Plastic Package
-55 to +125
Junction Temperature
Tj C
Ceramic Package
175
Plastic Package
150

TYPICAL APPLICATION

HIGH IMPEDANCE INSTRUMENTATION BUFFER/FILTER

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-246
MC4741, MC4741C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, Vee = -15 V , Ta " 25C unless otherwise noted).

MC4741 MC4741C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage VlO - 1.0 5.0 - 2.0 6.0 mV


(R s <10k)
Input Offset Current iio
- 20 200 - 20 200 nA
Input Bias Current 'IB
- 80 500 - 80 500 nA
Input Resistance 0.3 2.0 - 0.3 2.0 - m2
n
Input Capacitance Ci
- 1.4 - - 1.4 - pF
Offset Voltage Adjustment Range V|OR - 15 - - 15 - mV
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V|CR 12 13 - 12 13 - V
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av 50 200 - 20 200 - V/mV
(Vo= 10 V, R L >2.0 k>

Output Resistance <o


- 75 - - 75 - n
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 90 - 70 90 - dB
(R s <10k)
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR - 30 150 - 30 150 JUV/V
(R s <10k)
Output Voltage Swing vo V
(R L >10k) 12 14 - 12 14 -
(R L >2k) 10 13 10 13
Output Short-Circuit Current los
- 20 - - 20 - mA
Supply Current (All Amplifiers) ID - 2.4 4.0 - 3.5 7.0 mA
Power Consumption (All Amplifiers) PC - 72 120 - 105 210 mW
Transient Response (Unity Gain Non-Inverting)
20 mV, > < 100 pF) Time Tlh - 0.3 - 0.3 -
(V| = R|_ 2 k, C|_ Rise Ate

(V| = 20 mV, R[_ > 2 k, Cl < 100 pF) Overshoot OS 15 - 15 %


(V| = 10V, R|_ > 2 k, C(_ < 100 pF) Slew Rate SR 0.5 0.5 V/jUs

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, V EE = -15V,TA = *


l"hiah to T| ow unles otherwise noted.)

MC4741 MC4741C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage VlO - 1.0 6.0 - 7.5 mV


(Rs<10k2)
Input Offset Current ho nA
(T A - 125C)
- 7.0 200 -
(T A = -55C) 85 500 -
(T A - 0C to +70C) 300

Input Bias Current 'IB


nA
(T A = 125C) 30 500 - -
(T A = -55C)
- 300 1500
(T A = 0C to +70C) 800
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR 12 13 - - - - V
Av 25 - - 15 - V/mV
Large Signal Voltage Gain
(R L >2k, V out = 10V)
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 90 - - - - dB
(R<;<10k)
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR - 30 150 - - - fXV/V
(R s <10k)
Output Voltage Swing vo V
<R L >10k) 12 14 - -
(R L >2k) 10 13 10 13
Supply Currents (Al! Amplifiers) ID mA
(T A =125C) - 2.4 3.4 - - -
(T A - -55C) 3.6 5.0

Power Consumption (Ta = +125C) PC 72 102 mW


(All Amplifiers) (Ta = -55C) _ 108 150 _ _ _
*
T high " 125C for MC4741 and 70C for MC4741C
T low = -55C for MC4741 and 0C for MC4741C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-247
MC4741, MC4741C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc = + 15 Vdc, V EE - -15 Vdc. T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted).

FIGURE 1 - POWER BANDWIDTH


I LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE

llll [

{
z
<
\ CD
<
\ j
o
+40

/OLTA GEFC LLS\ HER) \ >


T H0< 5% I +20
<

ill -20
1.9 k
1.0 k 10 k 100 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 3 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 4 - NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
LOAD RESISTANCEi
versus LOAD RESISTANCE

1 1 1 1 II
"15 V SUPPLIES

-1? 15 V SUPPLIES
> 11
12 V
"
18
-m
< 9.0 1

-9 + 17V
8.8
> 9V
1
-8
in -7

o
68
5.0

4.0 6 V
-5.0
9V

4.0
U* J
3.0
i

6V
2.0
I

10 ;

508 780 1.8 k 2.0 k


500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 7.0 k 10 k
RL, LOAO RESISTANCE (OHMS) R|_, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FfGURE 5 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus


LOAD RESISTANCE (Single Supply Operation)
28 FIGURE 6 NONtNVERTING PULSE RESPONSE
24 +27 V

+24 V

18 +21 V
16

14
+11 V / ^OUTPUT
1?
in .
,/
+15 V
8.0 +12 V
/
+9.8 V ir PUT

2.0 +6.8 V
+5,8 V
2.8 3.8 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
10/is/mv
Bl, LQAO RESISTANCE (k2)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-248
MC4741, MC4741C

FIGURE 7 BI-QUAD FILTER

R = 160kH Notch Output


C = 0.001 MF
B1 = 1.6 Mfi
R2 = 1.6 MiJ Where T Bp = Center Frequency Gain
R3 = 1.6 M!) Tm = Passband Notch Gain

FIGURE 8 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 9 TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT
10b

I 95 To Scope I

(Input)

a 90 To Scope
(Output)
<
13
o
>
85 IT
^p c L
> 80
r
75

70
2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20
VCC. IVEEI. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS)

FIGURE 10 - ABSOLUTE VALUE DVM FRONT END

MSD6150 500 k
vw

MSD6102

100 kS MC4745
v cc )N

P
Bridge Null Adjust

vee

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-249
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33077
TECHNICAL DATA

DUAL, LOW NOISE


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
The MC33077 is a precision high quality, high frequency, low DUAL, LOW NOISE
noise monolithic dual operational amplifier employing
bipolar design techniques. Precision matching
innovative OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
coupled with a
unique analog resistor trim technique is used to obtain low input
offset voltages. Dual-doublet frequency
compensation techniques SILICON MONOLITHIC
are used to enhance the gain bandwidth product of the amplifier.
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
In addition, the MC33077 offers low input noise voltage, low tem-
perature coefficient of input offset voltage, high slew
rate, high
ac and dc open-loop voltage gain and low supply current
drain.
The all NPN transistor output stage exhibits
no deadband cross-
over distortion, large output voltage swing, excellent phase
and
gain margins, low open-loop output impedance and
symmetrical
source and sink ac frequency performance.
The MC33077 is tested over the vehicular temperature range
and is available in plastic DIP and SO-8 package (P and D suffixes).

Low Voltage Noise: 4.4 nV/VHi @ 1.0 kHz


Low Input Offset Voltage: 0.2 mV
Low TC of Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 /aV/C P SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
High Gain Bandwidth Product: 37 MHz 100 kHz @ CASE 626
High AC Voltage Gain: 370 100 kHz @
1850 20 kHz @
Unity Gain Stable: with Capacitance Loads to 500 pF
High Slew Rate: 11 V//*s
Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.0007%
Large Output Voltage Swing: + 14 V to - 14.7 V
High DC Open-Loop Voltage Gain: 400 k (112 dB)
1
High Common Mode Rejection: 107 dB D SUFFIX
Low Power Supply Drain Current: 3.5 mA PLASTIC PACKAGE
Dual Supply Operation: 2.5 V to 18 V CASE 751
(SO-8)

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER)

PIN ASSIGNMENTS

V 3

6
J--HJ
rfi

n
"5 C, rv 10 Qi
hl
R1

Dual, Top View

0-15 r Q22
ORDERING INFORMATION
Q-18
R7 *R10 Ambient Test
JR20 Op Amp Temperature
Rl5 Function Device Range Package

-ov EE Dual MC33077D SO-8


-40Cto +85C
MC33077P Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-250
MC33077

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Supply Voltage (Vcc to Vee) vs + 36 Volts

Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR (NoteD Volts

Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1) Volts

Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Indefinite Seconds

Maximum Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C

Storage Temperature T stg -60 to +150 C

Maximum Power Dissipation PD (Note 2) mW

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15 V, V E E = - 15 V, TA = 25"C unless otherwise noted.)

Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 (I, Vqm = V, Vo = V) |V|0l mV


Ta = +25C
- 0.13 1.0
1.5
Ta = -40Cto +85C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV|o/AT 2.0 /iV/C

R S = 10 n, V C M = V, V = V, Ta = -40C to + 85C
nA
Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) l|B

Ta = +25C
- 280 1000
1200
Ta = -40Cto + 85C
(Vqm = V, Vo = V)
Input Offset Current ho nA
Ta = +25C
- 15 180
240
Ta = -40Cto +85C
Common Mode Input Voltage Range (AV|o = 5.0 mV, Vo = V) V|CR 13.5 14 V

Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = 10 V, R|_ = 2.0 kn) AVOL V/V

Ta = +25C 150 k 400 k -


125 k
Ta = -40Cto + 85C
Output Voltage Swing (V|q = 1 .0 V) V
R|_ = 2.0 kft V + 13 13.6

RL = 2.0 kn v - -14.1 -13.5


R L = 10 kn v + 13.4 14

rl = 10 kn v - -14.7 -14.3

Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = 13 V) CMR 85 107 dB

Power Supply Rejection (Note 3) PSR 80 90 dB


Vcc/Vee = + 15 V/- 15 V to +5.0V/-5.0V
Output Short Circuit Current (V|q = 1.0 V, Output to Ground) isc mA
Source + 10 + 26 60
Sink
-20 -33 60

Power Supply Current (Vo = V, All Amplifiers) ID mA


3.5 4.5
Ta = +25C
4.8
Ta = -40Cto + 85C
Notes
1. Either or both input voltages should not exceed Vcc r Vee < See Applications Information).
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded (See power dissipation performance
characteristic, Figure 1).

3. Measured with Vcc and V EE simultaneously varied.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-251
MC33077

AC fcLtCTHICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, TA == 25C unless otherwise noted.)


Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Slew Rate (Vj n = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 2.0 kn, Cl = 100 pF, Av = +1.0) SR 8.0 11 V//ts
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) GBW 25 37 MHz
AC Voltage Gain (R L = 2.0 kn, Vo = V) AVO V/V
f = 100 kHz - 370 -
f = 20 kHz
1850
Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop)
fu 7.5 MHz
Gain Margin (Rl = 2.0 kfl, Cl = pF) Am 10 dB
Phase Margin (R L = 2.0 kn, Cl = pF)
0m 55 Deg
Channel Separation (f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, Rl = Vo =
2.0 kn, 10 V p_ p ) CS -120 dB
Power Bandwidth (Vo = 27 V . R L =
p p , 2.0 kn, THD 1%) BWp _ 200 kHz
Distortion (Rl = 2.0 kn) THD %
Av = +1.0, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz
VO = 3.0 V rms 0.0007
Ay = 2000, f = 20 kHz

VO = 2.0 Vp.
p 0.215 -
vo = 10 Vp.
p - 0.242
Av = 4000, f = 100 kHz
Vo = 2.0 V .
0.319
p p
vo = iov p . D 0.316
Open-Loop Output Impedance (Vo = V, f = f^i) izol 36 _ n
Differential Input Resistance (Vcm = V) R|N 270 kn
Differential Input Capacitance (Vcm = V) C|N 15 pF
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (R = 100 n) en nV/VRz
f = 10 Hz - 6.7 -
f = 1.0 kHz 4.4
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz)
'n pA/VRz
f = 10 Hz - 1.3 -
f = 1.0 kHz 0.6

FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 2 INPUT BIAS CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
2400
I I

_ Vr-M = nV
2000
<c 7 A = 25 C

600
z
1600
^
n" C3307 7P

1200
N w 400
1
800 J* C33077D

z
400

-60 -40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)
VCC u EEl. SUPPLY VOLTAGE
l
(VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-252
MC33077

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 4 INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE


versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE

1000

-vC c = + 15 V
VEE= -15V
VCM = OV

vc C = +15 V
VE E = -15 V
= 10 n
= 200
M = 0V
AV = +1.0

25 50 75 25 50 75 100

TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

FIGURE 5 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 6 INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE
versus COMMON MODE VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE

V CC 0.0

1 1

1 1
3 Vcc-0.5
'CC - +15V
\/
EE
= -15 V Z vcc-i.o
1r
A = 25C

I Vcc-1.5 VC+3.0Vto +15V


c=
> Input
= -3.0Vto -15V
Vee
o :.Voltage;
Y'AVio = 5.0 mV
!

o Range
V = 0V
v EE + 1-5

v EE +i.o

g v E e +0.5

V EE o.o
- 5.0 + 5.0 -55 25 50 75

Vcm, COMMON MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS) TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE


,
(C)

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE FIGURE 8 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT


versus LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND versus TEMPERATURE

VCC o

Vcc = + 15V_
VCC-2 ^^ VEE
V|D
= -15V
= + 1.0V.
< oon
-25C RL 1
-^^_S nk
Vcc-4 -55 uf
Vrr - + iV
1

A 25 C vee = -15 V ^"~ Source

^**'
v EE +4 25C
\
IV5^
v EE +2 .-55C-^

v EE o |

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 25 50 75 100

R L LOAD RESISTANCE TO
,
GROUND (kl) T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, TO

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-253
H

MC33077

FIGURE 9 SUPPLY CURRENT FIGURE 10 COMMON MODE REJECTION


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

15^ s==^ 5.0 V


3.0
s*55
^^

VCM = OV
L
=
n v

25 50 75 10K 100K
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 11 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION FIGURE 12 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT


versus FREQUENCY versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Rl = 10 kfl.

S 44
_Cl = OpF '

f = 100 kHz
Ta = 25C

z:
40

V CC
20 V EE = -15 V
TA = 25C
ol II llll
100 1.0K 10K 5 10 15
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
V CG IVeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 13 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT FIGURE 14 MAXIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE


versus TEMPERATURE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

25 50 75 5.0 10 15
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) v CO IVeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-254
1 1

MC33077

FIGURE 15 OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 16 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


versus FREQUENCY versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-
_ RL = 2.0 kO
""
f = 10 Hz
AV = 2/3(Vcc-Vee>
-Ta = 25C

\
\
\
L
^
V C c= +15

J
/

Vee = -15\ \
,R|_= 2.0 kn
AV = +1.0
THD1.0%
Ta
1 1 1 li i
5.0 10 15
10K
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
V C c, |VeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 17 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 18 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

600

v cc -
~ -15V 70
550 vee
R| =2 OKI G 60
f = 10 Hz
CJ
500 = -10 Vto
AVrj < 50

450 S 40
i

30
400 o
S 20

350
10

300 o
00 25 10K 100K
55 -2 5 3 2 5 E 75 1 1

1 A, AMBIE sIT TEMPEFiATURE (C ) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 19 CHANNEL SEPARATION FIGURE 20 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION


versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY

160
.
Ai

...D
1 III
P^m 1 1 inn im- n mi
?0Vn.n

150 >^ >Av n Vqc =+


15 V
I -\'cc
L
- -1RV Ti = 25C
AV = +1000
Measurement Channel
V E e= -15V
""'RL = 2.0kO
T
t
llll
.
1 1

A V = +100..
iiiii
140
...TA = 25C 1

^> -J -AV == +10--


II
130
"1 iftft \.r\ n n Lrt

-L
-1
120

-I 1L
].. -I
V in

o J>U n i
; ::A \l
= + Oz:1

c S^OLog(^). llll

llll II
| 1 1 III! 1 l_L 1IU 1 1 I

1.0K
1.0K
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-255
MC33077

FIGURE 21 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION FIGURE 22 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION


versus FREQUENCY versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE

Vcc = +15V
--
100 kn 2.0 kn
.v* .* ^
z 0.5 \\
V EE
=
= -1 )V T
20 kHz
o
i v V VinO-+^
Vj
I ".I
Ay = +1000
o
0.05
s
cc
Ay = +1CK)
<
5 0.01
5 0.01
1

A V = +10
o
'Z- 0.005

+ 10--
0.001 p

100K 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0

Vq, OUTPUT VOLTAGE (Vp.p)

FIGURE 23 SLEW RATE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 24 SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE
,
T
I

-Vin = 2/3 (V
CC - V EE )

TA == 25C -vC c =
V EE = -15V
-
JTSVinT!^,M.^i --innnF
AV in = 20 V

L
> 11
I

J~L|VinH
2.0 kf1$ 4= 10 oF

2.5 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15 17.5 -55 -25 25 50 75 100 125


v CO v eeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
I TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)
,

FIGURE 25 VOLTAGE GAIN and PHASE FIGURE 26 OPEN-LOOP GAIN MARGIN and PHASE
versus FREQUENCY MARGIN versus OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE

Vcc -
V EE _ -1KV
Phase =
RL 2.0 kn
TA = 25C

Gai
\
^V /N
<>
"
^ \
T

^v
\
'-
r
1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 10 100 1000
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)
Cl,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-256
MC33077

FIGURE 27 PHASE MARGIN versus OVERSHOOT versus


FIGURE 28
OUTPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE

T 1
Mill vcc = + 15V
Vee - - isv
"jTiv-mn^T-J-oVc AVin = 100 mV ..

= t 2.0knfT CL
.Cl 100 pF
= ~
III

= +, 5V
Vcc C(. = 300 pF ut
Vee = -15 V
l
A = 2b X ttt
Cl = 500 pF tfj

-^ ^*^~^ o
-roV
IF

-5.0 +5.0
.0kft_
r 10
' -55C
100
|

Vq, OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) CL , OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)

FIGURE 29 INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE FIGURE 30 TOTAL INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE
and CURRENT versus FREQUENCY versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

_ 100 -.-.:

S Vcc = + 15Vtt
v E e = - 1 5vtt
TA = 25C
[I

im Cur ent--

Voltage

100 1.0K
1.0K 10K

RS , SOURCE RESISTANCE (ft)


f, FREQUENCY (Hi)

FIGURE 31 PHASE MARGIN AND GAIN MARGIN FIGURE 32 INVERTING AMPLIFIER SLEW RATE
versus DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE
VCC = +15V
vee = -15 V
Ay= -1.0
RL = 2.0 kft

Cl = 100 pF
TA = 25C
S 3

10 100 1.0K
t, TIME (2.0 ,*s/DIV.)

R T DIFFERENTIAL
, SOURCE RESISTANCE (ft)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-257
MC33077

FIGURE 33 NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER SLEW RATE FIGURE 34 NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER OVERSHOOT

gmgjjj

t, TIME (2.0 /xs/DIV.)


t, TIME (200 ns/DIV.

FIGURE 35 LOW FREQUENCY NOISE VOLTAGE


versus TIME

Vcc = +15V 1
V EE == -15V 1
BW = 0.1 H? to
:
10 Hz 1
TA = 25C ft I
SEEN OISE TEST CIRCUIT 1
(FIGUIIE 36) 1

t, TIME (1.0 SEC/DIV.)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-258
MC33077

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION With the output stage, there is minimal swing


all NPN
designed primarily for its low noise, loss to the supply rails, producing superior output
The MC33077 is

low offset voltage, high gain bandwidth product and swing, no crossover distortion and improved output
large output swing characteristics. Its outstanding high phase symmetry with output voltage excursions. Out-
frequency gain/phase performance make it a very put phase symmetry being the amplifiers ability to
attractive amplifier for high quality pre-amps, instru- maintain a constant phase relation independent of its
mentation amps, active filters and other applications output voltage swing. Output phase symmetry degra-
requiring precision quality characteristics. dation in the more conventional PNP and NPN transistor
The MC33077 utilizes high frequency lateral PNP output stage was primarily due to the inherent cut-off
input transistors in a low noise bipolar differential frequency mismatch of the PNP and NPN transistors
stage driving a compensated Miller integration ampli- (typically 10 MHz and 300 MHz respectively) used caus-

fier. Dual-doublet frequency compensation tech- ing considerable phase change to occur as the output
niques are used to enhance the gain bandwidth prod- voltage changes. By eliminating the PNP in the output,
uct. The output stage uses an all NPN transistor design such phase change has been avoided and a very sig-
which provides greater output voltage swing and nificant improvement in output phase symmetry as well
improved frequency performance over more conven- as output swing has been accomplished.
tional stages by using both PNP and NPN transistors The output swing improvement is most noticeable
(Class AB). This combination produces an amplifier when operation is with lower supply voltages (typically
with superior characteristics. 30% with 5.0 V supplies). With a 10 k load, the output
Through precision component matching and inno- of the amplifier can typically swing to within 1.0 V of
vative current mirror design, a lower than normal tem- the positive rail (Vcc). and t0 within 0.3 V of the negative
perature coefficient of input offset voltage (2.0 /xV/C as rail (Vee). producing a 28.7 V p . p signal from 15 V

opposed to 1 mV/C), as well as low input offset voltage, supplies. Output voltage swing can be further improved
is accomplished. by using an output pull-up resistor referenced to the
The minimum common mode input range is from 1 .5 Vcc- Where output signals are referenced to the posi-
volts below the positive rail (Vcc) to 1 5 volts above the
- tive supply rail, the pull-up resistor will pull the output
negative rail (Vee>- The inputs will typically common to dimng, the positive swing and during the neg-
Vcc
mode to within 1.0 volt of both negative and positive ative swing, the NPN output transistor collector will pull

rails though degradation in offset voltage and gain will the output very near Vee- This configuration will pro-
be experienced as the common mode voltage nears duce the maximum attainable output signal from given
either supply rail. In practice, though not recommended, supply voltages. The value of load resistance used
the input voltage may exceed Vcc bv approximately 30 should be much less than any feedback resistance so
volts and decrease below the VE rail b V approximately as to avoid excess loading and allow easy pull-up of the
0.6 volts without causing permanent damage to the output.
device. If the input voltage on either or both inputs is Output impedance of the amplifier is typically less
less than approximately 0.6 volts, excessive current than 50 ohms at frequencies less than the unity gain
may flow, if not limited, causing permanent damage to cross-over frequency (see Output Impedance versus
the device. Frequency curve). The amplifier is unity gain stable with
The amplifier will not latch with input source currents output capacitance loads up to 500 pF at full output
up to 20 mA, though in practice, source currents should swing over the -55C to + 125C temperature range.
4
be limited to 5.0 mA
so as to avoid any parametric Output phase symmetry is excellent with typically
damage to the device. If both inputs exceed \ZqC- tne total phase change over a 20 volt output excursion at

output will bethe high state and phase reversal may


in 25C with a 2.0 kfl and 100 pF load. With a 2.0 kil resis-

occur. No phase if the voltage on one


reversal will occur tive load and no capacitance loading the total phase
input is within the common mode range and the voltage change is approximately one degree for the same 20
on the other input exceeds Vcc- Phase reversal may volt output excursion. With a 2.0 kfl and 500 pF load at
occur if the input voltage on either or both inputs is less 125C the total phase change is typically only 10 for a
than 1 .0 volt above the negative rail. Phase reversal will 20 volt output excursion (see Phase Margin versus Out-
be experienced if the voltage on either or both inputs put Voltage curve).
is less than Vee- As with all amplifiers, care should be exercised so as

Through the use of dual-doublet frequency compen- to insure that one does not create a pole at the input of
sation techniques, the gain bandwidth product has the amplifier which is near the closed loop corner fre-
been greatly enhanced over other amplifiers using the quency. This becomes a greater concern when using
conventional single pole compensation. The phase and high frequency amplifiers since it is very easy to create
gain error of the amplifier remains low to higher fre- such a pole with relatively small values of resistance on
quencies for fixed amplifier gain configurations. the inputs. If this does occur, the amplifiers phase will

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-259
MC33077

degrade severely causing the amplifier to become imizes extraneous signal "pickup" at this node. Power
unstable. Effective source resistances, acting in con- supplies should be decoupled with adequate capaci-
junction with the input capacitance of the amplifier, tance as close as possible to the device supply pin.
should be kept to a minimum so as to avoid creating In addition to amplifier stability considerations, input
such a pole at the input (see Phase Margin and Gain
source resistance values should be low so as to take
Margin versus Differential Source Resistance curve).
full advantage of the low noise characteristics
of the
There is minimal effect on stability where the created
amplifier. Thermal noise (Johnson noise) of a resistor
input pole is much greater than the closed loop corner is generated by thermally-charged carriers randomly
frequency. Where amplifier stabilityis affected as a moving within the resistor creating a voltage. The rms
result of a negative feedback resistor in conjunction with
thermal noise voltage in a resistor can be calculated
the amplifier's input capacitance, creating a pole near
from:
the closed loop corner frequency, lead capacitor com-
pensation techniques (lead capacitor in parallel with the E nr = V4kTR x BW
feedback resistor) can be employed to improve stability. where:
The feedback resistor and lead capacitor RC time con- k = Boltzmann's constant (1.38 x 10 -2 3 joules/K)

stant should be larger than that of the uncompensated T = Kelvin temperature


input pole frequency. Having a high resistance con- R = Resistance in ohms
nected to the non-inverting input of the amplifier can BW = Upper and lower frequency limit in hertz.
create a like instability problem. Compensation for this By way of reference, a 1.0 kfl resistor, at 25C, will
condition can be accomplished by adding a lead capac- produce 4.0 nV/VRz of rms noise voltage. If this resis-
itor in parallel with the non-inverting input resistor of tor is connected to the input of the amplifier, the noise

such a value as to make the RC time constant larger voltage will be gained up in accordance to the ampli-
than the RC time constant of the uncompensated input fiers gain configuration. For this reason the selection
resistor acting in conjunction with the amplifiers input of input source resistance for low noise circuit appli-
capacitance. cations warrants serious consideration. The total
For optimum frequency performance and stability noise of the amplifier, as referred to its inputs, is typ-
ically only 4.4 nV/VHz'at 1.0 kHz.
careful component placement and printed circuit
board layout should be exercised. For example, long The output of any one amplifier is current limited and
unshielded input or output leads may result in thus protected from a direct short to ground. However,
unwanted input-output coupling. In order to reduce under such conditions, it is important to not allow the
the input capacitance, the body of resistors connected amplifier to exceed the maximum junction temperature
rating. Typically for 15 volt supplies, any one output
to the input pins should be physically close to the
input pins. This not only minimizes the input pole cre- can be shorted continuously to ground without exceed-
ation for optimum frequency response, but also min- ing the temperature rating.

0.1 ixF

2.0 kO 1/2 MC33077

4.7 ,uF :

FIGURE 36 VOLTAGE NOISE TEST CIRCUIT


(0.1 Hz-to-10 Hzp.p)
Note: All capacitors are non-polarized.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-260
MOTOROLA MC33078
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33079
TECHNICAL DATA

DUAL/QUAD
LOW NOISE
LOW NOISE OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
SILICON MONOLITHIC
The MC33078/9 series is a family of high quality monolithic INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
amplifiers employing Bipolar technology with innovative high-
performance concepts for quality audio and data signal process-
ing applications. This family incorporates the use of high fre-
quency PNP input transistors to produce amplifiers exhibiting low
input voltage noise with high gain bandwidth product and slew MC33078
rate. The all NPN output stage exhibits no deadband crossover
distortion, large output voltage swing, excellent phase and gain
margins, low open-loop high frequency output impedance and
symmetrical source and sink ac frequency performance.
The MC33078/9 family offers both dual and quad amplifier ver- D SUFFIX
sions, tested over the vehicular temperature range and available PLASTIC PACKAGE
P SUFFIX
in the plastic DIP and SOIC packages (P and D suffixes). CASE 751
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626 < s - 8 >

Dual Supply Operation: 18 V (Max)


Low Voltage Noise: 4.5 nV/VHz Output 1 E 3VCC
Low Input Offset Voltage: 0.15 mV
Low T.C. of Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 /j,V/C
Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.002%
Inputs 1

veeE
G 35 JJ Output

Inputs 2
2

High Gain Bandwidth Product: 16 MHz (Dual, Top View)

High Slew Rate: 7.0 V/^is

High Open-Loop ac Gain: 800 (a 20 kHz MC33079


Excellent Frequency Stability
Large Output Voltage Swing: +14.1 V/- 14.6 V
nw-
D SUFFIX
P SUFFIX PLASTIC PACKAGE
PLASTIC PACKAGE CASE 751
CASE 646 (SO-14)
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER!
Output 1 |T
1
| g Output 4
r-O v cc

no.
Inputs ij^ !*$!]) Inputs 4

VCCE I3
V EE

|El^2 3^-01
Inputs 2

Output 2
^(<^H
E 1 I
JJ Output 3
s

(Quad, Top View)


"H-i 1 Amplifier
l u8 t
D4 d na
Biasing >
j-fH
} * -OVqUT
Op
ORDERING INFORMATION
Test
'I kQ,n K Q 12 Amp Temp.
Function Device Range Package

MC33078D -40Cto SO-8


Dual
MC33078P + 85C Plastic DIP

MC33079D -40Cto SO-14


Quad
MC33079P + 85C Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-261
MC33078, MC33079

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Supply Voltage (Vcc to Vee) + 36
vs Volts
Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR (Note 1) Volts
Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1) Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Indefinite Seconds
Maximum Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C
Storage Temperature T stg - 60 + 1 50
to C
Maximum Power Dissipation PD (Note 2) mW
Notes:
1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude
of Vcc r V EE-
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not
exceeded (See power dissipation performance characteristic. Figure 1).
3. Measured with V Cc and V EE differentially varied simultaneously.

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15V, V EE - 15 V, Ta = 25C unless otherwise noted)


Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 il, V C m = V, Vo = V) Viol
MC33078 T A = +25C
2.0
Ta = -40C to +85C
3.0
MC33079 TA = +25C
0.15 2.5
TA = -40C to +85C
3.5
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV| /AT tiMrC
R S = 10 n, V CM = V, Vp = TA = T high
V, T| 0W to

(Vcm =
Input Bias Current V, Vo = V)
TA = + 25C
750
TA = -40Cto +85C
800
Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vq V) llO
TA = + 25C
150
T A = -40Cto +85C
175
Common Mode Input Voltage Range (AVjq = 5.0 mV, Vq = V) V ICR 13
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo :10 V, R L = 2.0 kfl) A VOL
TA = + 25C
90
TA = -40Cto +85C 85
Output Voltage Swing (V|d = 1.0 V)
RL = 600 n V + 10.7
Rl = 6oo n v - -11.9
Rl = 2.0 kn V + 13.2 13.8
Rl = 2.0 kn v - -13.7 -13.2
Rl = 10 kfi V + 13.5 14.1
Rl = 10 kfi v - -14.6 -14
Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = 13 V) CMR 80 100
Power Supply Rejection (Note 3) PSR
Vcc/Vee = +15 V/- 15 V to +5.0 V/- 5.0 V
Output Short Circuit Current (V|q 1.0 V, Output to Ground) 'SC
Source + 15 + 29
Sink -20 -37
Power Supply Current (Vq = V, All Amplifiers)
ID
MC33078 TA = + 25C
5.0
Ta = -40Cto +85C 5.5
MC33079 Ta = +25C 8.4 10
TA = -40Cto +85C
11

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-262
1

MC33078, MC33079

15 V, Vee = -15 V, T"a = 25"C unless otherwise noted)

Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

= - 10 V to + 10 V, RL = 2.0 kU, Cl = 100 pF, Ay = +1.0) SR 5.0 7.0 V//xs


Slew Rate (V in

= 100 kHz) GBW 10 16 MHz


Gain BAndwidth Product (f

fu
- 9.0 MHz
Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop)
CL = pF Am -11 dB
Gain Margin (Rl = 2.0 kil)
I
-6.0
CL = 100 pF
C L = OpF <*m
55 Deg
Phase Margin (Rl = 2.0 k(l)
c L = 100 pF 40
= 20 Hz to 20 kHz) CS - -120 dB
Channel Separation (f

BWp 120 kHz


Power Bandwidth (Vo = 27 V p _ p R L = 2.0 kfl, THD =s 1.0%) ,

AV = +1.0) THD 0.002 %


Distortion (R L = 2.0 Ml, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, Vo = 3.0 V rms ,

= MHz) jz
37 n
Open-Loop Output Impedance (Vo = V, f 9.0 l

R|N - 175 kil


Differential Input Resistance (Vqm = V)

Capacitance (Vcm = V) C|N


- 12 pF
Differential Input

= en 4.5 nV/VHz
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs = 100 H, f 1.0 kHz)

= 1.0 kHz) in
0.5 pA/VHz
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS

FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 2

2400 I

Vrwi = V
Ma 3078P
^
NX
Si MC33079P TA = 25C

a 1C3307 9D
y< ^MCC 3078D

<
--
(x ^^
s.

^ 5
N
^ S.
10 15
-55-40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)


V CC , |VEEi, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
,

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 4 INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE
1000
+ 2.0
= +15V
V CC
I I
V EE = -15 V UNIT 1
V cc= +
RS = 10
V EE= -1 SV
< 800
= V
v C m = o\
V CM
AV = +1
z *t-~-"~
UNIT 2 .

t 400

CD
-^ Uh IT 3

^ 200

-25 25 50 75 100 125


-25 25 50 75 100 126
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,

,
(C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-263
MC33078, MC33079

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS continued

FIGURE 5 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 6 INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE RANGE
COMMON MODE VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE

Vcc = +3.0 V to +15 V


-V EE = -3.0 to -15V
AV|Q = 5.0 mV
-V O = 0V
Voltage
-
- Range

-V
CM

-10 -5.0 +5.0 +10


25 50 75 100
V C m, COMMON MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
TA , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 8 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND versus TEMPERATURE

Sink
I

Vcc - +lbV
j I


V E E = -15 V
RL
V|[ = 1.0 V

So rce

1.0
-55 -25 25 50
2.0 3.0 75 100 125
LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)
RL, (kill

FIGURE 9 SUPPLY CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 10 COMMON MODE REJECTION


versus FREQUENCY
10

1
V CM = V

_ 8.0
15V

5.0V
^L 10 V RL =
Vp = OV
.c -

MMWC)

' MOV
1
VL.A 1C33078
+ 5.0V

-25 25 50 75 100 10K 100K


T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, |C) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-264
1

MC33078, MC33079

FIGURE 11 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION FIGURE 12 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT versus


versus FREQUENCY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
I I I

RL = Okfl

fj
z
120
+ PSR = 20Log
/AV /Adm\
\ AVcc J
-PSR -
CSS")]
oAVcc
CL
f =
=
100 kHz
pF

o TA
10 + PSR *

h- "M/cc
80

cc
60
_ PSR
m Jill 1

40 1
1 vcc = +15V
cc
" 20
V E e ==
TA = 25C
-15V m\
II lllllll !

10K
J 100K
Hill
1.0M
n 1 n

v C c, NeeI. supply VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


1 5 20

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 13 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT FIGURE 14 MAXIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE


TEMPERATURE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
versus

TA = 25C
|
s*Vo +
RL -

^^K = 2.0 kfl

\ = 2.0 kf!

pL - m
=:v -

Vcc. supply VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
|C) IVeeI.

FIGURE 16 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN versus


FIGURE 15 OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
-
l

Rl = 2.0 kO
f=s 10 Hz
-AV = 2/3(V CC -Vee)
-T
A
:

<^
Vcc = +15V.
Vcc = -15 V
RL = 2.0 kfi

Ay = +1.0
THDs 1.0%
Ta = 25C

10 15
1.0K 10K 100K
V C c, v EeI, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-265
MC33078, MC33079

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS continued

FIGURE 17 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 18 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY
I I
1 1 1 1 llllll
Vcc = +15V vcc = + 15V TJ
= -15 V
ID III'
Vee v E e = -i5v
tjt
RL = 2.0 kfl
]J
S 105
s 10 H
f

AV = -10 V to + 10V
_ TA = 25C tit
IB / /
tn '"
L /

''HI H
jjl
J
lit
"~
AV = 1000
"~JfAv = 100 / Ay = 10
A III/ 7

y ||

Ay = !nj

90
-55 -25 25 50 75 100K 1.0M
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 19 CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 20 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION


versus FREQUENCY
1 1 1 llllll III llllll I I

Vcc - +1RV
|

|[

vee = -15 V t
o Vo = 1.0 Vrm s t ,Vo
o TA - 25 rl>^T
:K S 2.0 Ml
I ('

Q ft ^

5 t
III
s I

< TT
-j 0.01
t
I

o f
n:

0.001 I

1.0K

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 21 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION


versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 22 SLEW RATE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1.0

vcc = + 15\
.V in
i

= 2/3(Vcc-V EE )_
r
V EE = -15V
z 0.5 AV = 1000 TA = 25C
p ta = 25(^ I

AV = 100 Falling

1 0.1

o Rising

0.05
E Vin~
>^J2.0
< AV = 10 Xkn
5
< 0.01

o vo
AV =
o- 0.005
1.0
r-
JT|V ir
2.0 kil

0.001
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 10 15
V , OUTPUT VOLTAGE (Vrms) v CC.|VeeI, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-266
MC33078, MC33079

FIGURE 24 VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE


FIGURE 23 SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY
1

VC c = + 15 V +1 5V
~>
\
CC=
= -15V
V EE
AVj n = 20 V \ \ \f

F
EE
L
= -15 V
= 2.0 kH
1
A = 25C
Falling *>
Rising -^ 90 <
6.0
\
\
>Lv c)
~JT, ?2.0

180
I

10K 10M
-25 25 50 75 100 10 100 1.0K

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (CI


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 25 OPEN-LOOP GAIN MARGIN AND FIGURE 26 OVERSHOOT versus OUTPUT LOAD
CAPACITANCE
PHASE MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE

100 100 1-0K


10

C L OUTPUT CAPACITANCE
,
(pF) Cl. OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)

! 27 INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE AND FIGURE 28 TOTAL INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE
CURRENT versus FREQUENCY versus SOURCE RESISTANCE

- - -+- rn

+15V"
r cc== -15V"
EE
i
A = 25C ;.

"

^
-. =-*- I V jltage

*; ^^^
1

0.1

10K 100K 1.0K 10K 100K


1.0K
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) RS , SOURCE RESISTANCE (O)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-267
MC33078, MC33079

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS continued

FIGURE 29
PHASE MARGIN AND GAIN MARGIN versus
DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE

10 100 1.0K 10K


Rj, DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE (01

FIGURE 30 INVERTING AMPLIFIER SLEW RATE FIGURE 31 NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER SLEW RATE

t, TIME (2.0 fts/DIV.) TIME


t, (2.0 Ms DIV.

FIGURE 32 NON-INVERTING AMPLIFIER OVERSHOOT FIGURE 33 LOW FREQUENCY NOISE VOLTAGE


versus TIME

t, TIME (200 ns/DIV.


t, TIME (1.0 SEC DIV.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-268
MC33078, MC33079

FIGURE 34 VOLTAGE NOISE TEST CIRCUIT


(0.1 Hz-TO-10 Hz p .p)

0.1 ixF

1/2 MC33078
1+\ 4.3 kH
22mF Scope
4.7 fiF ZZ

Note: All capacitors are non-polarized.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-269
MOTOROLA MC33171, MC35171
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33172, MC35172
TECHNICAL DATA
MC33174, MC35174

LOW POWER, SINGLE SUPPLY LOW POWER, SINGLE SUPPLY


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
Quality bipolar fabrication with innovative
design concepts are
employed for the MC331 71/2/4, MC35171/2/4 series
of monolithic
operational amplifiers. This series of operational
amplifiers oper-
ates at 180 MA per amplifier and offers
1.8 MHz of gain bandwidth
product and 2.1 V/^s slew rate without the
use of JFET device
technology. Although this series can be
operated from split sup- P SUFFIX
plies, it is particularly suited for single U SUFFIX
supply operation, since the PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
common mode input voltage range includes ground potential CASE 626 CASE 693
(V EE ). With a Darlington input stage,
this series exhibits high input
resistance, low input offset voltage
and high gain. The all NPN D SUFFIX
output stage, characterized by no deadband PLASTIC PACKAGE
crossover distortion
and large output voltage swing, provides high CASE 751
capacitance drive
capability, excellent phase and gain margins, (SO-8)
low open-loop high
frequency output impedance and symmetrical
source/sink AC fre- PIN ASSIGNMENTS
quency response.
The MC33171/2/4, MC35171/2/4 Offset Null [T
W
series of devices are specified |] NC
over the industrial/vehicular or military temperature Invt Input [7
ranges. The -fS. JJ Vqc
complete series of single, dual and quad operational
amplifiers
are available in the plastic and ceramic
Noninvt Input [T A>^^~ "$} Output
DIP as well as the SOIC
surface mount packages. V EE E 3 Offset Nul,

Low Supply Current: 180 /iA (Per Amplifier) Single, Top View
Wide Supply Operating Range: +3.0 V +44 V
to or 1 5 V JDvcc
to22V
Wide Input
Wide Bandwidth:
High Slew Rate:
Common Mode Range
1.8 MHz
2.1 V//is
Including Ground (V EE ) Inputs 1
m y |-3
K^j
Output 2

Inputs 2

Low Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 Dual, Top View


mV
Large Output Voltage Swing: -14.2 V to +14 2V
(with +/- 15 V Supplies)
Large Capacitance Drive Capability: to 500 pF
Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.03%
Excellent Phase Margin: 60
P SUFFIX L SUFFIX
Excellent Gain Margin: 15 dB PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
Output Short Circuit Protection CASE 646 CASE 632

D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
ORDERING INFORMATION (SO-14)

Op Amp Temperature
PIN ASSIGNMENTS
Device Package
Function Range
Output 1 (7 u) Output 4
Single MC33171D -40 to + 85C SO-8
MC35171U -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP Inputs 1
Inputs 4
MC33171P -40 to +85C Plastic DIP In jl
Dual MC33172D -40 to +85C VCCE
SO-8 I3VEE
MC35172U -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP
MC33172P -40 to + 85C (E 31
Plastic DIP Inputs 2 Inputs 3
Quad MC33174D -40 to +85C
E
SO-14
MC35174L
MC33174P
-55 to +125C
-40 to +85C
Ceramic DIP
Plastic DIP
Output 2
<R
? Output 3

Quad, Top View

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-270
MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Unit

Supply Voltage Vcc/vee :22

Input Differential Voltage Range V IDR (Note 1)

Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1)

Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) Indefinite Seconds

Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA


MC35171/MC35172/MC35174 55 to +125
MC33171/MC33172/MC33174 -40 to +85

Operating Junction Temperature Tj 150

Storage Temperature Range 'stg


Ceramic Package
-65 to + 1 50
-55 to +125
Plastic Package

Notes: 1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vrjc or Vee-
not exceeded.
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER)

VEE'Gnd

Offset Null
(MC33171, MC35171)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-271
MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS VcC - + 15 V EE = -


( V. 15 V, R L connected to ground, TA = T low to T high [Note 3]
unless otherwise noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit


Input Offset Voltage
(Vcm = V) VlO
Vcc = +15V, V EE = -15 V, TA = + 25C
2.0 4.5
Vcc = +5 V, V EE = V, TA = +25C
2.5
VCC =+ 15 V V E E - ~ 15 V, TA = T| 0W to Thigh
5.0
6.5
Average Temperature Coeff icient of Offset Voltage
AV| /AT mV/C
Input Bias Current (Vqm = V)
llB
TA = +25"C
100
TA = T low to T hign
200
Input Offset Current(Vcm = V)
TA = +25C ho nA
TA = T| 0W to T n gh i

Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = 10 V, Rl = 10 k) A VOL V/mV


TA = + 25C
50
TA = T| 0W to T hi gh
25
Output Voltage Swing
VOH
Vcc = +5.0 V, V EE = V, R L = 10 k, TA = +25C
3.5 4.3
Vcc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, R L = 10 k, T
A = +25X 13.6 14.2
Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R L = 10 k, T
A = T, ow to T hi gh 13.3
Vcc = +5.0 V, V EE = V, R L = 10 k, TA = + 25C
vol 0.05 0.15
Vcc = + 15 V V EE = - 15 V, R L = 10 k, TA = +25C -14.2 -13.6
V CC = +15V,V EE = -15V,R L = 10k,T = T|
A ow toThi qh -13.3
Output Short Circuit Current (T
A = + 25C) isc
Input Overdrive = 1.0 V, Output to Ground
Source
3.0 5.0
Sink
15 27
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V ICR
TA = +25C
VEEto(V CC -1.8)
TA = T| ow to Thjgh
VEE t (VCC " 2.2)
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs 10 k) CMRR 90 dB
Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Rs = 100 (I) PSRR 100 dB
Power Supply Current (Per Amplifier)
^iA
Vcc = +5.0 V, V EE = V, TA = +25C
180 250
V CC = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, TA = +25C
220 250
V CC = + 15 V, V EE = -15V,TA = T|
ow toT h gh i
300
Notes: (continued)
3 T| 0W = -55Cfor MC35171/MC35172/MC35174
'

T high = +125CforMC35171/MC35172/MC35174
= -40C for MC33171/MC33172/MC33174 = +85C for MC33171/MC33172/MC33174

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-272
MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R L connected to g ound, Ta = +25C unless otherwise


noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

SR V//ns
Slew Rate (V in = - 10 V + 10 = 10 C L = 100 pF)

Av + 1
to V, R[_ k,
1.6 2.1 -
2.1
Ay - 1
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) GBW 1.4 1.8 - MHz

Power Bandwidth BWp 35 kHz

AV = + 1.0, R|_ = 10 k, V = 20 Vp_ p THD = 5%


,

d>m Degrees
Phase Margin
R L = 10 k
- 60 -
45
R L = 10 k, C[_ = 100 pF
Am dB
Gain Margin
R L = 10 k
- 15 -
5.0
R L = 10 k, Cl = 100 pF
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en 32 nV/

= 1.0 kHz VHz


RS = 100 i), f

Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) In


0.2 pA/
VHz

Differential Input Resistance R|N 300 MO


V CM = V
Input Capacitance Ci
- 0.8 pF

TotalHarmonic Distortion THD 0.03 %


AV = +10, R L = 10 k, 2.0 Vp_ p s V 20 V p . f = 10 kHz
p ,

Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz)


- - 120 dB

Open-Loop Output Impedance (f = 1.0 MHz) *o


100 fi

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 2 SPLIT SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION
versus TEMPERATURE versus LOAD CURRENT

u
vcc- ^Vcc/Vee = +/ - Vto + /-22V
Vcc-K I
I I

1.5
Vcc/Vee = +/-5.0 Vto +/-22V
iV|Q = b-U rnv T A = 25X

-1.6

-2.4

+ 0.1
-
v EE
(1
Vee- X
+ +125 1.0 2.0
+25 +50 +75 100

T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (X)


,
l
L ,
LOAD CURRENT mA) (

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-273
MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174

FIGURE 3
OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND FIGURE 4 PHASE MARGIN AND PERCENT OVERSHOOT
PHASE versus FREQUENCY versus LOAD CAPACITANCE

1.0 M 100 200


f, FREQUENCY (Hz!
C L LOAD CAPACITANCE
, (pF)

FIGURE 5 NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT FIGURE 6 SMALL AND LARGE SIGNAL
AND SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE TRANSIENT RESPONSE
0.50 jus/DIV

Vqc/Vee = +/-15V
V CM = 0V
Vo = 0V
Al = 0.5 mA
TA = 25C

"25 25 50 75 100 125

TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

5.0 ms/DIV

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 8 SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

2.0 k 20 k 200 k = 5 10 15 20
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
V CC/ V EE- SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-274
5

MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION/PERFORMANCE FEATURES
Although the bandwidth, slew rate, and settling time of Vee- For sink currents (> 0.4 mA), diode D3 clamps
of the MC331 71/72/74 amplifier family is similar to low the voltage across R4. Thus the negative swing is limited
power op amp products utilizing JFET input devices, by the saturation voltage of Q15, plus the forward diode
these amplifiers offer additional advantages as a result drop of D3 (~Vee +1-0 V). Therefore an unprecedented
of the PNP transistor differential inputs and an all NPN
peak-to-peak output voltage swing is possible for a given
transistor output stage. supply voltage as indicated by the output swing
Because the input common mode voltage range of this specifications.
the load resistance is referenced to VrjC instead of
input stage includes the Vee potential, single supply op- If

eration is feasible to as low as 3.0 volts with the common ground for single supply applications, the maximum pos-
sible output swing can be achieved for a given
supply
mode input voltage at ground potential.
The input stage also allows differential input voltages voltage. For light load currents, the load resistance will
pull the output to Vqc during the positive swing and
the
up to 44 volts, provided the maximum input voltage
range is not exceeded. Specifically, the input voltages output will pull the load resistance near ground during
must range between Vrjc and V EE supply voltages as the negative swing. The load resistance value should be
shown by the maximum rating table. In practice, although much less than that of the feedback resistance to maxi-
not recommended, the input voltages can exceed the Vqc mize pull up capability.
voltage by approximately 3.0 volts and decrease below Because the PNP output emitter follower transistor has
the Vee voltage by 0.3 volts without causing product been eliminated, the MC33171/72/74 family offers a 15
damage, although output phase reversal may occur. It is mA minimum current sink capability, typically to an out-
also possible to source up to 5.0 mA of current from Vee put voltge of (Vee + 1 8 v >- ln single supply applications
-

through either input's clamping diode without damage the output can directly source or sink base current from
or latching, but phase reversal may again occur. If at least a common emitter NPN transistor for high current switch-
one input is within the common mode input voltage ing applications.
In addition, the all NPN transistor output stage
is inher-
range and the other input is within the maximum input
voltage range, no phase reversal will occur. If both inputs ently faster than PNP types, contributing to the bipolar
exceed the upper common mode input voltage limit, the amplifier's improved gain bandwidth products. The asso-
output will be forced to its lowest voltage state. ciated high frequency low output impedance (200 ft typ
<S 1 .0 MHz) allows capacitive drive capability from
to
Since the input capacitance associated with the small
geometry input device is substantially lower (0.8 pF) than 400 pF without oscillation in the noninverting unity gain
configuration. The 60 phase margin and 15 dB gain mar-
that of a typical JFET (3.0 pF), the frequency response
for
This gin as well as the general gain and phase characteristics
a given input source resistance is greatly enhanced.
are virtually independent of the source/sink output swing
becomes evident in D-to-A current to voltage conversion
conditions. This allows easier system phase compensa-
applications where the feedback resistance can form a
tion, since output swing will not be a phase consideration.
pole with the input capacitance of the op amp. This input
The'ac characteristics of the MC33171/72/74 family also
pole creates a 2nd order system with the single pole op
allow excellent active filter capability, especially for low
amp and is therefore detrimental to its settling time. In
voltage single supply applications.
this context, lower input capacitance is desirable espe-
cially for higher values of feedback resistances
(lower Although the single supply specification is defined at
5.0 volts, these amplifiers are functional to at least 3.0
current DAC's). This input pole can be compensated for
with capacitance across the volts 25C. However slight changes in parametrics such
@
by creating a feedback zero a
feedback resistance, if necessary, to reduce overshoot. as bandwidth, slew rate, and dc gain may occur.
If power to this integrated
circuit is applied in reverse
For 10 kft of feedback resistance, the MC331 71/72/74 fam-
polarity or if the IC is installed backwards in a socket,
ily can typically settle to within 1/2 LSB
of 8 bits in 4.2
large unlimited current surges will occur through the
de-
/us, and within 1/2 LSB of 12 bits in 4.8
/xs for a 10 volt
con- vice that may result in device destruction.
step. In a standard inverting unity gain fast settling
figuration, the symmetrical slew rate is typically
2.1 As usual with most high frequency amplifiers, proper
volts/ ais. In the classic noninverting unity gain
configu- lead dress, component placement and PC board layout
ration the typical output positive slew rate is also
2.1 should be exercised for optimum frequency perfor-
volts//j,s, and the corresponding negative
slew rate will mance. For example, long unshielded input or output
usually exceed the positive slew rate as a function of the leads may result in unwanted input output coupling. In
fall time of the input waveform. order to preserve the relatively low input capacitance
The all NPN output stage, shown in its basic form on associated with these amplifiers, resistors connected to
input
the equivalent circuit schematic, offers unique advan- the inputs should be immediately adjacent to the
pin to minimize additional stray input capacitance.
This
tages over the more conventional NPN/PNP transistor optimum frequency
not only minimizes the input pole for
Class AB output stage. A 10 kft load resistance can typ-
ically swing within 0.8 volt of the positive rail (Vqc)
and response, but also minimizes extraneous "pick up" at this
negative rail (Vee)- providing a 28.4 Vp-p swing from 1 node. Supply decoupling with adequate capacitance
volt supplies. This large output swing becomes most no- immediately adjacent to the supply pin is also important,
particularly over temperature, since many types of
ticeable at lower supply voltages.
decoupling capacitors exhibit great impedance changes
The positive swing is limited by the saturation voltage
of the current source transistor Q7, the Vbe f the
NPN over temperature.
pull up transistor Q17, and the voltage drop associated The output of any one amplifier is current limited and
with the short circuit resistance, R5. For sink currents less thus protected from a direct short to ground. However,
than 0.4 mA, the negative swing is limited by the satu- under such conditions, it is important not to allow the
device to exceed the maximum junction temperature
rat-
ration voltage of the pull-down transistor Q15, and the
ing. Typically for 15 volt supplies, any
one output can
voltage drop across R4 and R5. For small valued sink
be shorted continuously to ground without exceeding the
currents, the above voltage drops are negligible, allowing
the negative swing voltage to approach within millivolts maximum temperature rating.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-275
MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174

FIGURE 9 AC COUPLED NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER FIGURE 10 AC COUPLED INVERTING AMPLIFIER


WITH SINGLE +5.0 V SUPPLY
WITH SINGLE +5.0 V SUPPLY

2.2 k 510 k v Cc
i
100 k? V 0- -3.8 Vp-p

-)l~

I
100
W*
k
1+\
i Cq T
1 rJ^urJ_>r- ^r , -ov

Ay = 101 Ay = 10
BW(-3.0dB) = 20 kHz BW (-3.0 dB) = 200 kHz "-

FIGURE 11 DC COUPLED INVERTING AMPLIFIER


MAXIMUM OUTPUT SWING WITH SINGLE FIGURE 12 OFFSET NULLING CIRCUIT
+ 5.0 V SUPPLY

vcc

6VEE

Offset Nulling range is approximately 80 mV


BW(-3.0dB) = 200 kHz with a 10 k potentiometer, MC33171/MC35171 only.

FIGURE 13 ACTIVE HIGH-Q NOTCH FILTER FIGURE 14 ACTIVE BANDPASS FILTER


Vj n * 0.2 Vdc

R . c R1
^
0.047
< R3
* 22 k
..
v in
16 k
OVWVWr
16 k
....

C
<> OV
ovw- 1.1 k

-\(r
c -ov
0.01 R2 0.047 VCC
5.6 k f = 30 kHz
Q = 10
2C ,
2R 2C . f = 1.0 kHz
1 6 0.4 Vcc H = 10
0.02' 32 k 0.02'
f __!_
_ Given fg = Center Frequency R1
R3
4ttRC 2 Ho 4Q2R1-R3
Aq = Gain at Center Frequency
Choose Value
Qo fo
f , Q, A , C R3 =-
-irfnC
Then
For less than 10% error from operational amplifier
Where f and GBW are expressed in Hz.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-276
MOTOROLA MC33178
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33179
TECHNICAL DATA

HIGH OUTPUT CURRENT


LOW POWER, LOW
NOISE
BIPOLAR OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS HIGH OUTPUT CURRENT
LOW POWER, LOW NOISE
The MC33178/9 series is a family of high quality monolithic OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
amplifiers employing Bipolar technology with innovative high
performance concepts for quality audio and data signal process-
ing applications. This device family incorporates the use of high
frequency PNP input transistors to produce amplifiers exhibiting
low input offset voltage, noise and distortion. In addition, the
amplifier provides high output current drive capability while con-
suming only 420 fxA of drain current per amplifier. The NPN output P SUFFIX
stage used, exhibits no deadband crossover distortion, large out- PLASTIC PACKAGE
put voltage swing, excellent phase and gain margins, low open- CASE 626
loop high frequency output impedance, symmetrical source and
sink ac frequency performance.
The MC33178/9 family offers both dual and quad amplifier ver- D SUFFIX
These devices PLASTIC PACKAGE
sions, tested over the vehicular temperature range.
CASE 751
are available in DIP and SOIC packages.
(SO-8)
600 ft Output Drive Capability
Large Output Voltage Swing PIN ASSIGNMENTS
Low Offset Voltage: 0.15 mV (Mean)
Low T.C. of Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 /*V/C Output 1 [T ]D v cc
T] Output 2
Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.0024% Inputs 1<U=
((a 1.0 kHz w/600ft Load) iputs 2
VEELT
High Gain Bandwidth: 5.0 MHz
High Slew Rate: 2.0 V//ns
(Dual, Top View

Dual Supply Operation: 2.0 V to 18 V

P SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646

D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751A
(SO-14)

PIN ASSIGNMENTS

Output 1 fTJ liJ Output 4

lnPUtS4
ORDERING INFORMATION 2}
Temperature TJJvee
Op Amp
Function
Fully
Compensated Range Package
Inputs 2
'> Inputs 3

Dual MC33178D SO-8 ~8~|


Output 2 [T Output 3
MC33178P Plastic DIP
- 40C to + 85C
Quad MC33179D SO-14 (Quad, Top View)
MC33179P Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-277
MC33178, MC33179
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Supply Voltage (V cc to V EF )
vs + 36 Volts
Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR (Note 1) Volts
Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1) Volts
Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2)
ts Indefinite Seconds
Maximum Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C
Storage Temperature Range T stq -60 to +150 C
Maximum Power Dissipation PD (Note 2) mW
DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A = 25C unless otherwise noted.)
Characteristics Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (R
s = 50 a, V C m = V, V = V) 2
(Vcc = +2.5 V, V EE = -2.5VtoV CC = +15V, V EE = -15
iviol mV
V)
TA = +25C
T A = -40C
- 0.15 3.0
to +85C
4.0
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 2 AV| /AT
(Rs = 50 a, Vcm = = mV/C
V, V V)
T A = -40C to +85C
2.0
Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vq = V) 3,4 'IB nA
T A = +25X
T A = -40C to +85C
- 100 500
600
Input Offset Current
(Vcm = V, Vq = V)
T A = +25C Ihol nA
TA = -40Cto + 85C
- 5.0 50
60
Common Mode Input Voltage Range 5 V|CR -13 -14 V
(AV|o = 5.0 mV, Vo = V)
+ 14 + 13
Large Signal Voltage Gain (V = - 10 V to + 10 = 600 a)
V, Ri_ 6, 7 A VOL V/V
T A = +25C
50 k 200 k
T A = -40C to +85C
25 k
Output Voltage Swing (V|d = 1.0 V)
8, 9, 10
(v Cc = + 15 V, v V
E e = -15V)
Rl = 300 a
V + + 12
Rl = 300 a -
v -12
Rl = 600 n
v + + 12 + 13.6
Rl = 600 a
v - -13 -12
Rl = 2.0 ka
v + + 13 + 14
Rl = 2.0 ka
v - - 13.8 -13
(V CC = +2.5 V, V EE = -2.5 V)
Rl = 600 a
v + 1.1 1.6
Rl = 600 a -
v -1.6 -1.1
Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = 13 V) 11 CMR 80 no dB
Power Supply Rejection
V C c/V EE = + 15 V/- 15 V, + 5.0V/-15V, +15V/-5.0V
12 PSR 80 110 - dB

Output Short Circuit Current (V| = Output to Ground)


D 1 .0 V, 13, 14 >SC mA
Source (Vcc = 2.5 V to 15 V)
Sink (V EE = -2.5 V to -15 V)
+ 50 + 80 -
-50 -100
Power Supply Current (Vq = V) 15
(V CC = 2.5 V, V EE = -2.5 V to V Cc = +15V, V EE = -15
'D mA
V)
MC33178(Dual)
TA = +25C
TA = -40Cto + 85C
- 1.4
1.6
MC33179 (Quad)
T A = +25C
1.7 2.4
TA = -40C to + 85C |

2.8 1

NOTFS-
1. Either or both input voltages should not
exceed Vfjc or Vgg
2 be C0nSid6red
' 6nSUre maXimUm
'

2ZJe^X2Z iUnCti n
*
emperatUre ,TJ is not e)<ceeded <Se -
power dissipation performance

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-278
n

MC33178, MC33179

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = + 15 v V EE = -15


-
V, T A = 25C unless otherwise noted.)

Characteristics

Slew Rate
(V in = -10 Vto + 10V, R L 2.0 kii, Cl = 100 pF, AV = +1-0V)
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz

AC Voltage Gain (R|_ = 600 11, V 20 kHz)

Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop) (R|_ = 600 11, Cl


Gain Margin (R|_ = 600 11, Cl
Phase Margin (Rl = 600 11, Cl
Channel Separation (f = 100 Hz to 20 kHz)

Power Bandwidth (Vq = 20 V p _ p Rl = 600 , 11, THD


Distortion (Rl 600 11, Vq = 2.0 V
(f = 1.0 kHz)

(f = 10 kHz)
(f = 20 kHz)
Open Loop Output Impedance
(Vq = V, f = 3.0 MHz, Ay

Differential Input Resistance (Vcm


Differential Input Capacitance (VcM = V)

Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs


f = 10 Hz
f = 1.0 kHz

Equivalent Input Noise Current


f = 10 Hz
f = 1.0 kHz

FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 2 INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus


TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE FOR 3 TYPICAL UNITS
versus

_ 2400 1

= + 15V
I I
VfjC
_
MC33178P/9P
r s = 10
o 2000
Vcm -
Unit 1

o? 1600
o MC3C 179D
Unit 2
cc

1200 Unit 3

2
5 800 MC3: 178D
X

3
<
4o

J=> o -55 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125


60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80+100+120 + 140+160 + 1
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, ("Cl

T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)


,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-279
MC33178, MC33179

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 4 INPUT BIAS CURRENT


versus COMMON MODE VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE
'

V,
5

z
140

120
\ >.

g= 10
13
O
<5 80
m ^~^
5 60 Vcc- + 15V
z = -15
a 40 Vee
Ta = 25C
V

20

10 -5.0 5.0 10
25 50 75
Vcm. COMMON MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C)

FIGURE 5 INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
RANGE versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE

+25 +50 +75


Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC) +25 +50 +75 +100
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)

FIGURE 7 VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE FIGURE 8 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus FREQUENCY versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

5 6 7 8 9 10
f, FREQUENCY (MHz)
v CO V EE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-280
MC33178, MC33179

FIGURE 9 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 OUTPUT VOLTAGE


versus LOAD CURRENT versus FREQUENCY

v
v,

uj 20
\
<
o 16

E
I
12
vE e = -ib\ /

RL = 600 n
>a
8.0
Av = +1.0 V
THD = =s1.0 %
4.0 u
A
==
2b U

1
1
Mill
10 k 100 k 1.0M
5.0 10 15
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
l

L , LOAD CURRENT (mA)

FIGURE 11 COMMON MODE REJECTION FIGURE 12 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION


versus FREQUENCY OVER TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY OVER TEMPERATURE

1.0 k 10 k
1.0 k 10 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 13 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT FIGURE 14 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE

1
I

Vr c _ + i5V
^Sink = -15V
VE E
/ Vll )
= 1.0V
R L < ion
/ Source
/

I
= + 1RV
/ Vc(-
vee 15V
/ V|D .0 V ^s^>
/
/ +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
-3.0 +3.0 +9.0
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C|
V , OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) ,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-281
MC33178, MC33179

FIGURE 15 SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY FIGURE 16 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE


VOLTAGE WITH NO LOAD
versus TEMPERATURE

1.10

3 VC c = + 15 V
Wl.05 EE = -15 V
< AVj n - ?n v
1 1.00
o
z
0.95
<

C/3

JnA\v-
L AV m Jt^T^o
"^\y
II
J 600ill =p100pF

"|
0.75 1
|
I

2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 -25 +25 +50 +75 + 100 +125
VCC IVeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

FIGURE 17 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT FIGURE 18 VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

'
25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 1.0M 10M
TA ,
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 19 VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE FIGURE 20 OPEN LOOP GAIN MARGIN
versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE

1.0M 10M
+25 +50 +75
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-282
u

MC33178, MC33179

FIGURE 21 PHASE MARGIN FIGURE 22


PHASE MARGIN AND GAIN MARGIN
versus TEMPERATURE versus DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE

CL = 10 pF _. c

.
"
= 100 pF
'
" . Gain Margin
C|_
V(X = +15V
vE e = -15 V
R T = R-l + R2
v = ov
^^ Cl = 300 pF'
TA = 25C

I
1
lilt
I II I

vrr = ..Phase Margin


' >
+ 15V
vee = -15V
wv P"X^,. -
HL = soon
-^n _w^\+^^ 1

R2 "
I
I III 1 ...
1.0 k 10 k
+25 +50 +75 +100
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) R-r, DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE (ill
Ta,

FIGURE 23 OPEN LOOP GAIN MARGIN AND PHASE FIGURE 24 CHANNEL SEPARATION
MARGIN versus OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE versus FREQUENCY

1bU

Drive Channel

Vcc =
140 +15V
vE e - - 15V -

RL = 600 a
ta = tt"U

mn
10 k
4
OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Cl,

FIGURE 25 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION FIGURE 26 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE


versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY

rri i r 1 1
in J
=
1U4-
III
EV C C= +16V V 2.0 V p -P:
=: iiilllll |
I I
I

_ ~
1)A V == 1.0 vcc = +15 V
-
\ = 600 n "
A V = +1 JOOTTT 400 "
2)AV --
= 10
" vE e= -15
3)A V == 100 - v = OV
4)A V == 1000 TA = 25C
|: Av = +1 )0f
I
\r
I
.

\-*' J*-*
|- AV 3
-i tU ^AV = + 1
1.0,

T
_a
*=*
s. ? 2, V /
I.

""" 1
.1. T ^ I

10 k 100 k 10M
1.0 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-283
MC33178, MC33179

FIGURE 27 INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE FIGURE 28 INPUT REFERRED NOISE CURRENT
versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY
~~rn i i i i min
i i 1 11
Input Noise Voltage Test Circuit
J

1.0 k 10 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 29 PERCENT OVERSHOOT versus FIGURE 30 NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER SLEW RATE


LOAD CAPACITANCE

100 1.0 k
t, TIME (2.0 /xs/DIV)
C|_, LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)

FIGURE 31 SMALL SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 32 LARGE SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE

t, TIME (2.0 ns/DIV)


t, TIME (5.0 ms/DIV)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-284
MC33178, MC33179

FIGURE 33 TELEPHONE LINE


INTERFACE CIRCUIT

10 k

From
Microphone >

OTip

ORing

APPLICATION INFORMATION
than one amplifier could easily exceed the junction tem-
This unique device uses a boosted output stage to
perature to the extent of causing permanent damage.
combine a high output current with a drain current
lower than similar bipolar input op amps. Its 60 phase
margin and 15 dB gain margin ensure stability with up
STABILITY
to 1000 pF of load capacitance (see Figure 23). The abil-
ity to drive a minimum 600 II load makes it particularly

suitable for telecom applications. Note that in the sam-


As usual with most high frequency amplifiers, proper
ple circuit in Figure 33 both A2 and A3 are driving equiv-
lead dress,component placement, and PC board layout
alent loads of approximately 600 11.
should be exercised for optimum frequency perfor-
The low input offset voltage and moderately high mance. For example, long unshielded input or output
leads may result in unwanted input/output coupling. In
slew rate and gain bandwidth product make it attractive
order to preserve the relatively low input capacitance
for a variety of other applications. For example,
associated with these amplifiers, resistors connected to
although it is not single supply (the common mode
the inputs should be immediately adjacent to the input
input range does not include ground), it is specified at
pin to minimize additional stray input capacitance. This
+ 5.0V with a typical common mode rejection of
not only minimizes the input pole frequency for opti-
110 dB. This makes it an excellent choice for use with
digital circuits. The high common mode rejection, which
mum frequency response, but also minimizes extra-
is stable over temperature, coupled with
a low noise neous "pick up" at this node. Supplying decoupling
with adequate capacitance immediately adjacent to the
figure and low distortion is an ideal op amp for audio
supply pin is also important, particularly over temper-
circuits.
op amp is current limited and
of the ature, since many types of decoupling capacitors exhibit
The output stage
great impedance changes over temperature.
therefore has a certain amount of protection in the event
current Additional stability problems can be caused by high
of a short circuit. However, because of its high
especially important not to allow the device load capacitances and/or a high source resistance. Sim-
output, it is

maximum junction temperature, partic- ple compensation schemes can be used to alleviate
to exceed the
ularly with the MC33179 (quad op amp). Shorting more these effects.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-285
MC33178, MC33179

If a high source resistance is used


(R1 > 1.0 kil), a For moderately high capacitive loads (500 pF < C[_ <
compensation capacitor equal to or greater than the 1500 pF) the addition of a compensation resistor on the
input capacitance of the op amp (10 pF) placed across
order of 20 11 between the output and the feedback loop
the feedback resistor (see Figure 34) can be used to will help to decrease miller loop oscillation (see Figure
neutralize that pole and prevent outer loop oscillation.
35). For high capacitive loads (C|_ > 1 500 pF) a combined
Since the closed loop transient response will be a func-
compensation scheme should be used (see Figure 36).
tion of that capacitance it is important to choose the
Both the compensation resistor and the compensation
optimum value for that capacitor. This can be deter- capacitor affect the transient response and can be cal-
mined by the following formula: culated for optimum performance. The value of Crj can
(1) C C = (1+[R1/R2])2.C L be calculated using formula (1 The formula to calculate
).
(Z /R 2 )
Rc is as follows:
where: Z is the output impedance of the op amp. (2) Rc R1/R2

FIGURE 34
COMPENSATION FOR FIGURE 35 COMPENSATION CIRCUIT
HIGH SOURCE IMPEDANCE FOR MODERATE CAPACITIVE LOADS

FIGURE 36 COMPENSATION CIRCUIT


FOR HIGH CAPACITIVE LOADS

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-286
A

MOTOROLA MC33272
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33274
TECHNICAL DATA

HIGH PERFORMANCE
OPERATIONAL
SINGLE SUPPLY, HIGH SLEW RATE AMPLIFIERS
LOW INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE, SILICON MONOLITHIC
BIPOLAR OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

The MC33272/4 series of monolithic operational amplifiers are


quality fabricated with innovative Bipolar design concepts. This
dual and quad operational amplifier series incorporates Bipolar MC33272
inputs along with a patented Zip-R-Trim element for input offset
voltage reduction. The MC33272/4 series of operational amplifiers
exhibits a low input offset voltage and high gain bandwidth prod-
8
uct. Dual-doublet frequency compensation is used to increase the
slew rate while maintaining low input noise characteristics. Its all P SUFFIX D SUFFIX
NPN output stage exhibits no deadband crossover distortion, PLASTIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
large output voltage swing, and an excellent phase and gain mar- CASE 626 CASE 751
gin. It also provides a low open-loop high frequency output (SO-8)
impedance with symmetrical source and sink AC frequency
performance. PIN ASSIGNMENTS
-40C to +85C and "VyT"
The MC33272/4 series is specified over is

available in the plastic DIP and SOIC surface mount packages (P Output 1 [i ~&\ VCc
and D suffixes).

Input Offset Voltage Trimmed to 100 fiM (Typ) 7| Output 2

Low Input Bias Current: 300 nA Inputs 1


I^tNI>
-j 1

nA
[?4x
Low Input Offset Current: 3.0
High Input Resistance: 16 Mfi
Low Noise: 18 nV/Vfii (5 1.0 kHz
VEE LI ^3
l<'2
f
Inputs 2

High Gain Bandwidth Product: 24 MHz (a 100 kHz (Dual, Top View)
High Slew Rate: 10 V/^s
Power Bandwidth: 160 kHz
MC33274
Excellent Frequency Stability
Unity Gain Stable: w/Capacitance Loads to 500 pF
Large Output Voltage Swing: +14.1 Ml- 14.6 V
Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.003%
Power Supply Drain Current: 2.15 mA per Amplifier
P SUFFIX D SUFFIX
Single or Split Supply Operation: + 3.0 V to +36Vor1.5V PLASTIC PACKAGE
PLASTIC PACKAGE
to 18 V CASE 646 CASE 751
(SO-14)

PIN ASSIGNMENTS
-w-
Output 1 [T T?l Output 4

ILX 3H
Inputs Inputs 4
1

!U U
ORDERING INFORMATION vcc LT v EE
33
Op Amp SpecifiedAmbient
Package To|
Function Device Temperature Range ;lt Inputs 3
Inputs 2

Dual
MC33272D SO-8 .LI H
MC33272P Plastic DIP Output 3
-40Cto +85C Output 2 [~r ~8~l

MC33274D SO-14
Quad (Quad, Top View)
MC33274P Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-287
MC33272, MC33274

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Supply Voltage
Vcc to V EE + 36 V
Input Differential Voltage Range V IDR (Note 1) V
Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1) V
Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2)
*S Indefinite Seconds
Maximum Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C
Storage Temperature T stg - 60 to + 1 50 C
Maximum Power Dissipation PD (Note 2) mW
1. Either or both input voltages should not exceed
Vcc or Vgg.
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not
exceeded (see Figure 2).

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC - +15 V. V EE - -15 V, T A = 25C unless otherwise noted)


Characteristic Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rs = lOfi, V
Cm = V, Vo V) |V|0l mV
(V Cc = +15 V, V = - 15 V)
EE
TA = +25C
1.0
TA = -40C to +85C
1.8
(Vcc = 5.0 V, V EE = 0)
TA = + 25C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV|Q/AT mV/C
RS = 10 q
Vcm - V, V = V, TA = -40C to +85C
Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) 4,5 nA
TA = +25C
650
TA = - 40C to + 85C
800
Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vq ov; liiol nA
T A = +25"C
T A = -40C to +85C
Common Mode Input Voltage Range (AV|o 5.0 mV, Vq = V) V|CR
Ta = +25C
VEE_to(V C c-1.8)
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vq = to 10 V, R|_ 2.0 kn) A VOL dB
T A = + 25C
TA = -40C to + 85C
Output Voltage Swing (V|D = 1.0 V)
8,9, 12
(Vcc = +15V, V EE = -15 V)
RL = 2.0 kn V + 13.4 13.9
RL = 2.0 kn v - -13.9 -13.5
R|_ = 10 kO
V + 13.4 14
R|_ = 10 kn -
v -14.7 -14.1
(V C c = 5.0 V, V EE = V)
RL = 2.0 kn 10, 11 VOH 0.2
Rl = 2.o kn
vol 3.7 5.0
Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = +13.2 V to -15 V) 13 dB
Power Supply Rejection
14,15 dB
Vcc/y_EE = +15 V/- 15 V, +5.0V/-15V, +15V/-5.0V
Output Short Circuit Current (V|q 1.0 V, Output to Ground)
Source
sc mA
+ 25 + 37
Sink
-25 -37
Power Supply Current Per Amplifier (Vo = V)
'CC mA
i^CC = +15V, V EE = -15 V)
TA = + 25C
2.75
T A = -40Cto +85C
3.0
(V Cc = 5.0 V. V EE = V)
_T A = + 25C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-288
MC33272, MC33274

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = + 15V,V EE = -15 V, T A = 25C unless otherwise noted)

Characteristic Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

Slew Rate 18,33 SR V//us

(V in = -10 V to +10V, R|_ = 2.0 kO, Cl = 100 pF, Ay = +1.0) 8.0 10


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) 19 GBW 17 24 MHz

AC Voltage Gain (R|_ = 2.0 kn, Vrj = V, f = 20 kHz) 20,21,22 AVO - 65 dB

Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop) fu - 5.5 MHz

Gain Margin (R|_ = 2.0 Ml, Cl = pF) 23, 24, 26 Am - 12 dB

Phase Margin (Rl = 2.0 kn, C[_ = pF) 23, 25, 26 4>m
- 55 Deg

Channel Separation (f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz) 27 CS - -120 dB

Power Bandwidth (V = 20 V p p R L =
. , 2.0 kn, THD 1.0%) BWp - 160 kHz

Harmonic Distortion 28 THD %


Total
<R L = 2.0 ktt, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, Vo = 3.0 V rms AV = +1.0)
,
0.003
Open-Loop Output Impedance (Vo = V, f = 6.0 MHz) 29 izol
- 35 n
Differential Input Resistance (Vcm = V) R|N - 16 Mn
Differential Input Capacitance (Vcm = V) C|N - 3.0 pF

Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs = 100 n, f = 1.0 kHz) 30 en - 18 nV/VRz

Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) I


31 in
J
0.5 ]
pA/VHz

FIGURE 1 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(EACH AMPLIFIER)

OV Cc

O VoUT

v EE o

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-289
MC33272, MC33274

FIGURE 2 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 3 INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE
versus TEMPERATURE FOR TYPICAL UNITS

^ 2400
_E

o
a.
2000
O VIC3327 p&iv C3327 4P
V CC
Vee
= +15 V
= -15 V
"

<2 1600
a
QC
s^M :3327 D - 1
_r^=
o 1200
2
2_
r 1

- V| > (a 25C

- V| = (a 25C
Q-3.0
3 - V|o < (a 25C

-40-20 +20+40+60+80+100 + 120 + 140 + 160+18 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

FIGURE 4 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 5 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE
COMMON MODE VOLTAGE

-vcc =
-V EE = -15V
_V C M = OV
250
z:
z>

<
- 150
n
Vcc= +15V
-. 100
GO
TA = 25C
50

-16 -8.0 -4.0 +4.0 +8.0 +12 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
Vcm, COMMON MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTSI
TA ,
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 6 INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 7 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE

\
vC c - +isv
V EE = -15 V
RL = 2.0 Ml
f= 10 Hz
AV = -10 V to + 10V
1 I

+25 +50 +75 +100 +125 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)
TA ,
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-290
MC33272, MC33274

FIGURE 8 SPLIT SUPPLY OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 9 SPLIT SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE versus LOAD CURRENT

40

TA = ^
>t
30
RL = 10 k$2^
< RL = 2 oka
> 20

o
>6 10

15 5.0 10 15 20
5.0 10

V EE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)


l
L , LOAD CURRENT mA)(

VCD

FIGURE 10 SINGLE SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION FIGURE 11 SINGLE SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION
VOLTAGE versus LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND VOLTAGE versus LOAD RESISTANCE TO V CC

1.0M 100 1.0 k 10 k


1.0 k 10 k 100 k

RL , LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND (kfl) RL , LOAD RESISTANCE TO Vcc (HI

OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 13 COMMON MODE REJECTION


FIGURE 12 versus FREQUENCY

I
V

\
\
\
V
\>
|

v cc = + 15V V
vEe = - 15V \
R L = 2.0 kfi

AV = + .0

THD = s 1.0%
TA = 26 c

mm mi _ I

1.0 k 10 k
100 k 1.1

f, FREQUENCY |Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-291
MC33272, MC33274

FIGURE 14 POSITIVE POWER SUPPLY REJECTION FIGURE 15 NEGATIVE POWER SUPPLY REJECTION
versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY

120

Hill AVcc = h- 1.5 V


m Vcc= +15V
VEE = -15 V "
o
o
^ 80

si 60 - _ ^vcc
ID
J I III lA = 125T

o
v o/a dm\
S 20 ^-PSR = 20Log (- ~*
avee /
i

I llllllll I Ilium llll


1.0 k 10 k 1.0 k 10 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz;
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 16 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 17 SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
I I

Vcc = + 15 V 1

VEf = -15 V TA - +1JRT


V|[) = rt 1.0 V
.^
< 100 n
Sink
TA = +25C

Source
TA = -55C

Source

1
+25 +50 +75 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)
v CC.|VeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 18 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE FIGURE 19 GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT


versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE

i i

V(T = +15V
VE e = - 15 V
<M

R = 2.0 kfi

c = 0pF
in

'0

n
+25 +50 +75 -25 +25 +50 +75 + 100 +125
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, |C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-292
-

MC33272, MC33274

FIGURE 20 VOLTAGE GAIN & PHASE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 21 GAIN AND PHASE versus FREQUENCY
+ 25 80 + 25

+ 20 100 + 20
\Ga in
+ 15 120- + 15
~ Kr. "'N. 1A
+ 10 Ta
'

+10 Pha e
140 ^
(D
"
= p
Cl
+ 5.0 III 160 S o
<+5.0
2A\
180 < u
<
-5.0 200
V(X= + 15V
d-5.o
>
-10 Vee - - is v
220 ^ >-10
-15 RL = 2.0 kn 240 <a -15 .2A- Phase Vcc = 1-5 V, Vee = " 5V 1 -
.._2B^
TA = 25 C
1B- Gain Vcc = 18 V, Vee = -18 V
-20 \ \ 260 -20
2B- Gair vcc = i.6v, v E e -1.5 V
-25 i i i ii i i i

1.0M 10M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 22 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN & PHASE FIGURE 23 OPEN-LOOP GAIN MARGIN AND PHASE
versus FREQUENCY MARGIN versus OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE
+ 2\) 100
lllllll
120
DO Gain Margin

z +10 140
g
< ^^-v^lA
160
| Vcc + 1 5V
D 2A = -i5V
180 s vE e
S
O Vcc = +15V to Vo = ov
v E e = ~ 15V 200 <
8-10
z
V O ut = 0V
TA = 25C

1A- Phase (Rl =


^""*"^^r 1B
220

240
|
x
Vin

$>TT2.0 kJ 1
v

2.0 kn)
\.2B " ^ I
2A- Phase |R L = 2.0knC|_ = 30C 260
1B Gain L
= 2.0 kO)
(R
v \S J 2.0

'2B-G sin (R|_ = 2.0 kll, 1>L = 3 00 bF) "ph sse Ma rgin
-30 \ L_ 1 1 II

8.0 10 10 100

Cl, OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)


f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 24 OPEN-LOOP GAIN MARGIN FIGURE 25 PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE


versus TEMPERATURE

1 CL = 10 pF
r
L
- MpF "

C| == 100 pF

CL = 100 pF
"
CL -= 300 pF
--j
i

-
Cl = 300 pf^
Cl = 500 pF

Cl - 500 df
~~~-

Vcc = + 15V vcc = + 15V


VEE = -15V V EE = -15V

+25 +50 +75 +100 +125 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
TA , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C| Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-293
,

MC33272, MC33274

FIGURE 26
PHASE MARGIN AND GAIN MARGIN versus
DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 27 CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY
160 1 Ml TTTT
II 1'urive Channel

S ~^> I V CC +15\ ==
150
V
'

=
Vff -15V =

v
= 2.0 Id!
RL
N
"f
AVod = 20 V p-p
25C
,.

\X
\~

II

10 100 10 k
1,0 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Rj, DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE (H)

FIGURE 28 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION FIGURE 29 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY


versus FREQUENCY

i
Ay = + 1000 : = vcc = +15V

Ay = + 100 v = ov
ta = 25 c
|
H~==
J
. Ay = + 10 :
1

f Ay = 100
]/
Ay = 100/
;Ay = +1,0
T .1 Ay = 1l / Ay = 1.0
7 ftj vn = 2.0 vD .
D
"

VC c = + 15 V
TA = 2 C VEE = -15 V
|
1 1 HI. i i i u..
1.0 k
100 k 1.0M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 30 INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE FIGURE 31 INPUT REFERRED NOISE CURRENT
versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY

1 1 1 nun 1 1 III

Rs
^>p v

1 Wv '

1
iX IR<; = 10 Mi)

III

VEE = - 15 V
TA = 2 5C
1 it mi III |

1.0 k
1.0 k
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
FREQUENCY
f, (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-294
MC33272, MC33274

FIGURE 32 PERCENT OVERSHOOT versus


LOAD CAPACITANCE

V EE = -15 V
RL = 2.0 k$2

TA = 25C

100

Cl, LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)

FIGURE 33 NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER SLEW RATE FIGURE 34 NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER OVERSHOOT


FOR THE MC33274 FOR THE MC33274

t, TIME (2.0/xs/DIV) t, TIME (2.0 ns/DIV)

FIGURE 35 SMALL SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 36 LARGE SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE
FOR MC33274 FOR MC33274

t, TIME (2.0 /iS/'DIV)


t, TIME (1.0 /is/DIV)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-295
MOTOROLA MC33282
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC33284

Product Preview
JFET
OPERATIONAL
LOW INPUT OFFSET, HIGH SLEW RATE, AMPLIFIERS
WIDE BANDWIDTH, JFET INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The MC33282,4 series of monolithic operational amplifiers are
quality fabricated with innovative Bipolar and JFET design con-
cepts. This dual and quad operational amplifier series incorpo-
rates JFET inputs along with a patented Zip-R-Trim element for
input offset voltage reduction. The MC33282,4 series of opera-
MC33282
tional amplifiers exhibits low input offset voltage, low input bias
current, high gain bandwidth and high slew rate. Dual-doublet
P SUFFIX
frequency compensation is incorporated to produce high quality
PLASTIC PACKAGE
phase/gain performance. In addition, the MC33282,4 series CASE 626
exhibits moderately low input noise characteristics for JFET input
amplifiers. It's all NPN output stage exhibits no deadband cross-
over distortion, large output voltage swing, excellent phase and
gain margin, low open-loop high frequency output impedance D SUFFIX
with symmetrical source and sink AC frequency performance. PLASTIC PACKAGE
The MC33282,4 series is specified over -40C to +85C and is CASE 751
available in the plastic DIP and SOIC surface mount packages (P (SOP-8)
and D suffixes).
Low Input Offset Voltage: 200 /uV
Low Input Bias Current: 30 pA 3 V(X
Low Input Offset Current: 6.0 pA f r-U Output 2

High Input Resistance: 10 12 n


K^J_J Inputs 2
Low Noise: 18 nV/VHz @ 1.0 kHz
High Gain Bandwidth Product: 30 MHz @ 100 kHz (Dual, Top View)
High Slew Rate: 15 V//us

Power Bandwidth: 175 kHz


Excellent Frequency Stability MC33284
Unity Gain Stable: w/Capacitance Loads to 300 pF
Large Output Voltage Swing: +14.1 V/- 14.6 V P SUFFIX
Low PLASTIC PACKAGE
Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.003%
CASE 646
Power Supply Drain Current: 2.15 mA per Amplifier
Dual Supply Operation: 2.5 V to 18 V (Max)
D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751A
(SO-14)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Op Amp Specified Ambient
Function Device Temperature Range Package

Dual
MC33282D SO-8
MC33282P Plastic DIP
-40C to +85C
MC33284D SO-14
Quad
MC33284P Plastic DIP

This document contains information on a product under development. Motorola reserves the right (Quad, Top View)
to change or discontinue this product without notice.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-296
MC33282, MC33284

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Supply Voltage (Vqc to Vgg) vs + 36 V


Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR (Note 1) V
Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1) V
Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) *s Indefinite Seconds

Maximum Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C

Storage Temperature T stg -60 to +150 C

Maximum Power Dissipation PD (Note 2) mW


NOTES:
1. Either or both input voltages should not exceed Vcc or V EE-
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not

exceeded.
3. Vcc and Vee power supply rejection measured separately using 10 V power supply delta.

FIGURE 1 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER)

t t-O v cc

-OV EE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-297
MC33282, MC33284

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, TA = 25C unless otherwise noted)


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rs 10 a, Vcm = V, V = V) iviol
TA = +25C
0.2 2.0
T A = -40Cto +85C
4.0
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV|q/AT AiV/C
R S = io a
Vcm = 0V, Vq = QV,Ta = T, ow to Thign 5.0
Input Bias Current
(Vcm :
V, Vq = V) IB
TA = + 25C -200 30 200 PA
TA = -40Cto +85C -2.0 2.0 nA
Input Offset Current (Vcm V, Vq = V) lllOl
TA = + 25C -100 6.0 100 PA
TA = -40C to +85C -1.0 1.0 nA
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR -12
(AVjo = 5.0 mV, V = V) + 14 + 11
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo :10 V, Rl = 2.0 Ml) A VOL
T A = + 25C
200
T A = -40Cto +85C
Output Voltage Swing (V|rj = 1.0 V)
RL = 2.0 Ml V + 13.2 13.7
Rl = 2.o kn v - -13.9 -13.2
Rl = 10 Ml V + 13.7 14.1
Rl = 10 Ml v - -14.6 -14.3
Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = 11 V) CMR 70 95
Power Supply Rejection (Note 3) PSR
V CC/VEE = +15V/-15Vto +5.0V/-5.0V
105
Output Short Circuit Current (V|q 1.0 V, Output to Ground) !SC mA
Source
21
Sink -27 -15
Power Supply Current (Vo V, Per Amplifier)
T A = + 25C
2.15 2.75
T A = - 40C to + 85C
3.0
NOTE:
3. Vqc and Vg power supply rejection measured separately using 10 V power supply delta.

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, TA = 25C unless otherwise noted


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Slew Rate (V in = -10 V to +10 V, Rl = 2.0 Ml, Cl = 100 pF, SR 8.0 15 - V/jUS
Ay = +1.0)
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) GBW 20 30 MHz
AC Voltage Gain (R L = 2.0 Ml, Vo = V, f = 20 kHz) AVO 1750 V/V
Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop)
fu 5.5 MHz
Gain Margin (Rl = 2.0 Ml, Cl = pF) Am 8.0 dB
Phase Margin (Rl = 2.0 Ml, Cl = pF)
0m 50 _ Deg
Channel Separation (f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz) CS -120 dB
Power Bandwidth (Vo = 27 V . R L =
P D , 2.0 Ml, THD =s 1.0%) BWp 175 kHz
Total Harmonic Distortion THD %
(RL = 2.0 Ml, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, V = 3.0 V rms A V = +1.0)
,
0.003
Open-Loop Output Impedance (Vo = V, f = 9.0 MHz) izol
37 _ n
Differential Input Resistance (VqM = V) R(N 1012 Mi
Differential Input Capacitance (Vcm = V) C|N 5.0 pF
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs = 100 fl, f = 1.0 kHz) en 18 nV/VHI
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) in - 0.01 - pA/VHz

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-298
MOTOROLA MC34001, MC35001
SEMICONDUCTOR MC34002, MC35002
TECHNICAL DATA MC34004, MC35004

JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS JFET INPUT


These low cost JFET Input operational amplifiers combine two
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic inte-
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
grated circuit. Each internally compensated operational amplifier
has well matched high voltage JFET input devices for low input
offset voltage. The BIFET technology provides wide bandwidths
G SUFFIX MC34001, MC35001
and fast slew rates with low input bias currents, input offset cur- METAL PACKAGE (Top View)
rents, and supply currents. CASE 601 NC
The Motorola BIFET family offers single, dual and quad oper- Offset
ational amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the industry stan-
dard MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar devices. Output
The MC35001/35002/35004 series are specified over the military
operating temperature range of -55C to +125C and the
MC34001/34002/34004 series are specified from 0C to +70C.
Input Offset Voltage Options of 5.0 and 10 mV Maximum MC34002, MC35002
(Top View)
Low 40 pA
Input Bias Current
VCC
Low Input Offset Current 10 pA
Output A Output B
Wide Gain Bandwidth 4.0 MHz
High Slew Rate 13 V//as

Low Supply Current 1.4 mA per Amplifier


High Input Impedance 10 12 ft

High Common-Mode and Supply Voltage Rejection Ratios 100 dB


Industry Standard Pinouts

ORDERING INFORMATION
Op Amp Temperature
Function Device Range Package P SUFFIX U SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
MC34001 BD, D SO-8 CASE 626 CASE 693
MC34001BG, G Metal Can
Oto +70C D SUFFIX
MC34001BP, P Plastic DIP
PLASTIC PACKAGE
Single
MC34001BU, U Ceramic DIP CASE 751
(SO-8)
MC35001 BG, G Metal Can
-55 to + 125C
MC35001BU, U Ceramic DIP 3nc
MC34002BD, D SO-8 3v cc MC34001,
3 Output MC35001
MC34002BG, G Metal Can 3 Offset Null (Top View)
to + 70C
MC34002BP, P Plastic DIP
Dual
MC340Q2BU, U Ceramic DIP
!30utputB MC34002,
MC35002BG, G Metal Can 71) MC35002
-55 to +125C r;>lnputs B .,. ... ,
T|f (Top View)
MC35002BU, U Ceramic DIP
MC34004BL, L Ceramic DIP
to + 70C
Quad MC34004BP, P Plastic DIP
Outl[J_ 1 i
3out4
MC35004BL, L -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP
lnputs1
^il>r W^ lnputs4

v C cE 3v EE
,nputs2
E S^i ^C 3 ,nputs3

L SUFFIX P SUFFIX Out2(T 1 I


T)Out3
CERAMIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 632 CASE 646 MC34004, MC35004 (Top View)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-299
MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004

MAXIMUM RATINGS
MC35001 MC34001
MC35002 MC34002
Rating Symbol MC35004 MC34004 Unit
Supply Voltage v Cc + 22 + 18 V
VEE -22 -18
Differential Input Voltage (Note 1) V|D 40 30 V
Input Voltage Range V IDR 20 16 V
Output Short-Circuit Duration ts Continuous
Operating Ambient TA -55 to +125 to + 70 c
Temperature Range
Operating Junction Temperature Tj c
Metal and Ceramic Packages 150 150
Plastic Packages 150
Storage Temperature Range T stg c
Metal and Ceramic Packages -65 to +150 -65 to +150
Plastic Packages -55 to +125
NOTE:
(1) Unless otherwise specified, the absolute maximum negative input
voltageis equal to the negative power supply.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, TA = 25C unless otherwis e noted


MC35001/35002/35004 MC34001/34002/34004
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rs 10 k) VlO mV
MC3500XB, MC3400XB - 3.0 5.0 - 3.0 5.0
MC3500X, MC3400X 5.0 10 5.0 10
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage
AV t0/AT 10 - - 10 - nvrc
RS 10 k, TA = T| ow to T njgh (Note 2)
Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 3) ho PA
MC3500XB, MC3400XB - 10 50 - 25 100
MC3500X, MC3400X 25 100 25 100
Input Bias Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 3) 'IB PA
MC3500XB, MC3400XB - 40 100 - 50 200
MC3500X, MC3400X 50 200 50 200
Input Resistance
n
1012 1012 a
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR 11 + 15 - 11 + 15 - V
-12 -12
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vq = 10 R L = 2.0
V, k) AVOL V/mV
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 50 150 - 50 150 -
MC3500X, MC3400X 25 100 25 100
Output Voltage Swing vo V
(R[_ * 10 k)
12 14 - 12 14 -
(RL * 2.0 k)
10 13 10 13
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs =s 10 k) CMRR dB
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 80 100 - 80 100 -
MC3500X, MC3400X 70 100
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs 10 k) (Note 4) PSRR dB
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 80 100 - 80 100 -
MC3500X, MC3400X 70 100 70 100
Supply Current (Each Amplifier)
'D
- mA
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 1.4 2.5 - 1.4 2.5
MC3500X, MC3400X 1.4 2.7 1.4 2.7
Slew Rate (Av = 1.0) SR 13 13 V/yas
Gain-Bandwidth Product GBW 4.0 4.0 MHz
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en 25 25 - nV/VHz
(RS = 100 n, f = 1000 Hz)
Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1000 Hz) in
- 0.01 - - 0.01 - pA/VRz

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-300
MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = + 15 V, V EE = -15V.T* = T| ow t Thij h [Note 2]).

MC35001/35002/35004 MC34001/34002/34004

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage (Rs 10 k) VlO mV


MC3500XB, MC3400XB - - 7.0 - - 7.0
C3500X, MC3400X 14 13

Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 3) ho nA


MC3500XB, MC3400XB - - 40 - - 4.0
MC3500X, MC3400X 40 4.0

Input Bias Current (Vqm = 0) (Note 3) IB nA


MC3500XB, MC3400XB - - 50 - - 8.0
MC3500X, MC3400X 50 8.0

Common Mode Input Voltage Range V|CR 11 - 11 - - V


Large Signal (Vo = 10 V, R|_ = 2.0 k) AVOL V/mV
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 25 - - 25 - -
MC3500X, MC3400X 15 15

Output Voltage Swing v V


(R|_s= 10 k) 12 - - 12 - -
(RL s= 2.0 k) j
10 10
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs =s 10 k) CMRR dB
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 80 - - 80 - -
MC3500X, MC3400X 70 70

Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs 10 k) (Note 4) PSRR dB


MC3500XB, MC3400XB 80 - - 80 - -
MC3500X, MC3400X 70 70

Supply Current (Each Amplifier) ID mA


MC3500XB, MC3400XB - - 2.8 - - 2.8
MC3500X, MC3400X 3.0 3.0

(2)T| 0W = -55CforMC35001/35001B (3) The input bias currents approximately double for every 10C rise in
MC35002/35002B junction temperature, Tj. Due to limited test time, the input bias
MC35004/35004B currents are correlated to junction temperature. Use of a heatsink is

= 0C for MC34001/34001B recommended if input bias current is to be kept to a minimum.


MC34002/34002B (4) Supply voltage rejection ratio is measured for both supply magni-
MC34004/34004B tudes increasing or decreasing simultaneously, in accordance with
Thigh = +126Cfor MC35001/35001B common practice.
MC35002/35002B
MC35004/35004B
= +70Cfor MC34001/34001B
MC34002/34002B
MC34004/34004B

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-301
MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

FIGURE 1 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 2 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

-75-50-25 25 50 75 100 125 10 k 100 k


TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO
,
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 3 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 4 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
40

Rl == 2.0 k
...

in 'A = 25C

ID
I
TA = 25C 30
5
00
->n

<
20
o
=*
10
ID

o
50
>o

0-2 0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 4.0 7.0 10 5.0 10 15


RL ,
LOAD RESISTANCE (km
VCC^EE. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 6 SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER


versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE

Vcc/Vee = te v
-5. 35 V CC;/V EE =
=
s s\
~ 30
10 k

I 25
~
S 20
N^ 2.0 k

o
O-

6
=-
5.0
0.2

-25 25 50 75 -25 25 50 75 100 125


TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)
,
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
TO

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-302
MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004

FIGURE 7 LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN AND FIGURE 8 LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN


PHASE SHIFT versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE
^=lF=4\=\
1000
= VCC'VEE = 15V
= zt 10 v

VC(;/Vee = 15V R| = 2.0 k

Z 10 6
<*

gl 5
Ta = 25C ^^^
o
4 0
t
5 1

CL.

^.103
.Gain

=
o
Phase Shift \ \\ ^
H
101

1.0 k

f,
10 k

FREQUENCY
A 100 k
(Hz)
-25
Ta,
25
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
50
|C)
75

FIGURE 9 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE FIGURE 10 EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

1.15 . Vrr./Vff - 15 VdcLl.


60
AV = 10 I

1.10 i

Rs = ioo n ]__[
< 50
= 25C
g 1.05 I
!

40 oil 1

100
g J !

30
<0.95 __| !
i

20
0.90

10
0.85 !

I
i

I ! I
. , i
ilil s i I

-25 25 50 75 100 0.5 1.0 5.0 10

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIGURE 11 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION


versus FREQUENCY
1.0 =p~ t
~TT
0.5

"AV = l.U

:Vfi =
0.1 6.0 V (RMS)-
-T A = 25C

0.01 ==
0.005

001

1.0 5.0
f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-303
MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(Each Amplifier)

Output

-o Vcc

Inputs

Offset
Null
(MC34001,^ 15k
MC35001
only) -^V EE
Bias Circuitry
Common to All
'

Amplifiers

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 12 OUTPUT CURRENT TO VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION


FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER
Settling time to within 1/2 LSB (19.5 mV) is approximately 4.0
ims from the time all bits are switched.

The value of C may be selected to minimize overshoot and ring-


ing (C = 68 pF).

Theoretical Vo
V = ^! (R , f*l +
+ + A4 A6 ABl
R1 L 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 J
Adjust V re f, R1 or Rq so that Vo with all digital inputs at high
Vq level is equal to 9.961 volts.

V re f = 2.0 Vdc
R1 = R2 = 1.0 kO
Rq = 5.0 kfi

vO =
1k
(5 M " +
[2
-:

4
+ - +
8
+++
16 32 64 128 256
56 J

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-304
MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004

FIGURE 13 POSITIVE PEAK DETECTOR

OV out

V|NO 1/2 MC34002

Reset 'Polycarbonate capacitor


D1 = Hi-speed, low-reverse leakage diode

FIGURE 14 LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER FIGURE 15 ISOLATING LARGE CAPACITIVE LOADS


+ 15 V R2 5.1 k

VRO

* Polycarbonate or
Polystyrene Capacitor Overshoot <10%
t s = 1 ^s
When driving large C|_, the V ou t slew r a' e is determined by Cl
Time (t) = R4 C^n (Vr/Vr-V|), R3 = R4, R5 = 0.1 R6
and ut(max) :

t = 0.693 R4C
l

If R1 = R2:

AVquj = leul = =
Design Example: 100 Second Timer <L_2
v/ 04 v/ (wlth c shown)
Vr = 10 v C = 1.0 /xF R3 = R4 = 144 M At Cl 0.5

R6 = 20 k R5 = 2.0 k R1 = R2 = 1.0 k

FIGURE 16 WIDE BW, LOW NOISE,


LOW DRIFT AMPLIFIER

240 kHz

Power BW: f max

Parasitic input capacitance (C1 = 3 pF plus any additional layout ca-


pacitance) interacts with feedback elements and creates undesirable
high-frequency pole. To compensate add C2 such that: R2C2 = R1C1.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-305
A

MOTOROLA MC34071,2,4
SEMICONDUCTOR MC35071,2,4
TECHNICAL DATA
HIGH SLEW RATE, WIDE BANDWIDTH,
MC33071,2,4
SINGLE SUPPLY OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
Quality bipolar fabrication with innovative design concepts are
employed for the MC3307 1/2/4, MC3407 1/2/4, MC35071/2/4 series HIGH PERFORMANCE
of monolithic operational amplifiers. This series of operational
amplifiers offer 4.5 MHz of gain bandwidth product, 13 V//us slew
SINGLE SUPPLY
rate and fast settling time without the use of JFET device tech- OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
nology. Although this series can be operated from split supplies,
it is particularly suited
SILICON MONOLITHIC
for single supply operation, since the com-
mon mode input voltage range includes ground potential (Vee). INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
With a Darlington input stage, this series exhibits high input resis-
tance, low input offset voltage and high gain. The all NPN output
stage, characterized by no deadband crossover distortion and
large output voltage swing, provides high capacitance drive capa-
bility, excellent phase and gain margins, low open-loop
high fre-
quency output impedance and symmetrical source/sink ac fre-
quency response. P SUFFIX U SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
The MC3307 1/2/4, MC34071/2/4, MC35071/2/4 series of devices
CASE 626 CASE 693
are available in standard or prime performance (A Suffix) grades
and are specified over the commercial, industrial/vehicular or mil- D SUFFIX
itary temperature ranges. The complete series of single, dual and ^fc, PLASTIC PACKAGE
quad operational amplifiers are available in the plastic, ceramic CASE 751
DIP and SOIC surface mount packages. (SO-8)

Wide Bandwidth: 4.5 MHz 3NC


High Slew Rate: 13 V//xs
Fast Settling Time: 1.1 ^ts to 0.1%
3V CC
Wide Single Supply Operation: 3.0 V to 44 V H Output
Wide Input Common Mode Voltage Range: Includes Ground 3 Offset Null
(Vee)
Low Input Offset Voltage: 3.0 mV Maximum (A Suffix) (Single, Top View)
Large Output Voltage Swing: - 14.7 V to + 14 V (with 15 V
Supplies)
Large Capacitance Drive Capability: to 10,000 pF
Low TotalHarmonic Distortion: 0.02%
Excellent Phase Margin: 60 Inputs 2
Excellent Gain Margin: 12 dB
Output Short Circuit Protection (Dual, Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Op Amp
Function Device Temperature Range Package
Single MC34071P, AP Plastic DIP
MC34071D, AD 0C to + 70C SO-8
MC34071U, AU Ceramic DIP P SUFFIX L SUFFIX
MC33071P, AP Plastic DIP PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
MC33071D, AD - 40C to + 85C SO-8 CASE 646 CASE 632
MC33071U, AU Ceramic DIP
MC35071U, AU -55Cto +125C Ceramic DIP D SUFFIX
Dual MC34072P, AP Plastic DIP PLASTIC PACKAGE
MC34072D, AD 0Cto +70C SO-8 CASE 751
MC34072U, AU Ceramic DIP (SO-14)
MC33072P, AP Plastic DIP
MC33072D, AD -40Cto +85C SO-8
MC33072U, AU Ceramic DIP
MC35072U, AU -55Cto +125C Ceramic DIP
Quad MC34074P, AP Plastic DIP
MC34074D, AD 0C to +70C SO-14
MC34074L, AL Ceramic DIP
MC33074P, AP Plastic DIP
MC33074D, AD - 40C to + 85C SO-14
MC33074L, AL Ceramic DIP
MC35074L, AL -55C to +125C Ceramic DIP (Quad, Top View)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-306
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Supply Voltage (from Vee t0 V CC' vs + 44 Volts

V|DR Note Volts


Input Differential Voltage Range 1

V|R Note 1 Volts


Input Voltage Range
Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Indefinite Seconds

Tj C
Operating Junction Temperature
Ceramic Package + 160
Plastic Package + 150
T stg C
Storage Temperature Range
Ceramic Package -65 to +160
Plastic Package
- 60 to + 1 50

NOTES:
1. Either or both input voltages should not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or V EE-
must be considered ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded (see Figure 1)
2. Power dissipation to

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER)

^-Wvrf-WV-t O Output
R8

VEE'Gnd

Offset Null
(MC33071, MC34071, MC35071 only)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-307
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC= + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R|_ = connected to ground unless otherwise noted.


See [Note 3] for T A :
T low t0 T high>
A Suffix Non-Suffix
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Min Typ Max
Input Offset Voltage (Rs
= 100 n, V CM = V, V = V) VlO
Vcc = + 15 V, V EE =- 15 V, TA = +25C 0.5 3.0 1.0 5.0
Vcc = + 5.0 V, V EE = V, TA = + 25C 0.5 3.0 1.5 5.0
VCC= +15V,V EE = -15V,TA = T| ow toT hiqh 5.0 7.0
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage AV| /AT 10 10 AtV/C
R S = 10n,V CM = Q V, V = V TA = T| 0W to T hiah
Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vo V)
TA = +25C
100 500 100 500
TA = T| 0W to T high
700 700
Input Offset Current (Vcm V, V = V)
ho nA
T A = +25C
6.0 50 6.0 75
TA = T| 0W to Thigh
300 300
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V ICR
T A = +25C
VEEto(V CC -1.8) V EE to(V CC -1.8)
T A = T| 0W to Thigh
VEEto(V C C-2.2) V EE to(V C c-2.2)
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = :10 V, R L = 2.0 kfl) A VOL V/mV
TA = + 25C 100 100
TA = T| 0W to Thjgh

Output Voltage Swing (V|rj = 1.0 V) VOH


Vcc = +5.0 V, V EE = V, R L = T A = +25C
2.0 kfl, 3.7 4.0 3.7 4.0
Vcc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, R L = 10
T A = +25C kft, 13.6 14 13.6 14
Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R L
= 2.0 kfl, T A = T| ow to T h gh i
13.4 13.4
Vcc = +5.0 V, V EE = V, R L = 2.0 kfl, TA = +25C vol 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.3
Vcc = +15V, V EE = -15 V, R L = 10 kfl, TA = + 25C -14.7 -14.3 -14.7 -14.3
VCC = +15V,V EE = -1 5 V, R L = 2. kfl, TA = T| ow to T h gh i
-13.5 -13.5
Output Short-Circuit Current (V|q 1.0 V, V = V, T A = 25C) 'SC
Source
Sink

Common Mode Rejection


97
R S = loo kn, v CM = Vicr, t a 25C
Power Supply Rejection (Rs = 100 fl) PSR 80 70 97 dB
^CC^EE = +16.5 V/- 16.5 V to + 13.5 V/- 13.5 V, TA 25C
Power Supply Current (Per Amplifier, No Load)
Vcc = +5.0 V, V EE = V, Vo = +2.5 V, TA = +25C 1.6 2.0 1.6 2.0
Vcc = +15V, V EE = -15 V, V = V, TA = +25C 1.9 2.5 1.9 2.5
VCC = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, Vp = V, TA = T| ow to T hiqh 2.8 2.8
NOTES: (continued)
3 T low = -55Cfor MC35071,2,4,/A
-
T high = +125Cfor MC35071,2,4,/A
= -40C for MC33071,2,4,/A = +85CforMC33071,2,4,/A
= 0C for MC34071.2A/A = +70Cfor MC34071,2,4,/A

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-308
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

= + 15 V EE = connected to ground, T^ = +25C unless


AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC V, - 15 V, R(_

otherwise noted)
A Suffix Non-Suffix

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

SR V//is
= -10 V +10 RL = C L = 500 pF)
Slew Rate (V in to V, 2.0 kft,
8.0 10 - 8.0 10 -
AV = +1.0
13 13
A V = -1.0
/U.S
Time (10 V Step, Av = -1.0) ts
-
Settling
To 0.1% + 1/2 LSB of 9-Bits)
(
- 1.1 - 1.1

2.2 2.2
To 0.01% + 1/2 LSB of 12-Bits)

(

Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) GBW 3.5 4.5 - 3.5 4.5 MHz

Power Bandwidth BW 200 200 kHz

AV = +1-0, R L = 2.0 kfl, V = 20 V D -p, THD = 5.0%


0m Deg
Phase Margin
- 60 - - 60 -
R L = 2.0 kft
= 300 pF 40 40
R L = 2.0 kft, C|_

Am dB
Gain Margin
R L = 2.0 kft
- 12 - - 12 -
4.0 4.0
R L = 2.0 kft, C[_ = 300 pF
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en 32 32 pA/
VHz
R S = 100 ft, f = 1.0 kHz

Equivalent Input Noise Current in


0.22 0.22 " pA/
VHz
f = 1.0 kHz

Differential Input Resistance R|N 150 150 Mft

V CM = V
Differential Input Capacitance C|N 2.5 2.5 " pF

V CM = V
Total Harmonic Distortion THD 0.02 0.02 " %
AV = + 10, R|_ = 2.0 kft, 2.0 V p. p *s V 20 V p .
p , f = 10 kHz

Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz) - 120 - - 120 dB

Open-Loop Output Impedance (f = 1.0 MHz) izol I


- 30 30 ft

FIGURE 1 POWER SUPPLY CONFIGURATIONS FIGURE 2 OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT

SINGLE SUPPLY SPLIT SUPPLIES


vcc
3.0 V to 44 V
Il

<|>vcc
V CC + v EEl 44 v
l

Vcc
o
o vcc
o ;2">- ~yi > o
o
o !3
">-- JT" o
0
o>
14
">--- V EE ]4 > o Av EE
6 vfe VEE
Offset nulling range 80 mV with a 10 k
is approximately
potentiometer (MC33071, MC34071, MC35071 only).

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-309
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 3 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION versus FIGURE 4 INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus
TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE TYPES TEMPERATURE FOR REPRESENTATIVE UNITS

2400
i

40 Vcc = + 15V
2000 = -15V
^8 & 14 Pin Ceramic Pkg. -__ VE E
-VC M =
1600 | |
20
8&14P n Plastic Pkg.
r-S n-i d Plm

1200
^S
S V*
800 0-( Fk
g.
^ 5; -^ s N 20

400
5j Xs s^.

*s
^ sV -40

55-40-20
55*
^
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 -25
5 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)
,

FIGURE 5 INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 NORMALIZED INPUT BIAS CURRENT
RANGE versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE
vcc 1 I 1 1 1
1.3
> VCC^EE = + 1.5 V/ - 1.5 V to + 22 V/ - 22 V

\
1

vcc vcc = + 15V


Vcc-0.8
1.2
V EE -
VCM =

1.1
Vcc -1.6

1.0

VCC "2.4
_ 0.9
-

Vee +0.01
0.8
V EE
oc -=-
vee
/ 0.7
-55 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 -55 -25 25 50 75 100 125
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 7 NORMALIZED INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 8 SPLIT SUPPLY OUTPUT VOLTAGE
INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE SWING versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
i i

vcc= + 15V I I I

= i5v - _ Rl Connected
vee
Ta = 25C
to Ground Ta = 25C
A
'/
S?

1.0 RL = 10 k
^ ''
Rl = 2.0 k

-
i

-8.0 -4.0 4.0 8.0 5.0 10 15 20

V|
C INPUT
, COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE (V) v CO|VeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-310
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

FIGURE 9 SPLIT SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION FIGURE 10 SINGLE SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION
versus LOAD CURRENT versus LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND

vcc
vcc vcc > _
) Vcc/vee = + 5.0V/ -5.0Vto+22V/ -22 V -"I'
vcc T A = 25C
Vcc-10
^ Vcc -2.0
l

VC C= +15V
Soi rce
RL = Gnd
Vcc -4.0 Ta = 25C
V CC -2.0
- Ml
"""
I I I I

+ 2.0 + 0.2
Vee

+ 1-0
Si pk + 0.1
Vee
G id
vff
> 1
vee
100 1.0K 10K 100K
5.0 10 15

R L LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND (ft)


l
L , LOAD CURRENT mA) |
,

FIGURE 11 SINGLE SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION versus FIGURE 12 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
LOAD RESISTANCE TO Vcc versus TEMPERATURE

V -vcc ~-
\

0.4 Sink

Z
9 -0.8 Source
< 1

+2.0
i
vcc = + 15V
Z3 .
\ 1RV -
VEE = -15V
Z3 R L to V Cc
R. + 1.0
TA = 25C
RL =s .m -

Gnd AV in == 1.0 V

\
-25 25 50 75 100 125
100 1.0K 10K

R L LOAD RESISTANCE TO V CC (Ol Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)


,

FIGURE 13 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 14 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus FREQUENCY
28 -- Mini
I

vcc = +15V I I T"\ V cc= + 15V


\
-Vee = - 15V
II
-a. 24 I

\ \l
EE
= -15 V
- v CM= o f > 1* = +1.0
\ V
= o '" o
v
Alo = 0.5 niA
z 20

1
L
"HD
= 2.0 k
1.0% "

-:== ""
o>
- TA uj
o 16 I

A
Htrr I

I o
x =HI II
12
..

/a Av = Av =
IN 1000 v = 100 / 10 1.0

8.0 \- ....
i

/
r
o 4- It" - \
mi
/ a 4.0
'"v
--[--
=b:_ .- mi o
10K 30K
I

100K 300K 1.0M 3.0M


10K 100K 1.0M 10M 3.0K

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-311
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

FIGURE 15 OUTPUT DISTORTION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 16 OUTPUT DISTORTION versus


OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING

i
I

Ay - 1000 vcc = +15V


vee = - 15 V
0.3 =
R| 2.0 k

Vcc = + 15 V AV = TA = 25C
Vee =
" 15 v 1000

0.2
Vo = 2.ov c D .

Rl = 2.0 k ~~
= 25C
AV = 100
AV == 100
1

, AV == 10
AV = 10

AV = 1.0

100
l
^fc=F
1.0K 10K 11 4.0 8.0 12 16
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
V , OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING (V . )
p p

FIGURE 17 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN versus FIGURE 18 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND
TEMPERATURE PHASE versus FREQUENCY

11?
Vcc= +15V
Vee = -15 V fin

v out = -10 V to +10 V -


.Gain

108 RL = 10 k
wi
\ Phase
f=sl0 Iz

104 40 Margin

Vcc= +15V = 60

vE e = -15 V
inn
?n -V out = 0V - \
RL = 2.0 k
=
\
96
-55 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125
TA 2 5C
\
100 1 ,0K 10K 100K 1.0M 10M 100M
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 19 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND FIGURE 20 NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH


PHASE versus FREQUENCY PRODUCT versus TEMPERATURE

Vcc = + 15V
Vee = -15 V
RL = 2.0 k

3.0 5.0 7.0 25 50 75 100 125


f, FREQUENCY (MHz) TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-312
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

FIGURE 21 PERCENT OVERSHOOT versus FIGURE 22 PHASE MARGIN versus

LOAD CAPACITANCE LOAD CAPACITANCE

70

= -15 V
vEe
I I I II

M
I

-^r^H
I

V EE
VCC = +15V
~ -15 V
_
R|_ = 2.0 k ^'
l Ay = +1.0

- Vo = -10 V to +10V
TA = 25C
1 2
o
50 -RL =
Vo = -10 V
2.0kto
to +10V
_ Ta = 25C
o
i

J CC
<
2
40

30
<
- 20
li

10

\ II

100 1.0K 101


10 100 1.0K 10K

Cl, LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)


C L LOAD CAPACITANCE
,
(pF)

FIGURE 23 GAIN MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE FIGURE 24 PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE
1

vcc = + 15V 1

= -15 V = 10 pF
_iV EE
Ay = + 1.0 ^^ Cl

__Cj=100"dTH
_ RL = 2. kto*
Iv = - 10 V to + 10 V

- TA = 2E c VCC = +15V
vee = -15V
AV = + 1.0

RL - 2.0kto=c

= vo = -10 V to +10V
*
w =Ji_
1,000 pF

Cl = 10,000 pF

25 50 75 100
i
100 1.0K 10

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)


C L LOAD CAPACITANCE
,
(pF)

FIGURE 26
PHASE MARGIN AND GAIN MARGIN versus
FIGURE 25 GAIN MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE

o^JS^Vo
V CC = +15V
vEe = -15 V
Rj = Ri + R2
Ay = + 100
Vo = 0V
T A = 25C

75 100 125 10 100 1.0K 10K 100K


-25 25 50
R T DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE (n)
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-313

MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

FIGURE 27 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE


versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 28 OUTPUT SETTLING TIME

o
1.15

1.1
vcc = + 15V
vE e= -15V
AV = + 1.0
in
10 mV,
1(lmU

^\'/ ^(ImM
^ ^ ^1
Vrr ~
vE e = -15
1

+ 1SU
1

RL = .Ok SjS Ay
< 05 *
=

1
= - '> TA 25C
CO ~W 00 pF
t

o
1 1

-I

Compensated
n
Uncompensated
cc
^^
g 0.95
GO
oc
50 ^ 1.0 mV
0.9 10 mV 1.0 mV
v
0.85 s
10
^
-25 25 50 75 100 125 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)


,
t
s, SETTLING TIME ( M s)

FIGURE 29 SMALL SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 30 LARGE SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE

VCC = + 15 V
vee = - 15 v
Ay = + 1.0

RL = 2.0 k

Cl = 300 pF
E TA = 25C

V li^H^W^P^Hff^HHri^^^^^^^^*'

2.0 ais/DIV
1.0/ns/DIV

FIGURE 31 COMMON MODE REJECTION FIGURE 32 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION


versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY
i 1
TA =
TA =
I

25C
J
- 125C
vcc = + 15 V

|
v E e = -15 V Vee = - 15 v
80
TA = - 55C V CM = 0V Ta = 25C
V
LM - O AV C c + PSR i

'\
60 A DM^>
N (AVcc= 1.5 VI

| o AV( N
Q
_ [ )

s
^ V CM of~] A> O AV
.
^ <Uv EE \ \
40

I -
+ PSR = 20L O
AV /A dm\ \ N
v
! I

g( avq
V c )

A\
?n
-CMR = 20Log(^xA DM
)
-PSR^ol^^ dm\ -psr\
I
I
V AVe E ) (AV EE = 1.5V)\\
I I
.

0.1 1.0 10 100 1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 10M 01 10 10 100 1.0K 10K TOOK 1.0M 10M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
FREQUENCY
f, (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-314
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 34 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION


FIGURE 33 versus TEMPERATURE
105
9.0
1 1

Ta = -55C
f 8.0

g 7.0
TA = >5C

1 60
TA = 125-C

t- 75
. i fig")
5.0
~ PSR = 20Log
/ avq/a D m \
AV EE
V )
|

4.0
25
-25 25 50 75
5.0 10 15 20
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)
V CC , |V
EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 35 CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 36 INPUT NOISE versus FREQUENCY

cc +
v EE= - 15V
TA = 25C \ >
s,
\ s

1.0K
30 50 70 100 200 300
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION/PERFORMANCE FEATURES OF THE MC34071 SERIES

Although the bandwidth, slew rate, and settling time shown by the maximum rating table. In practice,

amplifier series are similar to op amp although not recommended, the input voltages can
of the MC34071
products utilizing JFET input devices, these amplifiers
exceed the Vcc voltage by approximately 3.0 volts and
decrease below the Vee voltage by 0.3 volts without
offer other additional distinct advantages as a result of
PNP transistor differential input stage and an all NPN causing product damage, although output phase rever-
the
sal may occur. It is also possible to source up to approx-
transistor output stage.
Since the input common mode voltage range of this imately 5.0 mA of current from Vee through either
input's clamping diode without damage or latching,
input stage includes the Vee potential, single supply
operation is feasible to as low as 3.0 volts with the although phase reversal may again occur.
If one or both inputs exceed the
upper common mode
common mode input voltage at ground potential.
The input stage also allows differential input voltages voltage limit the amplifier output is readily predictable
up to 44 volts, provided the maximum input voltage and may be in a low or high state depending on the
range is not exceeded. Specifically, the input voltages existing input bias conditions.

must range between Vee and V CC supply voltages as

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-315
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

Since the input capacitance associated with the small ply voltage. For light load currents, the load resistance
geometry input device is substantially lower (2.5 pF) will pullthe output to Vcc during the positive swing
than the typical JFET input gate capacitance (5.0 pF), and the outputwill pull the load resistance near ground
better frequency response for a given input source resis- during the negative swing. The load resistance value
tance can be achieved using the MC34071 series of should be much less than that of the feedback resistance
amplifiers. This performance feature becomes evident, to maximize pull up capability.
for example, in fast settling D-to-A current to voltage Because the PNP output emitter-follower transistor
conversion applications where the feedback resistance has been eliminated, the MC34071 series offers a 20 mA
can form an input pole with the input capacitance of the minimum current sink capability, typically to an output
op amp. This input pole creates a 2nd order system with voltage of (Vee + 1-8 V). In single supply applications
the single pole op amp and is therefore detrimental to the output can directly source or sink base current from
its settling time. In this context, lower input
capacitance a common emitter NPN transistor for fast high current
is desirable especially for higher values
of feedback switching applications.
resistances (lower current DAC's). This input pole can In addition, the all NPN transistor output stage is
be compensated for by creating a feedback zero with a inherently fast, contributing to the bipolar amplifier's
capacitance across the feedback resistance, if neces- high gain bandwidth product and fast settling capability.
sary, to reduce overshoot. For 2.0 kH of feedback resis- The associated high frequency low output impedance
tance, the MC34071 series can settle to within 1/2 LSB (30 n typ @ 1.0 MHz) allows capacitive drive capability
of8bitsin 1.0 ^s, and within 1/2 LSB of 12 bits in 2.2 fis from to 10,000 pF without oscillation in the unity
for a 10 volt step. In a inverting unity gain fast settling closed loop gain configuration. The 60 phase margin
configuration, the symmetrical slew rate is 13 volts/ and 12 dB gain margin as well as the general gain and
MS. In the classic noninverting unity gain configuration phase characteristics are virtually independent of the
the output positive slew rate is +10 volts//xs, and the source/sink output swing conditions. This allows easier
corresponding negative slew rate will exceed the pos- system phase compensation, since output swing will
itive slew rate as a function of the fall time of the input not be a phase consideration. The high frequency char-
waveform. acteristics of the MC34071 series also allow excellent
Since the bipolar input device matching character- high frequency active filter capability, especially for low
isticsare superior to that of JFETs, a low untrimmed voltage single supply applications.
maximum offset voltage of 3.0 mV prime and 5.0 mV Although the single supply specification is defined at
downgrade can be economically offered with high fre-
quency performance characteristics. This combina-
5.0 volts, these amplifiers are functional to 3.0 volts
@
25C although slight changes in parametrics such as
tion is ideal for low cost precision, high speed quad bandwidth, slew rate, and dc gain may occur.
op amp applications. If power to this integrated circuit is applied in reverse
The all NPN output stage, shown in its basic form on polarity or the IC is installed backwards in a socket,
if
the equivalent circuit schematic, offers unique advan- large unlimited current surges will occur through the
tages over the more conventional NPN/PNP transistor device that may result in device destruction.
Class AB output stage. A 10 kH load resistance can
Special static precautions are not necessary for these
swing within 1.0 volt of the positive rail (Vcc). and
within 0.3 volts of the negative rail
bipolar amplifiers since there are no MOS
transistors
(Vee), providing a on the die.
28.7 Vp.p swing from 15 volt supplies. This large out- As usual with most high frequency amplifiers, proper
put swing becomes most noticable at lower supply lead dress,component placement, and PC board layout
voltages.
should be exercised for optimum frequency perfor-
The positive swing is limited by the saturation voltage mance. For example, long unshielded input or output
of the current source transistor Q7, and
Vbe of the NPN leads may result in unwanted input-output coupling. In
pull up transistor Q-|
7 and the voltage drop associated
,
order to preserve the relatively low input capacitance
with the short circuit resistance, R7. The negative swing
associated with these amplifiers, resistors connected to
is limited by the saturation voltage of the pull-down
the inputs should be immediately adjacent to the input
transistor Q-\q, the voltage drop Il r 6' and the voltage
pin to minimize additional stray input capacitance. This
drop associated with resistance R7, where l|_ is the sink not only minimizes the input pole for optimum fre-
load current. For small valued sink currents, the above
quency response, but also minimizes extraneous "pick
voltage drops are negligible, allowing the negative
up" at this node. Supply decoupling with adequate
swing voltage to approach within millivolts of Vee- For capacitance immediately adjacent to the supply pin is
large valued sink currents (>5.0 mA), diode D3 clamps
also important, particularly over temperature, since
the voltage across Rq, thus limiting the negative swing
many types of decoupling capacitors exhibit great
to the saturation voltage of
Qig, plus the forward diode impedance changes over temperature.
drop of D3 (=Vee + 1-0 V). Thus for a given supply The output of any one amplifier is current limited and
voltage, unprecedented peak-to-peak output voltage
thus protected from a direct short to ground. However,
swing is possible as indicated by the output swing under such conditions, it is important not to allow the
specifications.
device to exceed the maximum junction temperature
If the load resistance
is referenced to Vcc instead of rating. Typically for 15 volt supplies, any one output
ground for single supply applications, the maximum can be shorted continuously to ground without exceed-
possible output swing can be achieved for a given sup- ing the maximum temperature rating.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-316
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

TYPICAL SINGLE SUPPLY APPLICATIONS Vcc = 5.0 VOLTS

FIGURE 37 AC COUPLED NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER FIGURE 38 AC COUPLED INVERTING AMPLIFIER

vcc

5.1M vo
3.7 Vp.p

20 k Cjn
MC34071 C V
-)h
36.6 mVp.p

Vin 100 k
10K -
V in 370 mV p .
p
'

Rl

r
_L
k

BW(-3.0dB)
B
AV =
= 45 kHz
101

-r
AV = 10 BW (-3.0 dB) = 450 kHz

FIGURE 39 DC COUPLED INVERTING AMPLIFIER FIGURE 40 UNITY GAIN BUFFER TTL DRIVER
MAXIMUM OUTPUT SWING

o v cc
MC54/74XX

TTL Gate

AV = 10
Vin BW(-3.0dB) = 450 kHz

FIGURE 41 ACTIVE HIGH-Q NOTCH FILTER FIGURE 42 ACTIVE BANDPASS FILTER

Vin 3s 0.2 Vdc MC34071 . C :


R3
VO
0.047 2.2 k
MC34071
R R
Vin O- V\A< f WV f 1.1 k
"If"
<-OV
16 k
R2 0.047 vcc
c :

5.6 k ?
f = 30 kHz
0.01
Q = 10
6 0.4 VC c H = 1.0
f = 1.0 kHz Given = Center Frequency
f

32 k $ 2R
A = Gain at Center Frequency
_ Choose Value f Q, A C, ,
Q R1 R3
1
R3 = - R1 =

91 Mh
~ 4nRC Then -
irf C 4Q2R1-R3

2C 2C For less than 10% error from operational amplifier


0.02 0.02
2!o<0.1
GBW
Where f and GBW are expressed in Hz.
GBW = 4.5 MHz Typ.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-317
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

FIGURE 43 LOW VOLTAGE FAST D/A CONVERTER FIGURE 44 - HIGH SPEED LOW VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
A Vj,

2.0 V

MC34071
vo
5.0 k 5.0 k 5.0 k -O + * t

-W^ fvw
2.0 k Vo j

10k^ 10 k | 10k: RL I
Z1.0V !

|-*- 0.2 /is

Bit
I 1 Delay

Switches
(
[
V
J_
V
JL
%
J_ 1 25 V//is

(R-2R) Ladder Network


-i fc-

Settling Time Delay


1.0 /is (8 Bits, 1/2 LSB) 1.0 /is

FIGURE 45 LED DRIVER FIGURE 46 TRANSISTOR DRIVER

^T "ON"
^f v in<V Ref

Vin O

<Z^ "ON"
1* v in > V Ref (A) PNP (B) NPN

FIGURE 47 AC/DC GROUND CURRENT MONITOR FIGURE 48 PHOTOVOLTAIC CELL AMPLIFIER


'Load

O -vw-
Rf

MC34071
MC34071

1 O V 'Cell
-o v
Ground Current
Rs
Sense Resistor
R1
vw

V = lLoadR S (l +~) VCell = V


X
For V > 0.1 V vO = ICell Rf
Vq > 0.1 V
R2
BW(-3.0dB) = GBW
R1 + R2

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-318
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

FIGURE 49 LOW INPUT VOLTAGE COMPARATOR FIGURE 50


HIGH COMPLIANCE VOLTAGE TO
WITH HYSTERESIS SINK CURRENT CONVERTER
vo Hysteresis
k

VRef R1

*v 'n

VinL VinH
VRef
VinL :

p; (VOL - V Ref + V Ref


)

R1 + R2

R1
VinH (VOH " VRef) + VRef
R1 + R2
R1
VH = <v h - vol)
R1 + R

FIGURE 51
HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE FIGURE 52 BRIDGE CURRENT AMPLIFIER
DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
+ VRef
=11 R2

1/2 MC34072
1/2 MC34072
VO

= (Critical to CMRR)
R1 R3 w ARR F
Vo = w
VRef ~^2~
VO-(-S)(-< (V 0.1 V)

For(V2s V1), V>0


FIGURE 54 HIGH FREQUENCY PULSE
FIGURE 53 LOW VOLTAGE PEAK DETECTOR WIDTH MODULATION
0.85
f osc RC + * IB
v

Vo = V in (Pk)

10,000 pF

r vP

OSC Comparator High Current


Output

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-319
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

GENERAL ADDITIONAL APPLICATIONS INFORMATION Vs = 15 VOLTS

FIGURE 55 SECOND ORDER LOW-PASS ACTIVE FILTER FIGURE 56 SECOND ORDER HIGH-PASS ACTIVE FILTER

O VW
f = 1.0 kHz
MC34071 H o = 10

Choose: H C2 H Q + 0.5
f , , Choose: f , H , C1 Then: R1 = ^f
irf ClV2
Then: C1 = 2C2 (H + 1)
V2
V2 R2
R2 R3
12 _ R2 2irf C1 (1/H + 2)
4irf C2 Hn + 1

-
FIGURE 57 FAST SETTLING INVERTER FIGURE 58 BASIC INVERTING AMPLIFIER
CF*
~-
-)h
Vo = 10 V
Step

O V

*o v

ts = 1.0 fj.s
.X. Uncompensated
to 1/2 LSB (8 Bits)

High Spaed Compensated


t
s

to 1/2
= 2.2

LSB
ms
(12 Bits)

Vo
v in
=
R2
K1
BW(-3.0dB = GBW r
[_R1
^
+ R2j
i

DAC
SR = 13 V/fis SR = 13V//xs
"Optional Compensation

FIGURE 59 BASIC NON INVERTING AMPLIFIER FIGURE 60 UNITY GAIN BUFFER (AV = +1.0)

Vin O-

-O v

R1 '
**=(,
f
4r V in V
+
R1.

BWp = 200 kHz


BW(-3.0dB) = GBW MM
|_R1 + R2j
VO =
SR =
20 Vp.
10 V/M s
p

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-320
MC34071, 34072, 34074/MC35071, 35072, 35074/MC33071, 33072, 33074

FIGURE 61 HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER


MC34074
R R
-VW-

-o v
Re

Example:
Let: R = Re = 12 k

Ay = 3.0
Then:
BW = 1.5 MHz
AV
H4l
i"

DUAL VOLTAGE DOUBLER


FIGURE 62
O +Vq

220 pF

Rl +v -v
X 18.93 -18.78

10 k

5.0 k
18

15.4
-18
-15.4
* o -v

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-321
MOTOROLA MC34080/MC35080
SEMICONDUCTOR thru
TECHNICAL DATA
MC34085/MC35085
HIGH SLEW RATE, WIDE BANDWIDTH
JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
These devices are a new generation of high speed JFET input HIGH PERFORMANCE
monolithic operational amplifiers. Innovative design
along with JFET technology provide wide gain
concepts JFET INPUT
bandwidth product OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
and high slew rate. Well matched JFET input devices
and ad-
vanced trim techniques ensure low input offset errors and
bias
currents. The all NPN output stage features large
output voltage
swing, no deadband crossover distortion, high
capacitive drive
capability, excellentphase and gain margins, low open-loop out-
put impedance, and symmetrical source/sink ac
frequency
response.
This series of devices are available in
standard or prime per-
formance (A suffix) grades, fully compensated or P SUFFIX U SUFFIX
decompensated
< A VCL & 2)
and are specified over commercial or Military temper- PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
ature ranges.
They are pin compatible with existing Industry stan- CASE 626 CASE 693
dard operational amplifiers, and allow the designer
to easily up-
grade the performance of existing designs. D SUFFIX
Wide Gain Bandwidth:
PLASTIC PACKAGE 8 ^fe
8.0
16
MHz for Fully Compensated Devices
MHz for Decompensated Devices
CASE
(SO-8)
751 ^^
High Slew Rate: 25 V//ns for Fully Compensated Devices PIN ASSIGNMENTS
50 V/^.s for Decompensated Devices Offset Null ^ h] NC
High Input Impedance: 10 12 fl
Invt Input [7 -fc\ JJ Vrr
Input Offset Voltage: 0.5 mV Maximum (Single Amplifier)
Noninvt Input [T-|j^n_ J] Output
Large Output Voltage Swing: - 14.7 V to + 14 V for
= 15V
V EE E E Offset Null
VCC^EE
Low Open-Loop Output Impedance: 30 Single, Top View
fl (a 1.0 MHz
Low THD Distortion: 0.01%
Excellent Phase/Gain Margins: 5577.6 dB for Fully Compen-
sated Devices

ORDERING INFORMATION Inputs 2

Op Amp Fully AVCL^ Temperature


Function
Dual, Top View
Compensated Decompensated Range Package
MC35081 U,AU MC35080U,AU -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP
Single MC34081D,AD MC34080D,AD SO-8
MC34081P.AP MC34080P,AP Plastic DIP
Oto +70C
Dual MC34082P,AP MC34083P,AP Plastic DIP

MC35084L,AL MC35085L,AL -55 to +125 Ceramic DIP


Quad MC34084DW,ADW MC34085DW,ADW SO-16L
MC34084P,AP
to + 70C
MC34085P,AP Plastic DIP
P SUFFIX L SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 646 CASE 632
PIN ASSIGNMENTS

DW SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
(SO-16L)

Quad, Top View

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-322
MC34080, MC35080 Series

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Supply Voltage (from Vqc to V EE> vs + 44 V

Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR (NoteD V

Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1) V

Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Indefinite Seconds

Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA C


MC35XXX -55 to +125
MC34XXX to +70
Operating Junction Temperature Tj C
Ceramic Package + 165
Plastic Package + 125

Storage Temperature Range T stg C


Ceramic Package -65 to +165
Plastic Package -55 to +125
NOTES:
1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vrjc or V EE-

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature


(Tj) is not
exceeded.

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER)

VCC

Output
Inputs

oV
* EE

Pins 1 & 5 (MC34080.081) should not be directly grounded or connected to Vrjc-

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-323
MC34080, MC35080 Series

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15 V, VEE = - 15 V, TA = T high [Note


T, ow to 3], unless otherwise noted)

A Suffix Non-Suffix
Characteristic Symbol Typ
Min Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Note 4)
V|0
Single mV
TA = +25C
0.3 0.5 0.5 1.0
T A = 0C to +70C (MC34080, MC34081)
2.5 3.0
TA = -55C to +125C (MC35080, MC35081)
3.5 4.0
Dual
TA = +25C
0.6 1.0 1.0 3.0
TA = 0C to + 70C (MC34082, MC34083)
3.0 5.0
TA = -55C to + 125C (MC35082, MC35083)
4.0 6.0
Quad
TA = +25C
3.0 6.0 6.0 12
TA = 0C to + 70C (MC34084, MC34085)
8.0 14
TA = -55Cto +125C (MC35084, MC35085)
9.0 15
Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage AViq/AT 10 mV/C
Input Bias Current (Vqm = Note 5)
"IB
T A = + 25C
0.06 0.2 0.06 0.2 nA
T A = 0C to + 70C
4.0 4.0
T A = -55Cto +125C
50 50
Input Offset Current (Vcm = Note 5)
ho
TA = +25C
0.02 0.1 0.02 0.1 nA
T A = 0C to + 70C
2.0 2.0
T A = -55Cto + 125C
25 25
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vq = :10 RL =
V, 2.0 k) A VOL V/mV
T A = +25C
80 25 80
T A = T| 0W to T niqn
15
Output Voltage Swing
VOH
R|_ = 2.0 k, T
A = +25C 13.2 13.7 13.2 13.7
R L = 10 k, TA = +25C
13.4 13.9 13.4 13.9
R L = 10 k, T A = T| ow toT
hign 13.4 13.4

RL = 2.0 k, T A = +25C vol


-14.1 -13.5 -14.1 -13.5
RL = 10 k, TA = + 25C -14.7 -14.1 -14.7 -14.1
R L = 10 k, TA = T| 0W to T h gh i
-14.0 -14.0
Output Short-Circuit Current (T = +25C)
A 'SC mA
Input Overdrive = 1.0 V, Output to Ground
Source
20 20 31
Sink
20 20 28
InputCommon Mode Voltage Range V ICR (V EE + 4.0) to (V EE + 4.0) to
TA = +25C
(V C c - 2.0) (V C c - 2.0)
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rg =s 10 k, T A = + 25C) CMRR 90 70 90 dB
Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Rq = 100 n, T = 25C)
A PSRR 75 86 86 dB
Power Supply Current
Single mA
T A = +25C
2.5 3.4 2.5 3.4
T A = T low to Thigh
4.2 4.2
Dual
TA = +25C
6.0 4.9 6.0
TA = T low to T high
7.5 7.5
Quad
T A = + 25C
9.7
TA = T| 0W to Thjgh

NOTES: (CONTINUED)
3 T low = -55Cfor MC35080.A 0C for MC34080,A
-
T high + 125CforMC35080,A Thigh = +70CforMC34080,A
MC35081.A MC34081.A MC35081.A
MC35082.A MC34081.A
MC34082.A MC35082.A
MC35083.A MC34082.A
MC34083.A MC35083,A
MC35084.A MC34083.A
MC34084.A MC35084.A
MC35085.A MC34084.A
MC34085.A MC35085.A
e a,i0n ati0 f r typiC :h ngeS in inpUt 0ffset
MC34085.A
i
due to
mit?t
Limits
Li at Tl%rCare "guaranteed2' by thigh temperature (T voltage
TA = +25 i:
solderability and temperature cycling
nign testing. )

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-324
MC34080, MC35080 Series

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, TA = + 25C unless otherwise noted)


A Suffix Non-Suffix

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Slew Rate (Vj n = 10 V to + 10 V, R|_ = 2.0 Cl = 100 pF) SR V/^s


Compensated Ay
-

= +10
k,

20 25 - 20 25 -
Ay = -1-0 30 30
Decompensated Ay - +2.0 40 50 40 50
Ay = - 1 -0 50 50

SettlingTime (10 V Step, Ay = -1.0) ts flS

To 0.10% /2 LSB of 9-Bits)


(
1 - 0.72 - - 0.72 -
1.6 1.6
To 0.01% Vz LSB of 12-Bits)
(

Gain Bandwidth Product = 200 kHz) GBW MHz


Compensated
(f

6.0 8.0 - 6.0 8.0 -


Decompensated 12 16 12 16

= 20 V _ THD = BWp kHz


Power Bandwidth (R|_ = 2.0 k, V 5.0%)
Compensated Ay = +1.0
p p ,

- 400 - - 400 -
Decompensated Ay = -1.0 800 800

Phase Margin (Compensated) d>m Degrees


R L = 2.0 k
- 55 - - 55 -
R L = 2.0 k, C L - 100 pF 39 39

Gain Margin (Compensated) Am dB


R L = 2.0 k
- 7.6 - - 7.6 -
4.5 4.5
R|_ = 2.0 k, C L = 100 pF

Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en 30 30 nV/


VlHz
R S = 100 H, f = 1.0 kHz

Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) In


0.01 0.01 pA'
VHz
Input Capacitance Ci
- 5.0 - 5.0 pF

Input Resistance n
- 1012 - - 1012 n
Total Harmonic Distortion THD 0.05 0.05 %
Ay = + 10, R L = 2.0 k, 2.0 *s V 20 Vp _ p , f = 10 kHz

Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz) - 120 - - 120 - dB

Open-Loop Output Impedance (f = 1.0 MHz) zo


- 35 - 35 n

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 2 INPUT BIAS CURRENT
versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE
c/)
== 3.0 V 22 V
VCC /V EE= 15V
>
LU
VCC^EE
AV|o = 5.1) mV
to
v
cc T V CM = 0V

~
I

-^
|<+3.0
o
1 100

o
+ 1.0
o VFE^
n
-25 +25
iT +60 +75 +100 +125 -25 25 50 75

T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C)


T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (X)
,
,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-325
MC34080, MC35080 Series

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 4 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

>
2 40
Rl Connected
Ta = Z5"L
to Ground
^
5 30
RL = tO kjjs:
f\ =-- 2.0 k
e>

o 20

o
10

-8.0 -4.0 4.0 8.0 = 5.0 10 15 20


V|
C INPUT
, COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
VCC^EE' SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 5 OUTPUT SATURATION versus FIGURE 6 OUTPUT SATURATION versus


LOAD CURRENT

-1.0 X
Mr J LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND

irce

-?n _ VCC v ee =
TA = 25C
5.0 Vt 3 22 V

-3.0

+ 1.0 Cinl

v EE-^_

4.0 8.0 12
3.0K 30K
lL, LOAD CURRENT mA)
(

Rl, load resistance to ground mi

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT SATURATION versus FIGURE 8 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT


LOAD RESISTANCE TO V Cc
versus TEMPERATURE

Source

Sink

"

Vcc/Ve E= 1! V

AV in == 1.0 V

3.0K 30K 300K "25 25 50 75 100 125


Rl, load resistance to v in) TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
cc ,
(C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-326
MC34080, MC35080 Series

FIGURE 9 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 10 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY
rii mi 1 1 1 Mill '

vcc/vee = 15 V VCC^EE == 15V


V CM - " -VCM = mi
v = o vo = o II
AlO = 0.5 mA ~Alo = 0.5 mA
TA = 25C Ta = 25C

Compensated Decompensated
Units Only Units Onlv

1 j

^AV = 1.0

-'A V = IOC /N = 100


^
'Ay= 10 AV = 1000 /% = 100 ,%l = 10, Am = 2.0

-^
10K
IOH-E -I 100K
I \\\
100K 1.0M 10M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) , FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 11 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 12 OUTPUT DISTORTION versus FREQUENCY


versus FREQUENCY
0.5
linn
i

Ay = 1000-
i

HI Jfl
II
1 1 1 i
ittl
'if
TTTj mi hi
VcC'EE ~ - l3 Y

jj] __V O = 2.0V D . n

L = 2.0 k

T/\ - at
Iffl
'Compensated
Units Only
fy = 100- -

i nun till in
Ay = 10
111
-1
1M
oL
AV =

1.0K
1.0*
M
100K
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 13 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN


versus TEMPERATURE

V CC/V E E= 15V
1.08
vo = -iu vto + iuv
I
\= 10 k

f=s10Hz

d^
1.00

go
0.96

-25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125


Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-327
MC34080, MC35080 Series

FIGURE 14 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND FIGURE 15 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE
PHASE versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY

-C"*-*,!
100
^vr -^
"^^> v
120 s>
-is
_ Vcc/Vee = i5V \ -^^ t Margin
v = ov J. ^ = 7.6 dB
140!

T/\ - 25C
M argin . \ ^ 1

160 1
1 1
54
._u
T\ 2\
2 Gain, R|_ 2 k C(_ 100 pf"
3 Phase, Rl = 2.0 k \ \
4 Phase, Rl = 2.0k,C|_ = 100 pF
Compensated Units Only 200

1.0K 10K 100K .0 2.


A \
\

3. 5.0 7.0 10 20 30 50
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 16 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE FIGURE 17 NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH
versus FREQUENCY PRODUCT versus TEMPERATURE

5.0 7.0 10
25 25 50 75
f, FREQUENCY (MHz)
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)

FIGURE 18 PERCENT OVERSHOOT versus FIGURE 19 PHASE MARGIN


LOAD CAPACITANCE versus
LOAD CAPACITANCE
m
1 1 I I I I II
| |
Vcc/Vee = 15V
fin
mpens =
K|_ 2.0 k to oo
_______Un ts Ay H. )
AV = 100 mV .p
50 p -
Vo = - 10 V to + 10 v
TA = 25C
40

30

20 J
Decompensated \
Units Ay = +2.0
in

s
I

100
C L LOAD CAPACITANCE
, (pF)
C|_, LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-328
MC34080, MC35080 Series

FIGURE 20 GAIN MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE FIGURE 21 PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE
60
1 1 I I 1

VCC^EE + 1<iV

Compensated
R[_ = 2.0 k to 50 "
Solid Line Curves Compensated Units Ay = +1.0
AVo = 100 mVp-p C|_ 10 pF
D asne( ne curves _De COmp ensated Units Ay = +2.C
Ay =
j |_j
Units JH.O _ -10 V to + 10V
Vo
40
TA = 25C j |
Q
5
cc
30
<;
s
i/> 20
<
Oe
Ay = +2.0
VCC^EE = 15V AVo = 100mV p . p
Units

RL = 2.0ktooo Vq = - 10 V to + 10V

1.0K -25 25 50 75 100 125


100
C L LOAD CAPACITANCE
,
(pF) T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)

FIGURE 23 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE versus


FIGURE 22 GAIN MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE

VCC^EE
== 15 V

Ay = -1.0 for Decompensated Units


" R
L
= 2.0 k
Cl = 100 pF
v = - OVto + 10 V

S*

0.60
+75 +125 25 50 75
+ 25
+50 +100
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,
T/v,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-329
MC34080, MC35080 Series

MC34084 TRANSIENT RESPONSE


AV = +1.0, R L = 2.0 k, VccA/EE = 15 V, TA = 25C

FIGURE 24 SMALL-SIGNAL FIGURE 25 LARGE-SIGNAL

0-

MC34085 TRANSIENT RESPONSE


AV = = 2.0 k, VCC/V EE = 15 V, TA = 25C
+2.0, R L

FIGURE 26 SMALL-SIGNAL FIGURE 27 LARGE-SIGNAL

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-330
MC34080, MC35080 Series

FIGURE 28 COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO FIGURE 29 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO


versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY
_ IUU i

TA = -55 : = + 15V.
o
TA = 25C k^ i
VccA/fE
1

= + 15V. Vcc/VEE
AVs = 3.0 V
- =^J AVs = 3.0 V
1 80 -Ta = 25C .
vo = OV
vo = OV
-z.
\\ 'A = 25C
\\ Positive
60
3 Supply
V

o
o
\ \
S
z
5
40

-r
\s -
J^>- Negatives.
Supply

8 2C
. \
-xl V EE - _iV E
ac
5

).1 1.0 10 100


,

1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M


^
10M - 0.1 1.0 10 100 1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 10M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 30 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO FIGURE 31 NORMALIZED SUPPLY CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

1 If,
- 1?RT.

Neg ative
lly \l = + 15V. ^ 1.10
cca/ee
L Ws = 3.0 V

f 10Hz TA = 25C

Vcc ^ V CC
Supply Current
Pos tive
Normalized to
supply
o"m
-
RL ==c
pensated Units Ay = + 1.0
v = o
L 1 VfE AV EE Ta = - 55C
i

-25 25 50 75 100 125 :5.0 10 15 20


Vs, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, CO

FIGURE 32 CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 33 SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY


120 100 II
]n
III
vcc A/ E 15V
100
80
VCM =
I 'A
S80
z 60 III
"v
V |
^ 60
<
|
en
n}40
z 1
< -V CC/VEE= 15V I
5 20 'Ta = |
, ,

1 1
J III

10M 1.0K
100K 1.(

FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-331
MC34080, MC35080 Series

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION ative rail (V E e)- The amplifier remains active if


The bandwidth and slew rate the inputs
of the MC34080 series are biased at the positive rail. This may be
useful for
isnearly double that of currently available general pur-
some applications in that single supply operation is pos-
pose JFET op-amps. This improvement in ac perfor- sible with a single negative supply. However, a degra-
mance is due to the P-channel JFET differential input dation of offset voltage and voltage gain may
result.
stage driving a compensated miller integration ampli-
Phase reversal does not occur if either the inverting
fier in conjunction with an all NPN
output stage. or noninverting input (or both) exceeds the
The all NPN output stage offers unique advantages positive
common mode limit. either input (or both) exceeds
If
over the more conventional NPN/PNP transistor
Class the negative common mode limit, the output
will be in
AB output stage. With a 1 k load resistance, the op-amp the high state. The input stage also allows a differential
can typically swing within I.O V of the positive rail (Vcc). up to 44 volts, provided the maximum input
and within 0.3 volts of the negative rail (V voltage
EE ), providing range is not exceeded. The supply voltage operating
a 28.7 Vp-p swing from 15 volt supplies. This
large range is from 5.0 V to 22 V.
output swing becomes most noticeable at lower supply For optimum frequency performance and
stability
voltages. If the load resistance is referenced to Vcc careful component placement and printed
circuit board
instead of ground, the maximum possible output swing
layout should be exercised. For example,
can be achieved for a given supply voltage. For light long un-
shielded input or output leads may result in
load currents, the load resistance will pull the output unwanted
to input-output coupling. In order to reduce the
input ca-
Vcc during the positive swing and the NPN output tran- pacitance, resistors connected to the input pins
sistor will pull the output very near V should
E e during the neg- be physically close to these pins. This not only
mini-
ative swing. The load resistance value should
be much mizes the input pole for optimum frequency response,
less than that of the feedback resistance to
maximize but also minimizes extraneous "pickup" at
this node.
pull-up capability.
Supply decoupling with adequate capacitance close
The all NPN transistor output stage is also
inherently to the supply pin is also important,
particularly over
fast, contributing to the operational amplifier's high temperature, since many types of decoupling capacitors
gain-bandwidth product and fast settling time. The as- exhibit large impedance changes over
sociated high frequency output impedance is 50 ohms
temperature.
Primarily due to the JFET inputs of the op amp, the
(typical) at 8.0 MHz. This allows driving capacitive
loads input offset voltage may change due to
from temperature
to 300 pF without oscillations over the military cycling and board soldering. After 20 temperature
temperature range, and over the full range of output cycles (-55T to 165C), the typical standard deviation
swing. The 55 phase margin and 7.6 dB gain margin for input offset voltage is 559 /xV and 473 iiV
in the
as well as the general gain and phase characteristics plasticand ceramic packages respectively. With respect
are virtually independent of the sink/source to board soldering (260C, 10 seconds) the typical stan-
output
swing conditions. The high frequency characteristics dard deviation for input offset voltage is 525 tiV and
of
the MC34080 series is especially useful for active filter 227 /*V in the plastic and ceramic package respectively.
applications. Socketed plastic or ceramic packaged devices should
The common mode input range is from 2.0 volts be- be used over a minimal temperature range for optimum
low the positive rail (Vcc) to 4.0 volts above the neg- input offset voltage performance.

FIGURE 34 OFFSET NULLING CIRCUIT


vcc

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-332
MOTOROLA MC34181,2,4
SEMICONDUCTOR MC35181,2,4
TECHNICAL DATA
MC33181,2,4

LOW POWER, HIGH SLEW RATE, WIDE BANDWIDTH, LOW POWER


JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS JFET INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
Quality bipolar fabrication with innovative design concepts are
employed for the MC331 81/2/4, MC341 81/2/4, MC35181/2/4 series SILICON MONOLITHIC
of monolithic operational amplifiers. This JFET input series of INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
operational amplifiers operate at 210 nA per amplifier and offer
4.0 MHz bandwidth product and 10 V//xs slew rate. Pre-
of gain
cision matching and an innovative trim technique of the single
and dual versions provide low input offset voltages. With a JFET
input stage, this series exhibits high input resistance, low input
offset voltage and high gain. The all NPN output stage, charac-
terized by no deadband crossover distortion and large output
P SUFFIX U SUFFIX
voltage swing, provides high capacitance drive capability, excel-
PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
lent phase and gain margins, low open-loop high frequency out-
CASE 626 CASE 693
put impedance and symmetrical source/sink ac frequency
response. D SUFFIX
The MC331 81/2/4, MC34181/2/4, MC35181/2/4 series of devices PLASTIC PACKAGE
are specified over the commercial, industrial/vehicular or military CASE 751
(SO-8)
temperature ranges. The complete series of single, dual and quad
operational amplifiers are available in the plastic and ceramic DIP
3nc
as well as the SOIC surface mount packages.
JJ
v cc
Low Supply Current: 210 fiA (Per Amplifier)
J] Output
Wide Supply Operating Range: 1.5 V to 18 V
II Offset Null
Wide Bandwidth: 4.0 MHz
(Single, Top View)
High Slew Rate: 10 V//xs

Low Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 mV Output 1 fT 3 V CC


Large Output Voltage Swing: - 14 V to + 14 V (with 15 V II I
3 Output 2
Inputs 1
Supplies) [I L<j!jj lnputs2
Large Capacitance Drive Capability: to 500 pF VeeE
Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.04% (Dual, Top View)
Excellent Phase Margin: 67
Excellent Gain Margin: 6.7 dB
Output Short Circuit Protection

ORDERING INFORMATION
-flw
j d ii
ii

| "flP
Op Amp Test Temperature L SUFFIX
Function Device Range Package P SUFFIX CERAMIC PACKAGE
Plastic DIP PLASTIC PACKAGE CASE 632
Single MC34181P to + 70C
MC34181D SO-8 CASE 646

MC33181P Plastic DIP D SUFFIX


-40 to +85C
MC33181D SO-8 |> PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751A
MC35181U -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP
1 (SO-14)
Dual MC34182P
MC34182D
Oto +70C
Plastic DIP
SO-8
w
Output 1 (T
I I
if] Output 4

MC33182P
MC33182D
-40 to +85C
Plastic DIP
SO-8 Inputs 1
M^ol \^Y m Inputs 4 \

III i3J
MC35182U -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP
VccE 0]v EE
Quad MC34184P to + 70C
Plastic DIP
(E TJ>^2 3^|-r m Inputs 3
MC34184D SO-14 Inputs 2( _.}
IE Hi
MC33184P Plastic DIP
- 40 to + 85C Output 2 \T 3 Output 3
MC33184D SO-14
( Quad, Top View )

MC35184L -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-333
MC34181 # 2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33 18 1,2,4

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Supply Voltage (from Vcc to Vee)
vs + 36 Volts
Input Differential Voltage Range V IDR Note 1 Volts
Input Voltage Range V|R Note 1 Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) ts Indefinite Seconds
Operating Junction Temperature Tj C
Ceramic Package
+ 160
Plastic Package
+ 150
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Ceramic Package -65 to +160
Plastic Package
-60 to +150

1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or V
EE-
2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded (see Figure 1).

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC {EACH AMPLIFIER)

Q8,

Null Offsets
MC3X181 (Single) Only

oV EE

MC3X181 Input Offset


Voltage Null Circuit

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-334
MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = + 15 V, V E E = -15 V, TA = 25C unless otherwise noted)


Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit I

Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 50 n, Vo = V) VlO mV


Single
TA = +25C
0.5 2.0

Ta = 0Cto +70C (MC34181)


3.0

TA = -40Cto + 85C (MC33181)


3.5

Ta = -55Cto + 125C(MC35181)
4.5

Dual
Ta = +25C
1.0 3.0

Ta = 0Cto + 70C (MC34182)


4.0

TA = -40Cto +85C (MC33182) 4.5

Ta = -55Cto + 125C(MC35182)
5.5

Quad
Ta = +25C
4.0 10

TA = 0C to +70C (MC34184)
11

TA = -40Cto + 85C (MC33184)


11.5

Ta = -55Cto + 125C(MC35184)
12.5

Average Temperature Coefficient of V|o (Rs = 50 ft, Vo = V) AV|0/AT - 10 /xV/C

nA
Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) "10

Ta = +25C
0.001 0.05

Ta = 0Cto +70C
1.0

T A = -40Cto + 85C
2.0

Ta = -55Cto + 125C
13

nA
Input Bias Current (VcM = V, Vo = V) l|B

TA = +25C
0.003 0.1

TA = 0Cto +70C
2.0

TA = -40Cto +85C
4.0

TA = -55Cto + 125C

Input Common Mode Voltage Range V|CR (Vee + 4.0 V) to (V C c - 2.0 V) V

Vo = 10 AVOL V/mV
Large Signal Voltage Gain (R L = 10 V)
kft,
25 60 -
Ta = +25C
15
T A = Tlow to Thiqh

Vo + + + 14 V
Output Voltage Swing (V|D = 1.0 V, R|_ = 10 kft) 13.5
T A = + 25C v - -14 -13.5

Common Mode Rejection (Rs = 50 ft,Vqm = V|CR- vO = v >


CMR 70 86 dB

Power Supply Rejection (Rs = 50 n, Vcm = V, Vo = V) PSR 70 84 dB

Circuit Current (V|rj = Output to Ground) sc mA


Output Short
Source
1.0 V,
3.0 8.0 -
8.0 11
Sink
ji.A
Power Supply Current (No Load, Vo = V) ID

Single
210 250
Ta = +25C
250
Ta = Tlow to Thigh
Dual
Ta = + 25C
- 420 500
500
Ta = T|ow to Thigh
Quad
840 1000
T A = +25C
1000
T A = T low to Thiqh

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-335
MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Slew Rate (V in = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 10 kn, = 100 pF)
Ci SR V//ts
AV = +1.0
A V = -1.0
7.0 10 -
10
Settling Time (A V = -1.0, R L = 10 kn, V = V to +10 V Step) ts /iS
To Within 0.10%
To Within 0.01%
- 1.1 -
1.5
Gain Bandwidth Product = 100 kHz)
(f
GBW 3.0 4.0 _ MHz
Power Bandwidth (A v = +1.0, R = _
L 10- kn, V = 20 V
p p THD,
= 5%) BW p 200 _ kHz
Phase Margin - 10 V < Vq < +10 V)
(

RL = 10 kfl
0m Degrees
R|_ = 10 kft, C|_ = 100 pF
- 67 -
34
Gain Margin (-10 V < Vq < +10 V)
= 10 kn
Am dB
R|_
R[_ = 10 kn, = 100 pF
- 6.7 -
C|_
3.4
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage
en - 38 - nV/VRz
RS = 100 n, f = 1.0 kHz
Equivalent Input Noise Current
f = 1.0 kHz
in - 0.01 - pA/VRz
Differential Input Capacitance
Ci 3.0 pF
Differential Input Resistance
Ri 1012 n
Total
AV =
Harmonic Distortion
THD - 0.04 - %
D p <V <20 V p . D f = 10 kHz
10, R L = 10 kn, 2 V _
,

Channel Separation (R L = 10 kn, - 10 V < V < + 10 V,


Hz < f < 10 kHz) 120 __ dB
Open-Loop Output Impedance
(f = 1.0 MHz)
|Z I
200 - n

FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION versus FIGURE 2 - INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE RANGE
TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE VARIATIONS
versus TEMPERATURE

1
1

Vcc = + 3.0 V to +15V


_ V EE = -3.0 V to - 15 V __[_ Vcc (VCM ,0 v Cd
AV|o = 5.0 mV

-55-40 20 40 60 80 100 120


25 50 75 100
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-336
MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 4 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus INPUT
versus TEMPERATURE COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE

V CC = +15V v cc - + 15V
_ 100 Vee = -15V
- V CM = 0V
5 10

=>
o
eg i.o

| 0.1

m
0.01

'

0.001
25 50 75 100

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) Vicr, INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 6 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOAD CURRENT

I I I

R|_ Connected to Ground


-1.0
^Vcc
== 25C
TA
vcc = + 5V Source
30 -2.0 v E e = -15 V

-3.0 Ta = + 25C
__ . ,

20
RL = 10 k^
+ 3.0

+ 2.0
10
Si k^
+

n
1.0

"%
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

VCC. v EEl. supply VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


l
l

L , LOAD CURRENT (mA)

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 8 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus
LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND LOAD RESISTANCE TO Vcc

'
Vcc '
...
-1 5 -1.0

-2.0 -2.0
f
o
-3.0 | -3.0

+ 3.0 | +3.0
<
+ 2.0 +z
E
i
=>
+ 1.0
+i.
mux
10K 100K 10K 100K

RL , LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND (11) RL , LOAD RESISTANCE (11)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-337
MC34181 # 2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4

FIGURE 9 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 10 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY

25 50 75 10K
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 11 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 12 OUTPUT DISTORTION versus FREQUENCY

10K 100K 1.0K


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 13 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 14 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE
versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

25 50 75
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-338
MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4

FIGURE 15 NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT FIGURE 16 OUTPUT VOLTAGE OVERSHOOT versus
versus TEMPERATURE LOAD CAPACITANCE

r3
+ 15V
< Vcc = + 15 V Vcc
S
cc 12
''
^ r- Vcc - -15 V ,T VEE = -15 V

O RL = Dkfl 8 80 -R L = 10 kn
z 1
2C
AV in = 100 mV p .p
o 1.1 - 10 V < Vq< +10 t/

o 60 -Ay = +1.0
Ta = 25C

40
t

i
o 20
o

25 50 75 100

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC) C L LOAD CAPACITANCE


,
(pF)

FIGURE 17 PHASE MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE FIGURE 18 GAIN MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE
I I I 1

Vcc = +15V \
'CC
= + 15 V
_ 60 Vee = 15 V \ = -15 V
8.0 /EE
R|_ = lOkJltox = 10knto*
m F
L
DC
O 50 -10V<Vo< +10V
Q TA = 25 X 1r
A = 25C
Z 1 6.0
40 <
OC
< z
30

< <
20
E 2.0 ''.
10

100 100

C L LOAD CAPACITANCE
, (pF)
C|_, LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)

FIGURE 19 PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 20 GAIN MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE
I

CL =

^
10 pF

60
to
CL = 10 pF
CC
50
o
z
40 C|_ - luupi-
< CL = 100 pF
"
< 30 = +15 V

F
v X= +15V V EE = -15V
20
:e= -i5v KL= 10 kH to =c
= 10 kn -10\/<V < -M0V-,
"10V<V < +10 V
<

25 50 75 +25 +50 +75 +100


Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC) Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-339
1

MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4

FIGURE 21 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE FIGURE 22 COMMON MODE REJECTION versus


versus TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY

25 50 75 10K 100K
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C)
,
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 24 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION


FIGURE 23 INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE

1.0K
-25 25 50 75 10
f, FREQUENCY (Hz
TA < AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 25 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION FIGURE 26 NORMALIZED SUPPLY CURRENT


versus FREQUENCY versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1.2

Q
S 1

a:
O
- TA = 25C
^ 1.0

125C
o -5 JC

Vr C = + 5V1

vE : = -15V
H np
Ta = 25C
"l

0.7
vo = OV
10K 100K 5.0 10 15
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
V CG IVEEl. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-340
MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4

FIGURE 27 CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 28 TRANSIENT RESPONSE


140

Vcc = + 15 v
I
V EE = -15 V I
RL = 10 ka I
Av = +1-0 1
TA = 25C 1

_v cc - +
-V EE = -1
-T A = + 25

1 1 1 1

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) t, TIME (2.0 /xsDIV)

FIGURE 29 SMALL SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE

Vcc = +15V
V E e = -15 V
R L = 10 kH
A V = +1.0
TA = 25C

ti

*
Hi
t, TIME (0.5 fislDN)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-341
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR NE592
TECHNICAL DATA SE592

VIDEO AMPLIFIER

SILICON MONOLITHIC
DIFFERENTIAL TWO STAGE VIDEO AMPLIFIER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

The SE/NE592 is a monolithic, two stage, differential output,


wideband video amplifier. It offers fixed gains of 100 and 400 with-
out external components and adjustable gains from 400 to with
one external resistor. The input stage has been designed so that with
the addition of a few external reactive elements between the gain
select terminals, the circuit can function as a high pass, low pass, or
band pass This feature makes the circuit ideal for use as a video
filter.

or pulse amplifier in communications, magnetic memories, display


and video recorder systems. The 592 is a pin-for-pin replacement for
the MC1733.

90 MHz Bandwidth

Adjustable Gains From to 400

Adjustable Pass Band

No Frequency Compensation Required

D SUFFIX
N SUFFIX PLASTIC PACKAGE
PLASTIC PACKAGE CSE 751A
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC CASE 646 (SO-14)

PIN CONNECTIONS
1.1k >1.1 k


2.4 k >2.4 k > 10 k ,

<
Input 2 O-

Input 1 O [ HJ 7 k

G1aO o

G1 BO_

G2,
G2 B 0-
(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
600 ^600 <1.4 k 400 > 400 Device Temperature Range Package
NE592D SO-14
NE592N to 70C PlasticDIP
NE592H Metal Can
SE592H -55 to +125C Metal Can

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-342
)
)

NE592, SE592

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted)

Rating Symbol Value Unit

Power Supply Voltage vcc +8.0 Volts


VEE -8.0
Differential Input Voltages V|D 5.0 Volts

Common-Mode Input Voltage V|C 6.0 Volts

Output Current lo 10 mA
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA
SE592 -55 to +125 C
NE592 to +70
Operating Junction Temperature Range Tj C
Metal and Ceramic Packages 175
Plastic Package 150
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Metal and Ceramic Packagee -65 to +150
Plastic Package -55 to +125

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS T A = 25C unless otherwise noted. (Vcc = +6 v V EE = -6.0V,V CM =0l


-

SE592 NE592
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Units

Differential Voltage Gain - Figure 3 A vd V/V


(R L = 2 kn,e out = 3 Vp-p)
(Gain 1, Note 1) 300 400 500 250 400 600
(Gain 2, Note 2) 90 100 110 80 100 120

Bandwidth Figure 3 BW MHz


(Gain 1, Note 1) 40 " - 40 -
(Gain 1, Note 2) 90 90
Rise Time Figure 3 ns
(Gain 1 e out = 1 Vp-p, Note 1 - 10.5 - 10.5
,
*TLH
(Gain 2, e out = 1 Vp-p, Note 2) 'THL 4.5 10 4.5 12

Propagation Delay Figure 3 ns

(Gain e out = Vp-p, Note " 7.5 - 7.5


1 , 1 1 ( PLH
(Gain 2, e out = 1 Vp-p, Note 2) tPHL 6.0 10 60 10
Input Resistance R in kn
(Gain 1, Note 1) 4.0 - 4.0 -
(Gain 2, Note 2) 20 30 10 30
Input Capacitance
(Gain 2, Note 2) Cin _ 2.0 - _ 2.0 _ pF
Input Offset Current (Gain 3, Note 3)- 2 - 0.4 3.0 - 0.4 5.0 MA
Fig. ho
Input Bias Current (Gain 3, Note 3)- Fig. 2 - 9.0 20 - 9.0 30 MA
"IB

Input Noise Voltage (Gain 1 and Gain 2) v - 12 - - 12 - MV(rms)


(BW = 1 kHz to 10 MHz) - Figure 1
Input Voltage Range (Gain 2, Note 2)- Fig. 3 V, n 1.0 - - 1.0 - - V
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio Figure 3 CMRR dB
(Gain 2, V CM = +1 V, f< 100 kHz) 60 86 - 60 86 -
(Gain 2, V CM = 1 V, f = 5 MHz) 60 60
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio Figure 2 PSRR dB
(Gain 2, A V s = 0.5 V) 50 70 _ 50 70 _
Output Offset Voltage - Figure 2 voo V
(Gain 3, R L = , Note 3) _ 0.35 0.75 - 0.35 0.75

Output Common-Mode Voltage Figure 2 v CMO V


(R L = , Gain 3, Note 3) 2.4 2.9 3.4 2.4 2.9 3.4

Output Voltage Swing Figure 3 v Vp-p


(R L = 2k, Gain 2, Note 2) 3.0 4.0 _ 3.0 4.0 _
Output Resistance r
o
- 20 - - 20 - n
Power Supply Current Figure 2 id mA
(R L = ,Gain 2, Note 2) - 18 24 - 18 24

Note 1. Gain select pins G1/\ and Gig connected together.


Note 2. Gain select pins G2a and G2g connected together.

Note 3. All gain select pins open.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-343
NE592, SE592

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS T A = Thigh to T| ow unless otherwise noted* (v CC = +6.0 Vdc, V EE = -6.0 Vdc, V CM = 0)

SE592 NE592
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Units
Differential Voltage Gain - Figure 3 A vd V/V
(R|_ = 2 kn,e out = 3 Vp-p)
(Gain 1, Note 1) 200 - 600 250 - 600
(Gain 2, Note 2) 80 120 80 120
Input Resistance (Gain 2)
"in 8.0 - - 8.0 - - kn
Input Offset Current (Gain 3) - Figure 2 - - - -
liiol 5.0 6.0 ma
Input Bias Current (Gain 3) - Figure 2 - - - -
"IB 40 40 ma
Input Voltage Flange (Gain 2) - Figure 3 Vin 1.0 - - 1.0 - _ V
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio- Figure 3 CMRR 50 ~ - 50 - - dB
(Gain 2, V CM = 1 V, f < 100 kHz)

Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio- Figure 2 PSRR 50 - - 50 - - dB


(Gain 2, A V s = 0.5 V)
Output Offset Voltage (Gain 3) - Figure 2 VOO - - 1.2 - - 1.5 V
Output Voltage Swing (Gain 2) - Figure 3 v 2.5 - - 2.5 - - Vp-p
Power Supply Current (Gain 2) - Figure 2 ID - - 27 - - 27 mA
*
T low = C for NE592, -55C for SE592
T high = +70C for NE592, +125C for SE592

GENERAL TEST CIRCUITS


FIGURE 1

O 6.0 V Battery

330
-^AAr- HP 3400A
or Equiv.

x
Gain 1

e n (Differential Noise At Input) = e \f2

Gain 2 ,

6 6.0 V Battery e n = e oN/2

FIGURE 2

0.2 mF

0.2 mF
51 S <S1

Ik > 1 k

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-344
NE592, SE592

FIGURE 4 - GAIN 1 versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 5 - GAIN 2 versus FREQUENCY


Ob
_^- '\

450
\

375

300

225

150

75

n n
5.0 10 20 30 50 100 200 300
I.O 2.0 3.0 5.0 10 20 30 50 100 200 300

FREQUENCY (MHz) FREQUENCY (MHz)

FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FIGURE 7 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION


FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY OF LOAD RESISTANCE
.0
iii mi
VCCVJE = 6.0^V 6.0 V
VccA/E
'A " 'a
= 25 U U
R = 1.0
L I

I I
4-4
I
I I

1.0

1.0
!
i
II
I

i i i I
i

10 50 100 500 1k 5k 10k

FREQUENCY (MHz) LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS)

FIGURE 8 - VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF


R ad RESISTANCE j

=l '

VCE'VEE - so.u v .

f= 100 kHz
T = 25C
A

r r 1.0 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M

Vs = 6.0 V T A = 25C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-345
NE592, SE592

FIGURE 9 - DISK/TAPE PHASE MODULATED


READBACK SYSTEMS

AMPLITUDE: 1-10 mV p-p


FREQUENCY: 1-4 MHz

READ HEAD I DIFFERENTIATOR/AMPLIFIER ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR

FIGURE 10 - DIFFERENTIATION WITH HIGH COMMON


MODE NOISE REJECTION

-6.0 V
FOR FREQUENCY f, 1/2 jr (32) C
A d Vl
n = 1.4 10*C
dt

FIGURE 11 - FILTER NETWORKS

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-346
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR OP-27
TECHNICAL DATA

ULTRA-LOW NOISE
ULTRA-LOW NOISE PRECISION, HIGH SPEED PRECISION, HIGH SPEED
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
The OP-27 series of monolithic operational amplifiers combine SILICON MONOLITHIC
low-noise, precision dc performance and high bandwidth in one INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
device. Advanced Bipolar processing and innovative design tech-
niques are used to produce this low noise precision operational
amplifier. This device is trimmed for extremely low initial input
offset voltage by utilizing a highly stable and reliable zener zap
technique during factory testing which yields guaranteed V|Q lim-
its as tight as 25 /u,V. A unique input bias current cancellation

scheme maintains low I|b and I|q to typically 20 nA and 15 nA


respectively over the full military temperature range. Other
sources of input errors are reduced in excess of - 120 dB due to
extremely high common mode and power supply rejection ratios.
The OP-27 has a gain bandwidth product of 8.0 MHz and slew
rate of 2.8 V/^ts.
The precision, low noise and high speed characteristics of this P SUFFIX
device makes it ideal for amplifying transducer signals, RIAA PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626
phono, NAB tape head and microphone preamplifiers, wide band
instrumentation amplifiers and high speed signal conditioning for
data acquisition systems.
Extremely Low-Noise 3.0 nV/VHz at 1.0 kHz
80 nVp-p, 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz
Low Initial Input Offset Voltage 10 ^V
Ultra Stable Input Offset Voltage 0.2 /nV/mo.
High Gain Bandwidth Product and High Slew Rate 8.0 MHz,
2.8 V//as Z SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
High Open-Loop Gain 1.8 Million CASE 693
High Common-Mode Rejection 126 dB

PIN CONNECTIONS

Offset Null E 1] Offset Null


(T 3 v cc
^,L U
Invt Input

Noninvt Input [3

VeeE
^ Output

jOn.c.

ORDERING INFORMATION
Device (Top View)
Temperature
Slew Rate V| 60 M V V| 100 (iV Range Package
OP-27BZ OP-27CZ -55 to +125X Ceramic DIP
s= 1.7 V/^s OP-27FZ OP-27GZ -25 to +85C Ceramic DIP
OP-27FP OP-27GP to + 70C Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-347
.

OP-27

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Supply Voltage + 22 V
vcc
VEE -22
Input Voltage Range (Note 1) V|DR 22 V
Differential Input Voltage (Note 2)
V|D 0.7 V
Differential Input Current (Note 2)
'ID 25 mA
Output Short-Circuit Duration ts Indefinite

Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics


Plastic Package (P Suffix) Ta = +36C PD 500 mW
Derate above T A = +75C 1/Rwa 6.7 mW/C
Ceramic Package T A = + 75C
(2 Suffix) PD 500 mW
Derate above T^ = +80C 1/RflJA 7.1 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature ta C
A,B and C Grades -55 to +125
F and G Grades
(Ceramic Package) -25 to +85
FP and GP Grades
(Plastic Package)
to +70
Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C
Storage Temperature Range T stg C
Ceramic Package - 65 to + 1 50
Plastic Package -65 to +125
NOTES:
1 For supply voltages less than 22 V, the absolute maximum input voltage range is equal
to the supply voltage.
2. The inputs are protected by back-to-back diodes. Current limiting resistors are not used
in order to achieve low noise. If differential input
voltage exceeds = 0.7 V, the input current
must be limited to 25 mA.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, V EE = -15V,TA = +25C unless otherwise noted)

OP-27B/F/FP OP-27C/G/GP
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage V|0 20 60 30 100 Mv
Long Term Input Offset Voltage Stability (Note 3) v, /t 0.3 1.5 0.4 2.0 (iV/itio
Input Offset Current
llO
9.0 50 _ 12 75 nA
Input Bias Current l|B 12 55 _ 15 80 nA
Input Noise Voltage 0.1 to 10 Hz (Note 4) e np-p 0.08 0.18 0.09 0.25 mV p p
.

Input Noise Voltage Density (Note 4) en nV/VHz


f = 10 Hz - 3.5 5.5 3.8 8.0
f = 30 Hz 3.1 4.5 - 3.3 5.6
f = 1000 Hz 3.0 3.8 3.2 4.5
Input Noise Current Density (Note 4) in pA/VHz
f = 10 Hz - 1.7 4.0 1.7
f = 30 Hz 1.0 2.3 - 1.0
f = 1000 Hz 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6
Input Resistance Differential Mode n 1.2 5.0 0.8 4.0 MO
Input Resistance Common Mode
Rincm 2.5 2.0 GO
Input Voltage Range V|R 11 12.3 - 11 12.3 V

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-348
OP-27

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = -15V,T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted)


OP-27B/F/FP OP-27C/G/GP
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 106 123 100 120 dB


VC M = " V
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR 100 120 94 114 dB
VCC^EE = 4.0 V to 18V
Large-Signal Voltage Gain AVOL V/mV
RL = 10 V
2.0 kn, V 1000 1800 - 700 1500
RL s
1.0 kH, = 10 VV 800 1500 1500 -
Rl = 600 vo = a
1.0 v,
Vcc/Vee = 4.0 vto 18 v 700 500

Output Voltage Swing vo V


RL ^ 2.0 kH 12 13.8 - 11.5 13.5 -
Rl * 600 n 10 11.5 10 11.5
Slew Rate, Rl s= 2.0 kH SR 1.7 2.8 1.7 2.8 V/jLtS

Gain Bandwidth Product GBW 5.0 8.0 5.0 8.0 MHz


Open Loop Output Resistance r
o
70 70 11

Vo = 0, = l

Power Dissipation PD 90 140 100 170 mW


V = 0, No Load
Offset Adjustment Range 4.0 4.0 mV
Rp = 10 kfl

NOTES (continued):

3. Long term input offset voltage stability for the OP-27 series, refers to the average trend line of V|Q versus time over extended periods after the
first 30 days of operation. Excluding the first hour of operation, changes in V|0 during the first 30 days are typically 2.5 (iV.

4. Sample tested.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = + 15 V, V EE == -15V,TA - T|ow t0 T hiqh [Note 5])

OP-27B OP-27C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage V|0 50 200 70 300 MV


Average Input Offset Drift TCVio 0.3 1.3 0.4 1.8 ^v/ o c
(Note 6)

Input Offset Current "10


22 85 30 135 nA
Input Bias Current l|B
28 95 35 150 nA
Input Voltage Range V|R 10.3 11.5 10.2 11.5 V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 100 119 94 116 dB
Vcm = 10V
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR 94 114 86 108 dB
Vcc/Vee = 4.5 v to isv
Large-Signal Voltage Gain AVOL 500 1000 300 800 V/mV
RL s= 2 kn, V = 10 V
Output Voltage Swing v 11 13.2 10.5 13 V
RL s= 2 kH
NOTES (continued):
5- T| ow = - 55C fo OP-27B T high H25C fo OP-27B
OP-27C OP-27C
= - 25C fo OP-27F + 85C fo OP-27F
OP-27G OP-27G
0C fo OP-27FP + 70"C for OP-27FP
OP-27GP OP-27GP
6. TCV|o performance is within specifications unnulled or when nulled with a potentiometer Rp = 8.0 kit to 20 kif.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-349
OP-27

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = + 15 V, V EE = -15V,TA _ T|ow t Thiqh [Note 5])

OP-27F/FP OP-27G/GP
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage V|0 40 140 55 220 mV
Average Input Offset Drift (Note 6) TCVio 0.3 1.3 0.4 1.8 ixvrc
Input Offset Current
ho 14 85 20 135 nA
Input Bias Current
'IB
18 95 25 150 nA
Input Voltage Range V|R 10.5 11.8 10.5 11.8 V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 102 121 - 96 118 - dB
V CM = 10V
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR 96 114 - 90 114 - dB
VCC/VEE = 4.5 V to 18 V
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
AVOL 700 1300 - 450 1000 - V/mV
R|_s2.0ka Vo = 10V
Output Voltage Swing vo 11.4 13.5 11 13.3 V
R|_ & 2.0 kfi

5 - T low = - 55Cfor OP-27B T high = +125CforOP-27B


OP-27C OP-27C
= -25CforOP-27F = +85CforOP-27F
OP-27G OP-27G
0C for OP-27FP = +70CforOP-27FP
OP-27GP OP-27GP
6. TCVio performance is within specifications unnulled or when nulled with a potentiometer Rp = 8.0 kil to 20 Ml.

ABBREVIATED CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

t T v cc

Output

*R1 & R2 are trimmed


at wafer test for minimum
offset voltage.
OV EE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-350
OP-27

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS

FIGURE 1 VOLTAGE NOISE TESTER GAIN FIGURE 2 VOLTAGE NOISE TEST CIRCUIT
versus FREQUENCY (0.1 Hz-TO-10 Hz)

o Scope

R in = 1.0 Mil

Voltage Gain
= 50,000

Note: Allcapacitor values are for


1.0
nonpolarized capacitors only.
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 4 INPUT WIDEBAND VOLTAGE NOISE versus


FIGURE 3 VOLTAGE NOISE versus FREQUENCY BANDWIDTH (0.1 Hz TO FREQUENCY INDICATED)

10 I
I I

I I 1

u
-- Ta ==
+25C
'-

-- Vrr = +15V
> = -15V
> 5.0
VFF

4.0
o >

3 3.0
1/f Corner = 2.7 Hz

> 2.0

.0 10 100 000 1.0 10

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) BW, BANDWIDTH (kHz)

FIGURE 5 TOTAL NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 6 VOLTAGE NOISE versus TEMPERATURE
1

vee = -15 V

10 r i^-
.0 kHz
3.0

1.0 K -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125

RS ,
SOURCE RESISTANCE (ill T A TEMPERATURE
,
(C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-351
OP-27

FIGURE 7 VOLTAGE NOISE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 8 CURRENT NOISE versus FREQUENCY

TA = + 25C
be 4.1

> 1

10 Hz

1.0 kHz

5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
V CC + IVeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 9 - SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE

< OP-27C V CC = + 15 V
;r 30 V EE
z OP-27EJ \ "

ID

*5 20
OP-27A
V
X
m
l
s. <;
<= 10

5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125


VCC + IVeeI, TOTAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE IV) TA , TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 11 INPUT OFFSET CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 12 COMMON MODE INPUT RANGE
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

VCC = +1E V
v\ V EE = -15
\OP-27

OP-27B\

OP-27A N^

__
-

n
-5 -2 5 C 25 5 75 1C 125

TA TEMPERATURE
,

vco IVeeI- supply voltage (vi

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-352
OP-27

FIGURE 13 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 14 OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE versus LOAD RESISTANCE
lb
1

> 2.2

TA = 25C Rl = 2.0 k a.
TA = 25C
S. 2.0
2.0 Vcc = + 15 V *""

L8 - V EE
1
l.b
-R L = 10k- o 1.6

1.4

1.0 1
o 1.2 /
5 10 /
f
0.5
o 0.8
I

I
| 0.6

n 0.4
2 3 40 50 1.0 10
1

RL LOAD RESISTANCE (kill


VCC + TOTAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE ,
[V E e|, (V)

FIGURE 15 MAXIMUM OUTPUT SWING FIGURE 16 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO


versus RESISTIVE LOAD versus FREQUENCY

m

o 140
TA = 25C

cc 120
p asitiv e z
o
s wing
10
fc
^Negative
tec ati Ye
= 80
Sv /in 3
Posi ive
=5 60
Sup
)ly

J^-

TA =
Vcc = + 15 v
V EE - -15 V

1 1
25C

1
o
CO
O-
^S_
X ^^
B
01 1.0 10 .0 1 10 2 10 3 10* 10 5 10 6 10 7 10

RL , LOAD RESISTANCE (kH) , FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 17 COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO


versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 18 OPEN LOOP GAIN versus FREQUENCY
1

-Ta = 25C
Vcc = +15V
V EE = -15 V
C
\ = 1 V
\A

100 1 OK 10 K 10 DK 1 M 10 3 10 4 10 5

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-353
OP-27

FIGURE 19 MAXIMUM UNDISTORTED OUTPUT APPLICATIONS INFORMATION


versus FREQUENCY
The designer is cautioned that stray thermoelectric
voltages generated by dissimilar metals at the contacts
to the input terminals can prevent realization of the drift
performance indicated. Best operation will be obtained
when both input contacts are maintained at the same
temperature, preferably close to the temperature of the
device's package.

OFFSET VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT


The input and drift over temperature
offset voltage
are permanently trimmed at wafer testing. However, if
further adjustment of V|q is required, nulling with a
10 kfl potentiometer as shown in Figure 22 will not
degrade TCVio- Other potentiometer values from 1.0 kfl
100 K 1.0 M 10 M to 1.0 Mft can be used with a slight degradation (0.1 to
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
0.2 fx\//C) of TCV|q. Trimming to a value other than
zero creates a drift of (V|Q/300) juV/T, e.g. if V|o is
adjusted to 100 /uV, the change in TCVio will be 0.33
FIGURE 20 SMALL-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE mV/C. The offset voltage adjustment range with a 10 k(l
potentiometer is 4.0 m V. If a smaller adjustment range
is required, the sensitivity and/or resolution of the null-

ing can be increased by using a smaller pot in con-


junction with fixed resistors.

FIGURE 22 OFFSET NULLING CIRCUIT

t, TIME (500 ns/DIV)


Input O Output
Ay = +1.0 V EE = -15 V
Ta = + 25C CL = 15 pF
V(x = +15V R|_ = x

FIGURE 21 LARGE-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE NOISE MEASUREMENTS


The extremely low noise of these devices can make
accurate measurement a difficult task. In order to realize
the 80 nV peak-to-peak noise specification of the op amp
in the 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz frequency range, the following
guidelines must be observed:

(1) The device has to be warmed up for at least five


minutes. As the op amp warms up, its offset voltage
changes typically 4.0 ju.V due to its chip temperature
increasing 14 to 20C from the moment the power
supplies are turned on. In the 10 sec measurement
interval these temperature-induced effects can eas-
t, TIME (2.0 /xs/DIV)
ily exceed tens of nanovolts.
Ay = +1.0 V EE = 15V (2) For similar reasons, the device has to be well
Ta = +25C C L = 12 pF shielded from air currents to eliminate the possi-
Vcc = +15V RL = =o
bilityof thermoelectric effects in excess of several
nanovolts.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-354
OP-27

(3) Sudden motion in the vicinity of the device can the op amp and the source resistance of the generator.
also "feed-through" to increase the observed noise. With Rp s= 500 ft, the output is capable of handling the
current requirements (l|_ 20 mA at 10 V) and the ampli-
(4) The test time to measure 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz noise
fier stays in its active mode and a smooth transition will
should not exceed 10 sec. As shown in the noise
occur.
tester frequency response curve (Figure 1) the 0.1
As with operational amplifiers when Rp > 2.0 kft,
all
Hz corner is defined by only one zero. The test time
a pole will be created with Rp and the amplifier's input
of 1 sec acts as an additional zero to eliminate noise
capacitance (8.0 pF), creating additional phase shift and
contributions from the frequency band below 0.1
reducing the phase margin. A small capacitor (20 to 50
Hz.
pF) in parallel with Rp will eliminate this problem.

is recommended when
A noise-voltage density test FIGURE 23 PULSED OPERATION
measuring noise on a large number of units. A 10 Hz
noise-voltage density measurement will correlate well
with a 0.1 Hz-to-10 Hz peak-to-peak noise reading since
both results are determined by the white noise and the
location of the 1/f corner frequency.

UNITY GAIN BUFFER APPLICATIONS


When Rp 100 ft and the input is driven with a fast,

large signal pulse (> 1.0 V), the output waveform will

look as shown in Figure 23.


During the initial fast input step, the input protection
diodes effectively short the output to the input and cur-
rent limit only by the output short circuit protection of

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-355
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR TCA0372
TECHNICAL DATA

Advance Information
DUAL POWER
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
SILICON MONOLITHIC
DUAL POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The TCA0372 is a monolithic circuit intended for use as a
power
operational amplifier in a wide range of applications,
including
servo amplifiers and power supplies. No deadband
crossover dis-
tortion provides better performance for driving coils.
Output Current to 1.0 A
Slew Rate of 1.3 V/>s
Wide Bandwidth of 1.1 MHz
<**m
rKmrn.pi|Y I
DP2 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 648
Internal Thermal Shutdown
Single or Split Supply Operation
Excellent Gain and Phase Margins
Common Mode Input Includes
Zero Deadband Crossover Distortion
Ground
1

DP1 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 626
^
HrWvvll

PIN CONNECTIONS
(Top View)

Output A [~T~ T6|Gnd

vcc[Z "Ti]Gnd

Output B [T" 1
Jf]Gnd
V EE /Gnd[T /\ TsTjGnd

TF]Gnd
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM Inputs B

LZ
LZ
-"A 77] Grid

lOjGnd
Inputs A
{ CI 9 iGnd

(Top View)

Output A f"T"
[-Inputs A
vccEZ
Output B (~_3~_
-| ^+\ U ^1
Inputs B
V EE /Gnd [T 3/
ORDERING INFORMATION
Operating Junction
Device Temperature Range Package
TCA0372DP1 Tj = -40Cto Plastic DIP
TCA0372DP2 + 125C Plastic DIP
This document contains information on a new product. Specifications and information herein are
subject to change without notice.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-356
TCA0372

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Supply Voltage (from Vcc to Vee) vs 40 Volts

Input Differential Voltage Range V|DR (Note 1) Volts

Input Voltage Range V|R (Note 1) Volts

Operating Junction Temperature (Note 2) Tj + 125 C

Storage Temperature Range T stg -55 to +125 C

DC Output Current "0 1.0 A


Peak Output Current (Nonrepetitive) 'max 1.5 A

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc + 15 V, Vee = - 15 V, R[_ connected to ground Tj = T| ow to Thigh (Note 3)

unless otherwise noted)


Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit

Input Offset Voltage (Vcm = 0) V|0 mV


Vcc = +15 Wee = -15 V, Tj = +25C 3.0

V CC = +15 V, VEE = -15 V, Tj = T| ow to T h jgh


Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage AV|q/AT 20 /iV/C

Input Bias Current (Vcm = ) IB

Input Offset Current (Vcm = > llO

Large Signal Voltage Gain AVOL


Vq = 10 V, Rl = 2.0 k

Output Voltage Swing (l|_ = 100 mA| VOH


Vcc = +15 Wee = -15 V, Tj = +25C 14

Vcc = +15 Wee = -15 V, Tj = T| 0W to Thigh 13.9


vol
-14
VCC + 15 wee 15V,Tj + 25C
15V,Tj 13.9
VCC + 15 v,v EE T| 0W to Thjgh

Output Voltage Swing (l|_ = 1.0 A) VOH


22.7
V CC = +24 Wee = V, Tj = +25C 22.5
22.5
Vcc = +24 V, Vee = V, Tj = T| ow to Thigh
vol
V CC = +24 Wee = V, Tj = +25C 1.3 1.5
1.5
VCC = +24 V, V E E = v T J = T low to Thigh
-

Input Common Mode Voltage Range V|CR


Vee to (v Cc 1.0)
Tj = + 25C
Tj = T| 0W to Thigh vE e to (v Cc 1.3)

= 10 dB
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rg k)

Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Rs = 100 A) PSRR

Power Supply Current


7.0
Vcc = +15 Wee
= -15 V, Tj = + 25C
Vcc = + 15 V, VEE = ~ I 5 V- T J = T low to Thigh

NOTES:
1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or V EE-
Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded.
2.

3. T, ow = -40X T h ig h = +125 C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-357
TCA0372
AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = + 15 V, V EE = -15 V, R L connected to ground, Tj = + 25C
unless otherwise noted)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Slew Rate (Vj n = - 10 V to + 10 V, = 2.0 100 pF)
R[_ k, C|_ SR 1.4 V//is
__Ay- -1-O.Tj = T| ow toThiflh
Gain Bandwidth Product = 100 = 100 =
(f kHz, Ci pF, Ri_ 2.0 k) GBW MHz
Tj = 25C
0.9
TJ = T| 0W to T hiah 0.7
Phase Margin Tj = T| ow to T
hi g h *m 80 Degrees
RL = 2.0 k, Cl = 100 pF
Gain Margin
=
dB
R|_ 2.0 k, Cl = 100 pF
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage
22 nV/Vfiz
RS = 100 Ohms, f = 1.0 kHz to 100 kHz
Total Harmonic Distortion
0.02
Ay = -1.0, R L = 50 Ohms, Vp = 0.5 VRMS, f = 1.0 kHz
NOTE: In case V EE is disconnected before V C c. a diode between V EE and GROUND is recommended to avoid damaging device.

FIGURE 1 BIDIRECTIONAL DC MOTOR CONTROL WITH


MICROPROCESSOR-COMPATIBLE INPUTS
vCc

O E2

Vs = Logic Supply Voltage


Must Have Vcc > Vs
E1, E2 = Logic Inputs

FIGURE 2 BIDIRECTIONAL SPEED CONTROL


OF DC MOTORS
2R3 R1
For circuit stability ensure that R
x > where
R|V1 = internal resistance of motor. The voltage avail-
able at the terminals of the motor is:

2 (Vi - ^) + |R (

where |R and Im is the motor current.

10 k

10 k

10 k

THERMAL INFORMATION This must be greater than the sum of the products of
The maximum power consumption an integrated cir- the supply voltages and supply currents at the worst
cuit can tolerate at a given operating ambient temper- case operating condition.
ature, can be found from the equation:
TJ(max) = Maximum operating junction temperature
TJ(max) ~ Ta as listed in the maximum ratings section.
PD(TA) =
Raja (typ) Ta = Maximum desired operating ambient
temperature.
Where: Pd(TA) = Power dissipation allowable at a R JA<typ) = Typical thermal resistance junction to
given operating ambient temperature.
ambient.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-358
A

TL061
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR TL062
TECHNICAL DATA TL064

LOW POWER
JFET INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS

LOW POWER JFET INPUT SILICON MONOLITHIC


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

These JFET input operational amplifiers are designed for low


power applications. They feature high input impedance, low input
bias current and low input offset current. Advanced design tech-
niques allow for higher slew rates, gain bandwidth products and
output swing. The TL061 device provides for the external null
adjustment of input offset voltage. P SUFFIX JG SUFFIX
These devices are specified over the commercial, vehicular and PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
military temperature ranges. The commercial and vehicular CASE 626 CASE 693
devices are available in Plastic dual in-line and SOIC packages. D SUFFIX
The military devices are available in Ceramic dual in-line PLASTIC PACKAGE
packages. CASE 751

Low Supply Current


200 ^A/Amplifier (SO-8)

Low Input Bias Current 5.0 pA Hue


High Gain Bandwidth
2.0 MHz 3VCC
High Slew Rate 6.0 V//xs 3 Output
High Input Impedance 10 12 ft 3 Offset Null
Large Output Voltage Swing 14 V
Output Short Circuit Protection
3Vcc
-3 Output 2

puts 2

(Dual, Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested N SUFFIX J SUFFIX
Op Amp CERAMIC PACKAGE
Device Temperature Range Package PLASTIC PACKAGE
Function
CASE 646 CASE 632
TL061CD, ACD SO-8
Oto +70C
TL061CP, ACP Plastic DIP
D SUFFIX
Single TL061VD
TL061VP
TL061MJG
-40

-55
to

to
+85C

+ 125C
SO-8
Plastic DIP

Ceramic DIP
'^ PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
(SO-14)

TL062CD, ACD SO-8


to + 70C
TL062CP, ACP Plastic DIP Output 1 [T 1 I 3 Output 4
SO-8
Dual TL062VD
TL062VP
-40 to +85C
Plastic DIP
Inputs
ifl^^ ||
'"Puts 4

TL062MJG -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP VCCE V EE


TL064CD, ACD SO-14
Oto +70C Inputs 2 , Inputs 3
TL064CN, ACN Plastic DIP

Quad TL064VD SO-14


-40 to +85C
TL064VN Plastic DIP
(Quad, Top View)
TL064MJ |
-55to+125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-359
TL061, TL062, TL064

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Supply Voltage (from Vqc to Vgg) vs + 36 V
Input Differential Voltage Range (Note V IDR
1) 30 V
Input Voltage Range (Notes and
1 2) V|R 15 V
Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 3) ts Indefinite Seconds
Operating Junction Temperature (Note 3) Tj C
Ceramic Package
+ 160
Plastic Package
+ 150
Storage Temperature Range T stg c
Ceramic Package - 65 to + 1 60
Plastic Package
-60 to +150

1. Differential voltages are at the noninverting input terminal with respect to the
inverting input terminal.
2. The magnitude of the input voltage
must never exceed the magnitude of the supply or 15 volts, whichever is less.
3. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum
junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded. (See Figure 1.

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER)

OVCc

Inputs

f W\ f Vv\O Output
D1

ov EE

Null adjustment pins for


TL061 only.

1.5 kU
-^/v\ O V EE

TL061 input offset voltage


null adjust circuit

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-360
TL061,TL062,TL064

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A = 0C to + 70C, unless stherwise noted]


TL061AC H.061C
TL062AC TL062C
TL064AC TL064C

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Voltage (Rs = 50 O, Vo = V) VlO


mV
Input Offset
- 3.0 6.0 - 3.0 15
Ta = 25C
20
7.5
Ta = 0C to +70C

Average Temperature Coefficient for Offset Voltage AV|o/AT 10 10 nV/C

(RS = 50 a
Vo = V)
Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) ho
-
Ta = 25C
- 0.5 100 0.5 200 PA
2.0 2.0 nA
Ta = 0C to +70C

M = V = V) l|B
Input Bias Current (V C V,
- 3.0 200 - 3.0 200 PA
Ta = 25C 10 nA
7.0
Ta = 0Cto + 70C
+ 14.5 + 11.5 + 14.5 + 11 V
Input Common Mode Voltage Range V|CR
-11.5 -12 -11 -12
Ta = 25C
V/mV
Large Signal Voltage Gain (Rl = 10 kfl, Vo = 10 V) AVOL
-
T A = 25C 4.0 58 - 3.0 58
4.0 3.0
Ta = 0C to +70C
V
Output Voltage Swing (Rl = 10 kH, V|Q = 10 V)
V + + 10 + 14 + 10 + 14
T A = 25C
v - -14 -10 -14 -10
v + + 10 + 10
Ta = 0Cto + 70C - -10
v -10

Common Mode Rejection CMR 80 84 70 84 dB



(Rs = 50 a, vcm = v icr min v o = v t a = 25 c >


. -

Power Supply Rejection PSR 80 86 70 86 dB


(R S = 50 a, Vcm = o v, Vo = o, Ta = 25a
Power Supply Current (each amplifier) ID
200 250 200 250 MA
(No Load, Vo = V, Ta = 25C)

Total Power Dissipation (each amplifier) Pd 6.0 7.5 " 6.0 7.5 mW
(No Load, V = V, TA = 25C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-361
TL061, TL062, TL064

TL061M,V
TL062M.V TL064M,V
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rg = 50 O, Vq = V) VlO mV
TA = 25C - 3.0 6.0 - 3.0 9.0
T A = T| 0W T n qn to j
9.0 15
Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage AV| /AT vvrc
(Rs = 50 n, V = V)
10 10
Input Offset Current (Vcm = =
V, Vo V) iio
TA = 25C - 5.0 100 - 5.0 100 PA
TA = T| 0W to Thigh 20 20 nA
Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vq = V)
'IB
TA = 25C - 30 200 - 30 200 PA
T A = T| 0W to T niah
50 50 nA
Input Common Mode Voltage Range (TA = 25C) V ICR + 14.5 + 11.5 + 14.5 + 11.5 V
-11.5 -12 -11.5 -12
Large Signal Voltage Gain = 10 Ml, Vq = +10
(R[_ V) A VOL VmV
T A = 25C -
TA =
4.0 58 4.0 58 -
T| 0W to Thigh 4.0 4.0
Output Voltage Swing (R L = 10 Ml, V| D = 1.0 V)
TA = 25C V
V + + 10 + 14 + 10 -14
v - -14 -10 -14 -10
TA = T| 0W to Thigh V + + 10 -1-10
v - - 10 - 10
Common Mode Rejection CMR dB
(RS = 50 n, Vcm = V|cr min, Vq = V, TA = 25C) 80 84 80 84
Power Supply Rejection PSR dB
(Rs = 50 n, v C m = o v, v = o v, t a = 25o 80 86 80 86
Power Supply Current (each Amplifier)
ID /J.A
(No Load, Vq = V, T A = 25C)
200 250 200 250
Total Power Dissipation (each Amplifier)
(No Load, V = V, TA = 25C)
Pd
mW
6.0 7.5 6.0 7.5
Note 4. TL06XM ow = -55C T hiqh = + 125C
T|
TL06XV T, ow = -40C T higah = +85C

AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15V, V EE -


15 V, T A = +25C, unless otherwise noted)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Slew Rate (V in = -10 V to + 10 V, R L = ip kg C L = 100 Ay =
pF, +1.0) SR 6.0 V Ms
Rise Time (V in = 20 mV, R L = 10 Ml, C L = 100 pF, Ay = +1.0) 0.1
Overshoot (V in = 20 mV, R L = 10 kg C L = 100 Ay =
pF, +1.0) OS
SettlingTime
(Vcc = +15V, V EE = -15 V, Ay = -1.0, To within 10 mV 1.6
R[_ = 10 kn, Vq = Vto +10 V step) To within 1.0 mV 2.2
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 200 kHz)
MHz
Equivalent Input Nois e (Rs = 100 n, f = 1.0 kHz)
nV/\ Hz
Input Resistance
1012
Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-362
TL061, TL062, TL064

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION versus FIGURE 2 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE VARIATIONS versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
40
1

ib RL = 10 kO
"
TA = 25C

z
w 25

C3
i2! 20
o
t- 15

lu
d
-?
> en
5.0

4 6 8.0 10 12 14 16
3 2
-55-40-20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE lC) VfJC. IVeeL supply VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
TA ,

FIGURE 3 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 4 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus TEMPERATURE versus LOAD RESISTANCE

Vcc = +15V.
= -15 V
V EE
rl = io kn -

ol_ 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 10
-75 25 25 50 75
RL , LOAD RESISTANCE (kill
TA ,
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO

FIGURE 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 6 LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN


versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE

35
II I I
>
100

Cc
r

= + 15
r

v
II I III I I RL = 10 kil E
> 70
V EE = -15 V
30 -Vcc = +15V,Vee - -15V- TA = 25C"""
z RL = 10 ka
<
2b
III I Mill II I

2 so
V Cc = +12V,V EE = -12 V <s>

Sj 40
20 o
30
^
z
1b S3

r n 2
IU V'CC -<-3.u v, v fct -J.U
\,
V B.

II! I I I II I II
3
Vcc = + 2.5 V, V EE = - 2.5 V o
<>
b.U

III I I III I II I 10
75 30 12
1 00 1.0K 10K 00K 1.0M 0M 75 - 50 25 3 25 E 1

f, REQU ENC Y(H )


T A ,AM BIENT TE MPERATlJRE CO

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-363
TL061, TL062, TL064

FIGURE 7 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN FIGURE 8 SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER


AND PHASE versus FREQUENCY versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

200
<
.4
z 150
cc
cc
o
i 100
a.
.

=
" 50 TA
Vq =
25 C

V
_R L = -<7
I | I

100 1.0K 10K


2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20
f, FREQUENCY (Hz,
VCC. v EEl. SUPPLY l
VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 9 SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER FIGURE 10 TOTAL POWER DISSIPATION


versus TEMPERATURE

^
versus TEMPERATURE

. TL064 -

_ 200 -V C c= +15V.
Vg = 15 V
"
Vo = V
.Rl = *n
.TL062.

V CC = +15V-
V EE = -15 V "TL06T
Vo =
Rl = *
V
n

-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 -75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

FIGURE 11 COMMON-MODE REJECTION FIGURE 12 COMMON-MODE REJECTION


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY
140 HI i III! Mill
1
1
1 1 1 1
|

vcc =
1

V CC = + 15 V +15V
Vee = -15 V 3j 120
-V EE = -15V
V =
Rl = 10
V
kn
o
v CM = ov
AVcm = 1.5 V AV CM J~]ad^> oAV JIH
o 10
T l\
= C
1
CMR = 20Log(^ X ArJ fill

O f 1 1

^ 60 mill |

o
J^
l

-1-
8 82 o
o
40
1
1

E 81 I 20 1

-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 10 K


J

1.0 10K 100K 1.0M


TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) f FREQ UENCY (Hz

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-364
TL061,TL062, TL064

FIGURE 13 POWER SUPPLY REJECTION -


FIGURE 14 NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT,
versus FREQUENCY SLEW RATE AND PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE

25 25 bU 75
10K
FREQUENCY (Hz)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
TO
f,

FIGURE 15 INPUT BIAS CURRENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY


versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 16

1.0K 10K
25 50 75
f, FREQUENCY IHzl

T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)

FIGURE 17 SMALL SIGNAL RESPONSE FIGURE 18 LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE

t, TIME (2.0 /xs DIV)


t, TIME I0.5 pts DIV)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-365
TL061, TL062, TL064

FIGURE 19 AC AMPLIFIER FIGURE 20 HIGH-Q NOTCH FILTER


vcc
Q
r G
0.1 /xF
;iokn
Input i
R2 TLOef^s. o Output
Inputs
o vw io kn
^>vEE
O <R3 R1 = R2 = 2R3 = 1.5 Mil
C1 < C2
50 n| CI = C2 = ~ = 110 pF
iokn<
H(HHf-

^ 0.1 /nF 2ttR1 CI

FIGURE 21 INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER

Input 100 kii


a O-AW-

O Output

100 kn
Input B OVW-

FIGURE 22 0.5 Hz SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR


FIGURE 23 AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER

G VCC

TL064 >*O Output A

1.0 mF
Input O 1(-

Output B
2tt R f Cp

100 M F

Output C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

2-366
TL071
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR TL072
TECHNICAL DATA TL074

LOW NOISE, JFET INPUT


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

LOW NOISE, JFET INPUT


OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
These low noise JFET input operational amplifiers combine
two state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic
integrated circuit. Each internally compensated operational P SUFFIX JG SUFFIX
amplifier has well matched high voltage JFET input devices for PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
low input offset voltage. The BIFET technology provides wide CASE 626 CASE 693
bandwidths and fast slew rates with low input bias currents,
input offset currents, and supply currents. Moreover, the devices D SUFFIX
exhibit low noise and low harmonic distortion making them ideal PLASTIC PACKAGE
high fidelity audio amplifier applications.
CASE 751
for use in
(SO-8)
These devices are available in single, dual and quad opera-
tional amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the industry
TL071
standard MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar
(Top View)
products.
Offset Null oT^^~J3 NC
Low Input Noise Voltage 18 nV/VHz Typ lnv+ Input E-f^ 3 Vcc
Low Harmonic Distortion 0.01% Typ Noninvt Input E-t^-g Output
V EE E 3 Offset Null
Low Input Bias and Offset Currents
High Input Impedance 10 12 il Typ
High Slew Rate 13 V/^ts Typ
Wide Gain Bandwidth 4.0 MHz Typ
Low Supply Current 1.4 mA per Amp

N SUFFIX J SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 646 CASE 632
(TL074 Only) (TL074 Only)
ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature TL074 (Top View)
Op Amp
Function Device Range Package
SO-8
Out 1 d S Out 4
TL071ACD, CD I

3 Inputs 4
Single TL071ACJG, CJG
TL071ACP, CP
Oto +70C Ceramic DIP
Plastic DIP
Inputs

VccE
1
n.

p}^ ill

3VEE
,

TL072ACD, CD SO-8 +
+

Dual TL072ACJG, CJG Oto +70C Ceramic DIP Inputs 2 Inputs 3

TL072ACP, CP Plastic DIP E 3


TL074ACJ, CJ Ceramic DIP Out2E I

3 Out 3

Quad Oto +70C


TL074ACN, CN Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-367
TL071, TL072, TL074

MAXIMUM RATINGS
TL07_C
Rating Symbol TL07 AC Unit
Supply Voltage
vcc + 18 V
VEE -18
Differential Input Voltage
V|D 30 V
Input Voltage Range (Note 1) V|DR 15 V
Output Short-Circuit Duration
ts Continuous
(Note 2)

Power Dissipation
Plastic Package (N, P) PD 680 mW
Ta = +47C
Derate above
1/0JA 10 mW/C
Ceramic Package (J, JG)
Derate above Ta = + 82C
PD 680 mW
1/0JA 10 mW/C
Operating Ambient Temperature ta to +70 C
Range
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C
NOTES: 1. The magnitude of the input voltage must not exceed the magnitude
of the supply voltage or 15 volts, whichever is less
2. The oil put may be shorted to ground or either supply. Temperature
and/or supply voltages must be limited to ensure that
dissipation ratings are not exceeded.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = + 15 V, VE f
TL07_C
TL07_AC
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (Rg =s 10 k, VC m = 0)
TL071,TL072
VlO mV
3.0 10
TL074 - 3.0 10
TL07 A
3.0 6.0
Average Temperature Coefficient
Input Offset Voltage
of AV|Q/AT 10 tivrc
RS = 50 a, T A = T| 0W to T high (Note 3)

Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 4)


iio PA
TL07_ - 5.0 50
TL07 A 5.0 50
Input Bias Current
(Vcm = 0) (Note 4)
'IB pA
TL07_ - 30 200
TL07 A 30 200
Input Resistance
n 1012 _ a
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V ICR V
TL07_
TL07 A
10 + 15,-12 -
11 + 15,-12
Large-Signal Voltage Gain
AVOL V/mV
(Vo = 10 V, R L & 2.0 k) TL07_ 25 150 -
TL07 A 50 150
Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak)
(R|_ = 10 k)
vo 24 28 - V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs 10 k) CMRR dB
TL07_ 70 100 -
TL07 A 80 100
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs s 10 k) PSRR dB
TL07_
TL07 A
70 100 -
80 100
Supply Current (Each Amplifier)
ID _ 1.4 2.5
Unity Gain Bandwidth
BW 4.0 MHz
Slew Rate (See Figure 1)
SR 13
V jn = 10 V, R L = 2.0 k, C L = 100 pF V/fjiS

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-368
TL071,TL072, TL074

1 5 V, Ta = + 25C unless otherwise noted)

TL07_C
TL07_AC

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

tr
0.1 /MS
Rise Time (See Figure 1)
10 %
Overshoot Factor
V in = 20 mV, R|_ = 2.0 k, C|_ = 100 pF

Equivalent Input Noise Voltage en 18 nV/VHz

R S = 100 , f = 1000 Hz

Equivalent Input Noise Current in


0.01 '
pA/VHi
R S = 100 O, f = 1000 Hz
Harmonic Distortion THD 0.01 %
Total
Vo(RMS) = 10 V, Rs 1-0 k

RL s 2.0 k, f = 1000 Hz
Channel Separation
120 dB

Ay = 100

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = +15V,V EE = -15 V, Ta = Thiqh t T low INote 3])

TL07_C
TL07_AC

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

k, Vcm = 0) VlO
mV
10
Input Offset Voltage (Rs
TL071,TL072
- - 13
13
TL074
7.5
TL07_A
nA
(Vcm = Note ho
Input Offset Current > (

TL07_
4)
- - 2.0
2.0
TL07_A
nA
Input Bias Current (Vcm = > < Note 4 >
l|B
- - 7.0
TL07_
7.0
TL07 A
AVOL V/mV
Large-Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = 10 Rl * 2.0 k)
TL07_
V,
15 -
TL07 A 25

vo V
Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak)
24
(R|_ 10 k)
20 =
J
(R L s= 2.0 k)

NOTES (continued):
3. T| ow = 0CforTL071C, TL071AC Thiqh = +70CforTL071C, TL071AC
TL072C, TL072AC TL072C, TL072AC
TL074C, TL074AC TL074C, TL074AC
for every 1CTC rise in Junction Temperature as shown
in Figure 3. To maintain
4 Input Bias currents of JFET input op amps approximately double
pulse techniques must be used during testing.
Junction Temperature as close to Ambient Temperature as possible,

TEST CIRCUITS
FIGURE 1 - UNITY GAIN VOLTAGE FOLLOWER FIGURE 2 - INVERTING GAIN OF 10 AMPLIFIER

10 k

<O Vq

;k C(_ = 100 pF

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-369
v

TL071, TL072, TL074

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 4 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY
100

Vr

i
z
a:
cc
o
<g1.0
m
t

j 0.1

0.01

-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125


10 k 100 k 10 M
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 6 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
40
1

_Rl ==
2.0 k

'A = 25C
=

30

?n

in

0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 7.0 10 5.0 10 15


RL, LOAD RESISTANCE (kill
VcC.|VeeI, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 8 SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER


versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE

S. 35
I

cc/v EE =
See
I

15V
Fig ure2
2.0

1R
V C c/V EE = 15V

/R L = 10 k
o
z:
30 1fi

'

14
25
XN RL
"T
= 2.0 k 1?
g 20
o 10

08

3 10 Ofi

6
=*
04
50
0?

-25 25 50 75
-25 25 50 75
Ta. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) 100 125
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-370
TL071, TL072, TL074

FIGURE 9 LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN AND FIGURE 10 LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN


PHASE SHIFT versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE

^^
1000
= Vcc/vee
Vo
= 15V
= iov
vcc /V EE = 15V .! = 2.0 k
106 -R L =
? E
x TA = 25C > 100
D .
z
10&
% <
en

z 104
0
t
.Gain
CO
J103 >
o < 10

90 ^
5"

101

1
Phase Shift

|
\
A 135

1.0

1.0 M 10 M -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125


1.0 k 10 k 100 k
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("0
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 11 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE FIGURE 12 EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

I lllllll
VCC^EE + 15Vdc
1.15 = 10
100 n

<
I.I0 - T, = 25C

g 1.05
8 40
o
z
00
2 1 '

30
I
z
<0.95
z 20
z 0.90
<
10 T
0.85

i _
0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0 5.0 10 50 100
-25 25 50 75 100 125

CO FREQUENCY (kHz)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
,

FIGURE 13 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION


versus FREQUENCY
-
7TT1

-I- 4E=- :
=
TTTTTT ~T --
[-pf-
-^ I 1

^ 0.5
T
f3
JVqcA/ee L.
- - <-j *<
-i
GC
"Av = 1.0

g 0.1 = Vo = 6.0 V (RMS):

i 0.05
:T A _ ALU

s
<:
5 0.01 = == ===== =

0.005

j ._.

0.001 i "ji ...

1.0 5.0

f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-371
TL071, TL072, TL074

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(Each Amplifier)

Output

* *-
Bias Circuitry
Common to All
Amplifiers

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-372
TL071, TL072, TL074

FIGURE 14 AUDIO TONE CONTROL AMPLIFIER

1.0 jtF

Input o 1(
f wv

-O Output

Turn-Over Frequency = 1.0 kHz


Bass Boost/Cut 20 dB at 20 Hz
Treble Boost/Cut 19 dB at 20 kHz
100 k

FIGURE 15 HIGH Q NOTCH FILTER

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-373
MOTOROLA TL081
SEMICONDUCTOR TL082
TECHNICAL DATA
TL084

JFET INPUT
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
These low-cost JFET input operational amplifiers
combine two
state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic inte-
grated circuit. Each internally compensated
operational amplifier
has well matched high voltage JFET input
devices for low input
offset voltage. The BIFET technology
provides wide bandwidths
and fast slew rates with low input bias currents,
input offset cur-
rents, and supply currents.
P SUFFIX JG SUFFIX
These devices are available in single, dual and
quad operational PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
amplifiers which are pin-compatible with
the industry standard CASE 626 CASE 693
MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar
products. De-
vices with an "M" suffix are specified D SUFFIX
over the military operating PLASTIC PACKAGE
temperature range of -55C to + 125C and those
with a "C" CASE 751
suffix are specified from 0C to +
70C. (SO-8)
Input Offset Voltage Options of 6.0, and 15 mV Max Offset Null rr 3NC
Low Input Bias Current 30 pA lnv+ Input E-^\ av cc
Low Input Offset Current 5.0 pA Noninvt Input E 3 Output
Wide Gain Bandwidth 4.0 MHz VE E E .
3 Offset Null

High Slew Rate 13 V//us

Low Supply Current 1.4 mA per Amplifier


Output A Vfx
High Input Impedance 10 12 O EJf'' [3

lnputs 0utputB
Industry Standard Pinouts M!S[^3, Inputs B -

TL082
(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION N SUFFIX J SUFFIX


PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE
Op Amp Temperature CASE 646 CASE 632
Function Device Range Package (TL084 Only) (TL084 Only)
TL081ACD, CD
SO-8
TL081ACJG, CJG
Single to + 70C Ceramic DIP Out1 E -3 Out 4
TL081ACP, CP
Plastic DIP
Inputs
E
TL081MJG -55 + 125C
1
Inputs 4
to Ceramic DIP E
TL082ACD, CD
SO-8 VccE 3VEE
TL082ACJG, CJG
Dual
TL082ACP, CP
to + 70C Ceramic DIP 3
,W2 dp^ [ff3
Plastic DIP Inputs 3

TL082MJG -55 to +125X Ceramic DIP Out 2(1 f I


0Out3
TL084ACJ, CJ
to + 70C Ceramic DIP
Quad TL084ACN, CN TL084 (Top View)
Plastic DIP
TL084MJ -55 to +125X Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-374
TL081, TL082, TL084

MAXIMUM RATINGS
TL08_C
Rating Symbol TL08_M TL08_AC Unit

v Cc + 18 + 18 V
Supply Voltage
VEE -18 -18

V|D 30 30 V
Differential Input Voltage

Range (Note V|DR 15 15 V


Input Voltage 1)

Output Short-Circuit Duration S


Continuous
(Note 2)

Power Dissipation
Plastic Package (N, P) PD 680 mW
Derate above T^ = +47C 1/sja 10 mW/C
Ceramic Package (J, JG) PD 680 680 mW
Derate above T^ = +82C 1/flJA 10 10 mW/C

Operating Ambient Temperature TA -55 to +125 Oto +70 C

Range
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 -65 to +150 C

the supply voltage or 15 volts, whichever is less.


NOTES- 1 The magnitude of the input voltage must not exceed the magnitude of
and/or supply voltages must be limited to ensure that power
The output may be shorted to ground or either supply. Temperature
'

2.

dissipation ratings are not exceeded.

1 5 V, T/\ = + 25C unless otherwise noted)


TL08_C
TL08_M TL08_AC
Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic
V|0 mV
Input Offset Voltage (Rs 10 k, VCm = 0)
-
3.0 6.0 5.0 15
TL081,TL082
TL084
- 3.0 9.0 5.0 15
3.0 6.0
TL08 A

Average Temperature Coefficient of AV|0/AT " 10 10 l*V/C

Input Offset Voltage


R S = 50 ft, Ta = T|ow to >hiqh < N te 3 >

PA
Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 4) iio
- - 5.0 200
TL08_ 5.0 100
5.0 100
TL08_A
Note 4
PA
Input Bias Current (Vcm = 'IB
-
) '

TL08_
'
- 30 200 30 400
30 200
TL08_A
1012 - 1012 ft
Input Resistance n
V
Common Mode Input Voltage Range V|CR
TL08_ 11 + 15,-12 - 10 + 15,-12
11 + 15,-12
TL08 A
V/mV
Large-Signal Voltage Gain AVOL
TL08_ 25 150 - 25 150
(Vo = 10 V, Rl 5= 2.0 k)
50 150
TL08 A
vo 24 28 24 28 V
Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak)
(R|_ = 10 k)

CMRR dB
Common Mode 10
Rejection Ratio (Rs k)
80 100 - 70 100
TL08_
TL08_A 80 100 _
PSRR dB
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs * 10 k)
- -
80 100 70 100
TL08_
80 100
TL08 A
ID
1.4 2.8 - 1.4 2.8 mA
Supply Current (Each Amplifier)
BW - 4.0 4.0 MHz
Unity Gain Bandwidth
|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-375

TL081, TL082, TL084

I
^ _^J^2 tt ly v, i
A - + ^o u un less oth erwise n oted)

TL08_C

r Slew Rate (See Figure 1)


.
Characteristic Symbol Min
TL08_M
Typ Max Min
TL08_AC
Typ Max Unit

V in = 10 V, R L = 2.0 k, C = 100 pF
SR 8.0 13 - - 13 V//is
L
Rise Time (See Figure 1)
tr - 0.1 0.1 flS
Overshoot Factor 10 - -
Vj n = 20 mV, R
L = 2.0 k, C L = 100 pF
10 %
Equivalent Input Noise Voltage
en 25 - - 25 - nV/VRI
RS = 100 n, f = 1000 Hz
Channel Separation 120 - 120 -
AV = 100 dB

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V T A - T| 0W to Tr- iah [Note 3])

TL08_C
TL08_M TL08_AC
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Offset Voltage (R
s 10 k, Vcm = 0) VlO
TL081.TL082 - mV
9.0 20
TL084 - 15 20
TL08 A
7.5
Input Offset Current (V =
C m 0) (Note 4) iio
- nA
TL08_ - 20 - - 5.0
TL08 A
3.0
Input Bias Current (V =
CM 0) (Note 4)
'IB
nA
TL08_ - - 50 - - 10
TL08 A
7.0
Large-Signal Voltage Gain (Vq = 10 V, R &
L 2.0 k) A VOL
V/mV
TL08_ 15 - - 15 - -
TL08 A 25
Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak)
vo V
(R|_ * 10 - -
(RL *
k)

2.0 k)
24 24 - -
20 20
NOTES (continued): L L I

OW " "J 5
'
TL081M TL082M, TL084M
r
< T high = + 125C for TL081M, TL082M, TL084M
= C for TL081C,TL081AC = +70X for TL081C. TL081AC
TL082C, TL082AC
TL082a TL082AC
TL084C, TL084AC
TL084a TL084AC
4. Input Bias currents of JFET
op amps approximately double for every 10X rise in
input
Junction Temperature as shown t
Junction Temperature as close ,0 ambient
temperatures as possible, pulse techniques must
"uSduring^.
in Fin,

, m " n,a,n

TEST CIRCUITS
FIGURE 1 UNITY GAIN VOLTAGE FIGURE 2 INVERTING GAIN OF 10
FOLLOWER
AMPLIFIER

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-376
TL081, TL082, TL084

FIGURE 3 INPUT BIAS CURRENT FIGURE 4 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

100

<
- 10
i

cc

10
3
oo '.

=5
Z
g0.1

0.01
10 k 100 k
-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Ta,

FIGURE 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 6 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING


versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
40
R L = 2.0 k
I I I

TA = 25C
vcc/Vpf= +15 J
SO
TA = 25C 30

2U
20

IU

1
IU

b.U

n
5.0 10 15
0.2 0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 4.0 7.0 10

RL LOAD RESISTANCE (kfi) V C C, |VeeI, supply VOLTAGE I V)


,

FIGURE 7 OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING FIGURE 8 SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER


versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE

2.0
1 1 vcc/vee= 15V
Vcc/Vff = +-15V 1.8
S. 35
See jre2
/Rl =
> in
Fig 10 k
% 1.6

o 30
2 1 - 4
3 ,c DC

v> 25
V- 2.0 k o
1.2

H; 20
o
>
cc
0.8
lb
E |0.6
^
>6
lu

5.0
> 0.2

-25 25 50 75 100 125


-25 25 50 75 100 125
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
|C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-377
TL081, TL082, TL084

FIGURE 9 LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN AND FIGURE 10 LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN


PHASE SHIFT versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE

vcc /V EE = 15V
106
-R L =
TA = 25C
1f5

in*
.Gain
o t
103

10 ?

mi
Phase Shift \ v^N \
1

.0 10
s\
1 1 )
1.0 k 10 k 10 k 1.0 M 10 M -25 25 50 75
, FREQUE NCY (Hz) TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,

FIGURE 11 NORMALIZED SLEW RATE FIGURE 12 EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE


versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY

1.15

1.10

$1.05
CO
1.00
Ed
< 0.95

0.90

0.85

-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0 5.0 10 50 100
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)
f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIGURE 13 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION


versus FREQUENCY
1.0

0.5

-V cc Vff = +1 5V
AV = 1.0
01

:TA = 25
005
Tf

0.01

0.005

"
1
P- IL

0.001

0.5 1.0
T~ 44-
5.0 50 100
f, FREQUENCY (kHz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-378
TL081, TL082, TL084

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC


(Each Amplifier)
Output

Offset
Null I 1.5 k
(TL081
only)

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 14 OUTPUT CURRENT TO VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION


FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER
Settling time to within V2 LSB 19.5 mV)
( is approximately
4.0 ijs from the time all bits are switched.

The value of C may be selected to minimize overshoot


and ringing (C = 68 pF).

Theoretical Vo
Vref , TA1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6^ A7 A8]
+ + + + + +
[T + T T
,
V = -j <R >
^6 32 64 T28 256j

Adjust V re f, R1 or Ro so that Vo with all digital inputs at

high level is equal to 9.961 volts.

V ref = 2.0 Vdc


Rt = R21.0kfl
RO = 5.0 kfl

V
2.0 V [1111111 + + + + +
1 ]
= J^ <5-0 k) I
2 +i+8 T6 32 64 T28 256j

= 10 V = 9.961 V
'[!]

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-379
TL081, TL082, TL084

FIGURE 15 POSITIVE PEAK DETECTOR

-O V ut

VjnO- 1N914 5p1.0^F Vi TL082


Vi TL082

Reset
o-cr^o- 'Polycarbonate or
Polystyrene Capacitor

FIGURE 16 LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER FIGURE 17 ISOLATING LARGE CAPACITIVE LOADS


R2 5.1 k
R3 O VQ
Vro

+ 2.0 V

R5 < 'Polycarbonate or
-2.0 V J
- Polystyrene Capacitor Overshoot < 10%
t s = 10 (is
Time (t)= R4 Cn (V R /V R - V,), R = R R = 0.1 R6 When
3 4 5, driving large C L the V out slew
, rate is determined by Cl
If R1 = R2: t = 0.693
R4C and 'out(max)-'
Design Example: 100 Second Timer
V R = 10V C = 1.0 M F R3 = R4=144M AVput _ lout 0.02
R6 = 20 k R5 = 2.0 k ~~
3 % ,
v/^ s = 004 V/MS (with Ci shown)
R1 = R2 = 1.0 k At "c[" IqT

FIGURE 18 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED CURRENT SOURCE

R1
v inO VW
Olout

If R1 through R4 R5 then out = &


l

R5

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-380
.

Power Supply Circuits

Selector Guide
In Brief . .
Linear Voltage Regulators 3-2

Switching Regulators 3-7


In most electronic systems some form of voltage reg-
ulation is required. Yesterday the task of voltage reg- Special Switching Regulator
ulator design was tediously accomplished with discrete 3-9
devices, and the results were quite often complex and
Controllers
costly. Today with bipolar monolithic regulators, this Power Supervisory 3-10
task has been reduced considerably. The designer now
has a wide choice of fixed, low Vjiff, adjustable, and 3-13
tracking series-type regulators.
Alphanumeric Listing
These devices incorporate many built-in protection
features making them virtually immune to the cata- Related Application Notes 3-15
strophic failures encountered inolder discrete designs.
The Switching Power Supply continues to increase 3-16
Data Sheets
in popularity and is one of the fastest growing markets
in the world of power conversion. They offer
the
designer several important advantages over that of lin-
ear series-pass regulators. These advantages include
significant advancements in the areas of size and
weight reduction, efficiency, and the ability to perform
voltage step-up and voltage-inverting. Motorola offers
an ever increasing diverse portfolio of full featured

switching regulator control circuits which meet the


needs of today's modern compact electronic
equipment.
Power Supply Circuits

Linear Voltage Regulators

Fixed Output

These low cost monolithic circuits provide positive and/or Although designed primarily as fixed voltage regulators,
negative regulation at currents from 100 mA to 3.0 A.
They these devices can be used with external components
to ob-
are ideal for on-card regulation employing current
limiting and tain adjustable voltages and currents.
thermal shutdown. Low Vdi ff devices are offered for battery
powered systems.

"0
AVq/AT
Vout Tol.t mA Device Device v in R egiine R egioad
Volts mV/C Package
Volts Max Positive Output Negative Output mV
Min/Max mV Typ Suffix
5.0 0.5 100 LM2931-5.0 - 5.6/40 30 50 1.0 Z, T
MC78L05C MC79L05C 6.7/30 200 60 P, G
0.25 LM2931A-5.0 - 5.6/40 30 50 Z, T
MC78L05AC MC79L05AC 6.7/30 150 60 P, G
500 MC78M05C MC79M05C 7.0/35 100 100 G, T
0.5 750,10 LM2935 - 5.6/26 30 50 T/314D
0.4 1500 LM109 7.0/35 100 100 1.1 K, H
LM209 50 1.0
0.25 LM309
0.35 MC7805* 8.0/35 0.6 K
0.25 MC7805B# - 100 1.0 T
MC7805C MC7905C 7.0/35
K, T
0.2 MC7805A* - 7.5/35 10 50 0.6 K
MC7805AC MC7905AC 100 K, T
0.25 LM 140-5* 7.0/35 50 50 K
0.2 LM140A-5* 10 25
0.25 LM340-5 50 50 K, T
0.2 LM340A-5 - 10 25
0.1 TL780-05C - 0.06 KC
0.25 3000 MC78T05C 7.3/35 25 30 0.1 K, T
0.2 MC78T05AC 10 25
#Tj = -A 0to +125 C tOutp ut Voltage Tolerance f jr Worst Case *Tj = -55 to +15 oc (continued)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-2
Fixed Output Voltage Regulators (continued)
AVq/AT
o mV/C Package
Vout Tol.t mA Device Device Vin R*9line R9load
Volts Volts Max Positive Output Negative Output Min/Max mV mV Typ Suffix

5.0 0.4 3000 LM123* 7.5/20 25 100 0.1 K

LM223 -
0.25 LM323 T

0.2 LM123A 15 50 K

LM223A
LM323A - T

5.2 0.26 1500 _ MC7905.2C 7.2/35 105 105 1.0 T

6.0 + 0.3 500 MC78M06C 8.0/35 100 120

0.35 1500 MC7806* 9.0/35 60 100 0.7 K

0.3 MC7806B# 120 120 T

MC7906C 8.0/35 K, T
MC7806C
0.24 MC7806AC 8.6/35 11 100 T

0.3 LM 140-6* 8.0/35 60 y 60 K

LM340-6 - K,T

8.0 0.8 100 MC78L08C 9.7/30 200 80 P, G

MC78L08AC 175

0.4 500 MC78M08C 10/35 100 160 1.0 G, T

1500 MC7808* 11.5/35 80 100 K

MC7808B# 160 160 T

MC7908C 10.5/35 K,T


MC7808C
0.3 MC7808AC 10.6/35 13 100 T

0.4 LM 140-8* 10.5/35 80 80 K

LM340-8 K,T

3000 MC78T08C - 10.4/35 35 30 0.16

9.0 0.39 1500 MC7809C - 11.5/35 50 50 1.0 T

12 1.2 100 MC78L12C MC79L12C 13.7/35 250 100 P, G

0.6 MC78L12AC MC79L12AC


MC78M12C MC79M12C 14/35 100 240 1.0 G,T
500
1500 MC7812* 15.5/35 120 120 1.5 K

MC7812B* 240 240 T

MC7812C MC7912C 14.5/35 K, T

0.5 MC7812A* 14.8/35 18 50 K

MC7812AC 100 T

0.6 LM140-12* 14.5/35 120 120 1.5 K

0.5 LM140A-12* 18 32

0.6 LM340-12 120 120 K,T

0.5 LM340A-12 18 32

0.24 TL780-12C 5.0 0.15 KC

0.6 3000 MC78T12C 14.5/35 45 30 0.24 K, T

0.5 MC78T12AC 18 25

= -55 to + 50C (continued)


#Tj = -40 to +125C I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-3
Fixed Output Voltage Regulators (continued)

0
AVo/AT
Vout Tol.t mA Device Device "aiine R *9load mV/C Package
Volts Volts Max Positive Output Negative Output Min/Max mV mV Typ Suffix
15 1.5 100 MC78L15C MC79L15C 16.7/35 300 150 P, G
0.75 MC78L15AC MC79L15A
500 MC78M15C MC79M15C 17/35 100 300 1.0 G, T
1500 MC7815* - 18.5/35 150 150 1.8 K
MC7815B# 300 300 T
MC7815C MC7915C 17.5/35 K, T
0.6 MC7815A* 17.9/35 22 50 K
MC7815AC - 100 K, T
0.75 LM 140-1 5* - 17.5/35 150 150 K
0.6 LM140A-15* 22 35
0.75 LM340-15 150 150 K, T
0.6 LM340A-15 - 22 35
0.3 TL780-15C 15 60 0.18 KC
0.75 3000 MC78T15C 17.5/40 55 30 0.3 K, T
0.6 MC78T15AC - 22 25
18 1.8 100 MC78L18C MC79L18C 19.7/35 325 170 - P
0.9 MC78L18AC MC79L18AC
500 MC78M18C 20/35 100 360 1.0 G, T
1500 MC7818* - 22/35 180 180 2.3 K
MC7818B# 360 360 T
0.7 MC7818C MC7918C 21/35 K, T
MC7818AC - 31 100 T
0.9 LM340-18 - 180 180
20 1.0 500 MC78M20C - 22/40 10 400 1.1 G, T
24 2.4 100 MC78L24C MC79L24C 25.7/40 350 200 - P
1.2 MC78L24AC MC79L24AC 300
500 MC78M24C 26/40 100 480 1.2 G, T
1500 MC7824* - 28/40 240 240 3.0 K
MC7824B# 480 480 T
MC7824C MC7924C 27/40 K, T
1.0 MC7824AC 27.3/40 36 100 T
1.2
I
LM340-24 240 240
#Tj = -4 0to +125 C tOutp ut Voltage Tolerance ft>r Worst Case *T = -55 to +15 re
j

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-4
Adjustable Output Voltage
Regulators

Motorola offers a broad line of adjustable output volt- ing a wide range of output voltages for industrial and
age regulators with a variety of output current capabil- communications applications. The three-terminal de-
ities. Adjustable voltage regulators provide users the vices require only two external resistors to set the out-
capability of stocking a single integrated circuit provid- put voltage.

Adjustable Positive Output Regulators


Regulation
Vin- % vout @
PD
Vout
Vout Vin Differ-
Watts Ta = 25C
Volts Volts Max Max TC Vout Tj =
'0 ential
mA Volts TA = TC = Typ c

Max Device Suffix Min Max Min Max Min 25C 25X Line Load %/C Max Package

37 40 3.0 Internally 0.04 0.5 0.006 125 29,79


100 LM317L H,Z 1.2 5.0
Limited 0.004 150
LM217L# 0.02 0.3

LM117L* 0.003

LM2931C T 3.0 24 3.16 0.6 0.15 1.0 - 125 31 4D

150 MC1723 CP 2.0 37 9.5 40 3.0 1.25 0.1 0.3 0.003 150 646

CG 1.0 2.1 0.003 603C

G 0.002

CL 1.5 0.003 175 632

L
- 0.002

500 LM317M T 1.2 37 5.0 40 3.0 Internally 0.04 0.5 0.0056 125 221A
Limited

1500 LM317 T 1.2 37 5.0 40 3.0 Internally 0.04 0.5 0.006 125 221A
Limited 79. 1
LM317 H, K
LM217# 0.02 0.3 0.004

LM117* 0.003 150

3000 LM350 T 1.2 33 5.0 36 3.0 Internally 0.03 0.5 0.008 125 221A
Limited 1
LM350 K
0.01 0.3 0.0057 150
LM250#
LM150* 0.0051

Adjustable Negative Output Regulators


Regulation
Vin- % Vout @
PD
Vout
Vout Vin Differ-
Watts Ta = 25C
Volts Volts Max Max TC Vout Tj =
ential
>o
mA Volts TA = TC = Typ C

Max Min Max Min Max Min 25C 25C Load %/C Max Package

500 LM337M -1.2 5.0 3.0 Internally 0.04 0.0048 125 221A
Limited

1500 LM337 -1.2 5.0 3.0 Internally 1.0 0.0048 125 221
Limited 79,1
LM337
0.5 0.0034 150
LM237#
0.0031
LM137*
#Tj -25 to + 150C *Tj = -55 to +150C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-5
Floating Voltage and Current Regulator
Designed for laboratory type power supplies. Voltage limited only by the
is breakdown voltage of associated external
series-pass transistors.

Vout Vaux AVref/Vref


'0 PD AI L/L L TC V out
Volts
mA Volts
Watts % % wc
Min Max Max Device Suffix Min Max Max Line Load Max Typ Package
* *
MC1466 L 21 30 0.75 0.015 0.015 0.2 0.01 632
Dependent on characteristics of external series-pass elements

Dual 15 V Tracking Regulators


rn he deViC6 ' S SSt for 15 V but an e * ternal adjustment can change both outputs simultaneously, from
p i?A
cf.l)
ooV
V to 20 V.
-

TC
Vout Vin %/C
Volts 'O
Volts PD (T| 0W to
mA Watts R egiine R egioad Thigh) TA
Min Max Max Min Max Device Suffix Max mV mV Typ C Package
14.5 15.5 100 -17 30 MC1468 G 0.8 10 10 3.0 to +75 603C
L 1.0
632
MCI 568 G 0.8 -55 to +125 603C
L 1.0 632

Microprocessor Voltage Regulator/Supervisory Circuit


A 5.0 V fixed output with many monitoring functions required in microprocessor-based systems.
v out- Vref Vin
Volts
'SINK
mA Volts
Regiine Regioad TA
Min Max Max Min Max mV Max mV Max Device Suffix c Package
4.75 5.25 100 7.0 40 40 50 MC34160 P to +70 648C
2.47 2.73 2.0 5.0 20 30 MC33160 -40 to +85

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-6
A

Switching Regulator Control Circuits

These devices contain the primary building blocks which and are designed to drive many of the standard switching

are required to implement a variety of switching power sup- topologies. The single-ended configurations include buck,
plies. The product offerings fall into three major categories boost, flyback and forward converters. The double-ended
consisting of single-ended and double-ended controllers, plus devices control push-pull, half bridge and full bridge
single-ended ICs with on-chip power switch transistors. configurations.
These circuits operate in voltage, current or resonant modes

Single-Ended Controllers
These single-ended voltage and current mode controllers are designed for use in buck, boost, flyback, a nd forward
converters.They are cost effective in applications that range from 0.1 to 200 watts power output.
Minimum Maximum
to Operating Useful
mA Voltage Range Operating Reference Oscillator TA
Max Volts Mode Volts Freq. (kHz) Device Suffix c Package

250 7.0 to 40 Voltage 5.0 5.0% 200 MC34060 P Oto +70 646
L 632
MC35060 L -55 to +125
500 5.0 1.5% MC34060A D Oto +70 751A
P 646
MC33060A D - 40 to + 85 751A
P 646
MC35060A L -55 to +125 632

1000 4.2 to 12 Current 1.25 2.0% 300 MC34129 D Oto +70 751A
P 646
MC33129 D - 40 to + 85 751A
P 646

11.5 to 30 5.0 2.0% 500 UC3842A D Oto +70 751A


N 626

1 1 to 30 5.0 1.0% UC2842A D -25 to +85 751A


J 693
N 626

8.2 to 30 5.0 2.0% UC3843A D to +70 751


N 626
5.0 1.0% UC2843A D -25 to +85 751A
J 693
N 626

11.5 to 30 5.0 2.0% UC3844 D to +70 751A


N 626

1 1 to 30 5.0 1.0% UC2844 D - 25 to + 85 751A


J 693
N 626

8.2 to 30 5.0 2.0% UC3845 D Oto +70 751A


N 626
5.0+1.0% UC2845 D - 25 to + 85 751A
J 693
N 626

Single-Ended Controllers With On-Chip Power Switch


These monolithic power switching regulators contain all the active functions required to implement standard DC-to-
DC converter configurations with a minimum number of external components.

Minimum Maximum
Operating Useful
'O
mA Voltage Range Operating Reference Oscillator TA
Max Volts Mode Volts Freq. (kHz) Device Suffix c Package

1500 2.5 to 40 Voltage 1.255.2%# 100 ^iA78S40 PC Oto +70 648


DC 620
PV -40 to +85 648
DM -55 to +125 620
(continued
#Tolerance apf>lies over the specifiec operating temperature range.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-7
G

SINGLE-ENDED CONTROLLERS WITH ON-CHIP POWER SWITCH (continued)


Minimum Maximum
o Operating Useful
mA Voltage Range Operating Reference Oscillator
Max ta
Volts Mode Volts Freq. (kHz) Device Suffix c
1500 2.5 to 40 Voltage 1.255.6%# 100 MC34063 P1 Oto +70 626
U 693
MC33063 P1 -40 to +85 626
u 693
MC35063 u -55 to +125
1.25 2.0% MC34063A D to +70 751
P1 626
MC33063A D -40 to +85 751
P1 626
MC35063A U -55 to +125 693
3400 1.25 + 2.0% MC34163 P Oto +70 648C
and
MC33163 - 40 to + 85
5.05 3.0%
3500t 6.8 to 40 5.05 2.0% 72 MC34166 T Oto +70 314D
Internally
MC33166 -40 to +85
Fixed

Double-Ended Controllers
These double-ended voltage and resonant mode controllers are designed for use in
push-pull, half-bridge and full-
bridge converters. They are cost effective in applications that range from
100 to 2000 watts power output.
Minimum Maximum
'O Operating Useful
mA Voltage Range Operating Reference Oscillator ta
Max Volts Mode Volts Freq. (kHz) Device Suffix c Package
7.0 to 40 Voltage 5.05.0%# 200 TL494 CN Oto +70 648
CJ
-25 to +85
620
MJ -55 to+125
5.0 1.5% TL594 Oto +70 648
-25 to+85
MJ -55 to +125 620
8.0 to 40 5.1 2.0% SG3525A to +70 648

SG2525A -25 to +85 648


620
SG1525A -55 +125
to
SG3527A Oto +70 648

SG2527A -25 to +85 648

SG1527A -55 to +125


200 5.0 2.0% SG3526 Oto +125*
726
5.0+1.0% SG2526 -25 to +150*
726
SG1526
9.6 to 20 Resonant MC34066 to +70 751

MC33066 DW -40 to +85


648
#Tolerance applies over the specified operating temperature range.
'Junction Temperature Range.
tGuaranteed minimum, typically 4300 mA.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-8
Special Switching Regulator Controllers

Dual Channel Current Mode Controllers


These high performance dual channel controllers are optimized for off-line AC-to-DC power supplies and DC-to-DC
converters in the flyback topology. Applications include desktop computers, peripherals, televisions, games, and various
consumer appliances.

Minimum Maximum
o Operating Useful
mA Voltage Range Operating Reference Oscillator TA
Max Volts Mode Volts Freq. (kHz) Device Suffix c Package

1000 11 to 15.5 Current 5.0 2.0% 500 MC34065 DW to +70 751 G

P 648
MC33065 DW - 40 to + 85 751 G

P 648

Universal Microprocessor Power Supply Controller


A power supply control circuit for microprocessor-based systems which is mainly intended for automotive
versatile
applications and battery powered instruments. The device provides a power-on Reset delay and a Watchdog feature
for orderly microprocessor operation.

Output vcc Key


Volts
Regulated Current TA Reference Supervisory
Outputs mA Device Min Max c Volts Features Package

E 2 PROM Programmable Output: 150 peak TCA5600, 6.0 35 -40 2.5 3.2% MPU Reset and 707
24 Volts (Write Mode) TCF5600 to Watchdog Circuit
5.0 Volts (Read Mode) + 75

Fixed Linear Output: 10 to external buffer


5.0 Volts transistor

Control IC for Line-Isolated Free Running Flyback Converter


Regulates and monitors the switching transistor in power supplies based on the free oscillating flyback converter
principle. Provides excellent Switchmode performance in Hi-Fi equipment, active loudspeakers, as well as applications
in TV receivers and video recorders.

Minimum Maximum
o Operating Useful
mA Voltage Range Operating Reference Oscillator TA
Max Volts Mode Volts Freq. (kHz) Device Suffix c Package

1500 12.3 to 20 Voltage 4.2 5.0% 100 TDA4601 - -15 to +85 762

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-9
Power Supervisory Circuits

A Power Supervisory Circuits are offered. Overvoltage sensing circuits which drive "crowbar" SCR's are
variety of
provided several configurations from a low cost three-terminal version to 8-pin devices
in
which provide pin-program-
mable trip-voltages or additional features such as an indicator output drive and remote
activation capability. An over-
under-voltage protection circuit is also offered.

Overvoltage "Crowbar" Sensing Circuit


MC3523U TA = -55 to + 125C, Case 693
MC3423P1,U TA = 0 to +70C, Case 626, 693
This device can protect sensi- V CC 9
tive circuitry from power supply
transients or regulator failure
when used with an external
"Crowbar" SCR. The device sen-
ses voltage and compares it to
an internal 2.6 V reference. Over-
voltage trip is adjustable by
means of an external resistive Sense 1

voltage divider. A minimum


duration before trip is program-
mable with an external capacitor.
Other features include a 300 mA
high current output for driving
the gate of a "Crowbar" SCR, an Output
open-collector indicator output
and remote activation capability.

Over/Undervoltage Protection Circuit


MC3425P1 TA = 0 to +70C, Case 626

The MC3425 is a power sup-


ply supervisory circuit contain-
ing all the necessary functions
required to monitor over and
undervoltage fault conditions.
This device features dedicated
over and undervoltage sensing
channels with independently
programmable time delays. The
overvoltage channel has a high
current Drive Output for use in
conjunction with an external
SCR "Crowbar" for shutdown.
The undervoltage channel input
comparator has hysteresis
which is externally program-
mable, and an open-collector
output for fault indication.

6 Gnd
Input Section Output Section

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-10
Undervoltage Sensing Circuit
MC34064P-5, D-5 TA = 0 to +70C, Case 29, 751
MC33064P-5, D-5 TA = -40 to +85C, Case 29, 751
MC34164P-5, D-5 Ta = 0 to + 70C, Case 29, 751
MC33164P-5, D-5 TA = -40 to +85C, Case 29, 751

The MC34064/MC34164 is a
family of undervoltage sensing
circuits specifically designed for
use as reset controllers in micro-
processor-based systems. They
offer the designer an economical
Input
solution for low voltage detection
with a single external resistor.
Both parts feature a trimmed
bandgap reference, and a com-
parator with precise thresholds
and built-in hysteresis to prevent
erratic reset operation. The
MC34064 has a threshold voltage
of 4.6 V, while the MC34164
threshold is at 4.3 V, and features
a larger hysteresis window. The
open collector reset outputs are Sink Only
capable of sinking excess of 10
in Positive True Logic
mA (MC34064) and 7.0 mA
Pin numbers adjacent to terminals are for the 3 pin TO-92 package.
(MC34164). Operation is guaran-
Pin numbers in parenthesis are for the D suffix SO-8 package.
teeddown to 1.0 volt input with
low standby current. The
MC34164 is specifically designed
for battery powered applications
where low bias current (one/tenth
of the MC34064's) is an important
characteristic.
Applications include direct
monitoring of the 5.0 volt MPU/
logic power supply used in appli-
ance, automotive, consumer, and
industrial equipment.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-11
Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit
MC34160P Ta = 0 to + 70C, Case 648C
MC33160P Ta = -40 to +85C, Case 648C

The MC34160 Series is a volt-


age regulator and supervisory
circuit containing many of the
necessary monitoring functions
required in microprocessor vccf Regulator Output
based systems. It is specifically
designed for appliance and
industrial applications offering
the designer a cost effective
solution with minimal external
components. These integrated . Reference Output

circuits feature a 5.0 V, 100 mA


regulator with short circuit cur-
Power Warning
rent limiting, pinned out 2.6 V I

bandgap reference, low voltage


reset comparator, power warn-
Hysteresis Adjust
ing comparator with program-
mable hysteresis, and an uncom-
mitted comparator ideally suited
Nonlnverting Input
for microprocessor line
synchronization.
Additional features include a Comparator Output

chip disable input for low


standby current, and internal
thermal shutdown for over tem-
perature protection.
These devices are contained in
a 16 pin dual-in-line heat tab
plastic package for improved
thermal conduction.

Series Switch Transient Protection Circuit


MC3397T Tj = -40 to + 125X, Case 221A

This device acts as a satu-


rated series pass element with *-o
Input Output
O-^
a very low voltage drop for load
currents in excess of 750 mA. In
the event of an over voltage Thermal Current
condition (&17.5 V typically) or Sense Limit

high voltage transient of either


positive or negative polarity,
the MC3397T instantaneously Control
switches to an open circuit Circuit

(OFF) state, interrupting power ;& it

to the load and protecting the


load during this potentially
destructive condition. The 6 Ground
device immediately recover
will
to an ON state when supply
voltages fall within the normal
operating range.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-12
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

Linear Voltage Regulators


Device Function Page
LM109 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-16
LM117 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-21
LM117L Low-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-29
LM123,A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage Regulator 3-37
LM137 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-43
LM140,A Series Three-Terminal Positive Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-50
LM150 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-66
LM209 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-16
LM217 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-21
LM217L Low-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-29
LM223,A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage Regulator 3-37
LM237 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-43
LM250 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-66
LM309 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-16
LM317 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-21
LM317L Low-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-29
LM317M Medium-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-74
LM323.A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage Regulator 3-37
LM337 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-43
LM337M Medium-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-82
LM340,A Series Three-Terminal Positive Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-50
LM350 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-66
LM2931 Series Low Dropout Voltage Regulators 3-89
LM2935T Low Dropout Dual Regulator 3-96
MC1466L Voltage and Current Regulator 3-99
MC1468 Dual 15-Volt Tracking Regulator 3-109
MC1568 Dual 15-Volt Regulator 3-109
MC1723,C Adjustable Positive or Negative Voltage Regulator 3-115
MC7800 Series 3-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulators 3-135
MC78L00,A Series Positive Voltage Regulators 3-148
MC78M00 Series Positive Voltage Regulator 3-154
MC78T00 Series Three-Ampere Positive Voltage Regulators 3-162
MC7900 Series Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-171
MC79L00,A Series Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-180
MC79M00 Series Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-185
MC33160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-279
MC34160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-279
TL780 Series Three-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulators 3-358

Switching Regulator Control


Device Function Page
MC33060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-200
MC33063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-212
MC33063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-218
MC33066 High Performance Resonant Mode Controller 3-245
MC33129 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-259
MC33163 Power Switching Regulator 3-287
MC33166 Power Switching Regulator 3-302
MC34060 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-188
MC34060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-200

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-13
1
1

Switching Regulator Control (continued)


Device Function Page
MC34063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-212
MC34063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-218
MC34066 High Performance Resonant Mode Controller 3-245
MC34129 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-253
MC34163 Power Switching Regulator 3-287
MC34166 Power Switching Regulator [ 3-302
MC35060 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-188
MC35060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-200
MC35063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-212
MC35063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-218
MC44602 Current Mode Controller 3-303
SG1525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-304
SG1526 Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits \ 3-31
SG1527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-304
SG2525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-304
SG2526 Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-31
SG2527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-304
SG3525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-304
SG3526 Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits \ 3-31
SG3527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits \ 3-304
TL494 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits \ 3-336
TL594 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-347
UC2842A High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-364
UC2843A High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-364
UC2844 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377
UC2845 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377
UC3842A High Performance Current Mode Controller \ 3-364
UC3843A High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-364
UC3844 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377
UC3845 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-377
pA78S40 Universal Switching Regulator Subsystem 3-390

Special Switching Regulator Controllers


Device Function Page
MC33065 High Performance Dual Channel Current Mode Controller 3-232
MC34065 High Performance Dual Channel Current Mode Controller 3-232
TCA5600 Universal Microprocessor Power Supply Controller \ 3-319
TCF5600 Universal Microprocessor Power Supply Controller 3-319
TDA4601 Flyback Converter Regulator Control Circuit 3-330

Power Drivers
Device Function Page
MC33151 High Speed Dual MOSFET Driver 3-266
MC33152 High Speed Dual MOSFET Driver '
3.274
MC33153 High Speed Dual MOSFET Driver "

3.274
MC34151 High Speed Dual MOSFET Driver '

3.266
MC34152 High Speed Dual MOSFET Driver '

3.274
MC34153 High Speed Dual MOSFET Driver " 3.274

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-14
Power Supervisory
Device Function Page
MC3397T Transient Suppressor See Chapter 10
MC3423 Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-121
MC3425 Power Supply Supervisory/Over-Under-Voltage Protection Circuit 3-127
MC3523 Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-121
MC33064 Pin-Programmable Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-227
MC33160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-279
MC33164 Micropower Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 3-297
MC34064 Pin-Programmable Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-227
MC34160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-279
MC34164 Micropower Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 3-297

RELATED APPLICATION NOTES


Application Related
Note Title Device
AN703 Designing Digitally-Controlled Power Supplies MC1466, MC1723
AN719 A New Approach To Switching Regulators General
AN 1040 Mounting Techniques for Power Semiconductors LM317, LM337,
MC7800, MC78M00,
MC7900, MC79M00
AN920R2 Theory and Applications of the MC34063 and /LiA78S40
Switching Regulator Control Circuits MC34063, /U.A78S40
AN976 A New High Performance Current-Mode Controller Teams
Up with Current Sensing Power MOSFETs MC34129
AN983 A Simplified Power Supply Design Using the TL494
Control Circuit TL494
ANE002 130 W Ringing Choke Power Supply Using TDA4601 TDA4601,B
ANE424 50 W Current Mode Controlled Offline Switchmode Power
Supply UC3842A, UC2842A
UC3843A, UC2843A
HB206 Rev 3 Linear Switchmode Regulator Handbook Various

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-15
MOTOROLA LM109
SEMICONDUCTOR LM209
TECHNICAL DATA
LM309

POSITIVE THREE-TERMINAL POSITIVE


FIXED VOLTAGE REGULATORS
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
A versatile positive fixed + 5.0-volt regulator designed for easy
application as an on-card, local voltage regulator for digital logic
systems. Current limiting and thermal shutdown are provided to
make the units extremely rugged.
In most applications only one external component, a capacitor,
TX /o\
is required in conjunction with the LM109 Series devices. Even

this component may be omitted if the power-supply filter is not


|fe& ( ]
I Input Output/
located an appreciable distance from the regulator.
K SUFFIX \ /
High Maximum Output Current METAL PACKAGE (Bottom\Oround/
Over 1.0 Ampere in K Suffix
Package
Over 200 mA in H Suffix Package
CASE 1 View) \0 /
Minimum External Components Required

OUPUT
Internal Short-Circuit Protection
INPUT
Internal Thermal Overload Protection 1| O 0)3
'GROUND
Excellent Line and Load Transient Rejection
(Bottom View)
H SUFFIX
Designed for Use with Popular MDTL and MTTL Logic
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 79
CASE IS GROUND
ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested Operating
Temperature Range Package
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC Tj = -55Cto +150C
Tj = -55Cto +150C
Tj = -25Cto +150C
Tj = -25Cto +150C
Tj = 0Cto +125C
Tj = 0Cto +125C

TYPICAL APPLICATION

FIXED 5.0 V REGULATOR

OUTPUT 5V
INPUT LM109 OUTPUT
C1*
0.22 /j.F 3 i> C2
GROUND

"Required if regulator is located .

distance from power supply filter


Although no output capacitor is needed for
*o GND stability, it does improve transient response.
:

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-16
'

LM109, LM209, LM309


MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Input Voltage V in 35 Vdc

Power Dissipation PD Internally Limited

Junction Temperature Range Tj C

LM109 -55 to +150


LM209 -25 to +150
to + 1 50
LM309
T stg -65 to +150 oc
Storage Temperature Range

Lead Temperature TS 300 C


(soldering, t - 60 s)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
LM109/LM209 1 LM3092
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) v 4.7 5.05 5.3 4.8 5.05 5.2 Vdc

Input Regulation (Tj = +25C) Regiine


4.0 50 4.0 50 mV
7.0 V in 25V
Load Regulation (Tj = + 25C) Reg| ad mV
Case 1-03 5.0 mA =s Iq 15 A
- 50 100 - 50 100
Case 79-03 5.0 mA = lo 0.5 A 20 50 20 50

Output Voltage Range v 4.6 5.4 4.75 5.25 Vdc


7.0 V V in 25 V
5.0 mA lo Imax' p * p max
Quiescent Current (7.0 V = Vj n 25 V) IB 5.2 10 5.2 10 mAdc
Quiescent Current Change (7.0 V V m 25 V) AI B - 0.5 - 0.5

5.0 mA s lo 'max 0.8 0.8

Output Noise Voltage (T/\ = + 25C) vN 40 40 MV


10 Hz f 100 kHz

Long Term Stability S - - 10 - - 20 mV


Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case^ ejc "CAW
Case 1-03
- 3.0 3.0 -
Case 79-03 15 _ 15

79-03 V in = 10V,
1 Unless otherwise specified, these specifications apply for -55C * Tj * +150 (-25X * Tj * +150"C for the LM209). For Case
In = 0.1 A, mflx = 0.2 A and Pmax = 2.0 W. For Case 1-03 V in = 10 V,
l
= 0.5 A, max = 1.0 A and P ma x = 20 W.
l l

2. Unless otherwise specified, these specifications apply for 0C * Tj * + 125C, Vj n = 10 V. For Case 79-03 lo = 0.1 A, m ax = 0-2 A p max = l

2.0 W. For Case 1-03 lo = 0.5 A, m8x = 1.0AandP max = 20 W.


l

79-03 package about 15CC/W, while that of the Case


...,._..,..,..
1-03 package
.,
is approximately
3. Without a heat sink, the thermal resistance of the Case is

35T/W. With a heat sink, the effective thermal resistance can only approach the values specified, depending on the efficiency of the heat
sink.

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.)
(V in = 10 V,

FIGURE 1 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 2 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION
(LM109K. LM209K) (LM109H.LM209H)

100 IU

50
680 75orEQUIV
\ ,
IN FINITE
5 I
\i HE VTSINI * INFINITE
l HEAT SINK
o 10
V WKE FIELD
< 5.0 HEATS INK
1.0 7 ORE
5
oc
-. > *"^
NO HEAT
S
o 1.0
SINK

a 0.5

ni
50 75 100 125
50 75 100 125

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) T A AMBIENT


,
TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-17
. .

LM109, LM209, LM309

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(V in = 10 V, T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 3 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 4 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION
(LM309K) (LM309H)
100

50

NFINI7 F
"-, F EAT SI NK .680-75 OR EQUIV .

2 10
V
< P HEAT SINK - INFINITE
?: 5.0 -680 75 OR EQUIV : \ \
v
^"HEATSINK
^"**'g

no y EAT
o 1.0
K

P 0.5

50 75 100 125 150 25 50 75 100 125


Ta AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
Ta, AMBIENT
,

TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 5 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT


6 (K PACKAGE)
+>
10 4.0

s~ -^ *^
/ ^
io-o
mA =
lL = 20
(
L p^-> ^- TA = +25C

JL = 5 30 mA Vr Ir^s

If T A = +125C
II -Ta = +150"C
vo = 4.5 V
10-2 ..

1.0 k 10k 100 k 1.0 M 50 10 15 20 26 30 35 40 45


f, FREQUENCY (Hz) Vjn, INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 7 - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT IH PACKAGE) FIGURE 8 - RIPPLE REJECTION

/ AA '
* / Ta =
1

-55C

<
.

V, .
^^J* Ta = +25C

cr

r *j

TA = -55C
= +125

f 1

+160 C^\

F
t- 1
"' =

in ^^ Ta = +25C

t
1

AVi i
L
= 200 TlA
= 3.0 \ PP
1 Ta = +125C
L
TA = +15 oc
v = 4.6 V

50 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 1.0k 10k 100 k 1.0 M


Vi n ,
INPUT VOLTAGE (V) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-18
LM109, LM209, LM309

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 10 - DROPOUT CHARACTERISTIC


FIGURE 9 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE (K PACKAGE)

LM109
and
1
L = 1.0 A LM209 = OA
- 2
1 ( Packaae Onlv
ONLY
"L

JL = 500 mA ^IA = "


bt
IK Package Only)
i
'

* *^T A = +25C
It = 200 mA
/f//
A= 150C-^/
LM10 3
and
IL - 2( mA T 7/
r/
L =

UNLY
LM20' ///
/' /
-75 -50 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 +150 +175 6.0 7.0

Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO V m INPUT VOLTAGE


, (V)

FIGURE 11 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 - OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE

LM10S
and
LM20<
ONLV
> 5.1
Ci =0
CD

O
> 5.0 5 0.1

Z>

O
^4.9 LM10
and = OmA
lL
LM20 9
ONLY

is
-75 -50 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 +150 +175 100 1.0 k

Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI


f, FREQUENCY (Hz]

FIGURE 13 - QUIESCENT CURRENT FIGURE 14 - QUIESCENT CURRENT

6.5 1

LM109

LM209
L= 2 10 mA < ONLY
1 6.0
V
z

TA = + 25C
5.5
jf

Ta = -55C

s^ l
L =

h TA = + 125C^ a 5.0
L U109
nd
L W209
Ta = +150C ON LY
1 4.5

10 15 20 -75 -50 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 +150 +175
Vjn, INPUT VOLTAGE IV) Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-19

LM109, LM209, LM309

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 15 - ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR - CURRENT REGULATOR


FIGURE 16

Ci
0.22 h f;
Cl
0.22 w
TT
F^Tn

4 "DETERMINES OUTPUT CURRENT

FIGURE 17 - 5.0-VOLT, 3.0-AMPERE REGULATOR FIGURE 18 - 5.0 VOLT, 4.0-AMPERE TRANSISTOR


(with plastic boost transistor)
(with plastic Darlington boost transistor)

MJE1090 OR EQUIV

in
5W MJE370 OR EQUIV
5.0 V 5.0 V
3.0 A - 4.0 A
10mF
10/aF
a w^ I
- i
-L

LM109K -6 2

0.22 jiF
x
1

T 0.22 mF
t^t
^
LM109H -6 2

T
FIGURE 20 - 5.0-VOLT, 10-AMPERE REGULATOR
(with Short-Circuit Current Limiting for
FIGURE 19 - 5.0-VOLT, 10-AMPERE REGULATOR
Safe-Area Protection of pass transistors)

0.I.5W

MJ2955 OR EQUIV

;io
X
C!Dl0/iF
0-
5.0

10A
V 30V (max

'OV(min)

2N6M9
, 0.1, 5W 0-I.3W

0.1,
,

3W^--^
^MJ2955 OR EQUIV

OR EQUIV 6.0 V
O LM109K -(J 2 1MJ2955 OR EQUIV tf. 10 A
!0iF
0.22 MF or

* 0.22 pF
1:
LM109K ^>

J'

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-20
A

MOTOROLA LM117
SEMICONDUCTOR LM217
TECHNICAL DATA
LM317

THREE-TERMINAL
ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE SILICON MONOLITHIC
OUTPUT POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The LM 11 7/2 17/3 17 are adjustable 3-terminalpositive voltage
regulators capable of supplying excess of 1.5 A over an output
in

voltage range of 1.2 V to 37 V. These voltage regulators are ex- K SUFFIX


ceptionally easy to use and require only two external resistors to METAL PACKAGE
set the output voltage. Further, they employ internal current lim- CASE 1

iting, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making


them essentially blow-out proof.
The LM117 series serve a wide variety of applications including
local,on card regulation. This device can also be used to make
a programmable output regulator, or by connecting a fixed resis-
tor between the adjustment and output, the LM117 series can be
used as a precision current regulator.
Pins and 2 electrically isolated from case.
in Excess of 1.5 Ampere K and T Suffix 1
Output Current in
Case is third electrical connection.
Packages
Output Current in Excess of 0.5 Ampere in H Suffix Package
Output Adjustable between 1.2 V and 37 V T SUFFIX
Internal Thermal Overload Protectiion PLASTIC PACKAGE
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting Constant with CASE 221
Temperature j/LyS
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation
PIN 1. ADJUST
Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications 2- V out
Standard 3-lead Transistor Packages 3. V jn
Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages
1 V///T
Heatsink surface connected
to Pin 2

STANDARD APPLICATION

H SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 79

IS
CASE
OUTPUT
Q
PIN 1. V in
2. ADJUST
3. V out

ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested Operating
Device Temperature Range Package

LM117H Metal Can


Tj = -55Cto +150C Metal Power
LM117K
* = Cj n is required if regulator is located an appreciable distance from power
LM217H Metal Can
supply filter. Tj = -25Cto +150C
LM217K Metal Power
** = C is not needed for stability, however it does improve transient
LM317H Metal Can
response. LM317K Tj = 0C to + 1 25C Metal Power
LM317T Plastic Power
V ou t = 1-25V (1 + 52) + lAdjR2
"1 LM317BT# Tj = -40Cto +125C Plastic Power
Since lAdj is controlled to less than 100 /iA, the error associated with this #Automotive temperature range selections are available
term is negligible in most applications. with special test conditions and additional tests.
Contact your local Motorola sales office for information.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-21
LM117, LM217, LM317
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Input-Output Voltage Differential V|-V 40 Vdc
Power Dissipation Internally
pd
Limited
Operating Junction Temperature Range Tj C
LM117 -55 to +150
LM217 -25 to +150
LM317 Oto +150
Storage Temperature Range T stq - 65 to + 1 50 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V,-V = = A K and T packages; = 0.1


5.0 V; l 0.5 for l A for H package;
T J = T low to T high [see Note 1]; max and P max per Note
l
2; unless otherwise specified.)
LM117/217 LM317
Characteristic Figure Symbol Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Line Regulation (Note 3)
Regii, 0.01 0.04 %/V
TA = 25C, 3.0 V V|-V ; 40 V
Load Regulation (Note 3) R egioad
TA = 25C, 10 mA l s max l

V *s 5.0 V
Vp a 5.0 V
5.0 15 5.0 25 mV
0.1 0.3 0.1 0.5 %A/Q
Thermal Regulation (TA + 25C)
20 ms Pulse
0.03 0.07 %/W
Adjustment Pin Current
'Adj 50 100 100 u.A
Adjustment Pin Current Change
AlAdj fiA
2.5 V *s V|-V 40 V
10 mA ^ L s max P ^ p
D l
max l ,

Reference Voltage (Note 4)


Vref 1.25 1.3
3.0 V =s V|-V 40 V
10 mA <s *;
max P D p mgx
l |
,

Line Regulation (Note 3)


Regii 0.02 0.05 0.07 %/V
3.0 V s; V|-y 40 V
Load Regulation (Note 3) R egioad
10 mA =s | =s l
max
Vo 5.0 V 20
Vq & 5.0 V
50 20 70 mV
0.3 1.0 0.3 1.5 %/V
Temperature Stability (T| ow s: Tj *s T hicin ) TS %A/
Minimum Load Current to
Maintain Regulation (V|-Vq = 40 V)
mA
Maximum Output Current
V|-V <15V.P D *P max
K and T Packages
1.5 2.2 1.5 2.2
H Package
0.5 0.8 0.5 0.8
V|-V = 40 V, P D =s P max TA = 25C ,

K and T Packages
0.4 0.4
H Package
0.07 0.07
RMS Noise, % of Vq 0.003 0.003 %/V
Ta = 25C, 10 Hz s f 10 kHz
Ripple Rejection, Vq 10 V, f = 120 Hz RR
(Note 5) dB
Without C Acjj
65 65
CAdj = 10 ^F
80 80
Long-Term Stability, Tj = T n
gh (Note 6) j
%/1.0k
TA = 25C for Endpoint Measurements
Hrs.
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case R 0JC
H Package C/W
12 15 12 15
K Package
2.3 3.0 2.3 3.0
T Package
5.0
NOTES: (1) T| 0W = -55C for LM117 T high = +15CTC for LM117 be taken into account separately. Pulse testing with
= -25Cfor LM217 = +150X low
for LM217 duty cycle is used.
= 0CforLM317 = +125C for LM317 (4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference
< 2 'max
' = 1.5 A for K and T Packages voltaqe
available.
= 0.5 A for H Package 5' C ADJ. when used, is connected between the adjustment pin and
p max = 20 W for K Package <

ground.
= 20 W for T Package
Since Long-Term Stability cannot be measured on
= 2.0 W for H Package (6)
before shipment, this specification is an engineering
each device
(3) Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction estimate of
average stability from lot to lot.
temperature. Changes in Vq due to heating effects must

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-22
LM117, LM217, LM317

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

-fo v in

<

-o v out
O Adjust

FIGURE 1 - LINE REGULATION AND AI Adj /LINE TEST CIRCUIT

vCc

Line Regulation (%/V) =

-ni- VOH
J^l v l

-f O

"l

Cm

Pulse Testing Required:


1% Duty Cycle
is suggested.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-23
LM117, LM217, LM317

FIGURE 2 - LOAD REGULATION AND AI Adj /LOAD TEST CIRCUIT

Lo.d Regulation <mV> = v (min Load)


.
_ Vq (max Load)

Load Regulation (%V


vO (min. Load) - v O m ax. Load)
<
~ O (min. Load)
in;O
)

v O (mln. Load)
Vout (max. Load)
O-
'L )-*

0.1 /IF
_m (min. Load)

Pulse Testing Required:


1% Duty Cycle is suggested. ~
FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT

n yr^ 0.1 MF

To Calculate R 2 :

Pulse Testing Required:


vO = 'SET R 2 + 1-250 V
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. Assume SET l " 5.25 mA

FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT

f = 120 Hz >

^ 1N4002
c in

i
D 1 Discharges C ADJ if Output is Shorted to Ground

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-24
LM117, LM217, LM317

FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - CURRENT LIMIT

= 1-5
\~-*
- \\_- 1.5 A -

p
It
X i

v
1
.

it lj= 15 C v
"O^ -55C
V| = 15 V /r
_
S
vo 10 V

//
"""^J"
^r -
i 20 30 40
-75 -25 50 75 100 125 150 10
-50 25
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C) V, - V INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdc)
Q ,

FIGURE 7 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE


Z 3.0
<
1

-- tt
D
<
2b
1 = 16 A

'L'
0A

>
^ |
"'T ~

l

L
= 200 mA

< 40
l

L
= 20mA
.=> , n
35
150 -75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 160
-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125

T ,, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE l
Q
C) T ., JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 9 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY FIGURE 10 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT

Tj = -55C

A^
s Tj = 25C __

T
J

'&
^.^\ .-^5-
J
f^-; =='

10 20 30 40
-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150

T|, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI V, - V n INPUT - OUTPUT


.
VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdcl

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-25
LM117, LM217, LM317

FIGURE 11 - RIPPLE REJECTION vr,u OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 - RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT CURRENT
1

80

WITHOUT C
ADJ
BO

40
-v,-v )
= 5V
(
L
= 50 mA
f = 120 Hz
?n _V25C .

5 2 2
1 1
) 3 ] 3S
V , OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)
l
,
OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

FIGURE 13 RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 14 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE

5 V
= 500 mA
80
-
1,

v-,-1 5V ak 00
10V
'l
mA
o - V = 10 V
Tj.2 5C
u 60

WITH0 UT
at 40
| 1
C
ADj E^
az
ir
ADJ " ,0
VyAP=i
20 ITH0UTC ADJ -
7
E= C
A0J
=
,C " F =
1 !
^*-
. 3
'0 100 IK 10K 100K 1M 10M
100K 1M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
.FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 15 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


16

S '- 5
<
5>
o
1.0
=
C " F C ADJ =
I 0.5
L
1 .
' "f
3 t-
^I
&a
o N
(
1 J,

-0 5 //
5 -1.0
V
1,
= 50 mA .

A
w -1.5
rM
a J 0UTC ADJ~L
< ' ?

5>
o
1-0

_ 1

%l ,
1

20

t, TIME M

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-26
LM117, LM217, LM317

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION EXTERNAL CAPACITORS


A 0.1 nF disc or (iF tantalum input bypass capacitor
The LM1 17 is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In opera- 1

recommended to reduce the sensitivity to input


tion, the LM117 develops and maintains a nominal 1.25 (C, n ) is

volt reference (V re f) between its output and adjustment line impedance.


terminals. This reference voltage is converted to a pro- The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground to
gramming current 0pROG> bv R1 < see Figure 17 >. and improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (CaDJ) prevents
this constant current flows through R2 to ground. The ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is

regulated output voltage is given by: increased. A 10 /iF capacitor should improve ripple
rejection about 15dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application.
R2 Although the LM117 stable with no output capaci-
V = V re f<1+^f) + lAdjR2 is
ut
tance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of external

capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An output capaci-


Since the current from the adjustment terminal UAdj) tance (C ) in the form of a 1 (iF tantalum or 25 uF
represents an error term in the equation, the LM117 was aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the output swamps
designed to control lAdj to less tnan 1 ^0 M A and kee P '*
this effect and insures stability.
constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current is

returned to the output terminal. This imposes the require- PROTECTION DIODES
ment for a minimum load current. If the load current is When external capacitors are used with any I.C. regu-
less than this minimum, the output voltage will rise.
lator it is sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to
LM117 a floating regulator, only the
Since the capacitors from discharging through low
is it is
prevent the
voltage differential across the circuit which is important current points into the regulator.
to performance, and operation at high voltages with Figure 18 shows the LM117 with the recommended
respect to ground is possible.
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V or

FIGURE 17 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION high capacitance values (C > 25 fiF, CadJ > 10 ^ F >-
Diode Di prevents C from discharging thru the I.C.

during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against


capacitor CaDJ discharging through the I.C. during an

output short The combination of diodes DI and


circuit.
'
D2 prevents CaDJ f rom discharging through the I.C.
/ t during an input short circuit.

FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH


'PROG PROTECTION DIODES

V ref = 1 25 V TYPICAL

LOAD REGULATION
The LM117 is capable of providing extremely good
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, the
programming resistor (R1) should be connected as close
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops which
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be
returned near the load ground to provide remote ground
sensing and improve load regulation.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-27
LM117, LM217, LM317

FIGURE 19 - "LABORATORY" POWER SUPPLY WITH


ADJUSTABLE
CURRENT LIMIT AND OUTPUT VOLTAGE

H4-
v out1 "SC v in2 v out2
f- vO

1 MF
Tantalun

OUTPUT RANGE:
V Q 25 V
0<ln<1.2A
Diodes O, and D and transistor Q2 are added to allow adjustment
2
of output voltage to volts.

Dg protects both LM1 1 7's dun ig an input she

FIGURE 20 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT LIMITER


FIGURE 21 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUT DOWN REGULATOR

To provide current limiting of l


100
to the system ground, the source of
the FET must be tied to a negative
voltage below -1 25V

'DSS
V ref
'Omax DSS
* !

V < BV DSS + 1.25 V V SS *


inimurn V out - 1 25 V
'Lmin - IDSS < 'o < ' 5 A
As shown < n < A l 1 i
during an input short circuit

FIGURE 22 - SLOW TURN ON REGULATOR


FIGURE 23 - CURRENT REGULATOR

v, n r

v ref
^-j-s 10 MF 'out = 1-^-) l
A d,

10mA < out <


l 1.5 A

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-28
LM117L
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM217L
TECHNICAL DATA LM317L

THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE LOW-CURRENT


OUTPUT POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS THREE-TERMINAL
ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE
The LM117L/217L/317L are adjustable 3-terminal positive volt- VOLTAGE REGULATORS
age regulators capable of supplying in excess of 100 mA over an
output voltage range of 1.2 V to 37 V. These voltage regulators SILICON MONOLITHIC
are exceptionally easy to use and require only two external re- INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
sistors to set the output voltage. Further, they employ internal
current limiting, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation,
making them essentially blow-out proof.
The LM117L series serves a wide variety of applications in-
cluding local, on card regulation. This device can also be used to
Z SUFFIX
make a programmable output regulator, or by connecting a fixed
PLASTIC PACKAGE
resistor between the adjustment and output, the LM117L series
CASE 29
can be used as a precision current regulator.
Output Current in Excess of 100 mA PIN 1. ADJUST

Output Adjustable Between 1 .2 V and 37 V 2V0UT


3. V| N
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation H SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications
CASE 79
Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages
PIN1.V|N
Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages
2. ADJUST
3. VOUT
1 o o 3

CASE
IS OUTPUT

D SUFFIX
STANDARD APPLICATION PLASTIC PACKAGE
PIN 1. V| N

2.V0UT
CASE 751
3-VouT
SOP-8*
4. ADJUST

5. N.C.

s^P- 6- VoUT
7.V0UT
8. N.C.

SOP-8 an internally modified SO-8 Package. Pins


is

2, 3, 6 and 7 are electrically common to


the die
attach flag. This internal lead frame modification
decreases package thermal resistance and
increases power dissipation capability when
appropriatelymounted on a printed circuit board.
SOP-8 conforms to all external dimensions of the
standard SO-8 Package.

* = regulator located an appreciable distance from power ORDERING INFORMATION


C n it required if is

supply filter. Tested Operating


** - C is not needed for stability, however it does improve transient Package
Device Temperature Range
response.
LM117LH Tj = -55Cto +150C Metal Can
R2
V out = 1.25 V (1 + ) + Udj R 2 Tj = -25Cto +150X Metal Can
Ri LM217LH
Since l
A di controlled to lass than 100 juA. the error associated with this
'* LM317LD SOP-8
term is negligible in most applications
LM317LH Tj = 0Cto +125X Metal Can

LM317LZ Plastic

special test conditions and


#Automotive temperature range selections are available with LM317LBZ# Tj = -40Cto +125C Plastic
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office for information.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-29
LM117L, LM217L, LM317L
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Input-Output Voltage Differential
v,-v 40 Vdc
Power Dissipation
PD Internally Limited
Operating Junction Temperature Range LM117L Tj - 55to + 50 1

LM217L -25 to +150


LM317L Oto +150
Storage Temperature Range
T stg -65 to +150
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V| - V = 5.0 V; In = 40 mA; T = j

LM117L/217L LM317L
Characteristic Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Line Regulation (Note 3)
1 Re 9line 0.01 0.02 - 0.01 0.04 %/V
Ta = 25C, 3.0 V *s V|-Vo 40 V
Load Regulation (Note 3), Ta = 25C 2 R egioad
5.0 mA l max lLM117L/217L
10 mA s l maxl LM317L
Vq =s 5.0 V 5.0 15 5.0 25 mV
Vq 3= 5.0 V 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.5 %v
Adjustment Pin Current 3 Adi 50 100 50 100 /jA
Adjustment Pin Current Change
2.5V S V,-V O
1,2 A'Adj 0.2 5.0 " 0.2 5.0 MA
40V,P D ^P max
5.0 mAslQS l
max LM117U217L
10 mA =s l max l LM317L
Reference Voltage (Note 4) 3 Vref 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.20
3.0VV|-V O ^40V, P D ^P max 1.25 1.30 V
5.0 mA s lmax LM117L/217L l

10 mA *s l sj |
max _ LM317L
Line Regulation (Note 3) 1 R egiine 0.02 0.05 - 0.02 0.07 %/V
3.0 V V|-V 40 V
Load Regulation (Note 3) 2 R egioad
5.0 mA s l s max LM1 17L/217L
l

10 mA =s l max LM317L
l

Vo =? 5.0 V 20 50 20 70 mV
Vo s= 5.0 V 0.3 1.0 0.3 1.5 %v
Temperature Stability (T| ow =s Tj =; T hiah ) 3 TS 0.7 0.7 _ %Vo
Minimum Load Current to Maintain 3 'Lmin 3.5 5.0 - 3.5 10 mA
Regulation (Vj - Vq =40 V)

Maximum Output Current 3


V| - V =s 20 V, P
'max mA
D *s P max H Package ,
100 200 100 200
V|-V 6.25 V, P D *= P max z Package -
V|-V = 40 V. P D =s P max TA = 25C
,
100 200 100 200 -
,

H Package
50 50
Z Package
20 20
RMS Noise, % Voof N 0.003 - - 0.003 - %v
TA = 25C, 10Hzf =s 10 kHz
Ripple Rejection (Note 5) 4 RR dB
V = 1.25 V,f = 120 Hz -
CADJ = 10/nFVo = 10.0 V
66 80 60 80 -
80 80
Long Term Stability, Tj = T h
gh (Note 6) i 3 S 0.3 1.0 - 0.3 1.0 %/1.0k
T"A = 25C for Endpoint Measurements
Hrs.
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case RflJC "C/W
H Package - 40 - - 40 -
Z Package
83
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air R 0JA
C/W
H Package - 185 - 185 -
Z Package _ 160
(3) Load and line
regulation are specified at constant junction
1 ) T low = -55Cfor LM117L temperature.
I
T high = +150Cfor LM117L Changes in V due to heating effects must be
-25Cfor LM217L taken into account
= +150Cfor LM217L separately Pulse testing with low duty cycle is
0Cfor LM317L used.
= +125Cfor LM317L (41 Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference
voltage available
(2) lmax = 100 mA 5 C ADJ when used, is connected between the
Pmax = 2 W
for H Package
< >

ground.
,
adjustment pin and
= 625 mW
for Z Package
(6) Since Long Term Stability cannot be measured
on each device before
shipment, this specification is an engineering
estimate of average
staDihty from lot to lot

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-30
LM117L, LM217L, LM317L

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

V|NO

FIGURE 1 - LINE REGULATION AND Al Adj /LINE TEST CIRCUIT

VCC

Line Regulation (%/V) =

-Til- V H
JTL
J
1 "
V|L v in
FT
o-

Pulse Testing Required:


1% Duty Cycle
is suggested.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-31
LM117L, LM217L, LM317L

FIGURE 2 - LOAD REGULATION AND AI Adj /LOAD TEST CIRCUIT

Lo.d R. 9 u..on <mV> = V _ Vq (m ,K


(min Losd)
.
Loa(i)
VQ W". Lo.d) - Vp lm.. Lo.d)
Load Regulation (%v ) = Vq
v l* Vin V
v out. A \ ^~N <m,n Loat')
- U
L-J w
V Q (max
,

f O -O L L_a>
Load)
f
( l

6 Adjust (max. Load)

(mln. Load)
0.1 mF

R2

'
Pulte Tatting Requlrad:
1% Duty Cycle It tuggattad.

FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT

c in ^pn 0.1 MF

To Calculate R 2 :

I Pulta Tatting Requ Irad:


v O = 'SET "2+ 1 25 V -

1% Duty Cyclaltti
tuggattad.
Attume SET = 5.25 mA
l

FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT

D, DischargejC ADJ '* Output is Shorted to Ground

-ADJ provides an AC Ground to the Adjust Pin.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-32
-

LM117L, LM217L, LM317L

FIGURE 6 - RIPPLE REJECTION


FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION

v in -45 V BU
- -
0.2
= 5V
-A 5 to 40 mA
/U
^V in
= lOV
I|
= 40 mA
V QU ,
= 5 V =
1 20 Hz
= 5 to 100 mA
'L
Vfl
= 10V
-U.B Vin
= 14 to 24 V

-U.8
L_
1

50 - | l

-in -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150


-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE tC)
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE


FIGURE 7 - CURRENT LIMIT
2.5
0.50

Tj = 25C
<
| 0.40

l
L
= 100 mA
z
c 0.30
^ <
tr
/
o
-
h- GC l
= 5 mA
0.20
1j = 150 o c
^> CL u_
L

3
O
0.10

0.5
k 50 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
1

V| - V ,
INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS) Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 10 - RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY


FIGURE 9 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT
00
5.0

I 1 1 au 1 1

!
L
= 40mA
80
4.U V,n = 5V .'.
1 Vpp
Tj = 25C
3.5 - Tj = 150C
i bU
3.0
, ""
S\,
2.b
^^"
4U
20
j
v*&
>-0
1.0
i~
5
,
-J^.
"\ - 1

f
nr IU
~\.

10 100 IK 10K 100 K lm


f, FREQUENCY (Wi\
Vi -Vq, INPUT -OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-33
LM117L, LM217L, LM317L

FIGURE 11 _ TEMPERATURE STABILITY


FIGUR E12- ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT
no
I i I
|

70 1
v i n
= 6.25 V
vc = v ref
17511
B5 l
L =10m A
lL= 100 mA
fin

1 ?40
55

"^ --
=-= ^a
50
V in = 4.2 V
^^
17.10 V = Vref -
45
.^
l
L
= 5 mA
40
1 ??0
:'
- 35
50 " 25 25 50 75 100 125 150 I

25 50 75 100 125 150


Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO

FIGURE 13-- LINE REGULATION


FIGURE 14 - OUTPUT NOISE

1 1 1

if 0.4 = 4.25 to 41.2


,

CD vc = ^ ref
z 2 Ba dwidth 100 Hz to 10 k U
<
X
"
<
5 -0.2
o ; an
>

o -0.6
o
* -0.8

-1.0
~ 4.0 1

50 ~ 25 25 50 75 100 125 150


"50 -25 25 50 75 100
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE 125 150
Tj,
CO Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

Fl SURE 15- LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE


Fl GURE 16- LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE

S 15
< [ 1

*Z> 1.0
<
!^>
0.2
> C = IjuF o /'"'.I
0.5
K
^ L

\
J9 0.1
C
l
-1p F;C ADJ = 10 u /' \
1
55 o

5:
5>
<

II

./
*6S -0.5
VO = 125 V !/ o -0.1
r7
4
-10 lL = 20mA A < ^ V, = 15 V
1

Tj = 2 5C
v-w -0.2
Yl
uj

<
-IS
5
<-0
e
3 Li '0-
/""IS
'"
mA
V

5>
o
'
''

1 f if fj = 25 C
J*

^S _ 1 gz 1011

0.5

z* ... ,.._

t.TIMEM
1
"'i
3 ol
50

/ f
\r
\

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-34
LM117L, LM217L, LM317L

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION EXTERNAL CAPACITORS


regulator. In A 0.1 ^F disc or juF tantalum 1 input bypass capacitor
The LM117L is a 3-terminal floating
develops and maintains a nominal recommended to reduce the sensitivity to input
operation, the LM117L (Cjn) is

1.25 volt reference (V re f) between its output and adjust- line impedance.

ment terminals. This reference voltage is converted to a The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground to
programming current (lpROG> by R1 (see Figure 13), improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (CaDJ) prevents
R2 to ground. ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is
and this constant current flows through
given by: increased. A 10 |iF capacitor should improve ripple
The regulated output voltage is

rejection about 15dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application.


R2.
= V r ef (l+^i + 'AdjRZ Although the LM1 17L is stable with no output capaci-
Vout
tance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of external
capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An output capaci-
Since the current from the adjustment terminal dAdj) tance (C ) in the form of a I (iF tantalum or 25 nF

represents an error termin the equation, the LM117L was aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the output swamps
designed to control lAdj to less tnan 10 ^ A and keep ix
this effect and insures stability.

constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current is

returned to the output terminal. This imposes the require- PROTECTION DIODES
ment for a minimum load current. If the load current is When external capacitors are used with any I.C. regu-

less than this minimum, the output voltage will rise.


lator it is sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to
LM1 17L a floating regulator, only the
the capacitors from discharging through low
it is
Since the is
prevent
voltage differential across the circuit which is important current points into the regulator.
to performance, and operation at high voltages with Figure 14 shows the LM117L with the recommended
respect to ground is possible. protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V or

high capacitance values (C Q > 10 juF, CaDJ >


5 ^ F '-
FIGURE 17 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION
Diode Di prevents C from discharging thru the I.C.
during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against
capacitor CaDJ discharging through the I.C. during an
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and
D2 prevents CaDJ from discharging through the I.C.

during an input short circuit.

FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH


Adjust 6
PROTECTION DIODES

V, f = 1.25 V TYPICAL

6-

LOAD REGULATION
The LM117L is capable of providing extremely good
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to
obtain performance. For best performance, the
maximum /Tr 2 -;.
Cad
-t-
programming resistor (R1) should be connected as close
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops
which 4
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be

returned near the load ground to provide remote ground


sensing and improve load regulation.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-35
LM117L, LM217L, LM317L

FIGURE 19 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT UMITER FIGURE 20 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUTDOWN REGULATOR

Adjust

To provide current limiting of


Q to
the system ground, the source of tht
l

current limiting diode must be tied


to a negative voltage below -7 25 V
V ref
o..

'Omax + IDSS
vO < p OV + 1.25 V + V ss
'Lmin - lp < l
< 100 mA - I

As shown O < l
Q < 95 mA.
FIGURE 21 - SLOW TURN-ON REGULATOR FIGURE 22 - CURRENT REGULATOR

,I -(-^-\
\R, R2 +
* i

'ad|
-
= B
125V
7~5~
+ R2
j 1

5 mA < out < 100


l
mA

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-36
LM123, LM123A
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM223, LM223A
TECHNICAL DATA LM323, LM323A

3-AMPERE, 5 VOLT
POSITIVE
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

The LM123,A/LM223,A/LM323,A are a family of monolithic inte-


grated circuits which supply a fixed positive 5.0 volt output with

a load driving capability in excess of 3.0 amperes.


These three-
K SUFFIX
terminal regulators employ internal current limiting, thermal shut-
METAL PACKAGE
down, and safe-area compensation. An improved series with CASE 1
superior electrical characteristics and a 2% output voltage
toler-

ance is available as A-suffix (LM123A/LM223A/LM323A) device


types.
These regulators are offered in a hermetic metal power package
inthree operating temperature ranges. A 0C to + 125C
temper-
ature range version is also available in a low cost plastic
power
package.
Although designed primarily as a fixed voltage regulator, these
adjust-
devices can be used with external components to obtain PIN 1. INPUT
be used (Bottom View)
able voltages and currents. This series of devices can 2. OUTPUT
with a series pass transistor to supply up to 15 amperes
at 5.0
CASE GROUND
volts.

Output Current in Excess of 3.0 Amperes


Available with 2% Output Voltage Tolerance
T SUFFIX
No external Components Required PLASTIC PACKAGE
Internal Thermal Overload Protection CASE 221

Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting


Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation
Thermal Regulation and Ripple Rejection Have Specified Limits

PIN 1. INPUT
2. GROUND
3. OUTPUT (Heatsink surface connected
MAXIMUM RATINGS to Pin 2)

Rating Symbol
Input Voltage
20
Internally Limited
STANDARD APPLICATION
Power Dissipation !!d_

Operating Junction Temperature LM123, A Tj -55 +150


to
-25 to +150 Input O- j-O--0ut|
Range LM223. A |

LM323. A to +150
C,n* -L Co**
-65 to +150
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 s)
'stg

Tsolder
-T i
A common ground required between the
ORDERING INFORMATION is

input and the output voltages. The input volt-


Output Voltage Tested Operating
age must remain typically 2.5 V above the out-
Tolerance Junction Temp. Range Package
Device put voltage even during the low point on the
6% -55to+150C Metal Power input ripple voltage
LM123K
LM123AK 2%
-25to+150C * = Cj
n is required if regulator is located an
LM223K 6%
appreciable distance from power supply
LM223AK 2%
filter (See Applications Information for
LM323K 4% to +125C
details.)
LM323AK 2% ** =
Co is not needed for stability; however,
4% Plastic Power does improve transient response.
LM323T it

LM323AT 2%

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-37
LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Tj = T low ,o T


high [see Note 1 J unless otherw.se specified.)

Characteristic
LM 1 23A/ LM223A/ LM323A LM123/LM223 LM323
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min
Unit
Typ Max
Output Voltage v 4.9 5.0 5.1 4.7 5.0 5.3 4.8 5.0 5.2 V
(V in = 7.5 V. ^ l
out <J 3.0 A, Tj = 25C>
Output Voltage v 4.8 50 5.2 4.6 5.0 5.4 4.75 5.0
(7.5VV in 15V.0l ou ,3.0A. 5.25 V
p p max(Note2]|
Line Regulation
Re 9line 10 15 - 1.0 25 -
(7.5 V ^ V in s 1 5 V, T j
= 25C) (Note 3)
1.0 25 mV
Load Regulation Re 9load 10 50 10 100 - 10 100 mV
( v in = 7.5 V, < l
out * 3.0 A, Tj = 25C)
(Note 3)

Thermal Regulation Re 9therm 0001 0.01 - 0002 0.03 "


( Pulse = 10 ms, P = 20 W, T = 25C)
0.002 0.03 %V /W
A
Quiescent Current
'e
35 10 - 3.5 20 -
(7.5VV ln 15V.0<l out ^30A) 3.5 20 mA
Output Noise Voltage vN 40 - - 40 " - -
(lOHzsJfjg 100 kHz, Tj=25C) 40 "Vrms
Ripple Rejection
RR 66 75 ' 62 75 62 75 -
(8.0VV ln 18V, l
out = 2.0A.
dB
f = 120 Hz. Tj= 25C)
Short Circuit Current Limit
'sc
<V in =15V,Tj=25C) " ~ A
45 " 45 " - 4.5 -
(V in = 7 5 V, Tj = 25C)
55 55 5.5
Long Term Stability
S - - 35 - _ 35 _
Thermal Resistance Junction
35 mV
to Case R 0JC 20 2 ^ "
(Note 4) 2.0 c/w

T|
0W = -55C for LM123, A T high = + 50C for LM 23, A
1 Note 3. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction tem-
= -25C for LM223, A = +150Cfor LM223, A perature. Pulse testing is required with a pulse widthsj 1 .0 ms and
= 0C for LM323, A = +125Cfor LM323. A a duty cycle ^ 5%.

Note 2. Although power dissipation is internally limited, specifications Note 4. Without a heat sink, the thermal resistance (R
apply only for P s P max eJA is 35C/W for
the K package, and 65C/W for the T package. With a heat sink,
p max = 30 for K package W the effective thermal resistance can approach the specified val-
p max = 25 for T package W ues of 2.0C/W, depending on the efficiency of the heat sink.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR PERFORMANCE


The performance of a voltage regulator is specified
by its immu- change in dissipated power can be caused
nity tochanges in load, input voltage, power dissipation and by a change in either
the input voltage or the load current. Thermal reg
temperature. Line and load regulation are tested ulation is a func-
with a pulse of tion of I.C. layout and die attach techniques, and usually occurs
short duration 1 00
M s) and are strictly a function of electrical within 10 ms of a change in power dissipation. After 1
gain. However, pulse widths of longer ms, addi-
duration (> 1.0 ms) are tional changes in the output voltage are due to the
sufficient to affect temperature gradients temperature
across the die. These coefficient of the device.
temperature gradients can cause a change in the
output voltage,
in addition to changes caused by line
Figure 1 shows the
line and thermal regulation response
of a
and load regulation. Longer
pulse widths and thermal gradients make it typical LM 23A to a 20 watt
1 input pulse. The variation of the out-
desirable to specify
thermal regulation. put voltage due to line regulation is labeled
and the thermal Q
Thermal regulation is defined as the change
caused by a change in dissipated power for a
in output voltage
regulation component is labeled
thermal regulation response of a typical LM 1 23A

Figure 2 shows the load and
to a 20 watt load
specified time, and
pulse. The output voltage variation
is expressed as a percentage q^ut voltage change per watt due to load regulation is labeled
The
(JT) and the thermal regulation component is
labeled (2).

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-38
O

LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
t

- AND THERMAL REGULATION FIGURE 2 - LOAD AND THERMAL REGULATION


FIGURE 1 LINE

t. TIME (2.0 ms/div.)


t. TIME (2 ms/div)

LMI23A
LM123A
Vq = 5 V
= 5 V
V
V in = 8.0 V --1 8 V -- 8.0 V = Reg| ine = 2 4 mV
V in = 15 =Regioad = 44mV

nut
= 2.0 A =Reo ther m = 0-001 5V /W l
ou ,
= A 2 A A = Reg
therm
= 0.001 5%V /W

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-39
LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A

FIGURE 3 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY FIGURE 4 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE

-V in = 10 V
= IDOmA S 10-1
l
out

z V,n = 7-5 V

W =1.0 A
^
C =
1 10-2
Tj = 25C

CD
o 10-3

-90 10-4
-50 -10 30 70 110 150
...
10 ' '00 1.0k 10k 100k 1.0 M 10M 100M
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 - FIGURE 6 - RIPPLE REJECTION versus


RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY OUTPUT CURRENT

V|p=10V
C =

f = 120 Hz
Tj = 25C

10 10 'Ok 10k 100k 1.0 M 10M 100M 01 1.0


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
l
ou t. OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

FIGURE 7 - QUIESCENT CURRENT versus FIGURE 8 - QUIESCENT CURRENT versus


INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT CURRENT

T II "1 "

Tj - -55C 1

\
t
^"t"
I

t ::::x:
====^;
-:tj = 25c--
|
T
I
-^ Tj _ 150C

t
-"- v in
t

5.0 10 15
I 1

01
III
1.0
I
V in INPUT VOLTAGE (Vdc)
,

l
out . OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-40
LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A

FIGURE 9 DROPOUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 - SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT

= 3 U A
'ou

5- >

'ou
= 1.0 A
Tj = 0C
2S 1-6
Tj = 25C
1

= 0.5/ Tj= 125C


1
out

vo = 50 it V

10 15 20
-90 -50 -10 30 70 110 150 190
V m INPUT VOLTAGE (Vdc)
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE
.

Tj. (C|

FIGURE 11 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 12 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


0.3
08
= 150 mA V, =10 \l

CO = < C( =
A
0.4 !j-
? '
1 Ij = ib^ c

V
? - n I
'
z
o
, y
=>

2
-0-2
t
V
<" m'<

> < <>


=-s
>
_j
/ \
^ z
CHANG
/ \
INPUT
3E
-" n / \
10 20 30
10 20 30
t. TIME (/is)
t, TIME M s) (

FIGURE 13 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER FIGURE 14 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER


DISSIPATION FOR LM123Kand LM223K DISSIPATION FOR LM323K
40 1
1 1

I
1 Maximum Ambient
- S
I

- Heat S <?SA Temp eiatuie


<?SA jf

te
V
Si
W
^^ 1.3 C/ Heat

2.4C/W^
3C/W-
i

Infinit
i

3.3C/W^
Hi
vl HeatJ ink

-3.3C/ w^*-*
"J
6.3C/W
10 6.3C/V V"^~ _l^
10.5C /W '

_10.5C

50 75 100
50 75 100
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C)
T A AMBIENT
,
TEMPERATURE (C| ,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-41
LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Design Considerations

The LM123.A Series of fixed voltage regulators


are designed with long wire lengths, or if the output load
Thermal Overload Protection that shuts down capacitance is large. An input by-
the circuit when subjected pass capacitor should be selected to provide good
to an excessive power overload high-frequency charac-
condition, Internal Short-Circuit Protection teristics to insure stable operation under all
that limits the maximum current thecircuit will pass, and Output Transis- load conditions A 0,33 F or
M
larger tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having low
tor Safe-Area Compensation that reduces the output internal impedance
short-circuit current at high frequencies should be chosen.
as the voltage across the pass transistor The bypass capacitor should be
is increased
mounted with the shortest possible leads directly across the
In many lowcurrent applications, compensation capacitors regulator's
are not input terminals. Normally good construction
required. However, it is recommended that
techniques should be used
the regulator input be bypassed tominimiae ground loops and lead resistance drops since the
with a capacitor if the regulator is connected regulator has
to the power supply filter with no external sense lead

FIGURE 15 - CURRENT REGULATOR FIGURE 16 - ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR

Output
O LM12:

0.33 iF^ T"


1 1
Constant
Current to
Grounded Load _L 1

MF
The LM123,A regulator can also be used
as a current source when
connected as above. Resistor R determines
the current as follows:

50 V
lo
'0 = -=- + I

IB

Vq, 8.0 V to 20 V
AlB a 0.7 mA over line, load and temperature changes V in - V Ss2 5 V
IB a 3.5 mA
The addition of an operational amplifier allows
adjustment to higher
For example, a 2-ampere current source or intermediate values while retaining regulation
would require R to be a 2.5 characteristics. The
ohm, 15 W
resistor and the output voltage compliance
minimum voltage obtainable with this arrangement is 3.0 volts
would be the greater
input voltage less 7.5 volts. than the regulator voltage.

FIGURE 17 - CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR FIGURE 18 - CURRENT BOOST WITH


SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION

2N4398or Equiv

WvfO-
1

LM123.A -O * Output

2
T

The LM123.A series can be current boosted with a PNP


transistor. The The circuit of Figure 17 can be modified
2N4398 provides current to 15 amperes. Resistor R in to provide supply protection
conjunction with against short circuits by adding a short-circuit
the V B E of the PNP determines when the sense resistor, Rsc, and
pass transistor begins con- an additional PNP transistor. The current sensing
ducting; this circuit is not short-circuit proof. PNP must be able to
Input-output differential handle the short-circuit current of the three-terminal
voltage minimum is increased by the regulator. There-
Vbe of the pass transistor. fore, an eight-ampere power transistor is specified.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-42
A

MOTOROLA
LM137
SEMICONDUCTOR LM237
TECHNICAL DATA LM337

THREE-TERMINAL
THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE ADJUSTABLE NEGATIVE
OUTPUT NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS VOLTAGE REGULATORS
The LM 137/237/337 are adjustable 3-terminal negative voltage
regulators capable of supplying in excess of 1.5 A over an output SILICON MONOLITHIC
voltage range of -1.2 V to -37 V. These voltage regulators are
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
exceptionally easy to use and require only two external resistors
to set the output voltage. Further, they employ internal current
limiting, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making
them essentially blow-out proof.
The LM137 series serve a wide variety of applications including
local, on-card regulation. This device can also be used to make
a programmable output regulator; or, by connecting a fixed re-
sistor between the adjustment and output, the LM137 series can
be used as a precision current regulator.
Output Current in Excess of 1.5 Ampere in K and T Suffix
Packages
Output Current in Excess of 0.5 Ampere (n H Suffix Package
Output Adjustable Between - 1.2 V and -37 V
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit-Current Limiting, Constant with
Temperature
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation T SUFFIX
Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications PLASTIC PACKAGE
Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages CASE 221
Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages

Heattink surfaca connected


to Pin 2
STANDARD APPLICATION

H SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 79

(Bottom View)

CASE
IS INPUT
PIN 1. ADJUST
2. OUTPUT
3. INPUT

ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested Operating
Cj n is required if regulator is more than 4 inches from power supply
located Device Temperature Range Package
electrolytic is recommended.
filter. A 1 M F solid tantalum or 10 (uF aluminum LM137H Tj = -55Cto +150C Metal Can

is necessary for stability. A 1 M F solid tantalum


or 10 M F aluminum electro- LM137K Metal Power
*C
LM237H Tj = -25Cto +150C Metal Can
lytic is recommended.
LM237K Metal Power
Vou , = -1.25V(1+{J7)
RV LM337H Metal Can
LM337K Tj = 0Cto +125C Metal Power
LM337T Plastic Power
test conditions and
#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special LM337BT* Tj = -40Cto +125C Plastic Power
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office for information.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-43
LM137, LM237, LM337
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Input-Output Voltage Differential V|-V 40 Vdc
Power Dissipation
PD Internally Limited
Operating Junction Temperature Range LM137 -55
Tj +150
to C
LM237 -25 +150
to
LM337 Oto +125
Storage Temperature Range
T stg -65 to +150 C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (|V,-V |
= 5.0 V, l = 0.5 A K and T packages;
for = 0.1 A for H package; l

TJ ~ T low to Thigh [see Note 1], max and P max per Note 2, unless otherwise
l
specified.)
LM137/237 LM337
Characteristic Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Line Regulation (Note 3)
Regn 0.01 0.02 0.01 %/V
TA = 25C, 3.0 V =s |V|-V |
40 V
Load Regulation (Note 3)
Regioad
Ta = 25C, 10 mA =s l

|V |
5.0 V
15 25 15 50 mV
|Vp| ^ 5.0 V
Thermal Regulation
0.3 0.5 0.3 1.0 %V
Re 9the 0.002
10 ms Pulse, Ta = 25C
0.02 0.003 0.04 %V(yw
Adjustment Pin Current
'Adj 100 65 /xA
Adjustment Pin Current Change 1,2 A'Adi 5.0 2.0
2.5 V s |V|-V =s 40 V |
/iA
10 mA l
L =s l
max ,

pD *= Pmax. TA = 25C
Reference Voltage (Note 4) Ta = +25C
Vref -1.225 -1.250 -1.275 -1.213 -1.250 -1.287
3.0 V = |V|-V 40 V, 10 mA *s =s| l
-1.20 -1.25 -1.30 -1.20 -1.25 -1.30
'max. P D ^ p max- Tj = T| ow to T n g h i

Line Regulation (Note 3)


Regiine 0.02 0.05
3.0 V^ |V|-V |
40 V
0.02 %/V
Load Regulation (Note 3) Re 9load
10 mAl l
max |v |
^ 5.0 V 20 50 20 70 mV
|Vpl s* 5.0 V
Temperature
0.3 1.0 0.3 1.5 %V
Stability (T| ow =s Tj T high> TS
Minimum Load
0.6 %V
Current to
Maintain Regulation (|V|-Vol =s 10 V) mA
1.2 3.0 1.5 6.0
(|V|-V |
=s 40 V) 2.5 5.0 2.5 10
Maximum Output Current
|V|-V |^15V,P D ^P max
K and T Packages
1.5 2.2 1.5 2.2
H Package
0.5 0.8 0.5 0.8
|V,-V = 40 V, P D = P max Tj
|
, 25C
K and T Packages
0.24 0.4 0.15 0.4
H Package
0.15 0.2 0.1 0.2
RMS Noise, % of Vq
Ta = 25C, 10Hz=sf 10 kHz
0.003 0.003 %V
Ripple Rejection, Vq -10 V, f = 120 Hz (Note 5)
Without CAdi
60
CAdj = 10 mF 66 66 77
Long-Term Stability, Tj = T
h g h (Note 6) j
0.3 1.0 0.3
Ta = 25C for Endpoint Measurements %/1.0k
Hrs.
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case
R&JC C/W
H Package
12 15 12 15
K Package
2.3 3.0 2.3 3.0
T Package
4.0
NOTES:
(5) C adj, when used, is connected between the adjustment
(DT| 0W = -55"Cfor LM137 T high = +150Cfor LM137 pin
K and
ground.
= -25CforLM237 = +150Cfor LM237 (6) Since Long Term Stability cannot be measured on
LM3370C for = +125Cfor LM337 each device before
shipment, this specification is an engineering
<2) 'max = 1.5 A for K and T Packages estimate of average
= 0.5 A for H Package stability from lot to lot.

p max = 20 W for K and T Packages


(7) Power dissipation within an I.C. voltage regulator
produces a tem-
perature gradient on the die, affecting individual
= 2 W
for H Package
on the die. These effects can be minimized
I.C. components

(3) Load and line regulation are specified at a constant junction tem-
by proper integrated
circuit design and layout techniques.
perature. Pulse testing with a low duty cycle is used. Thermal Regulation is the effect
Change in Vo of these temperature gradients on the
because of heating effects is covered under the Thermal Regulation output voltage and is
expressed in percentage of output change per watt of power change
specification.
in a specified time.
(4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference
voltaqe
available.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-44
3

LM137, LM237, LM337

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
-o Adjust
60

-v out

220

<


2.2 k

100 pF* sf: 5.0 pF


_Vi/v
> 5.0 k
:100 k

15 500
f 600 >| 1 *
cm T f
I
I 1 i 1 1 1 A i

FIGURE 1 LINE REGULATION AND AI Adi"-INE TEST CIRCUIT

^T R2 1%

-irrp 1.0 /iF 1.0 MF

ri: Rl
Pulse Testing Required: Adjust (

1% Duty Cycle
is suggested.
Vout
LM137 O 4 V H

I V IH
' '
-|X- v L

U J

V| L

TF vee
Line Regulation (% V )
=
|V

$ffi
hl
x 100

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-45
r

LM137, LM237, LM337

FIGURE 2 LOAD REGULATION AND AIAdj/LOAD TEST CIRCUIT

n R2 < 1% Pulse Testing required:


1% Duty Cycle is suggested.

c in st* 1.0 /tF


-t-lomf m
R1<120
Adjust If* (max. -Vo (min. Load)

-Vlo i LM137
Load)
_TL Vo (max. Load)

Load Regulation (mV) = V VQ (min. Load) - VQ(max. Load)


(min Load) -
.
V (max Load) Load Regu at ; on (% Vq) =
,
x
. _____ vO (min. Load)

FIGURE 3 STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT

m R2 ?1%

Cin^kl.OMF 1.0 mf r l

R1<120
Adjust

To Calculate R2: Vout


* LM137 O > -* 4
*-(-')*
This assumes a _j l
Pulse Testing Required:
is negligible.
1% Duty Cycle is suggested.

FIGURE 4 RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT

JTT
R2 * 1% i-adj 'tn 10 MF

1.0 MF
Adjust < i

1120 D1 *A 1N4002
1.0 /nF Rl

o o-
LM137
V = -1.25 V
14.3 V
4.3 V
*Di Discharges C acjj if Output is shorted to Ground.
f = 120 Hz

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-46
r

LM137, LM237, LM337

FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - CURRENT LIMIT


0.2
1
Tj = -5 )C
r.
* lL = 0.5 A
E Tj = 150n
-0.2
< T- and K- Packaged Devices
-0.4

a *-T.
5 -0.6
o
I
-0.8

v, = -
15V
"L
= 1.5 A
H " Packaged
N^
l - v = -10V
6
5 -1-2

-1.4
10 20 30 40
-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI V, - V , INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdc)

FIGURE 7 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE


- 3.0
80 I I

V = -5 V
AV -iuu
3
K
l
= 1.5A
L
OC
3 65
z
60 = 1.0 A
z 1
L

= 500 mA
3 ^J,L = 200 mA^ l
L

3 50

l = 20'mA*""">
L
I

in
-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 -60 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150

T ..JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI T i,


JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 9 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY FIGURE 10 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT

1.270

1.8 -55C
25C
< 1.6
*_-- - Tj = 150C
> 1.260 ^4?
a z 1 -4 *'
t- ec
3
'-2
fy\
o "
> 1.250 1.0
z
z
s
=> 0.6
a 'Jr
c 1.240 "i
J? 0.4
pi =**

-25 50 75 100 125 150 10 20 30 40


-50 25
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE <C) V, - V INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
,
(Vdc)
Q

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-47
|

LM137, LM237, LM337

FIGURE 11 RIPPLE REJECTION ram OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT CURRENT
1 1

C ad j= lO^F CO
80 --C a ,:= 10 uF.
o ..1
1
1 1
1 |

Without C a(jj
1
"ad| a 60
_
40
v,-v n = 5V
l
L
= 500 mA
f = 120 Hz V,-- 5V
T
J
= 2E C 20 v-
f= 120 Hz

n I I 1 |
"5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40
V OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)
,
l
, OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

FIGURE 13 RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 14 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE

V, = -15 V
v = -10 V
-500 mA
10
l

L
C L = 1F
yCjdj^lO/iF

Witt out C ad
j
Withou c adj
j

Vj= -15 V
v

V
l
L
= -10

= 500
25C
V-
mA
^ = c adj
=
10ajF

10K 100K 1M
1K UK
f. FREQUENCY (Hz)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 15 UNE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 16 LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


OR 2> " 1_
\ Without C a(
|j

04

A Without C d|
I
J v Jj
/
L.
0?

V u >r >-
'\

L"'
\
\
\
Cac j
= 10m F VV
iC 3(jj= 10 uF.
-n fi

-04 ..
< V| = -15 V
I

* n
> V = -10V = -10

in =50n
i

/
*
Tj = 25C Tj = 25C

10
CL = 1
MF i n

/
/
15 1 | .,. \
10 20 30
20
t,TIME(ns)
t, TIME W

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-48
LM137, LM237, LM337

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION


The LM137 is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In op- returned near the load ground to provide remote ground
eration, the LM137 develops and maintains a nominal sensing and improve load regulation.
- 1.25 volt reference (V ref) between its output and ad-
justment terminals. This reference voltage is converted EXTERNAL CAPACITORS
to a programming current OpROG' by R1 (see Figure A m f tantalum input bypass capacitor (Cj n
1 ) is recom-
17), and this constant current flows through R2 from mended to reduce the sensitivity to input line impedance.
ground. The regulated output voltage is given by: The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground to
DO improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (C a dj) prevents
Vout = Vref H + + 'adj *2 ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is
r?>
increased. A 10 /iF capacitor should improve ripple
Since the current into the adjustment terminal (l a dj) rejection about 1 5 dB at 1 20 Hz in a 10 volt application.
represents an error term in the equation, the LM137 was An output capacitor (C ) in the form of a 1 /*F tantalum
designed to control acjj to less than 100 jiA and keep
l
or10juFa'u m nurn electrolytic capacitor is required
'

it constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current for stability.


is returned to the output terminal. This imposes the

requirement for a minimum load current. If the load


current is less than this minimum, the output voltage
PROTECTION DIODES
will increase. When external capacitorsare used with any I.C. regu-

Since the LM137 is a floating regulator, it is only the lator sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to
it is

voltage differential across the circuit that is important preventthe capacitorsfrom discharging through low
to performance, and operation at high voltages with current points into the regulator.
respect to ground is possible. Figure 18 shows the LM137 with the recommended
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of -25 V or
FIGURE 17 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION
high capacitance values (C > 25 >iF, C a dj > 10 /^F).

Diode Di prevents C from discharging thru the I.C.

during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against


capacitor C a<jj discharging through the I.C. during an
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and
D2 prevents C ac from discharging through the I.C. during
adj
:i R2
'prog \ v out
an input short
|j

circuit.

-:
c
FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH
A djust 9 PROTECTION DIODES

Vjn LM137
Vref

oVl
J
:
R1
/
vout

Vref
= -1.25 V Typically

LOAD REGULATION
The LM137 capable of providing extremely good
is -Vjn * t
1N4002
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, the
D1
programming resistor (R1 should be connected as close
)
1N4002
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops which
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-49
A

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM140.A Series
TECHNICAL DATA LM340.A Series

THREE-TERMINAL
THREE-TERMINAL POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS
POSITIVE FIXED
This family of fixed voltage regulators are monolithic
integrated VOLTAGE REGULATORS
circuits capable of driving loads in excess
of 1.0 ampere. These
three-terminal regulators employ internal current limiting,
ther- SILICON MONOLITHIC
mal shutdown, and safe-area compensation. Devices are
available INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
with improved specifications, including a 2% output
voltage tol-
erance, on A-suffix 5.0, 12 and 15 volt device types.
Although designed primarily as a fixed voltage regulator,
these
devices can be used with external components to obtain
adjust-
able voltages and currents. This series of devices K SUFFIX
can be used
with a series-pass transistor to boost output current METAL PACKAGE
capability at
the nominal output voltage. CASE 1

Output Current in Excess of 1.0 Ampere


No External Components Required
Output Voltage Offered in 2% and 4% Tolerance*
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation INPUT
2. OUTPUT
CASE GROUND
(Bottom View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
T SUFFIX
Output Voltage Tested Operating PLASTIC PACKAGE
Device and Tolerance Junction Temp. Range Package CASE 221
LM140K-5.0 5.0 V 4% Metal Power
LM140AK-5.0 5.0 V 2%
LM140K-8.0 8.0 V 4%
LM140K-12 12 V 4% -55Cto +150C PIN 1. INPUT (Heatsink surface
2. GROUND connected to
LM140AK-12 12 V 2% 3. OUTPUT
Pin 2)
LM140K-15 15 V 4%
LM140AK-15 15 V 2%
LM340K-5.0 5.0 V 4% Metal Power
STANDARD APPLICATION
LM340AK-5.0 5.0 V 2%
LM340T-5.0 5.0 V 4% Plastic Power
LM340AT-5.0 5.0 V 2%
LM340T-6.0 6.0 V 4% Plastic Power
LM340K-8.0 8.0 V 4% Metal Power
LM340T-8.0 8.0 V + 4% A common ground is required between the
Plastic Power
LM340K-12 input and the output voltages. The input volt-
12 V 4% Metal Power
age must remain typically 1.7 V above the
LM340AK-12 12 V 2% 0Cto +125C output voltage even during the low point on
LM340T-12 12 V 4% the input ripple voltage.
Plastic Power
LM340AT-12 12 V 2% XX = these two digits of the type number
indicate voltage.
LM340K-15 15 V 4% Metal Power
= Cj n is required if regulator is located
LM340AK-15 15 V 2% an appreciable distance from power
LM340T-15 15 V 4% supply filter.
Plastic Power
LM340AT-15 15 V 2% = Co is not needed for stability; how-
ever, itdoes improve transient re-
LM340T-18 18 V 4% sponse. If needed, use a 0.1 ce-
MF
LM340T-24 24 V 4% ramic disc.
2% regulators are available in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-50
LM140,A, LM340,A

MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)


Rating Symbol Value Unit

V - 18 V) V in 35 Vdc
Input Voltage (5.0
(24 V)
40

Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics


Plastic Package
PD Internally Limited Watts
Ta = +25C
15.4 mW/C
Derate above Ta = + 25C 1/JA
65 C/W
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 0JA
PD Internally Limited Watts
Tc = +25C
200 mW/C
Derate above Tc = +75C (See Figure 1) 1/flJC
5.0 C/W
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case jc

Metal Package
PD Internally Limited Watts
Tc = +25C
i/ejA 22.5 mW/C
Derate above Ta = + 25C
45 C/W
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air "JA
PD Internally Limited Watts
Tc = + 25C
182 mW/C
Derate above Tc = +65C (See Figure 2) i/fljc
5.5 C/W
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case <*JC

T StQ -65 to +150 C


Storage Junction Temperature Range
Tj C
Operating Junction Temperature Range
LM140.A -55 to +150
LM340.A to + 1 50

EQUIVALENT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

T Input

Output

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-51
LM140A LM340,A

DEFINITIONS
Line Regulation
The change in output voltage for a change dissipation for which the regulator will operate within
in the input voltage. The measurement is made under condi-
specifications.
tions of low dissipation or by using pulse techniques
such that
the average chip temperature is not significantly affected.
Quiescent Current That part of the input current that is
not delivered to the load.
Load Regulation
The change in output voltage for a Output Noise Voltage
The rms ac voltage at the output,
change in load current at constant chip temperature. with constant load and no input ripple, measured over a spec-
Maximum Power Dissipation The maximum total device ified frequency range.

LM140/340 5.0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in 10 V, lp = 500 mA, Tj = T hign (Note
T| ow to 1), unless otherwise noted)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
V 5.0 5.2 Vdc
Iq = 5.0 mA to 1 .0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2)


Reg|j
8.0 to 20 Vdc
mV
50
7.0 to 25 = +25C)
Vdc (Tj
50
8.0 to 12 Vdc, Iq = 1.0 A
25
7.3 to 20 Vdc, lp = 1.0 A (Tj = + 25T)
50
Load Regulation (Note 2) Re 9load mV
5.0mA = Iq 1.0 A
50
5.0mA Iq 1.5 A (Tj = +25C)
50
250 mA s: lp s 750 mA (Tj = +25C)
25
Output Voltage
V Vdc
LM140
8.0 s Vj n s 20 Vdc, 5.0 mA 1.0 A, PD 15 W 4.75 5.25
LM340
7.0 s V in s 20 Vdc, 5.0 mA 1.0 A, PD 15 W 4.75 5.25
Quiescent Current
lO = 1.0 A
mA
LM140
7.0
LM340
8.5
LM140 (Tj = -
25C)
4.0 6.0
LM340 (Tj = 25C)
4.0 8.0
Quiescent Current Change
8.0 s V jn s 25 Vdc, = 500 mA
->'B mA
l
LM140 0.8
7.0 =s V in s 25 Vdc, Iq = 500 mA LM340 1.0
5.0 mAsIgs 1.0 A, Vj n = 10 V LM140, LM340
0.5
8.0 =s V in 20 Vdc, = l 1.0 A LM140 0.8
7.5 =s Vi n ^ 20 Vdc, lp = 1.0 A LM340 1.0
Ripple Rejection
LM140 dB
68
LM340
62
lO = 10 A (Tj = +25Cj
LM140
68 80
LM340
62 80
Dropout Voltage
Vin -V 1.7 Vdc
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) r
O 2.0 mil
Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C) 2.0 mA
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25C)
40 nv
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV :0.6 mV/C


Iq = 5.0 mA
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)
2.4
Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = + 25C) 7.3 Vdc
Iq = 10 A

NOTES: 1. T| 0W = -55C LM140


for Thigh = + 150T for LM140
0CforLM340 = + 125C for LM340
2 re9 U a ' i0n are s P eci ed a' constant junction temperature. Changes
'
V
^nfrli "7 due to heating effects must be taken
'
in
separately. k low duty into account
Pulse | t
testing with cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-52
LM140A LM340,A

LM 140 A/340A 5.0


= Tj = T low t0 T h qh (Note unless otherwise noted).
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 10 V, l 1 A, 1 ,

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

vo 4.9 5.0 5.1 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
Iq = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A
Regime mV
Line Regulation (Note 2)
10
7.5 to 20 Vdc, lo = 500 mA
3.0 10
7.3 to 20 Vdc (Tj = + 25C)
8.0 to 12 Vdc
- 12
4.0
8.0 to 12Vdc(Tj = +25C)
Regioad
mV
Load Regulation (Note
5.0 mA s lo 1-0 A
2)
- - 25
25
5.0 mA s 1.5 A (Tj =
l + 25C)
15
250 mA s lo 750 mA (Tj = +25C)

Output Voltage Vo 4.8 5.2 Vdc


7.5 V in s 20 Vdc, 5.0 mA s lo 10 A, P D =s 15 W
Quiescent Current 'B
6.5 mA
3.5 6.0
(Tj = +25C)

Quiescent Current Change AI B mA


0.5
5.0 mAs
lo 1.0 A, Vjn = 10 V
- - 0.8
8.0 V| n s 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA
0.8
7.5 V in
20 Vdc, = 10 A (Tj = + 25C)
l

RR dB
Ripple Rejection
8.0 V m =s 18 Vdc, = 120 Hz
Iq = 500 mA
f
68 -
68 80
l = 1.0 A(Tj = + 25C)
Dropout Voltage Vin-Vo - 1.7 - Vdc

= 1.0 kHz) r
O
- 2.0 - mil
Output Resistance (f

Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25C) 'sc


- 2.0 - mA
Vn 40 mV
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25X)
10 Hz s; f s 100 kHz
Output Voltage TCV 0.6 mV/C
Average Temperature Coefficient of

Iq = 5.0 mA
- 2.4 - A
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25"C) '0

7.3 Vdc
Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25C)

NOTES:
V T|ow = - 55C for LM140A T hig h = + 150C for LM140A
0CforLM340A = + 125X for LM340A
Changes V due to heating effects iust be taken into account
Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature.
in
2.

separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


2-53
LM140A LM340,A

LM 140/340 6.0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = n V, l
= 500 mA, Tj
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
vo 5.75 6.0 6.25 Vdc
lO = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A
Line Regulation (Note 2)
Reaiine mV
9.0 to 21 Vdc - 60
8.0 to 25 Vdc (Tj = + 25C)
60
9.0 to 13 Vdc, l = 1.0 A - - 30
8.3 to 21 Vdc, l = 1.0 A (Tj = +25C)
60
Load Regulation (Note 2) Reg| oac
mA mV
5.0 l 1.0 A
|

- - 60
5.0mA Iq ss 1.5 A (Tj = +25C)
250 mA l =s 750 mA (Tj = + 25C) _ 30
Output Voltage
v Vdc
LM140
90 =s V in s 21 Vdc, 5.0 mAsl O s1.0 A, Pn 15 W -
5.7 6.3
LM340
8.0 s V in 21 Vdc, 6.0 mAsl s 1.0 A, P D s 15 W 5.7 6.3
Quiescent Current
lO = 10 A
IB mA
LM140
7.0
LM340 - 8.5
LMl40(Tj = + 25C)
6.0
LM340 (Tj = + 25C) 4.0 8.0
Quiescent Current Change
9.0 s V in 25 Vdc,
-i'B mA
= 500 l
mA LM140
8.0 V in s 25 Vdc, = 500 l
mA LM340 1.0
5.0 mA s 1.0 A,
l
Vj n = 11 V LM140, LM340
9.0 V in s 21 Vdc, l = 1.0 A LM140
8.6 V in 21 Vdc, l = 1.0 A LM340 _ 1.0
Ripple Rejection
RR dB
LM140 -
65
LM340
59
lO = 1.0 A (Tj = + 25C)
LM140 -
65 78
LM340
59 78
Dropout Voltage
Vin " V 1.7 Vdc
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) r 2.0 mfl
Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C)
'sc
1.9 mA
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25C)
Vn - 45 - ^
10 Hz f s 100 kHz

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV - 0.7 - mV/C


lO = 5.0 mA
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C) )
'0 2.4 __ A
Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = + 25C) 8.3 - Vdc
lO = 10 A

1- Tlow = -55C for LM140 Thigh = + 150C for LM140


0CforLM340 = + 125C for LM340
2. Load and line regulation are specified at
constant junction temperature. Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-54
LM140A LM340,A

LM140/340 8.0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, n 14 V, Iq = 500 mA, Tj = T| ow to Thigh l Note 1 >- unless otherwise noted)

Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit

Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) V


Iq = 5.0 mA to 1,0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2) Regn


1 1 to 23 Vdc 80
10.5 to 25 Vdcdj = + 25X) 80
11 to 17 Vdc, lo = 10 A 40
10.5 to 23 Vdc, Iq = 1 .0 A (Tj 80

Load Regulation (Note 2) Regioad


5.0 mA s lo s 1.0 A 80
5.0 mA lo 1-5 A (Tj = + 25C) 80
250 mA Iq 750 mA (Tj = +25C) 40

Output Voltage V
LM140
11.5 s V in 23 Vdc, 5.0 mAsl o s1.0 A, P D s 15 W 7.6 8.4

LM340
10.5 V in 23 Vdc, 5.0 mA Iq 10 A, Pd 15 W 7.6 8.4

Quiescent Current
= 1.0 A
l

7.0
LM140
8.5
LM340
= +25C) 4.0 6.0
LM140 (Tj
= + 4.0 8.0
LM340 (Tj 25C)

Quiescent Current Change


11.5 s Vin =s 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM140 0.8

10.5 =s V jn 25 Vdc, = 500 mA l LM340 1.0

LM140, LM340 0.5


5.0 mA =s lo 10 A, V in = 14 V
11.5 s V| n =s 23 Vdc, lo = 10 A LM140 0.8

10.6 s V m 23 Vdc, Iq = 10 A LM340 1.0

Ripple Rejection dB
LM140
LM340
lO = 10 A (Tj - 25C)
LM140 62 76
LM340 56 76

Dropout Voltage -v Vdc

Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) r


O
Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25C)

Output Noise Voltage (T^ -25C) mV


10 Hzsfs 100 kHz

of Output Voltage TCV mV/C


Average Temperature Coefficient
Iq = 5.0 mA
Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25C)
Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj -25C) Vdc
l = 10 A
NOTES:
1. T| 0W = -55CforLM140 T h igh = + 150C for LM140
0CforLM340 = + 125C for LM340
2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account

separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-55
LM140,A, LM340,A

LM 140/340 12
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <V in

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) v 11.5 12 12.5 Vdc
lO = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2)


Re 9line mV
15 to 27 Vdc - 120
14.6 to 30 Vdc (Tj = +25C) - 120
16 to 22 Vdc, lo = 10 A
60
14.6 to 27 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A (Tj = +25X) 120
Load Regulation (Note 2) Re 9load
mA s Iq s mV
5.0 1.0 A 120
5.0mA s
-s l 1.5 A (Tj = +25X) - - 120
250 mA Iq =s 750 mA (Tj = + 25C)
60
Output Voltage v Vdc
LMMO
15.5 s V| n 27 Vdc, 5.0 mA s | = 1.0 A, P D % 15 W 11.4 - 12.6
LM340
14.5 -s V in s 27 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, P D s 15 W 11.4 12.6
Quiescent Current
>B mA
lO = 1.0 A
LMMO 7.0
LM340 - 8.5
LMMO (Tj = + 25C)
4.0 6.0
LM340 (Tj = + 25C)
4.0 8.0
Quiescent Current Change
AlB mA
15 s V in s 30 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LMMO - - 0.8
14.5 =& V in =s 30 Vdc, = 500 mA l
LM340 1.0
5.0 mA fe Iq & 1.0 A, V LMMO, LM340
jn = 19 V 0.5
15 =s V in -s 27 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A LMMO 0.8
14.8 s v in =s 27 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A LM340 1.0
Ripple Rejection RR dB
LMMO 61
LM340 55 -
lO = 1.0 A (Tj = + 25C)
LMMO 61 72
LM340 55 72
Dropout Voltage
Vin -V 1.7 Vdc
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) r
O 2.0 mil
Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C) 'sc
1.1 _ mA
Output Noise Voltage (T^ = +25C) Vn - 75 - ^V
10 Hz =s f s 100 kHz

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV - -1.5 - mV'C


lO = 5.0 mA
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)
io 2.4 A
Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25C) 14.6 - - Vdc
Iq = 1.0 A

Thigh = 150"Cfor LMMO


= +125 Cfor LM340
c

2. Load and line regulation are specified at


constant junction temperature. Changes v
in due to heating effects must be taken into account
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-56
LM140A LM340.A

LM140A/340A 12
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 19 V, l = 1-0 A, Tj = T|ow to Thigh (Note 1) unless otherwise noted).

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

Vo 11.75 12 12.25 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
Iq = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2) Regime mV


14.8 to 27 Vdc, lo = 500 mA
- 18

Vdc (Tj = +25C) 4.0 18


14.5 to 27
16 to 22 Vdc 30
9.0
16 to 22 Vdc (Tj = + 25C)

Load Regulation (Note 2) Regioad mV


5.0 mA lo 10 A - - 60

5.0 mA lrj 1-5 A (Tj = +25'C) 32


19
250 mA = lo 750 mA (Tj = + 25C)

Output Voltage v 11.5 12.5 Vdc


14.8 Vj n =s 27 Vdc, 5.0 mA = l
s 1.0 A, Pp 15 W
Quiescent Current "B
6.5 mA
(Tj = +25C)
_ 3.5 6.0

Quiescent Current Change AlB mA


5.0mA lo * 1.0 A, V in = 19 V
- - 0.5

15 V in 30 Vdc, lo = 500 mA 0.8

V in s 27 Vdc, lo = 10 A (Tj = + 25C) 0.8


14.8
RR dB
Ripple Rejection
15 V in 25 Vdc, = 120 Hz
Iq = 500 mA
f
61 -
l
= 1.0 A, (Tj = +25C) 61 72

Dropout Voltage Vin " V


- 1.7 - Vdc

Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) r


O
- 2.0 - mi!

Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C) 'sc


- 1.1 - mA
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = + 25C) Vn 75 uV
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV -1.5 mV/C


Iq = 5.0 mA

Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C) '0


- 2.4 - A

Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = + 25C! 14.5 - - Vdc

NOTES:
V "Tlow = -55Cfor LM140A Thigh = + 150C for LM140A
= 0C for LM340A = + 125C for LM340A
Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
2.

separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-57
LM140A LM340,A

LM140A/340 15
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 23 V, 500 mA, Tj = T n gn (Note
l T| 0W to j
1), unless otherwise noted)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
VO 15 15.6 Vdc
Iq = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2)


Regij mV
18.5 to 30 Vdc
150
17.5 to 30 Vdc (Tj = + 25C)
150
20 to 26 Vdc, Iq = 1.0 A 75
17.7 to 30 Vdc, Iq = 1.0 A (Tj + 25C) 150
Load Regulation (Note 2)
mA
fegioad mV
5.0 1.0 A
=5 l

150
5.0mA 1.5 A (Tj = l
+25C) 150
250 mA sIqs 750 mA (Tj = +25C)
75
Output Voltage V Vdc
LM140
18.5 V in s 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA l0 s 10 A, P D 14.25 15.75
LM340
17.5 V in s 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA Iq 10 A, P D

Quiescent Current
= 10 A
mA
10
LM140
7.0
LM340
8.5
LM140 |Tj = +25C) 4.0 6.0
LM340(Tj = + 25C) 4.0 8.0
Quiescent Current Change
18.5 s V in s 30 Vdc, Irj = 500 mA
ilB mA
LM140 0.8
17.5 s V in s 30 Vdc, Irj = 500 mA LM340 1.0
5.0 mA =s =s 1.0 A, Vj
|
n = 23 V LM140, LM340 0.5
18.5 s V in s 30 Vdc, = 1.0 A l
LM140 0.8
17.9 s y in s 3Q Vdc, = 1.0 A l
LM340 1.0
Ripple Rejection
LM140
LM340
lO = 1.0 A (Tj = +25C)
LM140
LM340
Dropout Voltage V
Vin "
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) r
O 2.0
Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj - + 25C) 800 mA
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25C)
90 mV
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV 1.8 mV/C


Iq = 5.0 mA

Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25C)


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25X) 17.7
Iq = 10 A

NOTES:
' T low = -55Cfor LM140 Thigh 150X for LM140
125Cfor LM340
2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes V due
in to heating effects must be taken into account
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-58
LM140A LM340,A

LM140A/340A 15
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vj n = 23 V, Ip = 1.0 A, Tj = T| 0W to T nign (Note 1), unless otherwise noted).

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) vp 14.7 15 15.3 Vdc


Ip = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2) Regiine mV


17.9 to 30 Vdc, Ip = 500 mA 22
17.5to30Vdc(Tj = + 25C) - 4.0 22
20 to 26 Vdc, Ip = 1.0 A 30
20 to 26 Vdc, Ip = 1.0 A (Tj = +25C) 10

Load Regulation (Note 2) Regioad mV


5.0 mA Ip s 1.0 A - 75
5.0 mA Ip s 1.5 A (Tj = +25C| 12 35
250 mA s Ip s 750 mA (Tj = + 25C) 21

Output Voltage vp 14.4 15.6 Vdc


17.9 * Vj n =s 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA s Ip 1.0 A, PD s 15 W
Ouiescent Current 'B
6.5 mA
3.5 6.0
(Tj = +25C)

Ouiescent Current Change AlB mA


5.0 mA Ip =s 1.0 A, V in = 23 V - - 0.5

17.9 =s V in s 30 Vdc, Ip = 500 mA 0.8


= 1 .0 A (Tj = + 25C) 0.8
1 7.9 =s V in 30 Vdc, Ip

Ripple Rejection RR dB
18.5 V in 28.5 Vdc, f = 120 Hz
Ip = 500 mA 60 -
Ip = 1.0 A, (Tj = +25C) 60 70

Dropout Voltage Vin - Vp - 1.7 - Vdc

Output Resistance If = 1.0 kHz) r


O
- 2.0 - ml!

Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C) 'sc


- 800 - mA
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25C) Vn 90 mV
10 Hz =s f =s 100 kHz

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCVp 1.8 mV/C


Ip = 5.0 mA
Peak Putput Current (Tj = -<-25 C) "0
- 2.4 - A

Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25C) 17.5 - Vdc

NOTES:
1- T|ow = -55CforLM140A Thigh - + 150C for LM140A
0CforLM340A = 125C for LM340A -t

Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account


2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in

separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-59
LM140,A, LM340,A

LM140/340 18
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 27 V, 500 mA, Tj = T n gn (Note
l T| ow to j
1), unless otherwise noted)
Characteristic Symbol Typ Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) V Vdc
Ip = 5.0 mA to 1 .0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2)


21.5 to 33 Vdc
Regii, mV
180
21 to 33 Vdc = +25C)
(Tj
180
24 to 30 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A
90
21 to 33 Vdc, Ip = 1.0 A (Tj + 25C) 180
Load Regulation (Note 2) R egioad mV
mA
5.0 l 1.0 A 180
5.0mA s l 1.5 A (Tj = +25C) 180
250 mA l 750 mA (Tj = +25C)
90
Output Voltage V Vdc
LM140
22 s V in s 33 Vdc, 5.0 mA l 1.0 A, PD =s 15 W 17.1 18.9
LM340
21 s V in ^ 33 Vdc, 5.0 mAslg 1.0 A, P D s 15 W 17.1 18.9
Quiescent Current
mA
lO = 1.0 A
LM140
7.0
LM340
8.5
LM140 (Tj = -
25C) 4.0 6.0
LM340 (Tj = -
25C) 4.0 8.0
Quiescent Current Change AIb mA
22 s V in 33 Vdc, = 500 mA l
LM140 0.8
21 s V in =s 33 Vdc, = 500 mA l
LM340 1.0
5.0 mA sl s 1.0 A, V jn = 27 V LM140, LM340 0.5
22 s V in =s 33 Vdc, = 1.0 A l
LM140 0.8
21 *s Vjn ^ 33 Vdc, - 1.0 A l
LM340 1.0
Ripple Rejection RR dB
LM140 59
LM340 53
lO = 1.0 A (Tj = +25C)
LM140 59 69
LM340 53 69
Dropout Voltage V Vdc
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) r
O mfl
Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj =
mA
Output Noise Voltage (T^ -25C)
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz
MV

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV mV/C


Iq = 5.0 mA

Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj -25C) 21 Vdc
Iq = 1.0 A

NOTES:
! Tlow = -55C for LM140
Thigh = + 150C for LM140
0C for LM340 = + 125C for LM340
2. Load and line regulation are specified at
constant junction temperature. Changes V
in due to heating effects must be taken into account
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-60
LM140A LM340,A

LMUO/340 24
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vj n = 33 V, lp 500 mA, Tj = T| 0W to Thigh (Note 1), unless otherwise noted).

Characteristic Symbol Min I Typ Max Unit

Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) vo 23 24 25 Vdc


Iq = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A

Line Regulation (Note 2) Regiine mV


28 to 38 Vdc
240
27to38Vdc(Tj = +25C) 240
30 to 36 Vdc, lo = 1-0 A
120
27.1 to 38 Vdc, lo = 10 A (Tj = +25C)
240

Load Regulation (Note 2) Regioad mV


5.0 mA s =s 1.0 A 240
5.0 mA s lo 1.5 A (Tj =
l

+ 25C>
240
250 mA s lo 750 mA (Tj = + 25C) 120

Output Voltage Vo Vdc


LM140
28 V in 38 Vdc, 5.0 mA lg 1.0 A, PD 15 W 22.8 25.2

LM340
27 V in s 38 Vdc, 5.0 mA l
s 1.0 A, P D 15 W 22.8 25.2

Quiescent Current IB mA
= 1.0 A
l

LM140
7.0

LM340
8.5

LM140 (Tj = +25C)


4.0 6.0

LM340(Tj = ^25C)
4.0 8.0

Quiescent Current Change AlB mA


28 V jn 38 Vdc, io = 500 mA LM140 0.8

27 s Vjn 38 Vdc, '0 = 500 mA LM340 1.0

5.0 mA = 1.0 A, V in = 33 V LM140, LM340 0.5

28 s Vj n s 38 Vdc, lo = 10 A
l

LM140 0.8

27.3 V in s 38 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A LM340 1.0

Ripple Rejection RR dB
LM140 56 ~~

LM340 50
- 1.0 A (Tj = +25C)
l

LM140 56 66
LM340 50 66
Dropout Voltage Vin -VO - 1.7 - Vdc

Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) i"0


- 2.0 - mil

Short-Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25C) Isc


- 200 - mA
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25C) Vn - 170 - MV
10 Hz f s 100 kHz

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV - 3.0 - mV/C


Iq = 5.0 mA

Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C) '0


- 2.4 - A
Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25C) 27.1 - Vdc
l = 1-0 A
NOTES:
1- T|ow = -55Cfor LM140 Thigh = + 150C for LM140
0C for LM340 = + 125C for LM340
constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account
2. Load and line regulation are specified at
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-61
LM140A LM340,A

VOLTAGE REGULATOR PERFORMANCE


The performance of a voltage regulator is specified power can be caused by a change in either the input
by its immunity to changes in load, input voltage, power
voltage or the load current. Thermal regulation is a func-
dissipation, and temperature. Line and load regulation tion of IC layout and die attach techniques, and usually
are tested with a pulse of short duration (< 100 /xs) and occurs within 10 ms of a change in power dissipation.
are strictly a function of electrical gain. However, pulse After 10 ms, additional changes in the output voltage
widths of longer duration (> 1.0 ms) are sufficient to are due to the temperature coefficient of the device.
affect temperature gradients across the die. These tem-
Figure 1 shows the line and thermal regulation re-
perature gradients can cause a change in the output sponse of LM140AK-5.0 to a 10 watt input
a typical
voltage,in addition to changes caused by line and load pulse. The
variation of the output voltage due to line
regulation. Longer pulse widths and thermal gradients regulation is labeled
and the thermal regulation com-
make it desirable to specify thermal regulation. ponent is labeled . Figure 2 shows the load and ther-
Thermal regulation is defined as the change in output mal regulation response of a typical LM140AK-5.0 to a
voltage caused by a change in dissipated power for a 15 watt load pulse. The output voltage variation due to
and is expressed as a percentage output
specified time, load regulation is labeled and the thermal regulation
voltage change per watt. The change in dissipated component is labeled .

FIGURE 1 LINE AND THERMAL REGULATION FIGURE 2 LOAD AND THERMAL REGULATION
HM1 n EH i

?
SO
E

18

80V
V
Mi ug |

1 5
t, TIME (2.0 ms/div.)
t, TIME (2.0 ms/div.)

LM140AK-5.0
LM140AK-5.0
v = 5.0 V
= V
Vin
== 8.0V 18V-+ 8.0 V = Re 9line
= = 2.4 mV
Vrj 5.0

Vin = 15 = Reg| 0ad = 4.4 mV


'out
= 1.0 A =
= Re 9therm = 0.003 l
out = 0A-1.5A-0A = = 0.0020%VnW
Regtherm

FIGURE 3 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY FIGURE 4 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE

Vi n-V = 5. ] V

'o
00 rr A ~ 10-1
V = 5.0 V

V NI -75V
10-2 'out
c
=
= o
10/\

Tj = 25C

10-3

10-4
-10 30 70 110 10k 10k 100 k 10M 10M 100M
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C) f. FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-62
LM140A LM340,A

FIGURE 6 - RIPPLE REJECTION versus


FIGURE 5 RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY OUTPUT CURRENT
100

^
7^
'out
==
1.5 A Vo = 5.0 V

5.0 V V; n =10V
H 60
10 V c = o

co = f = 1 20 Hz
T = 2 C
25C -,

10
10 10 100 10k 10k 100 k 10M 10 M 100M 1

f. FREQUENCY (Hz)
l
oul . OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

FIGURE 7 QUIESCENT CURRENT versus FIGURE 8 - QUIESCENT CURRENT versus


INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT CURRENT
4.0
Tj = -5 soc--^ "~~l ~l II
""' TJ =
"-^Tj = 25C

III
^Tj = 150C
Tj = 25C

-^ 1

2.0 - -
Tj =
v = 5.0 V
'out
= 1.0 A _]_
1.0
-Tj = - >5C
-lj I
fll
J ' 30 C C II 1 1 II
n 1?
10 20 30 1 10
Vj n . INPUT VOLTAGE (Vdc) l OUTPUT CURRENT |A|
out .

FIGURE 9 DROPOUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT


i i

2.5
^V ou ,
= 100 mV

Iq = 1.0 A

500 mA
JZ Tj = -55C

//
\/ Tj

1.0
'0 = 10 mA If TJ " 125C

I
0.5

\
\

n
-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 10 20 30 40
TA . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
V in -Vrj. INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-63
LM140,A, LM340,A

FIGURE 1 1 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 1 2 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


08 0.3
vo = 5.0 V V = 5.0 V

lout" l&U mA S 2 n
=10
= o
<
n Co c = l\
\
<i

TJ = 25C Tj = 25C
|

Kg
{
r 3 0-0
CD Z
o|-02
1
/
V
'
' -0 3
*
? ~>
!

/ \
^ 05 / \
n / \
20
TIME (jus) t. TIME (us

FIGURE 13 WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 14 WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION
versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (Case 221A) versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE iCase 1)

i 2b

JC = 5C/W
I

JA = 65C/W "hs
=
.
HS = 0C/W.
T J| nax)= '50C
k
^ "H S = 5C/ w\ 15

=
hs ioc/w
= 15CA
kN \S
10 -R, )JC
R, |JA

T J(max)
=

=
iC/Vu

65C/W
= 150C
s v
^"^ LN 5.0
Mo Heat Sink
^-^ N
^
No He (Sink

n
-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 -75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125

TA . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C) TA .


AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-64
LM140A LM340,A

_ . . . .. APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Design Considerations
The I.M140 Series of fixed voltage regulators are de- with long wire lengths, or if the output load capacitance
signed with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts is large. An input bypass capacitor should be selected

down the circuit when subjected to an excessive power to provide good high-frequency characteristics to insure
overload condition, Internal Short-Circuit Protection stable operation under all load conditions. A 0.33 /xF or
that limits the maximum current the circuit will pass, larger tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having low
and Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation that re- internal impedance at high frequencies should be cho-

duces the output short-circuit current as the voltage sen. The bypass capacitor should be mounted with the
across the pass transistor is increased. shortest possible leads directly across the regulators
In many low current applications, compensation ca- input terminals. Normally good construction techniques
pacitors are not required. However, it is recommended should be used to minimize ground loops and lead re-
that the regulator input be bypassed with a capacitor sistance drops since the regulator has no external sense
if the regulator is connected to the power supply filter lead.

FIGURE 15 CURRENT REGULATOR FIGURE 16 ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR

Input o LM 140-5.0 LM140-5.0 -o-

33 yF= ,-p

These regulators can also be used as a current source when


connected as above. In order to minimize dissipation the
LM140-5.0 is chosen in this application. Resistor R determines
the current as follows:
5.0 V Vq, 7.0 V to 20 V
"O
= |Q
V| N - V * 2.0 V
Iq = 1.5 mA over line and load changes The addition of an operational amplifier allows adjustment to

For example, a -ampere current source would require R to be


1 higher or intermediate values while retaining regulation char-
a 5-ohm, 10-W resistor and the output voltage compliance acteristics. The minimum voltage obtainable with thi arrange-

would be the input voltage less 7.0 volts. ment is 2.0 volts greater than the regulator voltage.

FIGURE 17 CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR FIGURE 18 SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION


MJ2955
MJ2955 or Equiv. ortqulv
or Equiv.
Input, Rsc
Input -* -r

i vw-*tO- LM140 -o * i Output 2N6049


R or Equiv.

1.0 /xF
T 0.1 ^F
LM140
Output
1.0 fiF

T
The LM140 series can be current boosted with a PNP transistor. The circuit of Figure 17 can be modified to provide supply
The MJ2955 provides current to 5.0 amperes. Resistor R in protection against short circuits by adding a short-circuit sense
conjunction with the Vg of the PNP determines when the pass resistor, P sc and an additional PNP transistor. The current
,

transistor begins conducting; this circuit is not short-circuit sensing PNP must be able to handle the short-circuit current
proof. Input-output differential voltage minimum is increased of the three-terminal regulator. Therefore, a four-ampere plas-
by Vbe of the pass transistor. tic power transistor is specified.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-65
A

MOTOROLA LM150
SEMICONDUCTOR LM250
TECHNICAL DATA
LM350

THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE THREE-TERMINAL


OUTPUT POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE
The LM 150/250/350 are adjustable 3-terminal positive voltage VOLTAGE REGULATORS
regulators capable of supplying in excess of 3.0 A over an output
voltage range of 1 .2 V to 33 V. These voltage regulators are excep-
SILICON MONOLITHIC
tionally easy to use and require only two external resistors to set the
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
output voltage. Further, they employ internal current limiting,
thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making them
essentially blow-out proof.
The LM150 series serve a wide variety of applications including
on card regulation. This device also makes an especially
local,
simple adjustable switching regulator, a programmable output
regulator, or by connecting a fixed resistor between the adjustment K SUFFIX
and output, the LM150 series can be used as a precision current METAL PACKAGE
regulator. CASE 1
/o\
Guaranteed 3.0 Amps Output Current
Output Adjustable between 1 .2 V and 33 V

(Wjust )
\
n Vj
^=s^ ~N J
Load Regulation Typically 0.1%
Line Regulation Typically 0.005%/V
^r >4x \\o//Vout

Internal Thermal Overload Protection


\ ^r^^ ^v\ (Bottom View)



Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting Constant with
Output Transistor Safe-area Compensation
Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications
Temperature
fS^
Pins 1 and 2 electrically isolated from case.
Standard 3-lead Transistor Packages Case is third electrical connection.

Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages

STANDARD APPLICATION

T SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 221

PIN 1. ADJUST
3. Vi,

Heatsink surface connected


to Pin 2

* " C jn it required if regulator it located an appreciable diitance from power


supply filter.
** " C it not needed for stability, however it does improve transient ORDERING INFORMATION
response.
Tested Operating
V out =1.25V<1+_) + |!
Adj R 2
Device Temperature Range Package
"1 LM150K Tj = -55Cto + 150C
Since Ad j
l controlled to lets
is than 100 liA, the error associated with this
term Is negligible in most applications LM250K Tj = -25Cto +150C Metal Power
LM350K
Tj = 0Cto +125C
#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special test conditions and LM350T
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office for information. Plastic Power
LM350BT# Tj = -40Cto +125C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-66
LM150, LM250, LM350

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Input-Output Voltage Differential v,-v 35 Vdc

Power Dissipation PD Internally Limited

Operating Junction Temperature Range LM 1 50 Tj -55 to +150 C


LM250 -25 to +150
LM350 to +125

Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

Soldering Lead Temperature (10 seconds) 300 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise specified, V|-Vq = 5.0 V; l|_ = 1.5 A; Tj = T| ow to Thigh; Pmax
[see Note 11.)

LM1 50/250 LM350

Characteristic Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

Line Regulation (Note 2) 1 Regime 0.005 0.01 0.005 0.03 %/V


T A = 25C, 3.0 V V|-Vo * 35 V

Load Regulation (Note 2) 2 Regioad


Ta = 25C, 10 mA II < 3.0 A
-
Vo 5.0 V - 5.0 15 5.0 25 mV
Vo * 5.0 V 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.5 %v
Thermal Regulation, Pulse = 20 ms, - Regtherm 0.002 0.002 % Vo/W
Ta = 25C

Adjustment Pin Current 3 'Adi


50 100 - 50 100 HA
Adjustment Pin Current Change 1,2 AlAdj " 0.2 5.0 0.2 5.0 MA
3.0 V V|-Vo = 35 V
10 mA lu * 3.0 A, Pq Pmax
3 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.20 1.25 1.30 V
Reference Voltage (Note 3) Vref
3.0 V =s V|-Vo * 35 V
10 mA =s II 3.0 A, Pq Pmax
Line Regulation (Note 2) 1 Regiine
0.02 0.05 0.02 0.07 %/V
3.0 V V|-Vo 35 V
Load Regulation (Note 2) 2 Regioad
10 mA II * 3.0 A
-
Vo 5.0 V - 20 50 20 70 mV
Vo * 5.0 V 0.3 1.0 0.3 1.5 %v
Tj 3 Ts 1.0 - - 1.0 - %v
Temperature Stability (T| ow =s =s Thi g h>

Minimum Load Current to 3 'Lmin


3.5 5.0 3.5 10 mA
Maintain Regulation (V|-Vo = 35 V)

Maximum Output Current 3 'max


A
V|-Vo 10 V, P D Pmax 3.0 4.5 - 3.0 4.5 -
= 30 V, P D P m ax. T A = 25C 0.3 .1.0 0.25 1.0
V|-V

RMS Noise, % of Vo N 0.003 0.003 %v


Ta = 25C, 10Hzf = 10 kHz

RR dB
Ripple Rejection, Vo = 10 V, f = 120 Hz 4
(Note 4)
Without CAdj 65 - 65 -
66 80 66 80
CAdj = 10 ^F
Long-Term Stability, Tj = Thigh Note 5 ( > 3 S 0.3 1.0 0.3 1.0 %/1.0k
Hrs.
Ta = 25C for Endpoint Measurements
Rwc C/W
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case
Peak (Note 6) K Package - 2.3 2.3
2.3
T Package
Average (Note 7) K Package 1.5 - 1.5
1.5
T Package

NOTES:
Thigh = +150Cfor LM150 Since Long-Term Stability cannot be measured on each device be-
(D T|ow = -55Cfor LM150 (5)

-25CforLM250 = +150Cfor LM260 fore shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of av-

0"C for LM350 = +125Cfor LM350 erage stability from lot to lot.
W Thermal Resistance evaluated measuring the hottest temperature
Pmax = 30 for K suffix (6)

W on the die using an infrared scanner. This method of evaluation


Pmax = 25 for T suffix
yields very accurate thermal resistance values which are conser-
(2) Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temper-
vative when compared to other measurement techniques.
ature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into
used. The average die temperature is used to derive the value of thermal
account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is (7)

Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage available. resistance junction to case (average).
(3)

(4) CAdj. when used, is connected between the


adjustment pin and
ground.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-67

LM150, LM250, LM350

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

<

-o v out
-O Adjust

FIGURE 1 LINE REGULATION AND AI Adj/LINE TEST CIRCUIT

Line Regulation (%/V) = *}~ 0L


x 100
VOL
-m*.
j^ V H
V|L V in
LM150
Vout
*
O t
vol

Q Adjust 240
Rl

0.1 MF 1.0 /LtF

'Pulse Testing Required: R2


1% Duty Cycle 1%
is suggested.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-68
o

LM150, LM250, LM350

FIGURE 2 LOAD REGULATION AND AI Adj/LOAD TEST CIRCUIT


vO ~ VQ (max. Load)
.
Load Regulation (% v
., /./
Vo) =

i
(min. Load)
\i n
V , ^
M
(mm. Load) 1 I v \S \MIMI.
(min. Load)
LUOUf
Load Regulation (mV) = Vq (min. Load) ~ v (max. Load) \_\ Vq (mgx
V| V- Lq
o -o -( 'L

Vout

>R L
"(max. Load)
240 Rl
Rr (min. Load)

0.1 /xF Co 7f^ 1.0 nF

Pulse Testing Required:


1% Duty Cycle is suggested. -

FIGURE 3 STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT

Vout
LM150 *H 'L

Adjust
R1 Vr6f Rl
|?% (

0.1 mF 1.0 mF

To Calculate R2:
Pulse Testing Required: Vo = 'SETR2 + 1-250 V
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. Assume IsET = 5.25 mA

HGURE 4 RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT


24 V-
Vout Vq = 10V
14V
f = 120 Hz
LM150 O f-

D-i*
240
2
6 Adjust Rl ? % I 1N4002 Rl

0.1 fiF 1.0 mF

6 k c Adj;x;io^F
R2
^\ %

*Di Discharges CAdj '* Output is Shorted to Ground.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-69
LM150, LM250, LM350

FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - CURRENT LIMIT

04

02
i
Tj = -55C
a l| =5 00 mA
Tj = 25C
^ \\
-04 //
Jl
Tj = 150C
< v \
V| = 15V l
L = 3'.0A'' i
.
v 10V
\^v
=

2^~-
-0.8

-1.0
n
-?5 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 10 20 30 40
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C) V, - V INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL
, (Vdc)

FIGURE 7 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE


1

AV = 100 mV
< 70
3
S 65 lL -3.0 A
cc
cc
l
L = 2.0 A
z
t 55

3
l = 500 mA
9 45 L

L
= 200 mA
< 40

l
L
= 20mA
35
-75 50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
m-75
-50 -25 25 50 76 100 125 150.
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C) Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 9- TEMPERATURE STABILITY FIGURE 10 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT

>
u 1.250
Tj = -55C
\
V
-.
<
i-
o Tj = 25C-
> s"
"
AC
1.240
9
/

_ -

>
1 1.230
H
/
1
L-s-==-

1.220
-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 10 20 30 40
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C) V, - V ,
INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdc)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-70
LM150, LM250, LM350

FIGURE 11 RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT CURREN1
100
1

f
Dr 10 '

120
1

~
CD
80
- 100
Z WITHOUT z
o C ADJ o C
ADJ
= 10 dF
60 u 80

or cc
w 60
2 40 -v,-v
1,
= 50
Q
5V
imA
=
V mv
v =
15 V WITHOUT C ADJ

f = 120 Hz f= 120 H i
cc
T, = 25 C Tj = 25C

30 35 0.1 1
10 15 20 26

V Q OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) l , OUTPUT CURRENT (A)


,

FIGURE 13 RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 14 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE


100

1,-5 )0mA
a,
80
v -iqv
o
o 60
V 25 C
U

be
= 10 ;i F
ADJ
cc
cc
20 NITHOU U ADJ

IK 10K
10 100 IK 10K 100K 1M
FREQUENCY (Hi)
f, FREQUENCY (Hi)
f,

FIGURE 15 LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 16 LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE

_/V
a '' 5
<
j>
^o
1.0

0.5

t\
C

~TT
L
= 1*F;C ADJ = 10(iF
VOLTAGE

OUTPUT
(V)

DEVIATION
C
L

./
= lMF;C AnJ

J
= 10^F

H
/\
55 "
V. = 15V
,
C|- = 0;WIT HOUTC AfJJ -
6 -0-5 -
v = iov Q h =50mA
>
< -1.0 '
1.

r,
=50mA
* 25C
A AV ul

1 * *}
HOUTC ADJ-
1

- C = 0;WIT 1

L * (A)
AGE
*
1 V
5? io
o
~"S
LOAD

1.
CURRENT V
5f
%=
0.5
1
l A. 4
CJ 1 2 90 4 ) 2 )0

t.TIHIE ((is)
< t. TIM E(ys)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-71

LM150, LM250, LM350

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION EXTERNAL CAPACITORS


The LM 150 is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In opera- A 0.1 fiF disc or jiF tantalum 1 input bypass capacitor
tion, the LM150 develops and maintains a nominal 1.25 (Cj n ) is recommended to reduce the sensitivity to input
volt reference (V re f) between its output and adjustment line impedance.
terminals. This reference voltage converted to a pro-
is The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground to
gramming current (lpROG> by R1 (see Figure 17), and improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (CadJ) prevents
this constant current flows through R2 to ground. The ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is
regulated output voltage is given by: increased. A 10 uF capacitor should improve ripple
DO rejection about 15|dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application.
Vout = V ref(1+^) + A djR2 l
Although the LM150 is stable with no output capaci-
tance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of external
capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An output capaci-
Since the current from the adjustment terminal
dAdj>
tance (C Q in the form of a 1 /uF tantalum or 25 uF
represents an error term in the equation, the LM150 was )

designed to control lAdj to less than 100 uA and keep it


aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the output swamps
constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current is
this effect and insures stability.

returned to the output terminal. This imposes the require-


ment for a minimum load current. If the load current is
PROTECTION DIODES
less than this minimum, the output voltage will rise.
When external capacitors are used with any I.e. regu-

Since the LM150 is a floating regulator, it is only the


lator it is sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to
voltage differential across the circuit
prevent the capacitors from discharging through low
which is important
current points into the regulator.
to performance, and operation at high voltages with
respect to ground
Figure 18 shows the LM150 with the recommended
is possible.
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V or
FIGURE 17 ~ BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION >
high capacitance values (C 25 /l<F, CadJ > 10 A/F).
Diode Di prevents C from discharging thru the I.C.
during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against
capacitor CADJ discharging through the I.C. during an
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and
D2 prevents CADJ fro discharging through the I.C.
during an input short circuit.

Adjust 6 FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH


PROTECTION DIODES

V ref = 1.25 V TYPICAL

LOAD REGULATION c in
The LM150 capable of providing extremely good
is

load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to


obtain maximum performance. For best performance, the
programming resistor (R1) should be connected as close /Tr 2 I-ADJ
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops which
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby i
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be
returned near the load ground to provide remote ground
sensing and improve load regulation.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-72
LM150, LM250, LM350

FIGURE 19 - "LABORATORY" POWER SUPPLY WITH ADJUSTABLE


CURRENT LIMIT AND OUTPUT VOLTAGE

D6

1N4002

v out2 t>
LM150 O vO
(1)

240 < I
iD 5
1N4001
7|r 1
fF
Tantalum

Tv 10 MF

Vref
R SC :

+ 'DSS
'Omax

1.25 V
lOmax + 'DSS
OUTPUT RANGE:
0< V < 25 V
0< n < l 3 A
Diodes Di and D2 and transistor Qj are added to allow adjustment
of output voltage to volts.

Dg protects both LM150s during an input short circuit.


-10V

FIGURE 20 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT LIMITER FIGURE 21 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUT DOWN REGULATOR

Vout R, v
O VW
620

1.0 *iF
Adjust

'
To provide current limiting of Iq
to the system ground, the source of
the FET must be tied to a negative
voltage below - 1.25 V.
Vref
R2 ;

'DSS
Vref
R1
-T Minimum V out = 125 V
lOmax + 'DSS
Vo<V(BR)DSS + 1-25V + V Ss
A protects the device during an input short circuit.
iLmin " 'DSS < lo < 3
D-|

As shown < Iq < 2 A

FIGURE 22 - SLOW TURN-ON REGULATOR FIGURE 23 - CURRENT REGULATOR

out
'out "1
LM150 Owv-

Adjust o- Adjust

'out " >-r^> + 'Adj

10mA< l., t < 3 A

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-73
A

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM317M
TECHNICAL DATA

THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE MEDIUM-CURRENT


OUTPUT POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR THREE-TERMINAL
The LM317M
is an adjustable 3-terminal positive voltage reg-
ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE
ulator capable of supplying in excess of 500 over an output mA VOLTAGE REGULATOR
voltage range of 1.2 V to 37 V. This voltage regulator is excep-
SILICON MONOLITHIC
tionally easy to use and requires only two external
resistors to INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
set the output voltage. Further, it employs internal current
limit-
ing, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation,
making it
essentially blow-out proof.
The LM317M serves a wide variety of applications including
local,on-card regulation. This device also makes an especially (Heatsink surface
simple adjustable switching regulator, a programmable output connected to Pin 2)

by connecting a fixed resistor between the adjust-


regulator, or
ment and output, the LM317M can be used as a precision current
regulator.

Output Current in Excess of 500 mA (All 3 Packages)

Output Adjustable Between 1 .2 V and 37 V PIN 1. ADJUST


2- Vout
Internal Thermal Overload Protection 3. V in
Internal Short-Circuit-Current Limiting

Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation


T SUFFIX
Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications
PLASTIC PACKAGE
Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages CASE 221
Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages

DT-1 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 369
DPAK
STANDARD APPLICATION

Vout
v l <> LM317M -V

Cm
0.1 MF
'adj
||
'
Adjust
R1
<240

+ **

1.0 mf
# <^^
DT SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 369A
DPAK

i .
ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested Operating
Device Temperature Range Package
LM317MT 0Cto +125C Plastic Power
*Cj n is required if regulator is located in appreciable distance from power suddIv
filter. LM317MBT# -40Cto +125C Plastic Power
**C is not needed for stability, however does improve transient response.
it LM317MDT
LM317MDT-1 Oto 125"C DPAK
V = 1.25 V(1 +52) + l
adj R 2
#Automotive temperature range selections are
Since l
a(jj is controlled to less than 100 fiA, the error associated with this term is
negligible in most applications. available with special test conditions and additional tests.
Contact your local Motorola sales office for information.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-74
LM317M

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Input-Output Voltage Differential V|-V 40 Vdc

Power Dissipation PD Internally Limited

Operating Junction Temperature Range Tj Oto +125 C

Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V^Vp = 5,0 y, = 0.1 A, Tj = T tow| to T niqn [see Note 1), P m ax per Note 2, unless otherwise specified.)

Characteristic Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

ReQIii 0.04 %/v


Line Regulation (Note 3)
TA = 25C, 3.0 V ^ V|-Vp =s 40 V

Load Regulation (Note 3) Regioad


Ta = 25C, 10 mA lo 0.5 A
25 mV
5.0
Vo 5.0 V
0.5 %V
0.1
Vq s 5.0 V
50 100 pA
Adjustment Pin Current 'adj

Adjustment Pin Current Change Aladj V*


2.5 V =s V|-Vq ^ 40 V, 10 mA =6 l|_ 0.5 A, PD Pn
Vref 1.30
Reference Voltage (Note 4)
3.0 V V|-Vp ^ 40 V, 10 mAs lp 0.5 A, PD Pr
Regiji 0.07 %/V
Line Regulation (Note 3)
3.0 V = V|-Vq 40V
Load Regulation (Note 3) Regioad
10 mA =s lo 0.5 A
mV
20 70
Vo * 5.0 V
1.5 %V
0.3
Vq 5= 5.0 V
Temperature Stability (T| ow ^ Tj =s T n gn
j
)
Ts 0.7 %V
Minimum Load Current to Maintain Regulation
3.5 10 mA
(V|-VQ = 40 V)
Maximum Output Current
0.5 0.9
V|-V 15 V, P D ^ Pmax
0.15 0.25
V|-Vq = 40 V, Pp ^ Pmax- T A = 25C

RMS Noise, % of Vo
%V
Ta = 25C, 10 Hz ^ f 10 kHz
RR dB
Ripple Rejection, Vo = 10 V, f 120 Hz (Note 5)

Without C ac |j
66
Cadj = 10 <*F
0.3 %/1.0k
Long Term Stability, Tj = Thigh Note 6 < >
Hrs.
Ta = 25C for Endpoint Measurements
"

7.0 C/W
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case, T Suffix Package "flJC
(4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage
NOTES:
available.
(1|T|ow to Thigh = OX to +125X
C a dj, when used, connected between the adjustment pin and
(2) Pmax = 7.5 W (5)
ground.
is

(3) Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temper-
Since Long Term Stability cannot be measured on each device before
ature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be
taken into (6)
shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of average
account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
stability from lot to lot.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-75
LM317M

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

v in O

;30O >300 >300 'St'68 V

-ac'e 8 v

rd

r
vv^ i j^
V I [

J6.3
1^ 1S0> Sl80 2K < 6 k
;60 S 1.25

i 1

FIGURE 1 - LINE REGULATION AND AI Adj /LINE TEST CIRCUIT

VCC

-m.

Pulse Testing Required


1% Duty Cycle
is suggested.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-76
LM317M

FIGURE 2 - LOAD REGULATION AND AlAdj/ LOAD TEST CIRCUIT

Load Regulation (mV) = Vq (min. Load) - v O (max. Load)


VQ (min. Load) ~ ^O '""" L " d > vO (min. Load)
Load Regulation (%Vq) = ( .

'O (min. Load) ~irv O (max. Load)


V| 'out
LM317M -O H l
L

Pulse Testing Required


1% Duty Cycle is suggested.

FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT

"out
LM317M O > H'LHt

Cin

To Calculate R2
Pulse Testing Required: V = 'SET R 2 + 1-250 V
1% Duty Cycle Is suggested. Assume SET = 5.25 mA
l

FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT

14 V Vn M0V
f = 1 20 H LM317M

Dl*
240
1N4002
^
.
'1 1%

"2 Cadi ;T ; '0(if


D-! Discharges C ad if Output is Shorted to
j
Ground
*
c adj Provides an AC Ground to the Adjust Pin.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-77
LM317M

FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - RIPPLE REJECTION

g 0.4 1

With c adj = 10/jF

* 0.2

= 5V '
/
^ n _/
<
j -0.2 ~^T~
o thout C
Ny, = 10V i\

fcr -0.4
|- vo = 5V /
5 to 500 mA /
a -0.6
- "l
= 100 m/! ^/
6 f= 120 Hz
% -0.8
Vq = 10 V
v,= 14 to 24 V
-1.0
i

" 50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 "50 -25 25 50 76 100 125 150


Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE lCI

FIGURE 7 - CURRENT LIMIT


FIGURE - DROPOUT VOLTAGE
8

2.5

0.80
CD
< = 500n A
< 'L

z
e 0.60 j = 25 ^ >
5< l|_ = 100 mA
I-
I
""
2
Q
O J = i:

0.20
1.0

0.5
It 2 3 4 50 ~ 50
"25 25 50 75 100 125 150
V| - V , INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS)
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE ("0

FIGURE 9 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT FIGURE - RIPPLE REJECTION


10 versus FREQUENCY

4.5

< 4.0
Tj = 25C 40 mA
t 3.5 Ti - i)Pf v,= 5 V 1 Vpp
v = 1.25V
J 30 60
=>

z t^-
S 2.0

0.5 n
i z^-
|

/
20
i T
10 100 IK 10K 100 K In
V - V INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS)
t ,

f.FREQUENCY(Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-78
LM317M

FIGURE 11 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY FIGURE 12 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT


80
1.260 I I
1

= G.25V
7U
v = v ref
> I
L
= 10m IV

bb
I
L
= 100 mA
<
bO
3
>
o
z
1.240
bb
"=^ "^^
-Z"--
50
^" 5 "
V|" .2 V <
r 4b
~ 1.230 - Vq-
'L* mA
'S'
lb
1.220 12b 150
-bO -25 25 50 7b 100
-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 14 - OUTPUT NOISE


FIGURE 13 - LINE REGULATION
12

1 1 1

1
H
Ba dwidth 100 Hz to 10 k 1z
vo = v ref
~ >L 50 mA
10

-- ._.-. 8.0

| 40
-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
-bO -25 25 50 75 100 125 150

JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C) Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)


Tj,

FIGURE 16 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


FIGURE 15 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE

S 1-5
< [
*Z> 1.0
lpF
o C
L
=

i- 9 0.1

5>
IV
"
V
11
o


1 / 6
4^
-0.1
6 "0 5 Vo = 1 2b Vi V. = 15 V
> 20mA ? 10MF
1=1
-1.0
l
L
=
,A -0.2 C L = 0.3MF;C adj = VQ = 10V
"
Tj * 25C l
NL =10mA
3-0.3 r} = 25C
S
j
o
>
^cj
'

0.5
'-

10

l,
20

TIMERS)
"*
|

'l

30 40
<t 100

^m+^ 10 20

t,TIME((isl
rlL

30

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-79
LM317M

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION
The LM317M is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In op-
EXTERNAL CAPACITORS
eration, the LM317M develops and A 0.1 fiF disc or 1 ^F tantalum input bypass capacitor
maintains a nominal
1.25 volt reference (V (Cj n ) is recommended
to reduce the sensitivity to input
re f) between its output and ad-
justment terminals. This reference voltage is converted lineimpedance.
to a programming current (l The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground
prog ) by R1 (see Figure 17),
and this constant current flows through R2 to ground. to improve ripple rejection. This capacitor
(C ad ;) pre-
The regulated output voltage is given by: vents ripple from being amplified as the output voltage
is A 10 yxF capacitor should improve ripple
increased.
rejectionabout 15 dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application.
VO = Vref d + ) + l
a djR2
jjf Although the LM317M is stable with no output ca-
pacitance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of
Since the current from the adjustment terminal (l
ac|j) external capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An
represents an error term in the equation, the
LM317M output capacitance (C in the form of a 1 ^F tantalum
was designed to control l
adj to less than 100 /jA and
)

or 25 fif aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the


keep it constant. To do output
quiescent operating cur-
this, all
swamps this effect and insures stability.
rent is returned to the output terminal.
This imposes
the requirement for a minimum load current.
If the load
current is less than this minimum, the output
PROTECTION DIODES
voltage When external capacitors are used with any
will rise. I.e. reg-
ulator is sometimes necessary to add
it
Since the LM317M is a floating regulator, protection
only it is
diodes to prevent the capcitors from discharging
the voltage differential across the circuit
is impor-
that through low current points into the regulator.
tant to performance, and operation at high
voltages with Figure 18 shows the LM317M with the recommended
respect to ground is possible.
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V
or high capacitance values (C > 25 F, C > M ad ; 5.0 pF).
Diode D1 prevents C from discharging thru the I.C.
during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against
FIGURE 17 BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION
capacitor C ad discharging through the I.C. during
j an
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and
D2 prevents C ad from discharging through the
j I.C. dur-
ing an input short circuit.
LM317M

/
/
1| ri T

Adjust o FIGURE 18 VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH


prog PROTECTION DIODES
VO
'adj
R2

V re f = - 1-25 V Typical

LOAD REGULATION
The LM317M is capable of providing extremely good
load regulation, but a few precautions
are needed to
obtain maximum performance. For best
performance,
the programming resistor (R1) should be
connected as
close to the regulator as possible to minimize
line drops
which effectively appear in series with the reference,
thereby degrading regulation. The ground end
of R2 can
be returned near the load ground to provide
remote
ground sensing and improve load regulation.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-80
LM317M

FIGURE 19 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT LIMITER FIGURE 20 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUTDOWN REGULATOR

4*
LM317M

LM317M

Adjust

To provide current limiting of Iq to


the system ground, the source of the
current limiting diode must be tied
to a negative voltage below -7.25 V
1 k
V re t
Ri >
'DSS
ref

'Omax + 'DSS
v O < p OV + 1 25 V + V SS
T _ inimurn V = 1 .25 V

l
Lmin - lp < < 500 mA -
l
I Dj protects the device during an input short circuit.

As shown O < Iq < 495 mA

- SLOW TURN ON REGULATOR FIGURE 22 - CURRENT REGULATOR


FIGURE 21

~i r
LM317M - LM317M O-ArWWV-

/
Vref
\ + 1 25 V
i
Q max -
y-jcr) adi
'~^T
= I
Vref
\ 125 V
'o m,n
+ i

\rV,^~Si
ad| " FM + R2
j

5 mA < l
out < 500 mA

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-81
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM337M
TECHNICAL DATA

THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE MEDIUM-CURRENT


OUTPUT NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR THREE-TERMINAL
ADJUSTABLE NEGATIVE
The LM337M is an adjustable 3-terminal negative
ulator capable of supplying in excess of
voltage reg- VOLTAGE REGULATOR
500 over an output mA
voltage range of - 1.2 V to - 37 V. This voltage regulator SILICON MONOLITHIC
is excep-
tionally easy to use and requires only two
external resistors to INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
set the output voltage. Further, it employs
internal current limit-
ing, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making it
essentially blow-out proof.
The LM337M serves a wide variety of applications including
local, on-card regulation. This device can
also be used to make a
programmable output regulator; or, by connecting a fixed resistor
between the adjustment and output, the LM337M can be used as
a precision current regulator.

Output Current in Excess of 500 mA


Output Adjustable Between - 1.2 V and -37 V
Internal Thermal Overload Protection PIN 1. ADJUST
Internal Short-Circuit-Current Limiting 2.V in
3- V ou ,
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation
Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications
T SUFFIX
Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages PLASTIC PACKAGE
Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages CASE 221A

ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested Operating
Device Temperature Range Package
LM337MT Tj = 0Cto +125C Plastic Power
LM337MBT Tj = -40Cto +125C Plastic Power

STANDARD APPLICATION

VjnO

*Cj n is required if regulator is located more than 4 inches from power supply
filter. A 1.0 iiF solid tantalum or 10 fiFaluminum electrolytic is recommended.
**C is necessary for stability. A 1.0 /iF solid tantalum or 10 /xF aluminum
electrolytic is recommended.
R2.
V out = -1.25 V(1 +)
#Automotiye temperature range selections are available with
special test conditions and
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office
for information.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-82
LM337M

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Symbol Value Unit
Rating
V|-V 40 Vdc
Input-Output Voltage Differential
PD Internally Limited
Power Dissipation
Tj Oto +125 C
Operating Junction Temperature Range
T stg -65 to +150 C
Storage Temperature Range

= = Tj Tlow to T h ig h Isee Note 1], P max per Note 2,


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (|V|-V |
5.0 V, l 0.1;
unless otherwise specified.)
Figure Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic
0.01 0.04 %/V
Regiii
Line Regulation (Note 3)
T A = 25C, 3.0 V =s |V|-Vp| ;40V
Regioad
Load Regulatibn (Note 3)

Ta = 25C, 10 mA s lo 0.5 A
15 50 mV
|Vol < 5.0 V 0.3 1.0 %V
|V I
* 5.ov
Regtherm 0.03 0.04 %Vq/W
Thermal Regulation
10 ms Pulse, Ta = 25C
65 100
'adj
Adjustment Pin Current
1,2 Aladj 2.0 HA
Adjustment Pin Current Change
2.5 V* |V|-Vol 40V, 10mA> ; l
L =s 0.5 A,

Pn < Pmax- T A = 25C


Vref
Reference Voltage (Note 4)
3.0 V =s |V|-Vol 40 V, 10 mA =s lo 0.5 A,
-1.287
-1.213 1.250
PD s p max. TA = 25C -1.20 -1.25 -1.30
Tlow tO Thjgh
0.02 0.07 %.V
Regii
Line Regulation (Note 3)
3.0 V=s |V|-V |40V
Regioad
Load Regulation (Note 3)

10 mA lo 0.5 A 70 mV
20
|V I
5.0 V 0.3 1.5 %V
|V0l = 5.0 V
0.6 V
Tj ^ Thigh) TS
Temperature Stability (T| ow ^
iLmi
mA
Minimum Load Current to
1.5 6.0
Maintain Regulation (jV|-Vol 10 V)
2.5 10
(|V|-V |
40 V)

Maximum Output Current


0.5 0.9
|V|-V |
15 V, Pd Pmax 0.1 0.25
|V|-V |
= 40 V, Pp *s Pmax. T A = 25C
0.003 >V
RMS Noise, of Vrj %
Ta = 25C, 10 Hz ^ f

-10 = 120 Hz (Note 5) RR


Ripple Rejection, Vo V, f

Without C a dj
Cadi = 10 ^F
0.3 /o,1.0 k
Long Term Stability, Tj = Thigh (Note 6) Hrs.
T^ = 25C for Endpoint Measurements
7.0 tw
Case RflUC
Thermal Resistance Junction to
volt3ge
(4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference
NOTES: available.
d) Tlow t T high OX to +125X
(6)C a dj, when used, is connected between the adjustment pin and
(21 Pr = 7.5 W ground.
junction temper-
(3) Load and line regulation are specified at constant Since Long Term Stability cannot be measured on each device
before
ature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects
must be taken into (6)
average
shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of
account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. from lot to lot.
stability

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-83
LM337M

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

-o Adjust

FIGURE 1 - LINE REGULATION AND A ad j/LINE TEST CIRCUIT

n
Pulse Testing Required:
1% Duty Cycle
is suggested.

in: IE.
~LF Line Regulation (%V Q ) = I^^OL^^Ix , 0Q
N'OHl
VEE

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-84
LM337M

FIGURE 2 - LOAD REGULATION AND A l


ad j/LOAD TEST CIRCUIT

n * Pulse Testing required:


1% Duty Cycle is suggested.

120 ^
Jlmex. -vo m ,. Load)
Load) J-l
Load)
-V| o- LM337M

v O (min Load) _ v O max Load)


rr
( -

=
Load Regulation (mV) = V min Load) - V , max Load)
.
Load Regulation (%V )
=

v O (min. Load)
"X 100 :

, .

FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT

JTT T

C ln ^ 1/iF
- $
To Calculate R2:

R2= (Jio.-^
W ref '
^ LM337M
<>
This assumes l
acjj Pulse Testing Required:
is negligible. 1% Duty Cycle is suggested.

FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT

n C 3 di /-r^ 10 MF

c in 1F
I

RL M
R1>120 D1*ik1N4002

LM337M

14.3 V
Output shorted to Ground.
4.3 V

Di Discharges C ad j
if is

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-85
LM337M

FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION


FIGURE 6 - CURRENT LIMIT

s
lL
= 0.5 A
g -0.2
<
" -0.4

2 -OB
o
>
t- -0.8

V, = -
15 V
V = -10 V
6
> -1.2

-1.4
"
50 25 25 50 75 100 125
" 150 '0 20 30 40
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI
V, - V ,
INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdcl

FIGURE 7 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE


80

< I
1

v ^ -5 V

2.5
cr
o
3 65
z
<
60
S 2.0

J! 55

1.5 ^Jl = 200


l

L
= 500 mA

=
z
l

L
= 20 mA
40
- 50
"25
-,n 1

25 50 75 100 125 "


50 -25 25 50 75 100 125
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 9 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY


FIGURE 10 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT

- <J = -55C

> 1.260 < 1.6 -T J


25C
_E - T 150C
X
J ^0?
< >''"
x.
o
* 1.250 ft*

o 0.8

5 0.6
a
;

1.230
-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150
0.2
T
1 .

'0 20 30 40
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)
V, - V INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdcl
Q ,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-86
LM337M

FIGURE 11 RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT CURRENT
1 1

100 1
"Tl
100

C adj =10(iF = 10*i F


80
1
z 1
-1
Without C a dj

1
"aoi
2 60

40

v,-v v
l,=5C fl"?
OmA V = -15V
(=120 Hz 20
Tj = 25C f = 120 Hi
T = 25 U C

1
1 1 1

-10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40


.OUTPUT CURRENT (A)
V , OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 13 RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 14 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE


00

V-
v
15V
10V =
l -5 00 mA
ttu L
CL = 1 /jF
u
Tj = 25 C
< C odj =10MF
bu

40
Without C a ,|j N. = Withou T^

V
= C ad| =10/iF
-15V
20 v =
-10 V
500 mA
-v 100
25C

IK 10K 100K 1M 10M


1
"

10
f, FREQUENCY (Hzl (FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 15 LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 16 LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


0.6

/"" \
0.8

0.2
ri CT"
\ Without C a dj

/
o.t>

0.4

0.2 A Without C a jj
l \ -0.2
T Cadj
= 10 "F
-
V
^ .J_ \.
f\
fi\ \.'
-U.4

'
^ C i\ 10jiF -O.b
< V = -15 /

-0.4 |
D
= "10 V
V = -10V
mA" -O.b
V L = 50 mA
/
50

/
=

25C V L=1mF
25C

-U.b
cL = I^F \ 1 ...L-, /
-I.U
SO t

(.TIN E(iis)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-87
LM337M

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION be returned near the load ground to provide remote
The LM337M is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In op- ground sensing and improve load regulation.
eration, theLM337M develops and maintains a nominal
-1.25 volt reference (V re f) between its output and ad-
justment terminals. This reference voltage is converted
EXTERNAL CAPACITORS
to a programming current
(IpROG) b y R 1 (see Figure A 1.0 fiF tantalum input bypass capacitor (C( n ) is rec-
17), and this constant current flows through R2 from
ommended to reduce the sensitivity to input line
ground. The regulated output voltage is given by:
impedance.
R2. The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground
v out = V re f d + + 'adj R2 to improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (C
py) a dj) pre-
vents ripple from being amplified as the output voltage
Since the current into the adjustment terminal (l is increased. A 10 /iF capacitor should improve ripple
acjj)
represents an error term in the equation, the LM337M rejection about 15 dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application.
was designed to control l
atjj to less than 100 /aA and An output capacitor (C in the form of a 1.0 aiF tan-
)

keep it constant. To do quiescent operating cur-


this, all talum or 10 (if aluminum electrolytic capacitor is re-
rent returned to the output terminal. This imposes
is quired for stability.
the requirement for a minimum load current. If the load
current is less than this minimum, the output voltage PROTECTION DIODES
will increase. When external capacitors are used with any I.C. reg-
Since the LM337M is a floating regulator, it is only ulator sometimes necessary
it is add protection
to
the voltage differential across the circuit that is impor- diodes to prevent the capacitors from discharging
tant to performance, and operation at high voltages with through low current points into the regulator.
respect to ground is possible. Figure 18 shows the LM337M with the recommended
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of - 25
FIGURE 17 BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION V or high capacitance values (C > 25 aiF, C > 10 acjj
tiF). Diode D-| prevents C from discharging thru the
I.C. during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects
against capacitor C acjj discharging through the I.C. dur J
ing an output short circuit. The combination of diodes
X" D1 and D2 prevents C acjj from discharging through the
I.C. during an input short circuit.

FIGURE 18- VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH


Adjust
PROTECTION DIODES

LM337M

V ref = -1 25 V Typically

LOAD REGULATION
The LM337M is capable of providing extremely good
Vj n ol-f-o- LM337M
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed
1N4002
to
obtain maximum performance. For best performance,
the programming resistor (R1) should be connected as D1
1N4002
close to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops
which effectively appear in series with the reference,
thereby degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-88
MOTOROLA LM2931
SEMICONDUCTOR Series
TECHNICAL DATA

LOW DROPOUT VOLTAGE REGULATORS


LOW DROPOUT
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
The LM2931 series consists of positive fixed and adjustable out-
SILICON MONOLITHIC
put voltage regulators that are specifically designed to maintain
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
proper regulation with an extremely low input-to-output voltage
differential. These devices are capable of supplying output cur-
rents in excess of 100 mA
and feature a low bias current of 0.4
mA Output
mA at 10 output. Z SUFFIX Pin 1.

Designed primarily to survive in the harsh automotive environ- PLASTIC PACKAGE


ment, these devices will protect all external load circuitry from CASE 29

input fault conditions caused by reverse battery connection, two


battery jump starts, and excessive line transients during load
dump. This series also includes internal current limiting, thermal
shutdown, and additionally, is able to withstand temporary power- Pin Input
T SUFFIX 1.

up with mirror-image insertion. PLASTIC PACKAGE


Due to the low dropout voltage and bias current specifications, CASE 221A
the LM2931 series is ideally suited for battery powered industrial (Heatsink surface
and consumer equipment where an extension of useful battery connected to Pin 2)

life is desirable. The 'C suffix adjustable output regulators


feature
an output inhibit pin which is extremely useful in microprocessor-
based systems.
FIXED
Input-to-Output Voltage Differential of Less Than 0.6 V at
n.c. nd m n.c.
100 mA
Output Current in Excess of 100 mA
Gnd
Input ad 8 1 3D Output
'^
Low Bias Current (Top View)
60 V Load Dump Protection ADJUSTABLE
-50 Output
V Reverse Transient Protection
Inhibit
nrj5 4 ID Adjust D SUFFIX
Internal Current Limiting with Thermal Shutdown PLASTIC PACKAGE

Temporary Mirror-Image Protection


Gnd
input
R
an b i ID Output
CASE 751
(SOP-8)
(Top View)
Ideally Suited for Battery Powered Equipment

ADJUSTABLE
Pin 1. Adjust
INTERNAL SCHEMATIC
T SUFFIX 2. Output Inhibit

PLASTIC PACKAGE 3. Ground


Input o
CASE 31 4D 4. Input
(Heatsink surface 5. Output ^
connected to Pin 3)
^dm&>
5

ORDERING INFORMATION
Output Package
Output o Case
30 k
Device Voltage Tolerance Number
LM2931AD-5.0 5.0 V 3.8% 751

Adjust o LM2931AT-5.0 5.0 V 3.8% 221A

LM2931AZ-5.0 5.0 V 3.8% 29

LM2931D-5.0 5.0 V 5.0% 751

LM2931T-5.0 5.0 V 5.0% 221A

LM2931Z-5.0 5.0 V 5.0% 29

LM2931CD Adjustable 5.0% 751


Deleted on Adjustable Regulators 5.0% 314D
LM2931CT |
Adjustable

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-89
LM2931 Series

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Input Voltage Continuous
40 Vdc
Transient Input Voltage (t 100 ms) Vjn(T)
Transient Reverse Polarity Input Voltage
leL
1.0% Duty Cycle, r 100 ms
- V in(r)
V
Power Dissipation
Case 29 (TO-92)
Ta = 25C PD Internally Limited Watts
Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient
0JA 178 C/W
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case
0JC 83 C/W
Case 751 (SOP-8)
TA = 25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient
0JA 180 C/W
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case
0JC 45 C/W
Case 221A and 314D (TO-220 Type)
Ta = 25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient
0JA 65 C/W
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case
SJC 5.0 C/W
Tested Operating Junction Temperature Range
Tj - 40 to + 1 25
Storage Temperature Range
'stg 65 to +150

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 14 = 10 mA, C = 100 F. C


V, l

, ES R) = 0.3 . Tj = 25T,
Note 1, unless otherwise noted.'

LM2931A-5.0 LM2931-5.0
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Tvp I Max Unit
FIXED OUTPUT
Output Voltage
v
Vin = 14 V, l = 10 mA, Tj = 25C V
4.81 5.0 5.19 4.75 5.0 5.25
Vj n = 6.0 V to 26 V, lo 100 mA, Tj = -40 to 125C 4.75 5.25 4.50 5.50
Line Regulation
R egiine
V in = V - mV
V in =
9.0
V
to 16 V 2.0 10 - 2.0 10
6.0 to 26 V
4.0 30 4.0 30
Load Regulation (Iq = 5.0 mA to 100 mA) R egioad 14 50 14 50 mV
Output Impedance
zo - 200 - - 200 mil
lO = 10 mA, Alo = 1.0 mA, f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz
Bias Current
Vin = 14
'B
- mA
V jn =
V,
V
l = 100 mA, Tj = 25C
5.8 30 - 5.8 30
6.0 to 26 V, = 10 mA, Tj = -40 to 125C
l
0.4 1.0 0.4 1.0
Output Noise Voltage (f = 10 Hz to 100 kHz) Vn 700 _ 700
Long-Term Stability
S 20 - - 20 - mV/
kHR
Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz) RR 60 90 _ 60 90 dB
Dropout Voltage
Vin-V V
lO = 10 mA - 0.015 0.2 - 0.015 0.2
lO = 100 mA
0.16 0.6 0.16 0.6
Over-Voltage Shutdown Threshold v th(OV) 26 29.5 40 26 29.5 40 V
Output Voltage with Reverse Polarity Input (Vj n
= - 15 V) -vo -0.3 1
- -0.3 V
NOTES:
V CVde P U Se ,echnj<> ues are used durin 9 'est to maintain junction temperature as close
'

Tho ,lf to ambient as posslble


possible
9!
2) The reference voltage on the adjustable device is measured from
, '

the output to the adjust pin across R

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-90
LM2931 Series

0.3 n.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 14 V, V = 3.0 V, l = 10 mA Ri = 27 k, C = 100 M F. C (ESR)

LM2931C
Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic |
|

ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT
V
Reference Voltage (Note 2, Figure 18) Vref
1.14 1.20 1.26
= 10 mA, Tj = 25C
l

1.08 1.32
s= 100 mA, Tj = -40 to 125C
l

v O range 3.0 2.7 to 29.5 24 V


Output Voltage Range
V + 0.6 V Regiine
- 0.2 1.5 mV/V
Line Regulation (V in = to 26 V)

mA to mA) Regioad
- 0.3 1.0 %/V
Load Regulation do = 5.0 100
zo 40 mn/v
Output Impedance
lO - 10 mA, Alo = 10 mA, f = 10 Hz to 10 kHz
IB
mA
Bias Current
mA
- 6.0
Iq = 100
0.4 1.0
Iq = 10 mA 0.2 1.0
Output Inhibited (V tn (OI) = 2 5 v

- >

Adjustment Pin Current 'Adi


- 0.2 tiA

= 10 Hz Vn - 140 ^Vrms/V
Output Noise Voltage (f to 100 kHz)

S - 0.4 %/kHR
Long-Term Stability
RR 0.10 0.003 %/V
Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz)
Vin-V0
V
Dropout Voltage - 0.015 0.2
Iq = 10 mA
0.16 0.6
\q = 100 mA
26 29.5 40 V
Over-Voltage Shutdown Threshold Vth(OV)

- 15 V) -v -0.3 V
Output Voltage with Reverse Polarity Input (Vj n =
V
Output Inhibit Threshold Voltages Vth(OI)
2.15 1.90
Output "On," Tj = 25C 1.20
Tj = -40 to 125C
2.50 2.26
Output "Off," Tj = 25C
3.25
Tj = -40 to 125C

Threshold Current (V tn (OI) = 2.5 V) Ith(OI)


30 50 /xA
Output Inhibit

N E to ambient as possible.
[ to maintain junction temperature as clow
Lo W duty cycle pulse technique, are used during test
output to the adjust p.n across R,.
2) Th? reference voltage on the adjustable device is measured from the

DEFINITIONS

Dropout Voltage
The input/output voltage differential Maximum Power Dissipation The maximum total de-
vice dissipation for which the regulator will
operate
at which the regulator output no longer
maintains reg-
Mea- within specifications.
ulation against further reductions in input voltage.
sured when the output decreases 100 mV from nominal Bias Current
That part of the input current that is not
value at 14 V input, dropout voltage is affected by junc- delivered to the load.
tion temperature and load current.
Output Noise Voltage The rms ac voltage at the out-
Line Regulation
The change in output voltage for a put, with constant load and no input ripple, measured
change in the input voltage. The measurement is made over a specified frequency range.
under conditions of low dissipation or by using pulse
techniques such that the average chip temperature is Long-Term Stability Output voltage stability under
not significantly affected. accelerated life test conditions with the maximum rated

Load Regulation The change output voltage for a voltage listed in the devices electrical characteristics
in

change in load current at constant chip temperature.


and maximum power dissipation.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-91
LM2931 Series

FIGURE 1 DROPOUT VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 2 DROPOUT VOLTAGE versus


OUTPUT CURRENT JUNCTION TEMPERATURE

40 60 25 50 75
Iq, OUTPUT CURRENT (mA) Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE |C)

FIGURE 3 PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT versus FIGURE 4 OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus


INPUT VOLTAGE INPUT VOLTAGE

I I

vr = 5 OV
X
y<
=

S^
lA 2

A *>

RL = 50 ill = 00 mA

15 20 10 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.C


Vj n , INPUT VOLTAGE (V)
V in INPUT VOLTAGE
, (V)

FIGURE 5 OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus


INPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 LOAD DUMP CHARACTERISTICS

-Vq = 5.0 V _
RL = 500 12
"TA = 25C

10 20 30 40
Vj
n , INPUT VOLTAGE (V)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-92
LM2931 Series

FIGURE 7 BIAS CURRENT versus INPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 8 BIAS CURRENT versus OUTPUT CURRENT
8.0

Vin
= 14V

Tj = 25C
f

i 4.U

5
_ 2.0
30

I
o
4 ( 30 100
20 30 40 50 60
l ,
OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)
V; n ,
INPUT VOLTAGE (VI

FIGURE 9 BIAS CURRENT versus JUNCTION TEMPERATURE FIGURE 10 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY

V jn = 14 V
vo = 5.0 V

'0
= >0mA

lg = mA
I

125 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M


25 50 75 100
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO

FIGURE 12 RIPPLE REJECTION versus


FIGURE 11 RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY OUTPUT CURRENT
95
95

m
o 85

a i
<
85

z = 0.15(1
V C (ESR)
o Vj n - 4V 1
o
|3 75 V - 5 ov o Vm = 14 V
100 mV Vq = 5,0 V
RL = 500 n Zj 75 f = 120 Hz
a.
Co = 100 ^F T A = 25C
E 65
Ta - 2Hr
E

g r
O(ESR) = 3o\y cc

Electrolyti
i 65
55 50 10
40 60
100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 H /I
20
Iq, OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-93
LM2931 Series

HGURE 13 LINE REGULATION FIGURE 14 LOAD REGULATION

t, TIME (10 /is/DM)


t, TIME (10 ais/DIV.I

FIGURE 15 REFERENCE VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 16 OUTPUT INHIBIT-THRESHOLDS


OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE

_LM2931C Adjustable
1(3 = 100 mA
> 1.220 _Vj n = VQ + 1.0V
TA = 25C

I
y 1.200

1.160

6.0 9.0 12 15 18 3.0 6.0 90 12 15 18


Vq, OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)
Vq, OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 17 FIXED OUTPUT REGULATOR FIGURE 18 ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR


LM2931-5.0 I Output
Fixed -OV
Output LM2931C
k ? Output Adjustable
1 Inhibit Output
'8 I 6Gnd ;c 2
:c
'Adj

Switch Position 1 = Output 'On,' 2 = Output 'Off'

V = V ref (l + H?)
"V
+ "Adj 22.5 k * -&-**-
\ R1 + R2

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-94
LM2931 Series

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued)

FIGURE 19 5.0 A LOW DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR FIGURE 20 CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR WITH
SHORT-CIRCUIT PROJECTION

Output
5.0 V (a 5.0 A
o*

circuit of Figure 19 can be modified to provide supply


protection
series can be current boosted with a PNP transistor. The The
The LM2931 and an
against short circuits by adding the current sense resistor R$c
a heatsink, will provide an output current of 5.0 A
with an
D45VH7, on
additional PNP transistor. The current sensing PNP must be
capable of
Resistor R in
input to output voltage differential of approximately 1.0 V. current of the LM2931. Safe operating area of
handling the short-circuit
conjunction with the Vbe of the PNP determines when the pass
transistor
both transistors must be considered under worst case conditions.
begins conducting. This circuit is not short-circuit proof.

FIGURE 22 OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE versus


FIGURE 21 CONSTANT INTENSITY LAMP FLASHER OUTPUT CAPACITOR IMPEDANCE

CM
#345

'2
ruin f osr = 2.2 Hz

100 1.0 k

|Zq|, MAGNITUDE OF CAPACITOR IMPEDANCE (mO)

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

The LM2931 series regulators are designed with many be observed over the entire operating temperature
protection features making them essentially blow-out
range of the regulator circuit.
With economical electrolytic capacitors, cold temper-
proof. These features include internal current limiting,
ature operation can pose a serious stability problem. As
thermal shutdown, overvoltage and reverse polarity in-
the electrolyte freezes, around -30C, the capacitance
put protection, and the capability to withstand tempo-
will decrease and the equivalent series resistance ESR
rary power-up with mirror-image insertion. Typical ap-
increase drastically, causing the circuit to oscillate.
plication circuits for the fixed and adjustable output
will
Quality electrolytic capacitors with extended tempera-
device are shown in Figures 17 and 18.
ture ranges of -40to85Cand - 55 to 105C are
readily
The input bypass capacitor Cj is recommended if the
n
available. Solid tantalum capacitors may be a better
regulator located an appreciable distance (s= 4") from
is
This will reduce the circuit's sen- choice if small size is a requirement, however, the max-
the supply input filter.
sitivity to the input line impedance at high
frequencies. imum |Zol limit over temperature must be observed.
not internally compensated Note that in the stable region, the output noise voltage
This regulator series is
the
linearly proportional to |Zol- In effect, Co dictates
and thus requires an external output capacitor for sta- is

dependent upon high frequency roll-off point of the circuit. Operation in


bility. The capacitance value required is
the area titled "Marginally Stable" will cause the output
the load current, output voltage for the adjustable reg-
of the regulator to exhibit random bursts of
oscillation
ulator, and the type of capacitor selected. The
least
decayin an under damped fashion. Continuous os-
stable condition is encountered at maximum load cur-
that
occurs when operating in the area titled "Un-
rent and minimum output voltage. Figure 22 shows
that cillation
stable." It is suggested that oven testing of the
entire
for operation in the "Stable" region, under the
condi-
circuit be performed with maximum load, minimum
in-
tions specified, the magnitude of the output capacitor
must not exceed 0.4 n. This limit must put voltage, and minimum ambient temperature.
impedance |Zq|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-95
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR LM2935T
TECHNICAL DATA

Product Preview
LOW DROPOUT
LOW DROPOUT DUAL REGULATOR DUAL REGULATOR
The LM2935 is a dual positive 5.0 volt low SILICON MONOLITHIC
dropout voltage
regulator, designed for standby power systems. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The Main Output
is capable of supplying 750
mA for microprocessor power, and
can be turned on and off by the Switch/Reset
input. The other
output is dedicated for standby operation of volatile
memory, and
is capable of supplying up to
10 mA loads. The total device fea-
tures a low quiescent current of 3.0 mA or
less when supplying
10 mA from the Standby Output.
This part was designed for harsh automotive environments and
is therefore immune to many input supply voltage problems such
as reverse battery - 1 2 V), double battery + 24 V), and load
(
( dump
transients ( + 60 V).

Two Regulated 5.0 Volt Outputs


Main Output Current in Excess of 750 mA
On/Off Control of Main Output
T SUFFIX
Standby Output Current in Excess of 10 mA PLASTIC PACKAGE
Low Input-Output Differential of Less Than 0.6 V CASE 314D
at 500 mA (5 LEAD TO-220 TYPE)
Short Circuit Current Limiting
Internal Thermal Shutdown
Low Voltage Indicator Output
Designed for Automotive Environment Including:
Reverse Battery Protection
Double Battery Protection
Load Dump Protection PIN CONNECTIONS
Reverse Transient Protection
Five Pin TO-220 Package

TYPICAL APPLICATION CIRCUIT

V in O-
O 5 V/750 mA

Pin 1. Input
2. Main Output
Standby
<h-f O 5 V/10 mA
3.

4.
Ground
Switch/Reset
5. Standby Output

(Heatsink surface connected to Pin 3)

Note: The Main Output is "Off" with switch Si open.

An input bypass capacitor is recommended if the regulator is


located more than 4" from
the supply input filter. The LM2935 is not
internally compensated and thus requires an
external output capacitor for stability. A minimum
capacitance of 10 M F is recommended
I he actual capacitance value is dependent upon load
current, temperature, and the capac-
ORDERING INFORMATION
itor s equivalent series resistance
(ESR). The least stable condition is encountered at max- Operating Junction
imum load current and minimum ambient temperature
Device Temperature Range Package
LM2935T -40 to +125C Plastic Power
Thisdocument contains information on a product under development.
Motorola reserves the right to
change or discontinue this product without notice.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-96
LM2935T

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit

Vin 60 Vdc
Input Voltage Continuous

Transient Reverse Polarity Input Voltage -Vin(T) -50 Vpk


1.0% Duty Cycle, t 100 ms
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
Case 31 4D (TO-220) T Suffix
Maximum Power Dissipation PD Internally Limited W
0JA 62.5 C/W
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case (Pin 3) 0JC 1.9 C/W

Operating Junction Temperature Range Tj -40 to +150 C

Storage Temperature Range Tstg -65 to +150 c

= 14 = 500 mA, stby = mA, C 10/tF, Cstby = 1 mR Tj = 25C,


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in V, l
l

Note 1, unless otherwise noted.)

Characteristic Symbol |
Min ]
Typ |
Max J
Unit |

MAIN OUTPUT
v 4.75 5.0 5.25 V
Output Voltage
Vj n = 6 V to 26 V, Irj = 5.0 mA to 500 mA, Tj = -40C to 125C
Regiine
mV
Line Regulation
= 9.0 V to 16 V, In = 5.0 mA
- 4.0 25
Vj n
10 50
Vj n = 6.0 V to 26 V, In = 5.0 mA
= 5.0 mA to 500 mA) Regioad
- 10 50 mV
Load Regulation (l

zo 200 " mil


Output Impedance
Iq = 500 mAdc and 10 mArms, f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz
= 10 Hz to 100 kHz) Vn - 100 fiVrms
Output Noise Voltage (f

S - 20 mV/kHR
Long Term Stability

= 120 Hz)
RR - 66 dB
Ripple Rejection (f

Vin-Vo V
Dropout Voltage
Iq = 500 mA
- 0.45 0.6
0.82
Iq = 750 mA
'SC 0.75 1.2 A
Short Circuit Current Limit
Vth(OV) 26 31 V
Overvoltage Shutdown Threshold
V
Reset Output Voltage
0.9 1.2
Low V in = 4.0
State, V, Ron/Off = 20 kn vol
5.0 6.0
High State, V in = 14 V, Ron/Off = 20 kn Voh 4.5

ISink
- 5.0 mA
Reset Output Current (VR eset = 1.2 V)
ROn/Off
- 20 30 kn
Reset Pull-Up Resistor, On/Off
= 10 -v -0.6 V
Output Voltage with Reverse Polarity Input (V-,
n = - 15 V, R|_ 11)

cycle pulse techniques are used during test to maintain


junction temperature as close to ambient as possible.
1. Low duty

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-97
LM2935T

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) (V in = 14 V, = mA, stby = 10 = 10 M F. C


l ,
mA. C stby = 10 M F. Tj = 25C,
.
Note 1, unless otherwise noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


STANDBY OUTPUT
Output Voltage
v O(stby) 4.75 5.0
Vjn = 6.0 V to 26 V, stby l = 1.0 mA to 10 mA, Tj -40Cto 125C
Tracking Voltage
v Q-VQ(stbv) mV
Line Regulation (V
in
= 6.0 V to 26 V) Regn 4.0 mV
Load Regulation (l
stby = 1.0 mA t o 10 mA) R egioad mV
Output Impedance
z O(stby) 1.0
'stby = ^0 mAdc and 1.0 mArms, f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz
Output Noise Voltage (f = 10 Hz to 100 kHz)
300 AiVrms
Long Term Stability
mV/kHR
Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz)
dB
Dropout Voltage (l
stbv = 10 mA) v in-VQ(stby) 0.55
Short Circuit Current Limit
isc mA
Output Voltage with Reverse Polarity Input = - 15 - 510
(Vj n V, R|_ il) -V
Output Voltage with Maximum Positive Input
V (r
Vj n = 60 V, R
L = 510 a
TOTAL DEVICE
Bias Current
mA
lO = 10 mA, stby =
= 500 mA, stby =
l
mA 3.0
lO l mA 40 100
lO = 750 mA, stby = l mA 90
Main Output "Off", stby l = ip mA 2.0 3.0
NOTE 1. Low duty cycle pulse techniques are used during test to maintain junction
temperature as close to ambient as possible

TYPICAL CIRCUIT WAVEFORMS

Vj n , Input Voltage
(Pin 1)

S1, On/Off Switch


Open

Vq, Main Output


Voltage (Pin 2)

Reset (Pin 4)

v stby- Standby
Voltage (Pin 5)

Load
Dump

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-98

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC1466L
TECHNICAL DATA

PRECISION WIDE RANGE


PRECISION WIDERANGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE and
AND CURRENT REGULATOR CURRENT REGULATOR
This unique "floating" regulator can deliver hundreds of volts SILICON MONOLITHIC
limited only by the breakdown voltage of the external series INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
pass transistor. Output voltage and output current are adjustable.
The MC1466L integrated circuit voltage and current regulator is

designed to give "laboratory" power-supply performance.


Voltage/Current Regulation with Automatic Crossover
Excellent Line Voltage Regulation, 0.03% +3.0 mV (Max)
L SUFFIX
Excellent Load Voltage Regulation, 0.03% +3.0 mV (Max)
CERAMIC PACKAGE
Excellent Current Regulation, 0.2% +1.0 mA CASE 632
Short-Circuit Protection
Output Voltage Adjustable to Zero Volts
Internal Reference Voltage
Adjustable Internal Current Source

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 1 O-TO-15 Vdc, 10-AMPERES REGULATOR FIGURE 2 O-TO-40 Vdc, 0.5-AMPERE REGULATOR
20 Vdc

MC1466L

7? 7i s

1N4001
0B EOU
M-

FIGURE 3 O-TO-25 Vdc, 0.1-AMPERE REGULATOR FIGURE 4 REMOTE PROGRAMMING

'rrr 2 k 3 =klOpF
_T
<H(-

CR2
-W < x
FOR Vp<20Vik. R =
0) ~T L > t-

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-99
MC1466L

MAXIMUM RATINGS (TA = +25C unless otherwise noted)


Rating Symbol Value Unit
Auxiliary Voltage v aux 30 Vdc
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation)
Derate above TA = + 50C
PD 750 mW
1/0JA 6.0 mW/C
Operating Temperature Range TA Oto +70 C
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (TA = +25C, V aux = +25 Vdc unless otherwise noted)
Characteristic Symbol Win Typ Max Units
Auxiliary Voltage (See Notes 1 & 2) Vdc
(Voltage from pin 14 to pin 7)

Auxiliary Current
mAdc
Internal Reference Voltage
V|R
(Voltage from pin 12 to pin 7)

Reference Current (See Note 3) 'ref

Input Current Pin 8 ptAdc


Power Dissipation PD
Input Offset Voltage, Voltage Control
Amplifier (See Note 4)

Load Voltage Regulation uv iov 1.0 3.0 mV


(See Note 5) AVrefA/ref 0.015 0.03 %
Line Voltage Regulation
AViov 1.0 3.0
(See Note 6) AV r ef/V r ef 0.015 0.03

Temperature Coefficient of Output TC Vr


Voltage (T A = to +75C)

Input Offset Voltage, Current Control


Amplifier (See Note 4)
(Voltage from pin 10 to pin 11)

Load Current Regulation AI L /I L %


(See Note 7) Al ref mAdc

Pins 1 and 4 no connection.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-100
)

MC1466L

Load Voltage Regulation =


NOTE 1:
The instantaneous input voltage, V aux must not exceed the
iV re f
,
,

(100%) + AV iov .

maximum value of 30 volts for the MC1466. The instantaneous Vref


value of V aux must be greater than 21 volts for the MC1466 for NOTE 6:
proper internal regulation. Line Voltage Regulation is a function of the same two additive
NOTE 2: components as Load Voltage Regulation, AVj ov and AV re f (see
The auxiliary supply voltage V aux must "float" and be electri-
, Note 5). The measurement procedure is:
cally isolated from the unregulated high voltage supply, Vj n .
a. Set the auxiliary voltage, V aux t0 22 volts Read tne v a |ue , -

NOTE 3: ofViovdiandVrefd).
Reference current may be set to any value of current less than b. Change the V aux to 28 volts and note the value of Vj ov (2)
1.2 mAdc by applying the relationship: and V re f (2). Then compute Line Voltage Regulation:
8.55 AV iov = AV iov(1) - V iov( 2)
lref(mA) = % Reference Regulation =
r7w-
IVref 111 - Vref oqo/o) = *Yiei< 10 o%)
NOTE 4: (2)'
(1

A built-in offset voltage (15 mVdc nominal) is provided so that v ref(1) V ref
the power supply output voltage or current may be adjusted to Line Voltage Regulation =
zero.
NOTE 5:
^^(100%) + AV iov .

v ref
Load Voltage Regulation is a function of two additive compo-
NOTE 7:
nents, AVj OV and AV re f, where AVj ov is the change in input offset
Load Current Regulation is measured by the following
voltage (measured between pins 8 and 9) and AV re f is the
procedure:
change in voltage across R2 (measured between pin 8 and load current, such
a. With S2 open, adjust R3 for an initial l|_(i ),
ground). Each component may be measured separately or the
that V is 8.0 Vdc.
sum may be measured across the load. The measurement pro- With S2 closed, adjust Rj for V Q = 1.0 Vdc and read l(_(2).
b.
cedure for the test circuit shown is:
Then Load Current Regulation =
a. With S1 open (I4 - 0) measure the value of V iov (i)
and
V re f / 1
"U2| - 'LID' (1 ooo/o) 'ref
b. Close SI, adjust R4 so that I4 = 500 /iA and note Vj ov (2) 'Ml)
and V ref (2). where mAdc, Load Current Regulation is specified
l
re f is 1.0
Then AVj ov = Vj ov m - V iov ( 2) in this manner because l
re f passes through the load in a
% Reference Regulation = direction opposite that of load current and does not pass
v rfff(1)- v ref(2)i = ^r!, 100 o/o) through the current sense resistor, Rs .

(10 oo/o)
'

Vref(l) v ref

FIGURE 5 BLOCK DIAGRAM

INTERNAL
VOLTAGE
^
REGULATOR
REFE PENCE
CUP IENT
SO RCE

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

INTERNAL
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-101
MC1466L

FIGURE 6 - TYPICAL CIRCUIT CONNECTION

m.
i ~ 10 pF

MC1466L
^ne
T"

I
" *r-
9 26 6 12
^
R3
CURRENT
LIMIT
nI

CR5T R ^
s<

I L7*
>|R2
< VOLTAGI
'"'I _fj- ADJUST
1

-i i
NORMAL DESIGN PROCEDURE AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
1. Constant Voltage: 6. The RC network (10 pF, 240 pF, 1.2 kn) is used for compen-
For constant voltage operation, output voltage V given by:
is sation. The values shown are valid for all applications. How-
V = dref) (R2> ever, the 10 pF capacitor may be omitted if f of Q1 and Q2 is
where R2 is the resistance from T
pin 8 to ground and l
re f is the greater than 0.5 MHz.
output current of pin 3. 7. For remote sense applications, the positive voltage sense ter-
The recommended value of re f l is 1.0 mAdc. Resistor R1 sets minal (Pin 9) is connected to the positive load terminal through
the value of re f l
a separate sense lead; and the negative sense terminal (the
. 8.5 ground side of R2) is connected to the negative load terminal
'
ref = R7 through a separate sense lead.
where R1 is the resistance between pins 2 and 12. 8. C may be selected by using the relationship:
2. Constant Current: C = (100 M F) iL(max)' where iL(max) is the maximum load
For constant current operation: current in amperes.
(a) Select R s for a 250 mV drop at the maximum desired reg- 9. C2 is necessary for the internal compensation of the MC1466.
ulated output current, For optimum regulation, current out of Pin 5, I5 should not
ma x- l 10.

3.
(b) Adjust potentiometer R3 to set constant current

If Vj
desired value between zero and lmax-
output at

n is greater than 20 Vdc, CR2, CR3, and CR4 are necessary


to protect the MC1466 during short circuit or transient
conditions.
where:
^
exceed 0.5 mAdc. Therefore select Q1 and Q2 such that:

l
0.5 mAdc
max = maximum short-circuit
j81 = minimum beta of Q1
load current (mAdc)

4. In applications where very low output noise is desired, R2 may /32 = minimum beta of Q2
be bypassed with C1 (0.1 fiF to 2.0 ^F). When R2 is bypassed,
Although Pin 5 will source up to 1.5 mAdc, I5 > 0.5 mAdc will
CR1 is necessary for protection during short circuit conditions. result in a degradation in regulation.
5. CR5 is recommended to protect the MC1466 from simultane- CR6
1 1 recommended when V > 1 50 Vdc and should be
is
rated
ous pass transistor failure and output short circuit. such that Peak Inverse Voltage > V .

12. In applications where R2 might be rapidly reduced in value, it

is recommended that CR3 be replaced by Q2 and R4.

This design consideration prevents R2 from being destroyed


by excessive discharge current from C Components Q2 and .

R4 should be selected such that:

10
V C EO of Q2 s V

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-102
MC1466L

OPERATION AND APPLICATIONS


This section describes the operation and design of the MC1466 voltage and current regulator and also provides information

on useful applications.

THEORY OF OPERATION yields a good working PNP from a lateral device working
at a collectorcurrent of only a few microamperes. Its base

The schematic of Figure 5 can be simplified by break- voltage (Vfio) is derived from a temperature compensated

down into basic functions, beginning with a simplified portion of the diode string and consequently the overall
ing it

Zener diodes current is dependent on the value of emitter resistor Rl.


version of the voltage reference, Figure 7.
forward biased diodes Temperature compensation of the base emitter junction
CR1 and CR5 with their associated

CR4 and CR6 through CR8 form the stable of Q3 is not important because approximately 9 volts
CR2 through
At exists Vb 2
between and V12, making the AVbe's very
reference needed to balance the differential amplifier.
small in percentage. Circuit reference voltage is derived
balance (Vfil = Vb2)> the output voltage, (V12 - V7),
across either of the two from product of Ir and Rr; if Ir is set at 1 mA
the
is at a value that is twice the drop
(Rl = 8.5 kJ2), then Rr (in kJ2) = V Other values of
diode strings: V ]2 - V 7 = 2 (V C R1 + V C R2 + VcR3
+ .

current may be used as long as the following restraints are


Vcr4). Other voltages, temperature compensated
or other-
use in kept in mind: 1) package dissipation will be increased by
wise, are also derived from these diodes strings for
other parts of the circuit.
about 11 mW/mA and 2) bias current for the voltage control
amplifier is 3 /izA, temperature dependent, and is extracted
The voltage controlled current source (Figure 8) is a
from the reference current. The reference current should
PNP-NPN composite which, due to the high NPN beta,

- REFERENCE VOLTAGE REGULATOR FIGURE 8 - VOLTAGE CONTROLLED CURRENT SOURCE


FIGURE 7

126 2

J-J
> VB2 v z~ v be 8 55
-

Rr|

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-103
MC1466L

be at least two orders of magnitude above the largest ex-


FIGURE 10 - CURRENT CONTROL CIRCUIT
pected bias current.
SO 5p
Loop amplification in the constant voltage mode is
supplied by the voltage controlled amplifier (Figure 9), a
standard high gain differential amplifier. The inputs are
diode-protected against differential overvoltages and an '15 k <4.3 k

emitter degenerating resistor, Ros, has been added to one


of the transistors. For an emitter current in both Q5 and
Q6 of 1/2 milliampere there will exist a preset offset volt-
age in this differential amplifier of 15 mV to insure that
the output voltage will be zero when the reference voltage
is zero. Without Ros, the output voltage could be a few
millivolts above zero due to the inherent offset. Since the
load resistor is so large in this stage
compared with the
load (Q9) be more instructive to look at the gain on
it will
RS '

a transconductance basis rather than voltage gain. Trans-


conductance of the differential stage is defined for small
signals as:

gm :

This level is further boosted by the output stage such that


(1)
2r e + RE in the constant voltage mode overall transconductance is
where about 300 mA/volt.
A second differential stage nearly identical to the first
0.026
re and stage, serves as the current control amplifier (Figure 10).
'E The gain of this stage insures a rapid crossover from the
= added emitter degenerating constant voltage to constant current modes and provides
RE resistance.
a convenient point to control the maximum deliverable
For l = 0.5 mA, load current. In use, a reference voltage derived from the
preregulator and a voltage divider is applied to pin 10
1 1

gm= 104^5" = = 7 -5mA/volt. while the output current is sampled across R$ by pin 11.
(2)
134 When Ij_ Rs is 15 mV below the reference value, voltage
Vj begins to rapidly rise, eventually gaining complete
FIGURE 9 - VOLTAGE CONTROL AMPLIFIER
control of Q9 and limiting output current to a value of
V2/RS- If V2 is derived from a variable source, short
circuit current may be controlled over the complete out-

put current capability of the regulator. Since the constant-


voltage to constant-current change-over requires only a few
millivolts the voltage regulation maintains its quality to
the current limit and accordingly shows a very sharp
"knee" (1% +1 mA, Figure 11). Note that the regulator
can switch back into the constant voltage mode if the
Preregulatad
18 V output voltage reaches a value greater than Vr. Operation
through zero milliamperes is guaranteed by the inclusion
of another emitter offsetting resistor.
FIGURE 11 - V, CURVE FOR 0-TO-40 V,
0.5-AMPERE REGULATOR

H-
-
*r

7.25 V6 9
Reference Voltage + Output Sense

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-104
MC1466L

Transistor Q9 and five diodes comprise the essential The analysis thus far does not consider changes in Vr
parts of the output stage (Figure 12). The diodes perform due to output current changes. If Ii_ increases by 500 mA
an "OR" function which allows only one mode of operation the collector current of Q9 decreases by 1 .25 mA, causing
at atime - constant current or constant voltage. However, the collector current of Q5 to increase by 30 (iA. Accord-
an additional stage (Q9) must be included to invert the ingly, Ir will be decreased by =0.30 nA which will drop

compatible with the driving requirements the output by 0.03%. This figure may be improved con-
logic and make it

of series pass transistors as well as provide additional gain.


siderably by either using high beta devices as the pass
transistors, or by increasing Ir. Note again, however, that
A 1 .5 mA collector current source sets the maximum de-

liverable output current and boosts the output impedance the maximum power rating of the package must be kept
in mind. For example if Ir = 4 mA, power dissipation is
to that of the current source.
Note that the negative (substrate) side of the MCI 466 is
PD = 20V(8mA) + (ll Vx3mA)= 193 mW. (5)
7.25 volts lower than the output voltage, and the reference
This indicates that the circuit may be safely operated up
regulator guarantees that the positive side is 1 1 volts above
to 118C using 20 volts at the auxiliary supply voltage.
the output. Thus the IC remains at a voltage (relative to
If, however, the auxiliary supply voltage is 35 volts,
ground) solely dependent on the output, "floating" above
and below V D VcE across Q9 is only two or three Vbe' s
. PD = 35 V (8 mA) + 26 V (3 mA) = 358 mW. (6)

depending on the number of transistors used in the series pass which dictates that the maximum operating temperature
configuration. than 91C to keep package dissipation within
must be less
Performance characteristics of the regulator may be approx- specified limits.
imately calculated for a given circuit (Figure 2). Assuming Line voltage regulation is also a function of the voltage
that the two added transistors (Q12 and Q13) have minimum change between pins 8 and 9, and the change of V re f. In
betas of 20, then the overall regulator transconductance will
this case, however, these voltages change due to changes in
be: the internal regulator's voltages, which in turn are caused

by changes in V aux Note that line voltage regulation is


m A/volt =
.

= (400) 300 120 A/volt. (3)


gmT not a function of Vj n Note also that the instantaneous
.

For a change in current of 500 mA the output voltage value ofV aux must always be between 20 and 35 volts.
will drop only: Figure 6 shows six external diodes(CR] to CR6) added
for protective purposes. CRi should be used if the output
0.5
voltage is less than 20 volts and CR2, CR3 are absent. For
AV = = 4.2 mV. (4)
120 V higher than 20 volts, CR] should be discarded in favor
of CR2 and CR3. Diode CR4 prevents IC failure if the
FIGURE 12 MC1466 OUTPUT STAGE series pass transistors develop collector-base shorts while
the main power transistor suffers a simultaneous open emit-
ter. If the possibility of such a transistor failure mode
From Voltage seems remote, CR4 may be deleted. To prevent instant-
From Current Control Amplifier
Control Amplifii aneous differential and common mode breakdown of the

current sense amplifier, CR5 must be placed across the


current limit resistor R s .

Load transients occasionally produce a damaging reversal


of current flow from output to input V > 50 volts (which
1

will destroy the IC). Diode CR6 prevents such reversal

and renders the circuit immune from destruction for such

conditions, adding a large output capacitor after the


e.g..

supply is turned "on". Diodes CK\ CRi, CR3, and CR5 ,

may be general purpose silicon units such as 1N4001 or

equivalent whereas CR4 and CR6 should have a peak inverse

>b 7I\ voltage rating equal to Vj n or greater.

APPLICATIONS
Figure 2 shows a typical 0-to-40 volts, 0.5-ampere regu-
lator with better than 0.01% performance. The RC network
between pins 5 and 6 and the capacitor between pins 13 and
14 provide frequency compensation for the MCI 466. The
external pass transistors are used to boost load current, since
the output current of the regulator is less than 2 mA.
vo-

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-105
MC1466L

Figure 1 is a O-to-15 volts, 10-ampere regulator with the tible with a short circuit current of 100 mA. Yet current
pass transistor configuration necessary to boost the load foldback allows us to design for a maximum regulated load
current to 10 amperes. Note that C has been increased to
G current of 500 mA. the pertinent design equations are:
1000 nF following the general rule:

Let R2 (kS2) = V
C = 100mF/A
L I .

0.25 f Ik
The prime advantage of the MCI 466 is its use as a high
voltage regulator, as
shown in Figure 3. This 0-to-250 volts
0.1 -ampere regulator

limited only by the


is typical of high voltage applications, R] (kI2)=
r
1
V
- a c
breakdown and safe areas of the output
pass transistors. 0.25
Rsc =
The primary -a)'SC
limiting factor in high voltage series regula-
tors is the pass transistor. Figure 1 3 shows a safe area curve
for the MJ413. Looking at Figure 3,
see that if the we FIGURE 13 - SAFE AREA CURVE FOR THE MJ413
output is shorted, the transistor will have a collector cur-
*.
rent of 100 ffgjfi
in A, with a Vqe approximately equal to 260
volts. Thus this point falls on the dc line of the safe area _^ ^
curve, insuring that the transistor will not enter secondary | |
>

breakdown. Tj = 150-C dc - -1.0 ms


= SECONDARY BREAKDOWN LIMITATION
= THERMAL LIMITATION AT T c = 25C
In this respect (Safe - (BASE-EMITTER DISSIPATION IS
Operating Area) the foldback circuit - PERCEPTIBLE ABOVE * 5 A.)
c l

of Figure 14 is superior for handling high voltages and yet The Safe Operating Area Curves indicate
_ V limits t* low which the device
is short-circuit protected. This is due to the fact that load 'C CE will
not enter secondary breakdown. Collector

current isdiminished as output voltage drops (V^ff increases - load lines for specific circuits must fall
- within the applicable Safe Area to avoid

as V t) drops) as seen in Figure 15. By careful design the - operation below the maximum Tj, power-
- temperature derating must be observed for
load current at a short, l^f can be made low enough such _ both steady state and pulse power
conditions
that the combined Vet (Vj) and IsC still falls within the
1 1 1 I 1 1 I | 1 1

dc safe operating area of the transistor. For the illustrated 1.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 1000
design (Figure 14), an input voltage of 210 volts is compa- V CE , COLLECTOR EMITTER VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 14 - A 200 V, 0.5-AMPERE REGULATOR WITH CURRENT FOLDBACK

V_ = 200 V

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-106
MC1466L

The terms Isc an d Ik correspond to the short-circuit the normal ac line often contains bursts of voltage running

current and maximum available load current as shown in from hundreds to thousands of volts in magnitude and only
Figure 15. microseconds in duration. Under some conditions this en-

- TYPICAL FOLDBACK PERFORMANCE ergy is dissipated across the internal zener connected be-
FIGURE 15
tween pins 9 and 7. This transient condition may produce
a total failure of the regulator device without any apparent
explanation. This type of failure is identified by absence
of the 7 volt zener (CR1 ) between pin 9 and pin 7. To pre-

vent this failure mode the use of a shielded power


transformer is recommended, as shown in Figure 6. In
addition, it is recommended that CI, C3 and C4 be
included to aid in transient repression. These capacitors
should have good high frequency characteristics.
If the possibility of transients on the output exists, the

addition of a resistor and zener diode between pins 9 and


7 as shown on Figure 17 should be added.

'SC 200 400 !


K 600 800
l, OUTPUT CURRENT ImAdc! VOLTAGE/CURRENT MODE INDICATOR
There may be times when it is desirable to know when the

MC1466 is in the constant current mode or constant voltage


Figure 16 shows a remote sense application which should
mode. A mode indicator signal circuit can be easily added to
be used when high current or long wire lengths are used. This PNP
provide this feature. Figure 18 shows how a transistor has
type of wiring is recommended for any application where the
replaced a protection diode between pins 8 and 9 of Figure 2.
best possible regulation is desired. Since the sense lines draw
When the MCI 466 goes from constant voltage mode to constant
only a small current, large voltage drops do not destroy the
current mode, V will drop below Vg and the PNP transistor
excellent regulation of the MCI 466.
will turn on. The 1 mA current supplied by pin 8 will now be
shunted to base of Ql thereby providing a mode signal output.

TRANSIENT FAILURES
In industrial areas where electrical machinery is used

FIGURE 16 - REMOTE SENSE

MJE340
OR EQUIV
- Vin

1.2k?
X-Tv 10pF
MJ413
OR EQUIV
-o K- T
MC1466L

HK"
-H

All diodes.
1N4001 or
equivalent.

Note: All Ground Connections at Load Site.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-107
MC1466L

FIGURE 17 - A O-TO-250 VOLT, 0.1-AMPERE REGULATOR

FIGURE 18 - 0-TO--40 Vdc, 0.5-AMPERE REGULATOR WITH MODE INDICATOR

2N4922
OR EQUIV

Mode signal output

Select Q1 such that V CEO > vc

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-108
MOTOROLA MC1468
SEMICONDUCTOR
TECHNICAL DATA MC1568

DUAL 15 VOLT TRACKING REGULATOR DUAL 15 VOLT


TRACKING REGULATOR
The MC1468/MC1568 is a dual polarity tracking regulator
designed to provide balanced positive and negative output volt- SILICON MONOLITHIC
ages at currents to 100 mA. Internally, the device is set for INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
15 volt outputs but an external adjustment can be used to
change both outputs simultaneously from 8.0 to 20 volts. Input
voltages up to 30 volts can be used and there is provision for
adjustable current limiting.

Internally Set to 15 V Tracking Outputs


Output Currents to 100 mA
Outputs Balanced to within 1.0% (MC1568)
Line and Load Regulation of 0.06%
1.0% Maximum Output Variation Due to Temperature
Changes
Standby Current Drain of 3.0 mA
Externally Adjustable Current Limit
Remote Sensing Provisions
(Bottom View)

G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 603C

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

Com pen
^
4 ToTT' ^f>^
r
:

only)

200 f 7(11)
'Sense (-)
L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632

V|E_

5(8) GndilOO)
Voltage ,, Compen
(-) ORDERING INFORMATION
Adjust 9(14) 8(12)
Device Temperature Range Package

MC1468G 0Cto +70C Metal Can


Pin numbers in parentheses are for the L suffix package.
MC1468L 0Cto +70C Ceramic DIP

MC1568G - 55C to + 1 25C Metal Can

MC1568L -55C to +125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-109
MC1468, MC1568

MAXIMUM RATINGS (Tc = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)


Rating Symbol Value Unit
Input Voltage
vccIVeeI 30 Vdc
Peak Load Current
ipk 100 mA
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics G Package L Package
TA = +25C
PD 0.83 1.25 Watts
Derate above Ta = + 25C
1/0JA 6.6 10 mW/C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 150
0JA 100 C/W
Tc = +25C PD 1.8 2.5 Watts
Derate above Jq = + 25C
wjc 14.3 20 mW/C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 70
0JC 50 C/W
Storage Junction to Temperature Range T J- T s tq -65 to +150 C
Minimum Short-Circuit Resistance Rsc(min) 4.0 Ohms
Ambient Temperature TA C
MC1468 to +70
MC1568 -55 to +125

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +20 V, V EE = -20 V, C1 = C2 = 1500 C3 = C4 =


pF, 1.0 M F, R SC + = R SC
4.0 H, ![_+ = l|_- = 0, Tc = +25C unless otherwise noted, see Figure 1.)
MCI 568 MC1468
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage vo 14.5 15 15.5 14.5 15 15.5 Vdc
Input Voltage
Vin 30 30 Vdc
Input-Output Voltage Differential
|Vjn-Vol 2.0 2.0 Vdc
Output Voltage Balance (L package only) VBal .
50 150 50 300 mV
Line Regulation Voltage Regii ne mV
(Vj n = 18 V to 30 V) - - 10 - - 10
T| 0W (Note 1) to Thigh (Note 2) 20 20
Load Regulation Voltage Regioad mV
(l|_ = to 50 mA, Tj = constant) - - 10 - - 10
<TA = T| 0W to Thjqh) 30 30
Output Voltage Range V R Vdc
L Package (See Figure 4) 8.0 - 20 8.0 - 20
G Package (See Figures 2 and 13) 14.5 20 14.5 20
Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz) RR 75 75 dB
Output Voltage Temperature Stability !TSv l
0.3 1.0 - 0.3 1.0 %
(T| 0W to T n jqh)
Short-Circuit Current Limit
"sc
60 - - 60 - mA
(RSC = 10 ohms)
Output Noise Voltage Vn 100 - - 100 - /xV(RMS)
(BW = 100Hz-10kHz)
Positive Standby Current
'B + 2.4 4.0 - 2.4 4.0 mA
(V in = +30 V)

Negative Standby Current


"B- 1.0 3.0 - 1.0 3.0 mA
(V in = -30 V)
Long-Term Stability AVQ/At - 0.2 - - 0.2 - %/k Hr

1. T| 0W = OXfor MC1468
= -55Cfor MC1568
2- T h gh = +70Cfor MC1468
j

= +125C for MC1568

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-110
1 *

MC1468, MC1568

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

FIGURE 1 BASIC 50-mA REGULATOR FIGURE 2 VOLTAGE ADJUST AND


BALANCE ADJUST CIRCUIT
(14.5 V s V out 20 V)

FIGURE 3 1.5 AMPERE REGULATOR


(Short-Circuit Protected, with Proper Heatsinking)
Balance adjust available in MC1568L, MC1468L ceramic dual-in-line

INPUT +( package only.


+ 20VW +30 V)
WW*
I

VT -T- 47;
f

FIGURE 4 OUTPUT VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT


FOR 8.0 V s |:t Vol 14.5 V
*6 30 26
(Ceramic-Packaged Devices Only)
vcc "sc +

MCI 568
sc MC1468
COMPEN(-)
I
vee vo- sensei-i

ii 6<J> 76

fisc

-wv

-9-*0
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Compensation capacitors C1 and C2 must be located The presence of Bal atjj, pin 2, on devices housed in the dual in-line
package (L suffix) allows the user to adjust the output voltages down
as close to the device as possible to prevent instability to 8.0 V. The required value of resistor R2 can be calculated from
due to noise pickup. Input bypass capacitors Cj n are
required if the device is located more than four inches R1 Ri nt (j. + Vz )

R2 =
from the power source filter capacitor. Output capacitor (Vo - * - V z - <* R1
t
)

C4 is required for stability of the negative regulator. Where: Rj nt = An Internal Resistor = R1 = 1.0 kfl
4> = 0.68 V
Capacitor C3 is used to improve the positive regulator
V z = 6.6 V
load transient response. Low impedance quality capac-
Some common design values are listed below:
itors are required when operating the MC1568 at its
Vq(V) R2 TcVqIWC) Ib + ImAI
temperature extremes. Extended range ceramic, tan-
14 1.2 k 0.003 10
talum, and electrolytic capacitors are readily available 12 1.8 k 0.022 7.2
from several manufacturers. 10 3.5 k 0.025 5.0

Capacitor values should be determined on a system 8.0 00 0.028 2.6

by system basis. Input lead length, output load, tem-


perature range, and printed circuit board layout are fac-
tors that will influence circuit performance. Typical val-
ues for capacitors Cj n C3, and C4 are 0.1 /nF to 10 juF
,

while C1 and C2 are 1500 pF.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-111
MC1468, MC1568

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V Cc = +20V, V EE = -20V,V = 15 V, TA = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 5 LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 REGULATOR DROPOUT VOLTAGE


1 1

^* = -f 125C- Rsc = 4.0 OHMS


'A
AVq 100 mV
c 1n 1 1

1 1

2.0
POSITIVE REGULATOR
<
'
+ 25C=sT A + 125C
>
o 3.0
?n

^40 >
o R< = 4 0OHM
POSIT VEOUT PUT*" X NEGATIVE REGULATOR
^ 5.0 C
Tj = TA
>

TA - 1 n
a-
5
o
6.0
I

7.0 I

2 ) 4) 6 8 3 100 i 20 40 60 8 100
k.to ADCUF RENT( mA| lL, LOAD CURRENT (mA)

FIGURE 7 MAXIMUM CURRENT CAPABILITY FIGURE 8 MAXIMUM CURRENT CAPABILITY


200
r
_Vin-V = 3.0 V
VCC = |V E El
1\
\ \ \
A V\
-^
3

\ V 4^

a 120 CURVE DUMBER \\ 9


1^ 2N^ 3*^^.
- G PACKAGE, NO HEATS NK 120
"-^
1

2- PACKAGE, NO HEATSI
L
\ \
3- G PACKAGE, INFINITE H =ATSINK
4 LP/ CKAGE, If FINITE HE ATSINK *~~
CURVE NUMBER
- G PACKAGE, NO HEATSINK
1

2 L PACKAGE NO HEATSINK
1 3 - G PACKAGE, INFINITE HEATSINK
J '

"* ; ; - MC1568 *- 4 LCALKAUt, INHNIT HEATSI NK E


1 1 1 L. i . i
1 1 1

-55 +26 +50 +75 +100 +125 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14
TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
,
|V in -V |, INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (V)

FIGURE 9 Isc versus Rsc FIGURE 10 CURRENT-LIMITING CHARACTERISTICS

<
Tj == 25C
.
RSC = 10OH MS

cc

13 40
i _ RSC = 20 OH MS

20

8.0 12 16 20 24
+25 +50 +75 +100 +125
RSC, SHORT-CIRCUIT RESISTOR (OHMS)
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-112
MC1468, MC1568

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(V cc = +20 V, Vee = -20 V, Vq = 15 V, Ta = +25C unless otherwise noted.]

FIGURE 11 STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN FIGURE 12 STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN

- v cc = IVccI

POSIT VE STAN
-55C POSITIVE STANDBY CURRENT^
+ 25C

J+125C

-55C
NEGATIVE STANDBY CURRE NT
+ 25C~
-
+ 125C
GATIVE
ST ANDBY C URRENT !

20 22 24 26 28 17 18

V in , INPUT VOLTAGE (V) :Vq, OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 13 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF FIGURE 14 LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


OUTPUT VOLTAGE

>
^

E POSITIVE REGULATOR

o
5
AI L = 0-10 mA
Rsc = 10 ofHMS

O
> NEGATIVE REGULATOR
\.
'

17 18 19 TIME, 20 /iS'DIV
Vq, OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 15 LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 16 RIPPLE REJECTION

Av cc = +;
PO SITIVE 1 EGULATOR
i
I

. AV in = + 20 to h-23 V
'
R SC = 10 OHMS

z
I I

I 1

NE GATIVE REGULOTOR
I

AV EE = - 20 V to -23V 1

1/
10 k 100 k
TIME, 50 /H.S/DIV
, INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-113
MC1468, MC1568

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


(Vcc = +20V, V EE = -20 V, V = 15V, TA = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 17 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE


=_ 55EEE

:JRsc = 4 OHMS
l[_ = 10 mA
/J?
== EeJ*
-- [i
1
1
111
4 - :

^
%M
<2^=j
j in

NEGATIVE REGULATOR ;

,
I.
POSITIVE REGULATOR
T
in J!
1.0 k 10 k 100 k

f, TEST FREQUENCY (Hz!

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-114
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Alternate Temperature Range Package

MC1723CD SOU
Metal Can
MC1723
MC1723CG LM723CH, /*A723HC
MC1723CL LM723CJ, juA723DC
0C to + 70C
Ceramic DIP MC1723C
MC1723CP LM723CN, mA723PC Plastic DIP

MC1723G Metal Can


-55C to + 125C
MC1723L Ceramic DIP

VOLTAGE REGULATOR
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The MC1723 is a positive or negative voltage regulator designed
to deliver load current to 150mAdc. Output current capability can
be increased to several amperes through use of one or more external
MC1723 is specified for operation over the military
pass transistors.
temperature range (-55C to +125C) and the MC1723C over the
commercial temperature range (0 to +70C)

Output Voltage Adjustable from 2 Vdc to 37 Vdc


P SUFFIX
Output Current to 150 mAdc Without External Pass Transistors PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646
0.01% Line and 0.03% Load Regulation
Adjustable Short-Circuit Protection

(Bottom View)
FIGURE 1 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
CASE 603

if"

L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632

151
3(J I7|5(JVEE D SUFFIX
INVERTING INVERTING PLASTIC PACKAGE
INPUT INPUT
CASE 751A
(SO-14)

- TYPICAL CIRCUIT CONNECTION FIGURE 3 - TYPICAL NPN CURRENT BOOST CONNECTION


FIGURE 2

(7<V <37)
(12) 8 6(ioi use

MC1723
(MC17230

IT

T
/P.1 + R2\
I

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-115
MCI 723, MC1723C

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

Rating Symbol Value Unit

Pulse Voltage from Vqq to Vg (50 msl v ,n(p) 50 Vpeak


Continuous Voltage from Vqq to Vgg V jn 40 Vdc
Input-Output Voltage Differential V,n - V 40 Vdc
Maximum Output Current l|_ 150 mAdc
Current from V re f 'ref 15 mAdc
Current from Vz h 25 mA
Voltage Between Non-Inverting Input and Vgg Vie 8.0 Vdc
Differential Input Voltage V,d '
5.0 Vdc
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
Plastic Package
TA = +25C 1.25
Derate above
PD W
TA = +25C 10 mW/C
1/JA
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air OJA 100 C/W
Metal Package
TA = +25C PD 1.0 Watt
Derate above T A = +25C 1/tfjA 6.6 mW/C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air ffjA 150 C/W
TC = +25C pD 2.1 Watts
Derate above T A = + 25C
1/0JA 14 mW/C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case
OJC 35 C/W
Dual In-Line Ceramic Package P
D 1.5 Watt
Derate above TA - +25C 1/9 JA 10 mW/C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air d JA 100 C/W
Operating and Storage Junction Temperature Range T J' T stg C
Metal Package -65 to +150
Dual In-Line Ceramic -65 to +175
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA C
MC1723C to +70
MCI 7 23 I -55 to +125

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise noted: Ta = +25C, Vj n 12 Vdc, V = 5.0 Vdc, l|_ = 1.0 mAdc, Rsc = 0,
C1 = 100 pF, C re f = and divider impedance as seen by the error amplifier 10 kn connected as
=s shown in Figure 2)

MC1723 MC1723C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Input Voltage Range V, n 9.5 - _
40 9.5 40 Vdc
Output Voltage Range vo 2.0 - -
37 2.0 37 Vdc
Input-Output Voltage Differential V,n-V C 30 - -
38 3.0 38 Vdc
Reference Voltage 6.95 7.15
Vref 7.35 6.80 7.15 7.50 Vdc
Standby Current Drain (l
L = 0, Vj n = 30 V) - 2.3 -
IB. 3.5 2.3 4.0 mAdc
Output Noise Voltage (f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz) Vn MV(RMS)
Cref = - 20 - - 20 -
C re f = 5.0 mF 2.5 2.5
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output TCVq - 0.002 0.015 - 0.003 0.015 %/C
Voltage (T, ow A <T <T
nign ,

Line Regulation
Regiine %v
(T A ^+25C)-!
12V < V -<15V " 0.01 0.1 - 0.01 0.1
_ (12 V<V, n <40 V 0.02 0.2 0.1 0.5
(T,ow<T A <T nign (D)
12V<V m <15V 0.3 0.3
Load Regulation (1.0mA<l L <50 mA) Re 9load
TA +25C
%v
= - 0.03 0.15 " 0.03 0.2
T|ow<T A <T nign (D 0.6 0.6
Ripple Rejection (f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz) RR dB
Cref = - 74 - " -
74
C re f = 5.0 mF 86 86
Short Circuit Current Limit (Rsc = 10 il, - - -
'sc 65 65 - mAdc
V =0)
Long Term Stability AVQ/At - - -
0.1 |
0.1 - %/1000Hr

Tlow =
=
0C for MC1723C
-55C for MC1723
QT high = +70 C for
= +125C for
MC1 723C
MC1723

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-116
MC1723, MC1723C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vjn = 12 Vdc, Vq = 5.0 Vdc, I
L = 1.0 mAdc, RsC = 0. TA = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 4 - MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT AS A FUNCTION FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS


OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL WITHOUT CURRENT LIMITING
U.Ub
200 T 1

Tj ,
C

RjH 150 U CW \

PSTANQBY 6U mW
he it sink) u

TA = +25C

2b"C U Ub
S. \ s,

Ta =
-b5C

V.TA- +125C
4(J VT; = '125
1 /
-n ib \

n 1
1

Vih-Vq. INPUT OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS! Iq, OUTPUT CURRENT ImA)

FIGURE 6 - LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS FIGURE 7 - LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS


WITH CURRENT LIMITING WITH CURRENT LIMITING

O.Ub

=
TA -55C

TA =
-25C -
= ~
S5"C
NI A
!

i T^^ RSC = 10 P.

Rsc = 10; T A =-M 25C TA = +25c\

Ta = -M26c\
-0 7 I

5.0 10 15 20 25 30

OUTPUT CURRENT ImA) Iq, OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)


Iq.

FIGURE 9 - CURRENT LIMITING CHARACTERISTICS


FIGURE 8 - CURRENT LIMITING CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF JUNCTION TEMPERATURE
U =
RSC 10 Si

"> "s
\ >
U.8

U.b

125C

+25C

U.2
55C -

n
40 60

Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE ("CI


IQ, OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-117
MC1723, MC1723C

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

FIGURE 10 - LINE REGULATION AS A FUNCTION FIGURE 11 - LOAD REGULATION AS A FUNCTION


OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL

1 1

-Win = *3 V 1
1

1
..
= I mA 10 l(_ 50 mA

__^

25

Vj -Vq. INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)


V, -Vq, INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 12 - STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN AS


A FUNCTION OF INPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 13 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE
I I I

v V,ef INPUT VOLTAGE


IL"
Ta = -55C
I

s
I
I
= +
Ta 25C i
JTPUT VOLT

= H25C
Ta

+ 20 +30

Vi, INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 15 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE AS


FIGURE 14 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY
r
E
/
/
1

LOAD CURR NT
\
1
L
=40 mA
M
m
= 50m A |

^
\ i mil

A
o
a
<
*

y
n ^ C| u f|
/""
> \
ou TPUTV OLTA GE
I -4.0

-8.0 I 1

i-
20 +30
1

1.0 k 10 k 100 k

f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-118
' t

MC1723, MC1723C

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Pin numbers adjacent to terminals are for the metal package;
pin numbers in parenthesis are for the dual in-line packages.

- TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR 2 < Vq < 7 FIGURE 17 - MC1723.C FOLDBACK CONNECTION


FIGURE 16

6(10) R SC
R SC
6(10)
-o -W* f v IVq

MC1723
1(3)
IMC1723C)
2(4)

_ > R2
I^klOOOpF
R2
1 T
VfJS?
[R1 + R2J
isc =

RSc RSC
atTj=*25C J RA = , 10 k" where o
. Vsense

V
[ 'knee 1

ISC Iknee L 'SC J


For best results 10 k<Rl + R2 < 1 00 k IL-
For minimum drift R3 = Rl R2 Rsc,(l-u)ISC

FIGURE 19 - +5 V, 1-AMPERE HIGH


FIGURE 18 - +5 V, 1-AMPERE SWITCHING REGULATOR EFFICIENCY REGULATOR

VO
2N4918
1
or Equiv
2N3055
tVW T *
0.33
or Equ
1N4001
or Equiv

MC1723 MC1723 1(3)


1012) (MC1723C)
(MC1723C)
2(4)
1(3)

II I 1'

FIGURE 20 - +15 V, 1-AMPERE REGULATOR


WITH REMOTE SENSE FIGURE 21 - -15 V NEGATIVE REGULATOR
33
WV
n
-1
x Jr >

2N3055 f\ /)

(12)8
or Equiv xTT"/
6(10)|
r
2(4)
10(2)
MC1723 -
(MC1723C)

MC1723
1 (3)
100 pF^fe r
(MC1723C)
0.1 nf > ^ (6)4 2 (4) 12k + Sense VO

J^
EH 100pF?p

9(13) \ 10k Load \


+ 16V
J Vre
A. = -15V
Vo
1 5(7) L_Z_PN 2N305
2N3055
-Sense
< 1
V| n = -20 V
\JV/ or Equ

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-119
MCI 723, MC1723C

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued)

FIGURE 22 - +12 V, 1-AMPERE REGULATOR


USING PNP CURRENT BOOST

2N3791
or Equiv

MC1723
(MC1723CI 1 (3)

2 (4|

t:
cz
T

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-120

MOTOROLA MC3423
SEMICONDUCTOR MC3523
TECHNICAL DATA

OVERVOLTAGE
SENSING CIRCUIT

OVERVOLTAGE "CROWBAR" SENSING CIRCUIT SILICON MONOLITHIC


INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
These overvoltage protection circuits (OVP) protect sensitive elec-
tronic circuitry from overvoltage transients or regulator failures
when used in conjunction with an external "crowbar" SCR. They
sense the overvoltage condition and quickly "crowbar" or short
circuit the supply, forcing the supply into current limiting or open- P1 SUFFIX
ing the fuse or circuit breaker. PLASTIC PACKAGE
The protection voltage threshold is adjustable and the MC3423/ CASE 626
3523 can be programmed for minimum duration of overvoltage (MC3423 only)

condition before tripping, thus supplying noise immunity.


The MC3423/3523 is essentially a "two terminal" system, there-
fore it can be used with either positive or negative supplies.
U SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693

MAXIMUM RATINGS D SUFFIX


Rating Symbol Value Unit PLASTIC PACKAGE
Vdc
CASE 751
Differential Power Supply Voltage vcc-vee 40
(SOP-8)
Sense Voltage (1) v Sense 1
6.5 Vdc

Sense Voltage (2) VSense 2 6.5 Vdc

Remote Activation Input Voltage Vact 7.0 Vdc

Output Current "0 300 mA PIN CONNECTIONS


TA C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
MC3423 to +70
MC3523 -55 to +125
1 Drive
Tj C
Operating Junction Temperature vccpr 8 Output
Package
Plastic
125
Ceramic Package 150
Sense 2 v EE
T stg -65 to +150 C
1
^]
Storage Temperature Range
~7~1 Indicator
Sense 2 [7 JJ Output
Remote
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Current
Source LI.
(/ Tl
3
1 Activation

> r (Top View)


o Current
+

Limited
DC
L O.V.P. ^
Power Cout " MC3523/3423
Supply ORDERING INFORMATION
o
L
O Device Temperature Range Package

MC3423D SO-8

MC3423P1 Oto +70C Plastic DIP

MC3423U Ceramic DIP

MC3523U -55 to + 125C Ceramic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-121
MC3423, MC3523

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (5 V < V CC -V EE < 36 V, T, ovv < T A < T high unless otherwise noted.)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Supply Voltage Range
vcc-vee 4.5 - 40 Vdc
Output Voltage v Vcc-2.2 V CC -1.8 - Vdc
(l0 = 100 mA)
Indicator Output Voltage -
V 0L (lnd) 0.1 0.4 Vdc
"0(lnd) = 1-6mA)
Sense Trip Voltage
v Sense 1 2.45 2.6 2.75 Vdc
(T A = 25C)
v Sense 2
Temperature Coefficient of Vsense TCV S1 -
1 0.06 - %/C
(Figure 2)

Remote Activation Input Current


juA
(V| H = 2.0 V, V
CC -V EE = 5.0 V) 'IH - 5.0 40
(V| L = 0.8 V, V
CC -V EE = 5.0 V) l|L -120 -180
Source Current
'Source 0.1 0.2 0.3 mA
t 400 -
<T A = 25C)
r mA/MS
Propagation Delay Time -
pd 0.5 - MS
(T A = 25C)
Supply Current
ID mA
MC3423
6.0 10
MC3523 : 5.0 7.0

T| 0W = -55C for MC3523 T high = +125C for MC3523


0C for MC3423 = +70C for MC3423

FIGURE 1 - BLOCK DIAGRAM


v cc ? 1

Output

70V E e 30sense2 56 60 Indicator


Remote Output
Activation

FIGURE 2 - SENSE VOLTAGE TEST CIRCUIT

Switch
(A)
1
j:
(BX
Switch 1 Switch 2
X Switch 2 / v Sense 1 Position A Closed
v Sense 2 Position B Open
T
F Ramp V| until output
the V Sen$e threshold.
goes high; this is

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-122
MC3423, MC3523

FIGURE 3 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION

(+ Sense
R1 B1.
Vtrip-V^ (1+^1- 2.6 V(1* B-5>

Power
Supply
d
w R2 < 10 kU for minimum

For minimum value of R G see Figure 9 ,


drift

W See text for explanation

(- Seme Lead)

FIGURE 4 - CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION FOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABOVE 36 V

Vc - 10
rs =(-^25 IkH
V tri p = V ref (1^)-2.6V(1 + ?l)
R2 < 10 kll

Vg < 50 V; 2N6504 or equivalen


Vg < 100 V, 2N6505 or equivalen
Vg < 200 V; 2N6S06 or equivalen
Vs < 400 V; 2N6507 or equivalen
Vg < 600 V; 2N6S08 or equivalen
Vg < 800 V; 2N6509 or equivalen

FIGURE 5 - BASIC CONFIGURATION FOR PROGRAMMABLE DURATION OF


OVERVOLTAGE CONDITION BEFORE TRIP

vcc

v Cc

Vref

VlO
_K.

td = . x
'source
C * (12x10 3 ! C (See Figure 10)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-123
MC3423, MC3523

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION
FIGURE 6 - CONFIGURATION FOR PROGRAMMABLE
The basic circuit configuration of the MC3423/3523 DURATION OF OVERVOLTAGE CONDITION BEFORE
OVP is shown
Figure 3 for supply voltages from 4.5 V
in
TRIP/WITH IMMEDIATE TRIP AT
HIGH OVERVOLTAGES
to 36 V, and
Figure 4 for trip voltages above 36 V. The
in

threshold or trip voltage at which the MC3423/3523 will


(+Sense
trigger and supply gate drive to the crowbar SCR,
Q1, is Lead)
determined by the selection of R1 and R2. Their values
can be determined by the equation given in Figures 3 and
4, or by the graph shown in Figure 8. The minimum value
of the gate current limiting resistor, Rq, is given in
Figure 9. Using this value of Rq, the SCR, Q1, will receive
the greatest gate current possible without damaging the
MC3423/3523. If lower output currents are required, Rg
can be increased
3 may be
in value.

used to reset the


The switch, SI,
SCR
shown
crowbar. Otherwise, the
in Figure
m
power supply, across which the SCR is connected, must
be shut down to reset the crowbar. If a non current-
limited supply is used, a fuse or circuit breaker, F1,
(- Sense Lead)
should be used to protect the SCR and/or the load.
The circuit configurations shown in Figures 3 and 4
will have a typical propogation delay of 1.0 fis. If faster
operation is desired, pin 3 may be connected to pin 2 with ADDITIONAL FEATURES
pin 4 left floating. This will result in decreasing the propo-
1. Activation Indication Output
gation delay to approximately 0.5 ;us at the expense of a
slightly increased TC for the trip voltage value. An additional output for use as an indicator of OVP acti-
vation is provided by the MC3423/3523. This output an is

CONFIGURATION FOR PROGRAMMABLE MINIMUM open collector transistor which saturates when the OVP is
DURATION OF OVERVOLTAGE CONDITION activated. In addition, it can be used to clock an edge trig-
BEFORE TRIPPING gered whose output inhibits or shuts down the
flip-flop

power supply when the OVP trips. This reduces or eliminates


In many instances, the MC3423/3523 OVP will be used
the heatsinking requirements for the crowbar SCR.
in a noise environment. To prevent false tripping of the
OVP by noise which would not normally harm the
circuit
load, MC3423/3523 has a programmable delay feature. To
implement this feature, the circuit configuration of Figure 2. Remote Activation Input
5 is used. In this configuration, a capacitor is connected
Another feature of the MC3423/3523 remote
from pin 3 to Vgg. The value of this capacitor determines
is its

activation input, pin 5. If the volage on this CMOS/TTL


the minimumduration of the overvoltage condition which
compatible input is held below 0.8 V, the MC3423/
is necessary to trip the OVP. The value of C can be found
3523 operates normally. However, if it is raised to a
from Figure 10. The circuit operates in the following
voltage above 2.0 V, the OVP output is activated
manner: When VqC ri ses above the trip point set by R1
independent of whether or not an overvoltage con-
and R2, an internal current source (pin 4) begins charging
dition is present. It should be noted that pin 5 has an
the capacitor, C, connected to pin 3. If the overvoltage
internal pull-up current source. This feature can be
condition disappears before this occurs, the capacitor is
used to accomplish an orderly and sequenced shut-
discharged at a rate as 10 times faster than the charging
down of system power supplies during a system
rate, resetting the timing feature until the next overvoltage
fault condition. In addition, the activation indication
condition occurs.
output of one MC3423/3523 can be used to activate
Occasionally, it is desired that immediate crowbarring
another MC3423/3523 if a single transistor inverter is
of the supply occur when a high overvoltage condition used to interface the former's indication output to
occurs, while retaining the false tripping immunity of
the latter's remote activation input, as shown in
Figure 5. In this case, the circuit of Figure 6 can be used.
Figure 7. In this circuit, the indication output (pin 6)
The circuit will operate as previously described for small
of the MC3423 on power supply 1 is used to activate
overvoltages, but will immediately trip the power
if
the MC3423 associated with power supply 2. Q1 is
supply voltage exceeds Vzi + 1 .4 V. any small PNP with adequate voltage rating.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-124
.

MC3423, MC3523

FIGURE 7 - CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION FOR


ACTIVATING ONE MC3523 FROM ANOTHER

FIGURE g- R1 versus TRIP VOLTAGE


Power
Supply
j _| f
\S*V
I
y*
R2 " 2 7 k

r>-

Power
E
Supply

LTAGE iVOLTSI

Note that both supplies have their negative output


leads tied together (i.e., both are positive supplies). If

their positive leads are common (two negative supplies) FIGURE 9- MINIMUM Rq versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
the emitter of Q1 would be moved to the positive lead
of supply 1 and R1 would therefore have to be resized I
1

to deliver the appropriate drive to Q1 I

if v cc < 11 V

CROWBAR SCR CONSIDERATIONS 1

Referring to Figure 1 1, it can be seen that the crowbar


SCR, when activated, is subject to a large current surge

from the output capacitance, C out This capacitance con-


.

sists of the power supply output caps, the


load's decou-

pling caps, and in the case of Figure 11 A, the supply's y/


J

filter caps. This surge current is illustrated in Figure


input
12, and can cause SCR failure or degradation
by any one

of three mechanisms: di/dt, absolute peak surge, or t. I


_ 60
) 20 30 40 50

The interrelationship of these failure methods and the RG .


GATE CURRENT LIMIT IMG RESISTOR (OHMSI

breadth of the applications make specification of the SCR


by the semiconductor manufacturer difficult and expen-
sive. Therefore, the designer must empirically
determine FIGURE 10 - CAPACITANCE versus
circuit elements which result in reliable and MINIMUM OVERVOLTAGE DURATION
the SCR and
2 3 5 7 1

effective operation. However, an understanding of


OVP 10

the factors which influence the SCR's di/dt and


surge ^tffi
capabilities simplifies this task. ~: -\
4f '-
-Vr ;
0.1
-
if. :

j4
1. di/dt
\-

As the gate region of the SCR is driven on, its area - = -- ~d


^ Tfl
4-
0.01

of conduction takes a finite amount of time to grow, -'

H
starting as a very small region and gradually spreading.
Since the anode current flows through this turned-on
0.001 === = = =^ t::zt
"
- =

gate region, very high current densities can occur


in
z: :::

the gate region if high anode currents appear quickly


~-r- f4
(di/dt). This can result in immediate destruction of
0.0001
4- -h~ - H 1

the SCR or gradual degradation of its forward blocking

voltage capabilities - depending on the severity of the


occasion.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-125
O

MC3423, MC3523

FIGURE 11 - TYPICAL CROWBAR OVP CIRCUIT


The value of di/dt that an SCR can safely handle is
CONFIGURATIONS
influenced by its construction and the characteristics of
+* the gate drive signal. A center-gate-fire SCR has more
di/dt capability than a corner-gate-fire type, and heavily
overdriving (3 to 5 times G j) the SCR gate with a fast
l

DC < time signal will maximize its di/dt capa-


y- Power OV 1.0 /as rise

Supply Sense bility. Atypical maximum number in phase control SCRs


of less than 50 A(RMS) might be 200 AJ/js, as-
rating
suming a gate current of five times Iqj and < 1.0 /u.s
rise time. If having done this, a di/dt problem is
seen
to still exist, the designer can also decrease the di/dt
of
'out the current waveform by adding inductance in series
DC
with the SCR, as shown in Figure 13. Of course, this
Power -L ov -J- reduces the circuit's ability to rapidly reduce the dc bus
Supply

* Needed if
I Sense

supply not current limited


voltage and a tradeoff must be made between speedy
voltage reduction and di/dt.

FIGURE 12 - CROWBAR SCR SURGE CURRENT


2. Surge Current
WAVEFORM
the peak current and/or the duration of the surge
If

is excessive, immediate destruction


due to device over-
heating will result. The surge capability of the SCR is
directly proportional to its die area. If the surge
current
cannot be reduced (by adding series resistance see
Figure 13) to a safe level which is consistent with the
system's requirements for speedy bus voltage reduc-
tion, the designer must use a higher current
SCR. This
may result in the average current capability of the SCR
exceeding the steady state current requirements im-
posed by the dc power supply.

FIGURE 13 - CIRCUIT ELEMENTS AFFECTING


SCR SURGE & di/dt A WORD ABOUT FUSING
Before leaving the subject of the crowbar SCR, a few
words about fuse protection are in order. Referring back
to Figure 11 A, it will be seen that a fuse is
R Lead L Lead necessary if
the power supply to be protected is not output current
limited. This fuse is not meant to prevent SCR
failure
Output but rather to prevent a fire!
Cap In order to protect the SCR, the
fuse would have to
possess an r 2 t rating less than that of the SCR and yet
have a high enough continuous current rating to survive
MC3423 J'~ normal supply output currents. In addition, it must be
capable of successfully clearing the high short circuit
R & L EMPIRICALLY DETERMINED! currents from the supply. Such a fuse as this is quite
expensive, and may not even be available.

CROWBAR SCR SELECTION GUIDE


The usual design
compromise then is to use a garden As an aid in selecting an SCR for crowbar use, the
variety fuse (3AG or 3AB style) which cannot be relied on following selection guide is presented.
to blow before the thyristor does, and trust that if the
SCR does fail, it will fail short circuit. In the majority of DEVICE |rms PACKAGE
'fsm
the designs, this will be the case, though this is difficult to
2N6400 Series 16A 160 A TO220 Plastic
guarantee. Of course, a sufficiently high surge will cause
2N6504 Series 25A 160A TO220 Plastic
an open. These comments also apply to the fuse in Figure
2N 1842 Series 16A 125A Metal Stud
11B. 2N2573 Series 25A 260A Metal TO-3 Type
For a complete and detailed treatment of SCR and 2N681 Series 25A 200A Metal Stud
fuse selection, refer to Motorola Application Note MCR3935-1 Series 35A 350A Metal Stud
AN-789. MCR8 1-5 Series 80A 1000 A Metal Stud

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-126
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC3425
TECHNICAL DATA

POWER SUPPLY SUPERVISORY/OVER-UNDER-VOLTAGE


PROTECTION CIRCUIT
POWER SUPPLY SUPERVISORY/
The MC3425 power supply supervisory circuit containing
is a OVER-UNDER-VOLTAGE
all the necessary functions required to monitor over-
and under-
PROTECTION CIRCUIT
voltage fault conditions. These integrated circuits contain dedi-
cated over- and under-voltage sensing channels with indepen- SILICON MONOLITHIC
dently delays. The over-voltage channel has
programmable time INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Output for use in conjunction with an external
a high current Drive
SCR "Crowbar" for shutdown. The under-voltage channel input
comparator has hysteresis which is externally programmable, and
an open-collector output for fault indication.
Dedicated Over- And Under-Voltage Sensing
Programmable Hysteresis Of Under-Voltage Comparator
Internal 2.5 V Reference
300 mA Over-Voltage Drive Output
30 mA Under-Voltage Indicator Output
Programmable Time Delays
4.5 V to 40 V Operation

P1 SUFFIX
MAXIMUM RATINGS PLASTIC PACKAGE
Rating Symbol Value Unit
CASE 626
vcc 40 Vdc
Power Supply Voltage
-0.3 to +40 Vdc
Comparator Input Voltage Range (Note 1) V|R

Drive Output Short-Circuit Current lOS(DRV) Internally mA


Limited

Indicator Output Voltage V IND to 40 Vdc

Indicator Output Sink Current hND 30 mA


Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics PIN CONNECTIONS
Maximum Power Dissipation r Ta = 70 C
C
PD 1000 mW
R JA 80 c/w
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air

Tj + 150 C
Operating Junction Temperature

Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA to +70 C O.V. DRV rj-


- 55 to + 1 50 C Output I

Storage Temperature Range Tstg


The input signal voltage should not be allowed to go negative by more than 300
mV or
O.V. DLY \2_
NOTE- (1)
positive by more than 40 V, independent of V C without device destruction
HU.V. IND
O.V. Sense |3^ Output
~5~]
TYPICAL APPLICATION U.V. Sense y*_ U.V. DLY

Over-Voltage Crowbar Protection, Under-Voltage Indication

(Top View)
in 00~VD- >- Vn

DC
Power
Under-Voltage
Supply
Indication
C ut ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
-O
MC3425P1 Oto + 70C Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-127
MC3425

gjCTRjCAj^HARACTERISTjCS^^ V; t a ^ T low to T hiqh [se e Note 2] un,ess otherwise specified_


r_ Characteristic ~ | Symbol I Min I
Typ^Tlviax
REFERENCE SECTION '

Sense Trip Voltage (Reference Voltage)


VSe
V CC = 15 V
TA = 25C
2.4 2.5 2.6
T low to Thjgh (Note 2)
2.33 2.5 2.63
Line Regulation of Vs en se R eg|ine 7.0
4.5 V ?: V CC s 40 V; Tj = 25T
Power Supply Voltage Operating Range
VCC 40 Vdc
Power Supply Current
V CC =--
40 V; T A = 25C; No Output Loads
O.V. Sense (Pin 3) = V;
'CC(off) 8.5 10
U.V. Sense (Pin 4) = Vcc
O.V. Sense (Pin 3) = V CC ;

!cC(on) 16.5
U.V. Sense (Pin 4) = V
INPUT SECTION
Input Bias Current, O.V. and U.V. Sense
1.0 2.0 mA
Hysteresis Activation Voltage, U.V. Sense
Vhu
VCC = 15 V; TA = 25C;
lH = 10%
0.6
lH = 90%
0.8
Hysteresis Current, U.V. Sense
12.5 16 ^a
^CC = 15 V; TA = 25 C, U .V. Sense (Pin 4) 2.5 V
Delay Pin Voltage mA)
(l
DLY -

Low State
v OL(DLY) 0.2 0.5
High State
VQH(DLY) Vcc-0.5 Vcc-0.15
Delay Pin Source Current
'DLY(source) 200 260 ma
VCC 15 V; Vqly OV
Delay Pin Sink Current
'DLY(sink) 3.0
VCC - 15 V; V DLY 2.5 V
OUTPUT SECTION
Drive Output Peak Current (T 25 C)
A 'DRV Ipeakj 200 300
Drive Output Voltage
VQH(DRV) Vcc-2-5 Vcc-2.0
IpRV -- 100 mA; T A 25 C
Drive Output Leakage Current
DRV(leak) 200
VDRV - V
Drive Output Current Slew Rate (T 25 C)
A di dt 2.0 A Ms
Drive Output Vcc Transient Rejection
Vcc ^ V to 15 V at dV dt 200 V M s;
'DRVItrans) mA
O.V. Sense (Pin 3) = (Peak)
V; TA --
25 C
Indicator Output Saturation Voltage
v IND(sat) 560
l|ND = 30 A; T A - 25 "C m
Indicator Output Leakage Current
hNDOeak) 25 200
VQH(IND) " 40 V
Output Comparator Threshold Voltage
v th(OC) 2.33 2.5 2.63
(Note 3)

Propagation Delay Time


(V CC = 15 V; T A = 25 -C)
Input to Drive Output or Indicator Output
tPLH(IN OUT)
100 mV Overdrive, Crj|_Y = 0/iF
Input to Delay
V Overdrive tPLHON/DLY) 700
2.5 (0 V to 5.0 V Step)
NOTES:
(2) T, ow - OX T hlgh - + 70X
(JJ I ne V tr,(OC) limits are approximate^ the Vs e nse lits over the applicable temperature range.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-128
MC3425

FIGURE 1
HYSTERESIS CURRENT versus FIGURE 2 HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION VOLTAGE
versus TEMPERATURE
HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION VOLTAGE

14 ^ c 1.2
1

""I 1
[

VH(act) = Volta 9 e Level


Ta = 25C *> which Hystersis
at
12
_l / Current Oh) is 90%
<
- 10
L
//
1 //
vcc n~ -
i

/IS V J I -
6 -
1
^ 4.0 cc

2.0

^ -* i
I

1.4
.

I.b
-25 25 50 75 100 125
.4 .6 8 1 1 2
n 2
TA . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
V H(ac , HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 3 HYSTERESIS CURRENT FIGURE 4 SENSE TRIP VOLTAGE CHANGE


versus TEMPERATURE
versus TEMPERATURE
150
1
1

j
a -- 40
U V Sense = 2.5 V

<14.0 -^
z
= 13.0 v cc IS V

Tn

S 120
\z~- 50V
=
1110
/
_ 75 125
10.0 .
_25 25 50 100

TA , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C|


T A AMBIENT
.
TEMPERATURE (C)

OUTPUT DELAY TIME versus FIGURE 6 DELAY PIN SOURCE CURRENT


FIGURE 5 versus TEMPERATURE
DELAY CAPACITANCE

_ 25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125


0001' 001 01 1 10
Ta,. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C|
Crj LY . OELAY PIN CAPACITANCE M F) (

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-129
MC3425

FIGURE 7 DRIVE OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE FIGURE 8 INDICATOR OUTPUT SATURATION


versus OUTPUT PEAK CURRENT VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT SINK CURRENT

CD
<
V CC =!5V_ 2>
1 .0% Duty Cy cle @ 300 Hz g 0.3
T A = 25C
1 J
2
=3
<
" 02
=>

3 V
CC= 15 V
1A = 25C
ni

> 100 200


1
300 4l
10 20 30
'ORVfpeak). DRIVE OUTPUT PEAK CURRENT |mA|
>IN0- INDICATOR OUTPUT SINK CURRENT |mA)

FIGURE 9 DRIVE OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 POWER SUPPLY CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE versus VOLTAGE
2 500
28
1 1

- V CC~ 5 V CUHVf 0V Sense U V Sense

'DRVIpeak} = 200 mA < 24 A Gnd


2 460 CC

o V 1.0% Duty Cycle @ 300 H?" y b Gnd


CC
A

a
\V /
J~
/
Qc

"
20

IB

=> ^ S. -3 12
cc

B
> i
Q-
8
2 340
f
-40
i2300 I

1 1 1
1

-25 26 *50
10 15 20 25 30
T fl AMBIENT
. TEMPERATURE |C)
V CC . POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-130
O

MC3425

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION

FIGURE OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION AND


11
FIGURE 12 OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION OF 5.0 V
UNDER VOLTAGE FAULT INDICATION WITH SUPPLY WITH LINE LOSS DETECTOR
PROGRAMMABLE DELAY Vo = 5.0 V
Voitrip) = 6.25 V
+ 5.0 V
O6\0 Power -O

R1A> <R1B T vcc


Line Loss
Output
61) U.V. U.V.

^\ -t Sense IND

Power
vcc U.V. Fault
Indicator B < l
Supply
4.5 to 40 V
u.v.
Sense
U.V.
IND
OV.
Sense
OV.
DRV
<_J
OV. U.V.
OV OV
DRV
J- DLY Gnd DLY
Sense

OV. U.V.
17.
0.33 iF

R2A?
1
R2B
1 CqlY T
DLY

T
Gnd

1
DLY

1 Cdly
T
Gnd
-O
U.V.
Pin 4
Sense
PPPtfr" V

--2.5V
U.V. Hysteresis = Ih v O(trip)

t
DLY - 12500 Cdly U.V. IND 0FF
1L_l I
ON
Pin 6

FIGURE 13 OVERVOLTAGE AUDIO ALARM CIRCUIT FIGURE 14 PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY SWITCH


O tV Input Signal 50 n?
Output Pulse When
Alarm On When IV p-p 1
VCC 10 k
'(input) <
V^ -13.6 V 25000 Cdly
O
OV OV
Sense DRV
1.0 k
12 V
Power
Supply
U.V.
Sense 4i
U.V. OV.
DLY DLY Gnd

6.8 k
(MWy-
~ 0.1 yF

* 1

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-131
MC3425

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION is based on the constant current


source, iDLY(source).
The MC3425 is a power supply supervisory charging the external delay capacitor
circuit (Cqly) to 2.5 volts.
containing all the necessary functions
required to
monitor over- and under-voltage fault conditions. Vref Cqly 2.5 CpLY
The IDLY 12500 Cqly
block diagram is shown below in Figure 200 ^A
15. The Over- 'DLY(source)
Voltage (O.V.) and Under-Voltage (U.V.) Input
Com- Figure 5 provides C
parators are both referenced to an internal DLY values for a wide range of time
2.5 V reg- delays The Delay pinsare pulled low when the
ulator. The U.V. Input Comparator has a feedback respective
ac- input comparator's non-inverting input
tivated 12.5 fiA is less than the
current sink (l H which is used
) for inverting input. The sink current, D LY(sink). capability
programming the input hysteresis voltage l

(Vh). The
source resistance feeding this input (R
of the Delay pins is Ss .8 mA and is much greater than
1

H ) determines the typical 200 pA source current, thus enabling a rela-


the amount of hysteresis voltage by = Vu = IwRw
H M tively fast delay capacitor discharge time.
12.5 x 10-6 R H .
"
The Over-Voltage Drive Output is a current-limited
Separate Delay pins (O.V. DLY, U.V. DLY) are provided
emitter-follower capable of sourcing 300 mA at a turn-on
for each channel to independently delay the Drive and
slew rate of 2.0 A/ M s, ideal for driving "Crowbar"
Indicator outputs, thus providing greater input SCR's.
noise im- The Under-Voltage Indicator Output
munity. The two Delay pins are essentially the is an open-collector,
outputs of NPN
the respective input comparators, and
transistor, capable of sinking 30 mA to provide suf-
provide a constant ficient drive for LED's, small relays or
current source, iDLY(source). of typically 200 shut-down circuitry
,uA when the These current capabilities apply to both
non-inverting input voltage is greater than the inverting channels operat-
ing simultaneously, providing device power dissipation
input level. A capacitor connected from
these Delay pins limits are not exceeded.
to ground, will establish a predictable delay time (t
DLY ) The MC3425 has an internal 2.5 V bandgap reference
forthe Drive and Indicator outputs. The Delay
pinsare in- regulator with an accuracy of 4.0% for the basic
ternally connected to the non-inverting inputs de-
of the V vices and 1.0% for the A-suffix device types
and U.V. Output Comparators, which are referenced at 25C.
to The reference has a typical temperature coefficient of
the internal 2.5 V regulator. Therefore, delay
time(t DLY ) 30 ppm/C for A-suffix devices.

FIGURE 15 BLOCK DIAGRAM

OUTPUT SECTION
Note: All voltages and currents are nominal.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-132
* o

MC3425

CROWBAR SCR CONSIDERATIONS


gate region, very high current densities can occur
in
Referring to Figure 1 6, it can be seen that the crowbar
SCR, when activated, is subject to a large current surge the gate region if high anode currents appear quickly
of
from the output capacitance, C ou t- This capacitance (di/dt). This can result in immediate destruction

consists of the power supply output capacitors, the load's the SCR or gradual degradation of its forward blocking
decoupling capacitors, and in the case of Figure 1 6A, the voltage capabilities depending on the severity of the
supply's input filter capacitors. This surge current is illus- occasion.
trated in Figure 1 7, and can cause SCR failure or degra- The value of di/dt that an SCR can safely handle is

influenced by construction and the characteristics


dation by any one of three mechanisms: di/dt, absolute its

of the gate drive signal. A center-gate-fire SCR has


peak surge, or 2 t. The interrelationship of these failure
l

make speci- more di/dt capability than a corner-gate-fire type, and


methods and the breadth of the applications

fication of the by the semiconductor manufacturer


SCR heavily overdriving (3 to 5 times Iqt) the SCR gate

difficult and expensive. Therefore, the designer must with a fast <1 .0 /us rise time signal will maximize its
A maximum number in phase
empirically determine the SCR and circuit elements di/dt capability. typical

which result in reliable and effective OVP operation. control SCRsthan 50 A(RMS) rating might be
of less

However, an understanding of the factors which influence 200 A/fis, assuming a gate current of five times IQT
and< having done this, a di/dt prob-
.Ojxs rise time.
the SCR's di/dt and surge capabilities simplifies this task. 1 If

lem is seen to the designer can also decrease


still exist,

1. di/dt the di/dt of the current waveform by adding induc-

the SCR driven on, its area tance in series with the SCR, as shown in Figure 18.
As the gate region of is

time to grow,
amount of Of course, this reduces the circuit's ability to rapidly
of conduction takes a finite
reduce the dc bus voltage and a tradeoff must be made
starting as a very small region and gradually spreading.
between speedy voltage reduction and di/dt.
Since the anode current flows through this turned-on

FIGURE 16 TYPICAL CROWBAR CIRCUIT CONFIGURATIONS

16A - SCR ACROSS INPUT OF REGULATOR

-o Vn

MC3425

4>

16B - SCR ACROSS OUTPUT OF REGULATOR

Series -*\*
V,n Regulator

MC3425 3

'Needed if supply is not current limited

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-133
MC3425

FIGURE 17 - CROWBAR SCR SURGE CURRENT A WORD ABOUT FUSING


WAVEFORM
Before leaving the subject of the crowbar SCR, a few
words about fuse protection are in order. Referring back to
Figure 1 6A, it will be seen that a fuse is necessary the
if
power supply to be protected is not output current limited.
This fuse is not meant to prevent SCR failure but rather
to prevent a firel

In order to protect the SCR, the fuse


would have to
possess an |2 t rating less than that of the SCR and yet
have a high enough continuous current rating to survive
normal supply output currents. In addition, it must be
capable of successfully clearing the high short circuit
currents from the supply. Such a fuse as this is quite
expensive, and may not even be available.

The usual design compromise then is to use a


garden
variety fuse (3AG or 3AB style) which cannot
be relied on
to blow before the thyristor does, and
trust that if the
SCR does fail, it will fail short circuit. In the majority of
2. Surge Current the designs, this will be the case, though this is
difficult to
guarantee. Of course, a sufficiently high surge will
If the peak current and/or the duration of the surge cause
an open. These comments also apply to the fuse in
is excessive, immediate
destruction due to device Fiqure
168.
overheating will result. The surge capability of the SCR
is directly proportional to its
die area. If the surge
current cannot be reduced (by adding series resistance
see Figure 18) to a safe level which is consistent
with the system's requirements for speedy bus voltage
reduction, the designer must use a higher current SCR. CROWBAR SCR SELECTION GUIDE
This may result the average current capability of the
in
SCR exceeding the steady state current requirements As an aid in selecting an SCR for crowbar use, the
imposed by the dc power supply. following selection guide is presented.

FIGURE 18 - CIRCUIT ELEMENTS AFFECTING DEVICE 'RMS fsm PACKAGE


SCR SURGE &di/dt MCR67 Series 12A 100A Metal Stud
MCR68 Series 12A 10OA TO-220 Plastic
R Lead
2N1842 Series 16A 125 A Metal Stud
L|_ead
2N6400 Series 16 A 160 A TO-220 Plastic
2N6504 Series 25 A 160 A TO-220 Plastic
Output 2N681 Series 25 A 200 A Metal Stud
Cap 2N2573 Series 25 A 260 A TO-3 Metal Can
MCR69 Series 25 A 300 A TO-220 Plastic
To MCR70 Series 35 A 350 A Metal Stud
MC3425

MCR71 Series 55 A 550 A Metal Stud


J

R & L EMPIRICALLY DETERMINED For a completeand detailed treatment of


SCRandfuse selection
refer to Motorola Application Note AN789.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-134
MOTOROLA MC7800
SEMICONDUCTOR Series
TECHNICAL DATA

THREE-TERMINAL
THREE-TERMINAL POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS POSITIVE FIXED
de-
These voltage regulators are monolithic integrated circuits VOLTAGE REGULATORS
fixed-voltage regulators for a wide variety of
applications
signed as
internal SILICON MONOLITHIC
including local, on-card regulation. These regulatorsemploy
compensation. INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
current limiting, thermal shutdown, and safe-area
in excess
With adequate heatsinking they can deliver output currents
a fixed voltage regu-
of 1 .0 ampere. Although designed primarily as
external components to obtain
K SUFFIX
lator, these devices can be used with
METAL PACKAGE
adjustable voltages and currents CASE 1

Output Current in Excess of Ampere1

No External Components Required


Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation
Output Voltage Offered in 2% and 4% Tolerance
(Bottom View)

Pins 1 and 2 electrically isolated from case Case


is third electrical connection

npu f 0-4 MC78XX j-0--Outpu

^C "

A common ground required between the


is

input and the output voltages The input volt-


age must remain typically 2.0 V above the out-
put voltage even during the low point on the
input ripple voltage.
= these two digits of the type number indi-

cate voltage.
= Cj is required if regulator is located
an
n
appreciable distance from power supply
filter.

= Co is not needed for stability;


however,
it does improve transient response.
XX indicates nominal voltage

TYPE NO/VOLTAGE
MC7805 5.0 Volts MC7812 12 Volts

MC7806 6.0 Volts MC7815 15 Volts


MC7808 8.0 Volts MC7818 18 Volts
MC7809 9.0 Volts MC7824 24 Volts
Power packages are available in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices
2% regulators in Metal

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-135
MC7800 Series

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25T unless otherwise noted.;

Rating Symbol Value Unit


Input Voltage (5.0 V 18 V)
35
(24 V)
40
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
Plastic Package
Ta = +25C PD Internally Limited Watts
Derate above Ta = +25C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air
1/0JA 15.4 mWrt
*JA 65 c/w
T C = +25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Derate above Tc = +75C (See Figure
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case
1)
I^JC 200 mW/X
0JC 5.0 C/W
Metal Package
Ta = +25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Derate above Ta = + 25C
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air
1^JA 22.5 mW/C
JA 45 C/W
T C = +25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Derate above Tc = +65C (See Figure 2)
Thermal Resistance, Junction
1/0JC 182 mW/C
to Case
*JC 5.5 C/W
Storage Junction Te mperature Range
'stg -65 to +150
Operating Junction Temperature Range
Tj
MC7800,A - 55 to + 1 50
MC7800CAC Oto +150
MC7800B - 40 to + 1 50

DEFINITIONS
Line Regulation The change in output voltage for a change in
Quiescent Current That part of the input current that is not
the input voltage The measurement is made
under conditions of delivered to the load
low dissipation or by using pulse techniques such
that the aver-
age chip temperature is not significantly affected Output Noise Voltage - The rms ac voltage at the output,
with
constant load and no input ripple, measured over a specified
fre-
Load Regulation The change in output voltage for a change in
quency range.
load current at constant chip temperature Long Term Stability Output voltage stability under accelerated
life test conditions with the maximum rated voltage listed
Maximum Power Dissipation - The maximum total device dissi- the devices' electrical characteristics and
in

pation for which the regulator will operate within maximum power
specifications dissipation.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-136
MC7800 Series
MC7805. B. C
500 mA Tj = T| T hiQh [Note unless otherwise noted).
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 10 V Iq = .
0VV to
1 .

MC7806 MC7806B Unit


Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
Min
v 4.8 5.0 5.2 48 5.0 52 48 5.0 5.2
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
Output Voltage v
(5.0 mA Iq* 1 OA. Pq * 15 W)
475 50 525
7.0 Vdc s: V in 20 Vdc 625
4.65 5.0 535 475 50
mV
R *9line
Line Regulation (Tj - +25C, Note 2)
- 2.0 50 - 70 100 - 70 100
7 Vdc s; V;
n ^ 25 Vdc 50 20 50
10 25 2
mV
Load Regulation (Tj = *25 Note R 9 load
C. 2)
- 25 100 " 40 100 40 100
5 mAsS l tS 1 5 A _ 15 50
80 25 15 50
250 mAsSI S 750 mA
- 32 6.0 - 43 80 43 8.0 mA
IB
mA
Quiescent Current Change a'b "
" - 1.3
7 Vdc < V, n s; 25 Vdc
03 0.8 " 13 "
8 Vdc sS V m S 25 Vdc 05
004 05 05
RR 68 75 68 68 dB
Ripple Reiection
8 Vdc - V m ^ 18 Vdc. f = 1 20 Hz

- 20 2 5 - 20 - 2 Vdc
Dropout Voltage = .0 A. Tj = 25C) V,n " vO
do 1

Vn - 10 40 ~ 10 10
Output Noise Voltage (T/v = +25 3 C)
vo
- 17 - - 17 - - 17 mil
'0
~ 02 12 - 02 " 02 A
Short Circuit Current Limit (T A - *25C) l
sc

2 5 3 3 - 22 ^ - 2 2 ~ A
1.3
l
ma *
- "" " -1 -1.1 mV/
Coefficient of TCV 0.6 1

Average Temperature C
Output Voltage

T hiqh [Note lunless otherwise noted)^


E^ECTmCAL CHARACTr^lSjnCSjV^^OVJp^K> A. Tj = T, to 1
ow
MC7B05A MC7805AC
Characteristics Symbol Typ Typ Max

Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) ^0


Output Voltage VO
(5 mA-,: Q | ; 1 A. P 15 W)
7.5 Vdc si V in *S 20 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 2) Regime
25 Vdc 500 m/ 20
7 5 Vdc < V, l =
30 10
8.0 Vdc ^ V in s= 1 2 Vdc
4.0 2.0
8.0 Vdc V in S 12 Vdc, Tj = +25C
10 70
7 3Vdcg V in -g 20 Vdc. Tj = +25C
Load Regulation (Note 2) fegioad 100
2.0
5.0mA lo^S 5 A, Tj= *25C 1
2.0
100
5 0mA IqSI.OA
250 mASInS 750mA, Tj = + 25C 50
250mAs Iq 750 mA
5.0 60
Quiescent Current 60
4.0
Tj = *25C __
Quiescent Current Change -*'B
08
0.3 0.5
8.0 Vdc V in < 25 Vdc. Iq = 500 mA 08
0.2 05
7.5 Vdc V, n sS 20 Vdc. Tj = +25C 05
004 0.2
5.0 mA s OA l 1

Ripple Rejection
8 Vdc sS V in s 1 8 Vdc, f = 1 20 Hz,
= +25C
Tj
8.0 Vdc s; V in =S 1 8 Vdc, f = 1 20 Hz.
I = 500 mA
= A, Tj = +25C) -v
Dropout Voltage (Iq 1
mV/V
Output Noise Voltage (T^ - +25C1
10Hz^ fsS 100kHz
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz)

Short-Circuit Current Limit (T A = +25C)


V jn = 35Vdc
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)
Average Te mperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV
MC78XX, A T high : +150Cfor MC78XX. A
NOTES. 1 T, ow = ~55C for
+125C for MC78XXC, AC, B
= 0 for MC78XXC, AC
MC78XXB -40C for due,ohea,ingeec,smus,be,aken,n,oaccoun,
2.
LoadanXe^gu^Sespecifiedatconstant.unct.on temperature Chan g esinV
used.
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle
is

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-137
MC7800 Series
MC7806, B, C
-^^^ARACTMST^^
Characteristic

Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)


Output Voltage
(5.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, P
8.0 Vdc s V in s 21 Vdc
9.0 Vdc s V in g 21 Vdc
Line Regulation (Tj = +25C, Note 2)
8.0 Vdc s V in =s 25 Vdc
9.0 Vdc =s V in s 13 Vdc
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C, Note 2)
5.0 mAsl sl.5A
250 mA s Iq 750 mA
Quiescent Current (Tj

Quiescent Current Change


8.0 Vdc s V in == 25 Vdc
9.0 Vdc s V in 25 Vdc
50 mA s l s 1.0 A
Ripple Rejection
9.0 Vdc = V in s 19 Vdc, f

Dropout Voltage dp = 1.0 A, Tj = + 25C)


Output Noise Voltage (Ta = + 25C)
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz

Output Resistance f = 1.0 kHz


Short-Circuit Current Limit (Ta =
V in = 35 Vdc
Peak Output Current (Tj
Average Temperature Coefficient of
Output Voltage

MC7806AC
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 11 y, = A Tj = T low to T nioh [Note
|
Q 1. ,
1) unless otherwise noted)

Characteristics MC7806AC
Symbol
Unit
Typ Max
Output Voltage (T = +25C)
j
vo Vdc
Output Voltage
v
(5.0 mA s l s i.o A, P s; 15 W) Vdc
8.6 Vdc s V in s 21 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 2)
R egiine
8.6 Vdc s V in s 25 Vdc, l = 500 mA 9.0
9.0 Vdc s V in s 13 Vdc
11
9.0 Vdc s V ln s 13 Vdc, Tj = +25C
3.0
8.3 Vdc s V in s 21 Vdc, Tj = + 25C
9.0
Load Regulation (Note 2| Re 9load
5.0 mA s l s 1.5 A, Tj = +25X
5.0mAsl s 1.0 A 100
250 mAslg? 750 mA, Tj = + 25C
100
250mA s|qs 750 mA
Quiescent Current
Tj = + 25C 6.0
6.0
Quiescent Current Change
AI B
9.0 Vdc s V in s 25 Vdc, l 500 mA
8.6 Vdc V in 0.8
s; 21 Vdc, Tj + 25C
50 mA sl 5 1.0 A 0.8
0.5
Ripple Rejection
9.0 Vdc s V in == 19 Vdc, f = 120 Hz, Tj = + 25C
9.0 Vdc s Vin s 19 Vdc, f = 120 Hz, l = 500 mA
Dropout Voltage (lp = 1.0 A, T.i = +25X)
Vin-VQ
Output Noise Voltage (Ta 25C)
^
Vn
10 Hz fs 100 kHz mV/v
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz)

Short-Circuit Current Limit (Ta + 25C)


V| n = 35 Vdc
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)

Average Temperature Coefficient of Out put Voltage TCV


mWC
|

0.8
NOTES: 1. T| = - 55C for MC78XX
Thigh = M50T for MC78XX
= 0 for MC78XXC, AC
-125Tfor MC78XXC, AC, B
2
'

XX = -40Cfor MC78XXB
a K
p'uKSL B
n
^^l%:V^ Ct ' 0n ' emPera ' Ure Chan96S in V
dUe ' hea,i " e,feC,s be " ^ account

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-138
MC7800 Series

MC7808, B, C
= 500 mA, Tj = T| ow to Thigh [Note 11 unless otherwise noted
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 14 V, l
I

MC7808 MC7808B 1
MC7808C
Unit
Characteristic Symbol Typ Max
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min

8.0 8.3 7.7 8.0 8.3 7.7 8.0 8.3 VdcJ


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) VO 7.7
Vdc
Output Voltage vo
(5.0 mAsl o s1.0 A, Po 15 W)
7.6 8.0 8.4
10.5 Vdc = Vj n s 23 Vdc
7.6 8.0 8.4 7.6 8.0 8.4
11.5 Vdc * V in s 23 Vdc
mV
= +25C, Note Regiine
Line Regulation (Tj 2)
- 3.0 80 - 12 160 12 160
10.5 Vdc s V in s 25 Vdc 5.0 80
2.0 40 5.0 80
11 Vdc s Vj n s 17 Vdc
mV
Load Regulation (Tj = + 25C, Note Regioad
2)
- 28 100 - 45 160 45 160
5.0mA s lo 1.5 A 16 80 16 80
9.0 40
250 mA s lo * 750 mA
- 3.2 6.0 - 4.3 8.0 4.3 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current (Tj = +25C) IB

AIb
mA
Quiescent Current Change 1.0
10.5 Vdc *s V jn 25 Vdc
- 0.3 0.8 - - 1.0 - -
11.5 Vdc * V in s 25 Vdc 0.5
0.04 0.5 0.5
5.0 mAs lo * 10 A
RR 62 70 62 ~ 62 dB
Ripple Rejection
11.5 Vdc * V in 21.5 Vdc, f = 120 Hz

Vin-V0 -- 2.0 2.5 - 2.0 - 2.0 Vdc


Dropout Voltage do = 1.0 A, Tj = +25C)
Vn 10 40 10 " 10 M v/
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = + 25C) vo
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz
'Q 18 18 - 18 m(!

- 0.2 1.2 0.2 0.2 A


Short-Circuit Current Limit (Ta = +25C) Isc

V- m = 35 Vdc
1.3 2.5 3.3 - 2.2 - - 2.2 A
Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25C) 'max
TCV 1.0 -0.8 " -0.8 mV/
Average Temperature Coefficient of
C

MC7808AC
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTIC S (V in - 14 V. <0 = 1 * Tj - T, ow to T high [Note 1) unless otherwise n oted).

MC7808AC
Characteristic* Symbol
Typ
8.0
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) Vo
Output Voltage vo
8.0
15.0 mA lo 10A, Po 15 W)
10.6 Vdc s Vin s 23 vdc
Regii ne
Line Regulation (Note 2)
12
10.6 Vdc s Vj n 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA
15
11 VdcsV in s 17 Vdc
5.0
11 Vdc s V in s 17 Vdc, Tj = + 25X 12

10.4 Vdc s V in g 23 vdc T J = + 25 C '

Load Regulation (Note 2) Regioad


100
5.0mA=s l s 1.5 A, Tj = + 25C
100
5.0 mAlo10A
250 mA s lo s 750 mA, Tj = + 25C
250 mA s lg s 750 mA
6.0
Quiescent Current 6.0
4.3
Tj = +25C
AlB
Quiescent Current Change
11 Vdc = V|n s 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA
10.6 Vdc s V in s 23 Vdc, Tj = + 25C
5.0 mA = Iq 10 A
Ripple Rejection
11.5 Vdc s V in 21.5 Vdc, f 120 Hz, Tj = + 25C
62
11.5 Vdc s V m ; 21 .5 Vdc, f 120 Hz, Ip = 500 mA
Vin-VQ 2.0
Dropout Voltage dp = 1.0 A, Tj = + 25C)
(iV/VQ
Output Noise Voltage Ha = + 25C)
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz

Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz)

Short-Circuit Current Limit (Ta


=

V in = 36 Vdc
2.2
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)
Coefficient of Output Voltage
TCVq
Average Temperature
= -55C for MC78XX Thigh f 150C for MC78XX
NOTES: 1 T, ovv
MC78XXC, AC, B
= 0 for MC78XXC, AC 1 125C for
= -40Cfor MC78XXB must be taken into account
constant junction temperature. Changes i i
Vo due to heating effects
2. Load and line regulation are specified at
separately. Pulse testing with low duty
cycle is used

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-139
MC7800 Series

MC7809CT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 15 V, |
Q = 500 mA , Tj = QC to + 125C unless otherwise noted).

Characteristic MC7809CT
Symbol Unit
Min Typ Max
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
vo 8.65 9.0 9.35 Vdc
Output Voltage
vo 8.55 9.0 9.45 Vdc
(5.0 mA *s 1.0 A, Pq
l
15 W)
11.5 Vdc V jn 24 Vdc
Line Regulation (Tj = +25C, Note 1) R egiine
mV
11.5 Vdc =s Vj n 26 Vdc - 12 50
11.5 Vdc Vj n s 17 Vdc
5.0 25
Load Regulation (Tj = + 25C, Note 1) Re 9load
mA ss Iq 1.5 A mV
5.0
- 35 50
250 mA ^ 750 mAl

12 25
Quiescent Current (Tj = + 25C)
IB 4.3 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change
Ale mA
11.5 Vdc =s V| n * 26 Vdc - - 1.0
5.0 mA =s l 1.0 A
0.5
Ripple Rejection
RR 61 - dB
11.5 Vdc V jn 21.5 Vdc, f = 120 Hz
Dropout Voltage (l = 1.0 A, Tj = +25C) Vin-V 2.0 Vdc
Output Noise Voltage (T/\ = + 25C)
Vn - 10 - M V/V
10Hzf 100 kHz
Output Resistance f = 1.0 kHz r
O 18 mn
Short-Circuit Current Limit (T
A = +25C)
'sc
0.2 - A
Vjn = 35 Vdc

Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)


'max 2.2 _ A
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV - -1.0 - mV/C
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-140
MC7800 Series

MC7812. B. C
=19V 500 mA T low t0 T hiqh No,e unless otherwise noted)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V,
n l = TJ = l
1

MC7812 MC7812B MC7812C Unit


Characteristic Symbol
Min Tvp Max Min Tvp Max Min Typ Max
115 12 125 11 5 12 12 5 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) v 115 12 12 5
Vdc
Output Voltage vo
(5 mA sj l si 1 A. Pq sS 1 5 W!
114 12 12 6
14 5 VdcsS V, n sS 27 Vdc
11.4 12 126 11 4 12 126
15 5 VdcsS V in sJ 27 Vdc
R e9line
mV
Line Regulation (Tj = +25C. Note 21
~ 50 120 - 13 240 - 13 240
14 5 VdcsS V in sS 30 Vdc
30 60 60 120 60 120
16 VdcsS V m si 22 Vdc
Re 9load
mV
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C. Note 2)
- 30 120 - 46 240 " 46 240
5 mAsS IqsS 5 A 1
120
10 60 17 120 17
250 mAs; IqsS 750 mA
- 34 60 - 4 4 80 - 44 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current (Tj = *25C| 'B
mA
Quiescent Current Change ^B ~ " 1.0
14 5 VdcsS Vm sS 30 Vdc -
- 0.3 08 - 1
15 VdcsS V m sS 30 Vdc
04 05 05 05
5 mAsS l
sS 1.0 A
RR 61 68 - 60 " 60 dB
Ripple Reiection
5 Vdc sS V, n sS 25 Vdc. f = 1 20 Hz
1

V - 20 2 5 - 20 - - 20 Vdc
Dropout Voltage (l = 1 A. Tj = *25C) V,n "

Vn - 10 40 - 10 10 M V/
Output Noise Voltage (T A = *25C)
vo
10 Hzss (sS 100 kHz
- 18 - - 18 - - 18 - mil
Output Resistance f = 1 kHz '0
- 02 1 2 - 02 ~ 02 A
Short-Circuit Current Limit |T A = *25C) >sc
V in = 35 Vdc
2 5 3 3 - 2 2 - ~ 2 2 " A
Peak Output Current (Tj = 25C) 'max 1 3

TCV - 1 5 -1 _ -1 mV/
Average Temperature Coefficient of
C
Output Voltage

MC7812A. AC
Tj to T high jNot e ^unless othewise^noied)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS |V, n 19 v. l I A, = T,
~~ ow 1

MC7812A J_
Characteristics Symbol Typ

Output Voltage (Tj = *25CI ~""vo


Output Voltage v
(5.0 mAs; l 1 A. P 15 W|
14 8 Vdc--, V. ; 27 Vdc

me Regulation (Note 2) R e9|, ne


50 120
14 8 Vdc< V, n s; 30 Vdc. = 500 m* I

80 120
16 Vdcs; V, n sS 22 Vdc
3.0
1 6 Vdc < V, s; 22 Vdc. T j = *25C
n
14 5 Vdc C V, n sS 27 Vdc. Tj = +25C
50
Load Regulation (Note 2| R e9load
100
5 mA sS l sj 1 5 A. Tj = -
25C
100
5 mAsS IgsS 1.0 A
250 mA sS 750mA. Tj l
= +25C
250 mAsS lo 750 mA
60
Quiescent Current 60
Tj = + 25C

Quiescent Current Change ilB


0.3 05 08
1 5 Vdc sS V in sS 30 Vdc. Iq = 500 mA 08
0.2 05
1 4 8 Vdc sS V in sS 27 Vdc. Tj = +25C 05
A 004 02
5 mA sS l sS 1

Ripple Rejection
1 5 Vdc sS V
m sS 25 Vdc. f = 1 20 Hz,
Tj = *25C
1 5 Vdc V in sS 25
sS Vdc, f = 1 20 Hz,

In = 500 mA
Dropout Voltage (Iq = 1-0 A, Tj = 25C) -vo
M V/V
Output Noise Voltage (T A :
25CI
10 HzsS f sS 100 kHz
Output Resistance (f = 10 kHz|

Short-Circuit Cur ent Limit (T A = +25C)


V, = 35 Vdc

Peak Output Current (Tj - +25C)


1.5 -1.0
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV
MC78XX, A Thigh
:
150CforMC78XX, A
NOTES: 1. T,
ow -55C for
1 25C for MC78XXC, AC, B
0 for MC78XXC, AC
Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account
2 Load and Mne r'eguSTe specified at constant .unction temperature
separately Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-141
MC7800 Series

MC7815. B, C
.ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V,
n = 23 = 500 mA, Tj , T low ,o T high [Not .
y.
i
,, un ess 01herwise no , ed)
,

Characteristic Symbol MC7815 MC7815B MC7815C


Typ Typ
Output Voltage (Tj =
Typ Max
+25C) VO
Output Voltage Vdc
v
(5 mA sS Q <: l 1 P A. 1 5 W) Vdc
17 5 VdcsS V m s= 30 Vdc
18 5 Vdc S V m s= 30 Vdc
1425
Line Regulation (Tj = +25C, Note 2) R 69|il
17 5 Vdcs; v in s: 30 Vdc 60 150 13 300 13 300
20 Vdc < V in s; 26 Vdc
30 75 60 150 60 150
Load Regulation (Tj = *25C. Note 2) Re 9load
5 0mAsc l sS 1 5 A 150 300
250 mA l 750 mA 75
300
150 150
Quiescent Current (Tj = +25C) 60
Quiescent Current Change
-i'B.
17 5 VdcS V in sc 30 Vdc
18 5 Vdcs: V jn $ 30 Vdc 1.0
03 08 1.0
5 0mA;S n 1 A 004
l

05 05 05
Ripple Rejection
18 5 VdcsS V in ! 28 5 Vdc, f = 120 Hz
Dropout Voltage = A, Tj = +25C)
(l 1
-v
Output Noise Voltage (T +25C)
A :

10Hz< fs; 100kHz


Output Resistance (=10 kHz
VO
'0
Short-Circuit Cu rrent Limit (T = +25CI
A
V, n = 35 Vdc
Peak Output Cu rrent (Tj = +25C)
2 2
Average Temperature Coefficient of TCV
Output Voltage

MC7815A. AC
j^CjrRICAL^HARACJERISTIC S ,V,
n = 23 V, l = 1 A, T T lnw to J^No^eJlu nless otherwise noted.
j;
Characteristics Symbol MC78J5A MC7815AC
Typ Typ
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
_Yo_
Output Voltage
vo
(5 0mAsS l
10A.P ? 15 W)
17 9 Vdcs; V s= 30 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 2)
R <=9lm
17 9 Vdc V m s 30 Vdc. = 500 m> I

60 13
20 Vdc V ln sc 26 Vdc
60 16
20 Vdc V, n < 26 Vdc. Tj = +25C
30 60
17 5 Vdc < Vinjg 30 Vdc, Tj = +25C
60
Load Regulation (NoteT^
Re 9load
5 mA $ l <; 1 5 A, Tj = +25C
5 mA Sl s; 1 A
250 mA s: l s; 750mA, Tj = +25C
250 mASI s; 750 mA
Quiescent Current
T
55 60
*25C
,
--

45 60
Quiescent Current Change
-HB
1 7 5 Vdc s: V|
n s; 30 Vdc, l = 500 mA 03 05
17 5 Vdc sS V jn s: 30 Vdc. Tj = +25C 08
02 05 08
5.0 mAig l 10 A 004 02 05
Ripple Rejection
18 5 Vdc V in =s28 5 Vdc, f = 120 Hz
Tj = +25C
18 5 VdcsJ V jn 28 5 Vdc, f = 120 Hz,
In = 500 mA
Dropout Voltage (lp = 1.QA, T = +25Q Vin - V
Output Noise Voltage (T =
Vdc
A +25C)
10Hz f^ 100 kHz 40
kV/V
Output Resistance (f = 1 .0 kHz)
Short-Circuit Current Limit (T = +25C)
mil
A 0.2
V in = 35 Vdc
Peak Output Current (T j = +25C)
2.5
22
Average Temperature Coefficient of Outpu t Voltage
TCVq 1.8 -1.0
NOTES 1 T| 55C MC78XX, A
for T high = * 1 50 C 'or MC78XX, A
= 0 for MC78XXC, AC = + 125C for MC78XXC, AC, B
= -40C for MC78XXB

2 Load and line regulation are specified at constant ,unct,on temperature. Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account
separately Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-142
MC7800 Series

MC7818. B. C

MC7818 MC7818B MC7818C


Unit
Characteristic Symbol Max
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Min Typ

17.3 18 18.7 17.3 18 18.7 17.3 18 18.7 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) vo
Vdc
Output Voltage vo
(5.0 mA s lo 10 A, Po 15 W)
17.1 18 18.9
21 Vdc s V- m 33 Vdc
17.1 18 18.9 17.1 18 18.9
22 Vdc s Vi n 33 Vdc
mV
Line Regulation (Tj = +25X, Note Regiine
-
21 Vdc s V ln s 33 Vdc
2)
- 7.0 180 - 25 360 25 360
4.0 90 10 180 10 180
24 Vdc s Vj n s 30 Vdc
mV
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C. Note 2) Regioad
-
5.0 mA s 1.5 A
- 35 180 - 55 360 55 360
lo
12 90 22 180 22 180
250 mAslo 5 750 mA
- 3.5 6.0 - 4.5 8.0 4.5 8.0 mA
Quiescent Current (Tj = +25C) IB

ilB
mA
Quiescent Current Change
1.0
21 Vdc s V in s 33 Vdc - -
22 Vdc s Vi n s 33 Vdc
- 0.3 0.8 - - 1.0

0.04 0.5 0.5 0.5


5.0 mAslol-0A
Ripple Rejection RR 59 65 57 57 dB

22 Vdc s V in s 33 Vdc, f = 120 Hz


Tj = + 25C) Vin-Vo - 2.0 2.5 - 2.0 - - 2.0 Vdc
Dropout Voltage do = 1.0 A,

Vn 10 40 10 10 ~ /iV/
Output Noise Voltage Oa = + 25C)
vo
10 Hz s fs 100 kHz
= - 19 - - 19 - 19 mil
Output Resistance f 1.0 kHz r
O
0.2 1.2 0.2 _ 0.2 A
Short-Circuit Current Limit (T/\ = +25C) 'sc

Vj n = 35 Vdc
1.3 2.5 3.3 - 2.2 - 2.2 A
Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25C) 'max

Average Temperature Coefficient of TCV 2.3 -1.0 -1.0 mV/


C
Output Voltage

MC7818AC
Ip = 1.0 A, Tj = T| 0W to Thigh [Note D unless otherwise noted).
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in 27 V,

MC7818AC
Symbol Unit
Characteristics Typ

V Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
v Vdc
Output Voltage
(5.0mA== lo 10 A, Po 15 W)
21 Vdc s V in s 33 Vdc
Regiine
Line Regulation (Note 2)
180
21 Vdc s Vi n s 33 Vdc 'O = 500 mA '
180
24 Vdc s V m * 30 vdc
90
24 Vdc s V in s 30 Vdc, Tj = +25C
180
20.6 Vdc s Vjn g 33 Vdc, Tj = +25"C
Regioad
mV
Load Regulation (Note 2)
100
5.0 mAs
lo 1-5 A. Tj = +25C 100
5.0 mA s lo 10 A
250 mA s lo 750 mA, Tj = + 25C
250 mA sUq s 750 mA
6.0 mA
Quiescent Current
4.5 6.0
Tj = +25C
AIR
mA
Quiescent Current Change 0.8
21 Vdc s Vi n .s 33 Vdc, lo = 500 mA
0.8
21 Vdc V in * 33 Vdc T J = +26 C '
0.5
5.0 mA s Ip s 1.0 A
dB
Ripple Rejection
22 Vdc s Vj n s 32 Vdc, f = 120 Tj = +25C
Hz,

22 Vdc ^ Vj n * 32 vdc -
f = 120 Hz 'O = 50 mA
'

Vin-VQ 2.0 Vdc


Dropout Voltage dp = 1.0 A, Tj = + 25C)
uV/Vq
Output Noise Voltage Ha = h25CI
10 Hz f s 100 kHz
mil
Output Resistance (f = 1 .0 kHz)
0.2
Short-Circuit Current Limit (Ta + 25C)
Vj n = 35 Vdc
2.2
Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25C)
TCV -1.0 mV/C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage

MC78XX T high + 150CforMC78XX


NOTES: 1. Ti ow = -65C for
+ 125C for MC78XXC, AC, B
= 0 for MC78XXC, AC
V due to heating effects must be taken into account
2. Load IndZVw*Specified constant junction temperature. Changes
with low duty cycle used.
a.
is
in

separately. Pulse testing

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-143
MC7800 Series

MC7824, B, C
tLtCrRICAL CHARACTERISTICS = 33
(V in V. l
n = 500 mA Tj = T lovi/ to Thj h [Note
a 11 uri

Characteristic
MC7824 MC7824B MC7824C
Symbol
Min Typ
- Unit
Max Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
v 23 24 25 23 24 25 23 24 25 Vdc
Output Voltage
v
(5.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, Po * 15 W) Vdc
27 Vdc s V in s 38 Vdc
s V in 22.8 24 25.2
28 Vdc s 38 Vdc 22.8 24 25.2 22.8 24 25.2
Line Regulation (Tj = + 25C, Note 2) Re 9line
27 Vdc s V in * 38 Vdc - mV
30 Vdc s V in s 36 Vdc
10 240 - 31 480 - 31 480
5.0 120 14 240 14 240
Load Regulation (Tj = + 25C, Note 2) Re 9load
mA s s - mV
5.0
mAslos
Iq 1.5 A 40 240 - 60 480 - 60 480
250 750 mA 15 120 25 240 25 240
Quiescent Current (Tj = +25C)
IB - 3.6 6.0 _ 4.6 8.0 4.6 8.0
Quiescent Current Change
&B mA
27 Vdc s V in s 38 Vdc - - - - 1.0
28 Vdc s V in == 38 Vdc
0.3 0.8 1.0
5.0 mA sl s 1.0 A 0.04 0.5 0.5 0.5
Ripple Rejection
28 Vdc s V in
RR 56 62 - - 54 - - 54 dB
== 38 Vdc, f = 120 Hz
Dropout Voltage do = 1.0 A, Tj = + 25C) Vin-V0 - 2.0 2.5 2.0 _ 2.0 Vdc
Output Noise Voltage (T = + 25C)
A Vn 10 40 - 10 - - 10 -
10 Hz =s fs 100 kHz jiV/
vO
Output Resistance f = 1.0 kHz r
O - 20 _ 20 20 mil
Short-Circuit Current Limit (T
A = +25C) 'sc
0.2 1.2 - 0.2 - - -
V in = 35 Vdc 0.2 A
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)
'max 1.3 2.5 3.3 _ 2.2 2.2 A
Average Temperature Coefficient of
TCV 3.0 " -1.5 - - -1.5 -
Output Voltage mV/
C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in 33 V, Ip - l.o A, Tj = T low to T nian [Note 1] unless otherwise noted).

Characteristics MC7824AC
Symbol
Typ Max
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
VO 24.5
Output Voltage
vo
(5.0 mA Iq 10 A, P s 15 W)
27.3 Vdc V in s 38 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 2) R egiine
27 Vdc s V in s 38 Vdc, = 500 mA l

31 240
30 Vdc s V in s 36 Vdc
30 Vdc s V jn s 36 Vdc, Tj = + 25C 35 240
26.7 Vdc s V in s 38 Vdc, Tj = + 25C 120
240
Load Regulation (Note 21 Re 9load
5.0 mAslQS 1.5 A, Tj = 25X
5.0inAslo? 1.0 A 100
250 mA s ^ 750 mA, l
Tj = + 25C
100
250 mA == l
= 750 mA
Quiescent Current
Tj = +25C 6.0
6.0
Quiescent Current Change
ilB
27.3 Vdc s V in 38 Vdc, l 500 mA
27.3 Vdc s V in s 38 Vdc, Tj 0.8
+ 25C
5.0 mA s Ip 6 1.0 A 0.8
0.5
Ripple Rejection
RR
28 Vdc =s V in s; 38 Vdc, f 120 Hz, Tj = +25X
28 Vdc =; V in ^ 38 Vdc, f 120 Hz, = 500 mA
l

54
Dropout Voltage (l = 1.Q A, T.| = + 25C)
Vin-V 2.0
Output Noise Voltage (T + 25C)
A
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz AtV/Vfj

Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz)

Short-Circuit Current Limit (T


A h 25C)
0.2
Vj n = 35 Vdc
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)

|
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output V oltage
NOTES: 1. T| = - 55C for MC78XX
ow Thinh
8 H50C for MC78XX
= 0 for MC78XXC, AC i- 125C for MC78XXC, AC, B
= - 40C for MC78XXB
2. Load and line regulation are specified constant junction temperature. Changes
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle
at ^"n 8 es m
in Vn
v due to hpatinn
heating ,.,*
effects .!....
must be taken into account
is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-144

MC7800 Series

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T/\ = +25C unless otherwise noted.

FIGURE 1- WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 2 - WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (Case 221 A) versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (Casa 1)
versus
i 1

JC = 5C/W
I
65C/W
=
,H HS -0C/W.
JA
Tj nax| =!50C
"
f 20

3
z
12
"V H p = 5r/w\ f= 15

= 15C/

No Heal Sink

-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150


TA .
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C>
TA .
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |CI

FIGURE 3 - INPUT OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL AS A FIGURE 4 - INPUT OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL AS A


FUNCTION OF JUNCTION TEMPERATURE FUNCTION OF JUNCTION TEMPERATURE
(MC78XX. A)
(MC78XXC. AC. B)

25 25 50 75 100 125
-25 25 50 75 100 125
TA , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
Tj,JUNCTIONTEMPERATURElC)

FIGURE5 - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT AS A FUNCTION FIGURE 6 - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT AS A


OF INPUT-OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE FUNCTION OF INPUT-OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL
(MC78XXC. AC. B) VOLTAGE (MC78XX. A)
4.0

- |t j
= " 4 c C

" c
j K^^^

r Tj = 25c ^~~t~^;

4 Tj = 125C

10 20 30 40
'0 6.0 12 18 24 30
V in -V INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS)
Vj n -Vrj. INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS) .

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-145
MC7800 Series

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)


0a = 25C unless otherwise noted.)
FIGURE 7 - RIPPLE REJECTION AS A FUNCTION
FIGURE 8 - RIPPLE REJECTION AS A FUNCTION
OF OUTPUT VOLTAGES
OF FREQUENCY
(MC78XXC, AC)
(MC78XXC. AC, A)
MC78XX.A Vin 8.0 to 18Vdc
" -
Vo = b.UV
f = 120 Hz |Q= 1.0 A
- 10 = i

V(R *S) fin


MC78XXC.AC
Mill) ii
Vm = 10 V
PART* Vin -V =5V
_ MC7805C OV 1
40
10 = 20 mA
MC7806C IV
u
1

_ MC7808C 1 v "-
MC7812C 9V 1

_ MC7815C2 3V -tti
MC7 818C2 7 V
MC7 824C3 3V
|
1 jjjj ii
10 12 14 16 18
100 1.0k
V ,
OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) FREQUENCY
f, (Hz)

FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION


FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE AS A
OF JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (MC78XXC. AC. B)
FUNCTION OF OUTPUT VOLTAGE (MC78XXC. AC)

6 20 1 1

V
j=
VJ
- V - 6 i = 120 ^^

6 10 ^ 0 = 20 TlA _'o =

=
500 nA
0/jF
o 1

o
> 6 00

=> ^
2 5 90 "l
o
5 80

-7 5
i

-5 -2 5 C 25 5 3 7 5 10 12 5 15
!

175
1

Zj '
1

80 12 16 20
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPEATURE (C)
Vo. OUTPUT VOLTAGE IVO'LTS)

FIGURE 1 1 - QUIESCENT CURRENT AS A


FIGURE 12 - DROPOUT CHARACTERISTICS
FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE (MC78XXC. AC. B) (MC78XX. A)
1
V,n = 10V
MC78XXC AC R
v = 50V -
= 20
? 4 '0 mA

"
z MC7( XX, A
| 3.0 =10V
3 n

Z
" 2.0
v ] = 5.0 V
'0 = 5.0 mA ^
o

n 1

-25 25 50 75
40 6.0 8.0 10 12
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)
INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-146
MC7800 Series

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
OMign Considerations
lengths, or if the output
The MC7800 Series of fixed voltage regulators are designed to the power supply filter with long wire

with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts down the circuit load capacitance is large. An input bypass capacitor should be
insure
when subjected to an excessive power overload condition. Internal selected to provide good high-frequency characteristics to
stable operation under all load conditions. A 0.33 iF or larger
Short-Circuit Protection that limits the maximum current the cir-
tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having low internal impedance
cuit will pass, and Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation that
at high frequencies should be chosen. The bypass capacitor
should
reduces the output short-circuit current as the voltage across the
pass transistor is increased. be mounted with the shortest possible leads directlyacross the
regulators input terminals. Normally good constructiontechniques
In many low current applications, compensation capacitors are
should be used to minimize ground loops and leadresistancedrops
not required. However, it is recommended that the regulator
the regulator connected since the regulator has no external sense lead.
input be bypassed with a capacitor if is

FIGURE 13 - CURRENT REGULATOR FIGURE 14 - ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR

Output
MC7805 -O t ?-
Input T0

0.33 >lF sts


Constant
I Current to
0.1
Grounded Load
MF

source
The MC7800 regulators can also be used as a current
the
when connected as above. In order to minimize dissipation
MC7805C is chosen in this application. Resistor R determines

the current as follows:

Vo, 7.0 V to 20 V
10 =
T + "Q
V|N V O ^2.0V
~ 1.5 mA over line and load changes
l
Q The addition of an operational amplifier allows adjustment to
character
to be a higher or intermediate values while retaining regulation
For example, a 1-ampere current source would require R
would The minimum voltage obtainable with this arrangement is
5-ohm, 10-W resistor and the output voltage compliance istics
voltage
2 volts greater than the regulator
be the input voltage less 7 volts

FIGURE 15 - CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR FIGURE 16 - SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION

MJ2955 or Equiv

ex i-o- * Output

T lOtlF'T- X~

XX = 2 digits of type number indicating voltage.


XX = 2 digits of type number indicating voltage.

protec
The MC7800 seriet can be current boosted with a PNP transis- The circuit of Figure 15 can be modified to provide supply
tion against short circuits by adding a short-circuit sense
resistor,
The MJ2955 provides current to 5.0 amperes. Resistor R PNP
tor.
R sc ,and an additional PNP transistor. The current sensing
inconjunction with the V B g of the PNP determines when the current of the three-
is not short-circuit must be able to handle the short-circuit
pass transistor begins conducting; this circuit Therefore, a four-ampere plastic power tran
terminal regulator.
proof Input-output differential voltage minimum is increased by
sistor is specified.
Vbe of the pass transistor.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-147
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC78L00,A
TECHNICAL DATA Series

THREE-TERMINAL LOW CURRENT THREE-TERMINAL


POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS
LOW CURRENT
The MC78L00 Series of positive voltage regulators are inex- POSITIVE FIXED
pensive, easy-to-use devices suitable for a multitude of
applica- VOLTAGE REGULATORS
tions that require a regulated supply of
up to 100 mA. Like their
higher powered MC7800 and MC78M00 Series cousins,
these reg-
ulators feature internal current limiting and thermal
shutdown
making them remarkably rugged. No external components are P SUFFIX
required with the MC78L00 devices in many applications. CASE 29
These devices offer a substantial performance advantage over
the traditional zener diode-resistor combination,
as output imped- PIN 1. OUTPUT
ance and quiescent current are substantially reduced. 2. GROUND
3. INPUT
Wide Range of Available, Fixed Output Voltages
Low Cost
Internal Short Circuit Current Limiting
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
No External Components Required
Complementary Negative Regulators Offered
(MC79L00 Series) G SUFFIX
Available in Either 5% (AC) or 10% (C) Selections
CASE 79

REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC PIN 1. INPUT


2. OUTPUT
3. GROUND
Input

Q12
0-
(Bottom View)
(Case Connected To Pin 3)
:5.0 k | 3.0 Output

0-25 IC

D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
(SOP-8)
2.85 k
PINLVqut 5. NC
2. GND 6. GND
3. GND 7. GND
4. NC 8. V| N

Ground
SOP-8 is an internally modified SO-8 Package Pins
2, 3, 6 and 7 are electrically common to the die
attach flag. This internal lead frame modification

ORDERING INFORMATION decreases package thermal resistance and


increases power dissipation capability when
Device Junction Temperature Range appropriatelymounted on a printed circuit board.
Package
MC78LXXACD* SOP 8 conforms to all external dimensions of the
SOP-8 standard SO-8 Package
MC78LXXACG Metal Can
MC78LXXACP Tj = 0C to + 125T Plastic Power
MC78LXXCG Metal Can Device No. Device No. Nominal
MC78LXXCP 10%
Plastic Power 5% Voltage
MC78LXXABD# SOP-8
Tj = -40C to +125C MC78L05C MC78L05AC 5.0
MC78LXXABP# MC78L08C MC78L08AC
Plastic Power 8.0
XX indicates nominal voltage
MC78L12C MC78L12AC 12
Available in 5, 8, 12 and 15 volt devices.
MC78L15C MC78L15AC 15
#
^ 0ti Vet
tional7!tests
,

information.
T^ ^
in 5,
er Ure range selections a
available with special test conditions and addi-
8, 12 and 15 volts devices. Contact your local Motorola
sales office for
MC78L18C
MC78L24C
MC78L18AC
MC78L24AC
18
24

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-148
MC78L00,A Series

r 125C unless otherwise noted.)


Symbol Value Unit
Rating
V| 30 Vdc
Input Voltage (2.6 V-8.0 V)
(12 V-18 V) 35
(24 V) 40

Storage Junction Temperature Range


T stg -65 to +150 C

Operating Junction Temperature Range Tj to + 1 50 C

MC78L05C. MC78L05AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = 10 V, l = 40 mA, C| = 0.33 mF. Co = 0.1 jiF,

0C < Tj < +125C unle ss otherwise noted.)


I

MC78L05AC MC78L05C

Symt .ol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit


Characteristic
4.8 5.0 5.2 4.6 5.0 5.4 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) vo
mV
Line Regulation Regiine
(Tj = + 25C, lo = 40 mA) -
7.0 Vdc s V| 20 Vdc
- 55 150 55 200
45 100 45 150
8.0 Vdc s V| s 20 Vdc
mV
^legioad
Load Regulation
mA s Iq 100 mA) - 11 60 - 11 60
(Tj = + 25C, 1.0
5.0 30 5.0 30
(Tj = + 25C, 1.0 mA lo s 40 mA)
Vdc
Output Voltage vo -
(7.0 Vdc s V| s 20 Vdc, 1.0 mA s lo 40 mA >
4.75 - 5.25 4.5 5.5

4.75 5.25 4.5 5.5


(Vi = 10 V, 1.0 mA s In 70 mA) I

mA
Input Bias Current IB
- 3.8 6.0 - 3.8 6.0
(Tj = + 25C)
5.5 5.5
(Tj - +125C)
mA
Input Bias Current Change illB
- -
Vdc s V| s 20 Vdc)
- - 1.5 1.5
(8.0
0.1 0.2
(1.0 mA s Iq s 40 mA)
s Vn 40 40 " MV
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = ~ 25C, 10 Hz f -s

100 kHz)
RR 41 49 40 49 dB
Ripple Rejection do = 40 mA, f - 120 Hz,
80 V s V| s 18 V, Tj = + 25C)

Dropout Voltage V|-V 1.7 1.7 Vdc

(Tj = +25C)
mA, = 33 M F. C = m F,
MC78L08C, MC78L08AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS = 40
(V, = 14 V, l C, 1

0C < Tj < + 125C unless otherwise noted.)

MC78L08AC MC78L08C
Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic
8.3 7.36 8.0 8.64 Vdc
vo 7.7 8.0

Reghne
mV
Line Regulation
(Tj = + 25C, lo = 40 mA) _
10.5 Vdc sV| 23 Vdc
- 20 175 20 200
12 125 12 150
11 Vdc s V| s 23 Vdc
mV
Regioad
Load Regulation
mA s lo 100 mA) - 15 80 - 15 80
(Tj = +25C, 1.0
8.0 40 6.0 40
(Tj - +25C, 1.0 mA s lo s 40 mA)
Vdc
Vo
Output Voltage - 8.4 7.2 - 8.8
(10.5 Vdc s V| -s 23 Vdc, 1.0 mA s lo
s 40 mA) 7.6
84 7.2 8.8
(V| = 14 V, 1.0 mA s= Iq 70 mA)
7.6

l|B
mA
Input Bias Current
- 3.0 6.0 - 3.0 6.0
(Tj = +25C)
5.5 5.5
(Tj = +125"C)
mA
Input Bias Current Change i'lB
- - 1.5 - - 1.5
(11 Vdc sV| 23 Vdc)
0.1 0.2
(1.0 mA s Iq s 40 mA)
s Vn 60 52 ^V
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = + 25C, 10 Hz s f

100 kHz)
mA, f = 120 RR 37 57 36 55 dB
Ripple Rejection do = 40 Hz,

12 V s V| s 23 V, Tj = +25X)
" Vdc
Dropout Voltage
(Tj = + 25C) I
V|-V 1.7

IZ 1.7

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-149
MC78L00,A Series

MC78L12C, MC78L12AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS = 19 V, = 40 mA, C, =


(V, l
33 ^F. C = .1 F, OX < Tj <
+ 125C unless otherwise noted.)

MC78L12AC MC78L12C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25X) v 11.5 12 12.5 11.1 12 12.9 Vdc
Line Regulation
Re 9line mV
(Tj = + 25X, = 40 mA)
l

14.5 Vdc =s V| 27 Vdc - 120 250 - 120 250


16 Vdc s V| s 27 Vdc
100 200 100 200
Load Regulation Re 9load
mV
(Tj = +25C, 1.0 mA s l s 100 mA) - 20 100 - 20 100
(Tj = + 25X, 1.0 mA s l s 40 mA) 10 50 10 50
Output Voltage v
Vdc
(14.5 Vdc s V| s 27 Vdc, 1.0 s mA l s 40 mA) 11.4 - 12.6 10.8 - 13.2
<V| = 19 V. 1.0 mAsl s 70 mA) 11.4 12.6 10.8 13.2
Input Bias Current
l|B
- mA
(Tj = + 25X)
(Tj = + 125X)
4.2 6.5 - 4.2 6.5
6.0 6.0
Input Bias Current Change illB mA
(16 Vdc s V| s 27 Vdc) - - 1.5 - - 1.5
(1.0 mAl s 40 mA)
0.1 0.2
Output Noise Voltage (TA = + 25X, 10 Hz s f s Vn 80 - - 80 - MV
100 kHz)

Ripple Rejection (Iq = 40 mA, f = 120 Hz 15 V s RR 37 42 - 36 42 - dB


V|25V. Tj = + 25X)
Dropout Voltage
V|-V 1.7 1.7 - Vdc
(Tj = +25C)

MC78L15C, MC78L15AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = 23 V, = 40 mA. =


l
C, 33 F. C = 0.1 M F.

MC78L15AC MC78L15C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25X1 v 14.4 15 15.6 13.8 15 16.2 Vdc
Line Regulation Re 9line
(Tj = + 25X, = 40 mA)
l
mV
17.5 Vdc V| s 30 Vdc - 130 300 - 130 300
20 Vdc s V| s; 30 Vdc
110 250 110 250
Load Regulation R egi oa d
mA mV
(Tj = + 25X, 1.0 s l s 100 mA) 25 150 - 25 150
(Tj = +25C, 1.0 mA s l s 40 mA) 12 75 12 75
Output Voltage
vo Vdc
(17.5 Vdc s V| s 30 Vdc, 1.0 mA s l s 40 mA) 1425 - 15.75 13.5 - 16.5
(V| = 23 V, 1.0 mAsl s 70 mA) 14.25 15.75 13.5 16.5
Input Bias Current
(Tj =
IB
- mA
(Tj =
+ 25X)
4.4 6.5 - 4.4 6.5
+125X) 6.0 6.0
Input Bias Current Change
Vdc s s 30 Vdc)
illB
- - mA
(20 V|
1.5 - - 1.5
(1.0 mA s Iq 40 mA)
0.1 0.2
Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25X, 10 Hz s f == Vn 90 - - 90 - MV
100 kHz)

Ripple Rejection (Iq = 40 mA, f = 120 Hz 18 5 V RR 34 39 - 33 39 - dB


V| s 28.5 V, Tj = + 25X)
Dropout Voltage
V|-V 1.7 - 1.7 - Vdc
(Tj = +25X)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-150
MC78L00,A Series

MC78L18C, MC78L18AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = 27 V, l = 40 mA, C\ = 0.33 nf, C = 0.1 M F,


0C < Tj < +1 25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC78L18AC MC78L18C 1

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

vo 18 18.7 16.6 18 19.4 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) 17.3

Line Regulation Regiine


mV
(Tj = + 25C, lo = 40 mA)
21.4 Vdc sV| 33 Vdc
32 325
20.7 Vdc s V| s 33 Vdc
45 325
22 Vdc s V| s 33 Vdc
27 275
21 Vdc s V| s 33 Vdc
35 275

Load Regulation Reg| ad mV


(Tj = + 25C, 1.0 mA s lo 100 mA)
30 170 30 170

(Tj = + 25C, 1.0 mA s lo 40 mA) 15 85 15 85

vo Vdc
Output Voltage
(21.4 Vdc s V| s 33 Vdc, 1.0 mA s s 40 mA) 16.2 19.8

l

(20.7 Vdc V| s 33 Vdc, 1.0 mA


s lo s 40 mA) 17.1 18.9

(V| = 27 V, 1.0 mA s lo 70 mA) 16.2 19.8

(V| = 27 V, 1.0 mA s lo 70 mA) 17.1 18.9

Input Bias Current


mA
(Tj = + 25C)
'IB
3.1 6.5 3.1 6.5

(Tj = + 125C)
6.0 6.0

Input Bias Current Change illB


mA
(22 Vdc s V| s 33 Vdc)
1.5

(21 Vdc s V| = 33 Vdc!


1.5

(1.0 mA s Iq s 40 mA) 0.1 0.2

Output Noise Voltage (Ta = *25C, 10 Hz & f & Vn - 150 - - 150 MV


100 kHz)

Ripple Rejection Ho = 40 mA, f = 120 Hz, RR 33 48 - 32 46 - dB


23 V s V| s 33 V, Tj - *25C) .

Dropout Voltage V|-V - 1.7 - 1.7 - Vdc


(Tj = +25C)

MC78L24C, MC78L24AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = 33 V, l = 40 mA, C, = 0.33 /iF, C = 0.1 ^.


D
0C < Tj < * 125 C unless otherwise noted.)
MC78L24AC MC78L24C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

vo 23 24 25 22.1 24 25.9 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = - 25C)

Line Regulation Regiine


mV
(Tj = +25C, lo = 40 mA)
27.5 Vdc s V| s 38 Vdc
- 35 350
28 Vdc s V| * 80 Vdc 50 300 - 30 300
27 Vdc s V| 38 Vdc 60 350

Load Regulation Regioad


mV
(Tj = +25C, I.OmAs Iq * 100 mA) - 40 200 - 40 200
= +25C, 1.0 mA s lo s 40 mA) 20 100 20 100
(Tj

vo Vdc
Output Voltage
(28 Vdc s V| s 38 Vdc, mA s lo 40 mA)
1.0 21.6 - 26.4

(27 Vdc s V| s 38 Vdc, mA s \q^ 40 mA)


1.0 22.8 _ 25.2

(28 Vdc s V| = 33 V, 1.0 mA s lo s 70 mA) 21.6 26.4

(27 Vdc s V| s 33 V, 1.0 mA s lo s 70 mA) 22.8 25.2

Input Bias Current


mA
(Tj = +25C)
'IB
- 31 6.5 - 3.1 6.5
6.0 6.0
(Tj = +125C)

Input Bias Current Change illB


mA
(28 Vdc ss 38 Vdc)
V|
- - 1.5 - - 1.5

(1.0 mAslQS 40 mA) 0.1 0.2

Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25C, 10 Hz s Vn 200 200 MV


f s 100 kHz)

Ripple Rejection (Iq = 40 mA, f = 120 Hz, 29 V s RR 31 45 30 43 dB


V| s 35 V, Tj = + 25X)
Dropout Voltage V,-V 1.7 1.7 Vdc
(Tj = +25C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-151
.

MC78L00,A Series

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T"a = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 2- DROPOUT VOLTAGE versus


FIGURE 1 - DROPOUT CHARACTERISTICS JUNCTION TEMPERATURE
1

MC78L05C_
v = 5.0 V
-Tj = 25C

10
= .OmA
A V
|Q = 4< jjA
\# 10=1 00 mA

V|, INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 3 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 4 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
4.2

<
4.0

I 3.8

^ 3.6

MC78L05C
= 5.0
< 3.4 < vo V
10 = 40 mA
Tj = 25C
3.2
| ,

MC78 L05C .

- V| = 10 V
1.0
3.0
Vn = 5.0V
["'0 -

5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
T A AMBIENT
, TEMPERATURE CO V|, INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 5 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 6 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION versus
versus AMB ENT TEMPE R ATU RE- TO-92 Type Package
I
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE - TO-39 Type Package
=^^ r=
Intinite Heal! ink

E ....

u,
1000

-^
at Sink

No He
^ c '
^ ==

IVatt He tSink
\
S
o
100

o ~3
-P0(max)to25C = 62
A
10 1
1 I
I
\
I 75 100
75 100
TA ,
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C) TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-152
MC78L00,A Series

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Design Considerations to provide good high-frequency characteristics to insure
The MC78L00 Series of fixed voltage regulators are stable operation under all load conditions. A 0.33 jiF or
designed with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts larger tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having low
down the circuit when subjected to an excessive power internal impedance at high frequencies should be cho-
overload condition. Internal Short-Circuit Protection sen. The bypass capacitor should be mounted with the
limits the maximum current the circuit will pass. shortest possible leads directly across the regulators
In many low current applications, compensation ca- input terminals. Good construction techniques should
pacitors are not required. However, it is recommended be used to minimize ground loops and lead resistance
that the regulator input be bypassed with a capacitor if drops since the regular has no external sense lead. By-
the regulator is connected to the power supply filter passing the output is also recommended.
with long wire lengths, or if the output load capacitance
FIGURE 8 15 V TRACKING VOLTAGE REGULATOR
is large. The input bypass capacitor should be selected

FIGURE 7 - CURRENT REGULATOR


20 V OT-0-| MC78L15
0.33 (iF^ Y
Input eto
33 jlF ^-p

A WvV
0.33 *iF J; " S, /MpsA7 I

20 V O
T
* '
*
65
'
k -O-Vq
The MC78L00 regulators can also be used as a current source when MPS U55
connected as above, in order to minimize dissipation the MC78L05C is
chosen in this application. Resistor R determines the current as follows: FIGURE 9 - POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE REGULATOR
5 V v, o- t Q-| MC78LXX -0 [
1 +v O
33 hf

l|B = 3.8 mA over and load changes


v l
o Q- |
MC79LXX }
-0-[
For example, a 100 mA current source would require R to be a
033MFi q-O^F
50-ohm. 1/2-W resistor and the output voltage compliance would I
1

j_ L_l -v
be the input voltage less 7 volts.

FIGURE 10 STANDARD APPLICATION

put -O-l MC78LXX K> Output

33 MF^

A common ground is required between the


input and the output voltages. The input volt
age must remain typically 2.0V above the out
put voltage even during the low point on the
input ripple voltage.

= C| is required if regulator is located an

appreciable distance from power supply


filter

" = Co IS not needed for stability, however,

it does improve transient response

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-153
A

MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC78M00
TECHNICAL DATA Series

THREE-TERMINAL MEDIUM CURRENT


POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS THREE-TERMINAL MEDIUM
CURRENT POSITIVE FIXED
The MC78M00 Series positive voltage regulators are identical VOLTAGE REGULATORS
to the popular MC7800 Series devices, except that they are spec-
ified foronly half the output current. Like the MC7800 devices,
the MC78M00 three-terminal regulators are intended for local, on-
card voltage regulation. PIN 1. INPUT
Internal current limiting, thermal shutdown circuitry and 2. OUTPUT G SUFFIX
safe-
area compensation for the internal pass transistor combine 3. GROUND METAL PACKAGE
to
make these devices remarkably rugged under most operating con- CASE 79
ditions. Maximum output current, with adequate heatsinkinq is (Case connected
500 mA. to Pin 3)

No External Components Required


(Bottom View)
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting

Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation T SUFFIX


PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 221A

(All 3 Plastic Types)


PIN 1. INPUT
2. GROUND
3. OUTPUT
(Heatsink surface connected to Pin 2)

'#'
DT SUFFIX DT-1 SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 369 CASE 369
(DPAK) (DPAK)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested Operating
Device Junction Temp. Range Package
MC78MXXCG* Metal

Tj - 0C to
MC78MXXCDT* DPAK
+ 125C
MC78MXXCDT-1<
Plastic
MC78MXXCT Power
MC78MXXBT* Tj - - 40C to Plastic
+ 125T Power
XX indicates nominal voltage,
* Available in 5, 8, 12 and 15 volt devices.
# Automotive temperature range selections are
available with special test conditions and

MC78M05B.C additional tests in 5, 8, 12 and 15 volt devices.


5.0 Volts MC78M12B,C 12 Volts MC78M20B.C 20 Volts
Contact your local Motorola sales office for
MC78M06B,C 6.0 Volts MC78M15B.C 15 Volts MC78M24B,C 24 Volts information.
MC78M08B,C 8.0 Volts MC78M18B,C 18 Volts

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-154
MC78M00 Series

MAXIMUM RATINGS (TA = +25C unless otherwise noted.)


Symbol Value Unit
Rating
V| 35 Vdc
Input Voltage (5.0 V-18 V)
40
(20 V-24 V)
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation)
Plastic Package, T Suffix
PD Internally Limited
T A = 25C C/W
0JA 70
Derate above Ta = 25C
PD Internally Limited
T C = 25C
5.0 C/W
Derate above Tc = 110C JC
Metal Package
PD Internally Limited
T A = 25C
185 C/W
Derate above T A = 25C JA
PD Internally Limited
T C = 25C
25 C/W
Derate above Tc = 85C JC
MC78MXXC Tj to +150 C
Operating Junction Temperature Range
MC78MXXB - 40 to + 1 50

T stg -65 to +150 C


Storage Temperature Range

MC78M05B.C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = 10 V, l = 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125T, P D 5.0 W unless otherwise
noted.)

Typ Max Unit


Characteristic Symbol
Min
vo 4.8 5.0 5.2 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
Regiine
3.0 50 mV
Line Regulation
(Tj = +25C, 7.0 Vdc V| s 25 Vdc, Iq = 200 mA)
P-egioad mV
Load Regulation
mA 500 mA)
- 20 100
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 lo
10 50
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mA s lo * 200 mA)
vo 4.75 5.25 Vdc
Output Voltage
(7.0 Vdc s V| 25 Vdc, 5.0 mA lo 200 mA)
(7 Vdc V| 20 Vdc, 5.0 mA s lo 350 mA)
- 3.2 6.0 mA
Input Bias Current (Tj = + 25C) 'IB

AllB mA
Quiescent Current Change - - 0.8
(8.0 Vdc <s V| 25 Vdc, lo = 200 mA)
0.5
(5.0 mAslo 350 mA)
= + 25C. 10 Hz f 100 kHz) Vn - 40 MV
Output Noise Voltage (T A
RR dB
Ripple Rejection (T, DT and DT-1 suffixes only)
-
= 100 mA, = 120 Hz, 8.0 V s; V| 18 V) 62
(l f

- 300 mA, = 120 Hz, 8.0 V| s 18 V, Tj = 25C) 62 80


f
(l

V|-V 2.0 Vdc


Dropout Voltage
(Tj = +25C)
0S - 50 mA
Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C, V| = 35 V)
l

AVo/AT 0.2 mV/C


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
(l = 5.0 mA)
Peak Output Current io
" 700 mA
(Tj = 25C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-155
MC78M00 Series

MC78M06C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS = = 350 mA, 0C < Tj < +


(V, 11 V, l
125C, P D 5.0 W unless otherwise
noted.'

_ Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
vo 5.75 6.0 6.25 Vdc
Line Regulation
Regiine - 5.0 50 mV
(Tj = +25X, 8.0 Vdc V| =s 25 Vdc, l = 200 mA)
Load Regulation
mA s Regioad mV
(Tj = +25C, 5.0 l 500 mA) - 20 120
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mA =s lo =s 200 mA)
10 60
Output Voltage
v 5.7 6.3 Vdc
(8.0 Vdc V| =s 25 Vdc, 5.0 mA l 200 mA)
(8.0 Vdc =s V| 21 Vdc, 5.0 mA l 350 mA)
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C)
'IB
3.2 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change
AI|B mA
(9.0 Vdc =s V| =s 25 Vdc, l = 200 mA) - - 0.8
(5.0 mA l =s 350 mA)
0.5
Output Noise Voltage (TA = +25C, 10 Hz s; f 100 kHz) Vn _ 45 _ nV
Ripple Rejection (T suffix only)
RR dB
(lO = 100 mA, f = 120 Hz, 9.0 V =s V| s 19 V) 59 -
dO = 300 mA, f = 120 Hz, 9.0 V =s V| 19 V, Tj = 25C) 59 80
Dropout Voltage V|-V - 2.0 - Vdc
(Tj = +25C)

Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25C, V| = 35 V)


'OS 50 mA
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage AVq/AT - 0.2 - mV/C
dO = 5.0 mA)
Peak Output Current
'0 - 700 - mA
(Tj = 25C)

MC78M08B,C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS = 14


(V| V, l
= 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C, Pd 5.0 W unless otherwise
noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
vo 7.7 8.0 8.3 Vdc
Line Regulation
Reg|j n e - 6.0 50 mV
(Tj = + 25C, 10.5 Vdc V| s 25 Vdc, lo = 200 mA)
Load Regulation Re 9load mV
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mAsl < 500 mA) - 25 160
(Tj = +25C. 5.0 mA Iq 200 mA) 10 80
Output Voltage
VO 7.6 8.4 Vdc
(10.5 Vdc s V| s 25 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l s 200 mA)
(10.5 Vdc s V| 23 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l s 350 mA)
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C)
'IB
_ 3.2 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change AI|B mA
(10.5 Vdc V| 25 Vdc, lo = 200 mA) - - 0.8
(5.0 mA *s 350 mA)
l

0.5
Output Noise Voltage (TA = + 25C, 10 Hz f s 100 kHz) Vn 52 MV
Ripple Rejection (T suffix only) RR dB
dO = 100 mA, f = 120 Hz, 11.5 V V| =s 21.5 V) 56 -
dO = 300 mA, f = 120 Hz, 11.5 V s V| 21.5 V, Tj = 25C) 56 80
Dropout Voltage V|-Vq - 2.0 - Vdc
(Tj = +25C)

Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C, V| = 35 V)


!0S 50 mA
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage AVq/AT - 0.2 - mV/C
dO = 5.0 mA)
Peak Output Current
0 700 - mA
(Tj = 25C>

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-156
MC78M00 Series

MC78M12B,C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <V| = 19 V, l 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C, Pq 5.0 W unless otherwise
noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

V 12.5 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
Regij, 8.0 50 mV
Line Regulation
(Tj = +25C, 14.5 Vdc ;
V| 30 Vdc, Iq = 200mA)
Load Regulation Regioad
240
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mA s l 500 mA)
120
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mA =s lp *s 200 mA)

V 12.6 Vdc
Output Voltage
(14.5 Vdc ss V| 27 Vdc, 5.0 mA Iq 350 mA)
6.0
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C)
AI|B
Quiescent Current Change
0.8
(14.5 Vdc V| 30 Vdc, Ifj = 200 mA)
0.5
(5.0 mA s lp ^ 350 mA)

= +25C, 10 Hz s ^V
Output Noise Voltage Oa f s: 100 kHz)

Ripple Rejection (T, DT and DT-1 suffixes only)


(l = 100 mA, f = 120 Hz, 15 V V| 25 V)
= 300 mA, f = 120 Hz, 15 V *s V| ^ 25 V, Tj = 25C) 80
<l

V|-V Vdc
Dropout Voltage
(Tj = + 25C)

Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C, V| = 35 V) 'OS

of Output Voltage AVq/AT mV/X


Average Temperature Coefficient
(lp = 5.0 mA)

Peak Output Current


mA
(Tj = 25C)

MC78M15B.C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V| = 23 V, l 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C, Pp 5.0 W unless otherwise
noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

v 14.4 15 15.6 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
Input Regulation Regime 10 50 mV
(Tj = +25C, 17.5 Vdc s V| s 30 Vdc, l = 200 mA)
Regioad mV
Load Regulation
(Tj = +25C, 5.0 mA s lo 500 mA) - 25 300
10 150
(Tj = +25C, 5.0 mA lo 200 mA)
Output Voltage vo 14.25 15.75 Vdc
(17.5 Vdc s V| s 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA s lo s 350 mA)

Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C) l|B


- 3.2 6.0 mA
Quiescent Current Change AI|B mA
(17.5 Vdc =; V| 30 Vdc, lo = 200 mA)
- - 0.8
0.5
(5.0 mA s lo 350 mA)

Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25C, 10 Hz = f s 100 kHz) Vn - 90 HV


RR dB
Ripple Rejection (T, DT and DT-1 suffixes only)
(l = 100 mA, f = 120 Hz, 18.5 V V| s 28.5 V) 54 -
54 70
(Iq = 300 mA, f = 120 Hz, 18.5 V V 28.5 V, Tj = 25C) (

Dropout Voltage
V,-V 2.0 Vdc
(Tj = +25C)

Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25C, V| = 35 V) 'OS


- 50 - mA
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage AVq/AT 0.3 mV/C
(l = 5.0 mA)
Peak Output Current ,o
700 mA
(Tj = 25C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-157
MC78M00 Series

MC78M18C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISES = 27


(V, V. I = 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C, P D . 5.0 W un.ess otherwise
noted.*

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
v 17.3 18 18.7 Vdc
Line Regulation
= +25C,
Re 9line - 10 50 mV
(Tj 21 Vdc V| 33 Vdc, l = 200 mA)
Load Regulation
Re 9load mV
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mA =s l 500 mA) - 30 360
(Tj = +25"C, 5.0 mA s l s 200 mA)
10 180
Output Voltage
vo 17.1 - 18.9 Vdc
(21 Vdc =s V| =s 33 Vdc, 5.0 mA l 350 mA)
Input Bias Current (Tj = + 25C)
'IB
_ 3.2 6.5
Quiescent Current Change
(21 Vdc V| s 33 Vdc,
AllB mA
l = 200 mA) - - 0.8
(5.0 mA s s 350 mA)
l

0.5
Output Noise Voltage (TA = + 25C, 10 Hz s f =s 100 kHz) vn 100 MV
Ripple Rejection (T suffix only)
RR dB
(lO = 100 mA, f = 120 Hz, 22 V s V| 32 V) 53 -
dO = 300 mA, f = 120 Hz, 22 V s V| s= 32 V, Tj = 25C) 53 70
Dropout Voltage V|-V - 2.0 - Vdc
(Tj = +25C)

Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C, V| = 35 V)


'OS
_ 50 mA
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage AVq/AT - 0.3 - mV/C
dO = 5.0 mA)
Peak Output Current
io - 700 - mA
(Tj = 25C)

MC78M20C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS = 29


(V| V, l
350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C, PD s; 5.0 W unless otherwise
noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) v 19.2 20 20.8 Vdc
Line Regulation
Re 9line - 10 50 mV
(Tj = + 25C, 23 Vdc V| s 35 Vdc, Io = 200 mA)
Load Regulation Re 9load mV
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mAsl s 500 mA) - 30 400
(Tj = +25C, 5.0 mA s l 200 mA) 10 200
Output Voltage v 19 - 21 Vdc
(23 Vdc V| 35 Vdc, 5.0 mA s; l 350 mA)
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C)
hB _ 3.2 6.5 mA
Quiescent Current Change
W|B mA
(23 Vdc V| =s 35 Vdc, Io = 200 mA) - - 0.8
(5.0 mA s Iq 350 mA)
0.5
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = + 25C, 10 Hz s f s 100 kHz) vn 110 /xV
Ripple Rejection (T suffix only) RR dB
dO = 100 mA, f = 120 Hz, 24 V s V| 34 V) 52 -
dO = 300 mA, f = 120 Hz, 24 V s V| 34 V, Tj = 25C) 52 70
Dropout Voltage V,-V - 2.0 - Vdc
(Tj = +25C)

Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25C, V| = 35 V)


'OS 50 mA
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage AVo/AT - 0.5 - mV/C
dO = 5.0 mA)
Peak Output Current
'O
700 - mA
(Tj = 25C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-158

MC78M00 Series

MC78M24C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V) = 33 V, 1 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C, Pq 5.0 W unless otherwise
noted.

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

vo 23 24 25 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
Line Regulation Regiine
10 50 mV
(Tj = + 25C, 27 Vdc =s V| s 38 Vdc, lo = 200 mA)
Regioad mV
Load Regulation
(Tj = +25C, 5.0 mA lo 500 mA)
- 30 480
10 240
(Tj = + 25C, 5.0 mA lo 200 mA)
v 22.8 25.2 Vdc
Output Voltage
(27 Vdc ss V| 38 Vdc, 5.0 mA =s lo 350 mA)
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C) 'IB
- 3.2 7.0 mA
Al| B mA
Quiescent Current Change -
(27 Vdc as V| 38 Vdc, lo = 200 mA)
- 0.8
0.5
(5.0 mA = lo 350 mA)

= +25C, 10 Hz =s f 100 kHz) Vn - 170 MV


Output Noise Voltage (T A
RR dB
Ripple Rejection (T suffix only) -
= 100 mA, = 120 Hz, 28 V V| 38 V) 50
(l f

= 300 mA, = 120 Hz, 28 V V| 38 V, Tj = 25C) 50 70


(lO f

V|-V 2.0 Vdc


Dropout Voltage
(Tj = + 25C)
- 50 mA
Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25C) 'OS

Coefficient of Output Voltage AVo/AT 0.5 mV/C


Average Temperature
(Iq = 5.0 mA)
io
700 mA
Peak Output Current
(Tj = 25C)

DEFINITIONS
Line Regulation
The change in output voltage for a Input Bias Current
That part of the input current that
is not delivered to the load.
change in the input voltage. The measurement is made
under conditions of low dissipation or by using pulse Output Noise Voltage The rms ac voltage at the out-
techniques such that the average chip temperature is put, with constant load and no input ripple, measured
not significantly affected. over a specified frequency range.

Load Regulation
The change in output voltage for a Long Term Stability Output voltage stability under
change in load current at constant chip temperature. accelerated life test conditions with the maximum rated

Maximum Power Dissipation The maximum total voltage listed in the devices' electrical characteristics

device dissipation for which the regulator will operate and maximum power dissipation.

within specifications.
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 1 WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 2 WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION
versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
TO-220AB (CASE 221A) (CASE 79)

c NFINIT HEAT
HS = 10CW SINK- 1

1 ^FINITE HEAT 5 INK

HS = 20C W*~
VT SINK

NO HEAT SINK

_ fljc = 25C'W
- r DW1AAI
p D(M WM

-.
100 125 50 75 100
50 75
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (Ct
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,

,
(C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-159
MC78M00 Series

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIGURE 3 - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT versus FIGURE 4 DROPOUT VOLTAGE


DROPOUT VOLTAGE
versus JUNCTION TEMPERATURE

B 1-5

.10 = HWmA

|Q = K

AVq - 100 mv

1 15 20 25 30 35 40
III 50 75 100 125 150
V|-Vq, DROPOUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) JUNCTION TEMPERATURE
Tj,
TO

FIGURE S RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 6 RIPPLE REJECTION versus


OUTPUT CURRENT
100

'0
= 50 mA
fin

Vo = 5.0 V
V|= 10 v -
Vo = 5.0 V C =
"
f = 120 Hz

Co = Tj = 25C
Tj = 25C
70
1 '0 10
1
\ |

100 10 k 10 k 100 k 1.0M 10 M 100 M 0.1 0.5 1.0


I. fREQUENCY (H/(
Iq. OUTPUT CURRENT (Al

FIGURE 7 BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 8 BIAS CURRENT versus


INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT CURRENT
4.0
1

Tj = 25C

3.0
/
1
I V
f
\ = 125

-1 -

L S>-
S*- 25C V = 5.0 V

rt
125C 10 = 0.6 A

5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
0.1 0.5 1.0
V|, INPUT VOLTAGE (Vdc)
Iq, OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-160
MC78M00 Series

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
ply filter with long wire lengths, or if the output load
The MC78M00 Series of fixed voltage regulators are
designed with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts capacitance is large. An input bypass capacitor should
down the circuit when subjected to an excessive power be selected to provide good high frequency character-
istics to insure stable operation under all load
condi-
overload condition. Internal Short Circuit Protection that
limits the maximum current the circuit will pass, and tions. A 0.33 /xF or larger tantalum, mylar, or other

Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation that capacitor having low internal impedance at high fre-
reduces the output short circuit current as the voltage quencies should be chosen. The bypass capacitor
across the pass transistor is increased. should be mounted with the shortest possible leads
directly across the regulators input terminals. Normally
In many low current applications, compensation
capacitors are not required. However, it is recom- good construction techniques should be used to mini-

mended that the regulator input be bypassed with a mize ground loops and lead resistance drops since the
capacitor if the regulator is connected to the power sup- regulator has no external sense lead.

FIGURE 9 CURRENT REGULATOR FIGURE 10 ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR


Vo. 7.0 V to 20 V
V| N V O s2.0V
MC78M05C
Input

0.33 ii
rn
1 i
Constant
Current to
Input Output

Grounded Load
"0

The MC78M00 regulators can also be used as a current


source when connected as above. In order to minimize
dissipation the MC78M05C is application.
chosen in this

Resistor R determines the current as follows:


5.0 V
"O + l|B
R
The addition of an operational amplifier allows adjust-
l|g = 1.5 mA over line and load changes ment to higher or intermediate values while retaining reg-
mA
current source would require R to ulation characteristics. The minimum voltage obtainable
For example, a 500
with this arrangement 2.0 volts greater than the regu-
be a 10 ohm, 10 W
resistor and the output voltage com-
is

lator voltage.
pliance would be the input voltage less 7.0 volts.

FIGURE 11 CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR FIGURE 12


CURRENT BOOST WITH
SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION

MJ2955 or Equiv. MJ2955 or Equiv.


Input
Input -

Output

Output
1.0 mF 0.1 mF 2 digits of type
number indicating
J^
"="
number voltage.
XX = 2 digits of type indicating voltage.

The circuit of Figure 7 can be modified to provide supply


The IVIC78M00 series can be current boosted with a PNP
transistor. The MJ2955 provides current to 5.0 amperes. protection against short circuits by adding a short circuit
Resistor R in conjunction with the Vgg of the PNP deter- sense resistor, R sc and an additional PNP transistor. The
,

mines when the pass transistor begins conducting; this current sensing PNP must be able to handle the short-
circuit not short circuit proof. Input output differential
is circuit current of the three-terminal regulator. Therefore,

voltage minimum is increased by Vgg of the pass a two-ampere plastic power transistor is specified.

transistor.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-161
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC78T00
TECHNICAL DATA Series

THREE-AMPERE
POSITIVE FIXED
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
THREE-AMPERE POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
This family of fixed voltage regulators are monolithic integrated
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
circuits capable of driving loads in excess of 3.0 amperes. These
three-terminal regulators employ internal current limiting, ther-
mal shutdown, and safe-area compensation. Devices are available
with improved specifications, including a 2% output voltage tol-
erance, on AC-suffix 5.0, 12 and 15 volt device types.
Although designed primarily as a fixed voltage regulator, these K SUFFIX
devices can be used with external components to obtain adjust- METAL PACKAGE
able voltages and currents. This series of devices can be used CASE 1
with a series-pass transistor to supply up to 15 amperes at the
nominal output voltage.
Output Current in Excess of 3.0 Amperes
Power Dissipation: 30 W (K-Suffix), 25 W (T-Suffix)
No External Components Required
Output Voltage Offered in 2% and 4% Tolerance*
Thermal Regulation is Specified
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation

T SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25T unless otherwise noted.) CASE 221
Rating Symbol Value 1 Unit
Input Voltage (5.0 V-12 V) Vin 35 Vdc
(15 V) 40
Power Dissipation and Thermal
Characteristics
Plastic Package (Note Heatsink surface
1)
PIN 1. INPUT connected to
T A = +25C PD Internally Limited 2. GROUND Pin 2)
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air R f>JA 65 C/W 3. OUTPUT
T C = +25C PD Internally Limited
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case R HJC 2.5 C/W
Metal Package (Note 1)
TA = +25C PD Internally Limited
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air R #JA 35
ORDERING INFORMATION
C/W
T C = +25C PD Internally Limited Tested
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case R 0JC Output Operating
2.5 C/W
Voltage Junction
Storage Junction Temperature Range T stq -65 to +150 Device Tolerance Temp. Range Package
c
Operating Junction Temperature Range MC78TXXCK 4% Metal
Tj to + 1 50 c MC78TXXACK 2%* Power
MC78T00C, AC Oto + 125C
MC78TXXCT 4% Plastic
NOTE: MC78TXXACT 2%* Power
1. Although power dissipation is internally limited, specifications apply only for Prj P max
p max = 30 W
.

MC78TXXBT* 4% -40 to Plastic


for K package p max = 25 W for T package. MC78TXXA8T# 2%* + 125X Power
XX Indicates nominal voltage.
* 2% regulators are available in and 15 volt
5, 12
devices.
TYPE NO./VOLTAGE #Automotive temperature range selections are
MC78T05 available with special test conditions and additional
5.0 Volts MC78T12 12 Volts
tests.Contact your local Motorola sales office for
MC78T08 8.0 Volts MC78T15 15 Volts information.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-162
MC78T00 Series

MC78T05AC, C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 10 V, l = 3.0 A, 0C Tj s 125C p p max (Note 1], unless otherwise noted.)

MC78T05AC MC78T05C

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

v Vdc
Output Voltage
(5.0 mAslo 3.0 A, Tj = +25C) 4.9 5.0 5.1 4.8 5.0 5.2
4.75 5.0 5.25
(5.0 mA l s 3.0 A; 4.8 5.0 5.2

5.0 mA =s l 2.0 A, 7.3 Vdc Vj n = 20 Vdc)

Line Regulation (Note 2) Regn n e 3.0 25 3.0 25 mV


(7.2 Vdc s V; n s 35 Vdc, lo = 5.0 mA, Tj = + 25C;
7.2 Vdc s V in 35 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A, Tj = + 25C;
8.0 Vdc =s V in s 12 Vdc, ~- 3.0 A, Tj = + 25C; l

7.5 Vdc =s V in =s 20 Vdc, lo = 10 A)

Load Regulation (Note Regioad


mV
(5.0 mA lo * 3.0 A,
2)
Tj = + 25C) - 10 30 - 10 30
15 80 15 80
(5.0 mA lo ^ 3.0 A)

Thermal Regulation Re 9therm 0.001 0.01 0.002 0.03 %Vo/W


(Pulse = 10 ms, P = 20 W, Ta = + 25C)

Quiescent Current IB
mA
(5.0 mA s l
s 3.0 A, Tj = +25C) - 3.5 5.0 - 3.5 5.0
6.0 4.0 6.0
(5.0 mA % lo * 3.0 A) 4.0

Quiescent Current Change AI B 0.3 1.0 0.3 1.0 mA


(7.2 Vdc V in s 35 Vdc, = 50 mA, Tj = + 25C; l

5.0 mA s * 3.0 A, Tj = + 25C;


l

7.5 Vdc s V in 20 Vdc, Iq = 1.0 A)

RR 62 75 62 75 dB
Ripple Rejection
(8.0 Vdc s Vj n % 18 Vdc, f = 120 Hz,
lO = 2.0 A, Tj = 25C)

Dropout Voltage do = 3.0 A, Tj = +25


C
C) Vin-Vo - 2.2 2.5 - 2.2 2.5 Vdc

Output Noise Voltage Vn 10 10 fVA/o


(10 Hz % f % 100 kHz, Tj = * 25 C)

Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) Ro - 2.0 - - 2.0 - mil

Short Circuit Current Limit >sc


1.5 1.5 A
(V in - 35 Vdc, Tj = + 25C)

Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25C) 'max


- 5.0 - - 5.0 - A

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV 0.2 0.2 mV/ c C


(l = 5.0 mA)
NOTES:
1 Although power dissipation is internally limited, specifications apply only for Pq Pmax
Pmax - 30 W
for K package Pmax = 25 W for T package
Changes V due to heating effects must be taken into account
Line and load regulation are specified at constant )unction temperature.
in
2.

separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-163
MC78T00 Series

MC78T08C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in 13 V, Ip = 3.0 A, 0C sTjs Pp
125C, *s P max [Note 1], unless otherwise noted.)

MC78T08C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Unit
Output Voltage
vo Vdc
(5.0mA Iq =s 3.0 A, Tj = +25C)
7.7 8.0 8.3
(5.0mA * l =s 3.0 A;
7.6 8.0 8.4
50 mA Iq 2.0 A, 10.4 Vdc =s V;, : 23 Vdc)
Line Regulation (Note 2)
Reg| 4.0
(10.3 Vdc V in =s 35 Vdc, l = 5.0 mA, Tj = +25C;
10.3 Vdc V in == 35 Vdc, l = Tj = + 25C;
1.0 A,
11 Vdc V in =s 17 Vdc, l = 3.0 A, Tj = +25X;
10.7 Vdc ^ Vj n ^ 23 Vdc, l = 1.0 A)

Load Regulation (Note 2) R egioad


(5.0 mA s l 3.0 A, Tj + 25C)
(5.0 mA Iq =s 3.0 A)

Thermal Regulation
R egth 0.002 %Vq/W
(Pulse = 10 ms, P 20 W, Ta = + 25C)
Quiescent Current
(5.0 mAsIgs 3.0 A, Tj = +25C)
3.5 5.0
(5.0 mA Iq s 3.0 A)
4.0 6.0
Quiescent Current Change
AlB 0.3
(10.3 Vdc V in s 35 Vdc, = 5.0 mA, Tj l
+ 25C;
5.0 mA Iq =s 3.0 A, Tj = + 25C;
10.7 Vdc = V in s; 23 Vdc, = 1.0 A) l

Ripple Rejection
(11 Vdc^ V in s; 21 Vdc, f 120 Hz, Iq = 2.0 A, Tj = 25C)
Dropout Voltage (Iq 3.0 A, Tj = +25C) Vin-V 2.2
Output Noise Voltage
(10 Hzsfs mV/v
100 kHz, Tj + 25C)
Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz)
Ro 2.0
Short Circuit Current Limit
'sc 1.5
(Vin = 35 Vdc, Tj = +25C)

Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)


5.0
Average Temperature Coefficient of Outpu t Voltage mA)
do 5.0 TCV 0.3
NOTES:
1. Although power dissipation is internally limited, specifications apply only for P *. P max
W
.

P max = 30 for K package p max = 2 5 W for T package


2. Line and load regulation are specified at constant junction
temperature. Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-164
MC78T00 Series

MC78T12AC, C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <V in = 17 V, l = 3.0 A, 0C s Tj 125C, Pop max [Note 1), unless otherwise noted.)

MC78T12AC MC78T12C

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

vo Vdc
Output Voltage
12 12.25 11.5 12 12.5
(5.0 mA s lo 3.0 A, Tj = + 25C) 11.75
12.6
12 12.5 11.4 12
(5.0 mA = lo 3.0 A; 11.5

5.0 mA s lo s 2.0 A, 14.5 Vdc V in s 27 Vdc)


Line Regulation (Note 2) Regiine 6.0 45 6.0 45 mV
(14.5 Vdc Vj n 35 Vdc, lo = 5.0 mA, Tj = + 25C;
14.5 Vdc V in s 35 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A, Tj - +25C;
16 Vdc V in 22 Vdc, lo = 3.0 A, Tj = +25C;
14.9 Vdc =s V in ^ 27 Vdc, = 1.0 A) l

Regioad
mV
Load Regulation (Note 2)
-
(5.0 mA lo 3.0 A, Tj = +25C)
- 10 30 10 30
15 80 15 80
(5.0 mA lo * 3.0 A)

Thermal Regulation Regtherm


0.001 0.01 0.002 0.03 %Vo/W
(Pulse = 10 ms, P = 20 W, T A = + 25C)
IB
mA
Quiescent Current
(5.0 mA s s 3.0 A, Tj = t- 25C)
- 3.5 5.0 - 3.5 5.0
lo
4.0 6.0 4.0 6.0
(5.0 mA s lo 3.0 A)

MB 0.3 1.0 0.3 1.0 mA


Quiescent Current Change
(14.5 Vdc V m 35 Vdc, Iq = 50 mA, Tj = ^ 25C;
5.0 mAsl s 3.0 A, Tj = +25C;
14.9 Vdc =s V in 27 Vdc, = 1.0 A) l

RR 57 67 57 67 dB
Ripple Rejection
(15 Vdc s V in
25 Vdc, <& f = 120 Hz,
Iq = 2.0 A, Tj - 25C)
Vin-Vo - 2.2 2.5 2.2 2.5 Vdc
Dropout Voltage do = 3.0 A, Tj = +25C)
Vn 10 10 mV/V
Output Noise Voltage
(10 Hz s f 100 kHz, Tj = +25C)

= 1.0 kHz) Ro - 2.0 - - 2.0 mil


Output Resistance (f

isc
1.5 1.5 A
Short Circuit Current Limit
(V jn = 35 Vdc, Tj = ^25C)
- 5.0 - - 5.0 A
Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C) 'max

Average Temperature Coefficient TCV 0.5 0.5 mV/C

of Output Voltage (Iq - 5.0 mA) I

NOTES:
1 Although power dissipation is internally limited, specifications apply only for Prj *=Pmax-

Pmax = 30 W
for K package Pmax = 25 Wfor T package

Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account


2. Line and load regulation are specified at constant junction temperature.
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-165
MC78T00 Series

MC78T15AC, C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in 20 V, Iq = 3.0 A, 0C ^ Tj == 125C, Pp ^ P max [Note 1), unless otherwise noted.)
MC78T15AC MC78T15C
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage V Vdc
(5.0 mA =s l =s 3.0 A, Tj = + 25C) 14.7 15 15.3 14.4 15 15.6
(5.0 mA Iq ss 3.0 A; 14.4 15 15.6 14.25 15 15.75
5.0 mA*; Iq ^ 2.0 A, 17.5 Vdc s; V in 30 Vdc)
Line Regulation (Note 2)
Re 9line 7.5 55 7.5 55 mV
(17.6Vdc V in 40 Vdc, lo = 5.0 mA, Tj = +25C;
Vdc =s V in 40 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A, Tj = +25C;
17.6
20 Vdc =s V in ^ 26 Vdc, = 3.0 A, Tj = + 25C;
l

18 Vdc =s Vj n *s 30 Vdc, = 1.0 A) l

Load Regulation (Note 2) Reg| 0a d


(5.0 mA 3.0 A, Tj
mV
=s l =s + 25C) 30 30
(5.0 mA =s l 3.0 A)
80
Thermal Regulation Reg, he
(Pulse = 10 ms, P
0.001 0.01 0.002 0.03 %V /W
20 W, Ja = + 25C)
Quiescent Current
(5.0 mA < 3.0 A, Tj
mA
l
+ 25C) 3.5 5.0 3.5 5.0
(5.0 hiAsIqs 3.0 A) 4.0 6.0 4.0 6.0
Quiescent Current Change
(17.6 Vdc =s Vj n == 40 Vdc, lo = 5.0 mA, Tj = +25C;
*'B 0.3 1.0 0.3 1.0 mA
5.0 mA =s |q ss 3.0 A, Tj = +25C;
18 Vdc s V in =s 30 Vdc, Iq = 1.0 A)

Ripple Rejection RR 55 65 55 65 dB
(18.5 Vdc =s V in =s 28.5 Vdc, f = 120 Hz,
Iq = 2.0 A, Tj = 25C)

Dropout Voltage (Iq = 3.0 A, Tj = + 25C) Vin-VQ 2.2 2.5 2.2 2.5 Vdc
Output Noise Voltage
10 mV/V
(10 Hz ss f *i 10Q kHz, Tj = + 25C)

Output Resistance = 1.0 kHz)


(f
Ro 2.0 2.0 mil
Short Circuit Current Limit
'sc 1.0 1.0
(Vjn = 40 Vdc, Tj = +25X)

Peak Output Current (Tj = +25C)


5.0 5.0
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage TCV 0.6 0.6 mV/C
(Iq = 5.0 mA)

NOTES.
1. Although power dissipation is internally limited, specifications apply only for Pq * P m ax-
Pmax = 30 W
for K package p max - 26 W for T package
2. Line and load regulation are specified at constant junction temperature.
Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-166

MC78T00 Series

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM a f

M
"-U2! ,

-r

voltage change per watt. The change in dissipated


VOLTAGE REGULATOR PERFORMANCE
power can be caused by a change in either the input
The performance of a voltage regulator is specified
voltage or the load current. Thermal regulation is a func-
by its immunity to changes in load, input voltage, power
tion of I.C. layout and die attach techniques, and usually
dissipation, and temperature. Line and load regulation
occurs within 10 ms of a change in power dissipation.
are tested with a pulse of short duration (< 100 fis) and
After 10 ms, additional changes in the output voltage
are strictly a function of electrical gain. However, pulse
are due to the temperature coefficient of the device.
widths of longer duration (> 1.0 ms) are sufficient to
Figure 1 shows the line and thermal regulation
affect temperature gradients across the die. These tem-
response of a typical MC78T05AC to a 20 watt input
perature gradients can cause a change in the output
pulse. The variation of the output voltage due to line
voltage, in addition to changes caused by line and load
regulation. Longer pulse widths and thermal gradients
regulation is labeled
and the thermal regulation com-
ponent is labeled . Figure 2 shows the load and ther-
make it desirable to specify thermal regulation.
defined as the change in output mal regulation response of a typical MC78T05AC to a
Thermal regulation is

in dissipated power for a


20 watt load pulse. The output voltage variation due to
voltage caused by a change
specified time, and is expressed as a percentage output load regulation is labeled
and the thermal regulation
component is labeled @.
LINE AND THERMAL REGULATION LOAD AND THERMAL REGULATION
BBHUI
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2

II H^i
Bpg
i_L HH9HI II
lit
T
mmm 1 3SSSSS
II ItfH

MC78T05AC
IBM tan t, TIME (2.0 ms/div.)

MC78T05AC
I TIME (2.0 ms/div.)

Vo = 5.0 V Vo = 5.0 V

V in = 8.0 V 18 V ^ 8.0 V = Regiine = 2.4 mV Vin = 15 == Regioad = 44 - mV



lout = 20 A = Regtherm = 0.001 5%V /W l


out
= A ^ 2.0 A -> OA Regtherm = 0001 5%Vrj/W

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-167
MC78T00 Series

FIGURE 3 TEMPERATURE STABILITY FIGURE 4 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE


1.02
10"

Vin-Vo = 5.0 V
lout = 100 mA G io-1
V = 5.0 V
V in = 7.5 \
lout = 10 A

S 10-2
Tj = 25C

10-3

- ..
10" 4
-10 30 70 110 1.0 10 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0M 10M 100M
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)
f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 6 RIPPLE REJECTION versus


OUTPUT CURRENT
100
~TT
'out 50 mA
V"
= 30 A
lout Jjf
vc = 5.0 V
>H 60
v 5.0 V-
= 10V Co =
Vin
- f = 120 Hz
Co - u
Tj = 25C
Tj = 25C
I

I
_oi.
10 10 100 1-0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0M 10M 100M 0.1 1.0

f, FREQUENCY |Hz) l
out , OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

FIGURE 7 QUIESCENT CURRENT versus FIGURE 8 QUIESCENT CURRENT versus


INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT CURRENT

rr
Tj = 0C-v^
,

"^Tj = 25C
"
T U 0(

3.0
/h ^Tj = 125C
1 ~r-1
-
/ j 1
1 1 %t
. Tj = 25C

2.0
1
'
3.0
-^ nr
"
" U = 125
V = i.OV
2.0
= 2.0 A r~ T
L
'out

$
p
t - Tj = OX

25C
Vj

I II
I

II
10 20 30
0.1 1.0
Vj
n INPUT VOLTAGE
. (Vdc)
lout. OUTPUT CURRENT (A)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-168
MC78T00 Series

FIGURE 9 DROPOUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 10 PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT


8.0

-
I
0ut
- J.U A
1

=
I
r \X
'out
,0A
J
\r^
^N
5 <=>

>Oe3
< I
out
-- 0.5 A
^
^s ^.
>E o 1.0 \
t ^ Tj = OX
vo == 50 TlV I
<s Tj
Tj
= 25C
= 125C
I

-90 -50 -10 30 70 110 150 190 10 20 30

Vj
n -Vo, INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE (Vdc)
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE |C)

FIGURE 11 LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 12 LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE


u.a p U.J

0.6
vn = 5.0 V no
i cr
'out
= 150 mA =3 si
A
cO =
=> Q V
?BT,

Y
Tj ==
\).l EVIAl

I < o -U.I

U.2
-0.2
V v

0.4

O.b <
=
Q- _
,^
1.5
>
- v ir
cc =
Tj
= 10V

= 25"U
3
:
> 5 g
1.U | 1.0 / y
=
O.b
-
=3
0.5 / \
n / \
10 20 20

t, TIME (ms) t, TIME (/is)

FIGURE 13 MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER FIGURE 14 MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER


DISSIPATION FOR MC78T00CT, ACT
DISSIPATION FOR MC78TOOCK, ACK

5 40 1 1

1 Max mum Ambient

8 30
I
VS Temperature

"\l
3CW -

^2.4CW ^s 1

Infinite
1

^1 .Heat S nk

" 3.3XVr^^-

6.3CM^""~~*
1

t
-10.5C

50 75 100
50 75 100 125

Ta. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C)


Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-169
MC78T00 Series

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS capacitor if the regulator is connected to the power sup-
The MC78T00,A Series of fixed voltage regulators are ply with long wire lengths, or if the output load
filter
designed with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts capacitance is large. An input bypass capacitor should
down the circuit when subjected to an excessive power be selected to provide good high frequency character-
overload condition, Internal Short-Circuit Protection istics to insure stable operation under all load condi-
that limits the maximum current the circuit will pass, tions. A 0.33 ,uF or larger tantalum, mylar, or other
and Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation that capacitor having low internal impedance at high fre-
reduces the output short circuit current as the voltage quencies should be chosen. The bypass capacitor
across the pass transistor is increased. should be mounted with the shortest possible leads
In many low
current applications, compensation directly across the regulator's input terminals. Normally
capacitors are not required. However, it is recom- good construction techniques should be used to mini-
mended that the regulator input be bypassed with a mize ground loops and lead resistance drops since the
regulator has no external sense lead.

FIGURE 15 CURRENT REGULATOR FIGURE 16 ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR

Output

Constant
Current to
'0 Grounded Load

The MC78T05 regulator can also be used as a current


source when connected as above. In order
to minimize
dissipation, the MC78T05 is chosen in this
application.
Resistor R determines the current as follows:

'0 =
5.0 V
+
,

IB Vq, 8.0 V to 20 V
Vin-Vo * 2.5 V
A lg = 0.7 mA over line, load and temperature chanqes
IB = 3.5 mA The addition of an operational amplifier allows adjust-
ment to higher or intermediate values while retaining
For example, a 2-ampere current source would require
R regulation characteristics. The minimum voltage obtain-
to be a 2.5 ohm, 15 W
resistor and the output voltage able with this arrangement is 3.0 volts greater than
the
compliance would be the input voltage less 7.5 volts.
regulator voltage.

FIGURE 18 -
CURRENT BOOST WITH
FIGURE 17 CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION
2N4398 or Equiv 2N4398
Input Input or Equiv

MJ2955
or Equiv
R
L- J w *~o- MC78TXX.A
Output

XX - 2 digits of type number


The MC78T00,A series can be current boosted with a PNP
indicating voltage.
XX -
^f
2 digits of type number indicating voltage.
transistor. The 2N4398 provides current to 15
amperes. The circuit of Figure 7 can
be modified to provide supply
1
Resistor R conjunction with the Vgg of the PNP deter-
in
protection against short circuits by adding a short-circuit
mines when the pass transistor begins conducting; this sense resistor, R sc and an additional PNP transistor. The
,
circuit is not short-circuit proof. Input-output differential
current sensing PNP must be able to handle the
voltage minimum is increased by the short-
Vbe of the pass circuit current of the three-terminal regulator.
Therefore,
transistor.
an eight-ampere power transistor is specified.

FIGURE 19 STANDARD APPLICATION A common ground is required between the input and
the output voltages. The input voltage must remain typ-
ically 2.2 V above the output voltage
even during the low
point on the input ripple voltage.
Input *-*~o- MC78TXX Output
-0-f-<JUt XX = these two digits of the type number indicate
C in *
0.33 /xF
1 4; C **
=
voltage.
Cj nis required if regulator is located an appreciable
T. distance from nower supply filter. (See Applica-
tions Information for details.)
** = Co is not needed for stability; however,
it does
improve transient response.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-170
MOTOROLA MC7900
SEMICONDUCTOR Series
TECHNICAL DATA

THREE-TERMINAL
NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS
THREE-TERMINAL
The MC7900 Series of fixed output negative voltage regulators
are intended as complements to the popular MC7800 Series NEGATIVE FIXED
devices. These negative regulators are available in the same VOLTAGE REGULATORS
seven-voltage options as the MC7800 devices. In addition, one
extra voltage option commonly employed in MECL systems
is

also available in the negative MC7900 Series.


-24
Available in fixed output voltage options from -5.0 to
volts, these regulators employ current limiting,
thermal shut-
down, and safe-area compensation
making them remarkably
rugged under most operating conditions. With adequate heat-
sinking they can deliver output currents in excess of 1.0 ampere.

No External Components Required


Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting K SUFFIX
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation METAL PACKAGE
Available in 2% Voltage Tolerance (See Ordering Information) CASE 1

T SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 221A

PIN 1. GROUND
2. INPUT
3. OUTPUT (Heatsink surface
connected to
Pin 2)

STANDARD APPLICATION

33mP"~
I
A common ground is required between the
input and the output voltages. The input volt-
age must remain typically 2.0 V more negative
even during the high point on the input ripple
voltage.

ORDERING INFORMATION XX = these two digits of the type number indi-

Tested Operating cate voltage.


Output Voltage
Tolerance Junction Temp. Range Package * = Cj is required if regulator is located an
Device n
Metal Power** appreciable distance from power supply
MC79XXCK 4%
filter.
MC79XXACK* 2%
Tj = 0C to +125C * = improves and transient re-
4% Plastic Power Co stability
MC79XXCT sponse.
MC79XXACT* 2%
MC79XXBT# 4% Tj = ^40Cto +125X
DEVICE TYPE/NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
XX indicates nominal voltage.
*2% output voltage tolerance available in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices. MC7905 5 Volts MC7912 1 2 Volts
"Metal power package available in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices. MC7905 2 5 2 Volts MC7915 1 5 Volts
conditions and MC7918 8 Volts
#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special test MC7906 6 Volts 1

additional tests in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices. Contact your local


Motorola sales office for MC7908 8 Volts MC7924 24 Volts
information.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-171
MC7900 Series

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25C unless otherwise noted.;


Rating Symbol Value
Input Voltage (-5.0 V ;* V ;> -1 8 V) V| -35
(24 V)
-40
Power Dissipation
Plastic Package
T A = +25C
Pd Internally Limited Watts
Derate above T A 25C 1/R 0JA 15.4 mW/C
TC = +25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Derate above Jq 95C(See Figure 1) 1/r #jc 200 mW/C
Metal Package
T A =+25C
Pd Internally Limited Watts
Derate above T A = +25C
1/R 0JA 22 2 mW/C
TC = +25C
Pd Internally Limited Watts
Derate above Tfj = +65C 1/R flJC 182 mW/C
Storage Junction Temperature Range
'stg -65 to +150
Junction Temperat ure Range
Tj to +150
THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic Symbol Max Unit
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Ambient Plastic Package R flJA 65 C/W
Metal Package 45
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case Plastic Package R flJC 50 c/w
Metal Package 5 5

MC790SC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, 10 V. I


= 500 mA, 0C<Tj<+125C unless otherwise noted
Characteristic Symbol Typ Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) vo -48 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 1
Reg|
(Tj = +25C, l 100 mA)
=
-7 Vdc> V| Ss -25 Vdc
-8
70 50
Vdc S V| ^ -12 Vdc
20 25
(Tj = +25C, l = 500 mA)
-7 Vdc ^ V| 2: -25 Vdc
35 100
-8 Vdc^ V|5: -12 Vdc
80 50
Load Regulation (Tj = +25 C C) (Note 1 Re 9load
5.0 mA? I < 1 5 A mV
mAg 100
250 l sS 750 mA
50
Output Voltage
vo -4 75
Vdc
-7 Vdc ^ V| ^ -20 Vdc, 5 mA ;
: Iq =S 1 A, P s; 1 5 W
Input Bias Current (Tj - +25C)
Input Bias Current Change
->'(B
-7.0 Vdc Jj V| S; -25 Vdc
mA? 13
5.0 Iqs: 1 5 A
05
Output Noise Voltage (TA = +25C. IQHzgfs; 100 k Hz)

Ripple Rejection (lp = 20 mA , f = 1 20 Hz) RR dB


Dropout Voltage
V|-V
Iq = 1 -0 A, Tj = + 25C Vdc

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage


AVq/^T mV/C
Iq = 5.0 mA, 0C ? Tj ? +1 25C

1 Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account separately
Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-172
) ) )

MC7900 Series

MC7905AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTIC (V, = -iu 1

Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Characteristic
-4.9 -5.0 -5.1 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) vo
Regime
mV
Line Regulation (Note 1
-8.0 Vdc > V| 3? -1 2 Vdc; Iq = 1 A, Tj = 25C
- 20 25
7.0 50
-8.0 Vdc ^ V| > -1 2 Vdc; l = 1 A
-7 5 Vdc -25 Vdc; lo = 500 mA 70 50
3* V| 3*
6.0 50
-7.0 Vdc 5 V| 5 -20 Vdc; lo = 1 A, Tj = +25C
R egioad mV
Load Regulation (Note 1
11 .100
5.0 mA lo ^ 1 5 A, Tj = +25C
- 50
4.0
250 mAlo< 750 mA 9.0 100
5.0 mA^ Iq= OA 1

vo -4 80 " -5.20 Vdc


Output Voltage
-7 5 Vdc 3? V| 3? -20 Vdc, 5 mA s lo = 1 -0 A, P s 1 5 W
'IB
- 4.4 8.0 mA
Input Bias Current
AI|B
mA
Input Bias Current Change
-25 Vdc
- 1.3
-7.5 Vdc 3= V| 3*
- 0.5
5.0mAs lo^lOA 05
5.0 mA< lo: 1.5 A, T j = 25C

*25C. Hz 00 kHz) e n
- 40 V
Output Noise Voltage (T^ = 1 s= f sS 1

RR - 70 dB
Ripple Rejection (lo = 20 mA, f = 1 20 Hz)
V|-V 2.0 " Vdc
Dropout Voltage
= 1.0 A, Tj = + 25C
l

AVq/AT -1.0 mV/C


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
= 5
l mA, 0C =S Tj sS +1 25C

MC7905 2C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, 10 V. I = 500 mA 0C ' Tj C +125C un ess otherwis e noted.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

vo -5.0 -5.2 -5.4 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
Regime mV
Line Regulation (Note 1)

(Tj = + 25C, Iq= 100 mA)


8.0 52
-7 2 Vdc 3= V| 5? -25 Vdc
" 2 2 27
-8 Vdc 3= V|3: -12 Vdc

(Tj = +25C, lo= 500 mA)


37 105
-7 2 Vdc 3; V| =5 -25 Vdc
8.5 52
-8 Vdc 5: V| 3; - 1 2 Vdc

= +25C) (Note Regi ad mV


Load Regulation (Tj 1
" 12 105
5.0 mA ^ lo ^ 15 A
4.5 52
250mAsC l
<; 750 mA
vo -495 -545 Vdc
Output Voltage
-7 2 Vdc 3; V| 3? -20 Vdc, 5.0 mA -,
lo '-= 1 A, P .; 1 5 W
- 4.3 8.0 mA
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C) 'IB

A'lB
mA
Input Bias Current Change
- " 1.3
-72 Vdc 35 V| ? -25 Vdc
05
5.0 mAsC Iqs; 5 A 1

lOHz^f 100 kHz) e on - 42 - -uV


Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25C -.

RR - 68 - dB
Ripple Rejection (lo = 20 mA, f = 1 20 Hz)
V|-V 2.0 Vdc
Dropout Voltage
= 1,0 A, Tj = +25C
l

AVq/AT -1.0 mV/C


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
= 5.0 mA, 0C ^ Tj ^ + 1 25C
l

V due to heating effects must be taken into account separately


1 Load and line regulation are specified at constant |uncti sn temperature Changes in

Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-173
MC7900 Series

MC7906C ELECTR.CAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = -1 mA


1
y,
,
n = 500 , 0c < Tj < + 1 25C unless otherwise noted
Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit
Output Voltag e (Tj = +25Q V -6 25 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 1)
R egiine
(Tj = +25C, l = 100 mA) mV
-8.0 Vdc ^ V| & -25 Vdc
9.0 60
-9 Vdc 3= V|S*-13Vdc
3.0 30
(Tj = +25C. I = 500 mA)
-8.0 Vdc ^ V| 5 -25 Vdc
43 120
-9.0 Vdc ^V|^ -13 Vdc
10 6*0
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C) (Note 1 R egioad
5.0 mA?l < 1.5 A
13 120
250 mAg l < 750 mA
5.0 60
Output Voltage
Vo -63 Vdc
-8 Vdc ^ V| ^ -21 Vdc. 5 mA g l g 1 Q A, P s= 1 5 W
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C)
80 mA
Input Bias Current Change
i'lB
-8.0 Vdc S
S; V| -25 Vdc
1.3
5 mA^lrjg 1 5 A
0.5
Output Noise Voltage (T +25C. 10 Hz
A - s: f s; 100 kHz)
Ripple Rejection (l = 20 mA, f - 1 20 Hz)
dB
Dropout Voltage
V,-V
Iq = 1.0 A, Tj Vdc
+ 25C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
^V /^T nV/C
lp = 5.0 mA, 0C< Tj s +1 25C

MC7908C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = -14 V, ,


n -.
500 mA, 0C < T, < ,125C unless otherwise noted.,
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = *25C) v -7 7 -80 -83 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 1
Re 9lme
(Tj= +25C, = 100 l
mA) mV
-10 5 Vdc V|2= -25 Vdc
$:
- 12 80
-11 VdcS V|^ -17 Vdc
50 40
(Tj = +25C, l = 500 mA)
-10 5 Vdc 5; V|i -25 Vdc
-11 VdcSs V| S; -17 Vdc
50 160
22 80
Load Regulation (Tj - +25C) (Note 1
Re 9load
5 mA? A mV
I s 1 5 - 26 160
250 mAs; IgsS 750 mA 90 80
Output Voltage
v -7.6 - -84 Vdc
-10 5 Vdc 5 V| ^ -23 Vdc, 5 mA ? l < 1 .0 A, P ? 1 5 W
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C)
'IB
- 43 80 mA
Input Bias Current Change
-10.5 Vdc^ V|S -25 Vdc
-illB
mA
- - 1.0
5 mA$ =S 5 A
l 1
0.5
Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25C, 1 Hz s: f s: 00 kHz) -
1
e on 52 _
MV
Ripple Rejection (l = 20 mA, f = 1 20 Hz) RR 62 dB
Dropout Voltage -
V,-V 20 - Vdc
10 = 1.0 A, Tj = +25C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
Iq = 5 mA, 0C s Tj ? +1 25C
AV /AT -1.0 - mV/C

p:^S^:r::^'^ 0nS,an,)UnC, ' n,emPera,Ure Cha " eSinV 0^-ohea t, n9 ef ( ec t s mustbeta k e n,n 1 oacco unt sep a ra t e l v

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-174
) ) ) )

MC7900 Series

23 V, Iq = 500 mA, 0C < Tj < +1 25C unless otherwise noted.)

Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Characteristic |

-14.4 -15 -15.6 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) vo
Regime
mV
Line Regulation (Note 1

(Tj = +25C. Iq= 100 mA)


-17.5 Vdc 3? V|3* -30 Vdc
- 14 150
6.0 75
-20 Vdc 3* V| 3? -26 Vdc

<Tj =+25 c C. lo = 500 mA)


57 300
-17 5 Vdc 3* V| 3= -30 Vdc
27 150
-20 Vdc 3? V| 3? -26 Vdc
Regioad
mV
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C) (Note 1
- 68 300
mA<
5.0 l < 1 5 A
25 150
250 mA^ Iq* 750 mA
v -1425 -1575 Vdc
Output Voltage
-1 7 5 Vdc 3? V| 3? -30 Vdc, 5.0mA< lo< '.0A, P$ 15W
- 44 8.0 mA
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C) 'IB

AI|B
mA
Input Bias Current Change
- - 10
-17 5 Vdc 5 V| 55-30 Vdc
05
5 0mAsS <c 1 5 A

l

+25C. Hz s 00 kHz) e n - 90 mV
Output Noise Voltage <T A = 1 : f 1

RR - 60 dB
Ripple Rejection do = 20 mA, f = 1 20 Hz)
V|-V 20 Vdc
Dropout Voltage
= 1 .0 A, Tj = + 25C
l

AV /^T -1.0 mV/C


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
= 5
l mA, 0C s= Tj +1 25C

500 mA, 0C < Tj < +1 25-C unless otherwis e noted


MC791 5AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS -23 = )
(V, = V, l

Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Characteristic
vo -14 7 -15 -153 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
Reg| me mV
Line Regulation (Note 1
27 75
-20 Vdc -26 Vdc; lo =
3? V| 3= 1 A. Tj = 25C
57 150
-20 Vdc 3> V| 3= -26 Vdc; lo = -0 A,
1

500 mA
- 57 150
-17 9 Vdc 3? V| 3: -30 Vdc; lo =
57 150
-17 5 Vdc 3= V| 3= -30 Vdc; lo = 1 A, Tj = 25C
Reg| ad
mV
Load Regulation (Note 1
- 150
68
5.0 mA < lo ^ 1 -5 A, Tj = 25C
25 75
250 mA< Iq = 750 mA 40 150
5.0 mA^ Iqs 1-0 A
-144 -15 6 Vdc
Output Voltage vo
1 7 9 Vdc 3s V| 3= -30 Vdc, 5.0mA<lo 1 A P$ I5W
'IB
- 44 80 mA
Input Bias Current
AI|B
mA
Input Bias Current Change
- 0.8
-17,5 Vdc 3= V| 3! -30 Vdc - 05
5.0 rnAsg Iqs 1-0 A
05
5 mA : lo 1 5 A. Tj = 25C
+25C. Hz s: f < 00 kHz) e n - 90 mV
Output Noise Voltage (T A= 1 1


RR - 60 dB
Ripple Rejection do = 20 mA, f = 1 20 Hz)
V|-V 2.0 Vdc
Dropout Voltage
- 1 .0 A, Tj = + 25C

l

AVq/AT -1.0 mV/C


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
- 5.0 mA, 0C s Tj < +1 25C
l

junction temperatu Changes in V due to heating effects must be taken into account separately
1 Load and line regulation are specified at constant
Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-175
MC7900 Series

MC791 2C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERIS TICS (V, = -i 9 y,


,
n = 500 m A, 0C < T, < 25'C unfess otherwise need.,
Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
vo -11.5 -12.5 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 1)
R egii
(Tj = +25C, 100 mA) l = mV
-14.5 Vdc 3s V|^-30 Vdc
-16 VdcSs V\>, -22 Vdc 13 120
6.0 60
(Tj = +25C, l = 500 mA)
-14.5 Vdc S V| 5; -30 Vdc
-16 Vdc^ V|^ -22 Vdc 55 240
24 120
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C) (Note 1
Re 9load
5.0 mA< l < 1.5 a
250mAsg 46 240
Iq<; 750 mA
17 120
Output Voltage
V -12.6 Vdc
14 5 Vdc ^ V| 3= -27 Vdc. 5.0 mAglpglQ a. P < 1 5 W
Input Bias Current (Tj' = +25C)
80 mA
Input Bias Current Change
-14 5 Vdc SV|^ -30 Vdc
i'lB mA
50 mAg l s= 1 5 A 10
0.5
Output Noise Voltage (T
A = +25C, 1 Hz = f s; 1 00 kHz)
Ripple Rejection (lp - 20 mA , f = 1 20 Hz)
dB
Dropout Voltage
V|-V
'0 = 10 A, Tj = + 25C Vdc

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage


AV /^T mV/C
lp = 5.0 mA, 0C ^ Tj s; + 125C

rvio/sn t fcLfcCTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = -19 V l


= 500 m A, 0C < Tj <+125C un ess otherwise noted.)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) vo -11 75 -12 -1225 Vdc
Line Regulation (Note 1)
Regime mV
-16 Vdc > V, ^ -22 Vdc; l = 1 A. Tj = 25C - 6.0 60
-1 6 Vdc > V| ^ -22 Vdc; l = 1 A,
24 120
-14 8 Vdc^ V| 5: -30 Vdc; l = 500 mA 24 120
-14 5 Vdc S> V| ^ -27 Vdc; l
= 1 A. Tj = 25C 13 120
Load Regulation (Note 1
Re 9load mV
5.0 mA ^ l s 1 5 A, Tj = 25C 46 150
250 mA?: Iqs: 750 mA - 17 75
5.0mAl <; 1 0A 35 150
Output Voltage
vo -11.5 - -125 Vdc
-14 8 Vdc3? V|S -27 Vdc, 5 mA s: l s= 1 A, P $ 1 5 W
Input Bias Current
'IB
44 80
Input Bias Current Change
-15 Vdc ^
-illB
mA
53 V| -30 Vdc - 08
5 mAsc l ^ 1 A - 5
5.0 mA s l sj 1 5 A, Tj = 25C
5
Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25C, 1 Hz sj f sc 1 00 kHz) e on 75 mV
Ripple Rejection (l = 20 mA, f = 120 Hz) RR 61 dB
Dropout Voltage -
V,-V 20 - Vdc
lO = 1.0 A, Tj = +25C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
AVq/AT -1.0 - mV/C
Iq = 5 mA, 0C * Tj < +1 25C

Load and line regulation are specified at constant /unction temperature


1
Changes in V due to heating effects i ust be taken into account separately
Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-176
) ) ) )

MC7900 Series

MC7918C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V| -27 V, lp = 500 mA, 0C< Tj < + 125C unless otherwise noted.)

Symbol Typ Max Unit


Characteristic
-17 3 -18 -18.7 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) vo
Regiine
mV
Line Regulation (Note 1

<Tj = +25C. Ip 100 mA) =


25 180
-21 Vdc3= V|> -33 Vdc
10 90
-24 Vdc ^ V| ^ -30 Vdc

(Tj = +25C. lo = 500 mA)


90 360
-21 Vdc 5 V| ? -33 Vdc
50 180
24 Vdc 5 V| 5 -30 Vdc
= +25C) (Note R egioad
Load Regulation (Tj 1
110 360
5.0 mA< lps 1 5 A
55 180
250 mA s; lp * 750 mA
V -17.1 -189 Vdc
Output Voltage
-21 Vdc ^ V| ? -33 Vdc, 5.0 mAg l ^ 1.0A,Pg 15W
4.5 80
Input Bias Current (Tj = +25C)

Input Bias Current Change


1.0
-21 VdcS; V| 5 -33 Vdc
05
5 mAs; lp$ 5 A
1

+25C, 10Hz^ ^ 100 kHz) 110


Output Noise Voltage (T A = f

RR 59
Ripple Rejection (lp = 20 mA, ( = 1 20 Hz)
V|-V 2.0 Vdc
Dropout Voltage
l
= 1 .0 A, Tj =+25C
AVp/JtT -1 mV/C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
l
= 5 mA, 0C gTjg M25C

MC7924C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, --


-33 V, lp = 500 mA 0C < Tj< +1 25C unless otherwise noted.)

Symbol Typ Man


Characteristic I

V -25
Output Voltage (Tj - + 25C)

Line Regulation (Note 1


Regime
(Tj = + 25C, lp= 100 mA)
240
-27 Vdc S V| ^ -38 Vdc 120
-30 Vdc 5 V| 55 -36 Vdc

(Tj = +25C, lp = 500 mA)


118 480
-27 Vdc Js V| Ss -38 Vdc
70 240
-30 Vdc 5-- V| 5 -36 Vdc
= +25C) (Note Reg| ad
Load Regulation (Tj 1
480
150
5 mA^lQ^I 5A 85 240
250 mA $ lp $ 750 mA
-25 2
Output Voltage
vo
-27 Vdc? V h -38 Vdc, 5 mA ^ lp --i 1 .0 A, P - 15 W
8.0
+25C) l|B
Input Bias Current (Tj -

Change -M|B
Input Bias Current
1

-27 Vdc H V| 5 -38 Vdc


5
5.0 mA sS lp $ 1 5 A
Output No.se Voltage (T A = +25C. 10 Hz < < 100
f kHz)

Ripple Rejection (lp ='20 mA,(= 120 Hz)


V|-V
Dropout Voltage
= 1 .0 A, Tj = +25C
l

.Wp/-TT mV/C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
lp = 5 mA, 0Cg Tjs:+125C _

Changes V due to heating effects must be taken into account separately


'T L oad and ne regulation are specified a, constant juncon temperature
in

Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-177
MC7900 Series

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T/\ = +25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 1 - WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION AS A


FIGURE 2 - WORST CASE POWER DISSIPATION AS A
FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
FUNCTION OF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
20

50 75 100 125 150


50 75 100 125
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)
TA ,
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 3 - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT AS A FUNCTION OF


INPUT -OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION AS A FUNCTION
OF FREQUENCY

k 2.0

i
t IS
K
O
- 1.0
s!
>-
3
O
o 0.5
,

1
|

C 3 6 9 1 2 1 ) 3 2
1 1 24 27 30 10k
lV|-Vrjl. INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL IVOLTS) (.FREQUENCY |H;|

FIGURE 5 - RIPPLE REJECTION AS A FUNCTION OF


FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE AS A FUNCTION
OUTPUT VOLTAGES
OF JUNCTION TEMPERATURE

6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16
25 +50 +75 +100
Vq. OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTSI Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-178
MC7900 Series

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)

DEFINITIONS
FIGURE 7 - QUIESCENT CURRENT AS A FUNCTION
OF TEMPERATURE Line Regulation The change in output voltage for a change in
the input voltage The measurement is made under conditions of
such that the average
5.2 1
low dissipation or bv using pulse techniques
chip temperature is not significantly affected.

< 5.0 Load Regulation The change in output voltage for a change in
load current at constant chip temperature.
z
Maximum Power Dissipation The maximum total device dissi-
operate-within specifications.
3 pation for which the regulator will

< That part of the input current that is not


Vp = -6.0 V Input Bias Current
1 5 = 20n A delivered to the load
3
5 Output Moise Voltage The rms ac voltage at the output, with
specified fre-
S 4.4 constant load and no input ripple, measured over a
quency range

Output voltage stability under accelerated


4.2
100
Long Term Stability
75
25 50
life test conditions with the maximum rated voltage listed in the
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (CI
characteristics and maximum power dissipation.
devices' electrical

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
FIGURE 8 - CURRENT REGULATOR
Design Considerations
The MC7900 Series of fixed voltage regulators are designed
with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts down the circuit I
n = 200 mA
when subjected to an excessive power overload condition. Internal
Short-Circuit Protection that limits the maximum current
the cir-
Compensation that
Vo 10V
cuit will pass, and Output Transistor Safe-Area
across the
reduces the output short-circuit current as the voltage
pass transistor is increased.
In many low current applications, compensation capacitors are
not required. However, it is recommended that the regulator
is connected Gnd
input be bypassed with a capacitor if the regulator
or if the output
to the power supply filter with long wire lengths,
load capacitance is large An input bypass capacitor should be The MC7905,^5.0 V regulator can be used as a constant current
selected to provide good high frequency characteristics to insure source when connected as above. The output current is the sum of
stable operation under all load conditions.
A 33 uF or larger resistor R current and quiescent bias current as follows:
tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having low internal
impedance
5.0 V
at high frequencies should be chosen. The bypass capacitor should '0=- - +
'B
R
be mounted with the shortest possible leads directly across the reg-
ulators input terminals. Normally good construction techniques The quiescent current for this regulator is typically 4.3 mA.
should be used to minimize ground loops and lead
resistance The 5.0 volt regulator was chosen to minimize dissipation and to
allow the output voltage to operate to within 6.0 V below
the
the
drops since the regulator has no external sense lead Bypassing
input voltage.
output is also recommended.

FIGURE 9 - CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR FIGURE 10 - OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER SUPPLY


(15 V<9> 1.0A)
(-5.0 V @ 4.0 A, with 5.0 A current limiting)

+ 20 V + 15 V
Input
Output
-ii-O-

1N4001
0.33 nf 'f*
<-r ST
sf*'\ .0 n? or Equiv

3nd ""

-20 V -15 V
Input Output
Mounted on common hut sink. Motorola MS 10 or equivalent.
When a boost transistor used, short-circuit currents Bre equal
is

sum of the series pass and regulator limits, which are


to the The MC7815 and MC7915 positive and negative regulators may
measured at 3.2 A and 1.8 A respectively in this case. Series pass be connected as shown to obtain a dual power supply for oper-
limiting is approximately equal to 0.6 V/R S C- Operation
beyond
ational amplifiers. A clamp diode should be used at the output
of
this point to the peak current capability of the
MC7905C is pos-
otherwise thermal the MC781 5 to prevent potential latch-up problems whenever the
sible if the regulator is mounted on a heat
sink;
output of the positive regulator (MC781 5) is drawn below ground
shutdown will occur when the additional load current is picked up
with an output current greater than 200 mA.
by the regulator.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-179
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC79L00,A
TECHNICAL DATA
Series

THREE-TERMINAL LOW CURRENT THREE-TERMINAL LOW


NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS CURRENT NEGATIVE FIXED
The MC79L00 Series negative voltage regulators are inexpen- VOLTAGE REGULATORS
sive, easy-to-use devices suitable for
numerous applications re-
quiring up to 100 mA. Like the higher powered
MC7900 Series
negative regulators, this series features thermal
shutdown and
current limiting, making them remarkably rugged. P SUFFIX
In most appli-
cations, no external components are required for operation. PLASTIC PACKAGE
The MC79L00 devices are useful for on-card regulation or CASE 29
any
other application where a regulated negative voltage
at a modest
current level is needed. These regulators offer PIN 1. GROUND
substantial advan-
tage over the common resistor/zener diode approach. 2. INPUT
3. OUTPUT
No External Components Required
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Low Cost
Complementary Positive Regulators Offered G SUFFIX
METAL PACKAGE
(MC78L00 Series)
CASE 79
Available in Either

PIN 1. GROUND
2. OUTPUT
3. INPUT
(Bottom View)
(Case Connected To Pin 3)

D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
(SOP-8)

PIN 1. V UT 5 GND
2. V,
N

4 NC 8. NC

SOP-8 is an internally modified SO-8 Package. Pins


2, 3, 6 and 7 are electrically common to the die
attach flag. This internal lead frame modification
decreases package thermal resistance and
increases power dissipation capability when
appropriatelymounted on a printed circuit board.
SOP-8 conforms to all external dimensions of the
standard SO-8 Package.

ORDERING INFORMATION
Tested Operating
Device Temperature Range Package
Device No. 10% Device No. 5% Nominal Voltage
MC79LXXACD* SOP-8
MC79L05C MC79L05AC -5.0
MC79L12C MC79LXXACG* Metal Can
MC79L12AC -12
MC79L15C MC79L15AC -15 MC79LXXACP Tj = 0C to +125C Plastic Power
MC79L18C MC79L18AC -18 MC79LXXCG* Metal Can
MC79L24C MC79L24AC -24 MC79LXXCP Plastic Power
#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special test MC79LXXABP# Tj = -40Cto +125X
conditions and
additional tests in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices. Contact XX indicates nominal voltage
your local Motorola sales office for
information. Available in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-180
MC79L00,A Series

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T
A = + 25C unless otherwise noted

Rating Symbol Value Unit

Input Voltage (-5V) V| -30 Vdc


(-12,-15,-18 V) -35
( - 24 V) -40

Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

Junction Temperature Range TJ to +150 c

MC79L05C, AC Series ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, = -10 V, i = 40 mA, C, = 33 mF, C = 0.1 *F,

0C < Tj < +1 25C unless otherwise noted.)


MC79L05C MC79L05AC
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

v -4.6 -5.0 -5.4 -4.8 -5.0 -5.2 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
R egiine mV
Input Regulation
(T j =+25C)
" - 200 - - 150
-7.0 Vdc J* V|> -20 Vdc
150 100
-8.0 Vdc > V| >-20 Vdc
Re 9load mV
Load Regulation
- - 60 " - .60
Tj = +25C, 1.0mA lo < 100mA
30 30
1.0 mA < lo < 40 mA
Vdc
Output Voltage Vo
-4 75 - -5.25
-7 Vdc > V| > -20 Vdc, 1.0m As; lo <40mA -4.5 " -5.5
-4.5 -5.5 -4.75 -5.25
V| = -10 Vdc, 1 mA < Iq * 70 mA
mA
Input Bias Cuirent 'IB
" - 6.0 " - 60
(Tj = +25C)
5 5 5.5
(Tj = +125C)
mA
Input Bias Current Change IB
" - 1.5 - 15
-8.0 Vdc 2 V| > -20 Vdc
_ 0.1
1.0 mA < lo < 40 mA 2
" 40 40 MV
Output Noise Voltage vn
(T A = +25C, 10 Hz t,,
f * 100 kHz)
RR 40 49 41 49 dB
Ripple Reiection
(-8.0 > V| 18 Vdc, f = 120 Hz, Tj 25C)
IV,-V 17 1.7 Vdc
Dropout Voltage I

l = 40 mA, Tj = + 25C

40 mA, c, 0.33 uF. c F.


MC79L12C, AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, -19 v, i = = 1

0C < Tj < +1 25C unless otherwise noted.)

MC79L12C MC79L12AC
Symbol Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit
Characteristic
-12 -12.9 -11 5 -12 -125 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) v -11.1
mV
Input Regulation Regime
(Tj = +25C) -
- ' 250 " 250
-14.5 Vdc - V|.' -27 Vdc
200 200
-16 Vdc -- Vp -27 Vdc
mV
Load Regulation Regioad
- - 100 " 100
Tj = +25C, 1.0 mA l '- 100mA
50 : 50
1.0 mA lo =- 40 mA
Vdc
Output Voltage Vo
- -13.2 -1 1.4 - -126
-14.5 Vdc V|
-27 Vdc, 10mA v Iq^ 40mA -108
-13.2 -1 1.4 -12.6
1.0 mA lo ~ 70mA
-10.8
V| ^ -19 Vdc.
mA
Input Bias Current 'IB
-
' - 6.5 - 6.5
(Tj = +25C)
6 60
(Tj = +125C)
mA
Input Bias Current Change IB
- -
- - 1.5 1.5
-16 Vdc V| -27 Vdc'

0.2 0.1
1.0 mA < lo 40 mA
- 80 "' ~ 80 MV
Output Noise Voltage Vn
(T A " +25C 10 Hz = f < 100 kHz)
RR 36 42 " 37 42 dB
Ripple Rejection
(-15 < V| ^ -25 Vdc f = 120Hz, Tj = +25C)
|V,-V _ 1.7 1.7 Vdc
I

Dropout Voltage
= 40 mA, Tj = + 25C
l

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-181
MC79L00,A Series

MC79U5C, AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTER.


ST.CS ,v, -23 V. 40 mA. C, - 0.33 *. C - 0, m f.
,
-

C < Tj < +125C unless otherwise noted.)


MC79L1SC MC79L15AC
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C)
V -13.8 -15 -14.4 -15.6
Input Regulation Vdc
Regii ne
(Tj = ^ 25C) mV
-17.5 Vdc > V|>-30Vdc
300 300
20 Vdc > \l\ > -30 Vdc
250 250
Load Regulation
Regioad
Tj = +25C, 1.0mA<l mA mV
o< 100
150
1.0 mA < l < 40 mA 150
75 75
Output Voltage
Vo Vdc
-17.5 Vdc > V| > -30 Vdc. 1.0 mA<l
< 40mA -13.5 -16.5 -14.25 -15.75
V| * -23 Vdc, 1.0 mA < In < 70
mA -13.5 -16.5 -14.25 -15.75
Input Bias Current
(Tj = +25C)
6.5 6.5
(Tj = +125C)
6.0 6.0
Input Bias Current Change
-20 Vdc > V, > -30 Vdc mA
1.5
1.0 mA < l < 40 mA 0.2
Output Noise Voltage
(Ta = +25C, 10Hz<f 90 MV
100 kHzl
Ripple Rejection
33 34 39
(-18.5 < V) < -28.5 Vdc. f 120 Hz)
Dropout Voltage V|-V
Vdc
|

In = 40 mA, Tj = +25C

MC79L18C, AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V! = -27 V, In =40 mA, C| = 0.33 juF, Cq = 0.1 ajF

0C . T i -: +125C unless otherwise noted.)


MC79L18C 1~ MC79L18AC
Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Mil r Typ
Output Voltage (Tj = +25C) V -16.6
Input Regulation
R e9line
(Tj = +25C)
-20.7 Vdc 5 V| > -33 Vdc
-21.4 Vdc > V| S-33 Vdc
325
-22 Vdc > V| > -33 Vdc
275
-21 Vdc > V, > -33 Vdc

Load Regulation Re 9load


Tj = +25C. 1.0 mA Q l
100 mA 170
mA 170
10 < lg < 40 mA 85 85
Output Voltage
V
-20.7 Vdc > V| > -33 Vdc, 1.0 mA< In s 40mA
-21.4 Vdc V, > -33 Vdc, 10 mA-.
-17.1 -189
I = 40mA -16 2 -198
V| = -27 Vdc, 1 .0 mA s; 70 mA l
-16 2 -198 -17.1 -18.9
Input Bias Current
'IB
(Tj = +25C)
6 5 6.5
(Tj = +125C)
60 6.0
Input Bias Current Change
'IB
-21 Vdc > V, 5 -33 Vdc
-27 Vdc > V > t
-33 Vdc
1.5
1.0 mA < lp < 40 mA 0.2
Output Noise Voltage
Vn
(T A = +25C, 10 Hz < ( < 1QQ kHz)
Ripple Rejection
33
(-23 < V| < -33 Vdc, f 120 Hz, Tj = +25C)
Dropout Voltage |V,-V I

Ip = 40 mA, Tj = + 25C

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-182
MC79L00,A Series

MC79L24C. AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <v, = -33 v. = 40 mA. C, =


i 33 xF. C = 1 nf,

< Tjj < +125C unless otherwise noted.)


\j^ ^
0C *
-s.

MC79L24C
. ,

MC79L24AC

"

Output Voltage (Tj


Characteristic

= +25C)
Symbol
v
Min
-22.1
Typ
-24
Max
-25.9
Min
-23
Typ
-24
Max
-25 u? Vdc |

Input Regulation Re 9line


(Tj = +25C) " 350
-27 Vdc > V| > -38 V
- - 350 -
-27.5Vdc S> V| ? -38 Vdc
300 300
-28 Vdc > V| > -38 Vdc
Re 9load
mV
Load Regulation
- " 200 200
Tj = +25C, 1 .0 mA < l < 100 mA _
100 _ 100
1.0 mA < lo < 40 mA
Vdc
Output Voltage v
- -228 " -252
-27 Vdc ^ V| a -38 V. 1.0 mA- ^ 40 mA l

<40mA -21 4 -26 4


-28 Vdc > V| > -38 Vdc, 1.0mA*. l

-26 4 -22.8 -25.2


V| = -33 Vdc, 1 .0 m A < Iq < 70 mA
-21 4
mA
Input Bias Current 'IB
" " 65 - " 65
(Tj = +25C)
6.0 6.0
(Tj = +125CI
AllB
mA
Input Bias Current Change
- " 1.5 1.5
-28 Vdc >V\> -38 Vdc
: _
1.0 mA < lo 40 mA 02 0.1

- 200 200 MV
Output Noise Voltage Vn
(T A = +25C, 10 Hz s; f ; 100 kHz)
RR 30 43 - 31 47 dB
Ripple Rejection
1-29 < V, < -35 Vdc, f = 1 20 Hz, Tj = 25C)
|V|-V ~ 1.7 1.7 Vdc
Dropout Voltage |

l = 40 mA, Tj = + 25C

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
is large. An input bypass capacitor should be selected
Design Considerations insure
to provide good high-frequency characteristics to
The MC79L00 Series of fixed voltage regulators are
stable operation under all load conditions. A 0.33 m
f or
designed with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts low
larger tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having
down the circuit when subjected to an excessive power cho-
internal impedance at high frequencies should be
overload condition, Internal Short-Circuit Protection
maximum current the circuit will pass. sen. The bypass capacitor should be mounted with the
that limits the
many low current applications, compensation ca- shortest possible leads directly across the regulator's
In
input terminals. Normally good construction techniques
pacitors are not required. However, it is recommended
should be used to minimize ground loops and lead re-
that the regulator input be bypassed with a capacitor
if

sistance drops since the regulator has no external


sense
the regulator is connected to the power supply filter
the output load capacitance lead. Bypassing the output is also recommended.
with long wire lengths, or if

POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE REGULATOR FIGURE 2 STANDARD APPLICATION


FIGURE 1

Input o- MC79LXX o Output


+ V|o- MC78LXX -o+V Cf X Xc "
0.33 mF : 4=0.1 /iF
0.33 /uF
\_ J 0.1 MF

A common ground is required between the input and


=f 0.1 a*F
the output voltages. The input voltage must remain
typ-
-V| o- MC79LXX -o-Vo ically 2.0 V above the output voltage even
during the
low point on the input ripple voltage.
0.33 fif i * = if regulator is located an appreciable
C| is required
distance from power supply filter.
** = Co improves stability and transient response.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-183
MC79L00,A Series

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

FIGURE 3 DROPOUT CHARACTERISTICS FIGURE 4 DROPOUT VOLTAGE versus


JUNCTION TEMPERATURE

-20 -4.0 -6.0 -80 25 50 75 100


V|. INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (C)

FIGURE 5 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus FIGURE 6 INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE

I 3, ^ 40

36
MC79L05C
< 3.4I Vo - -5.0 V
OD
10 = 40mA
Tj = "

1
25C

-MC79 lose
CO
- 3.0
_ V|--10V "
VO--5.0V
=
s '0
i
'
25 50 75 100 125 -50 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40
Ta. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)
V|, INPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS)

FIGURE 7 MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 8 MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION
versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO-92 Type Package versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO-39 Type Package

M 75 100 125
50 75 100
Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 125
<C)
TA .
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-184
A

MOTOROLA MC79M00
SEMICONDUCTOR Series
TECHNICAL DATA

THREE-TERMINAL THREE-TERMINAL
NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS NEGATIVE FIXED
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
The MC79M00 Series of fixed output negative voltage regula-
tors are intended as complements to the popular
MC78M00 Series SILICON MONOLITHIC
devices.
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Available in fixed output voltage options of -5.0,
-12 and
- 15 volts, these regulators employ current limiting, thermal shut-
down, and safe-area compensation
making them remarkably
rugged under most operating conditions. With adequate
heat-
of 0.5 ampere.
sinking they can deliver output currents in excess
No External Components Required
Internal Thermal Overload Protection
Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting
T SUFFIX
Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 221

PIN 1. GROUND
2. INPUT
3. OUTPUT
(Heatsink surface
connected to Pin 2)

DT SUFFIX DT-1 SUFFIX


PLASTIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 369A CASE 369
(DPAK) (DPAK)

STANDARD APPLICATION

Input MC79XX >


Output

Cin*
0.33 /xF

I XCo**
1.0 nf

A common ground is required between tne


input and the output voltages. The input volt-
age must remain typically 1.1 V more nega-
ORDERING INFORMATION tiveeven during the high point on the input
ripple voltage.
Output Tested Operating
Junction Temp. Range Package XX = these two digits of the type number
Device Voltage
indicate voltage.
DPAK
MC79M05CDT, CDT-1 * = Cj nis required if regulator is located
Plastic Power
MC79M05CT -5.0 Volts an appreciable distance from power
DPAK supply filter.
MC79M12CDT, CDT-1 0Cto +125C
Plastic Power ** = Co improves stability and transient
MC79M12CT -12 Volts
response.
DPAK
MC79M15CDT, CDT-1
-15 Volts Plastic Power
MC79M15CT

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-185
MC79M00 Series

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25C unless otherwise noted.)

Rating Symbol Value Unit


Input Voltage
V| -35 Vdc
Power Dissipation
Plastic Package, T-Suffix
TA = + 25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Derate above T A = + 25C
1/RfljA 14.2 mW/C
T C = + 25C
PD Internally Limited Watts
Derate above Tq = + 95c
i/ROjc 200 mW/C
Storage Junction Temperature Range
T sto -65 to +150 C
Junction Temperature Range
Tj to +150 C
THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic Symbol Max Unit
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Ambient R"JA 65 C/W
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case Rojc 5.0 C/W

n^/smuo^ elciikical CHARACTERISTICS = -10 C


(V| V, l = 350 mA, C < Tj < +125C jnless otherwise noted.)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C)
v -4.8 -5.0 -5.2 Vdc
Line Regulation (Tj = + 25C) (Note 1) Re 9line
-7.0 Vdc ?V|? -25 Vdc
- mV
7.0 50
-8.0 Vdc 2 V| i- -18 Vdc
2.0 30
Load Regulation (Tj = + 25C) (Note 1) R egioad - 30 100 mV
5_0 mA s |q s 500 mA

Output Voltage
Vdc
v -4.75 - -5.25 Vdc
- 7.0 ? V| 3 - 25 Vdc, 5.0 mA * l ^ 350 mA
Input Bias Current (Tj = + 25C)
'IB
4.3 8.0
Input Bias Current Change
A"lB
s -25 Vdc, mA
-8.0 Vdc-> V| = 350
l mA - - 0.4
5.0 mA s lg s 350 mA, V| = - 10 V
0.4
Output Noise Voltage (T A = + 25C, 10 Hz s f s 100 kHzl Vn 40 mV
Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz|
RR 54 66 dB
Dropout Voltage
V|-V - 1.1 - Vdc
lO = 500 mA, Tj = + 25X
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage W /AT - 0.2 - mV/C
lO = 5.0 mA, 0C sTjs + 125C
Jote: 1

"
P^^ST^n;^" C nS,am ,UnC " n ,emPera,Ure Chan96S
' '" V0 * hea " n "** < b. taken ,n,c account separately.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-186
MC79M00 Series

= - 9 = 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C unless otherwise noted.)


MC79M12C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V, V, lo

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit

-11.5 -12 -12.5 Vdc


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25C) vo
Regime
mV
Line Regulation (Tj = + 25C) (Note
- 14.5 Vdc * V| 3= -30 Vdc
1
- 5.0 80 mV
3.0 50
-15Vdc V| -25 Vdc
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C) (Note 1) Regioad
30 240 mV
5.0 mA =s lo * 500 mA

vo -11.4 -12.6 Vdc


Output Voltage
- 14.5 Vdc V\ - 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA =s lo 350 mA
Input Bias Current (Tj = + 25C) 'IB
- 4.4 8.0 mA
AI|B
mA
Input Bias Current Change -
- 14.5 Vdc & V| 3= -30 Vdc, lo = 350 mA - 0.4
0.4
5.0 mA lo 350 mA, V| = - 19 V

100 Vn - 75 mV
Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25C, 10Hz f kHz)

= 120 Hz) RR 54 60 dB
Ripple Rejection (f

Dropout Voltage V|-V 1.1


" Vdc
= 500 mA, Tj = +25C
l

Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage AVq/AT -0.8 mV/C

In = 5.0 mA, 0C =s Tj + 125C


...

= -23 = 350 mA, 0C < Tj < + 125C unless otherwise noted.)


MC79M15C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V| V, lp

Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


Characteristic
-15.6 Vdc
Output Voltage (Tj = + 25"C) vo
Regij
mV
Line Regulation (Tj = +25) (Note 1)
5.0
-17.5 Vdc V| -30 Vdc
s*
3.0
-18 Vdc * V| -28 Vdc
30 240 mV
Load Regulation (Tj = +25C) (Note 1) Regioad
5.0 mA Iq * 500 mA
15.75 Vdc
Output Voltage VO
- 17.5 Vdc *V| - 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA s lp s 350 mA
4.4 8.0 mA
I nput Bias Current (Tj = + 25C)
AllB
mA
Input Bias Current Change
0.4
- 17.5 Vdc V| * -30 Vdc, lo = 350 mA
0.4
5.0 mA as lp *s 350 mA, V| = -23 V
90 MV
Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25C, 10 Hz ^ f ^ 100 kHz)

54 60 dB
Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz)
V|-V 1.1 Vdc
Dropout Voltage
Iq = 500 mA, Tj + 25C
AVq/AT -1.0 mV/C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
lp = 5.0 mA, 0C s Tj ^ + 125C .

Ch.nges V due to heating effect. mu.t be taken into account .eparatefy.


"Toad and line relation .re .pacified .1 con.rt.n, junction temperature. in

PuIm tetting with low duty cycle i. used.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-187
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC34060
TECHNICAL DATA MC35060

SWITCHMODE PULSE WIDTH MODULATION


SWITCHMODE
CONTROL CIRCUITS PULSE WIDTH MODULATION
CONTROL CIRCUITS
The MC35060 and MC34060 are low cost fixed frequency,
SILICON MONOLITHIC
pulse INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
width modulation control circuits designed primarily
for single
ended SWITCHMODE power supply control. These
devices feature:
Complete Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuitry
On-Chip Oscillator With Master or Slave Operation
On-Chip Error Amplifiers

On-Chip 5.0 Volt Reference

Adjustable Dead Time Control

Uncommitted Output Transistor for 200 mA Source or Sink

P SUFFIX
PIN CONNECTIONS PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 646

L SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632

(Top View)

ORDERING INFORMATION
The MC34060 is specified over the commercial operating Temperature
range of Device Range Package
0C to +70C. The MC35O60 is specified over the full military ranqe
of -55to+125C. MC35060L -55to+125C Ceramic DIP
MC34060P 0to+70C Plastic DIP

MC34060L 0to+70 c C Ceramic DIP


SWITCHMODE is a trademark of Mo

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-188
MC34060, MC35060

FIGURE 1 BLOCK DIAGRAM

Reference Ref Out


-O
Regulator

O O V CC

Dead-Time
Control

13 14
1

6 6 6 6
Error Amp Feedback/P.W.M. Error Amp
1 Comparator Input 2

FIGURE 2 - TIMING DIAGRAM

Capacitor C-r
\
AKZ * /- / A /
'
\ \ \ \ J A A A
Feedback/P.W.M. / />
Comparator
^.
Dead-Time Control

Description

a fixed-frequency pulse width Output pulse width modulation is accomplished by


The MC35060/34060 is
comparison of the positive sawtooth waveform across
modulation control circuit, incorporating the primary
switching capacitor Cj to either of two control signals. The output
building blocks required for the control of a
An internal-linear saw- isenabled only during that portion of time when the
power supply. (See Figure 1.)
is frequency-programmable by
two sawtooth voltage is greater than the control signals.
tooth oscillator
approximate Therefore, an increase in control-sign?'! amplitude
external components, Rt and Cy. The
frequency is determined by: causes a corresponding linear decrease of output pulse
oscillator
width. (Refer to the timing diagram shown in Figure 2.)
W ~ I- 1
= Rj C
T
For more information refer to Figure 3.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-189
MC34060, MC35060

The control signals are external inputs that can be


fed error amplifiers
have a common-mode input range from
into the
dead-time control, the error amplifier inputs, or - 0.3 V (Vcc - 2 V), and may be used to sense power
to
the feed-back input.The dead-time control comparator supply output voltage and current. The error-amplifier
has an effective 120 mV input offset which
limits the outputs are active high and are ORed together at
minimum output dead time to approximately the first the
non-inverting input of the pulse-width modulator
4% of the sawtooth-cycle time. This would result in a com-
parator. With this configuration, the amplifier
maximum duty cycle of 96%. Additional dead time may that
demands minimum output on time, dominates control
be imposed on the output by setting the
dead time- of the loop.
control input to a fixed voltage, ranging
between to The MC35060/34060 has an internal 5.0 V reference
3.3 V.
capable of sourcing up to 10 mA of load
The pulse width modulator comparator provides currents for
a external bias circuits. The reference
means for the error amplifiers to adjust the has an internal
output pulse accuracy of 5% with a typical thermal drift
width from the maximum percent on-time, of less than
by the dead time control input, down to zero,
established 50 mV over an operating temperature range of to
as the + 70C.
voltage at the feedback pin varies from 0.5 to 3.5
V. Both

Rating Symbol MC35060 MC34060 Unit


Power Supply Voltage
vcc 42 42 V
Collector Output Voltage
vc 42 42 V
Collector Output Current
'c 250 250 mA
Amplifier Input Voltage
Vin VC C + 0.3 VC C + 0.3 V
Power Dissipation @ T^ ^ 45C PD 1000 1000 mW
Operating Junction Temperature
Tj
Plastic Package C
Ceramic Package 125
150 150
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
TA -55 to 125 0to70 c
Storage Temperature Range
T stg
Package
Plastic C
-55 to 125
Ceramic Package
-65 to 150 -65 to 150
1

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS
L Suffix P Suffix
Characteristic Symbol Ceramic Package Plastic Package Unit
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Ambient %JA 100 80 C/W
Power Derating Factor 1/ R0JA 10 12.5 mW/C
Derating Ambient Temperature
ta 50 45
I I C

RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS


Condition Symbol MC35060/MC34060
Min Unit
Typ Max
Power Supply Voltage
vcc 7.0 15 40 V
Collector Output Voltage
vc - 30 40 V
Collector Output Current
'c - _ 200 mA
Amplifier Input Voltage
Vin -0.3
VCC" 2 V
Current Into Feedback Terminal
Ifb _ 0.3
Reference Output Current
'ref _ 10
Timing Resistor
Rt 1.8 47 500 k(l
Timing Capacitor
ct 0.00047 0.001 10 1 ^F
Oscillator Frequency
'osc 1.0 25 200 J
kHz J

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-190
MC34060, MC35060

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS V CC = 15 V, C T = 0.01 f, R T = 12 unless otherwise M noted. For typical values TA - 25C,

applies unless otherw.se noted.


formin/max values T A is the operating ambient temperature range that

MC35060 MC34060 Unit


Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Min Typ Max
Min | |
j |

REFERENCE SECTION
4.75 5.0 5.25 4.75 5.0 5.25 V
Reference Voltage Vref
(l = 1.0 mA)
R egiine - 2.0 25 2.0 25 mV
Input Regulation
(V CC = 7.0 V to 40 V)
Reg ad
3.0 15 " 3.0 15 mV
Output Regulation |

(l = 1.0 mA to 10 mA)

15 35 75 15 35 75 mA
Short-Circuit Output Current !
SC
(V re f = V)

OUTPUT SECTION
20 100 2.0 100 MA
Collector Off-State Current 'C(off)

(V = 40 V, V CE = 40 V)
CC
-150 -100 MA
Emitter Off-State Current 'E(off)

( V CC = 40 V. VC = 40 V. VE = V)
1.5 1.1 1.3 V
Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage
v sat(C) 1.1

Common-Emitter
(V E = V, lc = 200 mA) -
v sat(E) - 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 V
Emitter-Follower
(V r = 15 V, lg = -200 mA)

Output Voltage Rise Time (T A = 25C)


- 100 200 - 100 200 ns
Common-Emitter (See Figure 12) tr
100 200 ns
100 200
Emitter-Follower (See Figure 13)

Output Voltage Fall Time (T A = 25C)


- 25 100 25 100 ns
Common-Emitter (See Figure 1 2) tf
_ 40 100 ns
40 100
Emitter-Follower (See Figure 13)

|
MC35060/MC34060 Unit
Characteristic
Symb
|
Min |
Typ |
Max

ERROR AMPLIFIER SECTIONS


V|0 2.0 10 mV
Input Offset Voltage
(Vo[Pin3]= 2.5 V)
'10
~ 5.0 250 nA
Input Offset Current
(V C [p in 3]= 2 5 V)
'IB
~ -0.1 -1.0 MA
Input Bias Current
(Vo[Pin 3]= 2 5 V)
V ICR -0.3 to V
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range
V CC-2.0
(Vcc " 4 v T A = '
25 C)
A V0L 70 95 dB
Open Loop Voltage Gain
(AVn " 3.0 V. V n =. 0.5 to 3.5 V, RL = 2.0 kf I)
1

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-191
. )

MC34060, MC35060

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS V CC = 15 V, C = 0.01 F, R = 12 Ml unless


T M T otherwise noted. For typical values TA 25C,
mm/max values TA is the operating ambient temperature range that applies unless
for
otherwise noted.

Characteristic
Symbol
MC36060/ MC34060
- Unit
Min. Typ. Max.
ERROR AMPLIFIER SECTIONS (Continued) ~~ ' '

Unity-Gain Crossover Frequency


(V = 0.5, to 3.5 V, 'c
- 350 - kHz
R L = 2.0 Ml)
Phase Margin
(V
at Unity-Gain
<t>m - 65 - deg.
= 0.5 to 3.5 V, RL = 2.0 kfi)

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio


<V CC = 40 V)
CMRR 65 90 - dB

Power Supply Rejection Ratio


(AVCC = 33 V, V = 2.5 V, R
PSRR - 100 - dB
= 2.0 kO)
L
Output Sink Current
v O[Pin3] = 0.7V)
<
>o- 0.3 0.7 - rtiA

Output Source Current


< v O[Pin 3] = 3.5 V)
'0 + -2.0 -4.0 mA
PWM COMPARATOR SECTION (Test circuit Figure 11) ' '

Input Threshold Voltage


(Zero Duty Cycle)
VT H - 35 4.5 V
Input Sink Current
v [Pin
l|- 0.3 0.7 - mA
<
3] = 7 V)

DEAD-TIME CONTROL SECTION (Test Circuit Figure 1 1

Input Bias Current (Pin 4)


(V in = 0to5.25 V) 'IB(DT) - -2.0 -10 MA

Maximum Output Duty Cycle


= CT = Cmax %
(Vj n V, 0.01 nF, Rj = 12 Ml)
= CT = 90 96 100
(Vj n V, 0.001 mF. Rt = 47 Ml)
92 100
Input Threshold Voltage (Pin 4)
(Zero Duty Cycle)
VTH V
(Maximum Duty Cycle)
28 3.3

OSCILLATOR SECTION --1

Frequency
(C T = 0.001 M F, R T =
fosc - 25 1 - kHz
47M1)
Standard Deviation of Frequency*
(C T = 0.001 M F, R = 47M1)
CT
'osc - 3.0 - %
T
Frequency Change with Voltage
A'osc(^V) - 0.1 - %
(V CC = 7.0 V to 40 V. T A = 25C)
Frequency Change with Temperature
<ATA = T| 0W to T high i'oscUT) %
(Ct = 0.01 /tF, Rt =
)

12 Ml)
- 12

TOTAL DEVICE " ' L

Standby Supply Current


(Pin 6 at V re f, all other inputs and outputs
open)
!
CC mA
(V CC =15V) - 5.5 10
(V CC = 40 V)
7.0 15
Average Supply Current
v[Pin is - 7.0 - mA
<
4] = 2.0 V, CT = 0.001 , R T = 47 Ml). See Figure 1 1

,- J H
standard .
deviation is a measure of the statistical distribution about the mean as derived fro
": /<Xn-S> 2
-|/n=1
r N-

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-192

MC34060, MC35060

- OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY FIGURE 4 - OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE


FIGURE 3
versus FREQUENCY
versus TIMING RESISTANCE

10k 20k 50k 100k


f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
R T TIMING
,
RESISTANCE (SI)

FIGURE 5 PERCENT DEAD-TIME versus FIGURE 6 - PERCENT DUTY CYCLE versus


OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY DEAD-TIME CONTROL VOLTAGE
00
I

rrn
\ V - Vcc = ia v
au
\
'(PIN 4)
= 0V I
Ct =0.001
Rt = 47 k

bO

I I

=0.001 /I 4U

.01 nF 2il

1.0 2.0
1k 10k
DEAD-TIME CONTROL VOLTAGE (V)
fO. OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 7 - EMITTER FOLLOWER CONFIGURATION FIGURE 8 COMMON EMITTER CONFIGURATION


OUTPUT-SATURATION VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT-SATURATION VOLTAGE versus
EMITTER CURRENT COLLECTOR CURRENT
1.3
1.9

I
_VCC = 15V
Vcr - 15 V 1. 1
1.8

\.l

1.0

U.9
^^
0.8
1.4

U.I
I.J

\.l

25
I.I >0 1 1 50 200
5 A 1 M 1 50 2 DO 2 >0

ic.co LLECTOP CURRE NT ImAI


E EMITTER CURRENT
l ImA)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-193
MC34060, MC35060

FIGURE 9 - STANDBY-SUPPLY CURRENT


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
8.0

60

SO

r
3.0
1
70 -
10

n 1
5.0 10 15 20 25

VfX SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI

FIGURE 10 - ERROR AMPLIFIER CHARACTERISTICS FIGURE 11 -DEAD-TIME AND FEEDBACK CONTROL


TEST CIRCUIT

"CC

15011
Dead- V CC
Test
Time
2 W
Inputs
Feedback
RT * O Output
Feedback
Terminal
cT
(+)
1
x
"I

(-)
(Pin 3)
Error
(+>

r 50 ki!
I-)
Ref
Out
V ref^"
Other Error
Amplifier

FIGURE 12 - COMMON-EMITTER CONFIGURATION FIGURE 13 - EMITTER-FOLLOWER CONFIGURATION


TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORM TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORM

"L
68 !!

Output _K C l

Transistor k~ r 15 f

E 15 p f
8nJ_ I

1 0%

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-194
MC34060, MC35060

FIGURE 14 - ERROR AMPLIFIER SENSING TECHNIQUES

Vref

POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE

V0 = V ref (1* Vo = -V r8 f(1* 5")


^)

- DEAD-TIME CONTROL CIRCUIT FIGURE 16 - SOFT-START CIRCUIT


FIGURE 1 5

^ T.
cs

;
R2

0001 Max % On Time = 92 -


j ri

FIGURE 17- SLAVING TWO OR MORE


CONTROL CIRCUITS

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-195
MC34060, MC35060

FIGURE 18 - STEP-DOWN CONVERTER WITH SOFT-


START AND OUTPUT CURRENT LIMITING

Vm = 8.0 to 40 V 150 M H@ 2.0 A


nn m
\w
47
-A/W-

0.01 V(X
I
y/wH(_ i

ci VSA '

Comp

ii MR850 1000
6.3V

V re f Gnd
DT CT RT
5
10/16 V

0.001
4.7 k 4 7
AA Wv

k

150

0.1
-A/W-

TEST CONDITIONS RESULTS


Line Regulation V in Vto40 0A
= 8.0 V, l = 1 25 mV 0.5%
Load Regulation V in 12 .0 mAto 0A
= V, l = 1 1 3.0 mV 0.06%
Output Ripple V in = 12 V, l = 1 0A 75 mVp-p P.A.R.D.
Short Circuit Current V in = 12 V, R L = 0.1 11
1 6 A
Efficiency V jn = 1 2 V, l = 1 .0 A 73%

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-196

MC34060, MC35060

FIGURE 19 - STEP-UP CONVERTER

v in = 8.oto:
o- ^| f
TYYV\
28 V/
0.5 A

0.05 vcc
v/vH(~i
i

4.7k> <i Wv<


Comp

300
vw
V re f Gnd
<
DT CT RT

TEST CONDITIONS RESULTS


Line Regulation V in = 8.0 V to 26 V, lo = 0.5 A 40 mV 0.14%

Load Regulation V in = 12 V, l = 1 mA to 0.5 A 5 0mV 0.18%

Output Ripple V in = 12 V, l =0.5 A 24 mV p-p P.A.R.D.

Efficiency V in = 12 V. Iq = 5 A 75%

"Optional circuit to r lize output ripple

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-197
MC34060, MC35060

FIGURE 20 - STEP-UP/DOWN VOLTAGE INVERTING


CONVERTER WITH SOFT-START AND
CURRENT LIMITING

Vj n = 8.0 to 40 V
MR851
T W 20 M H *
-15 V/
@ 1.0 A 0.25 A

150 M H
2.0 A T 330/16v ^ 330/16 V

TEST CONDITIONS RESULTS


Line Regulation V ln V
= 8.0 to 40 V, l = 250 mA 52 mV .35%
Load Regulation V in = 12 V, mAto250 mA
l = 1
47 mV 0.32%
Output Ripple Vm = 12 V. = 250 mA
I
10 mVp.p. P.A.R.D.
Short Circuit Current V in = 12 V, RL = 0.1 n 330 mA
Efficiency Vm = 12 V, l = 250 mA 86%
iize output ripple

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-198
MC34060, MC35060

@ <a

n <
o r^
? 5 CO o
., o +1

O O > CM
o
Ln + 1

> O O o

m i
id - *-

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-199
"

MOTOROLA MC34060A
SEMICONDUCTOR MC35060A
TECHNICAL DATA
MC33060A

PRECISION SWITCHMODE
PRECISION SWITCHMODE
PULSE WIDTH MODULATION
PULSE WIDTH MODULATION
CONTROL CIRCUITS
CONTROL CIRCUITS
The MC35060A'MC34060A/MC33060A are low cost fixed
frequency, pulse width modulation control circuits designed SILICON MONOLITHIC
primarily for single ended SWITCHMODE power supply control. INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
These devices feature:
The MC34060A is specified over the commercial operating
range of to + 70C. The MC35060A is specified over the full
military range of 55 to +125C. The MC33060A is specified
over the vehicular temperature range of - 40 to + 85 C.
Complete Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuitry
On-Chip Oscillator With Master or Slave Operation
On-Chip Error Amplifiers
On-Chip 5.0 Volt Reference, 1.5% Accuracy
Adjustable Dead Time Control P SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
Uncommitted Output Transistor Rated to 500 mA Source or Sink CASE 646
Undervoltage Lockout
Available in Surface Mount Package

'^^
PIN CONNECTIONS D SUFFIX
PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751A
(SO-14)
|""~~
Non-lnv Non-lnv
Input |_j_ Input

Inv
Input
f
I
*

impen PWM r
Comp Input |___

Dead-Time
Control E L SUFFIX
cT \T CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 632
Oscillator

Rt[T

Gro und [~T


ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
(top view)
MC35060AL - 55 to + 1 25C Ceramic DIP
MC34060AD SO-14 Plastic DIP
0to +70 D C
MC34060AP Plastic DIP

MC33060AD SO-14 Plastic DIP


- 40 to + 85C
MC33060AP Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-200
MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

FIGURE 1 BLOCK DIAGRAM

Reference
-o Ref Out
Regulator

of oVcc
Dead-Time
Control

Error Amp Feedback PW.M Error Amp t


1 Comparator Input 2

FIGURE 2 TIMING DIAGRAM

Capacitor Cj

Feedback P.W M
Comparator

Dead-Time Control

Description

The MC35060 A/34060 A/33060 A is a fixed-frequency Output pulse width modulation is accomplished by
pulse width modulation control circuit, incorporating
comparison of the positive sawtooth waveform across
the primary building blocks required for the control of
capacitor Ct to either of two control signals. The output
An internal- isenabled only during that portion of time when the
a switching power supply. (See Figure 1.)
linearsawtooth oscillator is frequency-programmable sawtooth voltage is greater than the control signals.
Therefore, an increase in control-signal amplitude
by two external components, Rj and Ct- The approxi-
causes a corresponding linear -decrease of output pulse
mate oscillator frequency is determined by:
width. (Refer to the timing diagram shown in Figure 2.)
1.2
fr
osc " R CT
T
For more information refer to Figure 3.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-201
MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

The control signals are external inputs


that can be fed error amplifiers have a common-mode input range from
into thedead-time control, the error amplifier inputs, or
V to (Vcc - 20 V), and may be used to sense power
- 0.3
the feedback input. The dead-time control
comparator supply output voltage and current. The error-amplifer
has an effective 120 mV input offset which limits
the outputs are active high and are ORed together at the
minimum output dead time to approximately the first non-inverting input of the pulse-width modulator com-
4% of the sawtooth-cycle time. This would result in a parator. With this configuration, the amplifier that
maximum duty cycle of 96%. Additional dead time may demands minimum output on time, dominates control
be imposed on the output by setting the dead
time- of the loop.
control input to a fixed voltage, ranging
between to The MC35060A/34060A/33060A has an
3.3 V.
internal 5.0 V
The pulse width modulator comparator provides
reference capable of sourcing up to 10 mA
of load cur-
a rents for external bias circuits. The reference has an
means for the error amplifiers to adjust the output pulse
internal accuracy of 1.5% with a typical thermal drift
width from the maximum percent on-time, established
by the dead time control input, down to zero, as the
of less than 50 mV over an operating temperature range
of 0to + 70C.
voltage at the feedback pin varies from 0.5 to 3.5 V. Both

MAXIMUM RATINGS (Full operating ambient temperature range applies unless


otherwise noted)
Rating Symbol MC35060A MC34060A MC33060A Unit
Power Supply Voltage vcc 42 42 42 V
Collector Output Voltage vc 42 42 42 V
Collector Output Current ic 500 500 500 mA
(Note 1)

Amplifier Input Voltage V|R -0.3 to +42 -0.3 to +42 -0.3 to +42 V
Range
Power Dissipation @ PD 1000 1000 1000 mW
Ta =s 45C
Operating Junction Tj c
Temperature
Plastic Package 125 125
Ceramic Package 150
Operating Ambient ta -55 to +125 to +70 -40 to +85 C
Temperature Range
Storage Temperature T stg C
Range
Package
Plastic -55 to +125 -55 to +125
Ceramic Package -65 to +150
THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS
L Suffix P Suffix D Suffix
Ceramic Plastic Plastic
Characteristic Symbol Package Package Package Unit
Thermal Resistance, 100 80 120
RflJA C/W
Junction to Ambient

Derating Ambient
Temperature
ta 50 45 45 X
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS
MC35060A/MC34060A/MC33060A
Condition Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Power Supply Voltage
vcc 7.0 15 40
Collector Output Voltage
vc 40
Collector Output Current
200
Amplifier Input Voltage
VCC -2
Current Into Feedback Terminal
Ifb 0.3
Reference Output Current
Iref 10
Timing Resistor
Rt 1.8 500
Timing Capacitor CT 0.00047 0.001 10 MF
Oscillator Frequency 1.0 25 200
PWM Input Voltage (Pins 3 and 4) -0.3 5.3
Note 1. Maximum thermal limits must be observed.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-202
MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

noted. For typical values


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = 15 V, C T = 0.01 ixf, R T = 12 Ml unless otherwise
that applies unless otherwise noted
T A = 25C, for min/max values T A is the operating ambient temperature range
MC35060A/MC34060A/MC33060A
Symbol Min Typ Max
Characteristic

REFERENCE SECTION
V
Reference Voltage Vref
4.925 5.0 5.075
dO = 10 mA, Ta = 25C)
5.1
4.9
dO = 1.0 mA)
Line Regulation Regiine
2.0 25 mV
(Vcc = 7.0 V to 40 V, lo = 1.0 mA)

Load Regulation Regi ad


2.0 15 mV
dO = 10 mAto 10 mA)
Short-Circuit Output Current isc 15 35 75 mA
(V re f = V)

Collector Off-State Current 'C(off)


- 2.0 100 nA
(Vcc = 40 v V CE = 40 v
- >

Emitter Off-State Current 'E(off)


100 MA
(Vcc = 40 V. Vc = 40 V, Vg = V)

v sat(C) 1.1 1.5 V


Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage (Note 2)
Common-Emitter
(Vg = V, lc = 200 mA)
Emitter-Follower V S at(EI 1.5 2.5

(Vc = 15 V, Ie = -200 mA)


ns
Output Voltage Rise Time (Ta 25 C) t

Common-Emitter (See Figure 12)


r
- 100 200
100 200
Emitter-Follower (See Figure 13)
ns
Fall Time (Ta
Output Voltage 25 C) 'f
40 100
Common-Emitter (See Figure 12)
Emitter-Follower (See Figure 13!
40 100

MC35060A/MC34060A/MC33060A

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max

ERROR AMPLIFIER SECTIONS


V|0
Input Offset Voltage
(VQIPin3l - 2.5 V)
nA
Input Offset Current
(VciPin 31 = 2-5 V)
IB
nA
Input Bias Current
(VOIPin31 = 2 5 V)
V|CR to
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range
(V CC = 40 V)
VCC 2.0

V|R(|NV) 0.3 to
Inverting Input Voltage Range
V C C -2.0
dB
Open Loop Voltage Gain AVOL
UVq = 3.0 V, Vp = 5 to 3.5 V, R L = 2.0 Kl>)

maintain ,unct,on temperature as close to ambient


temperatures as possible.
Note 2: Low duty cycle techn.ques are used during test to

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-203
) )

MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = 15 V, CT = 0.01 F. R T = 12 ki! unless otherwise noted. For typical values

MC35060A/MC34060A/MC33060A
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
ERROR AMPLIFIER SECTIONS (Continued)
Unity-Gain Crossover Frequency
fc - 600 - kHz
(V = 0.5 to 3.5 V, R L = 2.0 kill

Phase Margin at Unity-Gain


*m - 65 - deg.
(V = 0.5 to 3.5 V, RL 2.0 l;i!)

Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR -


65 90 dB
(V CC = 40 V, V in . V to 38 V)
-
Power Supply Rejection Ratio
PSRR - 100 - dB
(SV C C - 33 V, V 2.5 V, R L 2.0 kii)

Output Sink Current


10 0.3 0.7 - mA
(V0[Pin 31 0.7 V)

Output Source Current


'O '
1 2.0 4.0 - mA
<VO[Pin3l5V 3 -
>

PWM COMPARATOR SECTION (Test circuit Figure 1 1

Input Threshold Voltage


VT H - 3.5 4.5 V
(Zero Duty Cycle)

Input Sink Current


ll 0.3 0.7 - mA
<V[Pin3| -7 V)

DEAD-TIME CONTROL SECTION (Test Circuit Figure 1 1

Input Bias Current (Pin 4)


!|B(DT)
- 1.0 10 ^A
(V in to 5.25 V)

Maximum Output Duty Cycle


DCmax %
(V in V, C T 0.01 nf, R T 12 kS!) 90 96 100
(V m V, C T 0.001 ^F, R T 47 k!))
92
Input Threshold Voltage (Pin 4) VT H V
(Zero Duty Cycle)
2.8 3.3
(Maximum Duty Cycle)

OSCILLATOR SECTION
Frequency
fosc kHz
(C T 0.01 M F, R T 12 kii)
TA 25 C
97 10.5 11.3
TA T| 0W to T
hlgh 9.5 12.5
(C T 0.001 nF, R T 47 kii)
25
Standard Deviation of Frequency* ,r
^osc - 1.5 - %
(C T 0.001 M F, R T 47 kH)
Frequency Change with Voltage Af osc UV) ~ 0.5 2.0 %
<V CC - 7.0 V to 40 V)

Frequency Change with Temperature Af osc (AT)


%
(^A = T| 0W to T hign ) - 4.0 -
|
(C T - 0.01 nF. R T 12 ki!)

UNDERVOLTAGE LOCKOUT SECTION


Turn-On Threshold (V cc increasing, 1.0 mA)
l
ref Vth 4.0 4.7 5.5 V
Hysteresis
vH 50 150 300 I mV
TOTAL DEVICE '

Standby Supply Current !


CC mA
(Pin 6 at V re f, all other inputs and outputs open)
(Vcc = 15 V) 5.5 10
(Vcc = 40 V) = 7.0 15
Average Supply Current
is
~ 7.0 - mA
(V|Pin 4] = 2.0 V, C T = 0.001 M F, R T = 47 kii). See Figure 11,
J"
Standard deviation is a measure of the statistical distribution about the mea n as derived f om the formula; In

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-204
I

MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

FIGURE 3 OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY FIGURE 4 OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE


versus TIMING RESISTANCE versus FREQUENCY

I I I I

I III
V C r - 1RU
-0.001 m f-
100K

>-T '

V -

% -...

"0.1 nF
1.0K

20K 50K 100K 200K 500K 100 1.0K 10K


1.0K 2.0K 5.0K 10K
R T TIMING RESISTANCE Hi)
,
Iq. FREQUENCY \Hi)

FIGURE 5 PERCENT DEAD-TIME versus FIGURE 6


PERCENT DUTY CYCLE versus
OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY DEAD-TIME CONTROL VOLTAGE

]T

II

It
II
Cj 001 a<

" 8.0
4>=
z 1

y 6.0 mF

50i 2.0 3.0


1.0K 10K 100K

fO, OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY iHzi V DT .


DEAD-TIME CONTROL VOLTAGE IVi

FIGURE 7 EMITTER FOLLOWER CONFIGURATION FIGURE 8 COMMON EMITTER CONFIGURATION


OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus

EMITTER CURRENT COLLECTOR CURRENT

200 300 400


200 300

l EMITTER CURRENT (mA) IC, COLLECTOR CURRENT (mA)


E ,

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-205
MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

FIGURE 9 STANDBY SUPPLY CURRENT FIGURE 10 UNDERVOLTAGE LOCKOUT THRESHOLDS


versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE versus REFERENCE LOAD CURRENT
10
=~ 6.0

90

80

7(1

fin
(
Turn On
sn i
3 5.0

40
/
/ ^- f"
lur un

?n
/
in
/
n /
u 5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 U 5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35
Vcc, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI
l
L ,
REFERENCE LOAD CURRENT ImA)

FIGURE 11 ERROR AMPLIFIER CHARACTERISTICS FIGURE 12 DEAD-TIME AND FEEDBACK CONTROL


TEST CIRCUIT

Error Amplifier
150U
Under Tesl Dead- V CC
Test
Time
2 W
Inputs
Feedback
R Output
T
CT
Feedback
Te-minal
(Pin 31

r Ref
Out
V ref<>-
Other Error
Amplifier

FIGURE 13
COMMON-EMITTER CONFIGURATION FIGURE 14
EMITTER-FOLLOWER CONFIGURATION
TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORM TEST CIRCUIT AND WAVEFORM

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-206
)

MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

FIGURE 15 ERROR AMPLIFIER SENSING TECHNIQUES

Vref

Vref

POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE

V0 = V ref |1 V0 =
- v ref(l * 5-1

FIGURE 16 DEAD-TIME FIGURE 18 SLAVING TWO OR MORE


CONTROL CIRCUIT FIGURE 17 SOFT-START CIRCUIT CONTROL CIRCUITS

"iP
Rt / Slave
\ [Additional
) Circuits)
Ct

Max % On Time = 92 - I
ri

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-207
1

MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

FIGURE 19 STEP-DOWN CONVERTER WITH SOFT-


START AND OUTPUT CURRENT LIMITING

Vm = 8.0 to 40 V 150 M H @ 2.0 A


TIP 32
mm
X^ T

001 vcc
I
^ 1(~-
47 k

n v/W ii-

Comp
MC34060A
1000
6.3V

V re f Gnd
DT CT RT

5
10 16 V

0001
4 7 k 4.7 k
WV 4

390

^M 1

Test Conditions Results


Line Regulation Vj n = 8.0 V to 40 V, 25 mV 0.5%
lO = 1.0 A
Load Regulation Vjn = 12 V, 3.0 mV 0.06%
lO = 1.0 mA to 1.0 A
Output Ripple Vjn = 12 V, 75 mVp-p
lO = 1.0 A P.A.R.D.
Short Circuit Vjn = 12 V, 1.6 A
Current Ri_ = 0.1 n
Efficiency Vin = 12 V, 73%
Iq = 1.0 A

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-208
MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

FIGURE 20 STEP-UP CONVERTER

150 M H @4.0 A 20 M H @ 1.0 A


V in = 8.0 to 26 V
rrm ^|
28 V/
0.5 A

0.05
VC C
|-^WV-|(-|
33 k
4.7 k? "WV"
2.7 M
Comp
MC34060A

300

V ref Gnd
VW f

I TIP 111

DT CT RT

0001

TEST CONDITIONS RESULTS


Line Regulation Vj n = 80 Vto26 V, l = 5 A 40 mV 1 4%

Load Regulation Vm = 12 V, Iq = 1 mAto0.5 A 5.0 mV 0.18%

Output Ripple V jn = 12 V, l --0.5A 24 mV p-pP.A.R.D.

Efficiency Vm = 12 V, l = 05 A 75%
-

'Optional circuit to

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-209
V

MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

FIGURE 21 STEP-UP/DOWN VOLTAGE INVERTING


CONVERTER WITH SOFT-START AND
CURRENT LIMITING

Vj n = 8.0to40V
O

50/50 V

330/16

TEST CONDITIONS RESULTS


Line Regulation Vm = 8 V to 40 V, l mA- 250 52 mV 0.35%
Load Regulation Vm = 1 2 V, l = 1 mA to 250 mA 47 mV 0.32%
Output Ripple V in = 12 V, l = 250 mA 10 mV p.p. P.A.R.D.
Short Circuit Current V in = 12 V, RL = 1 11 330 mA
Efficiency V in = 12 V, l = 250 mA 86%
'Optional circuit to r uze output ripple

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-210
MC34060A, MC35060A, MC33060A

i @>

r- r-

o D
DC
b in in
< <
1- en
o O a. 0.
Q. a.
> >
> > E E Q. Q.

IT
E o > >
o in
o E E
in in
<*

< <
ID < <
< r~ o < in
o o o +1 < o
ro
r-.

O
o < in
r^
z O p o o o o > "
o o 2
1- in +i
Q > > o o O O o o
2 m
O CO on

U o o > > > > >


in in in in
m in
Ol O)

c c c c c c
> > > > > > >

> > >


> >
o o >
in in c
1- c c c c in
(0 o o o
15 "a. a.
"5 a. a.
a> o> cr oc
0> a>
0) a> c
ir a. a: oc D
0; <v o D a a
c c o O D
O O

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-211
I

MOTOROLA MC34063
SEMICONDUCTOR MC35063
TECHNICAL DATA
MC33063

DC-TO-DC CONVERTER DC-TO-DC CONVERTER


CONTROL CIRCUITS CONTROL CIRCUITS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
The MC34063 Series is a monolithic control circuit containing
the primary functions required for dc-to-dc converters. The device
consists of an internal temperature compensated reference, com-
parator, controlled duty cycle oscillator with an active current limit
circuit, driver and high current output switch. This series was
specifically designed to be incorporated in Step-Down and Step-
P1 SUFFIX
Up and Voltage-Inverting applications with a minimum number
PLASTIC PACKAGE
of external components.
CASE 626
Operation from 2.5 V to 40 V Input
Low Standby
Current Limiting
Current

&p
Output Switch Current of 1.5 A
Output Voltage Adjustable from 1.25 to 40 V
Frequency of Operation to 100 kHz & ^ *

U SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693

FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM


PIN CONNECTIONS

1
__ Switch -
O- Collector Switch r~ Tl Driver
Collector I I Collector

Switch ~7~| Ipk Sensf


[""J"
Emitter I

Timing f~^~ vCc


Capacitor I
T]
Gnd [T BCompar ator
2 Switch Invertini9
Emitter Input

'pk
CT (Top View)
Oscillator

vcco Comparator
_3__ Timing
Capacitor
ORDERING INFORMATION
1.25 V
Temperature
Reference
Device Range Package
Regulator
MC35063U -55 to +125C Ceramic DIP
Comparator MC33063U Ceramic DIP
&
Inverting O- -O Gnd - 40 to + 85C
Input
MC33063P1 Plastic DIP

I
J MC34063U Ceramic DIP
Oto +70C
MC34063P1 Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-212
MC34063, MC35063, MC33063

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Power Supply Voltage vcc 40 Vdc
Comparator Input Voltage Range V|R -0.3 to +40 Vdc
Switch Collector Voltage v C(switch) 40 Vdc
Switch Emitter Voltage v E(switch) 40 Vdc
Switch Collector to Emitter Voltage v CE(switch) 40 Vdc
Driver Collector Voltage v C(driver) 40 Vdc
Switch Current 1.5 Amps
'sw
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
Ceramic Package
T A = + 25C PD 1.25 W
Derate above T A = + 25C 1 10 mW/C
'ftJA
Plastic Package
T A = + 25"C PD 1.0 W
Derate above T A = + 25C 1/ 10 mW/C
aJA
Operating Junction Temperature Tj C
Ceramic Package + 150
Plastic Package + 125
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA C
MC35063 -55 to +125
MC33063 -40 to +85
MC34063 to +70
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 5 V, TA = T, ow to T hjqn (Note 1] unless otherwise s pecified.)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


OSCILLATOR
Charging Current (5.0 V * Vqq -- 40 V, T A = 25C) 'chg 20 35 50 fjJK

Discharge current (5.0 V ?- VC C - 40 V; T A = 25C) 'dischg 150 200 250 1*


Voltage Swing (T A = 25X) Vosc - 0.5 Vp-p
Discharge to Charge Current Ratio dpk(sense) = ^CC T A = 25C)
'dischq''chq
6.0
Current Limit Sense Voltage Vlpk(sense) 250 300 350 mV
'chg = 'dischg. TA "-
25C

OUTPUT SWITCH (Note 2)

Saturation Voltage, Darlington Connection v CE(sat) - 1.0 1.3 V


l
sw = 10 A; Vc(driver) = Vc(switch)
Saturation Voltage v CE(sat) 0.45 0.7 V
ISW = 10 A; lc(driver) = 50 mA, (Forced B = 20)

DC Current Gain "FE 35 120 - -


ISW = 1-0 A; Vce = 5.0 V; T A = 25C
Collector Off-State Current (Vce = 40 V; T A = 25X) 'C(off)
- 10 - nA
COMPARATOR
Threshold Voltage Vth 1.18 1.25 1.32 V
Threshold Voltage Line Regulation (3.0 V s Vcc 40 V) R egiine 0.04 0.2 mV/V
Input Bias Current (Vj n = V) 'IB
- 40 400 nA
TOTAL DEVICE
Supply Current ice 2.4 3.5 mA
5.0 V Vcc s 40 v C T = 0.001 mF
>

Ipk(sense) = ^cc. V pin 5 > V th ,

Pin 2 = Gnd, Remaining pins open


NOTES:
1- T| 0W 55C for MC35063 Thigh + 125C for MC35063 Output switch tests are performed under pulsed conditions
40C for MC33063 + 85C for MC33063 to minimize power dissipation.

0C for MC34063 + 70C for MC34063

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-213
MC34063, MC35063, MC33063

FIGURE 1 OUTPUT SWITCH ON-OFF TIME FIGURE 2 STANDBY SUPPLY CURRENT


versus OSCILLATOR TIMING versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE
CAPACITOR

~Z
CT = 3.001 MF
_1 cc - au v


jpk(sense) = VC
ipk(sense)

Pin 2 = Gnd
= V CC

Pin 5 = Gnd
.'''
L*f*j1
:: 'on
,. s
L
--'
^ ,^
-' ---
,

'oft
<"

15 20 26 30
10

V CC SUPPLY VOLTAGE VOLTSi


Cj, OSCILLATOR TIMING CAPACITOR InFI

FIGURE 3 EMITTER-FOLLOWER CONFIGURATION FIGURE 4 COMMON-EMITTER CONFIGURATION


OUTPUT SWITCH SATURATION VOLTAGE OUTPUT SWITCH SATURATION VOLTAGE
versus EMITTER CURRENT versus COLLECTOR CURRENT

1.6
^ 1.2 !

_ Pins 1,7,8 = Vc
Cn
1.0
_ Pin 7 - V(X _ III!
I I I I

1.5
Pins 3,5 = Gnd o Pins 2,3,5 - Gnd

iL
1.4
<
o
0.8

y
SS
1.3 0.6
o Forced Beta - 20

1.2
S <
0.4
5
UJ
.

1.1 0.2

>
1.0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 ).2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2

l
E , EMITTER CURRENT (AMPS) IC, COLLECTOR CURRENT IAMPSI

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-214
MC34063, MC35063, MC33063

FIGURE 5 STEP-DOWN CONVERTER

r ZL L ill 220 fiH

_____ v ou ,

470.L+" 5.0 V/500 mA


F?Co

Test Conditions Results

Line Regulation Vj n = 15 to 25 V, l = 500 mA 15 mV


Vj n = 25 V, = 50 to 500 mA 5.0 mV
Load Regulation l

V ln = 25 V, = 500 mA 40 mV p .p
Output Ripple l

Short Circuit Current V in = 25 V, RL = 0.1 n 2.3 A

Efficiency V in = 25 V, l = 500 mA 84.7%

FIGURE 6 - EXTERNAL CURRENT BOOST CONNECTIONS


FOR lc PEAK GREATER THAN 1.5 A

6A EXTERNAL NPN SWITCH 6B EXTERNAL PNP SATURATED SWITCH

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-215
MC34063, MC35063, MC33063

FIGURE 7 STEP-UP CONVERTER

170 M H

1N5819

Vout
-o 28 V 175 mA

Conditions Results
Line Regulation
Vjn ^ 8.0 to 16 V, l . 175 mA
Load Regulation U
12 V, - 75 10 175 mA
Output Ripple V in = 12 V, l = 175 mA
Efficiency V in = 12 V, l = 175 mA

FIGURE 8 EXTERNAL CURRENT BOOST CONNECTIONS


FOR C PEAK GREATER THAN
l
1,5 A

8A EXTERNAL NPN SWITCH 8B EXTERNAL NPN SATURATED SWITCH

Rs

R for
constant Vj n

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-216
MC34063, MC35063, MC33063

FIGURE 9 DESIGN FORMULA TABLE


Calculation Step-Down Step-Up

Vout + V F Vout + V F - Vjnimjn)


toff Vin(min) ~ v sat " v out Vin(min) ~ v sat

1 1

(ton + tofflmax fmin


fmin

cT 4X10-5 ton 4X10-5t on

'pk(switch) 2l out(max) 2loumax)(^ + l)

Rsc 0-33/l 0.33/lpk( sw itch)


p k(switch)
/Vin(min) " v sat - v out\, /V in (min) - V sat \
L(min)
,
ton,max)
V 'pMswitch) / v i
P k(swich) ;

'oklswitcM (ton + t ff) 'out ton


Co v ripple(p-p)
8 v ripple(p-p)

v sat = Saturation voltage of the output switch


Vf = Forward voltage drop of the ringback rectifier

The following power supply characteristics must be chosen:


Vj n Nominal input voltage. If this voltage is not constant, then use Vj n
( max )
for step-down and V in ( m j n ) for step-
up converter.

V out Desired output voltage, V out = 1.25 + p*J. I 1

l
out
Desired output current.
'min
Minimum desired output switching frequency at the selected values for Vj n and l .

v ripple(p-p) Desired peak-to-peak output ripple voltage. practice, the calculated value will need to be increased
In

due to the capacitor's equivalent series resistance and board layout. The ripple voltage should be

kept to a low value since it will directly effect the line and load regulation.

Note: For further information refer to application note AN920 Rev. 2.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-217
MOTOROLA MC34063A
SEMICONDUCTOR MC35063A
TECHNICAL DATA
MC33063A

DC-TO-DC CONVERTER
DC-TO-DC CONVERTER CONTROL CIRCUITS
CONTROL CIRCUITS
SILICON MONOLITHIC
The MC34063A Series is a monolithic control circuit containing
the primary functions required for DC-to-DC converters. These
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
devices consist of an internal temperature compensated refer-
ence, comparator, controlled duty cycle oscillator with an active
current limit circuit, driver and high current output switch.
This
series was specifically designed to be incorporated in Step-Down
and Step-Up and Voltage-Inverting applications with a minimum
number of external components. Refer to Application Note P1 SUFFIX
AN920R2 for additional design information. PLASTIC PACKAGE
Operation from 3.0 V to 40 V Input CASE 626
Low Standby Current
Current Limiting
D SUFFIX
Output Switch Current to 1.5 A PLASTIC PACKAGE
Output Voltage Adjustable CASE 751
(SO-8)
Frequency Operation to 100 kHz
Precision 2% Reference
U SUFFIX
CERAMIC PACKAGE
CASE 693

FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM


PIN CONNECTIONS
I

Drive 8
O" 1 _~ Switch
"^
!

Collector
Collector Switch
Collector

Switch rz~
H Driver
Collector

Emitter |__ 7
|
lp|< Sense

Timing
| 3 v cc
'.* Q^j Capacitor I J]
Sense Comparator
2__ Switch

pk
!

Emitter
Gnd |~4~
H Inverting
Input

~ ' Ct
Oscillator (Top View)

VfX O Comparator
I
3
q Timing
Capacitor

1.25 V
Reference ORDERING INFORMATION
Regulator Temperature
Device Range Package
Comparator
Q- MC35063AU -55
Inverting
Input
O Gnd MC33063AD
to +125C Ceramic DIP
Plastic SOIC
1 -40 to + 85C
MC33063AP1 Plastic DIP
(Bottom View) MC34063AD Plastic SOIC
Oto +70C
MC34063AP1 Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-218
MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

Symbol Value Unit


Rating

vcc 40 Vdc
Power Supply Voltage
V|R -0.3 to +40 Vdc
Comparator Input Voltage Range
VC(switch) 40 Vdc
Switch Collector Voltage
= 40 V) VE(switch) 40 Vdc
Switch Emitter Voltage (Vpj n -\

40 Vdc
Switch Collector to Emitter Voltage VCE(switch)

Vc(driver) 40 Vdc
Driver Collector Voltage

Driver Collector Current (Note 1) IC(driver) 100 mA


'SW 1.5 Amps
Switch Current
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
Ceramic Package, U Suffix
Ta = +25C PD 1.25 W
R 0JA 100 C/W
Thermal Resistance
Plastic Package, P Suffix
T A = +25C PD 1.25 W
ReJA 100 C/W
Thermal Resistance
SOIC Package, D Suffix
T A = +25C PD 625 mW
RflJA 160 "C/W
Thermal Resistance
Tj + 150 C
Operating Junction Temperature
ta C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
-55 to +125
MC35063A
- 40 to + 85
MC33063A
Oto +70
MC34063A
T stg -65 to +150 C
Storage Temperature Range
= T A = T low T hiqh [N ate 2] unless otherwise specified)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC 5.0 V; *>

Characteristic |
Symbol |
Min |
Typ Max Units |

OSCILLATOR
24 33 42 kHz
Frequency fosc
(V Pin 5 = V, CT = 1.0 nF, T A = 25C)
24 33 42 ,xA
Charge Current 'chg
(V Cc = 5.0 V to 40 V, TA = 25C)

'dischg 140 200 260 MA


Discharge Current
(Vcc = 5.0 V to 40 V, T A = 25C)
5.2 6.2 7.5
Discharge to Charge Current Ratio 'dischg^chg
(Pin 7 = V C C- T A = 25C)
v ipk(sense) 250 300 350 mV
Current Limit Sense Voltage
dchq = 'dischq- T A = 25 C)
NOTES:
1 Maximum package power dissipation limits must be observed.
2 nw = -55CforMC35063A
Ti T hiqh = +125X for MC35063A
-40CforMC33063A +85C for MC33063A
OX for MC34063A + 70X for MC34063A

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-219
MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS continued (V CC 5.0 V; Ta - T|


ow to Thigh unless otherwise sp ecified)
Characteristic Symbol 1
1
Min I
Typ I
Max Units
OUTPUT SWITCH (Note 3)

Saturation Voltage, Darlington Connection


v CE(sat) 1.3
OSW = 1-0 A, Pins 1, 8 connected)
Saturation Voltage
v CE(sat) 0.7
dSW = 10 A, R PinR 82 n to Vqc, Forced p = 20)
DC Current Gain
"FE 50
dSW = 1-0 A, V CE = 5.0 V, TA = 25C)
Collector Off-State Current
(V CE = 40 V)
!
C(off) 100 ma
COMPARATOR
Threshold Voltage
(T A = 25C)
Vth V
1.225 1.25 1.275
<TA = T| T high)
1.21 1.29
Threshold Voltage Line Regulation
Re 9line 1.4 5.0 mV
(VCC = 3.0 V to 40 V)
Input Bias Current
(V in =
l|B -40 -400 nA
V)

TOTAL DEVICE
Supply Current
!CC 4.0
(VCC = 5.0 V to 40 V, CT = 1.0 nF, Pin 7 = V cc ,

v Pin 5 > Vth- Pi" 2 = Gnd, Remaining pins open)


NOTES:
d
lX ouIo Vt?witrh ?S q ? T T d dUrin0
C
4 u !
6St t0 main,ain iunc,i0n ten Wture as close to ambient temperature as possible

Forced of output switch = c -


l , output/(l c driver
, 7.0 mA*l s 10

The 100 fl resistor in the emitter of the driver device


requires about 7.0 mA before the output switch conducts.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-220
MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

FIGURE 1 OUTPUT SWITCH ON-OFF TIME versus FIGURE 2 TIMING CAPACITOR WAVEFORM

hH
OSCILLATOR TIMING CAPACITOR

H
H Vcc
Pin 7
V
V CC 1 CT
Pins Open 1
H 22
).01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 Pin - Gnd T
A ^^H^HH
Cj, OSCILLATOR TIMING CAPACITOR (nF)
10 /xs/DIV

FIGURE 4 COMMON EMITTER CONFIGURATION OUTPUT


FIGURE 3 EMITTER FOLLOWER CONFIGURATION OUTPUT SWITCH SATURATION VOLTAGE versus

SATURATION VOLTAGE versus EMITTER CURRENT COLLECTOR CURRENT

0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0


l
c COLLECTOR
,
CURRENT (A)
l

E , EMITTER CURRENT (A)

FIGURE 5 CURRENT LIMIT SENSE VOLTAGE FIGURE 6 STANDBY SUPPLY CURRENT versus
versus TEMPERATURE SUPPLY VOLTAGE

400

380
vcc = 5.0 V
360 - 'dischg
'chg

340

! 320

|
300

280
Cj = 1.0 nF
260 -
Pin 7 = VCc
Pin 2 = Gnd
1 240

1 220
t 200
10 15 20 25
+25 +50 +75
V C c. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
(C)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-221
MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

FIGURE 7 STEP-UP CONVERTER


170 MH

^E,1N5819

Vout
nrw>_-
-9 O 28 V/175 mA * q Vqu
-p Cq T* '00

Test Conditions Results


Line Regulation V in = 8.0 V to 1 6 V, l = 175 mA 30 mV = 0.05%
Load Regulation V in = 12 V, l = 75 to 175 mA 10 mV = 0.017%
Output Ripple V in = 12 V, l = 175 mA 400 mVp-p
Efficiency V in = 12 V, l = 175 mA 89.2%
Output Ripple With Optional Filter V in = 12 V, l = 175 mA 40 mVp-p

FIGURE 8 EXTERNAL CURRENT BOOST CONNECTIONS


FOR C PEAK GREATER THAN
I
1.5 A

8A EXTERNAL NPN SWITCH 8B EXTERNAL NPN SATURATED SWITCH


(REFER TO NOTE 4)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-222
MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

FIGURE 9 STEP-DOWN CONVERTER

1.0 >jH

-^YVX-fc O v out
'plOO

Optional Filter

Test Conditions Results

Line Regulation Vj n = 15 V to 25 V, Irj = 500 mA 12 mV = 0.12%


Load Regulation Vj n = 25 V, lo = 50 to 500 mA 3.0 mV = 0.03%

Output Ripple Vj n = 25 V, lo = 500 mA 120 mVp-p

Short Circuit Current V jn = 25 V, RL = 0.1 n 1.1 A


Efficiency Vj n = 25 V, lo = 500 mA 82.5%
Output Ripple With Optional Filter Vj n = 25 V, Iq = 500 mA 40 mVp-p

FIGURE 10 EXTERNAL CURRENT BOOST CONNECTIONS


FOR lc PEAK GREATER THAN 1.5 A

10A EXTERNAL NPN SWITCH 10B EXTERNAL PNP SATURATED SWITCH

"S = v ut

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-223
MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

FIGURE 11 VOLTAGE INVERTING CONVERTER

4.5 V to 6.0 V

+-j-ioo

Optional Filter

Test Conditions Results


Line Regulation
Vin = 4.5 V to 6.0 V, l = 100 mA 3.0 mV = 0.012%
Load Regulation V in = 5.0 V, l = 10 to 100 mA 0.022 V = +0.09%
Output Ripple =
Vin 5.0 V, Iq = 100 mA 500 mVp-p
Short Circuit Current
Vin = 5.0 V, R L = 0.1 n 910 mA
Efficiency =
Vin 5.0 V, l = 100 mA 64.5%
Output Ripple With Optional Filter Vin = 5.0 V, l = 100 mA 70 mVp-p

FIGURE 12 EXTERNAL CURRENT BOOST CONNECTIONS


FOR C PEAK GREATER THAN
l
1.5 A

12A EXTERNAL NPN SWITCH 12B EXTERNAL PNP SATURATED SWITCH

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-224
' "

MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

FIGURE 13 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD AND COMPONENT LAYOUT


(CIRCUITS OF FIGURES 7. 9, 11)

(Top view, copper foil as seen through the board from the component side)

jU / 88 MH \
JL E Innp- J,
>
z
o
N UJ o.i

o> o **-
O o. MC34063
rk 1 ^
MC34063
T U
2
2
z
MC34063
5
o
T
1 p-n

U 1

330
35 V
K^m V 100' l^/
12

470
V
I
iOto
100* "\U edj
^l :
o*;?

cy
|

M ^.+ '
~"+o o-
v out
+o o-
V ut
00
v
+
out

Optional Filter.
Top View, Component Side

INDUCTOR DATA
Converter Inductance (/*H) Turns/Wire

Step-Up 170 38 Turns of #22 AWG


Step-Down 220 48 Turns of #22 AWG
Voltage-Inverting 88 28 Turns of #22 AWG

All inductors are wound on Magnetics Inc. 55117 toroidal core.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-225
MC34063A, MC35063A, MC33063A

FIGURE 14 DESIGN FORMULA TABLE


Calculation Step-Up Step-Down Voltage-Inverting
Wtoff V OUt + VF-Vin(min) Vout + VF [Voutl + VF
Vin(min)~V sa t v in(min)- v sat- v out V in -V sa ,
(ton" " toff) "fax
1
1

fmin
CT 4.8 x 10~5tf, 4.8 x 10-5 t. 4.8 x 10-5 tfl

'pk(switch) 2'out(max) l~ + 1
2'out(max) D
2'put(max)(f + 1

Rsc - 3/l
pk(switch) 03/l pk(switch) - 3/l
pk(switch)
Mmin) v in(min)~ v sat v in(min)- v sat~Vnut \ V in(min)-Vsat \
on(max) l
on(max)
'pk(switch) n i,/.. .ui
'pk(switch)
l ; / on(max)
'pk(switch)
CO lput*pn
_ 'pklswitchltton + 'off) Ipuftpn
v ripple(p-p) 8 v ripple(p-p)
ripple(p-p)
v sat = Saturation voltage of the output switch.
Vp = Forward voltage drop of the output rectifier.

The following power supply characteristics


must be chosen.
Vj n Nominal input voltage. /

Vou t Desired output voltage, |V = 1.25 ( 1 +


R2 ^
'out
Desired output current. 0Ut
R1
|

Vnin Minimum desired output switching frequency


f,
the selected values of V
at and In
Vripple(p-p) - Desired peak-to-peak output ripple voltage.
in
In
practice, the calculated capacitor value will need to
dU t0
equivalent series resistance and board layout. The
ltS
ripple voltage should be
^n'tT^T
kept f
to a low value since it will directly affect the line and load regulation.

NOTE:
Fcr further infprmatipn refer to Application Npte AN920 Rev. 2

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-226
MOTOROLA MC34064
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33064
TECHNICAL DATA

Advance Information
UNDERVOLTAGE
SENSING CIRCUIT
UNDERVOLTAGE SENSING CIRCUIT
SILICON MONOLITHIC
The MC34064 an undervoltage sensing circuit specifically
is
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
designed for use as a reset controller in microprocessor-based
systems. It offers the designer an economical solution for low
voltage detection with a single external resistor. The MC34064
features a trimmed-in-package bandgap reference, and a com-
parator with precise thresholds and built-in hysteresis to prevent
is capable
erratic reset operation. The open collector reset output P SUFFIX
of sinking in excess of 10 mA, and operation is guaranteed
down PLASTIC PACKAGE
to 1.0 volt input with low standby current. These
devices are CASE 29
packaged in 3-pin TO-226AA and 8-pin surface mount packages. (TO-226AA)
Applications include direct monitoring of the 5.0 Volt MPU/logic
power supply used in appliance, automotive, consumer and

equipment.
industrial

Trimmed-ln-Package Temperature Compensated Reference


PIN 1. RESET
Comparator Threshold of 4.6 V at 25C
2. INPUT
Precise Comparator Thresholds Guaranteed Over 3. GROUND
Temperature
Comparator Hysteresis Prevents Erratic Reset

Reset Output Capable of Sinking in Excess of 10 mA


Internal Clamp Diode for Discharging Delay Capacitor
Guaranteed Reset Operation with 1.0 Volt Input
D SUFFIX
Low Standby Current
PLASTIC PACKAGE
Economical TO-226AA and SO-8 Surface Mount Packages CASE 751
(SO-8)

PIN RESET
'W
1.
1 INPUT
2.

3. N.C.
REPRESENTATIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM 4. GROUND
5. N.C.
Input Q 2 (2) 6. N.C.
7. N.C.
8. N.C.

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Sink Only Device Range Package
Positive True Logic Plastic SO-8
MC34064D-5
0Cto +70C
MC34064P-5 Plastic TO-226AA
Pin numbers adjacent to terminals are for the 3-pin TO-226AA package. MC33064D-5 Plastic SO-8
Pin numbers in parenthesis are for the D suffix SO-8 package. -40Cto + 85C
MC33064P-5 Plastic TO-226AA

new product. Specifications and information herein are


This document contains information on a
subject to change without notice.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-227
MC34064, MC33064

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Power Input Supply Voltage
Vin -1.0 to 10 V
Reset Output Voltage
v 10 V
Reset Output Sink Current (Note 1) 'Sink Internally mA
Limited
Clamp Diode Forward Current, Pin 1 to 2 (Note 1) IF 100 mA
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
P Suffix, Plastic Package
Maximum Power T A = 25C
Thermal Resistance, Junction
Dissipation (a
Pd 625 mW
to Air R 6UA 200 C/W
D Suffix, Plastic Package
Maximum Power TA = 25C
Dissipation
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air
(a
pd 625 mW
R0JA 200 C/W
Operating Junction Temperature Tj + 150 c
Operating Ambient Temperature
ta c
MC34064
Oto +70
MC33064 - 40 to + 85
I

Storage Temperature Range - 65


Tstg to + 1 50 |
C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS For typical values TA = 25C, for min/max values TA is the operating ambient temperature
range that applies (Notes 2 and 3).

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit


COMPARATOR
Threshold Voltage
High State Output (Vj n Increasing)
V|H 4.5 4.61 4.7
Low State Output (Vj n Decreasing) V|L 4.5 4.59 4.7
Hysteresis
0.01 0.02 0.05
RESET OUTPUT
Output Sink Saturation
<V jn = 4.0 V,
vol
(sink = 8.0 mA)
0.46 1.0
(V| n = 4.0 V,
S ink = 2.0 mA)
l

0.15 0.4
(Vj n = 1-OV,
'Sink = 0.1 mA)
0.1
Output Sink Current (V = 4.0 V)
in Reset ,

Output Off-State Leakage (V


'Sink 60 mA
in Reset
= , 5.0 V)
'OH 0.02 0.5 /iA
Clamp Diode Forward Volt age, Pin to 2 (lp 10 mA)
1
VF 1.2
TOTAL DEVICE
Operating Input Voltage Range
1.0 to 6.5
Quiescent Input Current (V in = 5.0 V)
' 390 500 /xA
NOTES.
1. Maximum package power dissipation limits must be observed

3 Z
T low =
i
d tV CV C P U IS e
O for
U 'c M C3406i
f o r MC34064
qUeS '" ""* """"^ X0 'mta n
T niqn = +70C
''

for
'
UnCt'" tem
MC34064
^^ close to ambient as possible,

= -40CforMC33064 = +85C for MC33064

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-228
MC34064, MC33064

FIGURE 1 RESET OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 2 RESET OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus
INPUT VOLTAGE INPUT VOLTAGE

5.0 i
i

RL - 10ktnV;
R L == 10 kto V| n
Ta = 25C Ta = 25C

4.0
>
<j
hj 3.0
o
'
'

z> , i

o
>6
1.0

\
^L 4.0 6.0 8.0
1
4.600 4.620

V| INPUT VOLTAGE (V) V in INPUT VOLTAGE


,
(V)
n ,

FIGURE 3 COMPARATOR THRESHOLD VOLTAGE INPUT CURRENT versus INPUT VOLTAGE


versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 4

4.630 I

RL = 10 k to Vj n

_
>
4.620 U(.
TA = +25C<
Hie h State jtput

< 4.610
-40C
o
>
3 4.600
\ + 85C

CO
TA = +25C N
H 4.590 '
V
Low er Threshc Id
^^ + 85C V -40C

4.580 State Out I

4.570 2.0 4.0 6.0


-25 25 50 75 100 125

V in INPUT VOLTAGE
,
(V)
T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
,
TO

FIGURE 5 RESET OUTPUT SATURATION versus RESET DELAY TIME


SINK CURRENT FIGURE 6

V in = 4.0 V I

TA = + 85C
/ >T A = -40C-
"

10 20 30 2 00 ns/Div.

ISink, SINK CURRENT (mA)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-229
MC34064, MC33064

FIGURE 7 CLAMP DIODE FORWARD CURRENT


versus VOLTAGE

Vin
= OV

1 60

z
az
3 40
Q
5
o

0.4 0.8 1.2

Vp, FORWARD VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 8 LOW VOLTAGE MICROPROCESSOR RESET

A time delayed reset can be accomplished with


the
addition of CrjLY- For systems with extremely
fast
power supply rise times (<500 ns) it is recommended
that the RCqly time constant be greater than 5.0 (ls.

Vin

FIGURE 9 - LOW VOLTAGE MICROPROCESSOR RESET WITH ADDITIONAL HYSTERESIS

TEST DATA
VH AV th Rh Rl
*Rl (mV) (mV) <n> (km
"
^4 . | O 1 Microprocessor 20
T r: """*
Circuit
"I'd) Relit '
51 3.4 10 1.5

~1T 40 6.8 20 4.7

81 6.8 20 1.5
46 Rh 71 10 30 2.7
R|_
112 10 30 1.5

AVth(lower) * 340 R H x 10-6 100 16 47 2.7

Where: Rh 150 n 164 16 47 1.5

RL 1.5 kn, 10 kn 190 34 100 2.7

327 34
^l a
H
r
^?teresis can be increasedwith the addition of resistor H
H The hysteresis equation has been
.
100 1.5

SI int
^BV'^ST 4)
at 4.59 V.
An
not a c co nt
f fh r
f r
he C hangB f input CUrrem
^ . ' d
,hreSh ,!
AVth ('ow^) Wi " be observed due
The equations are accurate to 10% with R less than 150 n
^
as V CC crosses the comparator threshold

'In which is typically 340 ^A
276 51 150 2.7

H and R L between 1.5 kn and 10 kn I


480 51 150 1.5

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-230

MC34064, MC33064

FIGURE 10 VOLTAGE MONITOR FIGURE 11 SOLAR POWERED BATTERY CHARGER

1.0 k

FIGURE 12 LOW POWER SWITCHING REGULATOR


25/xH
MPSW51A V = 5.0 V
= 11-5 V * O
'in
Iq = 50 mA
to 14.5 V

Conditions Results
Test

Line Regulation Vj n = 11.5 V to 14.5 V, lo = 50 mA 35 mV


Load Regulation Vj n = 12.6 V, lo = mA to 50 mA 12 mV
Output Ripple Vjn = 12.6 V, Iq = 50 mA 60 mV p .p
Efficiency V-m = 12.6 V, l = 50 mA 77%

FIGURE 13 MOSFET LOW VOLTAGE GATE DRIVE PROTECTION

MTP3055EL

with the
Overheating of the logic level power MOSFET due to insufficient gate voltage can be prevented
volt threshold of the MC34064. its output
grounds the
above circuit: When the input signal is below the 4.6
gate of the L 2 MOSFET.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-231
MOTOROLA
SEMICONDUCTOR MC34065
TECHNICAL DATA MC33065

HIGH PERFORMANCE DUAL CHANNEL


CURRENT MODE CONTROLLER
HIGH PERFORMANCE
The MC34065 series are high performance, fixed frequency, DUAL CHANNEL
dual current mode controllers. They are
specifically designed for
Off-Line and DC-to-DC converter applications
CURRENT MODE CONTROLLER
offering the
designer a cost effective solution with minimal
external compo- SILICON MONOLITHIC
nents. These integrated circuits feature
a unique oscillator for INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
precise duty cycle limit and frequency control,
a temperature com-
pensated reference, two high gain error amplifiers,
two current
sensing comparators, drive output 2 enable
pin, and two high
current totem pole outputs ideally suited for drivinq power
MOSFETs.
Also included are protective features consisting
of input and
reference undervoltage lockouts each with
hysteresis, cycle-by-
cycle current limiting, and a latch for
single pulse metering of
each output.
These devices are available in dual-in-line and surface
mount
packages.
P SUFFIX
Unique Oscillator for Precise Duty Cycle Limit and Frequency PLASTIC PACKAGE
Control CASE 648
Current Mode Operation to 500 kHz
Automatic Feed Forward Compensation
Separate Latching PWMs for Cycle-By-Cycle Current Limiting
Internally Trimmed Reference with Undervoltage Lockout
Drive Output 2 Enable Pin
DW SUFFIX
Two High Current Totem Pole Outputs PLASTIC PACKAGE
Input Undervoltage Lockout with Hysteresis CASE 751
(SO-16L)
Low Start-Up and Operating Current
Direct Interface with Motorola SENSEFET Products

PIN CONNECTIONS
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM

Sync Input [T lE V CC
CT [7 5! V ref

Voltage Feedback
rt
n
[T
if] Drive Output 2 Enab
1
13l Voltage Feedback 2
Compensation 1
12] Compensation 2
[J~
Current Sense 1Hf jTJ Current Sense 2
Drive Output 1[T K>] Drive Output 2
Gnd (T T] Drive Gnd
ITop Viewl

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
MC34065DW SO-16L
0to +70C
MC34065P
oL Plastic DIP

-% Gnd O8 Drive
*1
Gnd O 9
J" MC33065DW
-40 to +85 C
'C
SO-16L
MC33065P Plastic DIP

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-232
MC34065 MC33065

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Total Power Supply and Zener Current (icc + 'z) 50 mA
Output Current, Source or Sink (Note 1) '0 1.0 A
Output Energy (Capacitive Load per Cycle) w 5.0 MJ
Current Sense, Enable, and Voltage Vin -0.3 to +5.5 V
Feedback Inputs
Sync Input -High State (Voltage) V|H 5.5 V
Low State (Reverse Current) IlL -5.0 mA
Error Amp Output Sink Current '0 10 mA
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
DW Suffix Package SO-16 Case 751G-01
Maximum Power Dissipation ( T& = 25C PD 862 mW
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air R 0JA 145 C/W
P Suffix Package Case 648-06
Maximum Power Dissipation (a Ta = 25C PD 1.25 w
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air R 0JA 100 C'W
Operating Junction Temperature Tj + 150 c

Operating Ambient Temperature MC34065 to +70 c


TA
MC33065 - 40 to + 85

Storage Temperature Range Tstg -65 to +150 c

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = 15 V [Note R T = 8.2 kO, C T = 3.3 nF, for typical values TA = 25C, for min/max
2],

values T/\ is the operating ambient temperature range that applies [Note 3].)

Characteristic Symbol Min Typ I Max Unit


REFERENCE SECTION
Reference Output Voltage (Iq = 1.0 mA, Tj = 25C) Vref 4.9 5.0 5.1 V
Line Regulation (Vcc = 11 V to 15 V) R egiine 2.0 20 mV
Load Regulation (Iq = 10 mA to 10 mA) R egioad 30 25 mV
Total Output Variation over Line, Load, and Temperature Vref 4.85 5.15 V
Output Short Circuit Current
'SC 30 100 mA
OSCILLATOR and PWM SECTIONS
Total Frequency Variation over Line and Temperature MC34065 f
OSC kHz
46.5 49 51.5
(Vcc = 11 V to 15 V, TA = T| 0W to T hjgh )
MC33065 45 49 53
Frequency Change with Voltage (Vcc = 11 V to 15 V) AfosC-iV 0.2 1.0 %
Duty Cycle at each Output Maximum DCmax 46 49.5 52 %
Minimum DC m in
Sync Input Current High State = 2.4 V)
(Vj n l|H
170 250 nA
-Low State (Vj n = 0.8 V) 'IL 80 160
ERROR AMPLIFIERS
Voltage Feedback Input (Vo = 2.5 V) vfb 2.42 2.5 2.58 V
Input Bias Current (Vfb = 5.0 V) 'IB
-0.1 -1.0 MA
Open-Loop Voltage Gain (Vo = 2.0 to 4.0 V) AVOL 65 100 dB
Unity Gain Bandwidth (Tj = 25C) BW 0.7 1.0 MHz
Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Vcc = 11 V to 15 V) PSRR 60 90 dB
Output Current -Source (Vo = 3.0 V, Vfb = 2.3 V) 'Source -0.45 -1.0 mA
-Sink (Vo = 12 V, Vfb = 2.7 V) 'Sink 2.0 12

Output Voltage Swing -High State (R|_ = 15 k to ground, Vfb = 2.3 V) VOH 5.0 6.2 V
-Low State IR(_ = 15 k to V ref V FB = 2.7 V)
, VOL 0.8 1.1

Notes: 1 Maximum package power dissipation limits must be observed.


2. Adjust Vcc above the Start-Up threshold before setting to 15 V.
3. Low duty cycle pulse techniques are used during test to maintain junction temperature as close to ambient as possible.
T| 0W = 0C for the MC34065 Thigh = + 70C for MC34065
= -40Cfor MC33065 + 85C for MC33065

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-233
MC34065 MC33065

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 15 V [Note 2], R T = 8.2 kil, Cj = 3.3 nF, for typical values Ta = 25C, for min/max
values Ta is the operating ambient temperature range that applies [Note 3].)

Characteristic Symbol Typ


CURRENT SENSE SECTION
Current Sense Input Voltage Gain (Notes 4 and 5) AV 2.75 3.0 3.25 V/V
Maximum Current Sense Input Threshold (Note 4) Vth 430 480 530 mV
Input Bias Current 'IB
-2.0 -10 nA
Propagation Delay (Current Sense Input to Output) tPLNON/OUT) 150 300 ns
DRIVE OUTPUT 2 ENABLE PIN
Enable Pin Voltage V
High State (Output 2 Enabled) V|H 3.5 - Vref
Low State (Output 2 Disabled) V|L 1.5

Low State Input Current (V|L = V) 'IB 100 250 400 fiA

DRIVE OUTPUTS
Output Voltage V
Low State Osj n k = 20
mA) VOL 0.1 0.4
dSink = 200 mA) 0.8 2.5
High State (Source = 20 mA) VOH 13 13.5
''Source = 200 mA) 12 13.4

Output Voltage with UVLO Activated v OL(UVLO) - 0.1 1.1 V


(V C C = 60 V, Isink = 10 mA)
Output Voltage Rise Time (C|_ = 1.0 nF) tr
28 150 ns
Output Voltage Fall Time (C|_ = 1.0 nF) tf
- 25 150 ns
UNDERVOLTAGE LOCKOUT SECTION
Start-Up Threshold Vth 13 14 15 V
Minimum Operating Voltage After Turn-On VcC(min) 9.0 10 11 V
TOTAL DEVICE
Power Supply Current 'cc mA
Start-Up (Vcc = 12 V) - 0.6 1.0
Operating (Note 2) 20 25
Power Supply Zener Voltage (Ice = 30 mA) vz 15.5 17 19 V
Notes: 1. Maximum package power dissipation limits must be observed.
2. Adjust Vcc above the Start-Up threshold before setting to 15 V.
3. Low duty cycle pulse techniques are used during test to mainta in junction temperature as close to ambient as possible.
T| 0W = 0C for the MC34065 T high = + 70C for MC34065
= - 40C for MC33065 - + 85C for MC33065
4. This parameter is measured at the latch trip point with Vft>
_
5.
_ . ....
Comparator gain is defined as Av =
AV Compensation
AV Current Sense

FIGURE 1
TIMING RESISTOR versus FIGURE 2 MAXIMUM OUTPUT DUTY CYCLE
OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY versus OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY

\ \
3.3 nF A, \ \ \ 100 pFV
^i \ 500 pFl_ \ \
^ V L \ \ \ 1

220 pF-V-
1
L
Uf\
L \ \ '
\ V S 46 ut ut 2
\ V V \ \ <r
S
\
\ nF\
\ \ \ V \>330pF\
\ 3 44 Ou tput
5.0
,
V \ \N o
*
nF \
vr
2.2

CT=\
\
\ \ \ :\ '
I
V CC " 1R V
RT = 4.0 k to 16 k
10 nF >
\ \ CL =
V V- V \ \N \ \ J 40
=
15 pF

\ \ \ v\\ W
^ "lA 25C
V CC = 15 N k
= S
40
TA 25 :
k \ \ \ v. 38 I I I

10K 30K 50K 100K 300K 500K 1.0M 30K 50K 100K 300K 500K
fQSC. OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY (Hz) fQSC. OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY (Hz)

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-234
MC34065 MC33065

FIGURE 3 ERROR AMP SMALL-SIGNAL FIGURE 4 ERROR AMP LARGE-SIGNAL


TRANSIENT RESPONSE TRANSIENT RESPONSE

3.0 V

1 .0 ms DIV
1.0/xs.DIV

FIGURE 5 ERROR AMP OPEN-LOOP GAIN AND FIGURE 6 CURRENT SENSE INPUT THRESHOLD
PHASE versus FREQUENCY versus ERROR AMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE
! I I

IJ
C
|

= ^
zt Ta = 125C/
J

Tft
I

= 2bT=^TT
I

55r


//
7 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
1.0K 10K 100K
V ERROR AMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V)
1, FREQUENCY (Hz) ,

FIGURE 7 REFERENCE VOLTAGE CHANGE FIGURE 8 REFERENCE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT


versus TEMPERATURE
versus SOURCE CURRENT
i r
-Vcc = 15V-I

-25 25 50 75

TA AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |C)


REFERENCE SOURCE CURRENT (mAI
,

l ,
ref

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-235
MC34065 MC33065

FIGURE 9 REFERENCE LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 10 REFERENCE LINE REGULATION

FIGURE 11 OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE


versus LOAD CURRENT FIGURE 12 OUTPUT WAVEFORM
u
Source S turatton V CC = 15 V
"
v :c (Load to 3round| 8 /is Pulsed Load
m
?!)
^ T A - 25C
120 Hz Hate

ta = - 55X
j

L I

?n ta = -

1 n 25C

o ^ 200
I

400
r.

I
\

6(
(Load to vcd

Iq. OUTPUT LOAD CURRENT |mA|

FIGURE 13 OUTPUT CROSS-CONDUCTION FIGURE 14 SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE

RT
1

= 8.2K
1 1 1

Cj = 3.3 nF
V FB 1,2 = V
Current Sense 1,2 = V

'

8.0 12
V CC SUPPLY VOLTAGE
,
.(VI

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-236
MC34065 MC33065

OPERATING DESCRIPTION The Amp output (Pin 5, 1 2) is provided for exter-


Error

series are high performance, fixed fre- nal loop compensation. The output voltage is offset by
The MC34065
quency, dual channel current mode controllers specif- two diode drops = 1.4 V) and divided by three before
(

it connects to the inverting


input of the Current Sense
ically designed for Off-Line and DC-to-DC converter
applications. These devices offer the designer a cost
Comparator. This guarantees that no pulses appear at
effective solution with minimal external components the Drive Output (Pin 7, 10) when the error amplifier
where independent regulation of two power converters output is at its lowest state (Vol)- This occurs when the
is required. The Representative Block Diagram is
shown power supply is operating and the load is removed, or
at the beginning of a soft-start interval (Figures 20, 21 ).

in Figure 15. Each channel contains a high gain error


amplifier, current sensing comparator, pulse width
The minimum allowable Error Amp feedback resis-
modulator latch, and totem pole output driver. The tance is limited by the amplifier's source current
(0.5 mA) and the output voltage (Voh> required to
reach
oscillator, reference regulator, and undervoltage lock-

common to both channels. the comparator's 0.5 V clamp level with the inverting
out circuits are
input at ground. This condition happens during initial

Oscillator
system startup or when the sensed output is shorted:
The unique oscillator configuration employed fea- 3.0 (0.5 V) + 1.4 V _
= " 5800
tgres precise frequency and duty cycle control. The fre-
R f<MIN>
oT^
quency is programmed by the values selected for the
timing components Rj and Cj. Capacitor Cj is charged Current Sense Comparator and Latch PWM
and discharged by an equal magnitude internal current The MC34065 operates as a current mode controller,
source and sink, generating a symmetrical 50 percent whereby output switch conduction is initiated by the
duty cycle waveform at Pin 2. The oscillator peak and oscillator and terminated when the peak inductor cur-
valley thresholds are 3.5 V and 1.6 V respectively. The rent reaches the threshold level established by the Error
source/sink current magnitude is controlled by resistor Amplifier output. Thus the error signal controls the peak
R-f- For proper operation over temperature it must be inductor current on a cycle-by-cycle basis. The Current
in the range of 4.0 kH to 16 kil as shown in Figure Sense Comparator-PWM Latch configuration used
1.

As Cj charges and discharges, an internal blanking ensures that only a single pulse appears at the Drive
pulse is generated that alternately drives the center Output during any given oscillator cycle. The inductor
inputs of the upper and lower NOR gates high. This, in current is converted to a voltage by inserting a ground-
conjunction with a precise amount of delay time intro- referenced sense resistor R$ in series with the source
duced into each channel, produces well defined non- of output switch Q1. This voltage is monitored by the
overlapping output duty cycles. Output 2 is enabled Current Sense Input (Pin 6, 1 1 and compared to a level
)

while Cj is charging, and Output 1 is enabled during derived from the Error Amp output. The peak inductor
the discharge. Figure 2 shows the Maximum Output current under normal operating conditions is controlled
Duty Cycle versus Oscillator Frequency. Note that even by the voltage at Pin 5, 12 where:
at 500 kHz, each output is capable of approximately
44%
_ V(Pin5. 12) ~ 1-4 V
on-time, making this controller suitable for high fre-
.

'P k " 3R S
quency power conversion applications.
In many noise sensitive applications it may be desir- Abnormal operating conditions occur when the
able to frequency-lock the converter to an external sys- power supply output is overloaded or if output voltage
tem clock. This can be accomplished by applying a clock sensing is lost. Under these conditions, the Current
signal as shown in Figure 17. For reliable locking, the Sense Comparator threshold will be internally clamped
to 0.5 V. Therefore the maximum peak switch
current
free-running oscillator frequency should be set about
10% less than the clock frequency. Referring to the tim- is:

ing diagram shown in Figure 16, the rising edge of the _ 0.5 V
Ipk(max) ~
clock signal applied to the Sync input, terminates charg- R
ing of Cj and Drive Output 2 conduction. By tailoring high power switching regulator it
When designing a
the clock waveform symmetry, accurate duty cycle reduce the internal clamp voltage
may be desirable to
clamping of either output can be achieved. A circuit
in order to keep the power dissipation of Rs
to a rea-
method for this, and multi unit synchronization, is
sonable level. A simple method to adjust this voltage
shown in Figure 18. are used
is shown in Figure 19. The two external diodes

to compensate the internal diodes, yielding a constant


Error Amplifier
clamp voltage over temperature. Erratic operation due
Each channel contains a fully-compensated Error
to noise pickup can result if there is an excessive reduc-
Amplifier with access to the inverting input and output. clamp voltage.
tion of the Ipk(max)
The amplifier features a typical dc voltage gain of
A narrow spike on the leading edge of the current
100 dB, and a unity gain bandwidth of 1.0 MHz with 71
waveform can usually be observed and may cause the
degrees of phase margin (Figure 5). The non-inverting when the output
pinned out. power supply to exhibit an instability
input is internally biased at 2.5 V and is not
This spike is due to the power trans-
lightly loaded.
The converter output voltage is typically divided down
is

former interwinding capacitance and output rectifier


and monitored by the inverting input through a resistor
divider. The maximum input bias current is
-1.0 M recovery time. The addition of an RC filter on the Current
Sense input with a time constant that approximates the
which will cause an output voltage error that is equal
equiv- spike duration will usually eliminate the instability; refer
to the product of the input bias current and the
to Figure 24.
alent input divider source resistance.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-237
MC34065 MC33065

FIGURE 15 - REPRESENTATIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM


V in = 15 V

r
Vref 04 ^J Reference
)?H * 17V I

Drive Output 1 WiQI


RT < Cj^o.
i ^ J
mA
Current Sen
^
J\ (J)
1 Comparator 1

qp> T MH
Voltage -
w/v
Feedback 1

Current Sense 1

Compensation 1 o

Drive Output 2 (|)


2!
V IT
Enable PWM
latch 2
X Current Sense
Hs
Voltage ^
tXY
Qy mA
W W wrr-,
1.0 Comparator
tn.
2
R QM
Feedback 2
13' r^
Amp 2
^|r Current Sense 2
Compensation 2 O

"pV Sink Only


t
=
Positive True Logic

FIGURE 16 TIMING DIAGRAM


1 I
' I I
' I I I 1 1

- ULJL
l 1 1 1 1

iTm-rurvTJwLi
Latch
"Set" Input
-
Compensation 1

Current Sense 1 jC
1
SL 1 1 1 1

LJ-Jl_X_J
1 1 1 1 1

Ks^ruwmn^
1 1 1 1 1 1

Drive Output 1

' i 1 i 1

Drive Output 2
Enable
I

rLrLrm^njULn
I

Latch
"Set" I

- I I I I I

Compensation 2 .

Current Sense 2

n
'
'
' ' '
Ill
1 i
L-JL_JUJL_JL_L_JL
i i i i i

Drive Output 2

i
KJL_R_n_nTULri_
i 1 1 i

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-238
MC34065 MC33065

Undervoltage Lockout A separate Drive Ground pin is provided and, with


Two Undervoltage Lockout comparators have been proper implementation, will significantly reduce the
incorporated to guarantee that the IC is fully functional level of switching transient noise imposed on the con-
before the output stages are enabled. The positive trolcircuitry. This becomes particularly useful when

power supply terminal {VqO and tne reference output reducing the clamp level. Figure 23 shows the
p k(max)
l

(V re f) are each monitored by separate comparators. proper ground connections required for current sensing
Each has built-in hysteresis to prevent erratic output power MOSFET applications.
behavior as their respective thresholds are crossed. The
Vqc comparator upper and lower thresholds are 14 V Drive Output 2 Enable Pin
This input is used to enable Drive Output Drive
and 10 V respectively. The hysteresis and low start-up 2.

current makes these devices ideally suited to off-line Output can be used to control circuitry that must run
1

converter applications where efficient bootstrap start- continuously such as volatile memory and the system
up techniques are required (Figure 28). The V ref com- clock, or a remote controlled receiver, while Drive Out-
parator disables the Drive Outputs until the internal cir- put 2 controls the high power circuitry that is occasion-
cuitry is comparator has upper and
functional. This ally turned off.

lower thresholds of 3.6 V and 3.4 V. A 17 V zener is


Reference
connected as a shunt regulator from Vrjc t0 ground. Its
purpose is to protect the IC and power MOSFET gate
The 5.0 V bandgap reference is trimmed to 2.0%
tolerance at Tj = 25C. The reference has short circuit
from excessive voltage that can occur during system
protection and is capable of providing in excess of
start-up. The guaranteed minimum operating voltage
30 for powering any additional control system
mA
after turn-on is 11 V.
circuitry.

Drive Outputs and Drive Ground


Each channel contains a single totem-pole output Design Considerations
stage that is designed for direct drive of
specifically Do not attempt to construct the converter on wire-
power MOSFET's. The Drive Outputs are capable of up wrap or plug-in prototype boards. High frequency cir-
and fall cuit layout techniques are imperative to prevent pulse-
to 1.0 A peak current and have a typical rise
times of 28 ns with a 1.0 nF load. Internal circuitry has
width jitter. This is usually caused by excessive noise
pick-up imposed on the Current Sense or Voltage Feed-
been added to keep the outputs in a sinking mode when-
back inputs. Noise immunity can be improved by low-
ever an Undervoltage Lockout is active. This character-
pull-down resis- ering circuit at these points. The printed
impedances
istic eliminates the need for an external
output circuit layout should contain a ground plane with low
tor. Cross-conduction current in the totem-pole
current signal and high current switch and output
stage has been minimized for high speed operation, as
grounds returning on separate paths back to the input
shown in Figure 13. The average added power due to
mW filter capacitor. Ceramic bypass capacitors (0.1 pF) con-
cross-conduction with Vqc = 15 V is only 60 at
nected directly to Vrjc and v ref ma V De required
500 kHz.
depending upon circuit layout. This provides a low
Although the Drive Outputs were optimized for
MOSFETs, they can easily supply the negative base cur- impedance path for filtering the high frequency noise.
All high current loops should be kept as short as pos-
rent required by bipolar NPN transistors for enhanced
sible using heavy copper runs to minimize radiated EMI.
turn-off (Figure 25). The outputs do not contain internal
current limiting, therefore an external series resistor
The Error Amp compensation circuitry and the con-
verter output voltage-divider should be located close to
may be required to prevent the peak output current from
the IC and as far as possible from the power switch and
exceeding the 1.0 A maximum rating. The sink satu-
v mA other noise generating components.
ration (Vol) is less than - 4 at 10 -

FIGURE 18
EXTERNAL DUTY CYCLE CLAMP AND
FIGURE 17 EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION MULTI UNIT SYNCHRONIZATION

X
External

JIA.
220 pF

J.

IT
JOv
x ,,

\
m 1
20 k

^jut.

<$.

jf-SS 2R

'AV
5|
L. To Additional MC34065S
The external diode clamp is required if the negative Sync current Ra
Dmax Drive Output D max Drive Output 2
is greater than - 5.0 mA.
1

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-239
p

MC34065 MC33065

FIGURE 19 ADJUSTABLE REDUCTION OF CLAMP LEVEL


FIGURE 20 SOFT-START CIRCUIT

I
- "

'Soft-Start " 2100 C in


Where: V c iam '
5
p

FIGURE 21 ADJUSTABLE REDUCTION OF CLAMP LEVEL


WITH SOFT-START FIGURE 22 MOSFET PARASITIC OSCILLATIONS

ie MOSFET switching speed Schottfcy diode 0]


cuit ringing drives the output pin below ground

FIGURE 23 CURRENT SENSING POWER MOSFET FIGURE 24 CURRENT WAVEFORM SPIKE SUPPRESSION

R r
S 'pk DS(oi

'DMtonl ' "S

6 RS i : SENSEFET - MTP10N10M
1 4 W RS - 200
Circuitry Ground 1 Then: V Pln 6 . 075 pk l

To Pin 8
The addition of the RC filter will ,
Virtually lossless current sensing
can be achieved with the by the leading edge spike on the current
waveforr
implementation of a SENSEFET power switch For proper oper
ation during over current conditions, a reduction of
the
IpHmaxt clamp level must be implemented Refer to Figures
19 and 21

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-240
MC34065 MC33065

FIGURE 25 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR DRIVE FIGURE 26 ISOLATED MOSFET DRIVE


vcc

Isolation
Boundry

rp&fl?'

The totem-pole outputs can furnish negative base current


enhanced transistor turn-off, with the addition of capacitor
for
C-\ V|pin6) - 1" ("P\
XX-
3R S \H S I -r

FIGURE 27 DUAL CHARGE PUMP CONVERTER

(|)1.0 mA
r^ri (
U^
Vo

Output Load Regulation


4r 13 "EA2 lolmAI +V (VI -V (V)

29.8 14.7
1.0 283 -13 4
5.0 27.9 12.9
10 27.5 -12.5
50 244 -9 5

The capacitor's equivalent series resistance must limit the Drive Output current to 1.0 A.
An additional series resistor may be required when using tantalum or other low ESR
capacitors. The positive output can provide excellent line and load regulation by
connecting the R2/R1 resistor divider as shown.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-241
MC34065 MC33065

FIGURE 28 125 WATT OFF-LINE CONVERTER

Test Conditions Results


Line Regulation V ln = 92 to 138 Vac T1 468 juH per section at 2.5 A,
100 V Output = 10 A
lO A = 40 mV or 0.02% Coilcraft E3496A
12 V Outputs lO = 1.0 A T2 Primary: 156 Turns, #34 AWG
A = 32 mV or 0.13% Primary Feedback: 19 Turns,
9.0 V Output = 0.1 A AWG
lO A = 55 mV or 0.31% #34
Secondary: 17 Turns, #28 AWG
Load Regulation Vj n = 115 Vac Core: TDK H7C1EE22-Z
Bobbin: BE22-6H
100 V Output = 0.25 A
lO to 1.0 A A = 50 mV or 0.025% Gap: 0.001" for a primary
12 V Outputs lO = 0.25 A to 1.0 A A = 320 mVor 1.2% inductance of 6.8 mH

9.0 V Output
T3 Primary: 56 Turns, #23 AWG
lO = 0.08 A to 0.1 A A = 234 mV or 1.3% (2 strands) Bifiliar Wound
Secondary 12 V: 4 Turns,
Output Ripple Vj n = 115 Vac #23 AWG (4 strands)

100 V Output Quadfiliar Wound


lO = 10 A 40 mVp-p Secondary 100 V: 32 Turns,
12 V Outputs lO = 1.0 A 100 mVp-p #23 AWG a strands) Bifiliar
V Output
9.0 Wound
lO = 0.1 A 60 mVp-p Core: Ferroxcube EEC 40-3C8
Bobbin: Ferroxcube 40-11 12CP
Short Circuit Current Vj n = 115 Vac, R L = 0.1 il Gap: 0.030" for a primary
100 V Output inductance of 212 iM
4.3 A LI, L3, L4
25mH at 1.0 A,
12 V Outputs 17 A Coilcraft 27157.
V Output
9.0 L2 10 MH at 3.0 A, Coilcraft
Output Hiccups PCV-0-010-03.
Efficiency Vj n = 115 Vac, P = 125 W 86%

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-242
MC34065 MC33065

125 WATT OFF-LINE CONVERTER

CIRCUIT VIEW

AC INPUT 9V It 100V 12V -12V

COMPONENT VIEW 100 V & 12 V Shutdown

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-243
MC34065 MC33065

PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION


Pin# Function
Description
1 Sync Input A narrow rectangular waveform applied to this input will synchronize the
within the range of
Oscillator. A dc voltage
2.4 V to 5.5 V will inhibit the Oscillator.

Timing capacitor C T connects from this pin to ground setting the free-running Oscillator fre-
quency range.
Rt Resistor R T connects from this pin to ground precisely setting the charge current for Ct Rt
must be between 4.0 k and 16 k.
Voltage Feedback 1 This pin is the inverting input of Error Amplifier 1. It is normally connected to the switching
power supply output through a resistor divider.

Compensation 1 This pin the output of Error Amplifier


is 1 and is made available for loop compensation.
Current Sense 1 A voltage proportional to the inductor current is connected
to this input. PWM 1 uses this
information to terminate conduction of output switch Q1.
Drive Output 1 This pin directly drives the gate of a power MOSFET Q1. Peak currents up to 1.0 A are sourced
and sunk by this pin.

Gnd This pin is the control circuitry ground return and is connected back to the source ground.
9 Drive Gnd This pin is a separate power ground return that
connected back to the power source.
is
It is used
to reduce the effects of switching transient noise on the control circuitry.
10 Drive Output 2 This pin directly drives the gate of a power MOSFET 02. Peak currents up to 1.0 A are sourced
and sunk by this pin.

11 Current Sense 2 A voltage proportional to inductor current is connected to this input. PWM 2 uses this information
to terminate conduction of output switch Q2.

12 Compensation 2 This pin is the output of Error Amplifier 2 and is made available for loop compensation.
13 Voltage Feedback 2 This pin isthe inverting input of Error Amplifier 2. It is normally connected to the switching
power supply output through a resistor divider.
14 Drive Output 2 Enable A logic low at this input disables Drive Output 2.

15 Vref This is the 5.0 V reference output. It can provide bias for any additional system circuitry.
16 VC C This pin is the positive supply of the control IC The minimum operating voltage ranqe after
start-up is 11 V to 15.5 V.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-244
G

MOTOROLA MC34066
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33066
TECHNICAL DATA

Product Preview
HIGH PERFORMANCE
RESONANT MODE
HIGH PERFORMANCE RESONANT MODE CONTROLLER CONTROLLER
series are high performance resonant mode
con-
The MC34066 SILICON MONOLITHIC
trollersdesigned for Off-Line and DC-to-DC converter applications INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
that utilizefrequency modulated constant on-time or constant off-
time control. These integrated circuits feature a variable
frequency
retriggerable
oscillator with programmable deadtime, precision
gain
one-shot timer, temperature compensated reference, high
wide-bandwidth error amplifier with a precision output clamp,
steering flip-flop, and dual high current totem pole outputs
ideally

suited for driving power MOSFETs.


high speed
Also included are protective features consisting of a P SUFFIX
comparator and programmable soft-start circuitry,
fault latch, PLASTIC PACKAGE
input undervoltage lockout with selectable thresholds,
and ref-
CASE 648
erence undervoltage lockout.
These devices are available in dual-in-line and surface mount
packages.
Variable Frequency Oscillator with a Control Range
Exceeding 1000:1
Programmable Oscillator Deadtime allows Constant Off-Time DW SUFFIX
Operation PLASTIC PACKAGE
CASE 751
Precision Retriggerable One-Shot Timer
(SO-16)
Internally Trimmed Bandgap Reference
5.0 MHz Error Amplifier with Precision Output Clamp
Dual High Current Totem Pole Outputs
Selectable Undervoltage Lockout Thresholds with Hysteresis
Enable Input
PIN CONNECTIONS
Programmable Soft- Start Circuitry
Low Start-Up Current for Off-Line Operation
Osc Deadtime (j_ Ti] One-Shot RC

Osc RC \T ll] VCC


SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM Osc Control r^~ T4J Drive Output A
Current *
Gnd[T 13] Drive Gnd
Vref \T Tj] Drive Output B

ErrorAmp Out [j3~ iJJ Csoft-Start


Enable/ ErrorAmp i

To] Fault Input


UVLO Adjust 9 Inverting Input L7_
in
Osc Deadtime O-
Error Amp Non
Inverting Input
[~q
'
J
Enable/UVLO
' Adjust

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature
Device Range Package
j-O Fault Input
MC34066DW SO-16
Oto +70C
MC34066P Plastic DIP

MC33066DW SO-16
- 40 to + 85C
MC33066P Plastic DIP

reserves the
This document contains information on a new product under development. Motorola
right to change or discontinue the product without notice.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-245
G

MC34066, MC33066

MAXIMUM RATINGS
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Power Supply Voltage
vcc 20 V
Drive Output Current, Source or Sink (Note
Continuous
1) o A
0.3
Pulsed (0.5 fxs, 25% Duty Cycle) 1.5
Error Amplifier, Fault, One-Shot, Oscillator, and
Vin -1.0 to +6.0 V
Soft-Start Inputs

UVLO Adjust Input -


Vjn(UVLO) 1 .0 to Vcc V
Power and Thermal Characteristics
Dissipation
DW Suffix Package SO-16 Case 751
Maximum Power Dissipation TA = 25C @ PD 862 mW
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air
R0JA 145 C/W
P Suffix Package Case 648
Maximum Power Dissipation @ TA = 25C PD 1.25 W
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air
R&JA 100 C/W
Operating Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C
Operating Ambient Temperature TA C
MC34066 Oto +70
MC33066 -40 to +85
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = 12 V [Note R 0SC = 95.3 R DT =


2), k, n. R VF0 = 5.62 k, C SC = 300 pF,
k
' ~ 30 PF CL = 1 nF f r tVPical ValueS Ta = 25 C for min/max values TA is the operating ambient temperature
range lu l [Note
that applies
' ' '

3] unless otherwise noted., 1

Characteristic Symbol
1
I I Min I
Typ I
Max I Unit
-
REFERENCE SECTION 1 ' '

Reference Output Voltage <l = mA, TA = 25C) Vref 5.0 5.1 5.2 V
Line Regulation (Vcc = 10 V to 18 V) Re 9line _ 1.0 20 mV
Load Regulation (Iq = mA to 10 mA) Reg| ad 1.0 20 mV
Total Output Variation Over Line, Load, and Temperature Vref 4.9 5.3 mV
Output Short Circuit Current
'O 25 100 190 mA
Reference Undervoltage Lockout Threshold
Vth 3.8 4.3 4.8 V
ERROR AMPLIFIER
Input Offset Voltage (Vcm = 1.5 V) VlO 1.0 10 mV
Input Bias Current (Vcm = 1.5 V) llB 0.2 1.0 /xA
Input Offset Current (Vcm = 1.5 V)
ho 0.5 /xA
Open-Loop Voltage Gain (Vcm = 1.5 V, Vo = 2.0 V) A VOL 70 100 dB
Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz)
GBW 2.5 4.2 MHz
Input Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Vcm = 1.5 V to 5.0 V) CMRR 70 95 dB
Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Vcc = 10 V to 18 V, f = 120 Hz) PSRR 80 100 _ dB
Output Voltage Swing
High State with respect to Pin 3 V
(Source = 2.0 mA) VOH 2.1 2.5 2.9
Low State with respect to ground dsj = 1.0 mA)
nk vol 0.4 0.6

2. AdjustVcc above the Start-Up threshold before setting to 12 V.


3. Low duty cycle pulse techniques are used during test to maintain junction
temperature as close to ambient as possible
Mow = C for MC34066 T nign = +70C for MC34066
= -40CforMC33066 = + 85X for MC33066

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-246
MC34066, MC33066

R n, R V FO - 562
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) (V CC = 12 V [Note 2], R SC = 95.3 k, DT =
k,

= 1.0 nF, for typical values T A = 25C, for min/max values TA is the operating
COSC = 300 pF, R T = 14.3 k, C T = 300 pF, C L

Characteristic Symbol |
Min |
Typ |
Max |
Unit |

I
|

nsni ator
i

kHz
Frequency (Error Amp Output Low) fOSC(low)
110
90 100
TA = 25C
T Hiqh> 85 115
Total Variation (Vcc = 10 V to 18 V, TA = Tlow t0
kHz
Frequency (Error Amp Output High) fOSC(high)
900 1000 1100
T A = 25C
850 1150
Total Variation (V C c = 10 V to 18 V, T A = Tl w to T H jgh>
= - 5mA TA = 2 5C) Vin 1.3 1.4 1.5 V
Oscillator Control Input Voltage, Pin 3 Osink '

DT ns
Output Deadtime (Error Amp Output High)
70 100
Rrjt = Oil
600 700 800
R DT - 1-0k
ONE-SHOT
/LIS
Drive Output On-Time (Rqt - 1 k> tON
1.43 1.5 1.57
T A = 25C
1.4 1.6
Total Variation (Vcc = 10 V to 18 V, T A = Tl w t0 T Hiqh)
DRIVE OUTPUTS
vol V
Output Voltage
0.8 1.2
Low State dsirtk = 20 mA)
1.5 2.0
(l
Sink = 200 mA) 10.3
High State dsource = 20 mA '
VOH 9.5
9.0 9.8
dSource = 20 mA >

Output Voltage with UVLO Activated (Vcc = 6.0 V, (sink = 10 mA > VOUUVLO) - 0.8 1.2 V

Output Voltage Rise Time (C|_ = 1.0 nF) tr


- 20 50 ns

20 50 ns
Output Voltage Fall Time (C|_ = 1.0 nF) tf
- . 1

FAULT COMPARATOR
Vth 0.95 1.0 1.05 V
Input Threshold

Input Bias Current (Vpj n 10 = V) llB


- -2.0 -10 fiA

Propagation Delay to Drive Outputs (100 mV Overdrive) tPLH(IN/OUT)


- 60 100 ns

SOFT-START
4.5 9.0 14 IxA
Capacitor Charge Current (Vpj n n =2.5 V) 'chg

=2.5 hdchg 1.0 8.0 mA


I
Capacitor Discharge Current (Vpj n n V)

UNDERVOLTAGE LOCKOUT
Vth(UVLO)
V
Start-Up Threshold, Vcc Increasing
14.8 16 17.2
Enable/UVLO Adjust Pin Open
8.0 9.0 10
Enable/UVLO Adjust Pin Connected to Vcc
VcC(min)
V
Minimum Operating Voltage After Turn-On
8.0 9.0 10
Enable/UVLO Adjust Pin Open
7.6 8.6 9.6
Enable/UVLO Adjust Pin Connected to Vcc
Vth(Enable) 6.0 7.0 V
Enable/UVLO Adjust Shutdown Threshold Voltage
Enable/UVLO Adjust Input Current (Pin 9 = V) 'in(Enable)
-0.2 -1.0 mA
TOTAL DEVICE
Pin Open) cc
mA
Power Supply Current (Enable/UVLO Adjust - 0.6
0.45
Start-Up(V Cc = 13.5 V)
21 30
Operating (foSC = 100 kHz, Note 2)
NOTE 2. Adjust Vcc above the Start-Up threshold before setting to 12 V.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-247
MC34066, MC33066

FIGURE 1 MC34066 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM

UVLO Adjust
g
-^v ref

Error Amp
Output

Non inverting Input \

INTRODUCTION firstpage of this data sheet, which identifies the main


As power supply designers have slrived to increase
functional blocks and the block-to-block intercon-
power conversion efficiency and reduce passive com-
nects. Figure 1 is a detailed functional diagram which
ponent high frequency resonant mode power con-
size,
accurately represents the internal circuitry. The var-
verters have emerged as attractive alternatives to con- ious functions can be divided into two sections. The
ventional square-wave control. When compared to
first section includes the primary control path which
square-wave converters, resonant mode control offers
produces precise output pulses at the desired fre-
several benefits including lower switching losses,
quency. Included in this section are a variable fre-
higher efficiency, lower EMI emission, and smaller size.
quency Oscillator, a One-Shot, a pulse Steering Flip-
This integrated circuit has been developed to support
Flop, a pair of power MOSFET Drivers, and a wide
new trends in power supply design. The MC34066 Res- bandwidth Error Amplifier. The second section pro-
onant Mode Controller is a high performance bipolar IC
vides several peripheral support functions including
dedicated to variable frequency power control at fre-
a voltage reference, undervoltage lockout, Soft-Start
quencies exceeding 1 .0 MHz. This integrated circuit pro-
circuit, and a fault detector.
vides the features, performance and flexibility for a wide
variety of resonant mode power supply applications.
PRIMARY CONTROL PATH
The primary purpose of the control chip is to supply The output pulse width and repetition rate are regu-
precise pulses to the gates of external power MOSFETs lated through the interaction of the variable frequency
at a repetition rate regulated by a feedback control
loop. Oscillator, One-Shot timer and Error Amplifier. The
The MC34066 can be operated in any of three modes Oscillator triggers the One-Shot which generates a
as follows: fixed on-time, variable frequency; 2) fixed
1 )
pulse that is alternately steered to a pair of totem-pole
off-time, variable frequency; and 3) combinations of 1
output drivers by a toggle Flip-Flop. The Error Ampli-
and 2 that change from fixed on-time to fixed off-time fier monitors the output of the regulator
as the frequency increases. Additional features of the
and modu-
lates the frequency of the Oscillator. High-speed
IC ensure that system start-up and fault
conditions are Schottky logic is used throughout the primary control
administered in a safe, controlled manner. channel to minimize delays and enhance high fre-
A simplified block diagram of the IC is shown on the quency characteristics.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-248
MC34066, MC33066

Oscillator
characteristics of the variable frequency Oscil- for CosC- which corresponds to the maximum oscil-
The
performance at lator frequency, is given by Equation 1.
lator are crucial for precise controller
high operating frequencies. In addition to triggering the 2.5RQSC
+ 5.1
One-Shot timer and initiating the output pulse, the R VFO (1)
Oscillator also determines the initial voltage for the One- tdchg(min) = R DT +
< R0SC>C0Sdn
2.5RQSC
Shot capacitor and defines the minimum deadtime + 3.6
Rvfo
between output pulses. The Oscillator is designed to
operate at frequencies exceeding 1.0 MHz. The Error The minimum oscillator frequency will result when
Amplifier can control the oscillator frequency over a the lose current is zero, and CosC is discharged
1000:1 frequency range, and both the minimum and through the external resistors RoSC and R DT- Tnis
maximum frequencies are easily and accurately pro- occurs when the Error Amplifier output voltage is less
grammed by the proper selection of external compo- than the two diode drops required to bias the input of
nents. The Oscillator also includes an adjustable dead- the Current Mirror. The maximum oscillator discharge
time feature for applications requiring additional time time is given by Equation 2.
between output pulses.
f5 -
U
tdchg(max) = (RdT+ r OSC> CoSC In
\j^
(2)
The functional diagram of the Oscillator and One-Shot
timer is shown in Figure 2. The oscillator capacitor The outputs of the control IC are off whenever the
Cqsc is initially charged by transistor Q1 through the oscillator capacitor CqsC is bein 9 charged by tran-
optional deadtime resistor Rrjj- When CrjSC exceeds sistor Q1. The minimum time between output pulses
the 4.9 V upper threshold of the oscillator comparator, (deadtime) can be programmed by controlling the
the base of Q1 is pulled low allowing Cose t0 discharge charge time of CosC- Resistor Rdt reduces the cur-
through the external resistors and the internal Current rent delivered by Q1 to CqsC' tnus increasing the
Mirror. When the voltage on CosC falls below the com- charge time and the output deadtime. Varying Rdt
parator's 3.6 V lower threshold, Q1 turns on and again from to 1000 ohms will increase the output deadtime
charges CqsC- from 80 ns to 680 ns with CoSC e Q ual t0 300 P F Tne -

general expression for the oscillator charge time is


FIGURE 2 OSCILLATOR AND ONE-SHOT TIMER given by Equation 3.

tC hg = Rdt Cose m (|^f|) + 80 ns (3 >

The minimum and maximum oscillator frequencies


are programmed by the proper selection of resistor
R OSC and R VFO- After selecting Rqt for tne desired
deadtime, the minimum frequency is programmed by
Rqsc usin 9 Equations 2 and 3 in Equation 4:
1
, .
= tdchg(max) + *chg < 4 >
, .

OSC(mm)
f

The maximum oscillator frequency is set by resistor


RVFO in a similar fashion using Equations 1 and 3 in
UVLO + Fault' Equation 5:

^^ = t dchg(min) +t chg

The value chosen for resistor Rdt will affect the peak
(5)

voltage of the oscillator waveform. As Rdj is increased


from zero, the time required to charge CosC becomes
If Rdt is zero ohms, CosC charges from 3.6 V to 5.1 V targe with respect to the propagation delay through the
in less than 50 ns. The high slew rate of CosC and tne
oscillator comparator. Consequently, the overshoot of
propagation delay of the comparator make it difficult to
the upper threshold is reduced and the peak voltage on
control the peak voltage. This accuracy issue is over-
the oscillator waveform drops from 5.1 V to 4.9 V. The
come by clamping the base of Q1 through diode Q2 to best frequency accuracy is achieved when Rdj is zero
a voltage reference. The peak voltage of the oscillator
ohms.
waveform is thereby precisely set at 5.1 V.
The frequency of the Oscillator is modulated by vary- One-Shot Timer
ing the current lose flowing through R\/FO int0 tne ^ sc The One-Shot capacitor Cj is charged concurrently

Control Current pin. The control current drives a unity with the oscillator capacitor by transistor Q1, as
gain Current Mirror which pulls an identical current shown in Figure 2. The One-Shot period begins when
from the CosC capacitor. As lose increases, CosC dis- the oscillator comparator turns off Q1 allowing Cj to ,

charges faster thus decreasing the Oscillator period and discharge. The period ends when resistor Rj dis-
increasing the frequency. The maximum frequency charges Cj to the threshold of the One-Shot compar-
ator. Discharging Cj from an initial voltage of 5.1 V
occurs when the Error Amplifier output is at the upper
clamp level, nominally 2.5 V above the voltage at the to a threshold voltage of 3.6 V results in the One-Shot

Osc Control Current pin. The minimum discharge time period given by Equation 6.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-249
MC34066, MC33066

FIGURE 3 TIMING WAVEFORMS


RDT =

tdchg > tOne-Shot *T+~ l dchg < tOne-Shot


5.1 V

COSC

3.6 V
l dchg
- tdchg

N\NN
|

AOUT

toff *ton

Bout
run
R DT = 1.0 k

tdchg > tOne-Shot *J* t^chg < tQne-Shot


5.1 V
4.9 V
c OSC

3.6 V
fr'Pchgl-* l
dchg tchg|tdchg|

5.1 V

r^r^r^r^
|-*-tos*-|

AOUT

-ton H toff r* on-


l

bout

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-250
MC34066, MC33066

Output Section
tOS = RT C T In
1 1^ I
= 0.348 R T C T (6)
The pulse, 't on generated by the Oscillator and One-
,'

Errors in the threshold voltage and propagation


Shot timer is gated to dual totem pole output drives by
delays through the output drivers will affect the One-
the Steering Flip-Flop shown in Figure 5. Positive tran-

Shot period. To guarantee accuracy, the output pulse sitions of on toggle the Flip-Flop, which causes the
't '

pulses to alternate between Output A and Output B. The


of the control chip is trimmed to within 5% of 1.5 /as
flip-flop is reset by the undervoltage lockout circuit dur-
with nominal values of Rj and Cj.
ing start-up to guarantee that the first pulse appears at
The outputs of the Oscillator and One-Shot compar-
ators are OR'd together to produce the pulse 't on ,' which
Output A.
drives the Flip-Flop and output drivers. The output pulse
The totem-pole output drivers are ideally suited for
driving power MOSFETs and are capable of sourcing
't on is initiated by the Oscillator, but either the oscillator
'

comparator or the One-Shot comparator can terminate and sinking 1.5 Amps. Rise and fall times are typically
20 ns when driving a 1 .0 nF load. High source/sink capa-
the pulse. When the oscillator discharge time exceeds
bility in a totem-pole driver normally increases the risk
the one-shot period, the complete one-shot period is
of high cross conduction current during output transi-
delivered to the output section. If the oscillator dis-
tions. The MC34066 utilizes a unique design that vir-
charge time is less than the one-shot period, then the
tually eliminates cross conduction, thus controlling the
oscillator comparator terminates the pulse prematurely
and retriggers the One-Shot. The waveforms on the left chip power A separate
dissipation at high frequencies.

side of Figure 3 correspond to nonretriggered opera-


ground terminal provided for the output drivers to
is

isolate the sensitive analog circuitry from large transient


tion with constant on-time and variable off-times. The
currents.
right side of Figure 3 represents retriggered operation
with variable on-time and constant off-time.
FIGURE 5 STEERING FLIP-FLOP AND OUTPUT DRIVERS
Error Amplifier vec I

A
fully accessible high performance Error Amplifier
is provided for feedback control of the power supply Steering
Drivers

system. The Error Amplifier is internally compensated Flip-Flop

and features DC open loop gain greater than 70 dB,


input offset voltage less than 10 mV and guaranteed ^^O 1^- 1
-O
14
Drive
Output A
minimum gain-bandwidth product of 2.5 MHz. The input
common mode range extends from 1.5 V to 5.1 V, which
includes the reference voltage. For common mode volt-
IVLU' _ I
^o-fc4 ^-0

-O
Drive
Output B

Drive
ages below 1.5 V, the Error Amplifier output is forced 1

Gnd
low providing minimum oscillator frequency.
The Oscillator Control Current pin is biased by the
Error Amplifier output voltage through R\/FO as illus_
trated in Figure 4. The output swing of the Error Ampli-
PERIPHERAL SUPPORT FUNCTIONS
The MC34066 Resonant Controller provides a number
by a clamp circuit to limit the maximum
fier is restricted
of support and protection functions including a preci-
oscillator frequency. The clamp circuit limits the voltage
sion voltage reference, undervoltage lockout compar-
across R\/FO t0 2 5 - v thus
limiting IqsC t0 2 5 V/R\/FO-
- -

ators, soft-start circuitry, and a fault detector. These


Oscillator accuracy improved by trimming the clamp
is
peripheral circuits ensure that the power supply can be
voltage to obtain the f0SC(high) specification of
turned on and off in a safe, controlled manner and that
1.0 MHz with nominal value external components.
the system will be quickly disabled when a fault con-
dition occurs.
FIGURE 4 ERROR AMPLIFIER AND CLAMP Undervoltage Lockout and Voltage Reference
Separate undervoltage lockout comparators sense
I

Osc Control |
the input Vcc voltage and the regulated reference volt-
Current age as illustrated in Figure 6. When Vcc increases to
the upper threshold voltage, the Vcc UVLO comparator
enables the Reference Regulator. After the V re f output
of the Reference Regulator rises to 4.2 V, the V re f UVLO
lose
'

<VFO |
comparator switches the 'UVLO' signal to a logic zero
Error Amp
state enabling the primary control path. Reducing Vcc

Error
Output
Amp
>i Output Clamp
to the lower threshold voltage causes the Vcc UVLO
comparator to disable the Reference Regulator. The V re f
UVLO comparator then switches the 'UVLO' output to
Noninverting Input a logicone state disabling the controller.
Error Amp
Inverting Input 8
y

q_
3fe^ Error
Amplifier
The Enable/UVLO Adjust terminal allows the power
supply designer to select the Vcc UVLO threshold volt-
ages. When this pin is open, the comparator switches
the controller on at 16 V and off at 9.0 V. If this pin is
connected to the Vcc terminal, the upper and lower
thresholds are reduced to 9.0 V and 8.6 V, respectively.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-251
MC34066, MC33066

FIGURE 6 UNDERVOLTAGE LOCKOUT AND REFERENCE

vcco- H
Enable/ q.
UVLO Adjust 9
trrr Reference
-OV re f

i - n
50 k

-=- ft
8.0n
^
*^ Vrr
v --
V
uvlo
l 1
Regulator
V ref UVLO
J ft"
^ 4.2 V/4.0 V
Forcing the Enable/UVLO Adjust pin low will pull the X
Vcc UVLO comparator input low (through an internal
diode) turning off the controller.
The Reference Regulator provides a precise 5.1 V ref- frequency and ramp upward until regulated by the feed-
erence to internal circuitry and can deliver up to 10 mA back control loop. The external capacitor at the Cg ft-
to external loads. The reference is trimmed to better Start terminal initially discharged by the
is
than 2% initial accuracy and includes active short circuit 'UVLO + The low voltage on the capacitor
Fault' signal.
protection. passes through the Soft-Start Buffer to hold the Error
Amplifier output low. After 'UVLO + Fault' switches to a
Fault Detector logic zero, the soft-start capacitoris charged by a 9.0 /u,A
The high-speed Comparator and Latch illus-
Fault current source. The buffer allows the Error Amplifier
trated in Figure 7 can protect a power supply from output to follow the soft-start capacitor until it is reg-
destruction under fault conditions. The Fault Input pin ulated by the Error Amplifier inputs (or reaches the 2.5 V
connects to the input of the Fault Comparator. If this clamp). The soft-start function is generally applicable to
input exceeds the 1.0 V threshold of the comparator, controllers operating below resonance and can be dis-
the Fault Latch is set and two logic signals simultane- abled by simply opening the Csoft-Start terminal.
ously disable the primary control path. The signal
labeled 'Fault' at the output of the Fault Comparator is APPLICATIONS
connected directly to the output drivers. This direct path The MC34066 can be used for the control of series,
reduces the propagation delay from the Fault Input to resonant con-
parallel or higher order half/full bridge
the A and B outputs to typically 70 ns. The Fault Latch verters. The designed to provide control in dis-
IC is
output is OR'd with the 'UVLO' output from the V re f continuous conduction mode (DCM) or continuous con-
UVLO comparator to produce the logic output labeled duction mode (CCM) or a combination of the two. For
'UVLO + Fault.' This signal disables the Oscillator and example, in a parallel resonant converter (PRC) oper-
One-Shot by forcing both the CosC and ^T capacitors ating in the DCM, the IC is programmed to operate in
to be continually charged. fixed on-time, variable frequency mode of operation.
For a PRC operating in the CCM, the IC can be pro-
FIGURE 7 FAULT DETECTOR AND SOFT-START grammed to operate in the variable frequency mode
with a fixed off-time.
'UVLO + Fault' 'UVLO'
When operating with a wide input voltage range, such
as a universal input power supply, a PRC can operate
in the DCM for high input voltage and in the CCM for
Fault
Input
low input voltage. In this particular case, on-time is pro-
grammed corresponding to DCM. The deadtime of the
chip is programmed to provide the desired off-time in
the CCM. The frequency range ischosen to cover the
complete frequency range from the DCM to the CCM.
When programmed as such, the controller will operate
in the fixed on-time, variable frequency mode at low

The Fault Latch is reset during start-up by a logic frequencies. At the frequency which causes the Oscil-
one at the 'UVLO' output of the V re f UVLO comparator. lator to retrigger the One-Shot, the control law changes
The latch can also be reset after start-up by pulling to variable frequency with fixed off-time. At higher fre-
the Enable/UVLO Adjust pin momentarily low to dis- quencies the supply will operate in the CCM with this
able the Reference Regulator. control law.
Although the IC is designed and optimized for double
Soft-Start Circuit ended push-pull type converters, it can also be used for
The Soft-Start circuit shown in Figure 7 forces the single ended applications, such as forward and flyback
variable frequency Oscillator to start at the minimum resonant converters.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-252
MOTOROLA MC34129
SEMICONDUCTOR MC33129
TECHNICAL DATA

HIGH PERFORMANCE
CURRENT MODE CONTROLLER
HIGH PERFORMANCE CURRENT MODE CONTROLLER SILICON MONOLITHIC
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The MC341 29 series are high performance current mode switch-
ing regulators specifically designed for use in low power digital

telephone applications. These integrated circuits feature a unique


internal fault timer that provides automatic restart for overload
recovery. For enhanced system efficiency, a start/run comparator
is included to implement bootstrapped operation of Vqq.
Other
functions contained are a temperature compensated reference,
S| P SUFFIX
j\l PLASTIC PACKAGE
reference amplifier, fully accessible error amplifier, sawtooth os-
*>A[ CASE 646
cillator with sync input, pulse width modulator comparator, and
14 1
|
I
j |

a high current totem pole driver ideally suited for driving a power 1 1I
11
"

MOSFET.
Also included are protective features consisting of soft-start,
undervoltage lockout, cycle-by-cycle current limiting, adjustable
dead time, and a latch for single pulse metering.
Although these devices are primarily intended for use in digital
many D SUFFIX
telephone systems, they can be used cost effectively in
PLASTIC PACKAGE
other applications.
CASE 751
Current Mode Operation to 300 kHz 1 (SO-14)
Automatic Feed Forward Compensation
Latching PWM for Cycle-By-Cycle Current Limiting
Continuous Retry after Fault Timeout
Soft-Start with Maximum Peak Switch Current Clamp
Internally Trimmed 2% Bandgap Reference
High Current Totem Pole Driver
Input Undervoltage Lockout PIN CONNECTIONS
Low Start-Up and Operating Current
Direct Interface with Motorola SENSEFET Products Drive Output [T T4jV CC

Drive Ground \2_ TJ Start/Run Output

SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM Ramp Input [ HJCSoft-Start

Sync/Inhibit rj tti Feedback/


Input '

^PWM Input
Tq| Error Amp
r t ;c t [E Inverting Input
>

Error Amp
c Soft-Start Vref2.5V[e[ gl'Non-Inverting Input

Gnd [7 IKef 1.25 V

(Top View)

9__ Non-Inverting
Input
]0 Inverting
Input
ORDERING INFORMATION
o Feedback/ Temperature
PWM Input Device Range Package
Drive Out
MC34129D Oto + 70C SO-14 Plastic DIP
O Drive Gnd MC34129P to +70C Plastic DIP

O Ramp Input MC33129D -40 to +85C SO-14 Plastic DIP

MC33129P -40 to +85C Plastic DIP

SENSEFET is a trademark of Motorola Inc.

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-253
MC34129, MC33129

MAXIMUM RATING
Rating Symbol Value Unit
Vqc Zener Current 'Z(Vcc) 50 mA
Start/Run Output Zener Current
^(Start/Run) 50 mA
Analog Inputs (Pins 3, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12) -0.3 to 5.5 V
Sync Input Voltage -0.3 to V
Vsvnc Vqc
Drive Output Current, Source or Sink
'DRV 1.0 A
Current, Reference Outputs (Pins 6, 8)
'ref 20 mA
Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics
D Suffix Package SO-14 Case 751A-01
Maximum Power Dissipation @ TA = 70C PD 552 mW
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air R 0JA 145 C/W
P Suffix Package Case 646-06
Maximum Power Dissipation @ TA = 70C PD 800 mW
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air R 0JA 100 C/W
Operating Junction Temperature Tj + 150 C
Operating Ambient Temperature T"A C
MC34129 Oto +70
MC33129 -40 to +85
Storage Temperature Range T stg -65 to +150 C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 10 V, TA 25C [Note 1] unless otherwise noted)
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
REFERENCE SECTIONS
Reference Output Voltage, TA = 25C
Vref V
1.25 V Ref., I
L = mA 1.225 1.250 1.275
2.50 V Ref., Il = 1.0mA 2.375 2.500 2.625
Reference Output Voltage, T =
A T| ow to T niah Vref V
1.25V Ref., I
L = mA 1.200 - 1.300
2.50 V Ref., Il = 1.0 mA
2.250 2.750
Line Regulation (Vcc = 4.0 V to 12 V) R eg|ine mV
1.25V Ref., I
L = mA - 2.0 12
2.50 V Ref., Il = 1.0 mA
10 50
Load Regulation Re 9load mV
1.25 V Ref., Il = - 1to + 500 fnA - 1.0 12
2.50 V Ref., I
L = -0.1 to + 1.0 mA 3.0 25

Input Offset Voltage (Vj


n = 1.25 V)
TA = 25C
VlO mV
TA = T| 0W to Thigh

Input Offset Current (Vj


n = 1 .25 V)
'10 nA
Input Bias Current (Vj
n = 1.25 V) l|B nA
Ta = 25C
TA = 0W to Thjgh
T|
200
Input Common-Mode Voltage Range V|CR 0.5 to 5.5
Open-Loop Voltage Gain (Vp = 1.25 V) AyOL 65 87 dB
Gain Bandwidth Product (Vp = 1.25 V, f = 100 kHz) GBW 500 kHz
Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Vqc = 5.0 to 10 V) PSRR 65 85 dB
Output Source Current (Vp = 1.5 V) 40 /xA
Output Voltage Swing
High State dsource = ^A) VOH 1.75 1.96 2.25
Low State (Isink = 500 fiA) vol
|

0.1 0.15
Note 1 . T| ovv OX for MC34129 T high = +70C for MC34129
= -40Cfor MC33129 = +85CforMC33129

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-254
MC34129, MC33129

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V Cc = 10 V, TA = 25C [Note 1] unless otherwise noted)

Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit |

PWM COMPARATOR
Input Offset Voltage (Vj n = 1.25 V) VlO 275 400 mV
-250 ji.A
Input Bias Current >IB

Propagation Delay, Ramp Input to Drive Output tPLH(IN/DRV)

SOFT-START
1.50 /iA
Capacitor Charge Current (Pin 12 = V) 'chg

Buffer Input Offset Voltage (Vj n = 1.25 V) VlO


= 1 A VOL 0.225
Buffer Output Voltage OSink A* >

FAULT TIMER
tDLY 600
Restart Delay Time

Threshold Voltage (Pin 12) Vth


2.0 - V

Threshold Hysteresis Voltage (Pin 12) vH - 350 mV


A vol 9.0 10 10.3 V
Output Voltage dsink = 500 A* >

Output Off-State Leakage Current (Voh = 15 V) 'S/R(leak)


- 0.4 2.0 /u.A

Output Zener Voltage dz = 10 mA) vz - (V CC + 7.6) V

OSCILLATOR
120
Frequency (Rj = 25.5 kO, Or = 390 pF) f OSC
Capacitor Cj Discharge Current (Pin 5 - 1.2 V) *dischg
MA
/u.A
Sync Input Current
125
High State (V in = 2.0 V) l|H
35
Low State (Vj n = 0.8 V) lL

12.5 32 50
Sync Input Resistance

V
Output Voltage
High State dsource = 200 mA VOH 8.3 8.9
>

1.4 1.8
Low State dsink = 200 mA) VOL
Low State Holding Current lH
- 225 /j.A

Output Voltage Rise Time (Cj_ = 500 pF) tr


- 390 ns

Output Voltage Fall Time (C|_ = 500 pF) tf


- 30 ns

Rpd 100 225 350 kn


Output Pull-Down Resistance
UNDERVOLTAGE LOCKOUT
Vth 3.0 3.6 4.2 V
Start-Up Threshold

Hysteresis vH 5.0 10 15 %
TOTAL DEVICE
Power Supply Current ice
R-r = 25.5 kO, Cj = 390 pF, C|_ 500 pF

Power Supply Zener Voltage dz = 10 mA) VZ


Note 1 . T| ow 0Cfor MC34129 T h igh = + 70CforMC34129
-40Cfor MC33129 = + 85CforMC33129

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES

3-255
MC34129, MC33129

FIGURE 1 TIMING RESISTOR versus OSCILLATOR FIGURE 2


OUTPUT DEAD-TIME versus

500K

FREQUENCY

/
-
"a
CC
I

-
=
I

25C
10 v^
I
"~
i 100
-=
"
i
Cj -

Mil/"
/ !
m
5.0 nF

'
OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY
-
'0
nF7
'
1

i
--
.1.0

\A
'"/
^
l\ ~r/~ 210 T100

1
F

pi
-+-

t-
i

!
s\
200K
I

^ 20
1

/A

i .

100K

z V-- M
? 50K 1

20K 2.0
/
cc
= 10 v_
c r== 5.1 nr\ 2 On h\ 1 On M b 00 p F\ 200 ph VIOOpt-l fA - 25T
1 1 \ I
\ I III I 1 10 1
_I
10 20 50 100 200 10 20 50 100

f
osc OSCILLATOR
, FREQUENCY (kHz) U,, OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIGURE 3 OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY CHANGE FIGURE 4 ERROR AMP OPEN-LOOP GAIN AND
versus TEMPERATURE PHASE versus FREQUENCY
i Mil
V CC -10 V
= vcc = 10 V |
8.0
RT = 25.5 k
= 1.25 V
"~CT = 390 pF Ri

TA = 25C
4.0

Phas

hs I

4.0

8.0

II

-25 +25 +50 +75 10K TOOK


T A AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
, (C) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)

FIGURE 5 ERROR AMP SMALL-SIGNAL FIGURE 6 ERROR AMP LARGE-SIGNAL


TRANSIENT RESPONSE TRANSIENT RESPONSE

1.0 V

0.95 V

0.5 ms/OIV 1.0ms/DIV

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES


3-256
MC34129, MC33129

FIGURE 7 ERROR AMP OPEN-LOOP DC GAIN FIGURE 8 ERROR AMP OUTPUT SATURATION
versus LOAD RESISTANCE versus SINK CURRENT
90
1.0

Pins 8 to 9, 6 to 10
0.8
1 80 Pins 2, 5, 7 to Gnd

<
o o 0.6

t 70 5
o
o
S 0.4

o 60 vcc = 10 V
f~v = 1.25 V
o
> R| o 1.25 V re f
Ta = 25C
50
I

20 40 60 2.0 4.0 6.0


RL, OUTPUT LOAD RESISTANCE Ikll)
OUTPUT SINK CURRENT
ISink, ImA)

FIGURE 9 SOFT-START BUFFER OUTPUT SATURATION FIGURE 10 REFERENCE OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus
versus SINK CURRENT SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Ta = 25C
1

Vcc -10 V
Pins 8 to 9
Vref 2 .5 V, R|. = 2.5 k
Pins 2, 5, 7, 10, 12 to Unci

Ta = 25C

/
/ Vref 1.25 V, R
/
'/

100 200 300 400


A 4.0 8.0 12 16
OUTPUT SINK CURRENT M A)
ISink. (
Vcc. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)

FIGURE 11 1.25 V REFERENCE OUTPUT VOLTAGE FIGURE 12 2.5 V REFERENCE OUTPUT VOLTAGE
CHANGE versus SOURCE CURRENT CHANGE versus SOURCE CURRENT
1
v cc -= 10V.
o
1-4.0
o
S 8.0

S^2bX
= (H.A ~ 12

También podría gustarte